Writting 4/9/2021 by Hoang Giang

Khánh Chi

gianghm89 — 2021-09-04 11:03:37 UTC

29/01/2022
As an be seen from the chart , the percentage of 19-year-old Australian women who gave the first childbirth fell regularly in 40 years, from around 35% in 1966 to 21% in 1986, then in 2006, the number sank to a new low point, which stood at 10%. Another change is that there was a significant decrease in the number of women have the first child at age 20 to 24, from 62% to 51% in the first 20 years, and the number sank to a new point in 2006, which stood at 42%. We can see that teenagers in Australia have been educated deliberate as the country have modernized. Out of six age groups, the number of women who gave birth to the first child at age the 25 to 29 was bumpier than the others. From 1966 to 1986, this figure increased from 38% to 50%, then after 20 years, it was down to 41%. While the younger ages were mostly getting down, the older groups were increase gradually. It is (173 words)

----------------------------
25/01/2022
- The percentage of Australian women who gave birth to the first child at age 19 and under fell regularly in 40 years, from around 35% in 1966 to 21% in 1986, and in 2006, the number sank to a new low point, which stood at 10%.
- There was a marked fall in the number of 19-year-old Australian women who gave the first childbirth, from 35% to 20%, between 1966 and 1986, then in 2006, it decreased to 10%.

-The amount of money that the organisation A spent on research stands at 0.8 billion euros, while at the group B, this number doubles to 1.6 billion euros.
- There is a sharp growth in the proportion of spending on research, from 0.8 to 1.6 billion euros, between two organisations A and B.

--------------------------
11/01/2022
- First of all, the farmers collect tomatoes and put them in the basket. After that, the good tomatoes are sorted out., and then they are sent to the factory.

MY WORK
The diagram gives information about the process of making tomato ketchup. Overall, there are 15 complicated steps, from the first phase picking the tomatoes to the last stage using the product with the food.
First of all, the farmers collect tomatoes and put them in the basket. After that, the good tomatoes are sorted out, and then they are sent to the factory. At this point, the workers remove the stalks, seeds, and skin. Next, the tomatoes are put in a large container to crush into liquid. The following step is that the workers season it with sugar, vinegar, and salt to tone up the flavor of the product. At the next two stages 8 and 9, the mixture is boiled then let chill for about 2 hours.
After Finishing the previous period, the ketchup is poured into the bottles and labeled by the workers with the help of the machines. To deliver the best product to the customers, in the 12th stage, the company checks the quality of each batch of good then transfers them to the supermarket. Finally, the sauce is bought and used with hamburgers and fries.
With this method, we can know probably about how the ketchup we use every day is made.
(206 words)
Great !

-------------------------------

Tiến Sơn

gianghm89 — 2021-09-04 11:04:06 UTC

1/3/2022 ( 186 words)
The given table reveals information about how many transports were registered in Australia in the period time from 2010 to 2014.

As can be seen from the table, the number of registered vehicles increased year by year. First of all, the number of coachs rose sharply from 11 milions in 2010 to 13 milions in 2014 with the rate change was 18,2. The quantity of this kind is always the highest in 4 years. Next, the number of motorcycles which were registered had a marked growth. In 2010, only 570000 motorcycles were registered. After 4 years it grew up to 745000 with the highest percentage change stood at 30,7.

It can be seen from the table that, the quantity of commercial vehicles had /gained a rise of 400000 in the period time from 2010 to 2014 with the percentage change was accounted for 17,4. According to statistics, registered heavy truck rose up from 384000 units to 423000 units which had 10,2 percentage of change, it was the least in the same time periods. Finally, light truck had a noticeable rise from 106000 to 131000 after 4 years, but it was still the least.
We can infered that, people in Australia
Tăng tốc

15/2/2021
In recent years, the explosion of modern technology leads to the changes of shopping. Many people believe it is easier but some do not think so. From my point of view, I confirm that technological modernization contribute to promote the present comfort of shopping.

First of all, we need to research about the advantage of it. Modern technology has paved the way for people to by necessary products from a long distance. We can find everything on the internet with several application that can help us. Every day, the number of produces which we can buy from onlline market are increase rapidly. When we go to the market we have to walk around to find right things, but with mobile phone this work become easier. We can lie on the bed and find everything through the internet. After dicide to buy, the shop send goods to us by delivery compalies with many type of express. It takes only about 3 hours to receive if the sender near us. According to the recent survey, over 70% of interviewer prefer onlline shopping than traditional one.

On the other hand, there are a lot of inconveniences still exist. If we chose online shopping we can’t look directly at the goods. The shops can send to us low quality produces or wrong things.We can’t know exactly about every online market and the way which bad human can take advantage. From my experience, I was cheated. I saw a lovely shoes on the internet, so I decided to bought it and pay with mobile banking. When I take it, it was diffirent from what I chose. I couldn’t find the location of the shop to give back. In the case that returning is possible, it will take several days. Last but not least, online shopping is not suitable for last minute purchases. If we need a product immediately, our only option is to rush to the nearest store

in conclusion, while it is true that online shopping has some downsides, it has certainly made shopping more convenient and the best proof of this is the soaring popularity of online stores. If we purchase carefully and from reputed online stores, we can stay protected from many of the downsides of internet shopping.

30/2/2021
To some, employment security might be more important primarily because of the prospect of advancement. Understandably, if a person can stay employed at a place of work for a long time, they can expect to have more chances at getting promoted through seniority. While promotion certainly means more responsibilities, it also means a higher pay grade, better bonuses and recognition at the job. In addition to this, when employers create job security for people, the employees will be able to spend many years working for the firm, and as a result, they will have the time to develop friendship with co-workers. They will have stronger bonds with their colleagues, and their social lives will definitely benefit from the networking that they’ve been able to make.

On the other hand, job satisfaction could be an important things to chose a work. A job which you like alsway better than a boring job. According to a recent survey 70% of worker love their current job because of their habit not depent on it's payment

29/1/2022
(162 words)
The chart reveals information about the age of women when they gave firtst childbirth in period time from 1966 to 2006.

Over all, the rate of women had the first child at the right time were increased year by year. In 1966, women who gave first childbirth at the age of 19 and under accounted for around 35%. But after 40 years, it only stood at over 10%. It is a noticalble that, the percentage of first-time mothers aged 30 or over was on the increase from over 10% to 45% in the same period time, while women giving birth to their first child at the age of 30 or under saw an opposite trend. So we can infered that, because of educated Australia women had a right perception about their time to had the first child.

Looking at the women who in the the age of 19 to 24, it had a sharply decreased. In 1966, it was the highest percentage but in the next 40 years it fell to nearly 30%.

25/1/2022
There was a significant increase of nearly $1.2 biliions between organisation B and organisations A paid for building.
The amount that organisation B invested for building is 1.2 billion dollars more than organisation A

The rate of women who gave birth to their first child at the age of 19 and under in Australia fell markedly from over 30% to around 10% after 4o years.
The percentage of australian women who gave the first childbirth at the age of 19 and under had a sharp decline from nearly 35% to around 10% in the period time from 1966 to 2006.

11/1/2022
writing
First of all, tomatos are collected and put into basket. After that, they are sorted into good and bad types.
My work
The image illustrates the way to produce tomatoes ketchup. Over all, that process has 15 steps, beginning with collecting tomatoes and using it with food is the ending.

First of all, the farmers collect tomatoes and put them in the basket. Next, the tomatoes are classified into good and bad types. After that. the useable tomatoes are deliveried to the factory, they go through the preliminary processing which have two steps. The tomatoes are remove stalk and seeds. then they are storage in the container in the 5th stages. In the next 6 periods, the tomatoes are crushed into the liquid. The liquid is then added with some spices. After that, the containers which contain tomato juice are boiled for 2 hours before put out. Following this, tomatoes ketchup is pour into the bottles. The ketchup bottle are labelled subsequently after 10 steps in total. In the 12^th period they must go through a quality control process before packaging in the next one. Finally the bottle of tomatoes ketchup are transfered to supermarket for selling. And then, we can buy delicious tomatoes ketchup and use it with food.

----

Tuấn Sơn

gianghm89 — 2021-09-04 11:04:12 UTC

29/01/2022
Some people think job satisfaction could be an important factor to consider. Firstly, when employees are filled with contentment, they will be motivated to work more effectively and contribute more to the company. This is a very practical argument for many businesses to consider, especially businesses in dynamic fields such as creativity or technology. From a recent survey, 60% people chose their favourite job. On the orther hand, some workers believe a permanent job is more necessary and essential because of the stability and credibility it brings. In terms of finance, workers in a permanent job know exact their monthly income, and thus they are full of control their financial plan. According to Dr. Smith, salary and work enviroment are also important. So many people chose these standard for their job

(158 words)
Overall, it can be seen that, the proportion of young adult group decreased in the years given, while this trend is converted in the older age groups. In 1966, the majority of women (over 60%) were aged between 20 and 24 years old when give birth in the fist time, compared to around 35% of the group who were aged 19 or under. After forty years, these figures dropped sharply to around 34% and 15%, respectively. The 25-30 age group saw a slightly rise of around 15% during the first 20 years, followed by a decline of nearly 10% in twenty years later, down to just over 40%. Turning to the remaining age categories, the proportions of 30-34s and 34-39s who were first-time mothers dramatically increased over the 40-year-period, from approximately 13% to 47% and from 8% to 30%, accordingly. The figures for women aged 40 or over remained relatively stable at around 2% and 4% during the same period.

--------------------------------------------------------------
There was a gradual reduce in the number of the women who had a the fist child at the age of 19 and under. from..to.....when?

The percentage of women who had their first child at the age of 19 and under fell significantly from 35% to approximately 10% among 40 years

_________________-___
Spending on machinery in Organisation B was 1.3 billion , which was the highest investment in this sector among the five organisations.
____________
11/01/2022
The diagram below illustrates how the tomato ketchup is produced.

Overall, there are 15 stages in the diagram, starting with harvesting tomatoes and using tomato ketchup as a flavor with some dishes at home is the final step. The first step is that tomatoes are picked and they are put in baskets. After that, they are divided into 2 groups: good and bad tomatoes. Good tomatoes are continuously delivered to factories, where they are removed some unnecessary parts, included removing stalks, skin, seeds. Having been stored in a containers, tomatoes are crushed to become liquid. At this point, sugar, salt, vinegar are added. The next step is that the liquid is boiled and then left about 2 hours in order to get a right temperature. After tomatoes ketchup is made, it is poured into bottles, which are then labeled. Before being packed into boxes, the bottles are checked quality. Following this, these boxes are loaded onto lorries, which are taken to the supermarkets. The final step is that you buy a bottle of tomatoe ketchup and enjoy with hamburger and fries.
This proceduce is very effective to make tasty ketchap and their quality can be guaranteed for customers

Great !

--------------------------------------------------------------
The two maps display a seaside village and how it has changed from 1995 to the present day. Overall, the village is situated to the North of the sea. There is a main road running along the sea from West to East, and another running from the Southeast to the North west. In the both maps, there is a housing area located in the Northwest corner of the village. A new road in city has expanded in the house region and several new houses built along it. .In addition, the old shops and fish market in the South have been transformed into seaside restaurants and apartments. The fishing port has also been removed. The most notable changes are the addition of a golf and tennis course n the place where there used to be farmland and a forested area.The hotel and cafe in the Southeast have remained as before. A new car park has been added next to the hotel.
_________________________________________
166 words: The maps illustrate how the town of Lakeside changed in the first ten years of the 21st century. Overall, as the town developed, woodland and residential areas gave way to industrial and commercial developments. On the West of the river, the residential area and the arts centre nearby were destroyed and replaced by the shopping centre and the new multi-screen cinema respectively. In addition, a small car park was built on the original site of the Derelict warehouses and the old town next to the warehouses was also knocked down to make land for offices and the new university. Meanwhile, the schools and the residential area in the northwest corner have stayed unchange. On the opposite side of the river, about half of the woodland area was cut down and the land in the North Southeast of Lakeside was also demolished to make way for an expansion of industrial complex. The size of the lake at the beginning of the river was decreased narrowed, and it is now a pond
_______________________________________
Ngày 7/12/2021
The diagram illustrates how plastic bottles are recycled.
Overall, the recycling of plastic bottles is a process that consists of collecting, moving, sorting, crushing, cleaning, making pellets, making new plastic products, and reuse. It can be seen from the diagram that, after plastic bottles are used, they are discarded into recycling bins, waiting for trucks to transport them to a recycling factory. They are sorted here and which can be reused are compressed into blocks. The blocks are crashed by a crushing machine into small pieces.The small clean pieces are produced in the last stage are then poured into a machine where they are turned into pellets. The machine also heats and melts the pellets, which creates plastic raw material to prepare for making new products. Finally, the raw material is made into different plastic products, such as pens, bottles, and reusable shopping bags.
--------------------------------------------------------------
26/12/2021
The diagram below illustrates how the clean water is produced. Overall, there are 5 stages in the process, beginning with preparing the water for the drinks, and the delivery of the finished product is the last step. In the first stage of the process, water is put through a filter before a softener and other chemicals are added to it. Once the water has been processed, it is then pumped in to stage 2 where it undergoes evaporation and carbonation. During this stage, the water is heated and run through a cooling pipe before carbon dioxide is added and it creats carbonated water. In the third stage of the process, the carbonated water is put into a mixing tank where it is mixed with colouring, flavouring, and sweetener. This mixture is then filtered before being packaged into cans and bottles. Finally, once the bottles and cans have been packaged into boxes, they are transported to supermarkets where they are ready to be sold.

Lâm Kha

gianghm89 — 2021-09-04 11:04:22 UTC

The maps below illustrate how the Spanish city of Castellion have changed in the period of 21 years.
Overall, the city have been built more new buildings as well as some facilities have been added or fixed.
As can be seen, the city centre is still in the middle of the city, a university is oppositeto the north. However, both a new train station and a tramline have been improved to connect these 2 places. Surrounding the city centre, there is a bike rental scheme where people can hire a bicycle for personal purpose.
On the west side of the city centre, we see a dramatic development of the city. The old market has been replaced by a modern shop. The old train station have been errected to make the way for a police station. The Hall of residence have been constructed to the north side of the city, next to the university to the left.
On the other side, the city have has also expanded with many constrution. The most

Hoàng Giang

gianghm89 — 2021-09-04 11:04:28 UTC

01/03
The table gives information about the quantity of five different types of vehicles which was registered in Australia within 4 years.
Overall, the number of all five kinds of vehicles registered increased over the given period.
It can be seen that, there were 11 million passenger vehicles registered in 2010. This number grew to 12 millions in 2012 and went up to 13 millions next 2 years. The percentage change was 18.2. We can see the number of passenger vehicles was the highest in out of 5 classes of vehicles.
Out of the five vehicles, the quantity of the motorcycles saw a significant growth, from 570.000 to 745.000 between 2010 and 2014. There was it took the highest change – 30.7 %, so that the Australian was quite fond of motorcycles.
it is said from the chart/ table that, the sale of the commercial vehicles saw/ presented a noticeable turnaround. The number of this vehicles jumped from 2.3 millions in 2010 to 2.7 millions in 2014. The rate change was 17.4.%
It is clear that, the heavy trucks and light trucks
Đẩy nhanh tốc độ, dùng từ cần chính xác hơn, chú ý về danh từ

....
(170 word)

15/02/2022
(268 words)
The more modern technology is, the more online shopping methods are available. Today, we are going to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of buying in the internet.
People love buy everything in the internet because of easier shopping. As for a recent survey, 70% of the buyers always choose to buy online at home instead of going outside. There are many reasons for this choice. Firstly, Shopping online is very fast and far. Last week, I ordered a book from Shopee, The shop is very far from me. However, I received this item after 1 day. Secondly, Shopping in the internet is very convenient. According to Prof. David, from Ha Noi university, there are many ways to sell and buy in the internet. My aunt is a shopper. She sells the phones, laptops, electronics items. Her shop is in the social network such as facebook, shoppee,.... without having a store. She said to me that: " If you want to have a shop, you will have ones in the internet." It is clear that, the advantages of online shopping are undeniable.
However, online shopping also brings some problems. There are many stores in the internet. The buyers can be cheated because of bad shoppers. Accoding to VTV1 program, There are many ways to cheat online. Last month, I bought a phone on a group that buy and sell phone in facebook. When I transferred the money to the seller, they blocked me and I lost my money.
In conclusion, it is obvious that the developing of online shopping is a trend. Nevertheless, buyers and sellers need to learn carefully before buying and selling online.
chú ý danh từ số ít và số nhiều

11/1/2022

The given picture depicts how the tomato ketchup is produced. Overall, it is clear that there is a complex process which includes 15 stages. Begining with harvesting tomatoes and ending with using the products in life.
First of all, the workers pick tomatoes and put them in the basket. The following step is that tomatoes are sorted into good and bad types. After that, the good ones are transported to the factory. The next step is that the stalk, seeds and skin of tomatoes are removed. In the next 3 periods, the process materials are put into the container and crushed into the liquid. And then the additives as sugar, vinegar and salt are added into the tank. In the stage 8 and 9, the solution is heated to 100 degrees and then it is cooled for 2 hours. Subsequently, the tomato ketchup is made. The packing period includes 4 steps. The tomato ketchup is pump into the bottles which are labeled, they are then quality checked and packed in to the carton box, respectively. Finally, the resulting products are distributed to the supermarkets and ready to eat with many different food.
After seeing the picture, we can know the way of producting tomato ketchup from the tomatoes, it is closed but complex process.

(212 words)
Great !
_____________________________________________________
12/26/2021
The given diagram depicts how the soft drink water is produced in the factory. Overall, it is clear that there is a closed process which includes 5 stages. In the first stages, raw watter is cleaned by the filter and the bottled water is packed in the final steps before it is transported to the supermarket.
In the first step, raw water is taken from clean water sources, then it is removed impurities through the filters. In this period, the water softener and chemicals are added. Next, the water is pumped into the tank to heat up by the electric heaters. Then the steam is passed through the cooling pipe and added the carbon dioxide. In the stage 3, the water is mixed in the mixing tank and seperated by colouring, syrup, flavour. In the Next step, the soft water is packed into the bottles or cans. Finally, they are packed intro cartoon and transported to the supermakets.
After seeing the diagrams, we can know the way of producting water from raw water, it is safety but complex process.

________________________________________________________

12/07/2021 : Writting process

The given diagram depicts how plastic bottles are recycled. Overall, it is clear that there is a complicated process which includes 9 steps, in the first step, plastic bottles are discard into rubbish bins and products many items in the final step.
Looking at the detail of diagram, the first stage starts with dropping plastic bottles into recycle bins. Next, all the plastic bottles are collected by the recycling trucks and transported to the recycling centre. In the recycling factory, Plastic bottles are arranged into different items Then they are compressed into cube - shape blocks in step 4. Next, the blocks are crushed into plastic scraps by special machine and the crushed plastics are washed and submersed in the solution.
In the 6th stage, the crushed plastics are made into plastic pellets by......, These plastic pellets are heated to produce plastic lines - the raw material in the next stage. Finally, the raw material is used to produce different products such as plastic bags, bottles, clothes, pens, etc.
......................................................

_________________________________________________________
12/10/2021: 159 words
The two maps illustrate the change in the Lakeside from 2000 to 2009. Overall, two sides of the river have been built more modern buildings as well as some facilities have been added or fixed.
It IS clear that, in the North of the river, there have been offices, a car park, and a university which were replaced by the location of derelict warehouses and old town in 2000. Multi-screen cinema was built on the position of the arts center in the west of the town, and the school has been converted into schools. There was a shopping centre which was constructed in the place of residential area in 2000. Next to the arts centre, the other residential area has unchanged since 2000. In the East, all trees in a half of the woodland were chopped down to make way for expanding the industrial complex. In the centre of the woodland, the side of the lake has been smaller in 2009

___________________
25/9/2021
The developments in our city between the year 1995 and the present day are illustrated below.
As you can see in two maps, the city has been changed a lots. In the northeast, A notable development is that the farmland has been urbanise to golf court. Beside the farmland, all trees in forest park were chopped down to make way for the tennis court. In the north-west, some houses have been there. Now the number of houses are changed from 8 to 10. There has been a new opened lane which has separated the houses and the block . Next to the block, two building have been built. There have been some change on the both sides of the road which is from west to east. Firstly, shops has been improved into restaurants. Secondly, the fish market pulled down to turn into the apartments. The location in South East . There have been still a hotel and a cafe in twosides of the road. Next to the hotel, before, there was only an empty area, but now, there have been a car park. Finally, it is a pity that in 1995, there was a fishing port where everyone could go fishing, rowing, but now it is no longer there.

a

__________________________________________________________
- The trees were chopped down to make way for the new shopping centre
- The new shopping centre has been built to replace the trees
- The city witnessed the building of
the new shopping centre to replace the trees

Since 2000 up to now, the Spanish city of Castellon has been modernized and has a lot of changes, too. It is clear in the chart.
There is a university in the North of the map. On the left of the university, A hall of residence has been built. The trees were chopped down to make way for the new shopping centre on the right of the university. Another interesting change in the west is: the train station has been changed to the police station, the old market has been turned into new shop. The centre of the location the highway near the city centre has been pedestrialise. A new train station and a tramline have been constructed which connect the university to the city centre. Another notable change is in the east. An airport is now under construction and there is a new covered market near the airport. Finally, the southern region, in which the port is located, a cinema, bars and clubs have been built to ....

Trần Đức Sơn

gianghm89 — 2021-09-04 11:09:00 UTC

15/2 358 Ws
Nowadays, due to the advancement in the field of information and technology, it has helped people in almost all areas and shopping is one of them. Some people supposed that such technologies have actually eased doing shopping, while others oppose this belief. I am going to discuss both of these sides in the later essay.

As we know, online shopping has been an important part of our daily life. It is so easy that people can purchase everything they want only with a click and the product is delivered to our doorsteps. Clearly, it is suitable for today’s generation who are up to their ears with working or studying and they do not have times to roam around markets or supermarkets. According to Prof John’s survey, from ACC university-USA, he interviewed 2000 people and there were up to 56% of them told that they were really interested in shopping online. Some even said that they wished people had invented the internet earlier so those modern technologies could be developed, this led to the advancement of online shopping. It made shopping much easier, you can buy products just only with some clicks.

On the contrary, Some people are against this form of shopping since they are scared of being the victims of online fraudulent activities. Such activities are carried out in some form for instant charging a high cost for the product than the market’s real price, delivery wrong product or products with much lower quality than shown in digital platforms. One of my reasons comes from my real life: I have 4 best friends and we are still keeping in touch with each other. In a coffee with them, they said that they have some problems with online shopping and the most popular one is delivering the wrong product. They often shop online, but once in a blue moon, the shops sent the wrong items. They made some complaints but they have not received any appropriate response yet.

In conclusion, digital technologies have definitely made people's lives easier in terms of doing shopping. To be honest, I wish that the cons of this shopping form could be recovered.
Chú ý phát triển thêm luận cứ trong bài

Khánh Huyền

2021-09-04 11:14:07 UTC

It would be argued by some technological advancements such as e-commerce sites have enhanced shopping experiences. In my opinion, the shopping has become easier thanks to modern technology.
On the one hand, some individuals feel technology has made shopping more difficult. The fact that it is difficult to assess the exact size of products while purchasing items online. For example, online transactions do not allow for fitting before purchase when buying apparel or shoes. Another reason is that when they are shopping online, people merely can see the illustrations provided by these web pages and have just been read the illustrations in the description box. As a result, they might purchase items of insufficient quality.
On the other hand, it would be easier for people when they are shopping online. It is clear that, the customers may now compare costs of their desired product across multiple shopping websites and get the best deal by shopping online. For example, if a consumer is dissatisfaction with the product provided, he or she has the option of returning it or receiving a refund. In addition, it also saves time. The customers need not to go multiple stores to get the thíng they want. They can buy any merchandises with a few mouse clicks.
In conclusion, although some people believe that online shopping is inconvenient, I personally believe that online shopping is still easier.

cần logic hơn

Khánh Huyền-30/1
There is no doubt that if people are satisfied with their jobs, they would work with zeal and effort to complete them as quickly as possible, resulting in high productivity and good work performance. As a result, they receive a good pay and get valuable experience and skills in a professional setting. For example, my brother is a person with knowledge and ability to work but is willing to wait for long time and attempt looking for an occupation satisfaction. In his opinion, when someone is happy with their job, they focus well and they pay attention to their tasks.
On the one hand, it is undeniable that having a job that guarantees a steady stream of income provides a pleasant and stress-free existence. People who have permanent jobs do not have to worry about money because their present and future are secure. For instance, people with stable income can provide a better standard of living to their family.

As can be seen in the graph, in 1966 the majority of women were aged 19 or under when delivering their first child, reached a peak of around 35%. After forty years, these figures dropped sharply to around 20% and 10% respectively.
It is clear that, between 1966 to 2006, there was slight decrease in the number of women were aged between 20 and 24 to about 13%.

It can be seen that, from 1966 to 2006, mothers aged 25 – 29 fluctuated between 38% and 42%.
Turning to the remaining age categories, there was a dramatic growth in the percentage of women aged 30 to 34 and 34 to 39 giving birth to their first child from 13% to 45% and 8% to 30% respectively during the given period.
In contrast, the percentage of over 40 years first time mothers saw a relative stability at 5%.

Between 1990 and 2010, the number of coffee production in Brazil increased constanly from around 0,7 million to about 1,9 million.
From 1990 to 1995, the number of coffee production in Indonesia remained unchanged at around 0,2 million.
The period from 1990 to 2010 saw a slight decease in the number of coffee production in Colombia by around 0,3 million.
Between 1966 and 2006, the percentage of women who had their first child at the age of 19 and under fell gradually from around 35% to about 10%.
From 1966 to 2006, there was steady decease in the percentage of women aged 19 and under who had their first child to about 25%.

Organisation A investes money into building category at least, about 0.5 billion. However, it reaches a peak of around 1.7 billion in organisation B. Turning to organisations D and E each devotes 0,4 billion.

Khánh Huyền - 11/1
The diagram illustrates the process of creating tomato ketchup.
Overall, there are 15 main steps in the process, beginning with harvesting tomatoes and the last step is consuming.
First of all, ripe tomatoes are picked and put into bags. After that, farmers classify them and remove low-quality ones. Next, they are transported by a truck to the factory. In the factory, stalk, seeds and skin are eliminated from tomatoes. Then they are put into containers to be crushed.
In the next stage of the process, the additives consisting of sugar, vinegar and salt are inserted in these containers. After that, they are boiled and left cool for 2 hours. Following this, the mixture is packed into bottles and labeled. The process continues with the 12th stage, at this point, the products are checked the quality carefully. Finally, the customers can buy ketchup in the supermarkets and put it on foods like hamburgers and potatoes. That's the whole process of making ketchup.

The trees were chopped down and the new shopping centre has been built.
The new shopping centre has been built to replace the trees.
The city witnessed the construction of the new shopping centre to replace the trees.
The city witnessed the chopping down of the trees to make way for the new shopping centre.

The maps depict the developments that have occurred in the Spanish city of Castellon the period of 20 years.
Overall, the city underwent extensive renovations. Many new buildings have been built.
It is clear that the trees were chopped down and the new shopping centre has been built. A new residence hall has been constructed on the left of the university. The former train station has been converted into a police station and a new one has been built in the city center. The old market has been turned into a new shop and on the right side of the city center, a new covered shop has been built. Today, the university and the city centre are connected by a tramway. A new airport is being erected. Bicycle rental scheme has been appeared in the city center. The cinema, bars and clubs have been established along the port.

- Essay 2
The maps depict how a city has developed over the last 26 years.
Overall, the city has undergone significant transformation. There are some new facilities, such as golf court, tennis court, residences and car parking.
The farmland and the forest park which were on the city's north eastern side in 1995 have been destroyed and a golf court and a tennis court have been built in the place. the Cafe and hotel remain on palace which is opposite to each other in the south east side, but the car park has been contructed beside the hotel. In 1995, there was shops and a fish market, which located at two sides of the road. Now, restaurants and apartments have taken its/their place. The fishing port was previously situated along the river/the beach, but now it has vanished. In comparison to the old map, in the current map, although the housing area stays the same, the number of houses has rose.

- Essay 3: 172 words
The maps illustrates some changes of the town of Lakeaide over a period of 9 years.
Overall, the town experienced considerable changes during the period shown. The most noticeable differences between two maps are the disappearance of the residential area and the expansion of the industrial complex.
As can be seen from the maps, the residential area which was located in the northwest of Lakeside has remained unchange from 2000 to 2009. During the same period, the derelict warehouses and the old town were demolished and reaplced by a new car park, the offices and the university. The residential area and the arts centre in the southwest were also destroyed to make way for the shopping centre and the multi-screen cinema. On the left -hand side of the river, the school which was still existed. but ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
Turning to the other features, we can see that the large area of woodland and the lake were narrowed into the small pond. The southern residential area disappered to make spare for the industrial complex in southeast which was significantly extended.

Khánh Huyền- 7/12/2021
The diagram illustrates the process of recycling plastic bottles.
Overall, there are 9 main steps in the process, beginning with disposing of bottles into recycling bins and ending with producing materials for daily use.
In the first stage of the process, the plastics bottles are thrown into the recycle bins. Next, the bins are collected and tranfered to the recycling centre, where the bottles are sorted into differences. Those that can be reused are compressed into cube-shaped blocks. After that the blocks are smashed by a crushing machine into small pieces and cleaned to eliminate any residue.
In the next stage of the process, the plastic pieces are turned into plastic pellets by a special machine. These plastic pellets are heated to produce the raw material. Then, the raw material are woven into plastic fibers. The plastic fibers are used to create products such as clothing, pencils, recyclable bags.....

Khánh Huyền-26/12/2021:
The diagram illustrates the process of making carbonated drinks.
Overall, there are 5 main stages in the process, beginning with the water treatment and the packaging and delivery of the finished product is the last step
In the first stage of the process, the raw water is filtered in order to remove all the contaminants. Next, the softening water uses chemical additives. The purified water is poured into a tank and heated by electricity and then passed via a cooling pipe. After that, the carbon dioxide gas is injected into the water, causing the bubbles to form.
In the next stage of the process, the carbonated water is piped into a mixing tank. Basic ingredients includes color, syrup, and flavorings and then they are introduced and blended during this stage. Following this, the mixture is filtered before being put into cans and bottles. Finally, the bottles and cans are packaged into boxes and they are transported to supermarkets.
Note: the use of V,

Lâm Kha

2021-09-25 11:43:26 UTC

The maps below illustrate how the capital of Viet Nam have changed from 1995 to the present day.
Overall, many buildings as well as some areas have been replaced and improved since 1995.
Looking at the details, the main road still run from the North to South of the city but it has been expended a little bit to the West. The blocks which line a long the road have developed rapidly from 8 houses to 10 houses and 2 more houses are on the lane, next to the old 4 blocks.
On the East site, the farmland have been errected to make the way for a big brand new golf course and 2 small tennis courses.
If you go forward to the South, you will see the beach with many facilities which are along both sites of the main road. The old shops used to be on the right conner but now it is the place for modern restaurants. The hotel on the left conner which is opposite a cafe, has been updated a car park. More over ,the disappear of fishing port and the fish market make the room for the new apartments.
-----------------------------
Essay 3

The maps below illustrate how the Lakeside city has changed from 2000 to 2009.
Overall, all of the constructions lined along 2 sides of the river.
As can be seen from the maps, the Residental area was still there, it has not been changed over the time. , it still in the Northwest of the city. The derelict werehouses and the old town used to be next to it, however, 9 years later, they have been replaced by a car park and offices respectively. The Arts Centre in front of the Residental has been turned into a Multi - screen cinema. The Residential which was near the river was errected to make room for building a Shopping centre. In 2000, there was only one school in the middle of the city but in 2009

Hoàng Phương+ Bích Phương

2021-11-24 13:48:18 UTC

In details, the housing in the northwest along the main street now has been expanded much more than it was in 1995.
Also, the nearby shop had been chopped down and replaced by the restaurant.
Regarding to the East site of the map, a striking change is the farmland and the forest park before have been extended and converted into a golf course and tennis courts in the southeast corner. As can be seen on the Southeast of the map, a hotel has been upgraded with a new car park.
--------------------------------------------------------------
NGÀY 01/12/2021
-The two maps below show us about the changes between the Lakeside city in 2000 and it was in 2009.
-Looking at the details,one of the most interesting changes is the derelict warehouses which is beside the residential area had been converted into a car park.
-Another notable development is that the area of woodland had been shrunk, instead of that is the expanded of the industrial complex.
-The other remarkable thing is the lake in the middle of the woodland had been replaced by a smaller pond, which is connected with a long zigzag river.
-Regarding to the center of the map, some new schools and universities have been built and the old town is replaced by a modern offices.
- As can be seen that the Residental area is still there from year to year. Next to it, the arts center now has been knocked down to make way for the multi-screen cinema.
- A striking change is that the next Residental area then became a shopping center.

Bùi Tiến Dũng

2021-11-24 13:51:44 UTC

As can be seen, there are 2 maps, one in 1995 and one at present. Now let see how does it change. Firstly, the housing in northwest is now more crowded than it used to be. It also has a road, which is convenient for travel. Regarding to the other side of the city, a striking change is that the forest and the farmland were chopped down and merged into a golf
and 2 tennis courts. Regarding to the South East, the hotel has also been upgraded with a car park. Another notable change is the coast in the South, the playground has been changed to catch up with the morden. The shop and fish market have been pulled down and the restaurants and apartments have been constructed. The fishing port in the sea has also been demolished so that the visitors have more space to enjoy the holiday.
-------------------------------------------------------------
1/12/2021

, the farmland has been converted into the golf

2021-11-24 13:51:55 UTC

Hải Yến B
Regarding to the other side of the city, a triking change is that farmland and the forest park have been converted into golf and tennis.
----------------------------------------------------------------
/ 1-12-2021/
The lake shoreline between 2000 and 2009 had many great changes. Typically, we can see that the lake had turned into a small pond. Not only that, the vacant land had been reduced to make way for the public complex. Another notable change is that the woodland area has become smaller than before.There is a special thing that
Rewrite
8-12
The maps illustrate the differences of the lakeside between 2000 and 2009.
On the right of the residential area, the car park has been constructed to replace the warehouses and the offices have been constructed to replace the old town. On the Southeast, the residential and the small industrial complex has been changed into the bigger industrial complex. The woodland has been reduced and the residential area has been evacuated to expand the industrial complex and in the woods, the lake has turned into the pond.The university has been constructed near the school. The residential on the West has been changed into the shopping centre.
Lon xon, xem lai thu tu mieu ta, cau lap lai qua nhieu

Đào Thu THủy:

2021-11-24 13:53:19 UTC

8-12/2021
The maps below illustrate how the Lakeside city has changed from 2000 to2009.
As can be seen from the maps, the Residental area was still there, it has not been changed over the time. It still in the Northwest of the city. The derelict werehouses and the old town used to be next to it, however, 9 years later they have been replaced by a car park and offices respectively. The Arts Centre in front of the Residental has been turned into a Multi - screen cinema. The Residential which was near the river was errected to make room for building a Shopping centre. In 2000, there was only one school in the middle of the city but in 2009
--------------------------------------------------------------
As can be see the changes in the Northwest, some new houses have been built and a new road has been opened for traveling. In the Northeast of the map, the farmland and the forest park have been errected to build 2 tennis courts and a golf. On the Southest of the map, a car parking has been added to the hotel And on the Southwest of the map, all of the shops were demolished and replaced by many of restaurants. Down to the South, the fish market was replaced by a row of apartments. At the sea, the fishing port was destroyed
--------------------------------------------------------------

Mai

2021-11-24 13:53:37 UTC

As can be see, the houses in the northwest now are more crowded than it was in 1995. The road has also been widened.

Bùi Phương Thảo

2021-11-24 13:54:39 UTC

As been can see, As can be seen, the housing located along the main road .Now its it has been expanded . In 1995 it only has had12 houses and now it has 16 houses.

Regarding to the other side of the city,a striking changes is that , in the north-east , the golf and the tennis have been replaced the farmland and the forest park

It is noticeable that a few more houses have been built along the main road in the northwest, and the number of isolated houses has increased significantly. The northeastern farmland and the former forest park have been cleared and coverted into a large golf course and 2 tennis courts. The shops and fish markets along the mainroad to the Southwest now have been replaced by restaurants and apartments. The hotel located on the road to the SouthEast has still stood there and a car park has been added right next to it. The coffee shop which is opposite the hotel has been still there. The fishing port located on the coast has now been demolished.

2021-11-24 13:55:22 UTC

nguyễn thị hải yến a

Duyên [16/03/2022]

2021-11-24 14:03:12 UTC

The given pie chart illustrates information about percentage of electricity generated in Scotland two decades ago. Overall, it can be seen from the graph is that coal had generated the highest quantity of power with 41,4%. Looking at the details, the rate of using gas was higher than the use of nuclear, they accounted for 22,3% and 19,6% respectively. It is clear that in the chart the other kind of energy source was able to produce less than 10% of electricity, where oil was marked as the lowest capability to generate electricity with an average of 2,1% in the past two decades.

(99 words)
Đẩy nhanh tốc độ
_____________________________________________
- The proportion of coal was twice as high as that of gas.
- The rate of using oil accounted for almost as high as the use of other renewables.
- The percentage of hydro pumped storage was a little more higher than the amount of other renewables.
Great !
_____________________________________________
Overall, it can be seen from the given chart that the age of 40 and over were always the lowest percentage of Australian women giving birth to their first child, which took around 5%. Looking at the details, the proportion of first-time mothers aged 20 to 24 in 1966 was higher than that in 1986, they accounted for 62% and 39% respectively.
=========================================

The provided line graph illustrates the assumptions about the statistic of people who will learn three major world languages over the ten year period, between 2020 and 2030.
Overall, it can be seen that the number of people of all three languages will have an upward trend. Another interesting point is that is that more people will study English than other languages over the given period.
Looking at the details, more than 550 million people will study English in 2020 while the number of learners for Spanish and Mandarin will be just over 200 and 100 million respectively in this year. The popularity of English study will keep increasing until 2024 when it will have 700 million students and after that it will decline slightly in 2026. At that time the total number of Mandarin and Spanish language learners will be 300 million students. In around 2025 the number of Mandarin learners will intersect the number of Spanish learners and after that both of these language learners’ number will keep on increasing sharply. Compared to two other language learners English will have a slow increase though it will always remain at the top position in terms of learners’ number.
Finally, in the year 2030, it is predicted that there will be around 750 million students who will learn English while Mandarin will be in second position with about 570 million learners. Spanish language learners in this year will be about 500 million which will be less than Mandarin language learners but more than double than the learners it had 10 years earlier.
Great nên có câu kết bài : 5.5/6

[262 words]

-------------------------------------
The given bar chart illustrates the proportions of elderly people in Canada, Germany, and the UK. Generally, it is readily apparent that elderly population have risen and are expected to continued to grow steadily in all countries.
It is said from the chart that Germany had and will continue to have the highest proportion while Canada will likely overtake the UK. In 1980, senior residents in Germny accounted for 15% of the total in Germany, compared with around 14% and 10% recorded in share of that in the UK and Canada respectively. Over the following 20 years, the figures of citizens aged over 65 and over in Canada and Germany followed a similar pattern , rising significantly bt 5% each. In the meantime, the percentage in the UK experienced a slight increase to 15%. In the next 30 years, it is predicted that the figures for senior residents in Germany will increase to 25%. Menwhile, the rate of elderly people in Canada and the UK is forecasted to grow up about 22% and 18%.
Great !
--------------------------------------------------------------
- There was a significant increase of 0.5 billion Euros in machinery , from 0.8 billion Euros to 1.3 billion Euros between organisation A and organisation B.

____________________________________________________________________________________________

The given chart illustrates the production of ethanol fuel from corn. Overall the process consists of 9 stages, beginning from the collection of corn from the field and ending at the delivery stage.
At the first stage in the process, corn is harvested from fields and stored in a suitable place with favorable condition before it is ready for milling. After that, the milled corn goes through the cooking stage in which it is mixed with water. Following this, the mixture of corn powder and water goes through a fermentation stage which lasts for 48 hours. Subsequently, the liquid of the fermented mixture is seperated from the solid by-product. At this point, the liqiud takes another 5 hours to purify liquid ethanol fuel, which is then transferred to a fuel storage. Finally, this ethanol is delivered to filling stations for distribution.
The whole process above is a closed and strict process.
Viết chặt chẽ: 3.5/4

=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=.=
The pictures below illustrate the process of creating tomato ketchup.
Overall, it can be seen that there are 15 stages in this diagram, starting with harvesting tomatoes and finishing with using tomato ketchup as a flavor with some dishes.
First of all, tomatoes are picked and put in the baskets by farmers. After that, they sort good and bad tomatoes before they are sent to factories by trucks. Following this, stalks, seeds and skin of tomatoes are completely removed and inner part are passed onto containers in order to crush until liquid tomatoes produced. At this point, the liquid is mixed with a number of ingredients such as sugar, vinegar and salt before being boiled. After being left cool for two hours, the mixture, which is now called ketchup, is poured into bottles. The process continues with putting lids on the bottles and labelling. Before being packed into boxes, the bottles are checked quality. Then the bottles are filled into large cardboard boxes and then delivered to supermarkets. Finally,customers can buy and enjoy tasty tomato ketchup with their food such as hamburger and fries.
Great ! thiếu câu kết

______________________________________________

The two maps shown below display a seaside vllage and how it has changed from 1995 to the present.
It is clear in the chart, the housing along the main road has been expanded a little . It is located in the Northwest corner of the vilage.Regarding to the otherside of the city, there are a golf course and tennis courts where there used to be farmland and a
forest park.

---------------------

8th December

The maps below illustrate how the town of Lakeside urbanised during nine years in the early 21st century.
Looking at the area south of the river,
Regarding to the other side of the map, the residential area has been turned into a shopping centre and the multi-screen cinema has been replaced the old arts centre. Another interesting development is that the residential housing remained unchanged, ,
Xem lai ban do, xem lai thu tu mieu ta, xem lai cau
___________________________________________

22/12/2021

The two maps below show how a Vietnam's area has developed from 1980 to the present.
As can be seen, there have been several changes, the most noticeable being the addition of three cinema rooms and additional facilities. A striking change is that the cinema 1, which was to the left of the entrance, is now move to the area near the toilets to make way for catering space as well as a relax room. Another notable change is that the cinema 2, which was opposite the toilet, is now relocated to the left of the extended area. The male toilet and female toilet are still located in the same place as before. In addition, the whole building is expanded with the removal of the car park at the back.
Regarding to the other side of the area, a series of new cinemas have been constructed. Another interesting developement is that on the right side of the entrance, the ticker booth has stayed in the same location, but instead of the drinks stand now is a DVD shop.

Khánh Chi

2021-11-24 14:15:17 UTC

08/12
The given maps raflect happend on Lakeside over a 9 year period from 2000 to 2009
On the left side of the old map, the residential area has been remain the same .these mall was rebuilt into a multi-screen cinema . the ential area has been later converted into a shopping mall
In the center of the map, derelict warehouses has been converted into parking lots . school has been remained thể same .the old town has been changed into offices and universities
Tap xem laij ban do, xem lai baif maau, xem lai ngu phap

Thành

2021-11-24 14:42:08 UTC

Ngày 1/12/2021:
On the northwest road the house is located along the main road. And now it was expanded in 1995 with eight houses and now it has grown with two more. In The northeast in 1995, there were farmland and forest park but now they have been converted into a golf and 2 tennis courts.
_____________________________________________________________
Ngày 8/12/2021:

Kiều Trang

doankieutrang01052005 — 2021-11-28 14:39:41 UTC

Looking at the details, in the north west of the city, more houses have been constructed along the road which has been expanded to the west. Another striking change is that there are two houses has been built near the area which consists of 4 houses.

Đăng Khoa

2021-11-28 14:39:48 UTC

At first, we can see that almost areas have been changed with new things and they only keep the cafe shop down to the south

Lệ Thu

2021-11-28 14:39:51 UTC

Looking at the details, one of the most outstanding changes is that more residential houses have been constructed in the northwest. Now, due to the expansion of the road to the west, two housing areas have been built along the roadside.

tiến khoa

tracivy3 — 2021-11-28 14:39:56 UTC

Looking at the details, one of the most interesting changes is that the number of houses has increased in the West of the city, besides, a new road has been run.

Lê Anh Tuấn

tuan80048 — 2021-11-28 14:44:40 UTC

Looking at the details, one of the most interesting changes is that people have built some new houses in the northwest of city, a new road has been constructed in the west of city.

Mai

2021-12-01 12:49:44 UTC

Regarding to the other side of the city, the forest and the farmland were chopped down and replaced by a golf course and a tennis court.- Good
-----------------------------
Over the 9 years period.
- The lakeside 2000 and 2009 had been developed so much.
- Firstly, the derelict warehouse had been knocked down to be replaced by the car park.
- Previously, a small town and school had been replaced by ofices, a university and a school in 2009.
- On the other hand, as can be observed, the lakeside in 2000 had a long woodland and had a lake inside , but in 2009 it had been pulled down, and inside there was a pond.
- Regarding to the Lakeside, the industrial complex from 2000 to 2009 had been enlarged encroached on the forest part.
- Alternatively, the arts center had been chopped down and replaced with a multi-screen cinema on the left of the Lakeside.
-Accordingly, the residential area had been demolished and rebuilt with a shopping center in the left of the Lakeside next to the river.

Bùi Phương Thảo 8/12

2021-12-01 13:49:40 UTC

-The maps show the changes of the city from 2000 to 2009.
-As can be see, the residential area on the north and school are still intact
-One of the most interesting changes is the arts centre has been replaced by a muti- screen cinema.
-A striking change is that the residential area was demolished to make way for the shopping centre.
-Another notable change is the derelict warehouses and the old town has been converted into the car park and the offices.
-Another interesting change is the university was built here.
- Regarding to the other side of the city, on the east , the woodland has narrowed down.
- On the north east,the industrial complex,the residential area and past of the woodland have been demolished to make way for the industrial area.
- The lake has been replaced by the pond.

The Lakeside in 2009 has had many changes compared to 2000 thanks to the process of redevelopment and infrastructure addition. In the West, the residential area has been remain, the arts center has been replaced by a multi-screen cinema. In the North, there was a derelict warehouse that was demolished and a car parking has been built right there. The old town in the city centure was also demolished to make way for a triangle office and a new university. Meanwhile, more schools were built, and the residential area below became a shopping mall. Another notable change is that, on the right side of the river, about half of the forest area was cleared and the lake at the head of the river among the trees has also been narrowed to make a small pond. industrial cluster

2021-12-01 14:03:09 UTC

xac dinh lai phuong huong tren ban do, tham khao bai mau va bai cua cac ban
Boor xung
nguyễn thị hải yến a 8/12/2021

Bùi Tiến Dũng

2021-12-01 14:08:27 UTC

-the first thing that can be seen is the residential area and school are still there
-another notable change is the arts centre has been changed into a muti- screen cinema.
-The residential area under next to the arts centre and school, which was demolished to build a shoping centre
-As can be seen, the derelict warehouses have been converted into a car park and the offices.
-A striking change is the old town, which now has been destroyed and a new office and a new university have been built.
Cho vị trí vào câu

Trung

2021-12-01 14:09:58 UTC

as can be see, there are two maps here, the left one is in 2000, and the right one is in 2009. there have been a lot of changes, firstly, on the west side of the map, the arts center has been demolished and a multi-screen cinema was replaced instead. Going to the south, we can see that the residential area has been replaced by a shopping centre. residential area has not been changed but on its east side, derelict warehouses have been replaced by a car park and the old town has been developed into offices, in addition, a university has been built. one of the notable changes is that on the east side of the map, compared to 2000, the woodland has been reduced and the residential area has
been evacuated to expand the industrial complex and in the
woods, the lake has turned into the pond.

Bích Phương

2021-12-01 14:15:10 UTC

The differences between the Lakeside city in 2000 and it was in 2009 are shown on the two maps below. Looking at the details, the Residental area in the Northwest is still there from year to year. Next to it, the arts center was knocked down to make way for the multi-screen cinema. Another striking change is that the next residental area in the West then was chopped down and turned into a shopping center. As can be seen, one of the most interesting mutations is the derelict warehouses which was beside the residential area had been converted into a car park. Regarding to the city center, some new schools and universities have been built and the old town is replaced by a modern offices. Another notable development is that the area of woodland which in the Northeast had been shrunk, instead of that is the expanding of the industrial complex which had been in the South.The other remarkable shift is the lake in the middle of the woodland had been replaced by a smaller pond, which is connected with a long zigzag river.

Mai

2021-12-01 14:21:35 UTC

- Over the 9 years period. The lakeside in 2000 and in 2009 had been developed so much.
- Firstly, the derelict warehouse had been knocked down to be replaced by the car park.
- Previously, a small town and school had been replaced by a company, a university, and a school in 2009.
- On the other hand, as can be observed the lakeside in 2000 had a long woodland and had a lake inside a lake, but in 2009 it had been pulled down, and inside there was a pond.
- Regarding to the Lakeside, the industrial complex from 2000 to 2009 had been enlarged encroached on the forest part.
- Alternatively, the arts center had been chopped down and replaced with a multi-screen cinema on the left of the Lakeside.
-Accordingly, the residential area had been demolished and rebuilt with a shopping center on the left of the Lakeside next to the river.

Hải

2021-12-01 14:27:15 UTC

1/12/2021
- The given maps illustrate the differences of the lakeside between 2000 and 2009.
- One of the most interesting changes is that on the Northwest of the maps, the arts centre was pulled down and the multi screen cinema has been construcred near the residential area.
- On the right of the residential area, the car park has been constructed to replace the warehouses and the offices has been also constructed to replace the old town.
- The university has been constructed near the school
- The residential on the West has been changed into the shopping centre.
-As can be seen, on the East of the maps, the lake has been changed into a pound.
- On the Southeast, the residential and the small industrial complex has been changed into the bigger industrial complex.

Lâm Kha 7/12/2021

2021-12-07 12:27:45 UTC

The diagram above illustrates the recycling of plastic bottles.
Overall, the recycling of plastic bottles is a difficult process including 9 parts: Starting with collecting bottles from the recycle bin and in the final step, new products are produced.
In the first stage, a kind of truck collects plastic bottles from dustbin and transports them to the recycling centre where they are sorted. Recyclable items are pressed into cube-shaped blocks. Then these blocks are shred into small pieces which are then washed up to remove impurities.
In the next part, they are poured into a crusher where they become pellets. Followed by the 6th step, these pellets are heated up to form raw materials. Finally, the raw materials are made into new products such as clothes, pencils,...

Mai

2021-12-08 12:55:59 UTC

12/8
- Over the 9 year period. The lakeside in 2000 and in 2009 had been developed so much.
- Look to the north of the map to see :
- Firstly, the derelict warehouse had been knocked down to be replaced by the car park.
- an old town and school had been replaced by triangle offices and a university in 2009.
- Another key point, the location and number of schools from 2000 to 2009 have changed a little
- In The northwest. in 2000, there was a residential area it remained the same in 2009

- Xem lai toan bo bai, tham khao bai mau va bai cua cac ban

Trung

2021-12-08 12:57:59 UTC

8/12/2021
As can be see, there are two maps here, the left one is in 2000, and the right one is in 2009.
There have been a lot of changes. Firstly, on the West side of the map, the arts center was demolished and a multi-screen cinema has been replaced instead. Going to the West, we can see that the residential area has been replaced by a shopping centre. As can be seen, the derelict warehouses have been converted into a car park . A remarkable change is the old town, which was destroyed and new offices and a new university have been built. On the right side of the map the woodland has been narrowed and the residential area has been evacuated to expand the industrial complex. And in the woodland the lake has turned into a pond.
xac dinh lai phuong huong tren ban do

Bùi Tiến Dũng

2021-12-08 12:58:41 UTC

8/12/2021
The maps below describe the changes of the Lakeside from 2000 to 2009.
The First thing that can be seen is the residential area in the northwest and school in the centre have been still there. Another notable change is the arts centre in the West has been changed into a muti- screen cinema. The residential area in the West was demolished to build a shoping centre. As can be seen, the derelict warehouses have been converted into a car park . A striking change is the old town, which was destroyed and new offices and a new university have been built. The notheast is the Woodland which has been narrowed and the lake has been turned into a pond. Finally,
Xem lai ban do

Hải 8/12/2021

2021-12-08 13:01:18 UTC

- The given maps illustrate the differences of the lakeside between 2000 and 2009.
- One of the most interesting changes is that in the Northwest of the maps, the arts centre was pulled down to make way for a multi screen cinema
- In the right of the residential area, the car park has been constructed to replace the warehouses and the offices has been also constructed to replace the old town.
- There have been more schools and the university has been constructed in the city centre
- The residential in the West has been converted into the shopping centre
-As can be seen, in the East of the maps, the lake has been changed into a pool.
-In the Southeast, the residental area and the small industrial complex have been changed into the bigger industrial complex
C au bi lap lai nhieu.

Phạm Thị Thủy Tiên

2021-12-08 13:03:46 UTC

8/12/2008
The maps below depict the changes of the Lakeside from 2000 to 2009. As can be seen on the maps, in the northwest, the residental area remained intact from 2000 to 2009. One of the most interesting changes is that, the art center has been demolished and replaced by multi-screen cinema. In addition, next to the art center, another residential area were pulled down and replaced by shopping center. Another notable development is that, the derelict warehouse have been converted into a car parking. Besides, the old town has been made into the offices. Next to the old town, more schools were build. In the northeast, the woodland has been preserved and the lake has been turned into a pond. Finally, vacant land and residential area have explanded and turned into an idustrial complex in the South.

Thành 8/12/2021

2021-12-08 13:13:14 UTC

Two maps below show us the development of the lakeside from 2000 to 2009. In the North, the derelict warehouses and the old town have been charged into the car park, offices, the university and the schools. The residential area remains the same in the northwest. The woodland has been narrowed and the lake has been scaled down into a smaller pond. In the west, the arts centre and residential area were destroyed and have become the shopping centre and mutil-screen cinema.

Lệ Thu ngày 19/12/2021

2021-12-11 14:05:18 UTC

The bar graph details the amount of coffee produced in four nations over 20 years from 1990 to 2010. Overall, out of all four countries, Brazil produced the most coffee in any given year, while Vietnam produced the least amounts.
There was a steady growth of coffee production in Brazil during 20 years, from 0.7 million tonnes in 1990 and peaked at 1.9 million tonnes in 2010 – the highest of any country, in any year. On the contrary, the coffee production in Colombia tended to decline, it ranked at 0.6 million tonnes and fell gradually to about 0.3 million tonnes after 20 years.
As can be seen in the data, coffee production in Indonesia stayed stably during 5 years at about 0.2 million tonnes and increased inconsiderably to 0.4 million tonnes 15 years later.
Additionally, Vietnam standed at the lowest position; however, the coffee production of this country went up slightly from 0.1 to 0.3 million tonnes
goood

Kiều Trang

doankieutrang01052005 — 2021-12-11 14:05:34 UTC

The coffee production of Brazil grew continuosly from 0.7 to 1.9 million tones after 20 years.
On the contrary to 3 other coutries, there was a slight fall in the coffee prodution in Colombia, which dropped 1.5 times after 20 years.

tiến khoa

tracivy3 — 2021-12-11 14:06:10 UTC

Brazil's coffee production had an enormous climb from 1990 to 2010... thiếu chỉ số
The coffee production in Comlombia sank to the lowest level after 20 years, from 0.6 milion tones to 0.3 milion tones

Anh Tuấn

tuan80048 — 2021-12-11 14:06:20 UTC

The coffee production in Brazil increased sharply from 0.7 to 1 million tones after five years.
There was a decrease steadily of coffee production in Colombia from 0.6 to 0.3 million tones during 20 years.

Đăng Khoa

2021-12-11 14:07:57 UTC

Brazil's coffee production increased dramatically from 1990 to 2020 with the rate from 0,7 million tones to nearly 2 million tones

Đăng Khoa

2021-12-11 14:51:09 UTC

The highest coffee production rate in Colombia was in 1990 with o,6 million tones, but it decreased to 0,3 million tonnes in 2000

Tiến Khoa 19/12/2021

tracivy3 — 2021-12-19 13:56:40 UTC

The graph shows out about coffee production in 4 different countries/ from 1990 to 2010/ over 20 years
First, the coffee production in Brazil had an enormous climb from 0.7 milion tones to 1.9 milion tones after 20 years. Whereas, the coffee production in Colombia sank to the lowest level from 0.6 to 0.3 milion tones in the same time. Besides, Vietnam and Indonesia are/were the same when vietnam's output increased from 0.1 milion tones to 0.3 milion tones and Indonesia grew continously from 0.2 to 0.4 milion tones.

Anh Tuấn 19/12/2021

tuan80048 — 2021-12-19 13:57:10 UTC

The graph shows data about coffee production in 4 different countries/ from 1990 to 2010/. over 20 years
As can be seen, Brazil is the country with the highest rank of coffee production out of the four countries. There was a trebling in coffee production in Brazil from 0.7 million tones to 1.9 million tones after 20 years.
It is clear that, coffee production in Colombia is slightly decreased year by year. It dropped from 0.6 million tones to 0.3 million tones during 20 years.
It can be seen that, the coffee production in Indonesia stood at 0.2 million tones per year from 1990 to 1995, it rose to 0.4 million tones 15 years later. Out of the four countries, there was a rise in coffee production in Vietnam from 0.1 million tones to 0.3 million tones after 20 years.
good

Kiều Trang 19/12

doankieutrang01052005 — 2021-12-19 13:57:45 UTC

The information about coffee production in four different countries from 1990 to 2010 is represented in the graph. In general, Brazil had the highest rate of coffee production while Vietnam produced coffeethe least.
Out of four countries, Brazil always produced more coffee than others and increased continuosly over 20 years. In 1990, 0.7 million tonnes of coffee was produced in Brazil. And there was a sharp growth in the coffee production, which stood at 1 million tonnes in 1995. Moreover, Brazil's coffee production still went up to 1.5 tonnes and 1.9 tonnes respectively in 2000 and 2010.
On the other hand, although the coffee production of Indonesia and Vietnam was much lower than Brazil, it still followed the trend of shotting up. Indonesia reached a peak at 0.4 tonnes, which increased 0.2 tonnes after 20 years. Meanwhile Vietnam had the lowest rate of coffee production of any coutry and in any year.
As can be seen in the graph, Colombia was the only country followed the downward trend in coffee production. In 1990 Colombia was in the second rank with 0.6 tonnes and then declined to 0.3 tonnes in 2010.

Đăng Khoa 19/12/2021

2021-12-19 13:58:39 UTC

As can be seen, the graph reaveals the different amounts of coffee production in the four countries from 1990 to 2010.
It can be seen that Brazil is the country with the highest different amount of coffee production in 4 years of the 4 countries. Brazil ranks the highest among the four countries, from 1990 to 2010, it produced from 0.7 million tons to 1.9 million tones during 20 years. It can be seen that Indonesia is the 2nd largest producer of coffee when it produced from 0.2 to 0.4 million tones. Out of the four countries, Vietnam is the third country with a steady increase in coffee production, having produced 0.1 to 0.3 million tons of coffee over the past 20 years. Finally, Colombia, but they have a decrease in coffee production compared to the other 3 countries. Colombia has fallen from 0.6 to 0.3 million tons of coffee over the past 20 years.
Ok

Bích Phương- ngày 22/12/2021

2021-12-22 13:54:56 UTC

The maps below illustrate some differences of a place in Vietnam between 1980 and now.
Looking at the details, there are numbers of buildings have filled in the vacant lots. A striking change is that the car park which is in the north in 1980 was demolished to be replaced by the relocation of the old cinema and the new-built cinema 3. As can be seen that the male toilet and female toilet is standing there from year to year. One of the most interesting changes is the cinema 1 has been moved to the wasteland in the West and the old cinema 1 now has been knocked down to make way for the food drinks and the relax room. Regarding to the other side of the area, the cinema 2 before has been converted into the modernise cinema 4 and cinema 5. Besides, in the Southeast corner, another interesting upheaval is that the drinks has been chopped down to change into a DVD shop. Finally, the ticket which is right to the right of the entry has been there through time.

Bùi Tiến Dũng (22/11/2021)

2021-12-22 13:54:59 UTC

The given maps illustrate what has happened in an area in Vietnam from 1980 up to now. Overall, the cinema underwent extensive renovations, with the addition of more cinemas and various other amenities to the left-hand and right-hand sides.
In 1980, the city was largely vacant with only two cinemas, the first of which was sited to the left of the entrance in the South , the second of which was positioned in the Northeast. After 41 years, this part of the cinema was filled with three additional cinemas, with the original Cinema 1 and 2 relocated to the Weast.
Another notable change is the addition of facilities that cater for the various needs of moviegoers, an area in which food and drink are served and a room for relaxation are established, taking up the space where there was once Cinema 1. A sriking change is that the old drink stall in the right corner near the entrance was converted into a DVD shop. The parts that are left unchanged include the toilet, which is now sitting between Cinema 1 and 2 and the ticket box office to the left of the entrance.

Bùi Phương Thảo 22/12/2021

2021-12-22 14:04:27 UTC

The map below give out the information about the ddifferents of an area in Vietnam between 1980 and 2021.
As can be seen , one of the most interesting changes is the car park has been converted into the cinema 2 in the Northwest and the cinema 3 in the Northeast . It is clear in the charts, a striking changes is that in the Northwest the male toliet and the female toliet are still in place until now. Another notable change is in the Northwest the cinema 1 has been built .Regarding to the other side of the cinema , in the Northeast, the cinema 2 in 1980 has been demolished to make way for the cinema 4. Another interesting change is the cinema 5 in 1980 has been added in here. Another notable change is the Southwest ,the cinema 1 in 1980 has been pushed down to make way for the food drinks and relax room. A striking change is that in the Southeast, the tickets is still here. In the South, next to the ticket, the DVD shop has been constructed to replace the drinks.

Mai 22/11/2021

2021-12-22 14:04:37 UTC

The two maps show how a cinema has developed from 1980 to now. As observed from the maps, the cinema has been renovated with some new equipment. One of the most obvious changes is that cinema 1, which was to the left of the entry, is now moved to the area near the toilet to make way for the food drinks and a relax room. In addition, the car park has been removed and replaced with cinema 2, originally opposite the toilet and cinema 3. It's clear in the chart that the toilets are still located in the same place as before. Regarding the right side of the cinema maps now, a series of new cinemas 3, 4, 5 have been put up. As can be seen, the old drinks in the right corner near the entry have been converted into a DVD shop, the ticket to the left of the entry was unchanged.

Phạm Thị Thủy Tiên . 22/12/2020

2021-12-22 14:05:04 UTC

The maps below depict the changes of an area in Vietnam from 1980 to now.
As can be seen on the maps , the car park has been converted into the cinema 2 in the Northwest and the cinema 3 in the Northeast . One of the most interesting changes is that , in the West , the toilets are still there from 1980 to now and vacant land has been turned into the cinema 1 . Regarding to the other side , in the East , the cinema 2 has been made into the cinema 4 and next to the cinema 4 , the cinema 5 were built on the vacant land . Another notable change is that, in the Southwest , the food drinks and the relax room were demolished and replaced by the cinema 1 . It is clear in the maps , the entry were unchanged . Another notable development is that , the drinks were pulled down and turned into an DVD shop in the Southeast . Next to the DVD shop , the ticket is still there until present .
In short, this area had many changes from 1980 to now .

Nguyễn Duy Trung 22/12/2021

2021-12-22 14:09:26 UTC

The maps below show the change of an area in Vietnam from 1980 to present.
Overall, there have been a number of changes, most notably the addition of three more cinemas and the demolition of the car park. On the east side of the map, in 1980 there was only cinema 2 but now it has changed to 3 cinemas which are cinema 3, 4,5 and moved cinema 2 to the Northwest of the map. One of the notable changes near the entrance on the South side of the map is the addition of facilities to cater to moviegoers: Food drinks and relax room in the Southwest occupy the space where there is cinema 1. In the Southeast, the ticket remains in place, but the DVD shop has replaced Drinks. what hasn't changed is that the toilet is now located between cinema 1 and 2.
In short, a lot has changed from 1980 to now.

Nguyễn Thị Hải Yến a (22/12/2021)

2021-12-22 14:12:10 UTC

The maps illustrate how an area in Vietnam has changed from 1980 to now.
As can be seen, this area has had a lot of major changes so far. One of the most interesting is the car park in the North has been pulled down and given way to cinema 2 and cinema 3. Another notable change is that cinema 2 in the East has been divided into cinema 4 and 5. Meanwhile, in the West, the toilet for men and women remains the same and the Cinema 1 has built right next to it. Development is the cinema 1 in the southwest has been replaced by Food Drinks and Relax Room. To the Southeast, the Ticket still exists there but the Drinks next to it has been renovated into DVD Shop

Nguyễn Trọng Hải (5/1/2022)

2021-12-22 14:17:44 UTC

The first step is that pick tomatoes and put in basket, and then sort good and bad tomatoes. After that, good tomatoes is sent to the factory.
------------------------------------------------------
The given maps illustrate the changes of the cinema in Vietnam from 1980 to now. Looking at the details, in the North of the map, one of the most interesting changes is that the car park has been pulled down to construct two cinemas: Cinema 2 in the Westest and Cinema 3 in the Northeast. As can be seen that in the West, the Cinema 1 was built in front of the toilet. Another interesting changes is that in the West, there are two cinemas: Cinema 4 and Cinema 5 have been errected to replace the Cinema 2. Regarding to the other side of the cinema, in the Southwest, the Cinema 1 has been demolished to make way for the Food Drinks and Relax room. It is clear in the chart, in the Southest, the Drinks has been converted into the DVD shop. In short, the cinema in Vietnam has changed a lot from 1980 to now.

Thành (22/11/2021)

2021-12-22 14:19:45 UTC

Two maps belows show us about the charges from 1980s to now. In the right of two maps, the old male's and female's toilets in 1980s map were replaced by the cinemas 1 and 2 with the new male's and female's toilets between them. The cinema 1 opposite the old male's and female's toilets in the 1980s map has been replaced by the drinks and the relax room. Next to the old male's and female's toilets in the 1980s map, the car park in 1980s map was demolished. In the left of two maps, the cinema 2 in the 1980s map has been dispersed into the smaller cinemas 3, 4 and 5. The drinks next to the ticket and the entry in the 1980s map have been turned into the DVD shop and the ticket and the entry place in two maps remains in the same places in two maps.

Thành (05/01/2022)

2021-12-22 14:27:43 UTC

Chi (22/12)

2021-12-22 14:42:10 UTC

The maps below depict the changes of an area in Vietnam from 1980 to now
One of the most interesting changes is that North of the maps,the car park we're pulled down cinema 2 and cinema 3
Another notable change is the information of a cinema 1 to connect the male toilets
As can be seen on the maps,in the Northeast, the cinema 2 were chopped down cinema 4 and cinema 5
Regarding to the other side,in the Southwest,the cinema 1 were pushed down food drinksand relax
The Southeast,the drinks were knock down DVD shop and the ticket and the entry place in two maps remains in the same places in two maps

Kha (26/12)

2021-12-26 04:56:48 UTC

The diagram below illustrates the periods of producing water.
Overall, making clean water is a difficult process which includes 5 stages: Starting with cleaning and packaging is the end step
First of all, raw water is taken from clean water sources, then it is transfered to the filter system. In that system, some special chemicals are used to preliminary treatment of raw water. In the next part, the clean water is thereafter pumped to electric heaters and goes through a cooling pipe to another device where the carbonation process takes place. During this process, carbon dioxide from another pipe is added to the water.
In stage 3, the water is sent to a mixing tank in which it is mixed with colouring, syrup, and flavours, and filtered before being filled into bottles and cans. Finally, they are packaged and deliveried to customers.
In conclusion, producing water is a tough process which requires many steps.

Bùi Tiến Dũng (05/01)

2022-01-05 13:55:36 UTC

Overall, we can see there are fifteen stages to make the tomato sauce, begin with picking down and being served with humburger . The first step is that farmers pick tomatoes and put in basket, then they take them back to the warehouse and sort good and bad tomatoes. Subsequently, only good tomatoes are sent to the factory
Good !

Bích Phương 12/01/2022

2022-01-05 13:55:39 UTC

The following operation describes how to produce a ketchup. All the process consists of fifteen steps, begins with picking the tomatoes and finally enjoying it with hamburgers and fries.
The first step is that the farmers pick tomatoes and put in basket. Following this, they filter out the good tomatoes and the bad ones. At this point, the workers remove the stalks, seeds, and skin. Next, the tomatoes are put in a large container to crush into liquid.The seventh stage is that the workers add more spices such as sugar, vineger and salt into the pot. Then, the ketchup is boiled for some hours. In the next step, the liquid is poured into clear glass bottles. These bottles are labeled, then they are checked quality. Subsequently, they are sent for packing. In the last step, they move them to distribute to the supermarkets for consumptions, and then serving with chips and hamburgers. With these stages, we can know how hard are the ketchups made.
Great !

Hoàng Phương 5/1/2022

2022-01-05 13:55:41 UTC

The first step is that the farmers pick tomatoes and put in basket. Following this, they filter out the good tomatoes and the bad ones.
Great !

Trung 5/1

2022-01-05 13:55:44 UTC

First of all, farmers pick tomatoes and put in basket, then they sort good and bad tomatoes

Khánh 5/1

2022-01-05 13:56:32 UTC

First of all, tomatoes are picked and put into a basket. Then, they are divided into decent and rotten ones
Great !

5/1 : Bùi Phương Thảo

2022-01-05 13:56:51 UTC

The first step is that the farmers pick tomatoes and put in basket. Following this, they sort good and bad tomatoes. Subsequently, they are sent to the factory.

Mai 12/1

2022-01-05 14:01:29 UTC

The pictures highlight the process by which tomato ketchup is produced and packed in order to be sold to customers. Overall, we can see there are fifteen stages to make the tomato sauce........................................
At the first stage, ripe tomatoes are picked and put into baskets by an army of pickers.farmers. The next step is they are taken to a warehouse where they are sorted to remove rotten ones. The quality tomatoes are then transported to a factory so that their stalks, seeds, and skins can be removed. After that, the vegetables tomatoes are crushed in containers. In order to enhance the flavor, the crushed tomatoes are mixed with a number of ingredients such as sugar, vinegar, and salt before being boiled and left cool for 2 hours. After making tomatoes ketchup, it is poured into bottles and labeled. After the stamping stage, the quality bottles’ is /are examined before they are placed in order into boxes. After that, these boxes are loaded onto lorries, which are taken to the supermarkets. The final step is that you buy a bottle of tomatoes ketchup and serve it with hamburger and fries.
Good ! Thiếu câu kết luận

Hải 5/1

2022-01-05 14:07:56 UTC

The first step is that picking tomatoes and putting in basket. Then they sort good and bad tomatoes. Subsequently, good tomatoes are sent to the factory
Good !

Đăng Khoa 8/1/2021

2022-01-08 14:07:36 UTC

The bar chart below shows the high level of education of young people in the 4 countries. In 2000 country D had the highest educated youth among of 4 with about 45%. The lowest of which is country A with more than 30%. The second highest is country C with a little over 40 people. Finally 40% for country D. In 2005, country D continued to lead with 50%, followed by 48% in country A. Country C had increased to about 46% and country B decreased comprased to 2000 with 39%. Country D led with 60% and followed by country A with 57% in 2010. Country B increased in number compared to 2005 but country B is still behind with 40% and country C is still keep the same number of % in 2005
Lộn Xộn !

Lệ Thu thứ 7 8/1/2022

2022-01-08 14:08:10 UTC

The bar chart points out the proportion of young people enrolling in higher education of 4 countries in 3 years, 2000, 2005 and 2010.
Overall, the participation rate of young people studying higher education tended to increase excepted country B.
In addition, country D had the highest percentage of young people, who applied in higher education.
In 2000, about 45% of young people in country D participated in university while the rate of those in country A coming to university was 10% lower. Besides, two countries B and C, both of them accounted for 40%.
In 2005, out of 3 countries, which had the rate increased significantly, the percentage of country B fell down at about 39%.
In 2010, the proportion of people went to university of country D peaked at 60% while country C stayed about 47% during 5 years. The participation rate of young people took part in higher education of country A grew considerably from 48% to 57%. On the contrary, these rate of country B just rose slightly about 1%.
Great !

Kiều Trang 8/1/22

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-01-08 14:08:26 UTC

The bar chart compares the proportion of young people in higher education in four different countries over ten years, from 2000 to 2010. It is clear that country D had the highest percentage of young people enrolling in higher education in all three years, while the percentage of those was the lowest in country B. In addition, countries A and D experienced the greatest increase in young people who were involved in higher education.
As can be seen in the graph, in country C, the percentage of young people participating in university rose slightly by 2%, from 50% in 2000 to 52% in 2010. On the contrary, country B remained at 40% over the 10 years, despite having a small drop of 2%, down to 38% in 2005.
And two remaining nations A and D, in 2000, 60% of young people in country D entered university education, while it was much lower in country A, at only about 38%. After one decade, the proportion of countries D and A went up considerably to 80% and around 59%, respectively.
Great !

Tiến khoa 8/1/2022

tracivy3 — 2022-01-08 14:09:57 UTC

It can be seen in the bar chart the percentage of young people in higher education in the 10 years from 2000 to 2010 of 4 countries A, B, C, D.
Overall, the change of the percentage of young people in higher education in 4 countries is clearly shown. In country A, there was a steady increased in the percentage of young people in higher education from 35% to 48% after 5 years, ....????? and the total increase was 33% in 10 years. Country B was one of the two most disparate of all four, whose rate fell slightly between 2000 and 2005, but 5 years later, they were back, it meant that they hardly had any significant changes. The Next is country C, where there was some change like the country B when from 2000 to 2005 the percentage of young people in higher education increased 5% from 42% to 47% and it stalled there from 2005 to 2010. The Final country was country D where there was an increase , from 2000 to 2005 , the percentage of young people in higher education increased 5% from 45% to 50% and 5 years later, it increased another 10% from 50% to 60%.
Xem laij
cách dùng từ chua chính xác, dấu câu chưa chính xác

Anh Tuấn 8/1/2022

tuan80048 — 2022-01-08 14:10:00 UTC

The bar chart gives out the information about the percentage of young people in higher education over 10 years from 2000 to 2010.
Overall, out of all four countries, country D had the highest percentage of young people in higher education in 2000 to 2010, while country B were the lowest.
Looking at the details, The percentage of young people in higher education in country A stood at 35% in 2000, it rose to 57% in 10 years later.
It can be seen that, In country B, the number of young people having higher education slightly decreased from 40% to 39% after 5 years and then stabilise at 40% in 2010.
It is said from the chart that, The quantity of students who got higher education in country C climbed from 42% to 47% after 5 years and and it had not changed until 2010.
It is clear that, country D had the highest percentage of learners in higher education, it soared sharply from 45% to 60% during 10 years.
Great !

Kha 11/1/2022

2022-01-11 11:40:58 UTC

The second step is that tomatoes are divided into 2 types. And then the usable tomatoes are deliveried to the factory.
----------------------------------------
The diagram above illustrates the method of producing tomato ketchup.
Overall, this production is a difficult process including 15 parts: Starting with harvesting tomatoes and in the final step, the product is used to serve multiple purposes.

First of all, farmers collect tomatoes and put them in a particular basket. After that, tomatoes are divided into 2 categories: good and bad. And then the factory selects the usable one for production. At this point, tomatoes are removed unnecessary part including: skin, seeds and stalk. Following this, a special type of container is used to store tomatoes where they are crushed in order to add sugar, vinegar and salt. The mixture is then heated up and left it cool for two hours.
In the next step, the liquid is poured into clear glass bottles. These bottles are labeled, then they are checked quality. Subsequently, they are sent for packing. Finally, they are delivered to costumer. Now we can enjoy our dishes with this wonderful sauce.
In conclusion, many steps have been set up to produce tomato ketchup.
Great !

Khánh 12/1

2022-01-12 13:10:30 UTC

The diagram illustrates the process of how to manufacture tomato ketchup.

Overall, it can be clearly seen that there are 15 steps in this process, starting with harvesting tomatoes and putting them in baskets and culminating in ketchup being used to eat with food.

First of all, ripe tomatoes are picked and put into basket. Then they are divided into decent tomatoes and rotten ones. Following this, only high-qualified ones are delivered to the factories at which stalks, seeds and skin of tomatoes are eliminated . After being crushed in the container, tomatoes are seasoned with sugar, vinegar and salt. The following stage is to boil the mixture and wait for 2 hours to let it cool

The mixture is now called ketchup, which is packed into bottles and labelled. Before being delivered to supermarkets for consumption, the ketchup is examined strictly to make sure to be safe for users. Eventually, customers can purchase ketchup from stores and use it with dishes such as hamburgers and fries
Great ! thêm một kết luận

Bùi Tiến Dũng (12/01/2022)

2022-01-12 13:13:01 UTC

The pictures below illustrate how tomato ketchup is produced.
Overall, we can see there are fifteen stages to make the tomato sauce, begin with picking down and being served with humburger is the last step
The first step is that farmers pick tomatoes and put in basket, then they take them back to the warehouse and sort good and bad tomatoes. Subsequently, only good tomatoes are sent to the factory. These are collected in a container to alter its consistency. And then, the pulp thus obtained is boiled under controlled temperature to a specific period of time. Prior to the boiling process, sugar, vinegar, and salt are added to this mixture in the correct proportion. At this point, the post boiled mixture is left undisturbed for about two hours to set itself in an appropriate stage to become ‘tomato ketchup’, and this is filled in individual bottles. After that, the evenly filled bottles are labelled and sent for packing before quality assurance. The last step is distribution, where it reaches supermarkets and other outlets and eventually to individual customers.
Good ! thiếu câu kết luận !

Nguyễn Trọng Hải (12/01/2022)

2022-01-12 13:14:21 UTC

This pictures below illustrate how tomato ketchup is made/ created/produced/. Overall, there are fifteen stages to make the tomato sauce, begin with picking down and ending with being served with humburger . The first step is that tomatoes are picked and put in baskets by the farmers. After that, they sort good and bad tomatoes so that tomato ketchup can get a high quality as possible. Subsequently, good tomatoes are sent to the factory,where they are removed some unnecessary parts, included removing stalks, skin, seeds. Having been stored in a container, tomatoes are crushed to become liquid. At this point, sugar, salt, vinegar are added. The next step is that the liquid is boiled and then left about 2 hours in order to get a right temperature.
After making tomatoes ketchup, it is poured into bottles, which are then labeled. Before being packed into boxes, the bottles are checked quality. Following this, these boxes are loaded onto lorries, and then workers take them to the supermarkets. The final step is that you buy a bottle of tomatoes ketchup and enjoy with hamburger and fries.
Great ! thiếu kết luận

Nguyễn Thị Hải Yến a (12/01/2022)

2022-01-12 13:19:11 UTC

The pictures highlight the process by which tomato ketchup is produced and packed in order to be sold to customers.
It is noticed that there are 15 stages in the diagram. First, the farmers picks ripe tomatoes from the farm and put them in the baskets. The second step is that they grade the quality of each tomato, good tomatoes are sent to factories, rotten tomatoes are discarded so that tomato ketchup can get a high quality as possible . Next, factory workers remove the stem, seeds, and skin of the tomato. After being crushed in the container, the tomatoes are seasoned with sugar, vinegar and salt. The next step is to boil the mixture and let it cool for 2 hours.
After making tomatoes ketchup, it is poured into bottles, which are then labeled. Before being packed into boxes, the bottles are checked quality. Finally, customers can buy ketchup from stores and use it with dishes such as
hamburgers and fries.
Good ! thiếu kết luận !

Trung 12/1

2022-01-12 13:22:24 UTC

The picture below illustrates how tomato ketchup is made.
Overall, as can be seen that there are 15 stages in the diagram, starting with harvesting tomatoes and finishing with using tomato ketchup as a flavor with some dishes.
First off all, farmers pick tomatoes and put in basket then they sort good and bad tomatoes. Good tomatoes are delivered to the factories, where they are removed some unnecessary parts, included removing stalks, skin, seeds. after that, they are crushed into liquid and seasoned with spices such as sugar, salt, and vinegar. The next step is that the tomato liquid is boiled and then left for 2 hours in order to get a right temperature and then it is poured into bottles, then labeled. Before being packed into the box, the bottles are checked for quality. Following this, they are loaded onto trucks and delivered to supermarkets. Finally, you buy ketchup and enjoy it with burgers and fries.
Great ! Thiếu câu kết luận

Thành 12/1/2022

thanhdinh05092008 — 2022-01-12 13:27:11 UTC

The pictures below show us the process of making ketchup
Overall.....
. In the first step, tomatoes are picked and placed in a basket. Then, these tomatoes has been/are sorted into 2 groups as/ for good tomatoes and bad tomatoes for the highest quality sauce. Good tomatoes are taken to the factories to remove unnecessary parts such as seeds, stalks and skins. After being crushed, additives such as sugar, vinegar and salt will be/is added. Next, workers bring the tomato mixture, salt, vinegar, and sugar to boil, then let it cool for 2 hours. The ketchup is then poured into a glass bottle and labeled. Finally, before canning, the ketchup bottles are inspected. These boxes are then loaded onto trucks to be taken to supermarkets.
Thiếu phần tổng quan bài, thieus kết luận, mở bài chưa thay được từ mới, chỉ dùng Present Simple

Bùi Phương Thảo 12/1/2022

2022-01-12 14:00:00 UTC

The pictures below give out the information about how produce ketchup.
Overall, the process of making ketchup has 15 steps. Step 1 is pick tomatoes and put in basket. Step 15 is use with hamburgers and fries.
First of all, the farmers pick tomatoes and put in basket. Then, they sort good and bad tomatoes. Subsequently, good tomatoes are sent to the factory. After which , they take / remove stalk, get seeds , peel the skin of the tomatoes. The next step is that they put all tomatoes in the contener. After that the tomatoes are crushed. At this point, the tomatoes are added. sugar..... Subsequently, the tomatoes are boiled over high heat. And then ,they are leave the tomatoes to cool for 2 hours. After then, the workers pour them into pot. After labeling, workers check the quality and put them in the box. Finally , the ketchup are shipped to the supermarkets and used with hamburgers and fries.
Good ! Thiếu câu kết luận

Khánh Chi 19/1/2022

2022-01-12 14:13:19 UTC

The diagram below illustrates how ethanol fuel is produced from corn . Overall,we can see there are 8 stages of ethanol production from corn, starting with harvesting of corn..... First of all, they take the corn to the mill. Then,they put water in and incubated for 4 house. Next, they let ferment for 48 house. After being crushed,they purified ethanol . Finally,
Xem lại cách miêu tả, xem lại cách kết hợp câu, xem lại từ nối: Viết lại

Kiều Trang 16/01/22

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-01-16 14:11:46 UTC

part 1: 7 part 2: 4 part 3: 5 p4: 5

Anh Tuấn 16/1/2022

tuan80048 — 2022-01-16 14:11:58 UTC

part 1: 8 part 2: 7 part 3: 6 p4: 5

Lệ Thu Listening 16/1/2022

2022-01-16 14:12:18 UTC

part 1: 10 part 2: 9 part 3: 4 part 4: 9

Đăng Khoa 16/1/22

2022-01-16 14:13:25 UTC

par\t 1: 6 part 2: 10 part 3: 8 p4: 6

tiến Khoa

tracivy3 — 2022-01-16 14:15:59 UTC

Đào Thu Thủy/ 19-01

2022-01-19 13:18:40 UTC

The diagram illustrates the production of ethanol fuel from corn.
Overall, there are nine stages in the process of corn ethanol production, beginning with harvesting the corn and ending at the delivery stage.
At the first stage in the corn ethanol making process, corn is harvested and then put in a suitable place to ensure safe storage before it is ready for milling. During the milling stage, the corn is ground into a fine powder, which is then mixed with water. The resulting mixture is cooked for four hours.
After cooking, the mixture undergoes a fermentation process, which takes two days, and ethanol is produced after this stage. After that, the liquid ethanol is separated from the fermented mixture, during which some solid by-products are taken out. It then takes five hours for the resulting ethanol to be purified to remove any impurities. Finally, this ethanol is stored for a set period of time before being transported to retailers, ready to be sold
Thiếu câu kết: 3.5/4

Bùi Tiến Dũng (19/01/2005)

2022-01-19 13:18:56 UTC

The given diagram illustrates the process of manufacturing liquid ethanol fuel from corn.

Overall, the process consists of 9 stages which is from corn as a raw material to the transporting of purified ethanol.

First of all, corn comes as main raw material and puts in to sorting and then in to milling stage. After that, milled corn is cooking for 4 hours with added water and moved to fermenting for 48 hours which is 4 days, until the cooked corn become ethanol chemical. Then it moved to separation stage.

In the separating stage, it separate liquid ethanol from fermented corn and leftover is called as by-product. Then separated liquid ethanol moved in to purifying stage which takes another 5 hours to purify liquid ethanol fuel and moved to sorting. Finally, after purified ethanol fuel is sorted out, it moves to transporting stage which transport the liquid ethanol fuel.
Dùng từ lặp lại, câu chưa chính xác, chứ có câu kết: 3.0/4

Khánh 19/1

2022-01-19 13:22:20 UTC

The diagram illustrates the various steps of the production of corn-based ethanol.
Overall, there are nine stages in the process of corn ethanol production, beginning with harvesting the corn and culminating in the delivery stage.
First of all, corn is harvested from fields. Then, it is stored to commence the production of ethanol. The first step of the production is milling the corn and grinding it into powder. Following this, the milled corn goes through the cooking stage in which it is mixed with water.The resulting mixture is cooked for four hours. The following step is that the mixture of corn powder and water is fermented which takes about 2 days.
After that, the liquid ethanol is separated from the fermented mixture, during which some solid by-products are taken out It then takes five hours for the resulting ethanol to be purified to remove any dirts. Once the ethanol fuel is ready, it is stored before being delivered to where it is consumed
Thiếu câu kết. 2.5/4

19/1/2022. Phạm Thị Thủy Tiên

2022-01-19 13:22:28 UTC

The pictures illustrates the process of making ethanol fuel from corn.
Overall , it can be clearly seen that there are 9 steps in this process , starting with harvesting corns and transportation to gas station and consumption is last step .
The first step is that, the corns are harvested by the farmers . Then , the corns are transported to the storing . After that , the corns are milled in the factories . During the milling period , the corns are ground into a fine powder , corns are ground into a fine powder and mixes with water . The following stage is that, ground corn cook for 4 hours with the addition of water and transferred to ferment for 48 hours . Following this , they separate into liquid and solid by-product .
Thiếu từ, thiếu câu kết> 3.0/4

2022-01-19 13:23:22 UTC

Nguyễn Trọng Hải (19/01/2022)
The diagram below illustrates how enthanol fuel is manufactured from corn. Overall, there are nine stages in the process of corn ethanol production, beginning with harvesting the corn and ending at delivering to the gas station. First of all, corn is harvested and then put in a suitable place to ensure safe storage. Then the corn is milled and grinded it into powder, which is then mixed with water. The resulting mixture is cooked for four hours. After cooking, the mixture undergoes a fermentation process, which takes two days, and ethanol is produced after this stage. After that, the liquid ethanol is separated from the fermented mixture, during this perid,v some solid by-products are taken out. It then takes five hours for the resulting ethanol to be purified to remove any impurities. Finally, this ethanol is stored for a set period of time before being transported to retailers, ready to be sold. In short, The whole process above is a closed and strict process to ensure the safety of users.
bài viết tốt: 3.5/4

Bùi Phương Thảo 19 /1

2022-01-19 13:24:14 UTC

The diagram below illustrates how ethanol fuel is made from corn.
Overall, the process of making enthanol fuel consists of 9 steps. Beginning with corn is harvested/ colllecting corn and endding with tranposting fuel enthanolto to the gas station.
First of all, the farmers harvest corn . Then , they are stored. Subsequently, the workers are milling/ mill corn. At this point, they are cooked for 4 hours. Following this, they are fermeted for 48 hours. After that, they are separated into a liquid and a solid by - product. The following step is that , they are purifited to enthanol.
Thiếu từ, dùng ngữ pháp chưa chính xác, xem lại câu bị động: 2.0/4

Trung 19/1

2022-01-19 13:24:33 UTC

The diagram below reveals how ethanol fuel is made from corn.
Overall, as can be seen that there are approximately 9 steps in the process, starting from/with the collection of corn from the field, and transporting the ethanol to the gas station is the last one
First of all, the process of producing ethanol from corn starts with the collection and storage of corn.The corn is then ground and cooked for about 4 hours. When cooking, it undergoes a fermentation process that takes about 48 hours to complete. After that, the product is then separated into a liquid and a solid. after that, the liquid that needs to be cleaned takes about 5 hours while the solid part becomes a useful by-product of the process. Finally, after the liquid has been purified, it can then be stored before it is shipped to the gas station.
Thiếu câu kết: 3/4

Mai 19/1

2022-01-19 13:25:44 UTC

The diagram describes the production of ethanol fuel from corn.
Overall, it can be seen that there are approximately 9 steps in the process, starting with the collection of corn from the field, and transporting to filling stations is the final step.
The first stage is harvesting corn and then put in a suitable place to safe storage.The next step is the corn is milled, during the milling stage, the corn is ground to fine powder which is mixed with water. The following step is that the resulting mixture is cooked for four hours then undergoes a process of fermentation which takes two days, and ethanol is produced after this stage. Subsequently, the liquid of the fermented mixture is separated from the solid by-product. At this point, it takes five hours for the resulting ethanol to be purified to remove any impurities. After this ethanol is stored. it is taken to the gas station.
Thiếu câu kết: 3/4

Hải Yến B

2022-01-19 13:26:31 UTC

19-01-2022
The image below illustrates how ethanol fuel can be produced from corn. Looking at the diagram, we can see that there are 9 steps with the first step í to harvest the corn and bring it to the gas station is the last step to complete. First, we will choose good corn to collect and bring to the storage. The next step is also important that we will mill the corn, after milling we cook with clear water for 4 hours. The next step that requires meticulousness is to ferment the cook mixture for 48 hours. Then we seperating with liquid and soild by - product, the 6th step is to crystallize ethanol for 5 hours. After completing the stages we take to the storage room and finally take to the gas station.
Thiếu câu kết: 3/4

Nguyễn Thị Hải Yến a 19/01/2022

2022-01-19 13:26:35 UTC

The diagram gives information about the process of producing ethanol fuel from corn
It is clear that there are eight stages in the process, starting from /with collecting corn from the fields and ending with ethanol fuel, ready to be transported to the train station
.( ...and transporting the ethanol fuel to the station is the final step)
The production of Ethanol fuel begins with the harvesting of corn. They are then poured into a milling machine and ground into powder. In the next stage, cornstarch is mixed with water and the mixture is cooked for 4 hours. In the next The following process is the mixture is left to ferment for 2 days. A successful fermentation mixture will have forrms a solid powder deposited at the bottom of the tank, solids and liquids are separated.
Thiếu câu kết, chưa đủ từ, câu còn lặp lại: 2.5/4

Hoàng Phương 19/1/2022

2022-01-19 13:30:39 UTC

The diagram under/ below elucidates the way to create ethanol fuel from corn.

All the process consists of 9 stages, begin with harvesting corn and finally take the ethanol fuel to the gas stations.

Initially, farmers harvest corn and filter out the good ones to take them to the storehouse to store. Following this, bring censored corn to mill. Then, milled corn is cooked with water in the pot for 4 hours . The following step is that seperating the liquid and the solid product. At this point, the mixture of corn powder and water is fermented. After that, the liquid is moved in to purifying stage which takes 5 hours. Finally, they are stored for a period of time before being taken to gas stations.

The process above is the whole process of making ethanol fuel.Dùng từ chưa chính xác, thiếu từ: 2.5/4

Bích Phương -19/01/2021

2022-01-19 13:30:39 UTC

The shown diagram illustrates how to make ethanol fuel from corn.
Overall, it can be clearly seen that there are nine phases in this process, begin with collecting quality corns and finally distribute the ethanol fuel to the gas stations.
First of all, the farmers harvest all the good corns and then they bring them home to store. Following this, they move all the good corns to the crushing plant to pulverize. At this point, the workers pour the corn powder into a big pot and add some water to cook in 4 hours. Next, they put the pot out to ferment it for 48 hours which means 2 days. After that, they separate the liquid and the solid product. At the seventh stage, it takes 5 hours to purify liquid ethanol and then they are moved to store. In the last step, the ethanol fuel is transpoted to be ready for consumers. With all of these stages, we can see the level of meticulousness in each stage of the process of producing liquid ethanol.
3/4

Nguyễn Khánh Linh 19/01

2022-01-19 13:32:00 UTC

The diagram illustrates the process of making ethanol fuel from maize. The process of producing corn ethanol is divided into nine steps, commences with corn harvesting and then concludes/ finshes with delivery. To begin with, corn is collected and stored in a sensible place for secure handling until being milled. The maize is crushed into a powder form and then combined with water during the milling phase. The combination is then simmered for four hours. Following simmering, the mixture goes through a two-day incubation phase, in which ethanol is generated. The liquid ethanol is then extracted from the brewed combination, with just some solid metabolic end removed in the process. The leftover ethanol must be filtered for five hours to eliminate unwanted contaminants. Finally, the ethanol is kept over a certain duration of time prior to getting shipped to stores and marketed.
Thiếu câu kết, dùng từ chưa chính xác: 2.5/4

Thành 19/1/22

2022-01-19 13:32:04 UTC

The given diagram illustrates the process of producing liquid ethanol fuel from corn.
Overall, the process consists of 9 stages from collecting corn as raw material and /to pure ethanol transport. First, corn is selected, graded and then milled. Then/ the next step is that, ground corn is cooked for 4 hours with water and fermented for 48 hours, until the cooked corn becomes ethanol. This is followed by the separation of liquid ethanol from the fermented corn and by-products. The separated liquid ethanol is then transferred to the purification step, which takes another 5 hours to purify the liquid ethanol fuel and transfer to classification. Finally, after the pure ethanol fuel is graded, it is transported to the gas stations.
Dungf ít liên từ, thiếu từ, chưa có mạch liên kết, chưa có câu kết của bài: 2.5/4- Viết lại

Hoàng Giang 2022

hoangminhgiang89 — 2022-01-25 12:43:31 UTC

30/1/2022
B1: số luận điểm :
- job satisfaction is more important than job security
- a permanent job is more important (than job security)
B2: Ngữ pháp:
- thì hiện tại đơn
- Cấu trúc so sánh

B3: topic sentence
- In the recent interviews, the work satisfaction and security become controversial issues. 70% human who take in the survey beings hold that job satisfaction is more important than job security.....

- However, few human think that a permanent job is more important than job security. According to Prof. David, from AUS university, he supposed that " job performance will be 50% higher when the employees work with the desire to do for a long time". ....

29/1/2022
The bar chart gives information about the percentage of Australian women gave the first childbirth from 1966 to 2006. Overall, the more developping country is, the more increasing the average age is.

It is provided from the chart that the rate of ladies who had the first child at 19 and under slowly decreased from 35% in 1966 to 10% in 2006. The number of women who had the first children at a very young age tended to decrease.
As can be seen in the chart, the number of women who had the first child at 20 to 24 was the highest rate (62%). This number downed to 39% in 1986 and droped to 30% in 2006.
Out of the six age groups, the percentage of women had the first child at 25 to 29 did not change much. This ratio saw a slight growth in 1986, from 38% to 50%, but this rate downed to 43% in 2006.
It is a notable that the proportion of ladies who had the first child at middle-age (30 - 34) changing alittle in 1986. It was just from 12% in 1966 to 18% in 1986. However, this ratio rose rapidly to the highest number (49%) in 2006.

_______________________________

The rate of ladies had a the first child at 19 and under slowly decreased from 1966 to 2006.
There was a slow decrease of percentage of women who had a/the first child at 19 and under from 1966 to 2006

There is a significant increase of 1.2 billion Euros in invested between organisation A and organisation B.

The investment in all catagories goes into free fall between organisation B and organisation C.

Lâm Kha 25/1

2022-01-25 12:53:55 UTC

- The investment of organization A into Building field reached 0.5 billions Euros. However, it hit a peak of 1.7 billions in organization B
-------------------
- The percentage of 20 to 24 year old first-time mothers hit the top of over 60% in 1966 but it rapidly declined to under 40% in 1986.
- There was a significant reduction in the number of women aged 20 to 24 who gave birth for thier first child from over 60% to under 40% among 20 years. from...to...

Mai (26/1)

2022-01-26 13:54:45 UTC

Organization A's investment in the building is 0.5 billion euros. However, organization B reached the top of 1.9 billion euros.
the expense for building in OB goes up to 1.7

Khánh 26/1

2022-01-26 13:55:10 UTC

The amount of money spent on search in organization B is about 0.8 billion €, which almost doubles the investment in organization A

Bùi Tiến Dũng (26/1)

2022-01-26 13:56:19 UTC

As can be seen, The investment of organization A into Building field reached 0.5 billions Euros at first but there is a sharp growth in the organization B, up to 1,7 billions Euros

HaiYenB

2022-01-26 13:56:59 UTC

16-02-2022
The graph predicts how many people tend to study three popular world languages during a ten-year period, from 2020 to 2030.
Looking at the chart shown, there is an upward trend. First of all, S..??????. has experienced unpredictable changes as 2020 has the following 550 millions . That increase to 610 and 690 millions in 2022 and 2024 but will decrease in 2026 to 630 millions and eventually increase rapidly in 2028 - 2030 with 700 - 750 millions . An admirable and highest number in the map. The second country is Spain, it can be said that the growth rate of this country will not fluctuate much but will slowly increase. At the time of 2020, Spain has started with 220 millions , will increase to 290 millions in 2022, will increase to 300 millions in 2024 and will increase positively to 350 - 400 - 490 in three locations. That milestone is 2026 - 2038 - 2030. The last country shown on the map is Mandarin - the country with a significant increase in breakthrough power. Starting with a small number of 100 students in 2022, 180 millions in the future, followed by the years 2024 - 2036 - 2080 - 2030, there will be breakthroughs with the following numbers: 290 - 350 - 500 and 580.
Viết lại
__________________________________________________
9-2-2022
The graph shows the prevalence of age 65 in three countries in 1980, 2000 and future 2030. In Canada, the percentage is projected to grow strongly by 2030, and to remain flat in 1980. with 10 percent and a steady increase of 15 percent in 2000. This is followed by Germany, which also shows a steady and future increase of 25 percent in 2030 and is already 15 percent higher than Canada. percent and 20 percent at 1080 and 2000. UK is the last country listed in the chart with a negligible percentage increase from 14 percent in 1980 to 15 percent in 2000 - here's the fraction The percentage difference is not very impressive with a difference of only 1 per cent and the UK is finally projected to be in 2030 with a somewhat improved percentage of 17 per cent. After analyzing the chart, we can see that Canada and Garmany are two stable countries that maintain the number of old people and will remain strong in the future.
Lủng củng
Good !

26-01-2022
- Organization A spends on machinery and equipment at 0.8 billion euros, but organization B invests the most at 1.3 billion euros.

Bích Phương-26/01/2022

2022-01-26 13:59:16 UTC

The amount of money that organization A usesfor building is 0.5 billion euros, while organization B reached the top of 1.7 billion euros

Trung

2022-01-26 14:06:11 UTC

The amount of money which organization A invested in machinery is 0.8 billion euros, but organization B has a sharp growth in this field by 1.3 billion euros.

Linh 26.01

2022-01-26 14:06:47 UTC

The building is worth 0.5 million euros to Organization A. Organization B, on the other hand, surpassed the 1.9 billion euro mark.

Bùi Phương Thảo 26/1

2022-01-26 14:09:53 UTC

Organisation A"investment in the building is 0.8 billion euros but it increases rapidly in organisation B to 1.7 billion euros
..but there is a rapid increase in OB to 1.7 billion euros

Thành 26/1/22

2022-01-26 14:11:08 UTC

The amount of money spent on research by institution B is about 1.6 billion euros

2022-01-26 14:11:08 UTC

Nguyễn Trọng Hải 26/01/2022
- The amount of invesment in building is 0.5 billion euros in Organisation A but the amount of invesment in building goes up sharply at 1.7 billion euros in Organisation B.

Chi 16/2

2022-01-26 14:15:18 UTC

The graph below depicts predictions about the number of people who will study three major world languages between 2020 and 2030
Overall,ít can be seen that the number of people who will study three major world languages in English , Spanish,Mandarn is increasing between 2020 to 2030
Compred to the number of people who study English for men in 2020, there are 4 male students who are 550 million people and 700 million people,bút after 2 men ,bút after 620 million people,the next 4 boys have 750 million people.
Spanish in 2020 will have 200 million people after 4 years of 300 million people,6 men will have 580 million people
Mandarin in 2020 is 100 million people ,after 4 years 300 million people, after 6 years 500 million people
_____________________________________________
The chart below depicts the percentage of population aged 65and over in three countries in 1980,2000 and predicted percentage in 2030
Overall, in the graph, the percentage of the population aged 65 and over has increased in 3 countries Canada, Germany and the UK
The share of the population aged 65 and over in Canada in 1980 and 2000 increased steadily from 10 percent to 15 percent, which is expected to increase sharply by 2030 to 22 percent
Population weight 65 years and older in Germany in 1980 and 2000 increased slightly from 15% to 20%, is expected to increase rapidly in 2030 to 25%
- Weight of population aged 65 and over in the UK in 1980 and 2000 increased slowly from 14% to 15%, projected to increase gradvally to 18% in 2030
_______________________________________
-The amount of investment in building contraction in organisation A and organisation B grew sharply from 0,5 billin euros to 1,7 billin euros
- There is a sharp growth of investment in building contraction in OA and OB from 0.5 to 1.7

Lệ Thu 29/1/2022

2022-01-29 02:37:16 UTC

The given bar chart compares the proportion of first-time mothers of different ages in three years (1966, 1986 and 2006).
Overall, the age at which women gave birth to their first child increased over three given years.
As can be seen in the chart, the rate of the youngest women gave their first childbirth steadily declined during 40 years. In the first 20 years, it decreased from 38% to 23%, then continuously fell to 15% in 20 years later.
It is obviously seen that, the age range from 20 to 24 years old was the most suitable time for female to give birth to their babies so the rate in 1966 peaked at 66%, the highest proportion of the given chart. However, this rate was strongly disminished 20 years later, at about 44% in 1986.
137 từ

Anh Tuấn 29/1/22

tuan80048 — 2022-01-29 02:41:19 UTC

Overall, the age at which women gave birth to their first child increased over the period shown. There was an overall downward trend in the percentage of first-time mothers aged 30 or under, while women aged 30 and over saw the opposite trend.
As can be seen in the graph, there was an decrease of Australia women who give the first childbirth at 19 and under from 35% to 11% during 40 years.
It is clear that, the percentage of the first time mothers at 20 to 24 age dropped sharply from 62% to 30% after 40 years.
It is said from the chart that, the women who give the first childbirth in Australia of age 25 - 29 stood at 38% in 1966, it rose to 41% 20 years later..../... 2006
Out of the six age groups, the amount of 30-34 age who were first-time mothers experienced dramatic increases over the 40-year-period, from approximately 13% to 49%.

tiến khoa 29/1/2022

tracivy3 — 2022-01-29 02:43:42 UTC

As can be seen in the graph, the women of age 19 and under gave the first childbirth steadily decreased every 20 years, from 35% to 21% from 1966 to 1986 and from 21% to 11% in the next 20 years, this rate decreased because young people have been educated and have a good perception of the effects of early childbirth, which has a very negative impact on the future of both mother and child..
It can be seen that, women gave the first childbirth in age 20 – 24 gradually declined after 40 years, from 62% to...
95 từ

Kiều Trang 29/01/22

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-01-29 02:51:49 UTC

The age of women in six age groups when thay had their first child is compared in the chart.

Overall, most of women in Australia had their first baby in their 20s in 1966 and 1986, but in 2006, women mostly gave birth after their 30s.

As can be seen in the chart, women under 30 years of age, in 1966, had the highest percentage of first-time mother gave first childbirth. In details, the percentage of woman who wereunder 19 was the lowest in 1966, stood at 35%, then decreased stably to 12% after 40 years. Same to the age of 19-24, there was a steady fall, from 62% in 1966 to 28% in 2006.
On the contrary, the proprtion of the age 25-30 had a slightly changes between 1966 and 2006, which went up from 36% to 50% in 1986 after 10 years and then declined to 38% in 2006.

Turning to three remaining age groups, there was an upward trend in 2 age group: group 30-34 from 12% to 45% and group 34-39 from 9% to 30% after 40 years. And the last one, the age group over 40 had the lowest rate and changed moderately, which dropped

Đăng Khoa 29/1/22

2022-01-29 02:54:52 UTC

Firstly was between the age of 19 and below, in 1966 the number of Australian women accounted for about 35% but it decreased gradually over 2 years 1986 and 2006 only 10% to left. Likewise, the age group 20 to 24 had the highest number of women giving birth to their first child, with about 62% in 1966. However, it fell to 39% in 1986 and was only 30% in 2006. The age group 25-29 increased and decreased suddenly when in 1966 about 38% increased to about 51% in 1988 and fell to 42% in 2006
106 từ

Lệ Thu 30/1/2022

2022-01-30 03:45:59 UTC

*Ld1: Job satisfaction is more important than job security.
-a job satisfaction will have impact on the emotion of officers.
-help them to grow in the professional field and help to keep themselves healthy.
-last year, i worked in a company where people....

*Ld2: A permanent job is more important.
-is able to offer a peaceful life.
-spend their majority of free time in enjoying the life.
-Professor Stephen Hawking said: "work is just one aspect of our life. We have a personal and social life outside our office and if we earn enough, we can find happiness in these areas."

Kiều Trang 30/1/22

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-01-30 03:48:38 UTC

lđ 1: job satisfaction is more important
+ it is more easy and motivated when do the things we like => work more effectively
+ we will regret if do not do the job we are interested in

lđ 2: job security is more important
+ nowadays, it is hard to find a good job
+ the price is getting higher and higher
+ can be promoted with higher salary when you work well and long enough

Lâm Kha 30/1/2022

2022-01-30 03:53:52 UTC

- First of all, in my view, I prefer following my passion to chosing a safety job. Think about that, if you can do what you want then it no longer a job anymore. Everyday will just like a game to you and you will have more excited to do your job. Unfortunately, passion always hard to follow. According to a simple survey on 20.000 graduated students,...
- On the other hand, in some case, a permanent job is a better way to go. It will have stable salaries each months. Benefits such as insurance or bonuses will come to you right away.

Anh Tuấn 30/1/22

tuan80048 — 2022-01-30 04:08:51 UTC

Lđ 1: job satisfaction is more important

+ Those who think job satisfaction is more important when they switch jobs will very easily face unemployment.

+ It was a risky decision for the main breadwinner in the family.

+ According to a recent survey, 50% of graduates face unemployment problem.

Lđ 2: job permanent is more important

+ In the opinion of those who have a permanent job, permanence should be preferred over switching jobs in search of satisfaction because in a permanent job they will have a stable income.

+ For example, people who already have a permanent job, they are financially stable and do not need to worry about unemployment.

Khánh 9/2

2022-02-09 13:53:52 UTC

The bar chart compares the proportion of people who are 65 years old and higher in Canada, Germany and UK from 1980 to 2030.

Overall, it’s clear that the percentages of this population witnessed an upward trend in all 3 countries. Germany had the highest number of old population over the period shown.

In 1980, about 15% of people In Germany aged 65 and over, followed by well nearly 13% in UK. Meanwhile, the percentage of old population in Canada was marginally lower than 2 countries above (10%).

From 1980 to 2002, while elderly people still accounted for an increasing proportion of total population in Germany (20%), the figures for both Canada and UK rose slightly and were the same at 15%. The percentages of this population of Canada, Germany and UK is forecasted to reach a new peak in 2030 at roughly 23%, 25% and 17% respectively
Good

Mai 9/2

2022-02-09 13:56:51 UTC

The chart illustrates the section of people aged 65 or older in the total population of three countries in 1980, 2000 and 2030. Generally, the proportion of elderly people has increased gradually over the past few decades and will continue to do so in the future.
In the past, exactly in the year 1980, elderly people took up 10 percent of the total population in Canada. The figure in Germany is 5 percent higher than in Canada. And the UK accounted for nearly 14 percent. 20 years later, the percentage showed slight growth in three countries. While both Canada and the UK shared the same figure of 15 percent, Germany particularly hit the peak of 20 percent.
In the future, it is predicted that the percentage of people aged 65 and over will continue to rise. In 2030, predictably, the proportion of elderly people in Canada will surpass 20 percent. The growth is likely to be even more significant in Germany as this figure is predicted to be 5% more than Canada's, which is 25%. And for the UK, the figure can probably hit 20 percent.
In short, Germany forecasts to have the most elderly and the UK will retain the least of all.
Good !

Thảo 9/ 2

2022-02-09 13:58:39 UTC

The chart below gives information about the percentage of population aged 65 and over in three contries in 1980, 2000 and predicted percentage in 2030.
As can be seen in the chart, the percentage of population aged 65 and over in Canada in 1980 were 10% but there were a gradual growth from 10% to 15% in 2000 and it will be predicted reach a high in 2030 when reach to 22%. It can be seen that,in Germany there were a steady rose in the percentage of population aged 65 and over from 15% to 20% in 2000 and will leap to 25% in 2030. It is clear that, percentage of population aged 65 and over of UK went up slowly saw a 1% rise between 1980 and 2000. Besides, it will only increase 2% by 2030.
Good !

Đào Thu Thủy: 09-02

2022-02-09 13:59:02 UTC

The chart shows the percentages of the population aged 65 and over in Canada, Germany, and the UK, in 1980, 2000, and projected figures for 2030.

Overall, Germany’s population had the largest percentage of people aged 65 and over. In addition, the predicted figures for 2030 show that Canada will see the biggest growth in the elderly population.

In 1980, 15% of the German population was aged 65 and over. This figure had risen to 20% by the year 2000. Meanwhile, the figures for the UK and Canada were approximately 14% and 10% respectively in 1980, with both countries rising to 15% by 2000.

Projected figures for 2030 show a further 5% increase in Germany’s elderly population, reaching 25%. Canada will see an even larger increase of 7% by 2030, which will make around 22% of their population aged 65 and over. Meanwhile, around 18% of the UK population is predicted to be aged 65 and over by the year 2030.
Good !

Nguyễn Trọng Hải 09/01/2022The chart below illustrates the percentage of population aged 65 and over in three countries: Canada, Germany, Uk in 1980, 2000 and predicted percentage in 2030. Overall, the number of old citizens in three countries experienced a gradual upward trend over periods of time and it is predicted to continue increasing in the future. Moreover, it is noticeable that the rate of the elderly in Germany dominated the others in the past and expectations show it will still overwhelm.In detail, the percentage of ageing people in Germany levelled off at 15% in 1980 and grew gradually at 20% in 2000. Meanwhile, the figures of Canada and the UK stood at 10% and approximately 14% in the chart's first time period and both rose to 15% in 2000. Anticipations reveal that there will be a 5% growth in the percentage of Germany's population aged 65 and over will peak at 25%. Whereas the proportion of Canada is forecast to have a significant increase with 7% by 22% and will surpass that of the UK, which will plateau around 19% in 2030.

2022-02-09 13:59:04 UTC

Good !

Trung 9/2

2022-02-09 14:00:01 UTC

The map below illustrates the percentage of population aged 65 and over in three countries in 1980, 2000 and 2030.
Overall, Germany’s population had the largest percentage of people aged 65 and over. In addition, the predicted figures for 2030 show that Canada has the highest increase in the number of elderly people.
As can be seen in the graph, in 1980, Germany's population aged 65 and over is 15%. This figure had risen to 20% by the year 2000. Meanwhile, the figures for the UK and Canada were approximately 14% and 10% respectively in 1980, with both countries rising to 15% by 2000.
Next, as we can see in 2030, the elderly population of Germany will increases by 5%, reaching 25%. Meanwhile, Canada is forecast to have a significant increase with 7% by 22% and surpass that of the UK, which plateau around 19% in 2030.
Good !

9/2/2022. Phạm Thị Thủy Tiên

2022-02-09 14:00:39 UTC

The bar chart below illustrates the percentage of population aged 65 and higher in three countries in 1980, 2000 and predicted percentage in 2030.
Overall, the percentage of people over the age of 65 were increased in three countries . And the UK is the country with the slowest increase in the percentage of people over the age of 65.
As can be seen , the percentage of Canadians aged 65 or over in 1980 were 10% , but there were a gradual increased from 10% to 15% in 2000 and this percentage will increase to 22% by 2030. It can be seen that , the percentage of German over the age of 65 increased between 1980 and 2000, from 15% to 20% , it will be leap to 25% in 2030 .
Good !

Bích Phương-09/02/2022

2022-02-09 14:00:52 UTC

The given chart gives out the information about the percentage of population aged 65 and over among the three countries respectively Canada, UK, and Germany in 1980, 2000 and predicted percentage in 2030.
Overall, it is obviously seen that the proportion of elderly people has increased gradually over the past few decades, and will continue to do so in the future.
As can be seen that the percentage of population aged 65 and over in Canada continuously rose from 10% in 1980 to 15% in 2000 and then, it will be had a dramatically growth to 22% in 2030. It is also clear in the graph that the figures of population aged 65 and over in Germany climbed the most steadily which was 15% in 1980 and then went up to 20% in 2000 and it is forecasted to increase to 25% in 2030. Out of the three countries, the UK had the smallest increase in the number of elderly people, it was 14% in 1980 and then added 1% in 2000 which means 15%, it will be witnessed the peak at 17% in 2030 as predicted.
In conclusion, the percentage of population aged 65 and over among the three developed countries will see the significant growth.
Great !

Linh 09/02/2022

nglinhhh1007 — 2022-02-09 14:06:00 UTC

It can be seen that the bar chart below shows the percentage of the population aged 65 and over in Canada, Germany, the UK in 1980, 2000 and predicted for 2030.

Overall, it is obvious that the country with the highest percentage of people aged 65 and up was Germany. Furthermore, projections for 2030 imply that Canada will have the largest increase in the senior population.

According to the chart below, in 1980, Germany's population had the biggest percentage of people aged 65 and over, the detailed figure was 15%. Meantime, Canada and the UK had people aged 65 and over rates of around 10% and 14%.

By 2000, Germany's population aged 65 and over continued to lead in three countries with 20 percent. In addition, in both Canada and the UK, the entire number of people aged 65 and up climbed by 15%.

The projections illustrate that Germany's old population might grow approximately 5% more by 2030, increasing by 25%. Also, the elderly population in Canada will witness a 7% growth, reaching about 22%. By 2030, it is expected that roughly 18% of the UK population will be 65 or older.
Good

Thành 9/2/22

2022-02-09 14:12:56 UTC

The sidebar chart illustrates the percentage of population aged 65 and over in three countries is, they are the UK, Germany and Canada for the years 1980, 2000 and 2030. As can be seen in the graph, Germany has a population ratio of between 65 years and older is the oldest. In addition, the 2030 projections show that Canada has the highest increase in the number of elderly people. In 1980, Germany's population aged 65 and over was 15%. This number had increased to 20% in 2000. That of the UK and Canada were 14% and 10% in 1980 and both countries increased to 15% in 2000. Next, as we have It can be seen that by 2030, the aging population will increase by 5%, reaching 25%. Meanwhile, Canada is forecast to grow significantly from 7% to 22% and surpass the UK with 19% by 2030.
Good !

Hoàng Phương 09-02-2022

2022-02-09 14:13:22 UTC

The percentage of population aged 65 and over in three countries: Canada, Germany and UK in 1980, 2000 and predicted percentage in 2030 is illustrated in the chart below. Overall, it is clear in the chart that the proportions of people aged 65 and over in all countries tend to increase. In Canada, the proportion of people aged 65 and over in 1980 was 10%, this number increased to 15% in 2000 and will be expected to reach 22% by 2030........ 15% is the proportion of people aged 65 and over in Germany, in 2000, the figure was recorded as 20% and it will be expected to reach 20% by 2030. Thereby, it can be seen that the increase in people aged 65 and over can be seen. Germany’s people who aged 65 or older has increased steadily over the decades. Out of three countries, the UK has the least variation in the proportion of people aged 65 and over. Although this number has increased, but not by much, from 14% in 1980 to 15% in 2000. The figure recorded in 2030 is expected to peak at 17%.
To conclude, the proportion of elderly people over 65 years old will increase in the future with the current increasing trend.
Great !

Kiều Trang 12/02/2022

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-02-12 14:17:10 UTC

21/40

Anh Tuấn 12/2

tuan80048 — 2022-02-12 14:17:52 UTC

Phùng Tiến Khoa 12/2/2022

2022-02-12 14:17:58 UTC

Lệ Thu 12/2/2022

2022-02-12 14:18:08 UTC

Đăng Khoa 12/2/22

2022-02-12 14:20:31 UTC

Tuấn Sơn

2022-02-15 12:21:04 UTC

15/02/2022
Nowadays, shopping has changed so much because of the development of technology. Modern technology has improved our shopping experience significantly with online shopping. Besides, there are some problems about the new shopping trend. My essay is going to discuss about this/these issues.

On the one side, online market and trading commodities platform are very useful. With some click and press button on online commercial trading platform, people can search as far as sell and purchase anything in their concerned, instead of having to go around and do the window shopping in the previous way. The fact that online shopping not only saved the amount of time of both customers and sellers, but also reduce the flow of traffic, especially in the flash or sale days. From a recent survey, there are 80% of people said that they prefer buying things on internet than/to go to the market, and 92% of them are sastisfied with their goods. It is clear that, online shopping is a trending now.

On the orther side, despite the convenience and comfort of purchasing and selling on cyberspace. There are some problems about this shopping method. The first, people can’t check the real quality of goods, which they ordered. Since/ 4 years ago, I’ve ordered many goods on the online shopping plarform like Shoppee and Tiki. Most of things i have recived from the salesman are /were very good. But sometimes, I have received some things that didn’t like what i ordered or the real quality of product is very bad. Moreover, people also have to wait for goods transporting. It’s can take a few days or maybe some weeks. So this methods doesn’t suitable for people who need goods immediately.

In conclusion, it is obvious that the developing and widespread of online shopping is unavoidable. Although there are a few drawbacks to shopping online such as endless options and difficulty with sizing, technology has made shopping easier by making it vastly more convenient for people.
Xem lại ngữ pháp, cần chặ chẽ hơn khi viết câu

Khánh Chi 15/2/2022

2022-02-15 12:29:05 UTC

In modern life these days, shopping online has become more and more popular. With this phenomenon, there are two ideas against each other that come up. One says buying things from the internet is easier while others says the opposite. In this essay, I will bring up some of my thoughts about both opinions.

Indeed, technology has made shopping easier for people in many ways. Firstly, as you can see, with just a smartphone or a computer or any internet-connectable technology, we can buy almost everything online from any places. So that we won’t waste time going to the shopping centers anymore. This is an advantage for everyone, especially for people with arduous working hours. Another good way to think is that online stores give the opportunity for customers to purchase products from a wide range. For instance, my mother is a teacher in secondary school, which is a busy job with hours of teaching and working. Before now, she can not buy many things or only purchase something close to home for the family, but now, my mother can buy beautiful new clothes, bags, or shoes, e.t.c from afar or even from other countries with only a touch on her phone while sitting in a comfortable place. Not only my mother, 75% man and women also show their thumb up for shopping on the Internet, according to the 7pm News on VTV3.

It is true that purchasing things online gives many advantages, but there are some drawbacks too. When buying things, the first criterion we place on top is the goods’ quality. For example, offline stores allow us to touch and assess the fabric while online shops can not. Since that, the clothes that delivered to us may not satisfy the buyer’ expectation. According to Shoppee website, about 35% of the orders were sent back because the customers were not (307 words)
Đẩy nhanh tốc độ viết bài

Kha 15/2/2022 (284 words)

2022-02-15 12:30:01 UTC

In modern world today, people have many conditions to access amazing technologies and online shopping is the area that benefits the most. However, people have different views about this issue. Some say that online shopping has become easier than ever before while others thinks it has many risks that we have to face. In my opinion, I believe it has more advantages than we can imagine.

According to a recent survey of Harvard university in the USA, since 2010, the number of people using internet to shopping has increased 70%. It can be seen that, this trend happens because this field has so many potentials. First of all, buying online is so convenient that you almost do not have to do anything. You have just searched what you want and click some buttons to place an order, this saves a great deal of time. Secondly, with shippers unit present everywhere, your products can be shipped quickly anywhere anytime and honestly, it saves you a lot of money on gas.

On the other hand, there are a few things that we have to pay attention. Of course, it is clear that, when buying online, we have a higher risk of fraud because we can not try things on. Last week, I had ordered a badminton racket, after 2 days delivering, what I got in return was just a empty box. Moreover, the risk of losing money is also higher than physical stories. When shopping online, we are often recommended to pay in advance by credits card and in many cases, that amount of money can disappear right away and we get nothing.

In conclusion, the growth of online shopping might be benefical but it also dangerous in many ways.
Xem lại ngữ pháp

Đào Thu Thuỷ :(( [16-2]

thuythudao1508 — 2022-02-16 13:25:29 UTC

The graph predicts how many people tend to study three popular world languages during a ten-year period, from 2020 to 2030.
What stands out from the graph is that the number of students of all three languages will have a upward trends. Another interesting point is that more people will have studied English than other languages over the given period.
Looking at the details, as for the number of students of Spanish, it will start at just over 200 million. Then, the figure will have a gradual increase to nearly 500 million in 2030, which will mean that a significant lower people will have studied Spanish than other languages. If we look at Mandarin, we will see a sharp rise in its number of students. By 2020, the figure is set just a low of 100 million. But it will rocket to reach 550 million at the end of the period.
Likewise, projections show that the number of students of English is likely to increase significantly. It will begin at 550 million in 2020 and rise considerably to approximately 700 million in 2024. The figure will have a steady rise after a slight decrease and hit a peak at just over 700 million in 2030
Thiếu sự so sánh giữa các nội dung miêu tả: 3,5/6

~204 words~

Khánh 16/2

2022-02-16 13:32:12 UTC

The line graph compares the expectation about how many students who intend to learn three popular worldwide languages over the period of 10 years from 2020.

Overall, it is true that all of those learners will witness an upward trend over the period shown. The number of English learners will account for the highest proportion

In term of English, about 550 million people will learn it in 2020, which then will gradually rise in the next 4 years. Despite a small dip to around 600 million in 2026, the figures of English learners will reach a new peak in the end of the period (750 million). Meanwhile, the number of people who will study Spanish are predicted to be around 200 million in 2020. These figures will slightly grow up in the following 4 years but increase significantly in the end of the period.

In 2020, Mandarin will be the least popular language. These figures for its are expected to rise dramatically over the period and surpass Spanish in 2030 at over 600 million
(169 words)
Great ! dùng trạng từ hợp lý: 5.5/6

Trung 16/2

2022-02-16 13:32:55 UTC

The graph below illustrates predictions about the number of people who will study three major world languages between 2020 and 2030.
Overall, the highlight from the graph is that there will be steady upward trends in the number of students who study English, Spanish, and Mandarin. Another interesting point is that Mandarin will have been the second most popular language for students by 2028 instead of Spanish.
As can be seen that, in 2020, the number of students learning Mandarin is lowest at 100 million, Spanish is more ....?????with 200 million, and the number of students learning English is the highest at 550 million. Four years later, Mandarin almost caught up with Spanish with 300 millions, English will be still the highest with 700 million, One of the highlights is that by 2060, Mandarin will be on par with Spanish at 350 million and English.... down at 650 million.After 2026, Mandarin has surpassed Spanish, more specifically by 500 million in 2028 and nearly 600 million in 2030, with 400 and 500 million Spanish respectively. English is still the highest with more than 700 million.
Xem lại ngữ pháp, tập viết nhiều so sánh chiều ngang: 3/6

Thảo 16/2

2022-02-16 13:33:35 UTC

The graph below gives out the information about predictions about the number of people who will study three major world language between 2020 and 2030.
Overall, the number of foreign language learners in the world is increasing and English is the most learned language.
As can be seen in the graph, the number of people will study English in 2020 is 550 millions and in 2024 there will a sharp grow from 550 to 700 millions. But in 2026 there will a sharp decrease from 700 to 601 millions. However , in 2030 there will a rapid rise from 601 to 750 millions. It can be seen that, about 200 millons people will study Spanish in 2020 and there will a sharp go up to 300 millions in 2022. Moreover, it will can increase rapidly from 300 to 590 millions in 2030. Out of the three countries, the least of students will learn Mandarin.

Hoàng Phương (16-02-2022)

2022-02-16 13:33:43 UTC

The line graph below highlights the anticipations about the statistic of people who will learn three popular world languages over the ten year period, between 2020 and 2030.
Overall, what stands out from the graph is that there will be steady upward trends in the number of students who study English, Spanish, and Mandarin.
First of all, it can be seen that, by 2020, the number of students learning English will reach about 550 million people, while the number of students learning Spanish will be about 220 million people and the number of people learning Mandarin will reach 100 million people. In 2022, the number of students learning these three languages will increase fairly evenly, about 70 million students.By 2024, the number of students learning English will continue to increase steadily, about 700 million students, while the number of students learning Spanish will also increase, but not much, while Mandarin is probably the biggest increase in the three languages: an increase of about 100 million people compared to two years ago. Maybe that's when mandarin became more popular than Spanish. In 2026, the number of students learning English has decreased significantly, about 640 million people, while the number of students learning Mandarin and Spanish has been equal, about 300 million students.In 2028, the number of students learning English has increased again, reaching 700 million people, the number of students learning Mandarin has skyrocketed and surpassed the number of Spanish learners, with nearly 600 million people, and the number of people learning Spanish is about 500 million people. Finally in the year 2030, it is predicted that there will be more than 700 million students who will learn English while Mandarin would be in second position with about 570 million learners. Spanish language learners in this year would be about 500 million which will be less than Mandarin language learners but more than double than the learners it had 30 years earlier.
Above is the prediction of the number of students who study 3 languages.
Từ lặp lại quá nhiều, xem lại ngữ pháp: 3.5/6

Mai 16/2

2022-02-16 13:33:57 UTC

The graph illustrates anticipations about the number of students who will study three major languages in the world, over a decade between 2020 and 2030. The figures are given in millions.
Overall, what stands out from the graph is that there will be steady upward trends in the number of students who study English, Spanish, and Mandarin.
Looking at the details, around 550 million people will study English in 2020 while the number of people learning Mandarin will be 100 million and doubly that are Spanish learners.
The number of English learners will continue to increase until 2024 is 700 million. At that time the total number of Mandarin and Spanish language learners are almost the same in about 300 millions. In 2026, while the number of students learning English will decrease slightly to 630 million, the number of students learning Mandarin and Spanish will increase by 50 million. It is predicted that the number of students learning English the most by 2030, it will reach to 750 million. At the same time, the number of people learning Mandarin has increased sharply to nearly 300 million in 2030. By contrast, the figure for Spanish is anticipated to rise just more than twofold, making it the smallest.
- 200 words -
Xem lại ngữ pháp, cần chặt chẽ hơn trong kết cấu đoạn

Hải 16/2

2022-02-16 13:36:18 UTC

The graph below illustrates predictions about the number of people who will study three major world languages between 2020 and 2030. As is observed, more people would be inclined to learn English while Mandarin would gain its popularity among the language learners and would have more learners than the Spanish language.

According to the line graph, more than 550 million people will study English in 2020 while the number of learners for Spanish and Mandarin will be just over 200 and 100 million respectively in this year. The popularity of English study will keep increasing till 2024 when it will have 700 million students and after that it would drop. At that time the total number of Mandarin and Spanish language learners would be almost same (about 300 million). In around 2025 the number of Mandarin learners would intersect the number of Spanish learners and after that both of these language learners’ number would keep on increasing sharply. Compared to two other language learners English would have a slow increase though it will always remain at the top position in terms of learners’ number.

Finally in the year 2030, it is predicted that there will be more than 700 million students who will learn English while Mandarin would be in second position with about 570 million learners. Spanish language learners in this year would be about 500 million which will be less than Mandarin language learners but more than double than the learners it had 30 years earlier.
-202 words-

Linh 16/2

nglinhhh1007 — 2022-02-16 13:36:33 UTC

As can be seen, the graph projects how many individuals tend to study three popular worldwide languages over a ten-year period, from 2020 to 2030

The graph clearly shows that the number of students studying all three languages will increase. Another interesting point is that during the course of the study time, more people will learn English than other languages due to the fact that English is the official language all over the world.

Having a look at the specifics, the number of Spanish pupils will begin at a little over 200 million. After that, the number will gradually rise to approximately 500 million by 2030, implying that far fewer individuals will learn Spanish than other languages.

If we look at the number of students studying Mandarin, we can detect a significant increase. By 2020, the figure is only expected to be around 100 million. However, by the end of the term, it will have risen to 550 million.

Similarly, the graph indicates that the number of English students will dramatically expand. It will start at 550 million in 2020 and quickly climb to almost 700 million in 2024. After a minor dip, the figure will climb steadily, peaking at a little over 700 million in 2030.
(206 words)

Thành 16/2/22

2022-02-16 13:47:55 UTC

The graph predicts the number of people likely to learn the three most popular languages in the world over a 10-year period from 2020 to 2030.
Notably, the number of people learning all three languages will trend. upwards. Another interesting point is that more people learn English than other languages in a given period of time. In more detail, for the Hispanic student population, it would start at over 200 million. That number then grows to nearly 500 million by 2030, meaning that the number of people learning Spanish will be significantly lower than for other languages. Regarding Mandarin, we will see a sharp increase in the number of people learning it. By 2020, this number will be as low as 100 million. But by the end of the period will reach 550 million. At the same time, projections show that the number of students learning English is likely to increase significantly. It will start at 550 million in 2020 and grow to around 700 million in 2024. This number will increase steadily after a slight decline and peak at over 700 million in 2030.
Viết câu kết, câu bị lặp lại, thiếu chủ ngữ, xem lại ngữ pháp: 4/6

16/2/2022. Phạm Thị Thủy Tiên

2022-02-16 13:56:05 UTC

The line graph below illustrates predictions about the number of people who will learn three popular world languages from 2020 to 2030.
Overall, English is the languages with the largest people of learners .
As can be seen in the graph , the number of people learning English, Spainish and Mandarin will increase . The number of students learning English in 2020 started at 550 millions , while the number of people learning Spainish were 220 millions and Mandarin were 110 millions . It is clear that, four years late , the number of people learning English will go up to 700 millions , while the number of people learning Spainish and Mandarin will be 300 millions by 2024. Two years late , in 2026, the number of people learning English will drop to 600 millions , but the number of people learning Spainish and the number of people learning Mandarin will rise . And then, in 2030, the number of people learning English will increase to 750 millions , and the number of people learning Spainish will be 500 millions, the number of people learning Mandarin will be 600 millions.

~180 words ~

Bích Phương - 16/02/2022

2022-02-16 13:56:43 UTC

The graph illustrates how many people tend to learn three popular world languages during a ten-year period, from 2020 to 2030.
Overall, as can be seen that the number of people who will learn English has the highest number and it is opposite with the number of students who will learn Spanish.
Looking at the details, the quantity of students who will learn Mandarin will reach 100 million people in 2020, while the statistic of pupils who will learn Spanish is greater than 200 million students. By the year 2020, the number of students who will learn English will be at the peak at 550 millions people. Through 4 years period, the quantity is predicted to change a lot. It is clearly in the chart that the number of people who will learn Mandarin and Spanish is expected to be the same which is at about 300 million students. Besides, the proportion of pupils who will learn English is predicted to reach 700 million people. Then, it can be seen that in the year 2026, if the numbers of students learning Mandarin and Spanish still increase, the statistic of students who are going to learn English will decrease and reach to more than 620 million people. After that, it is said from the chart that by 2028, the number of pupils studying Spanish will slightly climb to 400 million students, and the numbers of people who will learn Mandarin will grow to 500 million. Despite the fact that the numbers of students learning Mandarin and Spanish are high, the number of people who are going to learn English is expected to be even greater, it is predicted to be again reach 700 million people. By the year 2030,
Bài viết còn lộn xộn, cần phải rõ ràng từng luận cứ: 5/6

Nguyễn Thị Hải Yến a 16/02

2022-02-16 14:21:06 UTC

The chart compares the number of students who will learn three different major languages in the world in the period 2020 - 2030.

As can be seen from the chart, the number of students choosing to study English, Spanish, and Mandarin as a second language is forecasted to increase significantly. The interesting thing is that there will be more people learning English than other languages.
It is clear that, in 2020, the number of Mandarin students is the lowest at 100 million. This is followed by more than 200 million people learning Spanish. Most notably, the number of students learning English is much higher than that of the other two countries, namely about 550 million students. By 2022, the number of Spanish and Mandarin students both increased to 100 million as there were 200 million Mandarin learners and 300 million Spanish students, and the number of English learners is still very high compared to the other two languages with the number of nearly 600 million. By 2024, it is predicted that the number of Mandarin and Spanish learners will be equal to 300 million, the number of English students will increase by 100 million compared to 2022, about 700 million. By 2026, the number of Spanish and Mandarin students will both reach 350 million, while English is predicted to drop to about 600 million. In the next two years, there will be about 400 million people learning Spanish, the number of people learning Mandarin will increase significantly, about 500 million people, the number of English learners will increase to 700 million people, the same number of people as in 2024. Finally, by 2030, Spanish will increase steadily, reaching 500 million people, Mandarin is predicted to grow to nearly 600 million, and the number of English language students will increase slowly, to about 750 million people.
In the end, it can be seen that the popularity of English is always at the top of the table, and Spanish and Mandarin will be popular in the future.
Câu bị lặp lại, lõi từ vựng và ngữ pháp: 4.5/6

Kiều Trang 19/02/22

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-02-19 13:28:32 UTC

Tiến khoa 19/2/2022

2022-02-19 13:52:00 UTC

Anh Tuấn 19/02/22

tuan80048 — 2022-02-19 14:03:28 UTC

Lệ Thu 19/2/2022

2022-02-19 14:07:37 UTC

Đăng Khoa 19/2/22

2022-02-19 14:17:24 UTC

Lệ Thu 20/2/2022

2022-02-20 14:18:16 UTC

(257 từ)
Nowadays, due to the development of modern technologies, a number of people think that it can make the way of shopping more convenient. By contrast, some people reject that opinion. From my point of view, online shopping has both advantages and drawbacks.
To begin with, people are able to use new technologies as a productive and time-saving method to buy whatever they want. In stead of going to local market to buy essential products, they can use their computer connected with the internet to do shopping, they don't need to go out of their houses. For example, online shopping helped my grandparents a lot during the coronavirus disease. Online shopping plays an important part in these difficult days of disease.......
On the other hand, shopping on the internet can isolate people from others and from the world by lacking face to face communication. Professor Stephen Hawking of British University said:"Online shopping is becoming addictive, so people can be mentally affected. We try not to miss any occasion to have some time together by doing some shopping in local malls". In addition, to check the real quality and quantity of goods ordered, clients will have to wait a few days, until the company transport and give it to their hand. This lead to the differences between the advertisement and the product they recieved.
In conclusion, modern technologies make people's life easier by doing shopping online. However, there can be some pros and cons, people need to raise awareness of digital technology to avoid any risks of this problem.
dùng thêm câu chuyển ý và chưng mình

Đăng Khoa 20/2/2022

2022-02-20 14:18:21 UTC

It is often argued that advanced tchnology offers a great option to buy things online easier but there are a few who disagree with that. Modern technology is an advantage to shop for different items online. On the other hand, an important key benefit of online shopping is that it is convenient and saves time in typical: lazada, shopee, tiki, shein... Because people are not required to go out to buy products and save their time to do other work. Online apps can offer a wide range of items that a person can order from their comfort zone and have it delivered to their home within a day or two. As a result, they don't need to worry about going out and buying those products. .........However, there are many other disadvantages, although there are positives, it can also come with some negatives such as poor quality of the product, the shop delivered the wrong size and it took a lot of effort to return. There are items that have run out of sizes I like or items like scans that I want to buy in bulk but it only meets a small quantity. As such, in many cases they are be fooled by poor material.
In summary, after all, I believe that modern technology has some significant advantages and helps everyone by providing apps for online purchases. However, the negative cannot be ignored and the online applications make some changes and provide the right information about the product to their potential customers to gain loyalty and expand their business their.
kết luận nên gọn lại, thiếu phần minh chứng

Kiều Trang 20/02/22

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-02-20 14:18:27 UTC

Nowadays, with the development of the technology, some people argue that shopping is made to be easier while others do not agree.

On the positive aspect, thanks to the explosion of technology, it is now easier and more convenient to us to buy things. Now we do not need to go out to the market or shop to buy things. Just stay at home and have an internet connectes devices and somes clicks, we can order everything. Moreover, with just one click, we can see many different types and model of one product and then we can choose the one we like. On the other hand, shopping online also save us quiet big amount of time of both customers and sellers. ........And the last one we can give feeback and show the satisfaction by leaving a comment or by star rating. We can also base on other people feedback to decide to buy which product. Because of these reasons, the recent survey has shown that the amount of people who prefer shopping online is getting higher and higher,...%.. especially young people.

Beside the advantages, modern technology also create some problems to people when shopping online. First of all, it is hard for us to check the real quality and quantity of goods ordered. There are many cases that the customer get the wrong or low quality product. Therefore, stores and shops can keep a stable number of customers who want to buy higher quality product. Secondly, clients have to wait some days or even some months if order oversea to receive the goods and the buyers have to pay more money for shipping fee.

In conclusion, the modern technology has an obvious contribution to the developing and widespread of online shopping. Despite of some limitations are still remaining, I am certain that shopping today can satisfy a large number of customers and I believe that with the continuous development of technology, shopping will become more and more improved.
(323 words)
Xem lại từ vựng và cách dùng, thêm phần chứng minh

tiến khoa 20/2/2022

tracivy3 — 2022-02-20 14:18:34 UTC

Today with the development of modern technology, everything is technologicalized to the maximum and among them, shopping is the most convenient when people have assistive technology, but there are still 1 Some people disagree with that opinion, so who is right and who is wrong and this is my opinion.

As can be seen, our life are is busier and busier than before, so time to for shopping is more difficult and less than before. But technology has become popular in daily life, so applications like Shopee, Tiki, Lazada,…. was created, so that we can shop more conveniently, quickly and especially without having to go to crowded places when the covid-19 pandemic is stressful like now. Besides, we also have a variety in our purchasing options when just one click is enough to get the product we want at an extremely affordable price......

It is clearly that there are many benefits but there are still disadvantages such as the risk of buying poor quality products, buying goods that do not match what is on the picture, and especially being scammed by a shop to get information. our individuality like that is an extremely dangerous thing.

In short, shopping with the help of modern technology is becoming easier, more convenient and faster, but besides that, there are still potential dangers and disadvantages for us.
Xem lại ngữ pháp, thêm phần minh họa cho bài, phân tích chưa sâu phần 2

Anh Tuấn 20/02/22

tuan80048 — 2022-02-20 14:18:45 UTC

Nowadays, modern technology makes it easier for people to go shopping today. While I completely agree with this, but I also believe it has caused confusion and frustration for shoppers.

On the one hand the benefit of modern technology is the advent of ecommerce websites, products are produced globally without being constrained by geography.It can also help us buy things in other countries. .........Second, the buyer can instantly pay for his purchases by
scanning the QR code at the checkout counter. That makes everyone's shopping
quick and convenient. Third, in an era like the current Covid-19 epidemic, it is very necessary for people to use modern technology to shop when they don't have to go out and can still buy things.

However, the reality shows that there are many cases of shopping with modern technology that make buyers feel uncomfortable because the buying process is not as expected....... There are also cases of shopping on websites
where buyers are unable to check out their goods making their buying experience
severely degraded.

In summary, although modern technology makes shoppers have more choices and convenience, it also brings many bad experiences for them.Therefore, sellers should do more research before using modern technology to be able to meet customer needs.
good ! thiếu phần mih chứng từ thực tế

Khánh Huyền - 22/2/2022

2022-02-22 12:46:37 UTC

Reading 1:
1. A
2. C
3. C
4. D
5. B
6. D
7. A
8. B
9. reptiles
10. expanding
11. action
12. habitat
13. success
Reading 2:
14. iv
15. i
16. x
17. Viii
18. v
19. iii
20. Not given
21. Yes
22. No
23. No
24. Not given
25. No
26. No
27. Yes
Reading 3:
28. AP
29. RH
30. BB
31. TB
32. PL
33. RH
34. PJ
35. SB
36. False
37. Not given
38. True
39. True
40. False

Hoàng Giang 22/2/2022

2022-02-22 12:47:39 UTC

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn

2022-02-22 12:50:32 UTC

1/3/2022
The table below reveals the quantity of five different kinds of vehicle registered in Austraylia in three years: 2010, 2012 and 2014.Overall, the numbers of all five types of vehicles registered increased over the period shown. As can be seen from the table, the figure relating to registered passenger vehicles was the highest in all three years, ..?????....but motorcycles saw the most dramatic growth. In 2010, 11 million passenger vehicles were registered, while the figure for commercial ones was significantly lower at only 2.3 million. After four years, the number of passenger vehicles rose by/to 18.2% to 13 million, whereas there were 0.4 million more commercial vehicles registered. It is provided from the chart that the greatest increase was recorded for motorcycles, which grew from 570,000 registered in 2010 to 745,000 in 2014, an increase of 30.7%. During the same period, the numbers of heavy trucks and light trucks registered also rose, by 10.2% and 23.5%, respectively.
(158 words)
Chú ý về trình tự ý và câu
-----------------------------------------------------------
1.A
2. D
3. B
4. C
5. B
6. C
7. A
8. B
9. reptiles
10.
11. diversity
12. behaviour
13. success

1. 14. viii
15. i
16. x
17. vii
18. v
19. ii
20. NO
21. YES
22. NO
23. NO
24. NO
25. ng
26. ng
27. YES

28.

29. RH
30. PJ
31. BB
32. BB
33. SB
34. PJ

35.PL
36.F
37.F
38.T
39.f
40.ng

Khánh Chi 22/02/2022

2022-02-22 12:51:51 UTC

Bích Phương 02/03

2022-02-23 14:20:09 UTC

The pie chart below gives us the information about the
As can be seen from the graph that the proportion of Australian women who had the first baby at the age of 19 and under was the highest of all the other aged groups in 1966, which stood at 35%. But it was far shorter than the statistic of women in Australia who gave the first childbirth between 20 and 24 which was 62% in the same year. Finally, this rate was as high as the number of Australian women giving birth to the first child from 25 and 29, which means they stood at about 35%

Hoàng Phương 23/02

2022-02-23 14:21:51 UTC

The propotion of Australian women giving birth to their first child in their 40s is the lowest of any other aged groups, with the rate peaking at just 4%. However, the ratio in 2006 was higher than it was in 1966. But the statistic of these women in 2006 was as low as that in 1986.

khánh 23/2

2022-02-23 14:25:08 UTC

As can be seen that, Australian women who had their first baby aged from 20 to 24 accounted for the highest percentage in 1966. However, in 1986, this figure was lower than that of 25-29 women, at 40% and 50% respectively. Meanwhile, in 1986, the number of women who gave the first birth in their 40s was as low as that in 2006, at about 5%.

HaiYenB

2022-02-23 14:28:54 UTC

23-02-2022
- Women who gave birth to their first child in Australia aged 19 and under were the lowest in 2006 with 12 percent
- The percentage of Australian women who gave birth to their first child aged 35 to 39 in 1986 was less than that in 2006 with 15 percent and 29 percent respectively.

Mai 23/2

2022-02-23 14:32:25 UTC

- As can be seen, in 1966, the percentage of women aged 20 to 24 who gave birth to their first child was the highest at more than 60 percent. In there the number of women who gave birth to their first child between the ages of 19 and under was almost as high as those aged 25 to 29 about 35%-37%.In addition, it was much higher than the age of 30 - 34, just over 10%.

Trần Đức Sơn 15/3

2022-03-01 12:21:08 UTC

Khánh Huyền-1/3 (159)

2022-03-01 12:23:38 UTC

The table illustrates the numbers of five different categories of vehicles which was registered in Australia in 2010, 2012 and 2014.
Overall, it is clear that the number of all five types of vehicles increased over the period of four years. Furthermore, the number of motocrycles increased the most while the number of heavy trucks grew the least among the categories.
As can be seen that, the passenger vehicles had the figure at 11,800,000 millions in 2010, then this kind of transport rose by/ to18,2% to reach 13,000,000 millions in 2014. In contrast, the commercial vehicles had a substantially lower number of 2,300,000 millions in 2010 and it grew at a rate of 17,4%.
Turning to the remaining types of vehicles, the greatest rise was recorded for motocrycles which climbed from 570,000 millions in 2010 to 745,000 millions in 2014, an increased of 30,7%. During the same period, the numbers of heavy trucks and light trucks registed also rose by/ to 10,2% and 23,5% respectively.
Thiếu câu tổng kết, đẩy nhanh tốc độ , chú ý về giới từ

Khánh Chi 1/3/2022

2022-03-01 12:25:29 UTC

167 words -not finished
The quantity of transportations registered in Australia within 4 years is illustrated in the given table. Overall, it is clear that, the percentage changes of these vehicles were not low. Looking closer, in 2010, the number of passenger vehicles, which were listed, stood at 11 millions. But this number had rised up to 13 millions in 2014, and the percentage change of this type was about 18.2%. The second sort of vehicle was motocycle. As can be seen from the table, the propotion of registered motobikes in 2010 was 570.000 and in the next 2 years, the number was near 1.3 times higher, which stood at 725.000. This change shows that buyng motocycles was a trend in 2010-2012. It countinued to rise to 745.000 in 2014. Next, the figure for commercial vehicles was much higher than that for motobikes, which were 2.3 millions, 2.6 millions and 2.7 millions in 2010, 2012 and 2014 respectively. Althought they were higher, the percentage change was much lower, it stood at 10.2%.
Tăng tốc, dùng câu chuyển ý hay hơn

Lâm Kha 01/03 (130 words - not finished)

2022-03-01 12:26:58 UTC

The table below illustrates the quantity of vehicles registered in Australia in the period of 4 years.
Overall, looking at the details, we could immediately see that Passenger Vehicles and Commercial Vehicles had/ got/took the highest rate of register with over 11 millions and 2 millions respectively.
It can be seen that, the coach sector had a stable increase trend when every 2 years it rised/rose 1 million, starting from 11 millions in 2010 and reached to the top at 13 millions in 2014. Following this, the percentage of Commercial Vehicles in 2010 was/ accounted for/ stood at/ presented 2.3 millions and it growed/grew slowly to 2.7 millions in 2014.
In the remaining 3 areas, it is clear that no area could reach 1 millions register. However, Motorcycles had/ gained the highest growth rate, it was up to 30%
Tăng tốc, dùng từ chưa chính xác, cần logic hơn

Lâm Kha - Homework (195 words)

2022-03-02 02:21:40 UTC

The pie charts compare five different areas in terms of the percentage of world forests and the consumption of timber in each areas.
Overall, looking at the details, we can probably see that NA is the country with the largest number of timber while Africa is on the opposite hand. However, Africa has the total of forest which stand in the top of the world and the lowest percentage belongs to Asia.
As can be seen from the charts, in the tree's area, NA and Africa are the 2 countries with the largest total of forest - 27% and 25% respectively. In contrast, the figure for global forest in Europe and SA are only 18% and 16%. The rate drops to 14% in Asia - the lowest of all.
In the production of timber, out of the five countries, NA contains the highest percentage, at 30%. Meanwhile, the same rate are found in SA, Asia and Eroupe where the ratio fluctuates from 18 to 20%. Moreover, this rate is also higher as twice as the percentage of compsumtion in Africa.
In conclusion, NA is the country which also has the highest rate in global tree and timber.

Khánh 2/3

2022-03-02 14:02:22 UTC

· The amount of electricity created by coal is twice as much as that by gas, at 41.4% and 22.3% respectively.

· The percentage of oil electricity is almost as high as that produced by other renewables, at 2.5%

· The proportion of nuclear electricity is a little lower than that of gas electricity by 2.7%
Great !

Bích Phương-02/03/2022

2022-03-02 14:07:23 UTC

-Looking at the details, as can be seen that the amount of generated electricity by gas in Scotland, which was compiled by Energy Source for 20 years ago, was almost higher than it was by nuclear, at 22.3% and 19.6% respectively.
- But it is clear in the chart that the amount of electricity produced by coal was almost twice as much as the proportion of electricity produced by gas in Scotland, at 41.4% and 22.3% respectively.
-It is said from the chart that the rate of electricity manufactured by other renewables was a little more expensive than it was by oil.
Great !

Thảo 2/3

2022-03-02 14:07:57 UTC

In Scotland,the percentage of using other renewables were a little higher than the percentage of using oil for 20 years ago.

In Scotland, the amount of using nuclear was twice as high as the amount of using hydro natural flow for 20 years ago.

In Scotland, the percentage of using nuclear was almost as high as the percentage of using gas for 20 years ago.
Great !

Hoàng Phương 02-03-2022

2022-03-02 14:09:02 UTC

Looking at the details, the amount of coal was twice as much as the rate of using gas in Scotland, with 41,4% and 22,3% respectively.
Likewise, nuclear was used almost as high as hydro natural flow there , at 19,6% and 8,7% respectively.
Besides, as can be seen that the measure of hydro pumped storage in Scotland was a little more expensive than the use of oil. They were 3,1% and 2,1% respectively.
Great !

Trung 2/3

2022-03-02 14:09:04 UTC

-The amount of electricity created by coal is twice as much as that by gas.
-The amount of electricity created by other renewables is almost as much as that hydro pumped storage.
-The amount of electricity created by hydro pumped storage is little higher than other renewables.
Great !

2/3/2022. Phạm Thị Thủy Tiên.

2022-03-02 14:09:19 UTC

- The percentage of using coal was twice as high as the use of gas, they presented 41,4% and 22,3% respectively.
- The rate of using hydro pumped storage was almost as high as the use of other renewables. They accounted for 3,1% and 2,8% respectively.
- The rate of using oil was a little higher than the use of nuclear. They were 2,1% and 19,6% respectively.
Good

Chi 16/3/22

2022-03-02 14:09:25 UTC

The pie chart below illustrates the amount of electricity generated by energy sources in Scotland for 20 years ago
first of all,the percentage of using coal was the highest in Scotland last years .It stood at 32,7%.
it can be seen that,the rate of using gas was higher than the use of nuclear ,they accounted for 22,3% and 19,6%
--------------------------------------------------------------
2/3
The rate of using hydro natural flow was twice as hight as that in the use of other renewables,they accounted for 8,7% and 2,8% respectively.
The percentage of using oil was almost as much as the use of other renewables,at 2,1% and 2,8% respectively.
The rate of using gas was a little higher than the use of nuclear,they accounted for 8,7% and 2,8% respectively.
Good

Thành 2/3/22

2022-03-02 14:09:44 UTC

1. The amount of electricity generated by coal is twice as high as that of gas generated by 41.4% and 22.3%.
2. The share of electricity from oil is as high as that of electricity produced by other renewables at 2.5%.
3. The share of nuclear power is slightly lower than that of gas power at 2.7%.
ok

Mai 2/3

2022-03-02 14:13:50 UTC

- The percentage of nuclear is twice as much as the one hydro natural flow at 19,6% and 8,7% respectively.
- The proportion of hydro pumped storage is almost as high as the other renewable by 3,1% and 2,8% respectively.
-The amount of gas is a little higher than nuclear at 2.7%
Great !

Linh 02/03

2022-03-02 14:19:43 UTC

1. As can be seen from the chart, in Scotland, the proportion of electrictiy produced by coal is twice as much as that by nuclear.
2. The rate of electricity from gas is almost as high as that of electricity from hydro natural flow
3. The amount of other renewables electricity somewhat is a little more.expensive than oil.
Good !

Nguyễn Trọng Hải (02/03/2022)

2022-03-02 14:20:13 UTC

- The amount of using cold to create electric was twice as much as using gas.
- The amount of electric generated by oil was almost as much as that by other renewables.
- The amount of using oil was a little higher than using nuclear.
Great !

Đăng Khoa 12/3/2022

2022-03-12 13:56:04 UTC

Phùng Tiến Khoa 12/03/2022

2022-03-12 13:56:25 UTC

Anh Tuấn 12/3/2022

tuan80048 — 2022-03-12 13:56:26 UTC

Kiều Trang 12/03/2022

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-03-12 13:56:40 UTC

Lệ Thu 12/3/2022

2022-03-12 13:57:00 UTC

Đăng Khoa 12/3/2022

2022-03-12 13:57:33 UTC

Hoàng Giang (20/3)

2022-03-15 11:56:44 UTC

Khánh Huyền

2022-03-15 11:57:15 UTC

tuấn sơn

2022-03-15 11:59:57 UTC

Khánh Chi 15/3

2022-03-15 12:00:38 UTC

Thảo 16/3 90 words

2022-03-16 13:17:06 UTC

The pie chart below gives out the information the amount of electricity generated by energy source in Scotland for 20 years ago.
As can be seen, the percentage of using coal was the highest in Scotland for 20 years ago. It stood at 41,4%.It clear that the amount of percentage using gas was second only to coal. It stood at 19,1%. The percentage of using nuclear was shorter than gas. It can be seen that, the percentage of using hydro natural flow was stood at 8,7%. The percentage of using hydro pumped storage was short as the percentage of other renewable they took 3.1% and 2.1% respectively.
tốc độ làm bài chậm

Khánh 16/3

2022-03-16 13:17:43 UTC

The pie charts show how much electricity was generated by different types of energy sources in Scotland for 20 years ago and last year.

From an overall prospective, there are some differences in the usage of renewable and non-renewable energy sources. In fact, coal accounted for the highest proportion over the period shown

However, it appears to be a massive change in the amount of electricity generated by coal, gas and nuclear sources. The amount of electricity created by coal is twice as much as that by gas, at 41.4% and 22.3% respectively. The percentage of nuclear electricity is the lowest of three above at 19.6%.
The hydro natural flow were only accounted for 8,7%, which meant it was one of the lest renewables were used. Besides, the amount of hydrogen pumped storage used were 3,1%. The percentage of oil electricity is almost as high as that produced by other renewables, at 2.5%.
(153 Words)
Great !

Hoàng Phương 16-03-2022

2022-03-16 13:18:52 UTC

The pie chart below illustrates the quantity of electricity generated by energy sources in Scotland for 20 years ago.
Overall, it is clear in the chart that coal was used the most among these sources, and the use of oil was the least.
In details, coal was used the most among raw materials, 19.1% more than the second most used was gas, at 41,4% and 22,3% respectively. Used the most after coal and gas, the amount of nuclear energy used was about 19.6%, twice the amount of hydrogen natural flow with only 8,7%. Oil, other renewables,hydrogen pumped storage, used sparingly, with 2,1%,2,8% and 3,1 % respectively.
All of these are what is shown in the pie chart.
117 words
từ còn lặp lại

HaiYenB

2022-03-16 13:18:56 UTC

16-3-2022
The map below depicts the percentage of electricity generated by energy in Scotland 20 years ago. From the chart we can see that coal accounts for the largest part and the lowest is oil with percentages of 41.4 percent and 2.1 percent. Specifically, in second place is gas with 22.3 percent, closely followed by nuclear with 19.6 percent. Even worse is Hydro natural flow 8.7 percent. And lastly, close to other renewables accounted for 2.8 percent.

75 words
Tốc độ chậm, đẩynhanh

Bích Phương-16/03/2022

2022-03-16 13:19:46 UTC

The given pie chart below gives us information about the statistic of electricity generated by renewables in Scotland for 20 years ago.
Overall, as can be seen that the amount of electricity generated by coal accounted for the highest percentage and that by oil took the lowest proportion,which were 41,4% and 2,1% respectively.
Looking at the details, the gas and nuclear were used pretty the same with 22,3% and 19,6% respectively. It is also clear in the chart that the electricity which were generated by coal was fifteen times as high as that by other renewables, which were 41,4% and 2,8% respectively. Another quantity in the chart had shown us that the hydro natural flow were only accounted for 8,7%, which meant it was one of the lest renewables were used. Besides, it can be seen from the chart that the amount of hydrogen pumped storage was used were 3,1%. All of these numbers showed us that many energy source were used properly.
167 words
Great

Thành 16/3/22

2022-03-16 13:26:56 UTC

The pie charts below show the amount of the electricy generated by enegy sources in Scotland from 21 years ago.
Overall, it is clear in the chart that coal is used the most of these sources and uses oil the least. More specifically coal is used the most in raw materials and 19.1% more than the second most used gas is 41.4% and 22.3% respectively. Largely used after coal and gas is nuclear energy, using about 19.6% and double the amount of hydrogen itself accounting for only 8.7%. Oil, other renewables and hydrogen pump storage, are used sparingly and by 2.1%, 2.8% and 3.1%, respectively.
105 words

2022-03-16 13:36:30 UTC

Lâm Kha
Lâm Kha
The maps below illustrate how the Spanish city of Castellion have changed in the period of 21 years.
Overall, the city have been built more new buildings as well as some facilities have been added or fixed.
As can be seen, the city centre is still in the middle of the city, a university is oppositeto the north. However, both a new train station and a tramline have been improved to connect these 2 places. Surrounding the city centre, there is a bike rental scheme where people can hire a bicycle for personal purpose.
On the west side of the city centre, we see a dramatic development of the city. The old market has been replaced by a modern shop. The old train station have been errected to make the way for a police station. The Hall of residence have been constructed to the north side of the city, next to the university to the left.
On the other side, the city have has also expanded with many constrution. The most

Tuấn Sơn

2022-03-20 03:28:18 UTC

Khánh Chi

2022-03-20 03:28:40 UTC

Tiến Sơn (20/3)

2022-03-20 03:30:09 UTC

Khánh Huyền

2022-03-20 04:37:18 UTC

Kiều Trang 26/03/22

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-03-26 13:49:19 UTC

Đăng Khoa 26/3/2022

2022-03-26 13:49:25 UTC

2022-03-26 13:49:44 UTC

Phùng tiến khoa 26/3/2022

Anh Tuấn 26/03/22

tuan80048 — 2022-03-26 13:49:48 UTC

Lệ Thu 26/3/2022

2022-03-26 13:50:57 UTC

Tuấn Sơn

2022-03-27 03:52:39 UTC

Khánh Chi 27/3

2022-03-27 03:53:42 UTC

Khánh Huyền

2022-03-27 03:54:01 UTC

Lâm Kha (3/04/2022)

2022-04-03 03:23:14 UTC

TASK 1
The charts below illustrates the information about proportions of 3 different categories which can be harm for our health.
Overall, the percentage of Dinner is the highest than any others meals in Sodium and Saturated fat. Meanwhile, the top trend of Added Suger is Snacks.
Almost a half consumption of Sodium and Saturated fat comes from dinner which stand at 43% and 37% respectively. Lunch takes the second place with 29% in Sodium and 26% in Saturated. The rest percentage is divided equally between Snacks and Breakfast with the same 14% in Sodium and take 37% of total in Saturated.
Dùng động từ chưa đúng với mục đích câu: 1.5

Khánh Chi 3/4/2022: 7.5

2022-04-03 03:26:00 UTC

Task 1
The given charts give information of three types of nutrients, which may be not good for your health if you eat too much, in daily meals. Overall, as can be seen, the percentage of sodium and saturated fat are mostly consumed at dinner, while most sugar is added in snacks, and the breakfast course has the lowest number of all three nutrients.
Breakfast is the first meal we have in the day. In the USA, it is clear that this meal contains 14 percent of sodium, 16 percent of fat, and sugar. Out of four courses, dinner and lunch have numerous of sodium, which stands at 29 percent for lunch and 43 percent for dinner, and saturated fat, which accounts for 26 percent for lunch and 37 percent for dinner. Besides, those numbers, the meals at noon and night contain 19 percent and 23 percent of sugar, respectively. Snacks are the most well-known for most people in the USA, especially for children. The American side dish has the average amount of sodium and fat, which account for 14 percent and 21 percent, sequentially, but the amount of sugar that is added in them is very high, which stands at 42 percent, almost half of the pie chart.
In conclusion, as can see from the charts, we should re-balance our daily meals due to improving a better lifestyle. (227 words)
Xem lại động từ: 3.0

Task 2
Deciding to accept things or keep trying in such situations are the most complex choices in life. Numerous people chose the former opinion, while the others used the latter view. In this essay, I will bring up my discussion of both views.
First of all, there are reasons that explain why people try to undergo bad situations. Sometimes, it will take a huge risk to improve the circumstances, such as applying to a top university in the country. In the recent survey, about 25% of high school students decide to attend a safe local university with the thought that this is a better move than trying to move to a better place but failed after that. Another reason for accepting the situation is that they believe they do not have anything to do with this. According to the Thegioimoi newspaper, those people who chose the casual clothes over the luxury outfits accounted for 45% because they thought appearance is not important. These men and women accept their normal, safe life.
On the other hand, some people try their best to do something better to improve their life. They mostly believe that taking this risk will definitely benefit them in the future. In the past, when Vietnam was in war, some people were brave enough to stand up and fought for their country. That move has helped the Vietnamese win the war and grew stronger than before. In recent times, as can be seen from the survey, about 40% of the CEOs started from a tough past but success in their future life.
From my perspective, it is not easy to pick out what to do between accepting the fact or trying to be better. But as far as I am concerned, following your gut will make the move much more worthwhile and develop your future life. (306 words)
Cần đồng dạng giữa các luận điểm, xem lại động từ: 4.0

Đức Sơn 3/4: 7.0

2022-04-03 03:28:28 UTC

T1
The proportions of three different nutrients which are sodium, saturated fats, and added sugars in daily meals of people in the USA, including breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snacks are illustrated in the bar chart below.
As can be seen from the charts, most of sodium and saturated fat food was eaten at dinner while people often have added sugar food for snacks. On the other hand, breakfast had the lowest proportions out of these nutrients.
Looking at the details, 43% of sodium and 37% of saturated fat were consumed at the dinner. At lunch, those figures account for 29% and 26% respectively. There was a total of 35% of these nutrients consumed in snacks, in which sodium was14% and saturated fat was 21% . The proportion of saturated fat consumed at breakfast stands at 16% while the figure for sodium presents only 14%.
It is clear that, almost 50% sugar was added to snacks, it accounted for exactly 42%. At dinner, at lunch, and at breakfast, those integers took 23%, 19%, and 16% correspondingly.
In conclusion, people are eating more and more three types of nutrients, all of which may be unhealthy if eaten too much, so they should have a balanced diet in order to stay healthy. (207 words)
Ngữ pháp chưa đồng dạng, dùng động từ chưa chính xác: 2.5

T2
Nowadays, people have become so lazy and expect things to happen immediately without any hard task or effort. There is a view that people should accept an unwanted position like a bad incident, a job without satisfaction or lack of money over others who has strong arguments that never try to adjust to situations but try to effort to come out of the circumstances. I am going to discuss both of these sides later.

Most teenagers these days expect things to happen quickly and they look out for success immediately. Though these people want a better life, they are too lazy to put in the effort. These criteria make them go to a career even if it does not pay well or even if they dislike it. One of my reasons came from my real life. It was 5 months ago that I saw my old friend again. Her name is Lan and she has come back to Viet Nam from the USA. She participated in a youth interview. The survey was about the issue “Will you accept a bad situation like getting an unsatisfactory job or low salary or will you choose to work hard to get what you want ? ”. And surprisingly, there were up to 56% of teenagers chose the first selection. Those wanted a better life, but they are too lazy to put in the effort and they accepted it.

On the other hand, besides these people who resigned themselves to their fate, with no will to advance, there are also people who know how to rise to the situation. They always make attempt to achieve what they want. According to Mr. Johnson’s survey, 45% of Vietnamese teenagers agreed with this view. They supposed that in their area, you can't make an omelet without breaking eggs. The effort is the main key that leads to success.

In short, in the above two aspects, I agree with the latter because if you do not try, how can you know how far you will go?. And when you achieve what you want through your own efforts, your life will be more meaningful. (355 words)
Mở bài cần gọn lại, đưa thêm lý luận cho mỗi luận điểm: 4.5

Tuấn Sơn: 6.5

2022-04-03 04:02:13 UTC

3/4/2022
The pie charts illustrate the ratios of sodium, saturated fats and added sugar in four average daily meals consumed by Americans. Overall, dinners and lunches that the USA residents consume are rich with sodium and saturated fats while their snacks have a high portion of added sugar. In details, American people's sodium, sugar and saturated fats intaken during the breakfast is comparatively lower, around 14-16% each time. Intake of these nutrients is considerably higher in food they eat during lunch and dinner. They consume 29% sodium, 26% saturated fats and nearly 20% sugar for lunch. They consume much higher percentages of these nutrients, which are harmful to health when eaten too much, while they have their dinner. Their intake of sodium, saturated fats and sugar during dinner presents 43%, 37% and 23% respectively. Turning to breakfast and snacks, which also had comparable percentages, they were both made up of 14% sodium. For saturated fats, snacks contained 21% and breakfast was slightly lower at 16%. In terms of sugar, there was the greatest disparity with 42% of snacks being sugary and just 16% of breakfasts being made up of sugar
Thiếu câu kết: 2.5

Many people across the globe argue that accepting harsh realities, for example, undesirable jobs or shortage of money, is the best way to go ahead in life. However, others claim that these conditions are part of life and can be improved. I strongly agree with the latter perspective. In some cases, people feel exhausted and insist that bad situations should be accepted, be it an unsatisfactory profession or lack of money. These people lack the courage to change their life. They believe that good or bad situations occur as part of their fate. For instance, a person doesn’t like his job yet, he does not want to quit as he is afraid of the unpredictable future. Consequently, he accepts the situation without making an effort to ameliorate it. As a matter of fact, there are some bad situations which are way beyond our control, such as a serious illness which eventually leads to death. In such cases, we need to cope with the loss rather than brooding over it. However, a few people claim that certain situations can be refined if we make an attempt. A person can accept their current situation and change it as per their convenience. In that case, he must look out for opportunities that will allow him to be happy and help him grow monetarily. Apart from this, the person can also learn new skills, build his resume, and get his desirable job. Thus, if a person is determined to change his lifestyle, he can definitely improve bad situations. As a recent survey from Dr.John from Beijing University, 23% of people are optimistic and find the way to cross the problems they meet. In conclusion, there are people who have baseless excuses to live in a state of a bad situation. But I believe that there’s always a better way to improve our negative circumstances and change our paths in order to have a good future.
Chưa cân bằng, chậm ! 4.0

Tiến Sơn 2/4/2022: 3.5

2022-04-03 04:02:59 UTC

Task 2:
Some people claim that, when we were in a bad situation, the best approach is to accept it, while others feel that trying to make it better is right to do. I agree with the way of trying my best to solve our problems.

On the one hand, it can be argued that staying in an unpleasant situation allows people to avoid risks. This is because when a person makes a change, things may not turn out the way they thought they would. As a consequence, they may lose what they had. For example, job if people quit the corporate job they hate but fail to find a new one, they will even lose the income their old job provided. However, I disagree with this argument because if a person endures a bad situation for too long, they may develop psychological problems.

On the other hand, those who try to improve their bad situations can be stronger than themselves in the past. After get through a bad time people can feel happier and gain some experience to face with the risk in the future. According to Mr.Rannid from world psychology association, he suggested us trying to improve our situation because our brains have a mysterious power but it only be actived when we face the changllenge. This power is not complete explanation.
In conclusion, we must belive in everything we had to improve our situation to get stronger step by step.
Thiếu phần chứng minh, đẩy nhanh tốc độ , xem lại ngữ pháp : 3.5

Lâm Kha (3/04/2022): 5.0

2022-04-03 04:03:04 UTC

TASK 2
A majority of people think that it is better to face bad situations with acceptation. Meanwhile, many people in opposite view say you should try to do better. In my opinion, I strongly agree that to find the solution for a problem is the best way to develop ourselves.
On the one hand, it is truly that people should satisfy with what we have already had. Therefore, this type of people think change can be risky and challenge is not necessary. This lead to a result that they can avoid some highly risk such as bankrupt or legal issues. As a recent reseach, there are over 1 millions of people a day in the world who are in danger of bankruptcy. With people who want a safety live, I thinks acceptation with a problem is not a bad ideal.
On the other hand, I am in the other side who thinks the only way to success is constantly strive. People in this side know that the human abilities are limitless. Today's technologies development also comes from people who always try to perfect themselves. Billionaires or leaders have also had a time when they nonstop learning. Moreover, we already have thousands of stories of talented people overcoming difficultties.
In conclusion, although many people have attitudes to accept thier live. I still believe changes give huge achievements.
Có hướng phân tích tốt, cần xem lại ngữ pháp và động từ, đẩy nhanh" 3.5

Dang Khoa 4/3/2022

2022-04-03 13:47:45 UTC

Lệ Thu 3/4/2022

2022-04-03 13:48:13 UTC

Anh Tuấn 3/4/22

tuan80048 — 2022-04-03 13:48:22 UTC

Tiến khoa3/4/2022

2022-04-03 13:48:24 UTC

Kiều Trang 4/3/2022

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-04-03 13:49:07 UTC

Tuấn Sơn

2022-04-05 12:08:26 UTC

5/4/2022

Khánh Chi 5/4

2022-04-05 12:10:10 UTC

2022-04-05 12:11:10 UTC

Khánh Huyền-5/4

2022-04-05 12:51:36 UTC

Tiến Sơn 12/4/2022

2022-04-12 12:41:01 UTC

Đức Sơn 12/4

2022-04-12 12:41:04 UTC

Khánh Huyền-12/4

2022-04-12 12:41:46 UTC

Tuấn Sơn

2022-04-12 12:41:55 UTC

1. update

2. environment

3. captain

4. films

5. season

6. accommodation

7. blog

8. F

9. Ng

10. F

11. T

12. Ng

13. T

14. iv

15. vi

16. i

17. v

18. viii

19.

20. E

21. B

22. D

23. A

24. focus

25. pleasure

26.
27. B

28. C

29. C

30. D

31. B

32. A

33. A

34. E

35. C

36. G

37. B

38. YES

39. F

40. NG

Khánh Chi 12/4

2022-04-12 12:42:43 UTC

Kiều Trang 16/04/22

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-04-16 14:11:38 UTC

The line graph below compares the proportion of people in different age groups in one city who went to music concerts over 5 years, from 2010 to 2015. In general, the percentages of youngest age group was the highest while the age group of 75 was the lowest.

As can be seen in the graph, the youngest age group was the highest group of music concert attendence and it was the only one whose percentage went up stably over 5 years, stood at 40% in 2010 and 70% in 2015.

On the other hand, the age group of 25 to 44 dropped 10% from 50% in 2010 to 40% in 2011, then rose slighly in the next 4 years.

It is clearly that the group of people who were at the age of 45 to 54 declined slowly in the first 2 years: stayed at 40% in 2010 and 30% in 2012 and then increaed 20% in the last 3 years.

On the contrary, the figures for the 55 to 64-year-old group grew 5% from 25% to 30% in 2010 and 2011 respectively, then it maintained/ leveled at 30% during 2 years. After that it went down gradually from 2013 to 2015.

It is said from the chart that the elderly who aged 75 or over rose from 10% to just above 20% after 5 years despite some small drops in between.
Great !

Phùng Tiến Khoa 16/4/2022

tracivy3 — 2022-04-16 14:12:17 UTC

As can be seen, the 14-24 year old group that attended the 2010 concert was 40%. The slightly older age group of 25-44 had a 10% higher participation rate in 2010.
Followed by middle-aged people (45-54 years old) with 40% participating...../.......In addition, the elderly (55-64 years old) had a relatively low participation rate as only about 25% people participated.
But especially, the oldest group (over 75 years old) had/stood for 10% who participated in the music concert in....., something that few people think about for the elderly because it is assumed that the elderly will not like noisy places as loud as a concert.
Chú ý: Ngữ pháp, định vị số liệu, dùng động từ cần phong phú hơn

Lệ Thu 16/4/2022

2022-04-16 14:15:19 UTC

As can be seen in the graph, more and more people at the youngest age group of 16 and 24 participated in concerts during 5 years. There was a stable increase from 40 percent in 2010 to 70 percent in 2015.
It is clear that, the rate of 25 and 44 year-old adults declined from over 50 percent to 40 percent in the first year,in 2011, but it rose continually to over 50 percent in the next 4 years.
It is said from the graph that, the percentage of middle-age people who took part in music shows decreased from 40 percent to 30 percent in the first 4 years. However, it went up and peaked at 50 percent in 2015.
It is provided that, the fourth group, the yellow one had the rate climbed to 30 percent from 2010 to 2013, then fell to 20 percent in 2015.
Out of the five age groups, the rate/ratio of people at the age of 75 and over rocketed to 20 percent, but in the next 2 years, it disminished to 10 percent and soared again to 20 percent in 2015.
Great

Anh Tuấn 16/4

tuan80048 — 2022-04-16 14:17:12 UTC

As can be seen in the graph, the minors (from 16-24 years old) attended music concert in 2010 is/was 40%, it rose to 70% after 5 years. It can be seen that, the age group of 25-44 is/was the highest group with 50% in 2010, it failed to 40% in 2011 and it standed/stood at 50% from 2012 to 2015. Looking at the details, the middle-age who took part in music concert stood at/ present 40% in 2010, it grew to 47% in next 5 years. In details, the line color of yellow did not change from 2010 to 2015 with 20% people attended music concert. It is clear that, there was a climb of the oldest people from 10% to 20% in 2011.
Chú ý ngữ pháp, sử dụng nhiều động từ cùng nghĩa

Tuấn Sơn

2022-04-17 03:24:06 UTC

17/04
As can be seen from the graph, more and more young people participated in music concert.
In 2010, there was 40 percent of people who was in age group of 16-24 joined in music concert. xem lại cách hành văn. This numer increased gradually to about 60 percent in 2014 and reached the highest at 70 percent in 2015.
It was clearly that, the percentage of middle-age people who went to music shows decreased from 40 percent to 30 percent in the first 4 years.However, it went up and peaked at 50 percent in 2015.
It is provided that, the yellow group had the ratio of 30 percent from 2010 to 2013, then fell to 20 percent in 2015. cách hành văn

Đức Sơn 17/4

2022-04-17 03:34:50 UTC

Overall, the youngest group (16-24) seemed to reach the highest level of music concert attendance, while elderly people’s participation was the lowest. In addition, the greatest increase in attendance level was recorded for the youngest group.
As can be seen from the graph, the age group of 16 and 24 had a continuous growth during 6 years, it accounted for 40% in 2010 and 70% in 2015. Great !
Looking at the details, the ratio of people between the age of 25 and 44 dropped from 50% in the first year to 40% in 2011. There was a tendency to increase back to 50% in 2012, after that the number stayed the same until 2015.
It is clear that, the rate of the grey one, declined from 40% to 30% in the first four years, however, in the next 2 years, it seemed to go up again, it presented at 48% in 2015. Great !
It is provided that, the 55 and 64-year-old adults maintained stablely the rate of 30% from 2010 to 2013, then fell to 20% in 2015. xem lại động từ
Out of the 5 collections, the ratio of the oldest one rocketed to 20% in 2011, but in the next 2 years, it diminished to 10% and rose again to 20% in 2015. xem lại từ vựng

Lâm Kha (17/4)

2022-04-17 03:35:46 UTC

- It can be seen that, the youngest group who tended to go to a concert more often when it dramatical rose from exactly 40 percent in 2010 to over 70 percent in the next 4 years. xem lại từ vựng

- It is clear that, the adolescent showed opposite trends with the others falling from 40 percent in 2010 to 30 percent in 2011. Great !

- It is said from the chart that, the middle-aged group stood at 40 percent in 2010 but it quickly decreased to 30 % one year latter. xem lại cách dùng từ

- It is provided from the chart that, 22 percent of 55-64 age group who used to go a music show in 2010 grew stablely to 30 percent in the period of the next 3 years. xem lại cach dùng từ

- Out of the five groups, the oldest one showed no interest in music when only 10 people out of 100 came to a concert in 2010. xem lại thể loại từ trong câu

Tiến Sơn ( 17/04/2022 )

2022-04-17 03:37:36 UTC

It can be seen from the graph that, the rate of people who were 75 years old and older rose up to 20 percent.... but it decreased in the next 2 years before climbed to 20 percent....chưa có định vị số liệu

It is clear that, the ratio of 55 to 64 years old adults went up to approximately 30 percent in 2011 before it went down to nearly 20 percent in 2015. Great

It is said from the graph that, the percentage of people who are/were in the middle-age took part in music festival had a significant change. It fell sharply from 40 percent to 30 percent in the period time from 2010 to 2012. After the drop, it grew up rapidly to over 50 percent in 2015. Great !

It is provided that, the group of 25-44 year- old -people who joined in a music show was the highest in 2010, it stood at over 50 percent. In the next year, it slumped to 40 percent. After the decline, It soared to 50 percent and kept on to 51 percent in 2015. Xem lại cách dùng thì

Finally, the percentage of youngest people who took part in the music concern shooted up year by year. In 2010 it accounted for 40 percent. In the next five years, it reached a peak of nearly 70 percent and became the highest rate. xem lại ngữ pháp

Khánh Huyền-17/4

2022-04-17 03:38:06 UTC

As can be seen in the graph, between 2010 and 2015, the rate of 16 and 24 year old increased gradually from around 40% to about 70%.
It is clear that, the age group of 25 to 44 declined 50% in 2010 to 40% in 2011, then it remained unchanged in the next 4 years.
It can be seen that, the period from 2010 to 2015 saw a slight variation in the percentage of middle age people (45-54 years old) between 40% and 48%.
It is said from the graph that, there was a period of stability in the line of yellow, at around 20% from 2010 to 2015.
It is provided from the chart that, there was a steady rise of the oldest people between 10% in 2010 and 20% in 2011.

Lâm Kha (17/4 - 2)

2022-04-17 04:29:36 UTC

- It can be seen that, the youngest group who tended to go to a concert more often when it dramatical rose from exactly 40 percent in 2010 to over 50 percent in 2011. In addition, the growth continued to climb up to over 70 percent in the next 5 years.

- It is clear that, the adolescent showed opposite trends with the others falling from 50 percent in 2010 to 40 percent in 2011. But/ However, it quickly rose back to 50 percent in 2012.

- It is said from the chart that, the middle-aged group stood at 40 percent in 2010 but it quickly decreased to 30 % one year latter. By constrat, in 2012, the ratio started to increase and reach 50 percent in 2015.

- It is provided from the chart that, 22 percent of 55-64 age group who used to go a music show in 2010 grew stablely to 30 percent in the period of the next 3 years. Meanwhile, the proportion in 2014 and 2015 declined to under 30 percent.

- Out of the five groups, the oldest one showed no interest in music when only 10 people out of 100 came to a concert in 2010. Nevertheless, the rate reached to over 20 percent in 2011.

Khánh Huyền-17/4

2022-04-17 04:31:34 UTC

As can be seen that, between 2010 and 2011, the rate of 16 and 24 year old group increased from around 40% to about 50%. Besides, it grew gradually for the next years.
It is clear that, the age group of 25 to 44 declined 50% in 2010 to 40% in 2011. However it remained unchanged from 2012 to 2015.
It can be seen that, the percentage of middle age people (45-54 years old) dropped from 50% in 2010 to 40% in 2011. After that, it climbed between 40% and 54% over a 4 years period
It is provided from the chart that, there was a steady rise of the oldest people between 10% in 2010 and 20% in 2011. And it also kept the figure at 20% until 2015.

Tiến Sơn 17/4

2022-04-17 04:33:47 UTC

It is clear that, the ratio of 55 to 64 years old adults went up to approximately 30 percent in 2011 before it went down to nearly 20 percent in 2015. While the group of 25-44 year- old -people who joined in a music show was the highest in 2010, it stood at over 50 percent.

Tuấn Sơn

2022-04-17 04:43:26 UTC

It was clearly that, the percentage of middle-age people who went to music shows decreased from 40 percent to 30 percent in the first 4 years. However, it went up and peaked at 50 percent in 2015

D Son

2022-04-17 04:45:29 UTC

It is clear that, the rate of the grey group declined from 40% to 30% in the first four years. However, in the next 2 years, it seemed to go up again, it presented at 48% in 2015.

It is provided that, the 55 and 64-year-old adults maintained stable the rate of 30% from 2010 to 2013, but in 2015, it fell to 20%.

Out of the 5 collections, the ratio of the oldest group rocketed to 20% in 2011. Nevertheless, in the next 2 years, it diminished to 10% and rose again to 20% in 2015.

Khánh Huyền-20/4

2022-04-20 15:37:56 UTC

Readings boooks to children is a fundamental way for them to gain knowledge and broaden their brains. Although watching TV and playing computer games are both popular educational approaches among children, I believe that reading book is better and it provides more benefits.
On the one hand, books are not expensive but extremely valuable in contrast to other items since they provide several benefits for a variety of reasons. As can be seen that, reading is underniably a nice habit that has been extensively picked by celebrities and wealthy. Warrant Buffet, for example, one of the world's wealthiest individuals, estimates that he spent 80% of his working day reading and thinking. It is clear that books are an excellent teacher for youngstern in addition to extend knowledge, intelligence as well as improvement of outlook bfor readers. Children have many opportunities to acquire the most appropriate books to be friends, which may highlight their childhood while also establishing characteristics in themselves, thanks to the wide range of books available.

On the other hand, both movies and games, which have large influcene on children,cause serious health problems. As a consequence of relying on TV or computer for long periods of time without moving, not only kid but also the elderly have become suffering from eye and back problems. As a result, these media điviesu play a significant role in keeping children from socializing or engaging in physical exercise. Futhermor, having seen numerous violent incidents as a youngster may have an influence on their personalities, which lead to aggressive conduct or even like using objects to fight someone.
In conclusion, it can be reiterated that reading stories in a book is better than watching TV and palying on computer because it is a more effective way to learn and it also is better for health.
Great !

Tiến Sơn (20/4/2022)

2022-04-20 15:40:58 UTC

323 words
Reading books is the best way to explore the mind and gain
somethings new, But more and more children prefer using TV or spend their time on video games. I think reading is alsway better than both of them. Below is my explanation to the opinion.

It can be seen that, electronic screen is harmful with child’s eyes. It is main reason which led them to be myopic or some eyes diseases. More over, child can not realize all problems what happen with their body, specially with their eyes.

It can be provided from the fact that, our children should walk around after 2 hours of sitting to stay healthy. If they read books, they can bring a book to another place with has enough light to avoid from damaging to the eyes. Not over yet, alsmost informations in the books are comfirmed by publishing company. It is safer for child’s brain. On the other hand, we can not protect kid from all fake informations in the internet because of it speed on spreading.

Mr.Sova – a professor from Tokyo university has a discuss about all of benefits which reading can bring to the kid. He believe that, when we read, our ability is improve in a good tend. He also advise us to prevent from looking at the display of TV and PC because it not only lower eyesight but also make our brain work more. This action reduce our ability to concentrate. So with the same time of reading books, watching TV and computer give to the brain less knowledge. According to a recent survey, the rate of intelligent child who is limited interact with electronic display is over 70%. So we can realize the bad affects from TV and video games with our kid.

In conclusion, book is still existed after several years. It alsway by the side of the devenloping in human’s imagine. So it has important role in a child’s life.
Great !

Phương Linh 20/4

phuonglinhanh1310 — 2022-04-20 15:41:10 UTC

Many people suppose that reading book is more useful for children than watching TV and playing game .To my honest , I completely agree with this opinion .
As can be seen that , reading a story from a book makes children remember longer . Because it makes children spent maximum imagination , stimulates the brain deeply to imagine the new world where the children discoverd from story they read .Meanwhile , watching TV or playing game is difficult to do that as reading books .Because this has available imagne or character that make kids do not use too much imagination .
in conclusion , i approve with reading books is better for children .However , i can't deny that watching TV or playing game help them entertain and learn many other thing .
Good !

Khánh Chi 20/04

2022-04-20 15:41:50 UTC

There is an opinion that says watching television or playing video games is worst than reading physical books for children. From my point of view, I am not on the same page with this thought. I will explain my judgment in this essay.
First of all, as can be seen, playing games or watching TV is one of many ways to learn new things. For instance, the news from television channels transfers the knowledge about social life, politics, the economy, and many more. According to Mr. A, a Vietnamese teacher from the ABC high school, about 75% of the high score tests are included the knowledge from News of VTV3.
The next reason for my opinion is that the trend creates the opportunity for people to have confidence in communication. Most of the online games players are more talkative than the children who only read books. From a small survey in Ha Noi city, about 70% of the people who have the courage to speak in public have or are playing games with online friends. In addition, they are fluent in talking in English.
The last explanation is children who do not read physical books only are more creative than the others. These people must use their brains in creating the strategy to win the game or learn the knowledge from the TV. According to scientists from America, people who addict to technologies are 60% more logical than persons with books.
In conclusion, it is true that watching TV or playing games is good for children's minds. But we also can not deny that reading books is also not a bad idea in learning things. We should balance technology and physical book so we can keep our healthy life. (289 words)
Great !

Đăng Khoa 23/4/2022

2022-04-23 14:10:58 UTC

some people claim that their focus on domestic news issues is more important. I know that daily update are important to everyone. It is also very important for some other people to listen to the international news. It is like a habit, especially with domestic news, there is no reason to ignore it.
First, reading the news in their country will help the people, including the government, the people, to be aware of everyday situations, especially crime. Accordingly, these people are more likely to take precautions. The most prominent today is when the situation of the case of students being pressured to study which leads to be tragic death of jumping from the building, the curent gold price market. Most especially, the problem of gasoline is increasing constantly and about the fact that our military is conducting live-five drills in the East sea to prevent the worst situation when China is moving in. On the other hand, international news can be beneficial in everyone is planning, especially when it comes to another country. Having learned about as overseas information through the news, people will be on the lookout for war situations or weather conditions, so appropriate changes in their plans will be better.
For example, two typical cases are the war situation between Russia and Ukraina when Russia announced that it would capture Ukraina 2 weeks bou now it has lasted for 1 month. The second is to update the situation on covid 19 and vaccine on covid 19 when the pandemic has not shown any signs of stopping and it has a new strain.
But in my opinion both news is very important because both helps us understand and better understand the situation. So both are very important
Cần làm rõ: tại sao người ta lại chỉ muốn nghe tin tức trong nước? tại sao người ta lại chỉ muốn nghe tin tức quốc tế?

Kiều Trang 24/04/22

doankieutrang01052005 — 2022-04-24 13:44:11 UTC

2022-11-10 14:16:30 UTC

The bar chart below reveals the amount of money invested in each categories from five organisations. It is clear that, therre are 4 groups is machinery, building, staff training and research. Building and research had the highest litercary rates, machinery and staff training had the lowest percentage
Hường ok

Ngọc Anh (16/11/2022)

2022-11-16 14:57:21 UTC

Nowadays, people often prefer to use social networks to chat more than meet face to face. In my opinion, social networking has a lot of benefits

Thủy 16/11/2022

2022-11-16 15:00:38 UTC

The use of facebook, zalo, instagram... is replacing face to face interation among people in sociaty. I think the the advantages because

Coong Minh 24/11

2022-11-24 13:11:43 UTC

The maps below illustrate the modernisation of the the Spanish city of Castllon over the years recently
In general, the newest view of this city has been more and more crowed and modern. Lots of services were rebult, replaced or even demolished.
As can be seen in the maps, on the left top of corner at/on the left hand, the lagre hall of residence was contructed. on the opposite site, the right hand where almost the big trees were choped down in order to build new shopping centre. Beside, under the hall of residence, they knocked down the old train station which was replaced by new ajsd...
- Cấu trúc câu, cách thành lập chủ ngữ, giới từ, Ngữ pháp : OK

Kim Chi 24/11/2022

2022-11-24 13:19:27 UTC

The changes in the Spanish city of Castllón in the latest time are revealed in the map below. Overall, in Castellon, everything has changed so much since 2000. The infrastructure is gradually being repaired and modernized.
It is clear that, the hall of residence has been constucted in the upper left-hand corner. Meanwhile, the university which was between the hall residence and the new shopping centre has still maintained. Next to it, the forest was chopped down, it has been replaced by a new shopping centre. One of the most interesting changes is the train station has been turned into the police station behide the new shop. In the center of the city, the
Good !

Hường

2022-11-24 13:19:57 UTC

The maps below describes changes in the Spanish city of Castellon in present time/ at the moment
Overall,
Castellon today was/is more modenized than Castellon in 2000, but in 2000, it was cleaner and fresher than now. It is provied from the map that , to the West in 2000 map, the train station was erected to make way for the police station. Next , in the South, the city centre was chop down it has been replaced by the bike rental scheme. Finally, in the Southwest of the map , the old market was erased and build / replaced by a new shop
gioi tu, chu ngu, quan tu Ok

tuấn anh

2022-11-24 13:52:21 UTC

The maps below reveal changes in the Spanish city of Castellon in rencent years
As can be seen, in Castellon from 2000 to today, there have been a lot of changes. In 2000, Castellon had a university in the North of the city and now there is a hall of residence next door. One of the most interesting changes is the trees were chopped down to make way for the new shopping centre. Another striking change is that the old market has been converted into a new shop and the train station was turned into a police station. is the city centre has been pulled
Quan tu, chu y v vi tri cua ban do Good

Phương Linh 30/12/2022

2022-11-30 12:26:22 UTC

1. 9.30 am 2. Helendale 3. Central Street 4. 792
5.8.55 6. $ 1.80 7. 7.30 8. 7.15
9. Commuter 10. Afternoon 11. A 12. C 13.B 14.C
15. first 16. right 17. local 18. relaxation
19. motivation 20. research 21. The Secret Garden
22. 20th of century 23. work 24. motivation
25. abstract idea 26. 27. darkness to lightness 28.health 29. enviroment 30. human companionshiop
31.negative 32 goodtimes 33 poverty 34. active
35 success 36.B 37.B 38 .C 39.A 40.B

Thùy Anh 11/8

2023-05-31 14:56:26 UTC

On the one hand, some individuals feel technology has made shopping more difficult due to a number of reasons. Although technology has brought about the advent of online shopping, it has also brought about endless options which can lead to indecision and too much time wasted to find the right item to buy. In addition, shopping may be more difficult because when buying certain items online, it may be difficult to gauge the correct size of items. For example, online sales does not allow for fitting before purchase when buying clothing or shoes.

On the other hand, technology has made shopping easier due to convenience. Today’s technology has brought about a number of advancements such as online shopping, which has allowed individuals who are limited in mobility to buy what they need without going out. For instance, the COVID-19 pandemic has made shopping difficult with many in-person stores closed. With technology, people can now order products through the internet without leaving their homes. In addition, shopping is made easier by including delivery. In a traditional store, people need to have some way to transport their new items back home, which may be difficult for those without personal vehicles. Finally, if an individual cannot find what they want in one online store, they can easily go on another website or app to find the product instead of having to travel to another store.

In conclusion, although there are a few drawbacks to shopping online such as endless options and difficulty with sizing, technology has made shopping easier by making it vastly more convenient for people. To conclude, because individuals no longer need to leave their homes and do not have to organize transportation, shopping online is the easier option.

12/07/2023 Minh Thản

2023-05-31 14:58:37 UTC

Task 1:
The developments of art gallety in Australia in two periods of time: 1950 and 2023 are illustrated in the given maps.
Overall, there are many more different places than in the past.
As can be seen that, opposite the entrance was sculpture in 1950 and nowadays it is still exists.
It is clear that, the first room on the right of sculpture is the Asian art in now but before it was the Australia art.
Next, the bookshop is the first room on the left.
A striking change is that the Middle European Art is the second room. It has been around since 1950.
And the Temparary exhibition room is the same.
As can be seen in the graph, the Early European Art on the right is the third room.
One of the most interesting changes is that the coffe room has been added with the toilet.
Looking at the details, the Courtyard is destroyed in now.
And the children art school, Australia aboriginal art, Australian art are built in there.
In conclusion, the art gallery in 2023 was more develop than in 1950.

Huy Minh 12/7/2023

2023-05-31 15:00:16 UTC

The maps reveal art gallery in Australia between 1950 and now.
Overall, as can be seen, currently the Art room appear more than 1950.
Is can be seen that, the first room on the left is Asian Art, but in 1950 it was Australia Art.
It is clear that, the Sculture unchanged from 1950 to now, it is in the middle.
As can be seen in the graph, the first room on the right is bookshop, it's been there since 1950 to now.
It is said from the chart that, the seconds room on the left is Middle European Art, it is unchanged after 73 years.
It is provided from the chart that, the Temparary on the right of maps is not changed, it still works there.
As can be seen, the third room on the right of maps is Early European Art, it is unchanged from 1950 to now.
One of the most interesting changes, toilets are narrowed and added the cafe next door.
the Courtyard is demolished to make way for building things.
Exam 1

12/07/2023 Việt Anh

2023-05-31 15:06:14 UTC

The developments at the art gallery in Australia from 1950 to now are inllustrated in the maps below.
Overall, as can be seen, there are many changes over time to suit the present.
It is clear that, from the entrance, there is a sculpture in the centre of the gallery.
In details, the first room on the right of the gallery in 1950 was Australia art but now it's replace by Asian art.
Looking at the details, the bookshop is first room on the left of the gallery and it's has unchanged from 1950 to now.
As can be seen in the maps, the second room on the right of the gallery is Middle Europen Art.
It is clear that, the second room on the left of the gallery is Temporary Exhibition, it has unchanged.
Regarding to the right hand of the gallery, the third room is Middle European Art still stay since 1950.
A striking change

Exam 1 : writing maps
The developments at the waterfront sector of Darwin town.... from 2009 to 2014.
Overall, as can be seen, there are many changes over time to suit in 2014.
As can be seen in the map, a swimming pool was built up in the West of the town.
Looking at the details, the school and the convention center had unchanged.
It can be seen that, the industrial area had been demolished and replaced by the new swimming pool.
It is clear that, the lake and 3 trees had unchanged.
It is said that from the maps, two swimming pools and the fishing area in the out of the footpath had unchanged too.
One of the most interesting changes is the university building was errected.
A striking change is the 3 resridental buildings was constructed next to the old residental buildings.
Another notable development is the industrial area had been destroyed to make space for the forest and there was a footpath over the forest.
Regarding to the other side of the town, the harbour was built up on the sea.
That are all improvements in Darwin town from 2009 to 2014.
Ok: 5.5

5/7/2023 Tiến Dũng

2023-05-31 15:09:41 UTC

The exam 1: Writing maps
The developments that have taken place at the waterfront area of a town called Darwin from 2009 to 2014 are mentioned in the map below. Overall Darwin has a lot of significant changes in 5 years.
As can be seen, the swimming pool was built to replace the vancant land in the Northwest of the town.
It is clear that, the school was unchanged.
It can be seen that, a corner of industrial area had been destroyed to make way for the university building.
We can see in the map, the trees were grown to replace the industrial area in the South of the town
It is provied from the chart that, the convention centre was unchanged after 5 years.
In details, The industrial area had been pulled down to make room for the swimming pool next to the school.
In the map, the lake and the trees were not demolished in front of the convention centre
One of the most interesting changes is that, 2 swimming pool were not changed next to the sea.
Another notable change is the fishing area which wasn't pushed down on the right of the swimming pool.
A striking change is that, the harbour was contructed on the sea.
So after 5 years, the Darwin had some big changes. It was very interesting and special
Writing process 1:
The pictures below mention how the tomatoes ketchup is produced. Overall, it consists of 15 steps to come up with a product. It starts with picking the tomatoes, and using the ketchup with hamburger and fries is the last step
First of all, the farmers pick up tomatoes and puts in the basket.
Then, the tomatoes are divided into the good and bad ones
At the third step, the good ones sent to the factory.
After that, the tomatoes are removed stalk, seeds and skin.
At this point, the workers put the tomatoes in the container.
The next step is that, the tomatoes are crushed in the container.
At the stage seven, after being crushed, the mixture is added sugar, vinegar, and salt.
Following this, it is boiled.
And then, they are left in two hours.
Next, the ketchup is poured into the bottle.
The following step is that, the ketchup is labelled.
After which, the products are quality controlled.
At the eleventh period, the ketchup is put into the boxes.
Subsequently, the products are moved to the supermarket.
At the end of the process, people eat ketchup with hambuigar and fries.
And that's all about the steps to make the ketchup.
Good
Map 3:
The developments of the cinema from 1980 to now are mentioned i the maps below. Overall, the cinema has a lot of changes after 43 years.
As can be seen, the cinema 2 and cinema 3 have been built to replace the car park.
It is clear that, the toilet has unchanged
In the details, the cinema 1 has been errected in the space in front of the toilet
In the maps, the old cinema 1 was destoyed to make room for the food drinks, relax room in the lower left corner of the cinema.
A striking change is that the cinema 2 was turned into the cinema 4 on the right of the cinema.
As can be seen in the graph, the cinema 5 has been constructed in the space near the cinema 2.
Another notable change is the tiket and dvd shop. The ticket doesn't change. But the dvd shop has been built to replace the drinks.
We can see the cinema has many changes. It is very develop after 43 years.
Homework:( 237 words)
The changes in the lakesite over 9 years period between 2000 and 2009 is mentioned in the maps below. Overall, there used to be quiet and clean in the past. But, it has been more crowded and modernised at the present.
As can be seen, in the Westnorth, the residential area has still unchanged.
In details, in front of the residential area was the arts center. It was pulled down to make room for the multi-screen cinema.
Looking at the details, the shopping centre has been constructed to replace the residential area on the left of the river.
It can be seen that, the derelict warehouses was destroyed in the North of the lakesite. It has been converted into the car park.
It is clear that, the offices near the university has been built to replace the old town.
The university was errected in the space on the right of the offices.
In the maps, the school is still there, it has not changed.
One of the most interesting changes is the woodland. It was chopped down a haft to make space for the industrial complex, the lake which was turned into the pond.
A striking change is the residential area was demolished to make way for the industrial complex.
In the graph, the river has still unchanged.
After 9 years,we can see many changes in the lakesite. It has improved a lot
Good !

7/06/2023- Mai Anh

2023-05-31 15:09:42 UTC

1. The maps describe the development of a place in Vietnam between 1980 and now.
As can be seen, the cinema developed into a more modern area than in 1980 with many more new cinemas and facilities.
2. The quantity of transport registered in Australia in 2010, 2012, and 2014 is mentioned in the table.
Overall, as can be seen, motorcycles have the highest percentage change, meanwhile, the lower ratio change belongs to heavy trucks.
Good!

NEW
As can be seen, the university has been unchanged from 2000 to today.
In detail, there were many trees in 2000 in the Northeast of the city, they have been
changed to the new shopping center on the right of the university.
another exciting change is the hall of residence has been built in the vacant lot today on the left of the university before.

Vũ Tiến Minh 10/1/2024

minhqc0910 — 2023-05-31 15:10:11 UTC

The line graph below illustrates the statistic of the citizen in 4 Asian countries from 1970 to 2020 and forecasts the number in 2030 and 2040

There are 3 lines which are Malaysia, Thailand and Indonesia trend up except Phillipines. Moreover, Malaysia is the highest place over the period and Thailand become the lowest position in the last half of the period.

As can be seen in 1970, nearly 30% of Phillipines and Malaysia citizen lived in city. 50 years later, the number of the Malaysia's population increased to over 80%. At the same time, Phillipines flutuated between 30% and 50%. In addition, Thailand got approximate 20% in 1970 while INdonesia got 15%

Nowadays, technology is now advancing at a rapid pace. It also affects education and performs online teaching and learning. It is beneficial to many student while others think direct education is much more effective. From my point of view, there are both negative things and positive things in this statement.

Firstly, when student study online, they will save a lot of money on their education. Moreover, their schedules will be more flexibility because they only have to take part in their lessons at their own place. Student will have more opportunity to learn more in using gadget if they are young and other skills. They also do not have to worry about the distance. For example, students in Vietnam still can have a lesson with a foreign teacher who is living in New York while still being at their home.

Secondly, there are still some problem in this method. Student can cheat in the lessons because there are no one who watch them while they are learning. This make student become lazier and lazier. Moreover, a student only can study in small group. When they study in school, they will know how to make new friends. They can also have a competition and they can learn from it. Another problem is that the teacher may have difficulty in control the number of student because in a lesson, sometimes the number of student can be about over 50 or 60 student.

In conclusion, online education can be helpful in some case. Especially for student who have poor condition. But there will be problem if student are too rely on internet while they are learning.

Thanh Huyền 12.7.23

wat2k6 — 2023-05-31 15:17:20 UTC

Exam 2:
The two distinct inforgraphics depict the modifications of a gallery in Australia between 1950 and now.
It is manifest that there has been a wide-ranging transition with more modern facilities and services for the gallery purpose.
As can be seeen, the entrance and sculpture room have remained intact, however, the room which previously housed the Australian art at the front right side of the building is now a room for Asian art.
In addition, to the right side, galleries for Middle European Art, and Early European Art, respectively, were arranged in 1950.
A striking change is that the courtyard has been demolished to make room for an Australia Aboriginal Art room, an Australian Art room and a Children art school.

Exam 1:
The two distinct inforgraphics depict the modifications of a town called Darwin from 2009 to 2014.
As can be seen, there had been several changes, the most noticeable being the addition of some new places as well as orther service areas.
It can be noticeably seen that a new swimming pool had been constructed in the upper left conner of the maps.
Another notable change is that the school was unchanged after 5 years.
In the convention centre of the town, the industrial area had been destroyed.
It is clear that over this five-year period, there were three new residential building had been bulit.
After five years, a large industrial area had been demolished to make room for a fresh environment area.
Look at the Westside of this town, the swimming pools was/were still intact.
A striking change is that a harbour had been built on the coast which connected to the footpath of the town.
Good: 6.0
Writing Process 1:
The picture shows the given information of how to produe tomato ketchup.
Overall, a cursory glance at the diagram reavels that the process under consideration consists of 15 step, beginning with harvesting tomatoes and put them in baskets and ending with using ketchup to eat with food.
First of all, farmers pick ripe tomatoes and put them in basket.
Next, tomatoes are sorted to separate good ones from bad ones.
Subsequently, they are delivered to the factories.
After that, their stalk, seed and skins are removed.
Following this, they put the tomatoes into the container and crush them.
After being crushed in the container, tomatoes are saesoned with sugar, vinega and salt.
The next step is to boil the mixture and wait for two hours.
At this point, the mixture is packed into bottles and labelled, now it is called ketchup.
ex5 :
The two maps show how a cinema has developed over the last 43 years.
Overall, there have been several changes, the most noticeable being the addition of some new places as well as orther service areas.
Look at the North of the maps, the car park has been demolished to make room for two new cinemas.
It is clear that the toilet area has unchanged after many years.
In 1980, there was a big cinema but now it is replaced by two smaller cinemas.
A striking change is that the cinema on the left hand of the entrance has been replaced with a relaxation room.
In addition, the drink stand has been moved to the far left corner, and it now serves food.
Look at the right conner of the maps, the ticket booth has stayed in the same location, but instead of the drinks stand now is a DVD shop.

Homework 2:
The both maps reveal how the Lakeside city developed over a ten-year period froom 2000 to 2009.
At first glance, it is evident that the city has many improverments, many new places have been built as well as other service areas.
It is clear that the residential area has unchanged after 9 years.
As can be seen, the derelict waterhouses which next to the residential area have been replaced by a car park.
In 2000, the city had an old town and a school, but now the old town was reduced in size and replaced by the offices, moreover, many new schools and an university were/ have been built.
In the West of the maps, the arts centre and residential area were demolished to make room for the new multi-screen cinema and shopping centre.
Look at the Northest of the maps, the most noticeable changed was seen in industrial complex which was expanded and also divided into many parts in 2009. Lake was also turned into pond but the river still flows through that area.
The most significant change is that the area of the industrial complex has been reduced so that the residential area is added on the riverbank.(195 words)
GOoo

ex4: ( maps 2 )
The maps illustrate the significant changes that has been occurred in a particular seaside village from 1995 to the present day.
Overall, the village has undergone remarkable changes, many new areas have been built for people to have more facilities.
Look at the left corner of the maps, there are 8 buildings were built in 1995 but now, two new buildings have been added in the housing area.
It is clear that, the area opposite the housing area across the main road on the West has been bulit more buildings after 28 years.
In 1995, a chain of shops was built in the Southwest of the vilage, but now they have been demolished to make room for a chain of restaurants.
In addition, the old shops and fish market in the South end have been transformed into seaside restaurants and apartments.
The most notable changes to the village from 1995 to the present day are the addition of a golf course and tennis courts where there used to be farmland and a forested park.
Look at the Southest of the maps, nowadays the hotel has added a car parking area in the backyard.
There ia a big change in the South of the map, after 28 years, the fishing port has been removed, which opens up the beachfront.
HOMEWORK1:
The two maps reveal how a Spanish city called Costellon has developed from 2000 to the present day.
Overall, it is obvious that this city has been upgraded with маnу public services
As can be seen in today map, a hall of revidence has been built next to the university after 23 years.
Looking at the present map, the university has not changed from 2000 to now and it is currently conected with the centre by a tramline.
Beside the university, the small forest has been/was cut down and replaced by a new shopping centre.
In 2000, the South Western region had an old market and a train station, but now they have been replaced by a police station and a new shop.
In addition,the Castellon has recently constructed a new train station and airport on the other side of town, but the airport has not been finished yet.
In 2000, the city center next to the road running from West to East served car and other vehicles, but now it only allows bike, with a bike rental scheme and the road is used for pedestrians only.
Look at the port area, it was relatively unspoiled in the past, but now cinema, bars and clubs have been bult so that people can come and relax.
re-write some parts

_^ex1:
The changes of an/ a place in Viet Nam from 1980 to now is inllustrated by/in the maps. As can be seen, the most noticeable being the addition of three more cinema rooms as well as the elimination of the back parking.
Không viết chi tiết

~~_^ex2:~~

The number of vehicles registered in Australia at three period of time: 2010, 2012 and 2014 is inllustrated in the table. As can be seen, the number of all fives types of vehicles registered increased over the period shown. Additionally, the biggest growth could be seen in the number of registered motorcycles.

~~_^e~~

Quỳnh Hương 12/07/2023

2023-05-31 16:06:36 UTC

Exercise 5
The maps demonstrate how an art gallery in Australia developed in two period of time: 1950 and now.
Overall, it is clear that the gallery has many considerable developments in order to fulfill people's need.
The entrance and sculpture room have still remained until today.
On the right hand of the entrance, a new Asian Art have been errected on the ground of an old Australia Art room.
As can be seen, the Early Eropean Art room as well as the Middle Eropean Art room have unchanged.
One of the most interesting changes is the courtyard area was demolished and replaced by an art school for children on the left side, a room for Australian Art on the right side and a room for Australian Aboriginal art in the centre.
It is provided that a new restroom has been added next to the Cafe area.
It can be seen that the Temporary exhibition and the bookshop to the left of the entrance is remained.
In summary, the art gallery has been equipped with many facilities to provide more services for customer.

Exam 1: writing maps
The developments of the waterfront area of a town called Darwin in two periods of time: 2009 and 2014 are illustrated in the given maps.
Overall, many significant developments were carried out in 5 year-period.
As can be seen in the maps, a swimming pool was constructed on the top left-hand corner of the maps.
It is clear that many service area like school, as well as the fishing area and the swimming pools remained intact.
Another notable change is the industrial area to the South West of the lake had been demolished and replaced by a swimming pool in 2014.
A striking change is that a new university building was built on the vacant land on the West of the maps.
It is provided that many residential buildings were erected to the East of the university.
One of the most interesting changes is the industrial area to the South East of the university building was demolished and replaced by a small forest.
A new habour area was built by the sea to the South of the swimming pool as well as built a new foot path to connect it with the town
In conclusion, the town had undergone many developments in order to provide many service for the resident.
good; 6.5

21-6-2023 Mai Anh

2023-06-14 12:00:03 UTC

Map 2:
The given maps show what happened in New York City between 1995 and today.
As can be seen, there used to be quiet and green with a significant number of trees in the city, but it has been more beautiful and modernized at present.
In detail, housing has been built about one or two new buildings in the West of the city.
It is clear that the residential area on the left side of the main road used to have built 4 buildings, however, people have built 2 more new buildings there at present.
A striking change is that a variety of restaurants have been built in the South of the city where there used to be shops and now are restaurants.
Look at the detail,

The development in the Spanish city of Castellón in recent times is illustrated in the maps.
Overall, as can be seen, Castellón in 2000 has/had many changes, this year in terms of facilities, and many new places were have been /built.
A striking change is that the small forest on the right of the university has been/was cut down and replaced by a new shopping center.
Another exciting change is that the hall of residence has been built in/on the vacant lot today, and it is on the left of the university.
One of the most exciting changes is in the city center. In the city center, a bike rental scheme, and a new train station have been established for residents.
It is clear that the old road which served a wide range of vehicles in the past has been opened only for pedestrians.
Another notable change is the old market has been moved, and replaced by a new market in the East of the city.
Looking at the details, the cinema, bars, and clubs are also constructed for people to have fun and relax.
Ok...!!!

26/7/2023 Mai Anh.

2023-06-27 09:35:14 UTC

Process:
How to recycle organic waste to produce fertilizers is illustrated in the diagram below.
As can be seen, the process consists of 5 steps. It starts with the production of plastic containers and the organic waste that is put to use in the field is the final step.
The first step is that the jar is prepared, it has nothing inside.
It is about 2 cubic meters large, and there are small holes to escape the air.
After that, waste is arranged in layers. The last layer is food about 15cm thick, the upper is grass about 15cm thick, and above it is newspaper to decompose.
Next, hot water is poured into the jar, then, nitrogen is added to the jar. This is very useful to help the decomposition process take place faster.
The following step is that close the jar tightly. It is heated now.
Finally, Incubate it for 6 months.
Viết hơi chậm: 3./4

Writing maps:
The art gallery in Australia between 1950 and now is illustrated in the maps below.- good
As can be seen, many significant developments were/have been carried out in/within 73 years.
In detail, directly opposite the entrance is a sculpture which unchanged until now. cụm trạng từ không làm chủ ngữ
It is clear that the first room on the right now is Asia art but it used to be Australian art in 1950. - good
A striking change is that the Middle European art and the Early European art are the second room and the third room, it/they have stayed the same from 1950 to now.
Another notable change is the courtyard in 1950 has been redesigned into Australian art on the right, Australia aboriginal art in the middle, and children art school on the left now.- ok
Looking at the maps,
Comments: Viết khá tốt, tuy nhiên vẫn còn mắc nhiều lỗi nhỏ, chú ý sửa: 3./4

Exam Writing 1: Map
The changes that have taken place in the waterfront area of a town called Darwin from 2009 to 2014 are illustrated in the map below.
Overall, as can be seen, the waterfront area had many improvements in 2014 in terms of facilities, and many new places had been built.
In detail, in the North, the swimming pool was built new in 2014.
It is clear that in the Northwest, school, and convention center was unchanged between 2009 and 2014.
A striking change is that the industrial area was destroyed, and it was replaced by a swimming pool in 2014. The lake and a lot of trees were unchanged from 2009 to 2014.
Another notable change is the industrial area in 2009 in the West had changed with university buildings, many trees, and some houses.
In the maps, in the East, the fishing area and two swimming pools were not replaced by anything until 2014.
Finally, a harbor was built by the sea in 2014.
Waterfront was renewed a lot compared to 2009 to match the needs of life at that time.
Good: 6.5

30/8/2023 Huynh

2023-06-28 14:42:36 UTC

Technlogical advancements are considered by some to have positively impacted shopping by making it esier, while there are others who disagree with this. In my opinion, i believe that overall, technology has made retail an easier experience in most cases despite some drawbacks.
Some individuals feel technology has made shopping more difficult due to a number of reasons. Although technology has brought about the advent of online shopping, it has also brought about endless options which can lead to indecision and too much time wasted to find the right item to buy.
In addition , shopping may be more difficult to guage the correct size of items. For example, online sales does not allow for fitting before purchase when buying clothing or shoes.
On the other hand, technology has made shopping easier due to convenience. Today's technology has brought about a number of advancements such as online shopping, which has allowed individuals who are limited in mobility to buy what they need without going out. For example, the Covid-19 pandemic has made shopping difficult with many in-person stores closed.
With technology, people can now order products through the internet without leaving their homes. In addition shopping is made easier by including delivery. In a traditional store, people need to have some way to transport their new items back home , which may be difficult for those without personal vehicles. Finally, if an individual cannot find what they want in one online store , they can easily go on another website or app to find the product instead of having to travel to another store.
In conclusion , although there are a few drawbacks to shopping online such as endless options and difficulty with sizing, technology has made shopping easier by making it vastly more convenient for people
~~Dùng công cụ viết~~

11/8/2023
The table presents the number of registered vehicles in Australia for different vehicle types between 2010 and 2014 and the overall percentage growth.
Overall, the figures for all vehicle types increased , with passenger vehicles accounting foicler the majority of all vehicles in all years. ...........
Additionally, the biggest growth could be seen in the number of registered motorcycles.
In 2010, passenger vehicles had 11 million, compared to commercial vehicles and motorcycles, at 2.3 million and 570,000 respectively.
In 2014, the number of passenger vehicles from 11 million to 13 million, ~~while the number of commercial vehicles from 2.3 million to 2.7 million~~
Meanwhile, the number of registered motorcycles saw the biggest growth, at 30.7% ~~rising~~ from 570,000 to 745,000.
The figures for the light and heavy trucks also increased over the measured period, with heavy trucks rising 10.2%, from 384,000 to 423,000 and light trucks rising 23.5%, from 106,000 to 131,000.
3/4

03/08/2023 Huynh
the given diagrams illustrate the life cycle of honey bees as well as the commercial production of honey.
Overall, there are six recorded stages in a bee's life , which begins with laying eggs and ends up converting nectar into honey.
The first stage is when queen bees lays their egg in honeycombs.
Next, larvae hatchin the following three days.
Then, they are then fully grown in around a week before being mature enough to leave the hive in three weeks later.
After collecting nectar from a wide range of flowers adult bees carefully deposit it into their hives.
Eventually, honey is formed and the procedures are able to recycle again.
Turning to the production of honey, first of all , beekeepers detach the honeycombs from the hives.
once honey has been extracted with machines, the processed honey is boiled in order to get rid of unwanted bacteria
Ok: 2.5

26/7/2023 Huynh
the diagram illustrates the steps ~~by which~~ to compost ~~recycled~~ from organic waste in order to produce a natural garden fertiliser.
Overall, there are 5 steps in the process of ~~make~~ fertiliser from recycled organic waste matter , beginning with the ~~prepare~~ an empty plastic container and ending with composted organic garden fertiliser.
The first stage is to prepare a plastic container over 2m3 that has small holes in the sides to allow air to get in and out of the c~~ontiner.~~
Then, organic materials ~~suchs~~ as food scraps, grass clippings and newspaper are layer in side the container in approximately 15cm thick layers.
Next, the hot water is ~~pouring~~ into plastic container and add some form of nitogen to the compost to assist in the compost process which follows.
After that,
Finally six months later
Còn lặp lại lỗi đã sai nhiều lần về câu bị động : 2/4

12/7/2023
the maps illustrate some changes to the art gallery in Australia in 1950 and now.- good
overall, the development of art gallery in Australia have/has experienced considerable changes.
In 1950, a courtyard was located at the rear of the building.
The entrance and sculpture room have remained intact, however, the room which previously housed the Australian art at the front right side of the building is now a room for Asian art. the room which used to be the Australian art has been made into the Asian art room now- Dùng câu chưa chính xác
The cafe located behind the temporary exhibition area on the left hand side is now in half of the size as it was in 1950 and shares the space with a block of toilets.- thiếu giới từ
The courtyard has now been replaced by an art school for children on the left side, a room for Australia art on the right side and a room for Australia Aboriginal art in the centre
- Sau từ however phải dùng dấu phẩy
- Em hay viết thiếu từ trong 1 câu : 2/4

5/7/2023 Huynh
Exam 1: Writing maps
The given maps illustrate what has happened at the Darwin waterfront area of a town over 5 years period between 2009 and 2014.
Overall, the most significant changes can be seen in the central area of the town.
In the west , a swimming pool was erected right on the site of an old industrial area that used to be.
The school and covention center stayed unchanged
Day nhanh ! 3.5

Writing process 1
The pictures illustrate the process of creating tomato ketchup.
Overall, there are 15 stages in the diagram, from collecting tomatoes to using tomato sauce with other food.
At the first stage , ripe tomatoes are picked up and put into bags.
After that, farmers classify them and remove low- quality ones.
Then, good tomatoes are loaded onto lorries and sent to factories.
In the factory, stalk,seeds and skin are eliminated from tomatoes which are then put into containers to be crushed.
Next, additives consisting of sugar, vinegar and salt are inserted in these containers.
At the
Good !

28/6/2023 Huynh
the developments of the cinema from 1980 to now are mentioned the maps below.
overall, as can be seen, there are many changes overtime to suit the present

3/8/2023 Tiến Dũng

2023-07-12 13:01:07 UTC

The process of how the bee makes honey, and the steps in the manufacture of honey is illustrated in the diagrams below. Overall, there are 2 big stages in the process. It consists of 11 small steps. The first stage is queen bee-egg in the honeycomb and the product as honey is the final step.
Initially, we start with how bees make honey. First, there is to have a queen bee- egg in the honeycomb.
Next, the larva are hatched in 3 days later.
Then, after a week, all of the larva are fully grown.
At this point, the bee leaves the hive after more than three week.
In the fifth step, the nectar is sucked by bees.
The last step is that the honey is transferred to the hive by bees.
After that, the second stage is Production of honey. First of all, people remove the honeycomb from the hive.
And then, the honeycomb is put into the machine- extraction of honey.
In the third stage, the honey is boiled and cleaned.
After which, the honey is put in the jars.
At the end of the process is that the product is the honey which is distributed and sold to users.
That's all about the process to be able to produce the honey. It is very clean and safe for users.

The information how to recycle organic waste to manufacture compost is mentioned in the diagram below. Overall, it consists of 5 steps. It begins with the preparation plastic container and the product as the fertilizer is the last step.
First of all, they prepare the jar. It has 4 holes for air convection , and it is about 2 square metres large. The waste ~~has been~~ put on the container.
Next, in the second step, there are 3 types of waste in the jar. The bottom layer is the food, and it--is-- about 15cm. The next layer is the grass, it has the same size as the first layer. The newspaper is the last layer in the jar.
After that, they pour the hot water into the jar. The nitrogen is added. This is very useful for decomposing.
In the fourth stage, the container is sealed with the lid, and it is heaten.
Finally, the material is left for 6 months, and the product is the compost. It uses to fertilize plants in garden.
Because it is recycled from organic waste so it is very safe for soil, environment and plant
Câu còn lặp lại: 3/4.

The changes of art gallery in Australia over 73 years period from 1950 to now are mentioned in the given map below. Overall, in the past, there were more vacant areas and less rooms but it has been built more rooms now. - good
As can be seen, the first area upon entering is Sculpture, it has stayed the sam
It is clear that, the first room on the right hand of the Sculpture is Asian art. It has been built to replace Australia art now.- good
In details, the second room on the right is Middle European art which has stayed the same from 1950 up to now
Looking at the details, Early European art is the third room in the art gallery. It has still unchanged after 73 years.- good
In the maps below, the first room on the left side in the art gallery is a bookshop. It is/has been still in the same position as/since1950.
We can see in the maps, Temporary Exhibition has still unchanged from 1950.- good
As can be seen in the graph, the cafe has been added a toilet now.- good
Another notable change is the courtyard. In here, there are 3 rooms built now.
A children art school is behind the cafe. A Australia
-Comments: bài viết tốt, em xem kỹ những lỗi cô in đậm trong bài - 3.5/4

it has stay the same in 1950

The exam 1: Writing maps
The developments that have taken place at the waterfront area of a town called Darwin from 2009 to 2014 are mentioned in the map below. Overall, Darwin has a lot of significant changes in 5 years.
As can be seen, a swimming pool was built to replace/in the vancant land in the Northwest of the town.
  It is clear that, the school was unchanged.
  It can be seen that, a corner of industrial area had been destroyed to make way for the university building.
We can see in the map, the trees were grown to replace the industrial area in the South of the town
   In details, The industrial area had been pulled down/ destroyed to make room for the swimming pool next to the school.
In the map, the lake and the trees were not demolished in front of the convention centre
One of the most interesting changes is that, 2 swimming pools did not change next to the sea.
Another notable change is the fishing area which wasn't pushed down on the right of the swimming pool.
A striking change is that, the harbour was contructed on/ by the sea.
So after 5 years, the Darwin had some big changes. It was very interesting and special
Good ! 5.5

23-8-2023 Huy Minh

2023-07-19 07:55:32 UTC

~~I have a story, mordern technology is better than other disagree in terms of shopping online. In my opinion, I agree with the argument~~

The table below reveals the quantity of vehicles registered in Australia every two years from 2010 to 2014. Overall, all five kinds of vehicles witnessed upward trends despite the different levels.

As can be seen from the chart, starting from 570,000 in 2010; after four years, motorcycles increased by 30.7% to 745,000 in total. Followed by light trucks with 23.5% in terms of percentage change. Besides, the proportion of passenger Vehicles witnessed a steady rise by 1,000,000 every two years, and in this data reached 13,000,000 in the last year. Turning to commercial vehicles, a significant upward trend by 17.4% from 2,300,000 to 2,700,000 was reported. The statistic for the number of heavy trucks, however, reported the slightest increase by 10.3% in total.
3/4

3/8/2023
The diagrams reveal how bee products honey, the stages of honey. Summarize the information by draughting and reporting the mains features.
Overrall, as can be seen, honey production process consists of 2 stages. The first stage is hows bees make honey. The next stage is production of honey.
First of all, in the first stage, ------queen bee will lays egg in honeycomb. After 3 days, we have larva of bee.
After that, we need wait one week and we have larva fully grown.
The larva will turn into bees and after three weeks they leaving the hive.
They will fly everywhere and gathering nectar from flowers and then they leave nectar in hive.
The next stage is production of honey. The first step of the stage is remove. The beekeeper will remove the honeycomb from the hive. After that we will extract honey by machine.
The next step is clean the boils of honey before pour honey into the jars.
Finally, we will distribution and selling to everyone.
Those are the processes to produce honey.
- Không áp dụng lý thuyết đã học: Viết process chỉ dùng hiện tại đơn giản- Không hiểu về cấu tạo cơ bản của 1 câu: 2/4

26/7
The diagrams below reveals ------how to recycle organic waste to make fertilizer.
Overall, as can be seen, the whole process includes 5 steps. We need to prepare a big plastic pot and create bio-fertilizer in it and bring it to the garden.
The first step is that, we need prepare a big jar which is made of plastic. It can hold 2m3 of waste. It also contains many ventilation holes ~~that can go in and out on the side of the jar.~~
The next step is that, we need put organic waste in the jar.
15cm at the bottom of the jar is used ~~for~~ contain food. Next, 15cm above is used ~~for~~ store grass, the rest is for paper.
After which, we need add hot water only to the jar and then we add nitrogen to jar.
Subsequently, we need close the lid of the jar and heat on hot fire.
The last step, we need to incubate it within 6 months. After that, we have compost. We can put it out and use it to plant trees.
This is the processes to produce organic fertilizer. We should use it because it's eco-friendly.
Câu lặp lại quá nhiều: 2.5 /4

The maps reveal the information about an art gallery in
Australia between 1950 and now.- chú ý viết đủ câu
Overall, as can be seen, currently the Art rooms appear more than 1950.- chú ý danh từ số nhiều
Is/ As can be seen , in the current map, the first room on the left is Asian Art, but in 1950, it was Australia Art.- phải dùng dấu phẩy để tách cụm trạng từ ra khỏi mệnh đề chính
It is clear that, the Sculture have unchanged from 1950 to now, it is in the middle.- sai thì
As can be seen in the graph, the first room on the right is a bookshop, it's/ has been there since 1950 to now.- chú ý quán từ, không viết tắt, sai thì
It is said from the chart that, the seconds room on the left/right is Middle European Art, it is/has unchanged after/ during 73 years- sai thì, sai giới từ, sai vị trí bản đồ.
It is provided from the chart that, the Temparary on the right/ left of maps is/ has not changed, it still works there.- sai thì, sai vị trí bản đồ
As can be seen, the third room on the right of the maps is the Early European Art, it is/ has unchanged from 1950 to now.- sai thì, chú ý cách dùng the
One of the most interesting changes is that the toilets are narrowed and added to the cafe next door.
the Courtyard is demolished to make way for building things.- câu chưa chính xác - 2/4

12/7/2023 Minh Thản

2023-07-19 09:04:08 UTC

Task 1:
The developments of an art gallety in Australia in two periods of time: 1950 and 2023 are illustrated in the given maps.- good
Overall, there are many more different places than in the past.- chưa tốt
As can be seen that, opposite the entrance was sculpture in 1950 and nowadays it is/has been still exists.- Không dùng cụm trạng từ làm chủ ngữ, sai thì
It is clear that, the first room on the right of the sculpture is the Asian art in now, but before it was the Australia art.- dấu câu, quán từ
Next, the bookshop is the first room on the left.
A striking change is that the Middle European Art is the second room. It has been around/ at the same place since 1950.- dùng chưa đúng câu, chưa định vị thông tin
And the Temparary exhibition room is the same.: không viết câu như thế này
As can be seen in the graph, the Early European Art on the right is the third room.- chưa định vị đủ thông tin
One of the most interesting changes is that the coffe room has been added with the toilet.- sai ý câu
Looking at the details, the Courtyard is destroyed in now.
In here, there are 3 rooms built now..- viết lại
In conclusion, the art gallery in 2023 was/ has developped more than in 1950.- sai thì- 2/4

28/8/2023 Việt Anh

2023-07-19 09:18:31 UTC

Task2:
A group of people supposes that modern technology has made shopping today easier but others don't agree. In my opinion, i agree with both of views. People do not go out to----- market or supermarket to do their shopping. In stead of going out, people can search web at home and buy everything. It is said that, online shopping is more and more popular in modern society because of many reasons. According to a recent survay, 78% of citizens in Vietnam buy things online. In my class, almost all my friends buy goods on some shopping websites. One of the most important aspect of shopping online is that people can search for many kinks of good in a short time , they can choose what is the best for them to buy, and the goods are cheaper than offline goods.
I have a story, this Monday, students in Vietnam go to shcool after a long summer holiday so I went shopping online yesterday to prepare for new school year. I decided to buy a new bag, I accessed the website: Shoppe.com to chose bags. I compared 5 bags in different online shop in Shoppe.com. -------------More over, in shopping online websites, some time, there are some events to discount for goods that saving money for online customers. On the other hand, some people do not like go to shopping online. They prefer going to traditonal market to surfing webs to buy goods. Because when you go shopping in market or shop, you can see and check the goods directly, which can make you do not need to worry about the quality of commodities. Professor F.D Jonkin, Colombia University, supposed that "modern technology makes people more and more lazy".
Lỗi số ít số nhiều của danh từ: 5 bài viết liên tiếp không sửa
- chưa logic, còn dùng công cụ viết

The table below inllustrates the numbers of vehicals registered in Australia in 2010, 2012 and 2014.
Overall, as can be seen, the numbers of five types of vehicals registed increased over time. The figure for passenger vehicles ~~was~~ the highest and the lowest figure belongs to light trucks.
It is clear that, in 2010, 11 million passenger vehicles were registered, compared to commercial vehicles at 2,3 million and motorcycles at 570.000.
In 2014, the figure for passenger vehicles rose 18.2% to reach 13 million and it was the highest over, while the second figure, commercial vehicles rose 17.4% to reach 2.7 million in 2014.
Turning to the remaining types, the highest growth belongs to motorcycles, which from 570.000 to 745.000 at 30.7%.
At the same period, the figures for heavy trucks rose 10.2% from 384.000 to 423.000 and light trucks increased by 23.5% from 106.000 to 131.000.
3/4

Process3
The diagrams below inllustrate how the bee makes honey and the stages in the production of honey,
Overall, as can be seen, there are 11 steps: the first stage is the queen bee - egg in the honeycomb and the last stage is distribution and selling the honey.- Chưa đảo câu
First of all, the queen bee lays an egg in the honeycomb.
Then, three days later, eggs turn into the larva.
After that, larva is fully grown after a week.
At this point, after three weeks, the bee leaves the hive.
Following this, the bee - gathers nectar from flowers.
After which, the bee leaves nectar in the hive - honey.
The next step is that removal of the honeycomb from the hive by keeper.
After which, honeycomb are taken to the machine and ------ready for the extraction of honey.
And then, boiling of honey - cleaning.
At this point, people pour honey into the jars.
Finally, honey is ready to be distributed and sold.
- Không đảo câu- không đặt câu hoàn chỉnh- không sửa lỗi số ít số nhiều, không dùng đúng câu bị động: 2.5

Process 2
The process of recycle organic waste to produce fertiiser are inllustrated in the diagram below.
Overall, there are 5 steps: the first stage is prepare a clear jar and provide the compost for agriculture is the last step.
First of all, prepare a jar pierced for the circulation of the air,
this jar about 2m square.
The next step is that system be filled with 3 types of waste separately: newspaper, grass and food for each type is 15 cm thickness.
After that, add nitrogen and hot water to the jar.
The following step is seal up the jar and heat the jar.
The finally stage is leave the compost for 6 months, provide and use the compost for agriculture, that are all of a good process for farmer to project the environment.

The developments at the art gallery in Australia from 1950 to now are inllustrated in the maps below.- good
Overall, as can be seen, there are many changes over time to suit the present.- good
It is clear that, from the entrance, there is a sculpture in the centre of the gallery.- good
In details, the first room on the right of the gallery in 1950 was Australia art but now it's replaced by Asian art.- V chưa chuyển sang V2 của câu bị động
Looking at the details, the bookshop is the first room on the left of the gallery and it's has unchanged from 1950 to now.- dùng the trước so sánh hơn nhất
As can be seen in the maps, the second room on the right of the gallery is Middle Europen Art.....- Thiếu thông tin kết nối
It is clear that, the second room on the left of the gallery is Temporary Exhibition, it has unchanged. within 77 years- good
Regarding to the right hand of the gallery, the third room is Middle European Art, it has still stayed the same since 1950.- thiếu S của mệnh đề 2, chua dinh vij thoong tin, sai thi
A striking change
Đã có định vị thông tin khá tốt, tuy nhiên xem lại những lỗi trên; 3/4

18/10/2023 Quỳnh Hương

2023-07-19 09:23:37 UTC

Writing task 2:
Nowadays, film industry has developed extremely strongly. Many years ago, only big companies produced film. But in present, people are able to make a film by themselves. In my opinion, this trend shows a really positive side.
It is provided from the fact that why this trend is positive. Firstly, with the strong development of technology, everyone can make their own low-cost films. Thanks to that, many young and potential directors can pursue their dream. For normal people who just considers filming as a hobby, they can easily satisfied their personal interest with a simple camera or phone. According to a recent survey, 60% of phone users spends their time in watching short films on social media which made by amateur film makers. Secondly, since everyone can make their short film, many content is shown in various aspects. This trend can help people easily to approach many fields, help them cultivate and widen their knowledge, which really helpful for children to develop their imagination. Professor F.D Jonkin from Oxford University supposed that: " The animation that comes from educational videos is more effective than normal teaching in transmitting knowledge.". Another positive side of this trend is that it helps many people make ends meet. A simple film can bring its director fame and fortune or even save them from the verge of bankruptcy. I have a story, my aunt is running a fashion shop, and most of her income comes from selling through short promotional video on social media. During the Covid 19 pandemic, thanks to those short videos, her store did not go bankrupt. Despite the positive side, this trend also shows some negative sides. Because the film can be made by anyone, the contents in those films usually have bad quality and quite negligent.
In conclusion, this trend has many positive sides. There are some drawbacks but it can be fixed and improved.

Homework:
It is argued that face-to-face communication is more effective than written communication. From my point of view, I agree with this opinion.
It is very understandable why many people concur with this idea. First of all, spoken communication is direct and fast. We can communicate with each other directly. If a listener is confused about what the other is saying, they can ask to be explained clearly. On the contrary, written communication for example texting, it may takes a long period of time to wait for the response from your partner, which is very inconvenient. Direct interaction is also very effective. We can easily convey our point of view immediately and make discussions with other people to reach to the final result. According to a recent survey, 70% of college professors prefer to assign speaking assignments to students rather tham syllabus exercises so that they can easily grade and correct students. Last but not least, face-to-face interaction helps us develope ourself. We can easily get on well with many people, which can help us cultivate our knowledge. In the same time, we can create a good impression to other people which brings us many good opportunities in the future. I have a story, I have a friend, she is studying in the university. She was very polite and energetic to every professors she met on the first day of university. As a result, she often receives many help from her lectures because they have extremely good impressions about her.
In conclusion, spoken communication has many benefits and we can make good use of it in our daily life.

Task 2:
These days, some people claim that shopping has been made easier thanks to modern technology while there are still those who oppose it. From my point of view, I agree with both of views.
There is no denying that online shopping is more and more popular in modern society for many reasons. First of all, people do not need to go out to the shops or supermarket to do their shopping. All they need is a phone or computer to do it, which is very convenient. According to a recent survey, 57% of consumers prefer to shop online. Secondly, people can search for many kinds of goods in a short time with an affordable price. I have a story, few days ago, I was looking for a present for my friend. I saw a very pretty teddy bear in a shop and I asked for its price. I compared it to the exact same bear in an online shop and it was three times cheaper than the one in the shop.
Yet, there are conflicting views. Many people believe that online shopping does not guarantee product quality. According to a recent survey, 40% of online shoppers receive incorrect or completely different items from what they want. Not only that, the number of shoppers being scammed or online fraud is also increasing rapidly. At the same time, many customers have reported that the delivered packages are damaged, leading to the goods inside being affected. That is to say online shopping still has many drawbacks.
Weighing up both sides of the argument, shopping has definitely been made easier by digital technology. There may be some disadvantages to online shopping, so customers should raise their awareness of online shopping danger.
ok
Dùng tốt kỹ thuật viết
Writing task 2:
Modern technology is considered to have helped people in shopping by simplify it, still there are others who both disagree.......both
Writing table:
The table illustrates the numbers of five different kinds of vehicles that were registered in Australia in three period of time: 2010, 2012 and 2014.

Overall, the numbers of all five means of transport increased over time. It is clear that passenger vehicles has the highest figure, while the lowest ratio belongs to light trucks.

It is provided from the table that in 2010, 11 million passenger vehicles were registered, while the figure for commercial vehicles was enormously lower at 2.3 million. During the following 4 years, the number of passenger vehicles rose to 13 million, an increase of 18.2%. During the same period, commercial vehicles increased to 2.7 million.
Turning to the remaining types, the biggest growth was in motorcycles, which grew from 570.000 to 745.000 over a period of 4 years from 2010 to 2014, an increase of 30.8%. At the same period, heavy trucks increased slightly from 384,000 to 423,000 by 10.2%. From 2010 to 2014, light trucks had the lowest growth, which increased by 23.5% from 106,000 to 131,000.
3/4

Writing process task 2:
The diagrams illustrate the process of how the bee makes honey and the stages in the production of honey.
Overall, there are two big processes and they contains 11 small steps. These processes begin with the honey bee building a hive, and the final product is honey, which is the final step.
Starting with how bee makes honey, first, queen bee lays eggs in honeycomb.
After 3 days, larva emerge. This process continues for 7 days until the larva is fully grown.
It takes another 3 weeks for the bees to grow, and then the bees leave the hive for gathering nectar from flowers.
Following this, the collected nectar is deposited in the hive, which becomes honey after a period of time.
Turning to the honey production process, the first step is that the honeycomb is detached from the hive by the beekeeper.
After which, the beekeepers send it to the machine for the honey extraction.
At this point, the honey is boiled for cleaning.
After that, the honey is filled in the jars and ready to be distributed and sold.
3.5/4
Writing process:
The given diagram illustrates how fertilizer can be produced from organic waste.
Overall, the process of recycling organic waste includes 5 basic steps. It starts with the preparation of the plastic container and the ~~result is the fertilizer being~~ the final step.
First of all, plastic jug is prepared. It is about 2 square meters. The jug consists of many small ~~hole~~, which allows the air to go in and out the jug.
After that, ~~many~~ waste is layered in the container. The bottom layer contains is wasted food and it is about 15cm thick. The grass layer is also 15cm thick as well as the newspapers' layer.
Following this, hot water is poured into the container. After that, nitrogen is also added.
At this point, the jar is tightly closed and heated.
Finally, after 6 months, the waste turn into fertilizer. Since it is the organic compost, it is very good for crop plants. It is also very environmental friendly.
That is all about the process of recycling organic waste to produce organic compost. This process is useful to protect the environment.
Good : 3.5/4

12/9/2023 Thanh Huyền

2023-07-19 09:28:58 UTC

Homework ( Writing task 2)
It is commonly believed that oral communication has a greater impact than written communication. While i believe that spoken communication can be better than written communication in some situations, i can not agree that this holds true in every situation.
Spoken communication has an edge over written communication in many ways. Firstly, oral communication is more effective when instant response is required on when there is need for reaching for a consensus. It establishes a direct contact between the sender and the receiver. This also saves money unlike written communication, it does not require any pen, paper or computer. Another benefit is that in spoken communication, gestures body language along with variation in the tone, pitch and intensity or voice can be used to convey meaning to an audience. According to a recent survey, research has shown that while communicating orally 55% of the message comes from the body language, 38% comes from the tone of the voice and only 7% comes from the words used, so a speaker has significantly more control over what the listener will hear than the writer has over what the reader will read. I have a story, i have two friends and they are in a relationship. But sometimes they have quarrels, then the sulk each other for a short while. They solved their problems by
It is said that online shopping is more and more popular in modern society because of many reasons. People do not need to go out to the shops or super markets to do their shopping work, everyone just stay at home with some click and press button on online commercial trading platform. People search as far as sell and purchase anything in their voncerned instead of having to go around the market in previous way. According to a recent survey, 6/2023, 45% of officers in England buy things online. One of most the important aspect of shopping online is that people can search anything for many kinds of good in a short time, they can choose what is the best for them to buy, and the goods are cheaper than offline goods. I have a story yesterday I wen shopping online, I compared 5 shirts in different online shops and quickly found the right shirt based on customer reviews. Thus, the convenience of online shopping is undeniable.
On the other hand, despite the convenience and comfort of buying and selling in cyberspace, there are some downsides to this approach. For example, to check the quality and actual quantity of ordered goods, customers will have to wait a few days until the logistics company ships and delivers the goods to them. Moreover, if the product characteristics received are not the same or not the same as advertised, the customer needs to report it to customer service and continuously wait for more than a few days to receive the pending results. Therefore, physical stores and stores can take advantage of prestige and quality to keep up with loyal customers in the fierce competition with online stores.
bài viết phát triển tốt

Writing task 2
~~While some people think that technology has actual eases doing shopping nowadays, there is another group that opposes this belief.~~ In my opinion, i agree with both of views.

Homework ( writing chart )
The given table compared figures for five different froms of transport registed in Australia in three periods of time 2010, 2012 and 2014.
Overall, the numbers of all vehicle types increased over time. Additionally, the biggest growth could be seen in the number of registered motocycles, while the lowest rate belongs to heavy trucks.
It is clear that in 2010, 11 million passenger vehicles were registerẻd while the figure for commercial ones was significantly lower at only 2.3 million.
After 4 years, the number of passenger vehicles increased 10.2% to 13 million, while an ~~additional 0.4 million~~ commercial vehicles were registed, an increase of 17.4%.
Moving to the remaining vehicle types, the strongest increase was recorded in motocycles, which grew from 570.000 units in 2010 to 745.000 units in 2014, an increase of 30.7%.
During the same period, the number of registed heavy trucks and light trucks also rose to 10.2% and 23.5% respectively.
3/4

Writing process:
The given diagrams reveal the life cycle of honeybees as well as the commercial production of honey.
Overall, acursory glance at the diagram shows that the process under condsideration consists of 6 stages, the process begins with laying eggs and ends up converting nectar into honey. There are five steps involved in the rest, from removal of the honeycomb to distribution and selling.
At first, the queen bees lays their eggs in honeycombs and approximately 3 days later larva emerge.
Next, the larva attain its maturity in 7 days after its emergence. It takes another 3 weeks for the bees, which are transformed from the laval stage to be fully equipped to leave the hive for gathering nectar from flowers.
After this, adult bees carefully deposit it into their hives, then the collected nectar becomes honey later and the bees leave again in search of nectar.
Moving to the honey production process, at the first stage, the beekeepers detach the honeycombs from the hives.
Then the beekeepers send this to the honeycomb machine for the honey extraction.
Following this, the honey is boiled to make it clean.
Finally, honey is poured into the jars and distributed for selling.
Quá nhiều lỗi: 3/4

Writing process:
The flow chart illustrates the process of creating garden fertilizer from recycled organic rubbish.
Overall, a cursory glance at the diagram ~~reavels~~ that the process under consideration consists of 5 steps ~~begginng~~ with the preparation of an empty plastic container and resulting compost is the end.
The first stage is to prepare a jar of approximately 2m^3 that has several holes in the sides for air circulation of the container.
Next, the organic materials ( food crumbs, grass clippings, newspaper ) are layered inside the container in approximately 15cm thick layers.
Following this, hot water is poured into the jar, then nitrogen is also added to the compost to assit in the composting process which follows.
After that, the jar is covered with a tight lid and incubated during 6 moths.
Finally, the composted material will be ready to be rfemoved from the jar and used in the garden as fertiliser. Beacause it is an organic fertilizer so it ~~will be~~ good for plants and safe for the human environment.
A good progress: 3.5/4

That is all the steps to recycle organic waste to produce fertiliser. This diagram will be come useful to the famers.
Exam 2:
The two distinct inforgraphics depict the modifications of a gallery in Australia between 1950 and now. - good
It is manifest that there has been a wide-ranging transition with more modern facilities and services for the gallery purpose.- good
As can be seen, the entrance and sculpture room have remained intact, however, the room which previously housed the Australian art at the front right side of the building is now a room for Asian art. - good
In addition, to the right side, galleries for Middle European Art, and Early European Art, respectively, were arranged in 1950.- chưa liên kết rõ nghĩa
A striking change is that the courtyard has been demolished to make room for an Australia Aboriginal Art room, an Australian Art room and a Children art school.
3.5 /4

11/08/2023 Minh Thản

2023-07-26 15:35:48 UTC

TASK:
The table reveals the information about the number of transportation registered in Australia in 3 periods of time 2010, 2012, and 2014.
Overall, there are five different kinds of vehicles. The heavy trucks registered ~~were~~ the lowest figures, while the highest figures belonged to the motorcycles registered.
As can be seen that, passenger vehicles had 11 million machines registered in 2010, while the figure for commercial vehicles was 2.3 million. Moreover, every two years, passenger vehicles grew 2 million for each year from 2010. Over the next 4 years, the number of passenger vehicles rose 18.2%, and 17.4% by commercial vehicles.
Moving to the other vehicles, the greatest increase was recorded for motorcycles, which grew from 570 thousand registered in 2010 to 745 thousand in 2014, it increased 30.7%. And the numbers of heavy trucks and light trucks registered also increased 10.2% and 23.5%.
3/4

Task 2
The picture reveals information how the bee makes honey, and the steps in the production of honey.
Overall, the process under consideration consists of 2 stages. It starts with the honey is produced by the bee, and the production of honey is final stage.
To begin with that, the queen bee lay eggs in the honeycomb.
And then, the larva appear within 3 days.
Subsenquently, the larvae is full grown in seven days after its appear.
The next step is that, it takes 3 more weeks for the bees which are transformed from larvae to bee to leaving the hive.
At this point, the bees go outside the hive to garther nectar from flowers.
After that, its comes back the hive and leaves nectar in hive
Moving on to the honey production process, as a first step, the beekeeper removes honeycomb from the hive.
At the second step, they transfer honeycomb to machine to extract honey.
After which, the honey is boiled to make it clean.
Then, the honey is put in the jars.
The final stage is that, the product ''
Mắc quá nhiều lỗi về danh từ số ít và số nhiều: 3/4

Task 1:
The picture reveals information of how to recycle organic garbage to produce fertiliser.
Overall, the process under consideration consists of 5 stages. It starts with the jur preparation step, and the compost is used in the field ~~are~~ the final step.

To begin with that ~~the~~ people prepare the jar. It contain nothing inside. It is about 2m3. There are small ~~hole~~ for air get into inside and outside.

At the second stage, the waste is divided and layered. The bottom layer is for food, this layer is about 15cm thick. Then, the second layer ~~has~~ the grass, it is also 15cm thick.
And the newspaper is placed at the top.
After that, the water is poured into the jar, and then ~~the~~ ~~person~~ add nitrogen to the jur. It is benefit to help the process become faster.
At this point, ~~the~~ people have to close the jar lid. Moreove, the jur is heated up.
At the final step, the mixture is left for 6 months. It is carried out into the field
Conclusion? 3.5/4

3/8/2023: Hoàng Anh

2023-08-03 14:55:37 UTC

The drawing illustrates the life cycle of a honeybee and the commercial production of honey.
Overall, the first process is honey making involved 6 stages , beginning with laying eggs in honeycomb and leaving nectar in hive-honey is the final end.The second process is honey production included 5 stages staring with removing of the beehive by beekepper and distribution and selling is the finish step.
In term of producing honey, to begin with queen bee lay eggs in honeycomb, and after 72 hours, the larva appears.
After reaching full size, it takes 3 weeks for the larvae to turn into bees so that they can leave the hive for gathering nectar from flowers. The final step of making honey is the bees leave the nectar and bring it into hives.
Turning to the honey production, firstly, the honeycomb is removed from the hive by beekeepers. Following this, honeycomb is extracted by machine and honey is boiled and cleaned. Finally, honey is poured into jars and then distributed for selling.
Good: 3.0/4

10/8/2023- mai anh

2023-08-03 15:25:21 UTC

The number of transportation registered in Australia in 3 years 2010, 2012, and 2014 is illustrated in the table.
Overall, as can be seen from the table, there are five types of vehicles. The motorcycles registered ---------the highest figures, meanwhile, the heavy trucks had the lowest figures.

Looking at the table, in 2010, 11 million registered passenger vehicles were ranked first out of the five vehicles, while commercial vehicles were only 2.3 million. After four years, the number of passenger vehicles increased from 11 million to 13 million, but the number of commercial vehicles increased to 2.7 million in 2014.
In terms of the remaining kinds of vehicles, motorcycles had the biggest growth, rising up 30% from 570.00 in 2010 to 745.000 in 2014. By contrast, the insignificant growth belongs to heavy trucks 384.000 in 2010 and 423.000 in 2014. Finally, light trucks had the lowest numbers with 106.000 and 131.000 in 4 years from 2010 to 2014.
3/4

How the bee makes honey, and the stages in the production of honey are mentioned in the diagrams.
As can be seen, the diagrams consist of 2 steps- periods. It starts with how bees make honey with 6 stages and the production of honey with 5 stages is the final step.-period
First of all, in the first stage, the queen bee is made of an egg in a honeycomb.
Next, the queen bee needs three days later to larva is born
After that, the larva is fully grown about a week later.
In the fourth step, after three more weeks, the bee leaves the hive.
The following step is that the bee gathers nectar from the flowers.
The last step of the first stage is, it leaves nectar in the hive and makes honey.
The first step of the second stage is honey removal of the honeycomb from the hive by the beekeeper.
In the second period, honey is boiled to clean honey before pouring honey into the jars.
Finally, honey is ready to be distributed and sold to everyone.
Honey has many uses, it is very good for health and has a beauty effect so honey is loved by many consumers.
Good: 3/4

10/8/2023 - Hoàng Anh

2023-08-10 14:46:07 UTC

The table compares how many means of transport which registered in Australia in different 3 years 2010,2012 and 2014.
Overall, it is clear that there are five different kinds of vehicles. The highest proportion of registered vehicles were motorcycles, while heavy trucks were the lowest figures.
In 2010, 11 million passengers vehicles were registered and this figure rose to 13 million over the following 4 years, an increase 18.2%. Consequently, the use of commercial vehicles followed an upward trend from 2,3 million in 2010 to 2,7 million in 2014, a rise of 17.4%
Turning to the remaining types of vehicles, the strongest increase was recorded for registered motorcycles which went up from 570,000 in 2010 to 745,000 in 2014, a rise of 30.7%. Likewise, the numbers of heavy trucks and light trucks registered also increased by 10.2% and 23.5% respectively.

Thuỳ Anh 23/8

2023-08-23 15:36:10 UTC

There is much controversy about whether advanced technology will improve the convenient transaction of goods and services. From my own point of view, I partially agree with the above view: Both
Dùng công cụ viết !

11/10/2023: Minh Thản

2023-08-23 15:36:51 UTC

Task 1:
The line graph illustrates the proportion of New Zealand population between 1950 and 2050.
Overall, there are 4 different kinds of population growth. the old age is the highest figure, while the lowest percentage belongs to the age from 25 to 37.
To begin with that, the percentage of young age started at 5% in 1950. Next Age between 0 and 14 had slightly dropped the figure until 1990, from 5% to 3%. However, it had strongly risen to 13% in 2010. And then, It is predicted that it will trend slightly upward. It will stand at nearly 20%.
In the second line of the graph, the age from 25 to 37 began at 20% in 1950. And it reached a peak of about 25% in 1960, but in 2010 it strongly dropped to over 10%. Moreover, It is predicted that it will continue to 5% in 2020.

TASK 2: (1)
Verbal interaction is more effective than written interaction. In my opinion, I ultimately agree with the viewpoint for 2 following reasons: relationships and character.
As can be seen, people who use spoken interaction have many benefits, Firstly, people can increase relationships with their partner. According to a recent survey, 80% of people in Vietnam has many friends because they communicate with each other face to face. Secondly, people also develop themself when they interact with others. I have a story, I can enrich my knowledge when I communicate with good friends. And I can improve my communication skills.
In conclusion, it is clear that people use verbal communication is more convenient than written interaction.

Task 2: Minh Thản
Nowadays, -/?????-----shopping has become easier with modern technology but other people disagree. In my opinion, I agree with ~~the first viewpoint.~~: Both
To begin with that, the online shopping ~~has~~ much benefits because of 2 reasons: convenience and economics.
Firstly, people do not need to go outside to the shops or supermarket. I have a story, I needed some snacks yesterday, I did not need to go out to buy them so I just used the app Shoppee to order them. Moreover, people can have economic savings when they use modern technology for shopping. I can save money because there are many coupons.
Xác định chưa chính xác luận điểm
bài viết chưa logic
phân tích chưa đủ ý
Không áp dụng được 3 kỹ thuật viết

23/8/2023-Hoàng Anh

2023-08-23 15:40:49 UTC

Many people argued that technology has helped people by making shopping easier and convenient, but other people oppose .In my opinion, I agree with both arguments
Good open

12/9/2023- Mai Anh

2023-08-23 15:42:24 UTC

Writing task 2: BTVN
2.
It is said that big companies manufactured films in the past, but today people can make a film. In my opinion, this trend is positive.
As can be seen, people are capable of making a film easier and faster. Nowadays, with the development of technology, equipment is cheap because of open-door policies. So people can find and buy cheap tools which are used to make films. Furthermore, people can make a film by themself, easily with a smartphone. I have a story, my friend made a short film about her daily life in Paris, and then updated it on YouTube and now she is a famous YouTuber. I have a different story, My uncle lives in the countryside and plants vegetables and also makes a film to tell everyone about his farm on YouTube. After that, many people come and buy it more and more. The trend has many videos on social media. For instance, if you want to practice English speaking, you can make a short film on your smartphone, and then watch it again to improve your English skill. Or, you can watch a short film to cook the new food or make a cake...According to a survey, 40% of viewers is interested in watching short films on social media made by the amateur filmmaker. Understandably, everyone can make a film. Many young people make films to keep good memories or transmit power to other people. Some people like to make films to teach how to do something or make music videos to earn money from it.
With the company, they make films for advertisements about them to attract customers. Professor F.D. Jonkin, Colombia University, supposed that making films helps develop human imagination and practices how to organize the work.
In conclusion, different in the past, films were produced by big companies, today people can make a film.

1.
It is argued that face-to-face interaction is more powerful than written interaction. I agree with this point of view.
It is provided by the fact that spoken communication is very effective. Because it helps you have feedback immediately, so your work can be finished in a short time. Morever, when you do not agree, you can discuss it with your partner. According to a recent survey, about 80% of people in England use it in daily communication. As can be seen, direct interaction allows you to develop yourself. It makes you grow your relationship and enriches your knowledge. Therefore, they can have a good impression of you. Professor F.D Jonkin, Oxford University, supposed that " Face-to-face communication can help someone have many chances to advance in work".Spoken communication has to join body language and facial expressions because it allows the speaker to impress and influence their audience. If you can't say anything when you communicate, you will smile or use eye contact with other people. I have a story, Last week, I was cheering my friend at an English competition, and besides speaking English he used body language to increase his chances of winning as well as making the audience understand what he was saying.
In conclusion, direct interaction is more effective than written interaction.

12/09/2023: Huyền Trang

2023-09-12 12:51:02 UTC

The maps show how the Lakeside developed over a ten-year period from 2000 to 2009.
In general, Lakeside got a total makeover with new structures replacing the abandoned warehouses, Old Town, and Arts Center. Additionally, Woodland has been significantly shrunk to make room for a larger industrial complex.
As can be seen, the residential area in the Northwest corner remained unchanged while the derelict warehouses and Old Town on the right of this area were demolished and replaced by a car park and offices. Additionally , an Art Centre , which was located in the South of the derelict warehouses and opposite the residential area in 2000 , was knocked down to make way for a multi-screen cinema in 2009 . In the Northeast side of the river, a lake in the middle of the Woodland was drained and turned into a pond in 2009. To the West of the pond , further developments were the constructions of a university and many schools next to the offices .
In the South of Lakeside, a residential area and part of the Woodland area were removed to make space for industrial complex . ( 189 words )
Good !

12/9/2023 : Phương Mai

2023-09-12 13:33:00 UTC

The maps below show the changes of lakeside in 2000 and 2009
Overall, .....
One of the most interesting changes is the direlict warehouses ~~was~~ were knocked down to make way for the car park in the North. In the North East, the woodland was cut ~~enlarged~~ to the South of the lakeside. People witnessed the Art centre was ~~chopped~~/pulled down and ~~changed/~~ replaced by a multi-screen cinema in the West of the lakeside. In 2009, the resident area was destroyed in the South West to make space for the vshopping centre. Look at the other side of the lakeside, in the South East, ~~the industria in 2009 was the industrial and residential area in 2009.~~ The residential region in the North West and the school in the centre ~~was~~ / were ~~keep~~ the same
~~The lakeside was change a lot it is become more morden and convinient~~
3.0/6: sai từ, sai dấu cách, thiếu từ, thiếu ý

13/09/2023 : Đặng Mai

dangthimai140326 — 2023-09-12 18:12:03 UTC

The maps illustrate various changes of the Lakeside between 2000 ~~to/~~ and 2009.
Overall, ......
As can be seen, the residential area has been remained unchanged after 9 years in the Northwest of the Lakeside. Next to the residential area, derelict warehouse was removed to build the car park in 2009. Besides, the offices have been constructed to replace an old town. One of the most surprising changes is the woodland has been shrunk a lot in 2009 compared to 2000 in the Northeast of the map. The lake in the woodland was also shrunk to a smaller pond. In addition, the arts centre was demolished to erect the multi-screen cinema in 2009. To the right of the arts centre in 2000, the school was not demolished, but it has been widened. Moreover, the university has been constructed next to the pond, in 2009. It is clear that, the residential area, which was in front of the arts centre and school in 2000, was flatted to make way for the shopping centre. And, the residential area in the Southeast was relocated to another place. Noticeably, the industrial complex has been expanded larger in 2009. Look at the map, we can easily realize that the river has witnessed the development of the Lakeside from 2000 to 2009.
Overall, the Lakeside has been significantly developed, ~~specially are the residential areas and facilities~~ in 9 years, from 2000 to 2009.
5/6: Great !

Khánh 13/09/2023

lethihuyenldp — 2023-09-13 17:09:12 UTC

The given maps illustrate what happened in the city of Lakeside over a 9-year period from 2000 to 2009
In general, the city used to be quiet and clear , however, it has been developed more in 2009.
Looking at the details, to the Northwest, the residential area has stayed the same during a 9 year - period . As can be seen, the derelict warehouses were erected to make way for the car park on the top of the map in 2009. It is clear that, the offices have been built to replace the old town in 2000. Regarding to the other side of the city, in the Northeast, the lake, which poured water into the river in 2000, today, it has been shortened to become a pond. Besides that, the university has been constructed in this place, which used to be the empty land in 2000 Another point worth noting that is the art centre was demolished to convert into the multi-screen cinema in 2009 to the West. In details, the school has been updated with many schools in the centre of the map at present . It is provided from the maps, at the left bottom, the residential area was ~~knocked down~~ in 2000. Finally, in the Southeast, the residential area was ~~pushed down~~ in the past and the industrial complex has been enlarged in 2009
In conclusion, the city of lakeside has been modernized more between 2000 and 2009
Great !

Dương Phương Linh 14/09/2023

duongphuonglinh2007tb — 2023-09-14 13:01:53 UTC

The maps illustrate the changes of the lakeside over a 9 year period from 2000 to 2009.
Generally, it is clear that the lakeside witnessed a significant modernization. The most noticeable was the contraction of the woodland and the extension of the industrial complex.
As can be seen, to the Northwest, the Residental area ~~did not~~ has not changed in/ during 9 years. Next to it, the Derelict warehouses in 2000 were turned into a car park in 2009. In details, at the Northeast, the woodland which contained a lake in 2000 was narrowed in 2009 and the lake in the woodland was made into a pond. Near the woodland, it was the old town in 2000, but in 2009, it was divided into 2 places, the first one was a university, the other was offices. It is clear that, in 2000 the school at the West was upgraded to have more schools/buildings in 2009. Near the school, it used to be the arts centre but after 9 years, it has been a multi-screen cinema. To the West of lakeside, in 2009 it was turned into a shopping centre which was a residential area in 2000. The river in the centre of the lakeside ~~did not change~~ in 9 years consercutive. At the Southeast a residential area was demolished to make space for ~~enlarging~~ the industrial complex from 2000 to 2009.
The lakeside changed so much to become more and more beautiful.
5..5; Great !

Mạnh Tùng:15/09/2024

2023-09-15 12:54:09 UTC

The changes between the Castéllon, 2000 and Castéllon, today maps have some notable differences.

Overall, as can be seen, the changes between Castéllon, 2000 and Castéllon, today demonstrate the dynamic nature of urban environments, with shifts in land use, economic activities, and recreational facilities.

Thuỳ Anh 13/9

2023-09-18 14:26:35 UTC

Nowadays, anyone can simply make a video, therefore big businesses are no longer the only ones allowed to make movies. This modification has significantly affected film, and in my opinion, it offers benefits.

It is evident that everyone is capable of producing films, including short films and documentaries about ordinary life. because consumers can easily use their cellphones to find and purchase inexpensive things that can be utilised to cheaply create their own movies.

First off, the emergence of cellphones and the Internet has made it possible for people to create their own low-cost films, creating opportunities for everyone to realise their full potential in the film industry, especially for many people. youthful director with a lot of talent and love for movies. For some people, this movement goes beyond a simple pastime but it is also a passion and career goal. With a simple camera or a phone, everyone can make their own video films in an easily way, this trend makes film industry become more and more variety.

According to a recent survey, 68% of viewers is interested in watching short films on social media which made by amateur filmmakers. Nowadays. people are too busy to spend time for on going to a cinema and watching a-classic film which made by famous directors from all over the world. In fact, despite being

low-budgel...

many films of independent creators are well-

received by the general public, and many of them even rise to fame and pursue professional film career. I have a story, my uncle is a farmer, he made some short video films about his job and his products. After his video films became viral on Interned, he was sold-out his products in very short time.

xuan khoi 15/9

2023-09-21 11:25:42 UTC

The maps show what was happened in the lakeside around 9 years from 2000 to 2009
Overall, ........
Look at the details, in 2009, the residential area has not changed in the Northwest . Next to the residential area , the derelict was demolished to make way for the car park . One of the most interesting changes is the woodland which was kept in North of the city. As can be seen, in front of the derelict warehouses , the old town was ~~pulled down~~ destroyed to build the offices in 2009 . In details , the pond has been built in 2009 in the East of the city in the place that ~~this place~~ used to the lake . It is clear that , the multi-screen cinema has been constructed to replace the Art area in 2000 . ~~In/~~ on the left of the multi-screen , the school has been moved in 2009 . In my eyes , the university has been errected near the offices . Another notable thing is the shopping centre that has been bulit to replace the residential area . The river has connected the lake to something and it has not changed . Regarding to the other side of the city , the industial complex has been extended to replace the small ~~industrial complex~~ one , the residential area and a part of the woodland .
In my opinion , the Lakeside has been urbanise between 2000 and 2009 .
4.5/6: Good. Dùng từ chưa chính xác, lỗi quy phạm đánh máy về dấu câu và dấu cách

Khải 15/9/2023

2023-10-01 12:50:56 UTC

- The given maps illustrate the differences of the lakeside between 2000 and 2009.

-Overall, the lakeside in 2000 and in 2009 have been developed so much.

- Firstly, the derelict warehouse ~~had been~~ was knocked down to be replaced by the car park in the North of the city

- Previously, an old town ~~had been~~ was replaced by offices and a university in 2009 in the North

- On the other hand, as can be observed, the lakeside in 2000 had a long woodland and a lake inside, but in 2009 it h~~ad been pulled down~~, and inside there have been a pond in the North East

- Looking at the details, the industrial complex ~~had been~~ enlarged encroached on the forest part in the Southeast of the map

- Alternatively, the arts center had been ~~chopped down~~ and replaced ~~with~~ by a multi-screen cinema in the West of the map

-Accordingly, the residential area ~~had been demolished~~ and rebuilt with a shopping center in the west of the city
Xem lai dong tu

Đức Dũng 2/10/2023

darnality — 2023-10-02 14:26:38 UTC

Two of the maps shows the changes in the lakeside between 2000 and 2009.
Overall, over the period of 9 years, there are a lot of big and interesting changes in the lakeside.
First of all, the residential area hasn't changed 1 bit since 2000 in the North West of the lakeside.
As can be seen, the Derelict warehouses were demolished to make way for a new car park, and offices have also been built to replace the old town next to the residential area in the North of the city.
It is clear that the university has been constructed in the place which used to be a vacant land in the North.
In details, the lake has also been ~~pushed down~~ converted into a new pond in the North East. A notable change is how the woodland was ~~chopped down~~ narrowed to make room for the industrial complex in the South East in 2009.
the industrial complex by the river was also demolished to make way for the newly bigger industrial complex. The multi-screen cinema has been built in order to replace the arts centre in the North West in 2009. The big residential area in 2000 was pulled down to make way for a new shopping centre.
To summarize, the lakeside between 2000 and 2009 has a lot of interesting and notable changes and developments.
Good !

Ngọc Hân 5/10/2023

2023-10-05 14:48:10 UTC

The two maps, Lakeside 2000 and Lakeside 2009, show significant changes in the landscape and infrastructure of the area.
Overall, the changes between Lakeside 2000 and Lakeside 2009 demonstrate the dynamic nature of urban environments, with shifts in land use, economic activities, and recreational facilities.
In Lakeside 2000, the residential area ~~is prominent~~, with houses spread across the map. However, in Lakeside 2009, this ~~residential area has been transformed into a car park.~~ This suggests that there has been a shift in the use of land, possibly due to an increase in population or a change in urban planning.
In Lakeside 2000, ~~there is~~ a derelict area marked on the map. This indicates abandoned or unused buildings or land. However, in Lakeside 2009, this derelict area ~~has been~~ replaced by offices. This suggests that there has been redevelopment or revitalization in this part of the town, possibly attracting businesses and creating new job opportunities.
The woodland area in Lakeside 2000 remains relatively unchanged in Lakeside 2009. This indicates that efforts have been made to preserve the natural environment and maintain green spaces within the town.
~~Additionally, in Lakeside 2000, there is a pond marked on the map, while in Lakeside 2009, there is a multi-screen cinema.~~ This indicates a change in recreational facilities, possibly reflecting the changing needs and preferences of the local community.
xem laij, viet cau ngan !
Lastly, both maps feature a river running through the area, indicating a natural feature that has remained constant over time

07/10/2023 Nguyễn Đức Minh

2023-10-07 06:41:07 UTC

Task 1:
1. As can be seen, the population overall in 3 regions: total, urban, rural increases sharply over the years from 1950 to 2040. It is provided from the chart, in 1950 the population of "rural" stood at nearly 5 percent, increasing to 5% in 1980, grew into around 7% in 2000 and raised enormously to 10% in 2040.
2. As can be seen, in 1950 the population of "urban" stood at nearly 10%. Coming into 1980, the "urban" population increased significantly to 15%. Approaching into 2000, it is clear that, the "urban" population continued to raise dramatically to 20%. Last but not least, it is provided from the chart that, the population of the "urban" area increased gigantically into nearly 33% in 2040.
3. The chart clearly demonstrates that in 1950 the population of "total" area reached to 10%. Otherwise, move to 1980, the "total" inhabitants scaled up to 20%. Meanwhile, following to 2000, the residents of "total" area go up steadily to 26%. Finally, coming to 2040, the "total" citizen will increase dramatically to 47%.
good
Task 2:
1. The chart clearly shows that the percentage of young people in higher education increased unstably between 2000 and 2010. As can be seen, in 2000 the number of young people entering college in country A stood at nearly 35%. Not only that, bachelor course's education also attracted a big number of students in country A in 2005, it raised tremendously to 48%. Furthermore, in 2010, the quality of young students in country A going to professional academic training grew sharply to 58%.
good

7/10/2023 Phạm Liên Anh

2023-10-07 06:51:32 UTC

As can be seen , in 1950 the rural polution take 3% rising to around 5% in 30 years , and is growth up to 8% in 2000 . By 2040 the citizens will steadily in 10% .

it is clear that , in the first year of the period , the citizens in urban achieved 8% rising to 20% in the next 50 years and it will go up rapidly to 33% in 2040 .
Good !

it is provided from the chart , the total residents reached about 10% in 1950 , 27% in 2000 respectively and it will grow up sharply to 47% in 2040.
Good !

Ex2 :
it is clear that , in 2000 student at country A ~~take~~ 34% while the number of students in country D presented 45% . Turning to the two remaining nations in 2000 , we can see that, in country C the quality of young learners ~~stand~~ at 41% nearly with young people in futher training at country D accounted for 40% .
chu y chia dong tu

07/10/2023 Lê Đặng Thiên Hoàng

ldthoangdhnn15a2hn — 2023-10-07 06:52:55 UTC

EX1:
As can be seen, the rural population stood at approximately 3% in 1950, then gradually rose over the next 50 years, and will potentially reach 10% by 2040.

On the contrary, the urban's residential ratio started at roughly 7% in 1950, rapidly increased in 5 decades, and it is expected to meet its peak at 32% by 2040.

As a total, the inhabitant percentage grew from respectively 10% to relatively 26% during the course of 50 years, then it is predicted to experience a dramatic rise to about 47% in 2040.

EX2:
As can be seen, in 2000, young people in higher education in Country A took roughly 35%, meanwhile, Country D showed a top rated number of 43% of youngsters entering universities, along with Countries B and C with approximately 40% and 41% of learners going to colleges.

7/10/2023 Nguyễn Đình Hiếu

2023-10-07 06:54:40 UTC

Task 1:
2. Looking from an overall perspective, it is readily apparent that urban populations have and will continue to constitute the majority of growth. The people in urban achieved 8% rising to 20% in the next 50 years and this is predicted to remain the same in the future.

3. Overall, the total population witnessed a significant increase between 1950 and 2000. The total number of citizens stood at 10% in 1950, rising to around 26% in the next 50 years, and it is predicted to go up to 43% in 2040.
Good

Ex2
As can be seen, the chart compares four different countries in terms of the proportion of young people in higher education in the year 2000. Looking first at countries A and D, 60% of young people ~~are~~ were in country D, while the figure for country A was much lower, at only about 38%. The numbers of young learners in countries B and C are were 41% and 34% respectively.
chú ý chia dong tu

7/10/2023 - Mac Thanh Tuan

2023-10-07 06:55:31 UTC

EXERCISE 1
1. As can be seen, the rural areas population ratio was about 4% in 1950, afterwards it experienced a raise in the propotion gradually during the years between 1950 and 2000, thus leading to an expectation that it will potentially reach 10% as the peak proportion by the year of 2040.
2. It is also provided from the chart that the urban areas proportion was higher than the rural by the year 1950 - Standing at approximately 8% and also experienced an upward increase gradually until 2000, when a breakthrough was made - resulting in the expectation that the ratio will reach 33% in 2040.
Good
3. With the two segments change, the number of the area wise also experienced the increasing trend, starting from 10% in 1950 to 25% in 2000 and will potentially reach 47% in 2040.
Good !
EXERCISE 2
1. According to the chart, the two notable countries A and D shared an upward increase in the propotion of young people enrolling for higher education for over a decade, with country D being the dominant one - 45% in the year 2000 - comparing to 36% in the same year of country A.
The 2 rest countries showed a consistent progression of ratio of young people in higher education through the decade, with country C showing a slightly significant upward number: 42% in 2000 than 40% of country B.
great !

7/10/2023 Trần Dương Phương Linh

2023-10-07 06:55:39 UTC

1.As can be seen, the rural areas population proportion was approximately 4% in 1950, then experienced a gradual rise in ratio in the next 50 years and it is estimated to reach the peak at 10% by the year 2040.

2. As provided from the chart, it is also shown that the figure for urban areas was much higher than the rurals, which took roughly 8% in the first year period, increased steadily to 20% in 2000 and it will grow up sharply to 33% by 2040
Good !
3. Lastly, for the area wise trends, the total population percent rose dramatically up to 16% from 1950 to 2000, and it will take the forecast to touch the zenith point on account of 46% after 4 decades.
Good !
Task 2:
Regarding the first two countries A and D, in 2000, 45% of young students in country D enrolled in university education, compared to a substantially lower percentage in country A (36%) for the same year. Ten years later, both countries' figures showed a sharp rise in trend, reaching 60% and roughly 57%, respectively.
Looking at two remaining nations, the proportion of young people in higher education in country B remained unchanged over 10 year-period (40%), despite a small drop of 2% in 2005. Country C, by contrast, saw a slightly increase from 42% in 2000 to around 48% in 2010.
Good !

Đỗ Hoàng Hà Vy - 07/10/2023

2023-10-07 06:55:41 UTC

Ex 1:
As can be seen, at approximately 3% in 1950, the percentage of people living in rural areas gradually increased throughout 50 years and will potentially reach its peak 10% by 2040.
Good !

It is clear that the residential ratio of the urban rose steadily from relatively 7% to 20% during the first 50 years, then it is expected to a sharply increase to 33% by 2040.
great !

It is provided from the chart that the total inhabitant proportion grew from about 10% to roughly 26% between 1950 and 2000, it is now predicted to reach its highest point at 47% in the next 40 years.
Great !

Ex 2:
As can be seen, in 2000, while only relatively 38% of youngsters in nation A attended universities, 45% of those in country D did so, followed up by two countries B and C with 40 and 42 percents.
good

07/10/2023 Lê Thị Bích Thùy

2023-10-07 06:56:03 UTC

Task 1:
As can be seen, It is clear that the proportion of the population living in the three regions increased over the shown period . Overall, The total population stood at 10% in 1950, rising to around 26% in the next 50 years, and is predicted to go up to 43% in 2040.
It is clear that the percentage of people living in urban areas stood at approximately 5% in 1950, then it gradually rose over the next years, and it will potential reach 25% by 2040.
It is provided from the chart that the rural polution ratio stood at approximately 5% in 1950, rapidly increased in 5 decades, then it is predicted rise to 10% in 2024.

xem lai cau

07/10/2023 Nguyen Ha My

2023-10-07 06:56:19 UTC

As can be seen at the chart that the rural population stood at 4% in 1950, ~~increasing~~ to 5% in the next 30 years, then ~~go up~~ to 6% ~~at/~~in 2000 and it is expected to reach 10% in 2040.
xem laij ve cau
It is clear that, the urban inhabitant percent was about 8% in 1950, it grew to 15% in 1980, and took 20% for the next 20 years, it is forecasted to reach approximately 34% by 2040.
Great !
It is provided form the chart, the ratio of both areas got 10% in 1950 and the total population ~~was~~ reach 20% in 1980 and it ~~has~~ continued to increase more 10% after 20 years, and it will raise sharply to 46% by 2040.
xem lai ngu phap
Exe2:
As can be seen, young people in higher education in 2000 of the country A accounted for the lowest percent with only around 35%, meanwhile it took approximately 45% in the nation D, the remaining two state B and C stood at 40% and roughly 41% respectively.
Great !

7/10/2023 Do Nguyen Hai Nam

2023-10-07 06:58:39 UTC

The rural population was 4% in 1950, projected to increase steadily to 5% in the next 30 years, 6% in 2000, and 10% in 2040 respectively
cach dung cau

On the other hand, the urban's resident ratio was about 8% in 1950 and quickly increased to 15% in 1980. Over the next 20 years, it stood at 20% and it is predicted to rise rapidly to 33% in 2040.
Great !

Overall, the total population was 10% in 1950 and it gradually grew to 20% in the 80s. In the year 2000, it finally reached 26% and it will achieve 47% in the next 40 years.
Great !

07/10/2023 Phạm Thị Phương Linh

2023-10-07 07:06:07 UTC

Task 1
Exercise 1
As can be seen, the percentage of rural population increased significantly between 1950 and 2000, with the percentage of rural population increasing from 3% in 1950 and expected to increase to 10% in 2040.
It is clear that the urban population ratio was 7% in 1950 then it grew up to 20% in the next 50 years and it will go up rapidly to 33% by 2040
Great !
It is said that, the total population ratio was 10% in 1950, then it rose to 25% in the next 50 years and it will grow up sharply to 47% by 2040
Great !

Exercise 2
It is said that, young people in higher education of country D accounted for the highest ratio with 45%, meanwhile country A presented the lowest ratio with 35%, the country B and country C took an average rate from 40% to 42% in 2000.

7/10/2023 Nguyen Thu Trang

2023-10-07 07:06:59 UTC

Task 1
As can be seen, in 1950, the rural population achieved 3%, rose to around 8% in the next 50 years and will increase steadily to 10% by 2040.
It is provided from the chart that the rate of the urban areas reached about 8% in 1950, 20% in 1980 respectively and it will grow rapidly to 33% by 2040.
Great !
3. It is clear that the total population increased steadily from 10% to 25% in the 50 years from 1950 to 2000 and it is predicted to go up sharply to 47% by 2040.
good
Ex 2:
As can be seen, young people in higher education in country A in 2000 took the ratio of 35, while country B and country C presented 40% and 42% respectively. Country D acccounted for the highest rate with 45%.
great !

MAI ANH + THANH NHÀN 7/10/2023

2023-10-07 07:35:17 UTC

As can be seen, the line graph shows the ratio of urban inhabitants and it stood at roughly 7% in 1950, then it gradually rose to 15% in 1980, it steadily increased to 20% in 2000, and it is expected to grow up sharply to 33% by 2040.

As can be seen, the line graph depicts the incredible growth of the total number of citizens from 10% to 25% during 50 years (1950-2000), and it is expected to reach its highest point of approximately 47% in the year 2040.

Trương Hoàng Minh- 7/10/2023

2023-10-07 07:43:41 UTC

As can be seen, the urban population ratio was rose rapidly approximately 8% to 20% from 1950 to 2000. Then it is expected to be increase sharply by 2040

Overall, the total line shows the inhabitant percentage growing steadily from 10% to about 26% in the progress of 50 years, and then, in the next 40 years, it is predicted to dramatically rise to about 47% in 2040.
Great !

Nguyễn Minh Đức - 7/10/2023

2023-10-07 08:26:00 UTC

3. It is clear that the total ratio demonstrated in the chart has increased steadily from 10% to 26% in the past 50 years since 1950 to 2000, and it is expected to have superior growth to 46% in the next 40 years.

7/10/2023 Bùi Đình Công

2023-10-07 08:35:42 UTC

Task 1
As can be seen that , the rural population percentage was 3% in 1950, then it went up gradually in the next 50 years and it will increase rapidly 10% by 2040.
It is provided from the chat , the urban population ratio stood at 7% in 1950 then it increased gradually to 20% in the next 50 years and it will go up to 33% by 2040.
It is clear that , the total population was 10% in 1950 then it reached 20% in 2000 and it will go up sharply 47% by 2040.
Task 2
As can be seen, young people in higher education in 2000

Hoàng Anh - 11/10/2023

2023-10-11 15:03:17 UTC

The line graph illustrates past changes and future predictions of New Zealand population over a period of 100 years from 1950 to 2050.
Overall, the over 65 years group has the highest percentage of New Zealand population throughout the period. Whereas, the figures for the 25 to 37-year-old has the lowest .
The 0-14 aged group went down slightly by around 5% in 1990 and the figure for its hit a low of 3% in 1995 before increasing gradually over the next few years and is predicted to continue rise until 2050 to reach approximately 20%

Tiến Dũng 11/10/2023

2023-10-11 15:04:45 UTC

The rate of New Zealand resident between 1950 and 2050 is illustrated in the line graph.
As can be seen, the oldest age group has the highest percentage in growth, while the lowest rate belongs to the young age group.
It is clear that, the first group is the 0-14 aged group which plunged steadily from 1950 to 1990, and it reduced from 5% in 1950 to 3% in 1990 . But after 1990, it increased rapidly. In 2020, this group reached 15%. It is predicted to keep this trend and it will be forecasted at 20% in 2050.
Looking at the line graph below, the 25-37 aged group is the second group. This group rose from 20% in 1950 to nearly 25% in 1960. After that, it dropped dramatically until 2020 and stood at 4% in that time. Then, it will keep a drop trend until 2050, it will be stood at 1% in 2050.
One of the most interesting changes is that, the proportion of the 38-45 aged class increased sharply between 1950 and 1990. In 1950, it stood at over 25% and rose to over 45% in 1990. But on the other hand, this group had trended to reduce steadily since 1990. The last, in 2050, it will be reached 44%.
It is provided from the graph that, the last group is the over 65 aged team. It started at 60% and increased rapidly to 70% in 1990. This team began to drop dramatically after 1990. And in 2020, it reaches 60%. After that, it will keep a reduce trend until 2050, and the last group will be stand at 55% in 2050.
In conclusion, we can see, the young group has trend to reduce the rate in the future, on the other hand, the oldest group is having the highest proportions

Việt Anh 11/10/2023

2023-10-11 15:05:28 UTC

The figures of percentage of New Zealand residents between 1950 and 2050 are illustrated in the line graph below.
Overall, as can be seen, the oldest group, which is over 65, takes the highest rate and the group, which decreases, belongs to group 0-14.
It can be seen that, the youngest group, which is 0-14, went down from 1950 to 1990, it dropped to 3%. After that, it sightly increased, in 2020 and stood at 15%, then, it is expected to keep this trend and will stand at 20% in 2050. Another group is the 25-37 aged team, which rose to 22% in 1960. Then, that group had drop trend from 1970 to 1990 and stood at 20% in 1990. Looking at details, the 25-37 aged class decreased between 1990 and 2020 and it is predicted to keep this trend and it will stand at 0% in 2050.

14/10/2023 - Nguyễn Đình Hiếu

2023-10-14 06:37:46 UTC

Task 1
The table data below revealed the manufacturers's global mobile phone market share during the years 2005 and 2006.

As can be seen, Nokia has the largest share, nearly one-third of total in 2005, while the figure for BenQ Mobile is the lowest in the table.

- As can be seen, the the rapid increase belongs to Nokia in the the year 2005, in the successful year, this brand increased 2,5%.
- The second highest market share in 2005 is Motorola, it had 17,7% and in the next year, this share sharply rose 3,4%.
- Samsung maintained the third position in both 2005 and 2006 despite a slight decrease of 0.9%.
- ~~About the remaining brands, Sony Ericsson and LG are both accounted for a little over 6% in 2005.~~
- In the following year, although Sony Ericsson slowly rose by 1,1%, LG could not maintain its performance and decreased by 0,4%.
- BenQ Mobile had the lowest share in 2005 and it also halved in 2006 by 2,5%.
Xem lai dong tu

14/10/2023 Nguyễn Đức Minh

2023-10-14 06:44:20 UTC

Task 1:
It is clear from the chart that, the percentage share of the worldwide mobile phone sales increases unstably from 2005 to 2006. Overall, Nokia is obiviously the company that has the highest sale ratio and the lowest sale proportion belongs to BenQ Mobile.
The chart clearly demonstrates that the sale ratio of Nokia in 2005 stood at 32.5%, meanwhile in 2006, Nokia's sale rate rose steadily to 35%.
The chart clearly shows that the sale proportion of Motorola in 2005 presented at 17.7%, but, in 2006 Motorola's sale percentage increased rapidly to 21.1%.
As can be seen, the sale ratio of Samsung in 2005, stood for 12.7%, however, in 2006, Samsung's sale proportion decreased sharply to 11.8%.
It is provided from the chart that the sale rate of Sony Ericsson in 2005 stood at 6.3%, nevertheless, in 2006 Sony Ericsson's sale percentage grew significantly to 7.4%.
The chart clearly illustrates that the sale ratio of LG in 2005 accounted for 6.7%, although in 2006 LG's sale proportion reduced dramatically to 6.3%.
The chart clearly demonstrates that the sale rate of BenQ Mobile in 2005 accounted for 4.9%, in the other side, in 2006 BenQ Mobile's sale percentage dropped remarkably to 2.4%.
Good ! dung tu lap lai, chu y dau cau !

Đỗ Nguyễn Hải Nam 14/10/2023

2023-10-14 06:49:18 UTC

Task 1:
The table below describe The Mobile phone brand sales ratio world wide on the market.

It is clear from the table chart that, Nokia had the highest percent of all, but on the other hand BenQ Mobile is the brand with the lowest sales rate.

- As mentiones before, Nokia hold the highest sales rate which is was 32.5% in 2005 and 35% in 2006
- And Benq hold the lowest sales rate that stood at 4.9% in 2005 then it drop to 2.4 in 2006
- On the Second spot, Motorola had 17.7% in 2005 and 21.1% in 2006
- Samsung took the third place with 12.7% and 11.8% in 2005 and 2006 respectively
- The next brand is Sony Ericsson who had 6.3% in 2005 and ~~rise~~ rose up to 7.4 in 2006
- Unlike Sony, Lg had a slight decrease in sale ratio. To be more specific, the Sale rate go from 6.7% down to 6.3% after a year
- Furthermore, for some other brands, their total sale proportion stayed at 19.2% in 2005 and reduced to 16.2% in the next year
Good !

Mac Thanh Tuan 14/10/2023

2023-10-14 06:50:30 UTC

Task 1.
The table shows the worldwide mobile phones market sales, more specifically the proportion share of the market of different brands in the years 2005 and 2006.
As it can be seen, Nokia has the biggest market share propotion, while the lowest place of the market share belongs to BenQ.
BODY
1. The strongest entry in the table is Nokia, having showed the dominance in both years as the company stood at 32.5% in 2005 and increased to 35% in 2006.
2. Continuing the upward trend is was Motorola with 17.7% in 2005, which experienced a higher raise than Nokia, ~~with a 3.4% raise to make it 21.1% in 2006.~~
3. Samsung, however, was the first company of the table to experience a decrease, albeit a slight one - 11.8% in 2006 compared to 12.7% in the previous year.
4. Regarding to Sony Ericsson, the brand also had a raise in proportion - ~~with 1.1% in addition to 6.3% of 2005 to make it 7.4% in the following year.~~
5. ~~Simila~~r to Samsung, LG also suffered a decrease in market share propotion, ~~albeit a slighter one with minus 0.4% of 6.7% in 2005 to make it 6.3% in 2006.~~
6. The lowest entry is BenQ Mobile, there was a strong decrease from 4.9% to 2.4% in 2005 and 2006, respectively.
7. As the final entry of the table, all other companies on the marketshare also suffered a strong decrease in same years, having been at 19.2% in 2005 but endured a 3% decrease in 2006 to be at 16.2%.
Viet lai

Hà Vy 14/10/2023

dovy4153_ — 2023-10-14 06:50:58 UTC

The international cellphones sales figures of many different brands over 2 years 2005 and 2006 ~~have been~~ are demonstrated through the table below.
It is obvious from the table that Nokia has the highest sale rate, on the other hand, the lowest proportion belongs to BenQ Mobile. good !

Body:
- It can be seen from the chart that, Nokia's sales rate rose considerably 2.5% after one year.
- Similarly, Motorola also moderately shifted from 17.7% in 2005 to 21.1% percent in 2006.
- Samsung had received a soft decline of 0.9% in its figures during 2 years.
- On the other hand, there was a slight increase, 1.1% stood for Sony Ericsson during that same period of time
- As for LG, its sales rates slightly changed for only 0.4% to stood at 6.3% in the 2nd year.
- Meanwhiles, BenQ Mobile ratio market share saw a noticeable drop from 4.9 to only 2.4% in 2006.
- ~~Same~~ went for other brands when they also had to bear the 3% decrease in their sales rate.
chu y dinh vi thong tin
Good !

Trần Dương Phương Linh-14/10/2023

2023-10-14 06:52:01 UTC

1.Introduction
The table illustrates the global market share of Mobile phone sales in 2005 and 2006 with various presented branches.
Overall, it can be obviously seen that the figure for Nokia takes the biggest proportion of the market share in both 2005 and 2006, while the opposite is true for BenQ Mobile.
2. Body
- As presented on the table, Nokia had the highest rate of the global market share in term of mobile phone, which is was nearly one-third of the total in 2005 and it slightly increased to 35% in the following year.
- Similar to Nokia, Motorola also saw an upsurge in the share of the market, by increasing from 17.7% in 2005 to 21.1% in 2006.
- Samsung maintained its third position in rank, despite a minor decrease roughly 1%, from 12.7% in 2005 to 11.8% in 2006.
- Regarding to the other branches, both Sony Ericsson and LG took approximately over 6% of the market share in 2005 and while Sony Ericsson witnessed a rise to 7.4%, LG had to bear a decline in the succeeding year.
- With the figure for BenQ Mobile - which accounted for the lowest ratio of the market share, this branch firstly stood at 4.9% and then dropped to nearly half of the number in 2006.
- The combination of other manufactures was 19.2% in 2005 but sharply declined to 3% in 2006, noticing that Nokia, Motorola and Samsung were the three biggest shares of the global market in respect of mobile phone.
Good !

Nguyen Ha My 14/10/2023

2023-10-14 06:53:07 UTC

Task 1:
The table below illustrate the ratio of global market shares of mobilephone trades in 2005 and 2006.
It is clear from the chart that, the sharply percent belong to Nokia meanwhile BenQ Mobile presents the lowest rate.
- As can be seen, In the 2005, Nokia stood at 32.5% and it increased 2.5% a year later.
- It is provided from the chart, Motorola took 17.7% in 2005 and it reached 21.1% in 2006.
- Thirdly, Samsung presented 12.7% in 2005 but it dropped to 11.8% after 1 year.
- On the other hand, the percent of Sony Ericsson rose 1.1% from 6.3% in 2005 to 7.4% in 2006.
- According to the chart, in 2005, LG stood for 6.7% and it accounted for 6.3% in 2006.
- It is showed in the table that, BenQ Mobile ratio in 2005 and 2006 got 4.9% and 2.4% respectively.
- Finally, Others businesses made it 19.2% in 2005 and it decreased to 16.2% in 2006.
Great !

Thiên Hoàng - 14/10

2023-10-14 06:54:02 UTC

Intro:
The chart illustrates the global market share of cellphone sales for production in the years of 2005 and 2006.

Overall:
It is clearly shown on the table that the highest percent of sales belongs to Nokia, whilst BenQ Mobile stands at the lowest rate in the table. chu y cau

Body:
- As can be seen from the chart, Nokia's sales percentage fairly elavated 2.5% in a year.
- In addition, Motorola was similar with 17.7% of market growth in 2005 and then went up to 21.1% in 2006.
- As regards to Sony Ericsson, the brand's ratio only had a 1.1% difference, it was higher in 2006 compared to 2005.
- On the contrary, Samsung's sales numbers insignificantly dropped from 12.7% in 2005 to 11.8% which was a 0.9% of drop.
- Along with Samsung, LG company also experienced a small change of 0.4% lower than the previous year in 2005 in sales figures.
- Moreover, BenQ Mobile went through a year with a considerable decrease 2.5% in their shares which resulted as the most notable loss among all 6 brands.
- In the case of other cellphone businesses, it appeared as a rather moderate cutback on the market ratio with 19.2% in 2005 and 3% less than that in 2006.
Great !

Mai Anh 14/10

2023-10-14 06:54:31 UTC

The table illustrates the global market shares of cell phone manufacturers for two straight years, 2005 and 2006. Overall, the Nokia corporation has the biggest market share for both years, in contrast, BenQ brand has the lowest rate.

- First off, with sales of 32.5% in 2005 and slightly higher (35%) in 2006, Nokia was definitely the leader of the market in both years.
- Then comes to Motorola company, which had the second-highest market share, comprised 17,7% of the market share, which then increased by 4% in the next year 2006.
- Despite the fact that Samsung's share was close to one-tenth of the global mảket share, it declined in 2006 from 12,7% to 11,8
- Although being among the lowest shareholders of the global market share, Sony E had an increase in its share from 6.3 in 2005 to 7.4% in year 2006
- By contrast, L.G. lost 0.4% of its market share from 6.7% in 2005 to 6.3% in 2006,
- Besides, the international market share of BenQ mobile dropped to just 2,4% in the year 2006, a decrease of 2,5% from the previous year.
- The others saw a fall of exactly 3% share of the market, from 19,2 in 2005 to 17,2% in 2006
Great !

14/10/2023 Phạm Liên Anh

2023-10-14 06:55:45 UTC

INTRO : The table take the manufacturer’s global market percentage of the cellphone market from 2005 to 2006 .

OVERALL : As can be seen , Nokia has the largest market meanwhile the lowest market belongs to BenQ .

BODY
- It is provided from the chart , Nokia presented at 32.5% and it increased 2.5% in next year .
- It is clear that , Motorola accounted for 17.7% and it growed slowly 4% in the following year .
- On the other hand , Samsung took 12.7% in 2005 but it reduced 0.9% in 2006 .
- In addition , Sony stood for 6.3% and it rose up slowly to 7.4%
- Besides , the international market percentage of BenQ dropped rapidly to 2.4% in 2006 meanwhile it decrease of 2.5% from the previous year
- Finally , others market made it 19.2% in 2005 and it decreased to 16.2% in 2006

14/10/2023 Đinh Khánh Huyền

dkhuyendhnn15a5hn — 2023-10-14 06:56:13 UTC

The global market share of the mobile phone market sales between 2005 and 2006 are illustrated in the table.
Overall, it is provided from that fact that Nokia has the highest rate meanwhile the lowest ratio belongs to BenQ moblie.
Body:
- One of the most interesting changes is that Nokia stood at 32.5% of market share in 2005 and rapidly increased to 35% in 2006.

- On the other hand, Motorola accounted for 17.7% in 2005 and rose roughly 4% in the following year.

- As can be seen, Samsung's market share ~~was~~ took 12.7% in 2005, which decreased to 11.8 % in 2006.
- It is said that Sony Ericsson had a 6.3% market share in 2005; in the subsequent year this rate grew by 1.1%.
- It is clear that the rate of LG in 2005 ~~was~~ pesented 6.7% and dropped to 6.3 % in the following year.
- In addition, BenQ Mobile had the lowest market share with 4.9%, reduced to half in 2006.
- In the case of other companies, the ratio in 2005 was up 19.2% and went down to 16.2 in the subsequent year.
Great !

Đinh Hoàng Anh 14/10/2023

2023-10-14 06:57:31 UTC

The table data describes the worldwide mobilephone sales from 2005 to 2006.
Overall, It is clear that Nokia has the highest global market share of mobile phone. By contrast, BenQ Mobile stands for the lowest rate. ~~xem lai cau~~

14/10/2023 Lê Thị Bích Thùy

2023-10-14 06:58:24 UTC

Task 1:
The table describes the global market share of the mobile phone market for manufactures during the years 2005 and 2006.
Overall, as can be seen, Nokia has
the hìghest global market share of moblie phone, meanwhile the lowest ratio of the worldwhile market share belongs to BenQ Moblile.
Good !

- It is clear that Nokia had the highest percentage in the mobile phone market, it stood at 32.5% market share in 2005 and increased by 2,5% in 2006.
- As per the presentation, in 2005, Motorola, which increased the most in all of the mobile phone market share presented 17.7%, reached 21.1% in 2006.
- On the other hand, Samsung presented 12,7% in 2005, it decreased slightly by 0.9% in 2006.
- As can be seen, 6,3% in 2005 and 7,4% in 2006 accounted for Sony Ericsson respectively.
- It is provided that LG stood at 6,7% in 2005, it decreased significantly by 0.4% after one year.
- Next to BenQ Mobile, which had the lowest market share, presented 4,9% in 2005 and it decreased to 2.4% after one year,
- Finally, the remaining market share took 19,2% in 2005 and it decreased rapidly by 3% in the following year.

Thanh Nhàn - 14/10/2023

2023-10-14 06:59:49 UTC

TASK 1:
At two different points of time, 2005 and 2006, the global market share for manufacturers of mobile phones is displayed in the table.
As illustrated from the table chart, Nokia is the company that has the highest sales percentage, meanwhile, the sales ratio for BenQ Mobile is the lowest. Good!

- Nokia's sales rate had slightly growth, from 32.5% (2005) to 35% (2006).
- The sales proportion of Motorola in 2006 rose 3.4% against that in 2005.
- From 6.7% in 2005 to 6.3% in 2006, Samsung's sales percentage ~~has~~ had modestly lessened.
- The sales rate for Sony Ericsson increased marginally, from 6.3% in 2005 to 7.4% in 2006.
- There is a minimal decrease in the sales rate of LG, from 6.7% (2005) to 6.3% (2006).
- The sales ratio of BenQ Mobile in 2006 was 4.9%, it was half of those in 2005, 2.4%.
- Other market share of mobile brands decreased somewhat from 19.2% (2005) to 16.2% (2006).
Great !

14/10/2023 Nguyễn Thu Trang

2023-10-14 07:00:22 UTC

The global market share of cellphone sales between 2005 and 2006 is given in the table below.
Overall, it is clear from the chart that Nokia ~~had~~ has the highest rate meanwhile the lowest percentage belongs to BenQ Mobile. good !
-As can be seen, Nokia was the top number among the others at 32.5% in 2005 and 35% in 2006.
- On the other hand, Motorola's ratio rose significantly from 17.7% to 21.1% over two years.
- However, the percentage of Samsung decreased to 11.8%, which accounted for 12.7 % in 2005.
- In addition, Sony Ericssion increased its sales by 1.1% to reach 7.4% in 2006.
- Meanwhile, LG had no significant change with 6.7% in 2005 and 6.3% in 2006.
- In contrast, the sales rate of BenQ Mobile dropped to 2.4% in 2006, half compared to the previous year.
- Finally, the other brands took 19.2% in 2005 and went down to 16.2% after one year.

14/10/2023 Bùi Đình Công

2023-10-14 07:06:25 UTC

The table illustrates the manufacturers' global market share for mobile phones in the years of 2005 and 2006.
Overall, as can be seen , Nokia has highest ratio of sales meanwhile the lowest percentage belong to BenQ Mobile.

Nguyễn Minh Đức - 14/10/2023

2023-10-14 07:08:27 UTC

Task 1:
The table chart Below illustrates the percentage of mobile phone sales all over the world in two different years, 2005 and 2006.

As can be seen, Nokia takes the highest percent of the worldwide mobile phone market share, meanwhile BenQ takes the lowest.

14/10/2023 Trương Hoàng Minh

2023-10-14 07:15:33 UTC

the table illustrare the global market share of the cellphone market between years 2005 and 2006
Overall, the highest ratio of global market share in cellphone is Nokia, instead BenQ Mobile has the lowest market share ratio.

1.As can be seen, Nokia owned highest porpotion of market share in 2005 with 32,5% then increased steadily to 35% in the next year
2. It is provided from the chart, Motorola took the biggest growth in market share with 3,4% from 2005 to 2006
3. Not as same as those brand, in 2005, Samsung stood at 12,7% then decreased in the 2006 to 11,8%
4. On the other hand, Sony Ericsson ratio rose 1,1% from 6,3% to 7,4% over two years
5. In addition, the rate of LG shown at 6,7% in 2005 and lost a little to just 6,3% in 2006
6. The biggest dropped in the chart belong to BenQ Mobile, market share ratio from 4,9% to 2,4% among two years.
7. Look into the case of others companies, the sales rate in 2005 stood at 19,2% then went down to 16,2% in the subsequent year

Đặng Mai - 16/10/2023

dangthimai140326 — 2023-10-16 11:58:47 UTC

The sketch describe 15 steps to make tomato sketchup
viet lai

Overall, the process of tomato sketchup production consists of 15 steps. It begins with picking tomatoes and putting in the basket. And the last step is serving the product on the table.
xem lai

Khánh 16/10/2023

lethihuyenldp — 2023-10-16 11:59:58 UTC

The given pictures illustrate the process of tomato ketchup production .
In general, there are 15 steps in the process that begins with picking tomatoes and serving ketchup with a lot of food is the last step.
Great !

Khải

2023-10-16 12:00:48 UTC

The process how tomato ketchup made is described in the pictures below
Overall, there are 15 stages in the process, it begins with picking tomatoes and putting in basket, finally, it is served with hamburgers and fries

16.10.23 Vũ Minh Ngọc

2023-10-16 12:24:47 UTC

The pictures below give the information about how ~~was~~ the tomato ketchup is made
Overall, that work has 15 steps. It Starts with picking tomatoes and putting them in the basket and it ends with the products which is severed with hamburgers and fries
xem lai

Tiến Dũng 24/10/2023

2023-10-18 15:12:16 UTC

Home work

The information about avarage weekly salary by occupation in 2015 is mentioned in the table below.

Overall, as can be seen, the highest income job belongs to professionals, while manual labores has the lowest salary.

It is provided that, the first occupation is technicians. It had paid 1400$ a week for men, while the paid's women got 900$.

It is obvious that, the second career is service worker. The services worker's men recieved 1300$, but on the other hand, the income for women was 350$ lower than males's salary.

One of the most interesting changes is that, the highest salary job belonged to professionals. Men got 2000$ per week, and the salary for females was only 1900$.

It is said that, the fourth is administrative/clerical workers. The salary was 1350$ for men, and women earned 1000$ per week.

Looking th table below, the last job is manual labores. It had 1100$ for men, meanwhile the income for females just was 850$ a week.

As can be seen, the first program type is cartoon which stood at 29% in the 11-15 aged group. Next, in the 15-20 aged group, it increased to 18%, but on the other hand, cartoons reduced rapidly to 4% of the age from 21-25.

It is obvious that, the second program kind is feature films. It grew steadily from 18% in the 11-15 aged class to 23% in the 15-20 aged group. After that, it had trended to drop to 20% in the 21-25 aged group.

It is provided from the chart that, news accounted for 6% in the 11-15 aged class. It rose dramatically to 19% in the 15-20 aged team, and news kept a rise trend, it reached 23% in the age group 21-25.

It can be seen that, soap opera is the fourth program genre. It took 17% in the 11-15 aged group, and it decreased to 12% in the 15-20 aged team. But in the 21-25 aged class, this type went up sharply to 19%.

Looking at the chart that, TV dramas got 8% of the age from 21-25 , and it rose steadily from 10% in the 15-20 aged class to 13% in the 21-25 aged group.

One of the most interesting changes is that, sports is the last program kind in the graph. It stood at 22% of the age from 11 to 15. In the 15-20 aged team, it went down to 18%, and sports accounted for 21% in the 21-25 aged class.

Great !

Thanh Huyền 25/10/2023

wat2k6 — 2023-10-18 15:15:36 UTC

Overall, the value of exporting kiwi from N to Japan, China and Russia ~~grew~~ over the years, while the benefits to Mexico and Saudi Arabia ~~saw~~ an overall decline. The highest interests belong to Japan, while Saudi Arabia brings the lowest value ~~for~~ to New Zealand over the three years.

cau dau tien

Look at details, there was an increase in the value of kiwi exports from New Zealand to Japan between 2010 and 2011 from $271000000 to $287000000. This statistics rose continuously and it reached the peak of $325.300.000 in 2012

Good !

Homework:

The given table reveals the information about the average Weekly Salary by Occupation in 2015.

Overall, it is clear that men were paid more salary than women in most job. Professionals is the highest paid jobs for both genders, while Manual Labores is the lowest paid.

Look at the details, men Technicians were paid $1400 a week, while women Technicians only received $900.

It is obvious that males earned $1300 per week, $450 higher than females in Service Wokers.

As can be seen, the average salary for male Professionals was around $2000, but it was only $1900 for females at the same occupation.

In Administrative/Clerical Wokers, weekly income of men was $1350, mean while women also paid $1000 per week.

It is provided is the table that male Manual workers were received $1100 a week and female Manual Laborers earned only $850.

- Looking in the table, it had 29% of 11-15 aged team watching cartoons while the rate of the people who ~~watching~~ news was only 6%.

- Besides, the percentage of citizents viewing sports, feature films, soap opera, tv dramas accounted for 22%, 18%, 17% and 8% respectively.

- In the 15-20 year age group, the rate of viewers who ~~watching~~ cartoons and sports was equal, it both reached 18%.

-Moreover, soap opera and tv dramas were preferred by 10-12% of this age group.

- It can be clearly seen that 21-25 aged team tended to watch news with 23% liking it.

- Whereas, the propotion of people viewing cartoons in this group only took 4%, and the rate stood for feature films, soap opera, sports programmes was approximately equal ( 20%, 19%, 21%). Tv dramas were liked by 13% of this group.

Goog !

Huy Minh 18/10

2023-10-18 15:20:47 UTC

As can be seen, Cartoon had 29% of the 11-15 age group, it occupied the highest position in all categories. Considering the age of 15-20, the rate was decrease to 18%, and it continue reduced to 4% at the age of 21-25, it accounted for the lowest rate in this age group. Following by the Feature films, it was the most access at age of 15-20, it appropriated about 23%.
It is clear that, News was a progam that was liked by the age of 21-25, it was hold about 23%. Most of ages from 11-15 was not enjoy this program, the ratio seized about 6%. It is provided that, most of people ~~access~~ to Soap Opera was appropriated about less than 20%. It is said from the chart that, TV dramas was the program with the least number of follower, the proportion was hold less than 15%.
One of the most interesting is that, Sports is the last program kind in the graph. THe ratio of the most ages was the same. In the group 11-15, it stood for 22%. It was occupied 18% in the 15-20 aged team. 21% was the rate of 21-25 years old.
Xem lai cum tu da danh dau

8/11/2023: Minh Thản

2023-10-18 15:21:08 UTC

TASK

-The main reason is that the people who are overweight are due to their lack of exercise. Because of the development of technology, it has made people inactive. Moreover, people think exercises are very heavy so you are lazy to exercise. According to a recent survey, 60% of people take exercise lightly, leading to inactivity. So they become obese. As the result, they gain weight quickly.

-Another season, people eat which contains a lot of oil leads to overweight

One of the reasons is that people want to earn more money, which help their financial stability become more firm.

Secondly, as a result, having many jobs at the same time brings them many opportunities, they can try many fields to find the suitable job.
Due to this, this trend brings benefits. This is a good chance for people to improve their living standard.
Good !

Task2:

The picture below illustrates the average weekly salary by occupation 2015.

Overall, the Professionals is the highest figure, meanwhile the lowest percentage belongs to the Manual Laborers.

To begin with that, men technicians got paid 1400$ per week, while women received only 900$ per week.

It is clear that, men of service workers took 1300$ and women stood for 950$.

Looking at the detail, in Professionals, male got 2000$ while female earned 1900$.

As can be seen, in Administrative/ Clerical workers, men received 1350$ and women earned only 1000$.

Finally, male manual laborers got $1100 and female muanual laborers were paid $850.

Task 1:

-To begin with that, the proportion of cartoons was 29% for age 11-15.team After that, it reduced to 28% for 15-20 year old group Furthermore, It continuously decreased to 4% with age from 21-25.

-Secondly, feature films had a percentage stood for 18% in the first age group. Then, It climbed to 23% for the second age group. But, the figure of feature films slightly dropped to 20% for age 21-25.

-It is clear that the percentage of news programs took 6% with age 11-15. And then, at 15-20 year old team, it strongly increased to 19% and it continued to go up to 23% in the third group.

-As can be seen, the proportion of Soap Opera accounted for 17% in the first group. Furthermore, at ages 15-20 group, it slightly decreased by 12%. Next, it grew up to 19% with 21-25 years old.

-Looking at the chart that, TV dramas stood for 8% in the first age group, and it rose from 10% in the age of 15-20 to 13% in the third age group.

Good !

-Finally, the sports programs had a percentage took 22% in the age from 11 to 15. Subsequently, at the 15-20 age team, it dropped to 18%, and it accounted for 21% in the age 21-25.

25/10/2023 Quỳnh Hương

2023-10-18 15:21:25 UTC

Writing task 1:

Overall, most countries had increased in the value of kiwi fruit imports from New Zealand. Out of the five countries, Japan is the largest importer of kiwi fruit, while the smallest export market is Saudi Arabia.

Homework:

The given table illustrates the average Weekly Salary by Occupation in 2015.

Overall, out of the five occupations, Professionals is the most well-paid job, while the lowest salary belongs to manual laborers. It is obvious that there is a clearly pay differentials between two genders.

Looking at the details, men technicians got paid $1400 per week, while women received only $900 per week.

As can be seen, in service workers, males earned $1300 a week, $350 higher than females.

It is provided from the table that salary of men is $2000 a week in professionals. Weekly income of women in this occupation is $1900.

In Administrative/ Clerical workers, men received $1350 per week and women earned only $1000 a week.

It can be seen that manual laborers had lowest income, male workers received $1100 weekly, $250 higher than females worker.

Writing task 1:

It is clear that the age of 11-15 took the highest proportion of 29% in cartoons. 18% stood for the group from 15-20. It is reasonable that cartoons only took 4% of the ages of 21-25.

As can be seen, feature films accounted for 18% in the youngest group while it took 23% of the group from 15-20. Feature films stood for 20% of the oldest group.

Out of the three group, the age from 11-15 had the lowest rate in news programme, which was only 6%. On the contrary, news took 23% of the ages from 21-25 and took 19% of the teenage group.

It is provided from the table that soap opera stood for 17% of the youngest group and went up 19% of the oldest group. This rate is a little bit lower in the age from 15 to 20, which decreased to 12%.

It is evident that TV dramas took a proportion of 8% of the age from 10 to 15. It increased slightly in the others group. It took 10% of the 15-20 group and stood for 13% of the 21-25 group.

Lastly, sports accounted for 22% of the youngest group. This rate declined to 18% of the age from 15 to 20 and stood for 21% of the oldest group.

Goog !

Hoàng Anh - 18/10/2023

2023-10-18 15:22:14 UTC

- It can be seen that cartoons are the most common choice for children aged 11-15 with 29%, while just 6% of them watched the news. The proportion of watching sports, feature films, and soap operas accounted for 22%, 18%, and 17% respectively. Whereas, they showed little interest in TV dramas, with 8%

-It is provided from the table that 15-20 people tended to watch feature films at 23%, while the percentage of people who watched TV dramas was the lowest occupying 10%. The figures for cartoons were similar to the ones for sport at 18%. News and soap operas were acceptable for the age group which was 19% and 12% respectively.

-It is evident that people aged 21-25 were prone to watch the news at 23% instead of cartoons at 4%, followed by 13% watching TV dramas. Besides, they were also attracted by sports, feature films and soap opera which constituted 21%,20% and 19% respectively.
Good !

21/10/2023- Mai anh 1.1 QC

2023-10-18 15:22:18 UTC

Homework:

Average weekly earnings by work in 2015 are given information in the table.

Overall, the job that has the highest salary for both men and women is professional.

As can be seen, the first occupation was technicians, men were paid $1400, meanwhile, women received $900 a week.

Looking at the table, there is a significant salary difference between men and women. Men received $1300 while women only were paid $950 in service workers. Compared to technicians, men's salaries were reduced by $100 and women's salaries were raised by $50.

It is clear that the average weekly payment by professionals for men is around $2000 and for women at around $ 1900. Moreover, the income of men increased dramatically from $1300 to $2000, and the earnings of women almost doubled to $1900 compared to service workers.

It is obvious that men were given $1350 and women had $1000 a week when they were administrative. Pay for this job showed a downward trend, men's salaries went down significantly between $2000 and $1350, in addition, women's income decreased by $900 with professionals.

It is provided in detail that people who were manual laborers had a low income, men at around $ 1100, opposite, women only at around $850 a week. Compared to clerical workers, the pay of either men or women continued to decrease from $1350 to $1100 for men and $1000 to $850 for women.

In conclusion, the average weekly income different change continuously among 5 occupations in 2015.

As can be seen, in Cartoons, the 11-15 age group took 29% the 15-20 age team stood for 18%, and the 21-25 team accounted for 4%.

Looking at the table, 18% represented the 11-15 group, 25% represented the 15-20 age team, and 20% represented the 21-25 age group of Feature film.

It is clear that News in the 11-15 age group took 6%, then raised to 19% in the 15-20 team, and it continued to increase from 19% to 23% in the 21-25 group.

It is said from the table that in the Soap Opera, the 11-15 age team made up 17%, meanwhile, the 15-20 age group only took 12%, and then the 21-25 group stood for 19%.

Another notable change is that 8% represented the 11-15 team, then it had slightly grown from 8% to 10% in the 15-20 group and increased by 3% between 10% and 13% in the 21-25 age group in TV dramas.

Finally, a striking change is that the Sports in the 11-15 age group stood for 22%. It reduced to 18% in the 15-20 team. After that, it went up another 3% from 18% to 21% in the 21-25 group.

Good !

Việt Anh 18/10/23

2023-10-18 15:25:21 UTC

In details, cartoon took 29% in 11-15 age groups, cartoon stood for 18% in 15-20 aged and it went down in 4% in 15-25 aged.
It is can be seen that feature films ~~rose~~ at 18% in 11-15 aged but it increased to 23% in 15-20 group and reached 20% in 21-25 aged team
It is clear that news accounted for 6% in the first age group, but in the second age group, news took 19% and it increased to 23% in the third age group.
The fourth TV program is soap opera, it took 17% in 11-15 aged group, it dropped to 12% at 15-20 aged and it accounted for 19% in 21-25 aged team
It is obvious that TV dramas took 8% in 11-15 aged, it stood for 10% in 15-20 aged and increased to 13% in 21-25 age group.
The last TV program is sports which rose to 22% in 11-15 aged but dropped to 18% in 15-20 aged and took 4% in 21-25 aged.
Good !

Bích Ngọc 25/10

khonguyen688 — 2023-10-18 15:29:20 UTC

Overall, the value of kiwi fruits exports from countries increased. Japan is the most special, which increased the most and is highest and Saudi Arabia is the lowest

The table illustrates the average weekly salaries of men and women working in differents type of jobs in 2015.

Overall, it is clear that men's salary was higher that women's salary.

As can be seen, male technicans earned $1400 but female technicans earned only half that. Similarly, male service workers were paid around $1300 a week and female service workers were paid $950 a week. In 2015, the highest paid positions men and women were in professional jobs, receiving a week salary of $2000 and $1900. It is clear that those working in clerical and administrative positions received around $1350. The second highest paid positions of administrative and clerical worker and $1000. It is obivious that male manual laborers received around $1100 and female manual laborers earned around $850.

People between the ages of 11 and 15 enjoyed watching cartoons. It accounts for about 29%. People aged 21-25 made up a low percentage 25% more than people aged 11-15.

As can be seen, feature films didn't have too much of a percentage difference. People aged 15-20 stood for 23% and it was the highest percentage. And then people from 20-25 years old accounted for 20%, the lowest was people from 11-15 years old with 18%.

It is seem to me that adults liked watching news so it stood for 23%. On the contrary, children only accounted for 6%.

Besides, Soap opera were prefered by people aged 11-15 and 21-25 ( 17% and 19%) but it only attracted 12% of people in the 15-20 age group.

It is obvious that TV dramas had a similar percentage of about 10%.

Almost everyone liked watching sports. It comprised about approximately 20% in each group.

Thuỳ Anh: 18/10

2023-10-18 15:51:25 UTC

People aged 11-15 liked watching cartoons, ....

stood for 29%, while the 21-25 aged team went down 25% less than the 11-15 aged group.

It can be seen that, feature films did not have too much of a percentage difference. The 15-20 age class accounted for 23% and it is the highest proportion. And then people from 20-25 years old stood for 20%, the lowest is people from 11-15 years old with 18%.

It is said that, adults who enjoyed to watched the news should accounted for about 23%. In contrast, ~~children with only 6%.~~

In addition, Soap opera is preferred by audienced which aged 11-15 and 21-25 with 17% and 19%, but only attracted 12% of those aged 15-20.

Overall , TV series also had a similar ratio of about 10%.

Almost everyone liked to watching sports. It covers about 20% in each group.
Good !

25/10/2023 Huynh

2023-10-18 16:00:58 UTC

the table compares the average weekly salary of men and women working in different types of jobs in 2015. Overall, t is clear that men were paid salary more per week than women in the most jobs. Meanwhile professional were the highest paid jobs for both genders, while manual labores

- it is clear that, the first group took about 29% of cartoons but it reduced to 18% in the 15-20 aged group and the 21-25 aged group was the least percentage.

- as can be seen, the feature films stood for 18% in the 11-15 aged group and increased 5% from 15 to 20 years old but it reduced about 20% in the 21-25 aged group.

- it is noticeable that , the 21-25 aged group accounted for the highest percentage of news about 23% but it dropped 4% in 15-20 and reached 6% in the first aged group.

- it is obvious that soap opera, it stood for 17% in 11-15 , it dropped 12% in 15-20 aged and increased 7% in 21-25 aged team.

- it can be seen that tv dramas took 8% in 11-15 aged team stood for 10% in 15-20 aged team and accounted for 13% in the 21-25 aged group.

-Last , the sports program which rose to 22% in 11-15 aged team but it went down 18% in 15-20 aged group and stood for 21% in the 21-25 aged group

Good !

21/10/2023 Đỗ Nguyễn Hải Nam

2023-10-21 06:10:03 UTC

Overview:
To make tomato ketchup, there are 15 steps in total. The first step is harvesting the tomatoes as an ingredient to make tomato ketchup, obviously. In the last step, The ketchup is ready to be served on any eating tables
Good !

Body:
As mentioned before, the first step is harvesting the tomatoes and putting them in a basket.
After that, they sort out the good tomatoes and then send them to the factory.
At the fourth step, they remove the stalks, the seeds and the skin of those tomatoes
Subsequently, the tomatoes are put in a container, and they are ready to be crushed in the next step.
ok

21/10/2023 Hà Vy

dovy4153_ — 2023-10-21 06:16:24 UTC

Overall, it is noticeable that the process of making ketchup includes 15 steps, it starts with harvesting the tomatoes and then it ends with using the ketchup alongside with dishes on the eating table.
good !

Body:
- The first step is that tomatoes are harvested and then put in baskets.
- After that, they are divided into 2 categories: good and bad tomatoes so that tomato ketchup can get the highest quality as possible.
- Good tomatoes are then sent to factories, where some of their unnecessary parts, included stalks, skins and seeds are removed.
- Afterwards, the tomatoes are all put into a big container.
Good !

- Tomatoes that were already placed in a container are crushed to produce liquid.
- After that, workers season the sauce at this stage using ingredients like sugar, salt, and vinegar to ensure that it will taste just right.
- The liquid is then heated up and given time to cool for approximately two hours so as to reach its ideal temperature.
- Tomato ketchup is prepared in a series of stages, then poured inside glasses and branded.

21/10/23 Mai Anh V

2023-10-21 06:18:21 UTC

Overall, it is clear that this process consists of 15 steps, starting with the tomato harvest, and the finished product served on the dining table is at the end of the process
good!

Body :

21/10 Phạm Liên Anh

linan18062003_ — 2023-10-21 06:19:14 UTC

Overall, there are 15 main steps in this process, beginning with choosing tomatoes and putting them in a basket, and consuming the product is at the last stage.
Good !

Body :
First of all, farmers choose tomatoes and put in basket .

Following this , they divide qualify tomatoes and bad tomatoes are eliminated.

After that, the tomatoes are transported by a truck to the factory .

Subsequently , the workers remove some unnecessary parts, including removing stalks, skin, seeds .

And then , the container is filled with processed tomatoes
good !

Thiên Hoàng - 21/10

2023-10-21 06:19:33 UTC

In general, the images describe 15 steps of creating ketchup, starting with harvesting the tomatoes, and the process ends with the product being served alongside with many dishes.
Ok

- Firstly, the farmers harvest the tomatoes and collect them into baskets.
- After that, the tomatoes are sorted according to their quality in order to create the best product for the consumers.
- The following step is delivering the finest tomatoes to the factory where the uneccessary parts such as their skins, stalks, and seeds can be removed.
- Afterwards, the tomatoes are placed into a huge container to prepare for the sixth step.

- At this point, tomatoes that have been stored in the container are smashed to become liquefied. To boost the flavor, seasonings like sugar, salt, and vinegar are added. The mixture is then simmered for roughly two hours till it reaches the proper temperature. After they have finished mannufacturing the tomato ketchup, it is poured into bottles and labeled with the brand's name.
Good !

21/10 Khánh Huyền

dkhuyendhnn15a5hn — 2023-10-21 06:20:46 UTC

As can be seen, there are 15 stages to produce tomato ketchup in the diagram, starting with picking tomatoes and putting in the basket step, using tomato ketchup as a flavor is the last step.
Great !
- To begin with, the farmers pick the tomatoes and put them in the basket.

- At the second step, tomatoes are graded for quality.

- Following that, good tomatoes are sent to the factory, where ketchup is made.

- After that, tomatoes are removed the unnecessary parts such as the stalk, seeds, and skin.

- At this point, the container is filled with tomatoes.
good !

21/10/2023 Trần Dương Phương Linh

2023-10-21 06:22:09 UTC

Overview:
In general, it is noticeable that there are 15 steps in the process of producing tomatoes ketchup, starting with harvesting tomatoes and ending with serving the ketchup as a flavor for various dishes.
Good !
1. Initially, tomatoes are carefully collected and put in the baskets.
2. At this point, they are also divided into 2 groups: qualified tomatoes and the rotten ones so that the customers can get the highest quality ketchup.
3. After that, good tomatoes are continuously delivered to the factories, where they are removed unnecessary parts, including stalk, seeds and skin.
4. Then preliminary tomatoes are put in the containers.
5. At the 6 stage, these tomatoes are crushed to become liquid, and then flavoured with vinegar, salt and sugar before being boiled in a right amount of time.
6. Subsequently, the mixture is left for 2 hours in order to get the proper temperature.
7. After the ketchup are already made, it is poured into the bottle and ready for labelling.

Mac Thanh Tuan 21/10/2023

2023-10-21 06:24:59 UTC

Overall:
The pictures describe the 15 steps in the process of making ketchup from the harvesting stage to the stage in which the ketchup can be served on the table.
Good !

Process
The ketchup production process commences with the picking of the ripe tomatoes and placing them in baskets. Subsequently, workers sort through the harvested tomatoes to choose the best ones . This rigorous selection process ensures that only the finest tomatoes are chosen. Once sorted, these prime tomatoes are transported to a dedicated ketchup manufacturing facility. In there, they undergo various specific steps including removing the likes of skins, seeds, stalk and after that, putting them in a cooking pot.

Thanh Nhan - 21/10/2023

2023-10-21 06:25:20 UTC

Overall, it is obviously illustrated from the picture that the process of making tomato ketchup consists of 15 steps, starting with collecting tomatoes and putting them in basket, and the time that the product is used with a bunch of dishes is at the last step.
good !

The earliest step of making ketchup is cropping tomatoes and putting them in basket.
Afterwards, the employees have to categorize tomatoes into good or bad ones
The following step of this process is transporting those collected tomatoes to the factory.
There after, they begin the preparation by removing stalk, seeds and skin.
The next procedure is putting them into the bucket.
good !

Nguyen Ha My 21/102023

2023-10-21 06:26:52 UTC

Overall:
There are a total of 15 processes required to make tomato sauce. Picking the tomatoes is the first stage and at the end of the processes, the ketchup is done and ready to be served as a flavor.
Good!
Body:
First of all, farmers harvest tomatoes and put them into baskets. Tomatoes are divided into good and bad categories at the second stage. After that, quality tomatoes are transported to the factory for the subsequent process. At this point, tomatoes have their stalk, skin, and seeds removed and the workers put them in containers in step 5.
good !

21/10/2023 - Nguyễn Minh Đức

hainam24122003_ — 2023-10-21 06:27:15 UTC

As can be seen, there are 15 steps to making tomato ketchup, starting with harvesting tomatoes in the garden and ending with serving on every home's dining table.
Good!

~~Begin~~ with harvesting tomatoes and ~~putting~~ them in the basket.
Then, ~~begin sorting fresh and spoiled tomatoes~~. tomatoes are sorted into good or bad ones
The next step is to send the tomatoes to the factory

~~Start by removing the stalk, seeds, and skin.~~

After that, workers put them into the container.
viet lai

21/10/2023 Nguyễn Thu Trang

2023-10-21 06:27:31 UTC

As can be seen, there are 15 steps to produce tomato ketchup in the diagram with the first step is harvesting the tomatoes, and the ketchup is served with many dishes is at the end of the process.
Good !
To begin with, tomatoes are picked up and put in the basket. Following this, workers classify them into good and bad tomatoes and send the selected ones to the factory. here, tomatoes are prepared to make ketchup by removing the stalk, seeds and skin. The fifth stage is transferring the tomatoes to the container.
Good !
After that, the tomatoes are crushed and seasoned with sugar, vinegar and salt. Then they boil the mixture until it is cooked properly, leave the ketchup 2 hours to prepare for the next step. At this point, the ketchup is poured into bottles and labeled. Subsequently,

21/10/2023 Nguyễn Đức Minh

2023-10-21 06:28:09 UTC

Overall:
As can be seen, the picture obviously demonstrates that there are 15 indiviual steps in total, the first step is harvesting tomatoes and putting and them in a basket, the last step is when a complete tomato ketchup bottle is used worldwide with hamburgers and fries.
Ok
Body:
The first stage is picking tomatoes and putting them in a basket. Next, sorting good and bad tomatoes for the process is the second step. Then, people send high quality tomatoes to the ketchup -processing factory. Subsequently, stalks, seeds and skins are removed. After that, clean tomatoes are put into a big container.
At this point, the processed tomatoes will be crushed into puree inside big containers. The next step is that, the tomatoes puree will be added with seasonings such as: sugar, vinegar and salt. Following this, the tomatoes puree will be boiled and is going to be left for two hours. The following step is that the tomatoes puree will be poured into glass bottles. And then, the ketchup bottles will be labeled with manufacturer's name.
After which, the workers will check the quality of the ketchup bottles. At the thirteenth stage, the ketchup bottles will be put inside cartons. The fourteenth phase is transporting ketchup bottles to domestic supermarket. At the end of the process, the ketchup bottles will be served in family meals such as: hamburger and fries.

21/10/2323 - Nguyễn Đình Hiếu

2023-10-21 06:30:10 UTC

The image illustrates the process of how to make tomato ketchup.

As can be seen, ~~preparing~~ tomato sauce requires 15 processes in total. The farmers first select the ripe tomatoes and place them in the basket, the end result of this operation is the young generation's favorite sauce.

Good!

The farmers first pick out all of the ripe tomatoes and put them in the basket.
The sorting phase comes next, where growers must select the quality tomatoes and get rid of the inferior ones.
Following that, the factory receives the tomatoes that satisfy the specifications.
After that, the workers must preliminarily prepare the tomatoes by cutting out the stems, seeds, and skin.
The fifth step involves placing the processed tomato flesh into a container.

good !

21/10/2023 Lê Thị Bích Thùy

2023-10-21 06:31:28 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, there are 15 stages in the diagram, starting with harvesting tomatoes, and using tomato ketchup as a flavor with some dishes is the finishing step at home.

good !

- At the intial stage, ripe tomatoes are picked and put into bags.

- After that, farmers classify them and remove low-quality ones.

- Then, good tomatoes are loaded onto lorries and sent to factories.

- Following this, in the factory, stalk, together with seeds and peel are eliminated from tomatoes

- After which, they are put into containers.

Good !

HOMEWORK

Ex1:

1. I have both respect ___and______ admiration for them.

2. It will rain either today ___or______ tomorrow.

3. He could not decide whether to tell the truth ___neither______ keep silent.

4. It was not only a beautiful day, ___or________ the first day of Spring.

5. He is neither proud ____nor_____ condescending.

6. No sooner had I opened my eyes ___than______ I remembered where I was.

7. Scarcely had I heard the news ____when_____ my friend arrived.

8. I do not know whether he has seen the movie before __or______ not.

9. She could find the book neither at the Library ___nor______ at the bookstore.

10. The crowd was both large ____and_____ enthusiastic.

Ex2:

1. I opened the door ___and______ looked out.

2. She was not in the back yard, ___nor______ was she upstairs.

3. The sun had set, ___yet______ it was still light outside.

4. Do you know his address ____or_____ telephone number?

5. He has not arrived yet, _________ have they.

6. I read the book, ____but_____ did not understand it. (but, or)

7. We searched diligently, ___yet_____ found nothing.

8. I invited him ____and_____ his friends.

9. Our washing machine hasn‘t been working properly recently, and ____neither___has our dishwasher.

10__Either__the book _or____the magazine is necessary for me. I will buy one of them.

Ex3:

1. I make it a point to visit the Taj Mahal ……whenever……………. I go to Agra.

2. This is the place ……where……….. I used to stay when I was studying at college.

3. ……If………….. you get the first rank, I will buy you a car.

4. ……Unless………….. you work hard, you can‘t pass the entrance test.

5. I am leaving tomorrow ……whether…………… or not you give me the permission.

6. He could not get a seat, ……though………….. he came early.

7. The players delivered a splendid performance ……………as……. they had rehearsed well.

8. Parents should give enough attention to children ………so that……….. they will not feel neglected.

9. He is …………so……… dishonest ……………………… no one trusts him.

10. I will note it down ………lest……… I should forget.

Ex4:

1. The train proceeded neither quickly nor smoothly.

2. They will leave either today or tomorrow.

3. The child hates both getting up in the morning and going to bed at night.

4. She is neither kind nor patient.

5. He is not only talented, but also charming.

6. The street is lined with both oak trees and elm trees.

7. The lecture was not only very long but also very dull.

8. You should either eat less, or exercise more.

9. I am not only proud to be here, but also happy to meet you.

10.The town is both historical and picturesque.

Ex5:

1. We decided to set out though it was raining.

2. I respect him because he is a brave man.

3. He did not win the first prize, though he worked hard.

4. He is neither a knave nor a fool.

5. Neither he nor his brother was there.

6. I went to the market and bought some grocery

7. He neither came nor wrote.

8. He must be tired because he has been working since morning.

9. Men have fought and died for their country.

10. As he didn’t want to miss the train, he ran fast.

Ex6:

At the first stage in the corn ethanol making process, corn is harvested.
Then, they are put in a suitable place to ensure safe storage before it is ready for milling.
At this point, the corn is ground into a fine powder, which is then mixed with water.
The resulting mixture is cooked for four hours.
After cooking, the mixture undergoes a fermentation process, which takes two days, and ethanol is produced after this stage.
After that, the liquid ethanol is separated from the fermented mixture, during which some solid by-products are taken out.
Following this, it then takes five hours for the resulting ethanol to be purified to remove any impurities.
Finally, this ethanol is stored for a set period of time before being transported to retailers, ready to be sold.

21/10/2023 Phạm Thị Phương Linh

2023-10-21 06:33:19 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, making tomato ketchup consists of 15 steps. The first step is picking tomatoes and putting them in the baskets, when the ketchup is used with various dishes is at the end of the process
good !

First of all, tomatoes are picked up and put in the basket, then workers sort good and bad tomatoes and send them to the factory. Following this, tomatoes are removed their skin, stalk and seeds. The next step is transferring the tomatoes to the container.
Good !

21/10/2023 Trương Hoàng Minh

2023-10-21 07:22:35 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, there are 15 steps to making a tomato ketchup, first the farmer collecting tomatoes and putting in the basket, then using with various dishes is the last step.

First, gathering tomatoes and place them in the basket
Next, the manufactures sort the quality tomatoes to keep and get rid of inequality ones.
Next, all the tomatoes are delivering to the factories to carry out further steps.
After receiving , the workers of factory prepare for next stage by removing stalk, seed and skin.
The next action is to put every tomato into a container.

Việt Anh (task 1 table) 23/10/2023.

2023-10-23 13:52:05 UTC

The table below inllustrates the average weekly salary by occupation in 2015.
Overall, as can be seen, men got higher salaries than women in all occupation.
In details, the first job is technicians, men got $1400 and women got $900.
It is provided from the table that service workers got $1300 for men but women only get $950.
It is can be seen that, male professionals got $2000. Meanwhile, female professionals received $1900.
Lookinng at the table that, male administrative/clerial workers earned $1350 while female administrative/clerial workers earned $1000.
It is obvious that, male manual laborers got $1100 and female muanual laborers were paid $850.

Đức Anh (24/10/2023)

2023-10-24 12:22:44 UTC

HOMEWORK

The diagram illustrates the production of ethanol fuel from corn.

Overall, there are nine stages in the process of corn ethanol production, beginning with harvesting the corn and ending at the delivery stage.

At the first stage in the corn ethanol making process, corn is harvested and then put in a suitable place to ensure safe storage before it is ready for milling. During the milling stage, the corn is ground into a fine powder, which is then mixed with water. The resulting mixture is cooked for four hours.

After cooking, the mixture undergoes a fermentation process, which takes two days, and ethanol is produced after this stage. After that, the liquid ethanol is separated from the fermented mixture, during which some solid by-products are taken out. It then takes five hours for the resulting ethanol to be purified to remove any impurities. Finally, this ethanol is stored for a set period of time before being transported to retailers, ready to be sold.

Nguyen Ha My 24/10/2023

2023-10-24 15:23:28 UTC

The process of making ethanol fuel from corn is illustrated in the given chart.

As can be seen, there are a total of 8 steps required to produce ethanol. Harvesting the maize is the first stage and at the end of the process, the ethanol is transported to gas stations.

First of all, farmers collect corn from the field and then it is stored in storage in the second stage.

Afterwards, the maize is put into the blender to grind.

The following step is that the worker pour smashed corn into the pot, add water and then cook it for around 4 hours.

The mixture is left to ferment for 48 hours for the subsequent process before separating liquid from the solid by-product and it is purified into ethanol which takes about 5 hours.

The seventh phase is to store the ethanol previously delivered to gas stations and ready to be sold at the final.

Thuỳ Anh 24/10

2023-10-25 13:34:45 UTC

The table illustrates the average weekly wages of men and women in different types of jobs in 2015.

Overall, as can be seen, the highest belongs to professionals and the lowest income job belongs to manual laborers

It can be seen that male technicians earn $1,400, while female technicians only earn half that amount. Similarly, male waiters are paid about 1,300 USD a week and female waiters are paid 950 USD a week, not much of a difference overall. In 2015, the highest-paying positions were men and women in professional jobs, receiving weekly salaries of $2000 and $1900. Apparently those working in clerical and administrative positions receive about $1350. Administrative and clerical staff positions are the second highest paid and $1000. Apparently male manual workers receive about 1100 USD and female manual workers earn about 850 USD.

01/11/2023: Minh Thản

2023-10-25 14:42:28 UTC

Task 1:

- Overall, there is 5 different kinds of ages of people who went to the concerts . The proportion of the youngest aged class is the highest, meanwhile, the lowest figure belongs to the aged group of 75+.

- To begin with that, in 2010, the youngest aged group started at 40%. After 5 years, it strongly rose to over 70% in 2016.

- As can be seen, the proportion of group from 25-44 year- old -club stood at 52% in 2010. After 1 year, in 2011, it bottomed at 40%. However, the 25-44 aged group increased significantly to 49%. And then , it maintained at 49% during 3 years, from 2012 to 2015.

- Looking at the detail, the middle aged class took 4% in 2010. After that, it slumped to 30% in 2012. However, it climbed to 45% in 2015.

- It is clear that, the over hill aged group which began at 24% in 2010. During 4 years, it also maintained here in 2013. But it decreased to 20% in 2015.

- It is said that the percentage of the oldest aged team stood for 10%. Moreover, it reached a peak of 20% in 2011. After 2 years, in 2013, it slightly reduced to 8%. Additionally, it grew up to nearly 20% in 2015.

Great !

thuỳ anh : 25/10

2023-10-25 14:44:29 UTC

Overall, all 5 countries have a very large increasing trend at three different times, the highest growth exporter belongs to Japan, while Saudi Arabia is the lowest exporting country.

Good !

The amount of kiwifruit imported by Japan in 2010 reached $217,000,000, then quickly increased to $287,000,000 in 2011 and continued to gain increase the most to $325,300,000 in the following year.

Good !

25/10 Huy Minh

2023-10-25 14:46:46 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, ~~most of countries~~ the export of kiwi fruit from N to 5 countries has a tendency of increase, but only Saudi Arabia decrease. Japan is the fastest climbing, while the lowest growing is Russia.

Viet lai

Overall, as can be seen, the export of kiwi fruit from New Zealand to 5 countries has a tendency of increase. In there, Japan is country has import kiwi fruit with the highest proportion, the lowest importing country is Saudi Arabia.

It is said from the table that, the export of kiwi fruit from New Zealand to Japan increased steadily every year from 2010 to 2012. In 2010, Japan rose to $271,000,000, and rose to $325,300,000 in 2012 respectively

25/10/2023- Mai Anh 1.1

2023-10-25 14:48:31 UTC

Overall, the benefits of kiwi fruit between New Zealand and the five nations have an upward trend. Japan is a country, which has imports kiwi fruit with the highest prices, while, the lowest importing country is Saudi Arabia.

It is clear that Japan was a country, which grew steadily over the 3 years. In 2010, it imported $271 million of kiwi fruit, then it continued to increase to $287 million in 2011. After 1 year, this country ~~raised~~ dramatically from $287 million to $325,300,000 in 2012.

Good !

29/10/2023 Quỳnh Hương

2023-10-25 14:48:44 UTC

Writing task 1:

As can be seen, in 2010, the value of importing kiwi from New Zealand in Japan was $271,000,000 then it slightly increased to $287,000,000 in 2011 and finally went up significantly to $325,300,00 in 2012.

It is clear that the benefit of importing kiwi from New Zealand in China increased gradually from $74,900,000 in 2010 to $84,800,000 in 2011 and ended up at 94,000,000 in 2012.

In Mexico, the value stood at $1,200,000 in 2010 and slightly increased in the next two years and reached to $3,000,000 in 2012.

It is provided from the table that Russia had the lowest benefit of importing kiwi. This value only about $968,000 in 2010 then went up at 1,585,000 in 2011 and then stopped at 2,404,000 in 2012.

On the contrary to others country, Saudi Arabia had decreased in the value of importing kiwi. It reached $29,000,000 in 2010 and then declined drastically to $106,000 in 2011. In 2012, this benefit only stood up at $82,000.

Overall, most countries ~~had increased~~ increase in the value of kiwi fruit imported from New Zealand. Out of the five countries, Japan is the largest importer of kiwi fruit, while the smallest export market is Saudi Arabia.

Good !

Hoàng Anh 25/10/2023

2023-10-25 14:48:54 UTC

Overall, the proportion of kiwi fruit exported to Japan, China, Mexico and Russia increases, while export to Saudi Arabia shows a downward trend. In addition, Japan ~~was~~ is New Zealand’s largest export market during the period.

- In 2010, New Zealand earned the largest amount of money from exporting kiwi to Japan at 271.1 million and this proportion still increased until 2012 at $325.3 million

Tiến Dũng 31-10-2023

2023-10-25 14:49:11 UTC

It is obvious that, China was the second country in the table below. In 2010, the value of exporting kiwi from New Zealand to China got 74,9 million, and after 1 year, it increased steadily to 84,8 million, then in 2012, it continued to rise to 94 million.

It is provided from the table that, the benefits of exporting kiwi to Mexico was 1,2 million in 2010, then in 2011, it grew sharply to 2,4 million, and this figure still was up significantly to 3 million in 2012.

One of the most interesting changes is that, the fourth nation was Russia, which accounted for 968 thousand in 2010, while the proportions took $1,585,000 in 2011, and increased quickly to $2,404,000 in 2012.

It is noticeable that, the last nation is Saudi Arabia. The value of importing kiwi of this country accounted for 29 million in 2010, and the number trended to reduce to 106 thousand in 2011, finally went down rapidly to 82 thousand in 2012.

Looking at the table below, the first country is Japan, which stood at 271 million in 2010, and after 1 year, it went up dramatically to 287 million, finally Japan reached 325,3 million in 2012

Good !

Overall, as can be seen, the values of the exports of kiwi fruit from New Zealand to five countries all trend to grow rapidly at 3 periods of time. Japan is the country which has the highest prices of imports, but on the other hand, the lowest benefits belongs to Saudi Arabia.

Good !

Bích Ngọc 25/10/2023

khonguyen688 — 2023-10-25 14:49:24 UTC

Overall, the ~~value~~ benefits of kiwi fruits ~~exports~~ imported from ~~countries~~ N increases in all 5 countries. Japan is the most special country, which brings the highest values to N and Saudi Arabia gives the lowest interests.

Xem lai

Looking first at the countries that Japan took the lead with $271,100,000 in 2010 to $287,400,000 and in 2012, the figure for Japan continued to grow gradually to $325,300,000.

Looking at the table, in 2010, China showed a similar growth pattern, increasing by approximately $10,000,000 a year to end at $94,000,000.

Huynh 25/10/2023

2023-10-25 15:12:50 UTC

overall, all 5 countries have an increasing trend. Japan is the country which is the highest importer of kiwi from N , meanwhile, Russia is the lowest import market.

Good !

Việt Anh 31/10/2023

2023-10-25 15:30:13 UTC

In details, New Zealand got $271,000,000 from Japan in 2010, then it increased to $287,000,000 in the next year and the value of exporting kiwi to Japan stood at $325,300,000 in 2012.

It can be seen from the table that values of the exports of kiwi fruit from New Zealand to China was $74,900,000 in 2010 then it rose to $84,800,000 in 2011 and reached to $94,000,000 in 2012.

It can be seen that in 2010, Mexico stood at $1,200,000 in 2010, after 1 year it went up to $2,400,000 and reached at $3,000,000 in 2012.

Looking at the table below, in 2010, values of the export of kiwi fruit from New Zealand to Russia was $968,000, then it increased dramatically to $1,585,000 and continued to grow to $2,404,000 in 2012.

Finally, New Zealand got $29,000,000 from Saudi Arabia in 2010, which is decreased dramaticlly to $106,000 and kept this trend to 2012, the figures of Saudi Arabia stood at $82,000.

Hoàng Anh 25/10/2023

2023-10-25 15:39:18 UTC

- It can be seen that in 2010, New Zealand earned the largest amount of money from exporting kiwi to Japan, it gained 271.1 million and this proportion still continued to increase until 2012 at $325.3 million

huynh

2023-10-25 15:51:46 UTC

is is clear that ,in 2010 , N earned about $271,000,000 from exporting kiwi fruit to Japan , after 1 year it increased to $287,00,000 and in 2012 the value of exporting kiwi from N to Japan reached $325,300,000

Good!

Bùi Đình Công 28/10/2023

2023-10-25 16:34:09 UTC

The diagram reveals the production of ethanol fuel from corn.

Overall, As can be seen,there are nine steps in total, starting with harvesting the corn and ending with delivering the finished product.

The corn ethanol- making process starts when corn is harvested from fields and stored in a suitable place and before it is ready for milling. In the following stage, the corn is ground into fine powder which is then added with water to become a mixture. The next step involves cooking the resulting mixture for 4 hours. At the fifth step, the mixture then goes through a fermentation stage which lasts for 2 days. Having been fermented, the solid by-product is taken out, while the liquid ethanol is separated from the fermented mixture. It takes five hours for the resulting ethanol to be purified by having any

impurities removed. Finally, the ethanol is stored and transported to where it will be used.

28/10/2023 Phạm Liên Anh

2023-10-25 17:39:16 UTC

The process of making ethanol fuel from corn is illustrated in this diagram

overall , it can be seen that there are 9 main steps in the process , starting with harvesting the corn and ending at the delivery stage.

To begin with, corn is harvested and then put in a suitable place before it is ready for milling.

After that, The corn is then milled and cooked with water for around 4 hours .

Following that , a process of fermentation which takes around 48 hours to complete.

Subsequently, , the liquid of the fermentation mixture is separated from the solid product.

At this point , it takes 5 hours for the resulting ethanol to be purifying to remove any extraneous matter.

Finally, ethanol is transported to filling stations for purchasing .

28/10/2023 - Nguyễn Đình Hiếu

2023-10-25 18:50:33 UTC

The process of turning corn into ethanol fuel is depicted in the diagram.

It is evident that there are nine steps involved in the production of corn ethanol, beginning with the stage of corn harvesting and concluding with the delivery stage.

Before maize is ready to be milled, it must first be picked and then stored in an appropriate location. The maize is ground into a fine powder during the milling stage, combined with water, and boiled for four hours.

Following the cooking stage, the mixture goes through a two-day fermentation process, which yields ethanol. The liquid ethanol is then extracted from the fermented mixture, and some solid byproducts are also removed in the process. After that, it takes five hours to remove

Nguyễn Thu Trang 28/10/2023

2023-10-26 15:39:50 UTC

The process of making ethanol fuel from corn is described in the chart below.

Overall, it is clear that there are nine stages to produce the fuel, starting with collecting the corn and delivering to gas station is at the end.

First of all, corn is harvested from the farm and put in the storage to prepare for the next step. At this point, they mill the maize into fine powder, combine it with water and cook for four hours. After the mixture is cooked, a process of fermentation which lasts 48 hours is performed. Following this step, the liquid ethanol is separated from the fermented product, in which the solid by product is also taken out. Subsequently, the solid needs to be purified for five hours to be stored before being transported to gas station.

Khánh Huyền-28/10

dkhuyendhnn15a5hn — 2023-10-26 16:35:48 UTC

The process of producing ethanol fuel from corn is illustrated in this diagram.

Overall, as can be seen, there are nine steps to produce the corn ethanol fuel, staring with harvesting the corn, delivering is the last stage.

To begin with, corn is harvested by the farmer, and is storied in the next step. After that, the mill crushes the corn to make flour. And then, corn flour is combined with water and cooked for four hours. After the cooking step, the mixture goes through a two day fermentation process, during which ethanol is produced. Following that, the liquid ethanol is separated from the fermented mixture, and some solid by product are removed. At this point, the resulting ethanol is purified for five hours to remove some impurities. Finally, this ethanol is stored for a period time before being transported to retailer and sold.

Đỗ Hoàng Hà Vy - 28/10/2023

dovy4153_ — 2023-10-28 08:52:04 UTC

The diagram illustrates the corn ethanol fuel production.

Overall, the manufacture of maize ethanol contains nine phases in total, starting with the collecting of the corn and culminating with delivery.

The ingredient for the production process, corn, is first harvested at a storage facility. The corn is then removed and placed through the milling process, where it is ground into fine powder. The following step involved mixing the ground corn with water and cooking it for four hours.

The next step is the 48-hour fermentation, which turns the grain and water into alcohol. After that, the liquid ethanol is separated from the fermented mixture, during which some solid by-products are removed. The further purification of the resultant ethanol to remove contaminants takes five hours. Finally, ethanol is delivered to fueling stations for distribution.

28/10/2023 - Đỗ Nguyễn Hải Nam

hainam24122003_ — 2023-10-28 08:52:56 UTC

The given diagram is describe The process of producing ethanol fuel from corn

As can be seen, the production of ethanol fuel from corn is a complex process that involves a number of steps, including harvesting corn as the very first step and transport the fuel to the gas station

As mention before, the process begins with the harvesting and storage of corn. The corn is then milled into a fine powder, which is mixed with water and cooked to break down the starches into sugars after 4 hours.

Once the starches have been broken down into sugars, we come to the next step which is fermenting. The fermentation process typically takes 2 days.

After fermentation, the mixture is distilled to separate the liquid ethanol from the other components.

The distilled ethanol is then purified to remove any impurities, such as water and fusel oils. And then the purified ethanol is stored and blended with gasoline to create a renewable and sustainable fuel source. The fuel is now ready to transport to any gastation to consume

The production of ethanol fuel from corn is a complex process that involves a number of steps. However, it is a relatively efficient process, and ethanol is a renewable and sustainable fuel source.

Đinh Hoàng Anh 28/10/2023

2023-10-28 08:53:47 UTC

The given chart describes the process of producing ethanol from corn.

Overall, it is clear that, there are approximately 9 steps in the process, starting from the collection of corn from the field, and culminating with pure ethanol, ready to be transported and sold.

The process of producing ethanol from corn starts with the collection and storage of corn. The corn is then milled and cooked with water for around 4 hours. Once it has been cooked, it then undergoes a process of fermentation which takes around 48 hours to complete.

Afterwards, the fermented product is then put through a process which separates the liquid from the solids. The liquid then needs to be purified, which takes around 5 hours, while the solid material ends up being a useful by-product of the process. After the liquid has been purified, it can then be stored before it is shipped to the consumers

Nguyễn Minh Đức - 28/10/2023

hainam24122003_ — 2023-10-28 08:53:56 UTC

The given diagram illustrates the process of producing ethanol fuel from corn.

As can be seen, there are nine steps in the process of producing ethanol fuel from corn, including harvesting corn as the very first step and transporting the fuel to the gas station at last.

As previously said, the first step in the procedure is the harvesting and storing of maize. Then, people milled maize, mixed it with water, and cooked it for 4 hours.

After that, the mixture is fermented for 2 days and begins to separate into liquid and solid byproducts.

After separation, the liquid is used as the main ingredient in purifying ethanol.

In the end, the ethanol can now be stored before being delivered to the gas station.

28/10/2023 Nguyen Ha My

2023-10-28 08:54:10 UTC

The process of making ethanol fuel from corn is illustrated in the given chart.

As can be seen, there are about 9 steps required to produce ethanol form corn. Harvesting the maize is the first stage and at the end of the process, the ethanol is transported to gas stations.

First of all, farmers collect corn from the field and then store them in storages in the second stage. Afterwards, the maize is put through the blender to grind into fine grains. The following step is that the worker pour smashed corn into the pot, add water and then cook it for around 4 hours. The mixture is left to ferment for 48 hours for the subsequent process before separating liquid from the solid by-product and it is purified into ethanol which takes about 5 hours. The seventh phase is to store the ethanol previously delivered to gas stations and ready to be sold at the final.

Trần Dương Phương Linh 28/10/2023

2023-10-28 09:22:28 UTC

The diagram illustrates the production of ethanol fuel from corn.

Overall, it is noticeable that there are nine stages in the process of producing corn ethanol, starting with harvesting the corn and ending at the delivery stage.

Initially, qualified corn is harvested and then stored in a suitable place before it is ready for milling. At this point, the selected corn is ground into fine powder, which is then mixed with water and cooked for 4-hour long.

After cooking, the mixture is left for fermenting within 48 hours that the corn-ethanol is gradually made through this phase. The next step is to separate the liquid ethanol from the fermented mixture, during which some solid by-products are also taken out. It then takes five hours for removing any impurities from the resulting ethanol, thus ensuring the purity of the final product and possessing the highest quality. Finally, this ethanol is stored for a set period of time before being delivered to retailers, ready to be used.

28/10/2023 - Hắc Thị Thanh Nhàn

2023-10-28 09:23:16 UTC

The process of turning maize into ethanol fuel is shown in the diagram.

In total, there are nine main steps in the operation, from harvesting corn to delivery.

Before maize is ready for milling step 3, it must first be picked and then stored in an appropriate location.

Subsequently, the maize is ground and boiled in water for around four hours.

Next, it comes to fermentation, which takes around 48 hours to finish.

The liquid of the fermentation mixture is then separated from the solid result.

At this point, the resultant ethanol needs five hours to purge any unnecessary materials.

At last, ethanol is moved to the filling.

Good !

Thiên Hoàng 28/10

2023-10-28 09:37:41 UTC

The diagram describes the manufacturing of ethanol from corn.

It is evident from the graphics that there are respectively 9 phases in the process of creating ethanol from corn, beginning with the gathering of corn from the field and finishing with the distribution of pure ethanol.

The harvesting and stashing of corn is the initial step in the process of producing ethanol. The maize is then ground until it turns to fine powder and then it is boiled within 4 hours in water. After cooking, the mixture goes through a fermentation process that lasts 48 hours. Following that, the fermented product undergoes a procedure that separates the liquid from the solids. At this point, the liquid must constantly be filtered for approximately 5 hours to turn out as refined fuel, and eventually be preserved before being shipped to buyers. The solid matter that is collected during the stage of separation results in a byproduct.

Good !

Mac Thanh Tuan - 28/10/2023

2023-10-28 09:40:32 UTC

The diagram demonstrates the process of producing ethanol fuel from corn. It is provided that the operation consists of nine steps, beginning with harvesting the corn and ending with the ready-to-use product.

The corn must be adequate to be selected for harvesting and preserving. Subsequently, the corn is subjected to milling, followed by a four-hour-long cooking process in conjunction with water, resulting in a mixture. Following this culinary treatment, the mixture undergoes a fermentation procedure, which extends over a duration of approximately 48 hours. After that, the mixture is separated into liquid and solid matter. The residual solid matter emerges as a valuable by-product of the entire operation while the extracted liquid – which is raw fuel - is now under a 5-hour-lasting process of purifying the impurities to ensure the immaculacy of ethanol in fuel. The then-purified ethanol fuel is now available for storing and delivering to the gas station, thus the product is available for service.

Good !

Mai Anh 28/10

2023-10-28 09:46:11 UTC

The below diagram shows the production of ethanol fuel used corn.

Overall, it is evident that the process comprises around nine stages, commencing with the gathering of corn from the field and concluding with pure ethanol prepared for transportation and sale.

In the first phase of the process, corn is harvested and stored in a suitable location to ensure its safe preservation.

Once the corn is prepared for processing, it is sent to a milling machine for thorough crushing and fine grinding.

Subsequently, the finely ground corn undergoes a cooking process, which lasts 4 hours with the addition of water.

Final product is then left to ferment for a 2-day duration, following which the solid by-product is separated in the subsequent step, ultimately resulting in the isolation of the liquid.

Last but not least is the purification process, which eliminates any impurities from the resulting ethanol, lasts for five hours. Once the final chemical step in corn ethanol production is finished, the ethanol is stored before its transportation to the consumption destination.

Good !

28/10/2023 Lê Thị Bích Thùy

2023-10-28 09:48:18 UTC

The diagram below expresses how ethanol fuel is manufactured.

Overall, there are nine stages in the diagram, starting with harvesting the corns and ending at the delivery stage.

At the first stage in the corn ethanol-making process, corn is harvested. Then it is put in a suitable storage place. After that, people take it out and put it through the milling stage in which corn is ground into small pieces. In the next phase, it is mixed the milled corn with water and cook it in 4 hours. Following this, the mixture undergoes a fermentation

process, which takes two days, and ethanol is produced after this stage. At this point, that liquid is then purified within 5 hours to remove any impurities. Finally, this ethanol is stored for a set period of time before being transported to retailers, ready to be sold.

good !

28/10 Nguyễn Đức Minh

2023-10-28 09:49:57 UTC

The diagram clearly shows the complete 9-step process of how ethanol fuel is produced from corn. Initially, the workers find out and select high-quality corns to begin producing ethanol fuel. Next, some of the most qualified corns are brought to the storage section to begin preserving. Then, the employees start putting preserved corn into the milling machines in order to mash the corns into a puree. Subsequently, the corn mixture is added with a measurable amount of water and put into the stove to start cooking for 4 hours. After that, the composition is now being brought to the fermenting machines and let it does the work for 48 hours. At this point, the compound is going to be separated into two different ingredients which are corn water and the corn solid. The next step is that, the combination is transferred to the purification zone and begin purifying for 5 hours so as to transform the corn amalgamation into ethanol. Coming up next, the ethanol solution is delivered to the storage area. Finally, the ethanol liquid is transported to domestic gas stations for consumers to start using.

Trương Hoàng Minh 28/10/2023

2023-10-28 09:59:44 UTC

The diagram illustrates the process of producing ethanol fuel from corn.

Overall, it is clear that there are nine phases to make the corn ethanol fuel, starting with collecting corn from the field and at the end of the process, delivering the fuel to the gas station.

To make a completed product, first the corn is harvested and is storied in the next step.

Then corn is removed from the corncobs to be crushed by the milled machine.

After being milled, the corn powder is boiled with water for four hours, so the mixture can be fermented in a two-day process.

Following that, the liquid ethanol is extracted from the fermented mixture , and some solid by products are removed, then put in a purified process that takes around 5 hours.

Afterward, the product has been stored, checking the quality before being transported to the petrol station.

Thanh Huyen 1/11/2023

wat2k6 — 2023-11-01 13:47:17 UTC

Overall, it is apparent that the youngest group overtook those aged 25-44 to become the highest level of music concert attendance, whereas, the elderly did not enjoy music concerts as much as other age brackets.

In 2010, the percentage of the aged group from 16-24 coming to concerts was over 40% and it rose continuously to 70% in the next 5 years.

Look at details, there was an decrease in the proportion of the 25-44 aged group from 51% in 2010 to 40% in 2011. By contrast, this number kept an upward trend and reached 50% in 2015.

It is clear that in 2010, the rate of 45-54 aged group was 40%, it went down slowly and at the peak of 30% after 1 year. Meanwhile, between 2012 and 2015, the middle aged group saw a gradual increase in the proportion of the participants for music concerts,

It can be clearly seen that the number of the over hill aged group had a slight rose from 25% in 2010 to 30% in 2011, it fell gradually to over 20% in 2015.

Whereas, the proportion of the elderly rose slightly by 10% in 2011 and remained relatively stable, at 20% over the four year period, which only stood at 10% in 2010.

Great !

01/11/2023 Quỳnh Hương

2023-11-01 14:12:37 UTC

Writing task 1:

Overall, most of the groups show the upward trend. It is clear that the youngest aged group has the highest percentage of music concerts participation, while the lowest level belongs to the oldest class.

It is clear that the 16-24 aged group increased rapidly from 40% in 2010 to approximately 56% in 2011. In the next 4 years, this statistic continued to climb and ended up at 70% in 2025.

As can be seen in the aged team from 25-44, the percentage slightly decreased from 51% in 2010 to 39% in 2011. At this point, it slowly went up and stood at 50% in 2015.

It is provided from the chart that the percentage of the middle aged class declined gradually from 40% in 2010 to 30% in 2012. In the next three years, the ratio rose steadily and accounted for 49% in 2015.

At the over hill aged group, the percentage climbed up slowly from 24% to 29% in the period 2010-2011, after that it started to drop and take 20% in 2015.

Lastly, out of the five groups, the oldest team ~~has~~ the lowest percentage. It stood at only 10% in 2010 and grew surprisingly to 20% in 2011. At this point, it reduced to 10% in 2013 but increased again and stood for 20% in 2015.

Great !

Việt Anh 01/11/2023

2023-11-01 14:14:55 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the aged group from 16-24 a had increase trend and on the other hand, the decrease trend belongs to the 55-64 aged group.

In details, the youngest group accounted for 40% in 2010, after 1 year, it rose to 51% and kept this trend to 2015 and stood at 70%.

It can be seen that, the 25-44 aged group stood for about 51% in 2010, then it went down to 41% in 2011 but from 2011 to 2015, that aged group increased slowly to 50%.

Looking at the graph below, the middle aged group presented at 40% in 2010, which reduced to 30% in 2012 but it grew up dramatically to 43% in 2015.

It is provided from the graph that, the over hill aged group accounted for 22% in 2010, then it were up to 29% in 2011, it had drop trend from 2012 and that aged group stood at 19% in 2015.

It is obvious that, the oldest group stood for 9% in 2010, after 1 year, it increased rapidly to 20% but that aged group dropped in 8% in 2013, then it rose sharply to 19% in 2015.

Great !

Tiến Dũng 01/11/2023

2023-11-01 14:16:26 UTC

-Overall, as can be seen, the youngest age class has the highest level of music concerts attendance in growth, while the lowest proportion belongs to the oldest age group.

-It is clear that, the first team was youngest aged goup which had trended to went up rapidly from 2010 to 2015. It got 40% in 2010, and the figure reached 65% in 2015

-It is evident that, the 25-44 aged group had 51% in 2010, then it dropped sharply to 40% in 2011. It was up rapidly over 50% in 2015.

-It is noticeable that, the third group was the middle aged team, it took 39% in 2010, then it had trended to went down rapidly to 30% in 2012. Finally, the percentage of this group grew dramatically to 48% in 2015.

-Looking at the graph that, the overhill aged group accounted for 23% in 2010. It kept a slow rise trend until 2013, stood for 23% in that time. While, it began to drop steadily to 21% in 2015.

-It is obvious that, the last class was the oldest aged team, which stood at 10% in 2010, and the proportion rose to 20% in 2011. But it trended to reduce to over 10% in 2013, then it climbed steadily again to 20% in 2015.

Hoàng Anh 1/11/2023

2023-11-01 14:20:28 UTC

-Overall, the youngest age has the highest level of music concert attendance, while elderly people’s participation was the lowest.

-In 2010, the 25-44 aged group witnessed the highest percentage of people who attended music concerts, at over 50%. While the figure for the youngest aged group and the middle aged one were lower, at 40% each. One year later, however, the rate of the 16-24 aged group going to music concerts ascended temporarily and surpassed all the different groups to the top spot in 2015, at 70%. The figures for the 45-54 and 25-44 age groups decreased then increased again until ended at around 52% and 49%, respectively, in 2015.

- Turning to the two remaining groups, the 55-64 aged group’s attendance at music concerts decreased slightly from about 25% in 2010 to approximately 22% in 2015, while the figure for the elderly who ~~are~~ aged over 75 rose from 10% to just above 20%, despite some small drops in between the period .

Great !

HUY MINH 1-11

2023-11-01 14:26:39 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the highest proportion of people attended music concert belongs to the age of 16-24. The oldest group is the group with the lowest ratio.

It is said from the graph that, the rate of the aged group from 16-24 occupied about 40% in 2010, and it raised dramatically to 51% in 2011. After that, the rate of this group increased steadily every year from 2011 to 2015. And in 2015, the ratio held about 71%.

Following by the 25-44 aged group, this group is the group with the second highest ratio compared to other groups. In 2010, the ratio of this group took about 51%. After 1 year, it decreased sharply 10%. And then the proportion continued to raise steadily to 45% in 2015.

As can be seen, the rate of the middle aged group was equal to the proportion of the youngest aged group which increased dramatically, but the ratio of the middle aged group was reduced in 2011 and 2012.....respectively, and then raised steadily from 2012 to 2015.

Looking at the graph below that, the over hill aged group was very special, most of the ratio per year was the same, it got about 20%-25%.

It is obivious that the percentage of the oldest aged team seized about 10% in 2010. Moreover it reach a peak of 20% in 2011. After 2 years, it slightly lessen to 9% in 2013. After that, it climbed to nearly 20% in 2015.

Great !

1-11-2023- Mai Anh 1.1

2023-11-01 14:48:41 UTC

Overall, there are 5 different age groups in one city who attended music concerts over 5 years starting in 2010 and ending in 2015. The 16-24 aged team has the highest percentage, while, the lowest class is the 75+ aged.

As can be seen, the youngest group aged from 16 to 24 grew significantly. In 2010, this group made up 40% and then increased dramatically to 54% in 2011. It continued to increase slightly between 2011 and 2014. Lastly, in 2015, it accounted for 68%.

It is clear that the percentage of the 24-44 aged team was considerably lower than the 16-24 aged group. It stood at 51% in 2010 and in 2011 it went down sharply from 51% to 40%. Next, it re-increased to 48% in 2012 and went up insignificantly over the next 3 years.

Look at the graph, the middle-aged group made up 40% in 2010, in 2011 it dropped to 39%, and it continued to fall slightly to 30% in 2012. One year later, this team increased insignificantly to 30% in 2013, and then it had an upward trend from 2013 to 2015.

It is said that the overhill aged class went up continually from 25% to 35% between 2010 and 2013. 2 years later, it showed a downward movement to 20% in 2015.

It is obvious that the oldest team accounted for 10% after 1 year it grew sharply to 19% and dropped dramatically from 19% to 11% in 2012. It continued to fall slightly to 10% in 2013, and finally, it went up continually from 10% in 2013 to 20% in 2015.

1/11/2023 Huynh

2023-11-01 14:54:47 UTC

overall , the youngest aged group took the highest percent of music concert attendance, while the oldest aged group was the lowest.
It is said that , in 2010 the aged group from 16 to 24 stood at 40% of music concert attended and increased to nearly 60% in 2011 . This group continued to raise steadily to about 70% in 2015
As the can be seen , the 25-44 aged group accounted for around 52% in 2010, then in the next year, it dropped to 40% but from 2011 to 2015 this aged group grew up slowly to 50%
It is clear that , the middle aged group stood for 40% in 2010, after 1 year, it decreased to 30% in 2012 and it went up to 45% in 2015
Looking at the detail , the over hill aged group which began at 24% in 2010. It raised to 30% for 3 years later and went down to 21% in 2015.
It is obivious that , the oldest aged group took the lowest percentage of music concert attended about 10%.Moreover , in 2011 it rose to 20% but it decreased to 10% for 2 years , then it climbed steadily again to 20% in 2015.
Great !

Thuỳ Anh: 1/11

2023-11-01 15:04:24 UTC

Overall, the graph shows the aged group from 16-24 to the aged group of 75 in a city that attended the concert.

As can be seen, the aged group from 16-24- the youngest aged group accounted for 40% in 2010 and then surged nearly 60% a year later. Starting from 2011 to 2014, the 16-24 age group participated in concerts increased steadily by about 60%-62%. In particular, in 2015, the number of the youngest increased slightly by 10%.

After that, the concert attendance in the 25-44 aged group is lower than in the 16-24 aged group. in 2010, the ratio decreased slightly from 50% to 39% in 2011. But from 2011 to 2015 it slowly went up and stood at 50-51%

It is said that, from 2010 to 2013, the middle-aged group decreased sharply from 40% to 31%. On the contrary, this aged group has fewer concert attendees than the above two aged classes. And from 2013 to 2015, it increased sharply from 31% to nearly 50%.

It is noticeable that, the over hill aged group, increased slightly from 21% in 2010 to 29% in 2013. In 2013, the rate decreased slightly from 29% to 21% similar to 2010 in 2015.

Looking at the graph below that, The oldest aged group had the lowest concert attendance rate compared to the other age groups. From 2010 to 2011, from 10% increased to 20%. But it dropped sharply from 20% to 10% in 2012 and kept the rate unchanged until 2014. After one year, the proportion of elderly people attended increased slightly to 20%.

Good !

04/11 Nguyễn Đức Minh

2023-11-04 07:53:12 UTC

Open:

One of the most familiar reasons that makes workers want to have many jobs at the same time based on 3 main causes below

: Increasing the income to support their life; Finding out their passion of their job and getting work experience.

Body:

Over two-thirds of remote employees in the US have 2 jobs, according to a survey, half of them say they are more productive than when they have just one job. About half of surveyed participants said having a second job makes them more productive. others, 39%, said they were equally as productive as having a single job. The primary motivation for working multiple jobs is money.

Dong tu,

4/11/2023 Phạm Liên Anh

2023-11-04 07:55:30 UTC

Effect :

Due to this , different jobs can provide opportunities to develop a diverse of skills.
As result of having more than one source of income, this can help people meet their financial goals and cover expense more effectively.
A Professor , Mrs.Huong Giang , University of economics technology for industries said that : “ Students need to have at least more than one job to comfortable cover the high costs of education, including tuition fees, textbooks, and living expenses. “
Good!

4/11/2023 Trần Dương Phương Linh

2023-11-04 08:06:55 UTC

Due to the economic crisis and the competitive labour market, plenty of employees are now committed to more than one permanent job, with the most notable purpose being to support their life.

Workers have to maintain or even increase productivity in exchange for income; and since the role as an evaluating agent of work of money, the more jobs the workers can have, the better life they can get.
Additionally, in the scenario of being cut off from one job, the workers can rely on other sources of income to afford the needs of life.
1. Good !

Đinh Hoàng Anh

2023-11-04 08:25:03 UTC

Some potential benefits of having multiple jobs include:

~~Increased income~~: One of the main advantages is the ability to earn more money by having multiple sources of income. This can be helpful in achieving financial goals or ~~managing~~ expenses.

~~Skill diversification~~: Working in different jobs can provide opportunities to develop a diverse set of skills and knowledge across various fields or industries. This can enhance your versatility and make you more marketable in the job market.

Đặng Mai 06/11/2023

dangthimai140326 — 2023-11-06 12:10:40 UTC

Overall, the process consists of 5 steps to produce fertilizer. The beginning is preparing plastic containers ~~burying the plastic bottle~~, which are bunched with many ventilation holes, and compost the plants after 6 months in the gardens or the fields is the last step

First of all, the workers prepare plastic containers (2m^3), which have many ventilation holes around. After that, the waste is arranges in different layers with the food put in the bottom layer, above the food layers, it is grass layer, and on the top of the layers is newspaper. Each layer is about 15cm thick . Next, the workers add nitrogen and hot water into the mixture. The forth step is heating the mixture and the air flies out of the plastic containers. After 6 months, the compost is completed and applied to the plants in the garden or on the fields, that is the last step.

Good !

Khai 13/11/2023

2023-11-06 12:11:07 UTC

Overall, the process to produce fertilizer includes 5 steps, the first stage is preparing plastic containers which have many ventilation holes around, and when fertilizer is used in the garden is the final period.

-First of all, people prepare plastic containers which have many ventilation holes around. each container is 2m3 wide.

-After that, people put waste into different layers, in which newspaper is arranged on top of players, followed by grass, and food is in the bottom layer, every layer is 15 centimeters thick

-Following this, people pour nitrogen and hot water into the containers.

-At this point, ~~people heat the containers containing~~ the mixture is heated and incubated for 6 months.

-Finally, after 6 months, fertilizer is produced and used in the garden.

Good !

-The number means of transport registered in Australia in 2010, 2012 and 2014 are illustrated in the table.

-Overall, Motorcycles has the largest growth while the lowest growth belongs to Heavy Trucks.

-As can be seen, In 2010, Passenger Vehicles reached to 11,000,000, after 2 years, Passenger Vehicles moved to 12,000,000 which went to 13,000,000 in 2014. In summary, Passenger Vehicles rised by 18.2 percent.

-Looking at the details, Motorcycles moved to 570,000 in 2010 while in 2012, Motorcycles reached to 725,000, two years later, Motorcycles went to 745,000. In overview, Motorcycles grew by 30.7 percent.

-Commercial Vehicles increased 17.4 percent, specifically, in 2010, Commercial Vehicles reached to 2,300,000, after 2 years, Commercial Vehicles moved to 2,600,000, Commercial Vehicles went to 2,700,000 in 2014.

-It is provided from the table, In 2010, Heavy Trucks went to 384,000, Heavy Trucks reached to 386,000 in 2012 and after 2 years, Heavy Trucks moved to 423,000. In summary, Heavy Trucks went up by 10.2 percent.

-Light Trucks reached to 106,000 in 2010, after 2 years, Light Trucks moved to 124,000, in 2014, Light Trucks went to 131,000. In overview, Light Trucks raised by 23.5 percent.

-In conclude, in 2010, 2012 and 2014, all vehicles had an increase.

Câu lặp lại nhiều !

Ngọc 06/11/2023

2023-11-06 12:20:27 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, there are 5 steps to recycle the trash to make fertilizer which is used for the agricultural. This process starts with preparing the plastic containers on which has the ventilation holes, and the last step is the farmers can apply compost to their garden

Firstly, the workers prepare volume plastic boxes in which they put the food on the bottom layer, above it, there is the glass layer, then, the newspaper is on the top of layers to cover these jars surface, each layer is about 15 cm thick. After that, workers add the hot water and nitrogen into the mixture. In the next step, people mix them together. On the next step, this mixture ~~will be~~ is heated in a suitable temperature. Then it needs to be incubated in warm temperature for 6 months to make the perfect compost . Finally, it is ready to be used on the field

xem lai dau cau !

Khánh 06/11/2023

lethihuyenldp — 2023-11-06 12:20:49 UTC

In general, that work is composed of 5 periods. It starts with preparing plastic boxes, which is bored with quite a few ventilation holes and applying compost to the plants in the garden is the last step.

The first step is preparing plastic containers, which are 2 m3 big, it is punched with lots of vents to allow air to flow in and out.

After that, the waste is added into the boxes and it is arranged in different layers, in the bottom layers, food is put, and the newspaper lies on the top of layers. Each layer is about 15 cm thick .

In the following step, the nitrogen is mixed with the hot water in the plastic boxes.

At this point, that mixture is heated, subsequently, it is incubated for 6 months in the containers.

Finally, the compost is used to apply to the plants and vegetables in the gardens or on the fields.

To sum up, the production process of converting organic waste into compost is a modern one.

Good !

Thanh Huyen 8/11/2023

2023-11-07 07:05:55 UTC

One of the main causes of the increase in overweight individuals is the prevalence of a sedentary lifestyle. In many developed countries, people often have desk jobs and spend most of their day sitting, which leads to lack of physical activities. Additionally, people tend to rely more on cars and other modes of transportation, which is also contributes to a lack of exercise. According to a recent survey, 45% of office workers who spend 5 hours per day on computer are obese because of unhealthy lifetsyle.

In fact, fast foods are widely believed to be one of the main drivers.

Moreover, the development of modern technological devices make people become lazier and lazier. Everyone spends most of their time on it instead of doing some excercises.

Good !

Firstly, one of the greatest benefits of having more time in job is that it is easier to earn money, which can help young people hastily alleviate financial burden.

Nowadays, people believe that : "More job, more experience", that why everyone wants to have more than one job at the same time. As a result, workers can find many opportunities to try many fields to find their passion.

By contrast, this trend brings some disadvantages. For instance, this situation makes it impossible for workers to achieve their set career goals because of lack of time and having to worry about other peripheral factors.

Good !

08/11/2023 Quỳnh Hương

2023-11-07 07:18:57 UTC

Writing task 2:

One of the main reason why people are overweight than ever before is that life is now easier and more modern. Consequently, people depend too much on cutting-edge technologies which makes them getting lazy and idle. Take a simple example like shopping, people do not need to go out to buy things anymore, they just need a phone to do it for them. Thus, people take a lot of time on their phone instead of going outside. According to a recent survey, 60% of overweight citizens admit that that they usually spend time on their phone rather than go out and do exercises.

Another popular cause is that people do not do exercises.

Lastly, owing to the busy life, fast foods are usually be used as the last resort which is the main cause to the overweight.

Good !

Firstly, having many jobs at the same time, workers can have multiple sources of income which help their financial ability become more stable.

Due to the struggle in making ends meet with only one job, workers tend to have multiple jobs to improve their earnings.

If one of their jobs is affected, people still have other sources of income to rely on.

Good !

Bích Ngọc 07/11/23

khonguyen688 — 2023-11-07 07:22:41 UTC

Firstly, one of the positives is the higher income that ones can earn. They can have a better life with a high salary. For example, the new comers have chances of challenging themselves in a novel work environment as well as

interacting with colleagues . For instance, when you do many jobs, you gain more experience and develop your main job better.

Good !

7/11/2023-mai anh

2023-11-07 07:23:14 UTC

It is provided from the fact that nowadays, the young generation likes to eat fast food. Due to the convenience and cheapness of it, they are willing to spend money to eat it. And because it is done by a lot of oil, it makes them overweight faster and faster when they eat too much. According to a recent survey, 80% of people gain weight because they eat fast food too much.

C2: Stress because people do their work many times.

C3:

Many people nowadays have more than one occupation at the same time. This essay will discuss the main reason for this trend and then debate the effect of the problem.

Firstly, many people nowadays have more than one job at the same time because they want to earn money for their life. Multiple sources of income help their financial ability become more stable. In case, when one source of income is cut off, they can still rely on other sources. According to a recent survey, 20% of young people in England have more than one career, apart from some extra work.

One of the reasons is that they want to experience much different work, this leads to the fact that they can choose the job which they like and suitable for themself. Consequently, they get work experience to improve themself and find the job their real passion. Professor F.D Jonkin, Colombia University, supposed that " when someone does well their work, it is the same that they have many experiences in that work."

Việt Anh 7/11/2023

2023-11-07 07:23:28 UTC

A reason for why workers want to have many jobs at the same time is they have many opportunities to try many fields to find their passion. Thus, when they work with passion in their job, they could increase productivity and get promotion. According to a survey, 65% people in Paris have many jobs and they

Moreover, workers have more than one jobs at the same time, thus they have multiple sources of income that help their financial ability become more stable. Consequently, when one source of income is cut off, they can still depend on other sources of in come.

HUY MINH 7-11

2023-11-07 07:32:37 UTC

One of the reasons is that people want to earn more money, which help their financial stability become more firm.

Seconds, as a result, having many jobs at the same time brings them many opportunities, they can try many fields to find the suitable job.

Moreover, people can receive a lot of experiences. So they can learn many valuable things for their life.

Good !

Tiến Dũng 8/11/2023

2023-11-07 07:37:00 UTC

Cause 1: A cause of the problem that makes more people are overweight than ever before is the development of the fast food. Due to the convenience and the deliciousness of the fast food, people usually eat them when they are busy, and sometimes, they consider them as a side meal. Moreover, this dish is still very cheap and easy to buy, people can buy it anywhere in the city. One of the most important causes that it is called fast food because it is prepared very quickly, it about 5-10 minutes for a dish. According to a recent survey, 70% people in USA are overweight because they eat the fast food too much and often.

Cause 2: It is provided the fact that leads to more people are overweight is the pressure and stress in the life.

Cause 3: Another reasons that leads to people are heavy is the laziness in sports.....

Good !

Due to this fact that, workers want a higher level of income , therefore they have many jobs at the same time .

Another reason is that they consider this a backup career. When one source of income is cut off, worker can still rely on other jobs.

Lead to the result of this problem, it may be a good opportunity for workers to improve their experience and knowledge, it can attribute to better performance at work.

Good !

7/11/2023 Huynh

2023-11-07 07:48:53 UTC

First , as a result of having many jobs at the same time, people can have multiple sources of income which help their life become better. Another reason is when one source of income is cut off , they still have other sources of income. Lead to this problem , they will have many opportunities to try many fields to find their passion.

Good !

Việt Anh 8/11/2023

2023-11-08 14:50:29 UTC

A cause of that is, nowadays, there are many appearances of fast foods, which make people are overweight and they are not good for health. Fast foods bring a lot of calories but if you do not burn them, they can turn into fat and you can be overweight. According to a survey, 60% hamburgers and fried chicken are consumed in New York and there are 29% of citizens in this city become overweight.

Another reason is people become lazy, they do not do exercise usually......

One of the causes is that today, human prefer eating fried foods to eating other foods, they are oily.

Good !

Bích Ngọc 08/11/2023

khonguyen688 — 2023-11-08 14:53:00 UTC

Cause 1: Nowadays, we consume too much fast food.

There are many fast food restaurants everywhere, people like it because it saves time and tastes good but it contains a lot of oil. When you eat too much, your body accumulates fat. For example, going to McDonald's you can absorb up to 3,000 calories, but we only get about 2,000 calories a day. In the long run, it makes you gain weight. According to a recent survey, 80% overweight people eat too much fast food, which leads to heart disease.

Cause 2: Part of why you gain weight is due to stress and life pressure

Cause 3: If you don't exercise, you can gain weight

Good !

Hoàng Anh 8/11/2023

2023-11-08 15:03:48 UTC

Cause 1: It is provided from the fact that one of the urgent causes that cause people to become overweight is an inactive lifestyle
+ Nowadays, people totally depend on means of transportation such as cars, and motorbikes instead of walking or riding bicycles.

+ A part from these, people today just sit around using electronic devices all day without going out and being active.

+ This results in burning fewer calories and gaining weight.

+ According to a recent survey, 60% of people are less active and exercise leading to obesity.

Cause 2: Due to busy schedule, most of people consume canned, readily available items and fast food which consists of higher fat.
Cause 3: Another reason that leads more and more people are obese is stress and the pressures of life.
Good !

Huy Minh 15-11-2023

2023-11-08 15:17:55 UTC

The most important extent of music is that it makes people lessen stress. This essay strongly agrees with this suggestion.

Firstly, today people always try to work long hours that make them tired and stressed. Most of people often listen to music to reduce stress. Music is like medicines, it can heal their mood. And they work more effectively after they listen to music. According to a recent survey, some people play games to relax. However, I disagree with this view of point because playing games can make our eyes bad, I believe that listening to music is the best way to decrease stress.

Following by, according to experts, most of American babies are just intelligent because of listening to music when they were in the womb. This has shown us that listening to music not only reduces stress but also improves our intelligence.

Moreover, music is used popularly in over the world. Example, when you run on a very long road and you listen to EDM music, this sound can make you confidence and you forget your fatigue. It could also be when you study, you turn on your radio and access to I MUSIC, you can enjoy Lofi chill music and study more effectively.

Music not only reduces stress, but also helps us connect with each other. It makes us love life more, more confident and happier.

Good !

Cause 1: Today, Fast foods appear on the market a lot, which are replaced main meals. It is consumed a lot all over the world. So many people are overweight.

Cause 2: In the society to day, Companies manufacture many modern equipments. For example: TV, smart phone,... People use it everytime, everywhere. This is the reason why we are obese.

Cause 3: Sleeping too much is one of the reasons why make people overweight.

Cause 1: There are many fast food appear on the market. You can see it in the variety store and somewhere. People like it very much because it saves time and very delicious but it contains lots of materials that make you fat. When you eat too much, you look like a pig. According to experts, it is about 2549,53 calories in each beef sausage of Tiger company, which is the most famous company in the field of fast food production in over the world. But we only take about 1800-2000 calories a day. If we eat 5 pieces every day, after one months weight of us can destroy a truck. According to a recent survey, 89% Americans overweight because they eat fast food too much. Not only obesity, it also affects to the hearts.

Good 1

Khánh - 13/11/2023

lethihuyenldp — 2023-11-13 13:01:08 UTC

The given table illustrates information about the five types of transports, which were registered by users in Australia from 2010, 2012 to 2014.

In general, within 4 years, the group of motorcycles ~~had~~ the highest ratio , and the lowest rate of change belonged to the number of heavy trucks.

Looking at the details, the first group of passenger vehicles accounted for 18.2% of change, which was 11.000.000 in 2010 then rose to 13.000.000 in 2014
It is provided from the table, the team of motorcycles clearly increased from 570.000, 725 thousand, to 745 thousand in 2010, 2012 and 2014 respectively with the percentage change which was 30.7%.
As can be seen, the type of commercial transports made up at 17.4%. It rose from 2.3 million to 2.7 million within 4 years.
In term of quantity, by approximately 10.2%, the class of heavy trucks stayed at 384.000 in 2010 and it went up to 423.000 in 2014, which was the lowest rate of change among all types.
Next, the number of light trucks stood at 106.000 in 2010 and it quickly increased to 131.000 in 2014. It presented 23,5% of change

To sum up, the number of all types of vehicles grew quickly over a 4- year period

Good !

Đặng Mai 13/11/2023

dangthimai140326 — 2023-11-13 13:16:15 UTC

The table gives the information of means of transport in Australia at three different periods of time.

Looking at the details of the table, Motorcycles have ~~were~~ the highest figures and the lowest ~~were~~ belongs to Heavy Trucks.

-In general, in 2010, there were 11 millions, 12 millions in 2012, and 13 millions in 2014. As can be seen, the number of Passenger Vehicles increased 18.2%.

-The most dramatical growth related to Motorcycles, which raised 30.7%. In 2010, there were 570.000 , 725.000 in 2012 and went up to 20.000 Motorcycles in 2014 .

-Besides, Commercial Vehicles rose steadily from 2010, it was 2,3 millions to reach 2,7 millions in 2014, grew 17.4%.

-It is clear that, Heavy Truck was the lowest increase with 10.2%, rising from 384,000 in 2010 to 423,000 in 2014, meanwhiles, in 2012 it went up with only 2,000 Heavy Trucks

-Another notable feature was Light Trucks, increased respectively between 106.000 in 2010, 124.000 in 2012 and 131.000 in 2014, which accounted for 23.5% of change.

The number of vehicles registered rapidly from 2010 to 2014.

Xem lại câu

Thanh Huyen 15/11/2023

2023-11-15 14:10:29 UTC

In the modern era, when it comes to the function of music, opinion is divided as to whether helping people release stress is the most essential purpose of music. Although people tend to listen to music to relieve anxiety, I suppose that there are many other musical merits to people's-daily lives.

On the one hand, the argument that reducing stress is the most crucial role of music is reasonable for the variety of music genres. Evidently, music includes a large number of dissimilar types with various songs which are suitable for various human's emotions in different situations. For instance, if people have too much pressure and anxiety, an energetic song may uplift their moods, and give them motivation to conquer their phobias and fears. As a result, the more motivation people gain, the more success in work or academic performance they can get. According to a recent survey, 45% of students enjoy listening to music while they are doing their homework because music can help them relax.

By contrast, I still believe that there are more efficient functions than reducing stress that music can bring. To commence with, music enhances people's creativity. Admittedly, catchy tunes, harmony and rhythm of songs are the main factors which increase brain activity. By this way, the proportion of creating high quality research or inventions can rise. Another merit is that melody also makes a crucial determination to human health. To be specific, acting as a spiritual medicine, melody is being used in treatment for various psychological disorders. For instance, minor symptoms of those who suffer from depression, thanks to music, can be relieved.

In conclusion, it seems clear that music assists people in reducing anxiety by its melody and rhythm. However, I am of the opinion that it is still not the most necessary function of music, there are more and more other benefits that deserve to be referred to like enhancing creativity or using in treatment

Good !

Bích Ngọc 15/11/2023

khonguyen688 — 2023-11-15 14:43:05 UTC

The most irrelevant purpose of music to individuals is helping in decreasing stress caused by our daily activities. I completely agree with this point of view because i believe that everyone likes to listen to music. Music is very useful in life. There are many types of music such as hip hop, ballad, jazz. When you are bored, you can listen to sad ballads, or when you gather with friends, you can turn on hip hop music to make the atmosphere more exciting. Moreover, in competitions, there are many songs written to cheer people up. I think it's really very effective. Furthermore, an example of the significance of musical soundtrack to the unborn. According to a recent survey, babies listening to music in the womb increase their IQ by 40%. Sometimes, music is not just entertainment but it is also a story associated with each person. They listen to music to feel their own story, so they love that song more and connect with their emotions more. A famous singer said: "music is a healer". Music can heal the souls of many people. Without music, life would probably be a lot more boring.

In conclusion, music can helpful in the reduction of stress, a lot of individuals be able to cope with stress and continue with their daily activities.

Good !

15/11/2023: Minh Thản

2023-11-15 15:01:01 UTC

Task 1:

It is suggested that music plays an important role to help people reduce stress. In my opinion, I absolutely agree with the viewpoint for 2 reasons: relax and health.

Firstly, people who are stressed can listen to music to relax and become comfortable. They can forget their stress. Moreover, they also sing along to the music to reduce stress. According to a recent survey, 70% of people use music for entertainment after stressful work. As a result, they feel funny when listen to music. Secondly, they can get depressed when they work stressfully. Consequently, they need listen to music to avoid getting that disease. For constant, students who are stressed due to exams often listen to music to avoid depression. As a consequence, they can get success in work.

Inconclusion, the music has many benefit to reduce stress for people.

Good !

Quỳnh Hương 15/11/2023

2023-11-15 15:04:05 UTC

Writing task 2:

It is stated that music plays an crucial part in helping people reduce stress. I am a strong advocate of this viewpoint and justifications will be covered in this essay.

The first justification for my agreement is that music brings back peacefulness to its listener. It is provided from the fact that many types of music that have melodious sounds can attribute to reduce stress. They can deep themselves in an serene and peaceful era where they can relax end enjoy the music. Apart from it, relaxing music such as jazz, classical music is often heard when people working or studying because it is widely agreed that it helps them to concentrate and reduce anxiety. According to a recent survey, 60% of student love listening to music while they are studying.

Secondly, a lot of strong and exciting music have significantly effect in reduce stress. Music with lively and enthusiastic melody bring joy and pleasure to people. They can sing or dance or maybe even yell to release their emotion as well as their tension. Professor Wellington from Oxford university suggest : " Energetic music effect strongly and positively to people who is under great pressure. It helps them control their emotions and give them big energy and motivation to overcome their anxiety."

In conclusion, it is understandable that reducing stress is the most vital role of music. With its great benefits, people can have solution to deal with their difficulties.

Good !

15/11/2023-Mai Anh 1.1

2023-11-15 15:10:21 UTC

It is suggested that music plays an important role in helping people reduce stress. This essay strongly agrees with this suggestion.

I completely agree with this point of view because I believe that music helps people who are stressed can relax. When we listen to music, it makes us comfortable and happier. Moreover, it can help us change brain function, thus music is an easy stress reduction that anyone can use. According to a recent survey, 56 % of people who listen to music do not become depressed.

Many people say that besides entertainment, listening to music has no other effects. I disagree with this point because music has other applications. Students, who are studying English, can listen to US-UK music to practice speaking skills. Adults, who listen and dance to music to do exercise. A part of that babies in the womb are allowed to listen to music to stimulate their brains early. Professor FD. Jonh, Havard University, supposed that '' Children should listen to music from the womb to have a healthy, intelligent brain and a high IQ''.

In conclusion, according to what I said above, music is very necessary in our lives today. It helps us reduce stress and connect with the community to have a happy and healthy life.

Good !

Việt Anh 15/11/2023

2023-11-15 15:14:06 UTC

The most crucial role of music is that it helps people reduce stress. From my point of view, i am completely agree with this statement because music brings many positive effects to people.

First of all, listening to music, especially your favorite song or favorite type of music, makes you feel comfortable and relaxed when you have some bad problems or after a long day. According to a survey, there are more than 500.000

citizens in New York city download Spotify, an application to listen to music and they use this app to immerse themselves in the music. Consequently, music could help human reduce stress.

Secondly, nowadays, there are many songs have meaningful lyrics, people who enjoy music could listen to some songs have suitable lyrics for their situation. As a result, people could feel sympathetic and they get over their problems. Professor F.D Jonkin, Colombia University supposed that " music heals the soul ". Sometimes, we can use music as a therapy to cure someone's mental health.

To summaries, listen to music is a good way to unwind and reduce stress, which make people feel better and could get over problems in their life.

Good !

Tiến Dũng 15-11-2023

2023-11-15 15:14:49 UTC

In the modern social day, it is suggested that music is one of the most crucial ways to support people to decrease stress. I completely agree with this point of view because i supposed that music is very useful to relax and reduce stress.

It is clear that, i believe music is very helpful in our life. It makes us feel more relax, comfortable, and entertained after stressful hours of study or work. We can forget all the tiredness in a day. Moreover, if music is a medicine, the proportion of people suffering from depression will be reduced sharply. According to a recent survey, 79% of people in London who usually listen to music everyday always feel optimistic, positive, and comfortable. Consequently, the rate of people suffering from depression is very small, only about 1-2%.

One of the most important reason is that, music not only helps us reduce stress but it also supports us to earn money. It is obvious that, the music producers are one of the most highest income jobs in the world. When we have a high income, we will not be under pressure and stressful from life. Therefore, we can feel more comfortable, and happier. I have a story, my cousin is a normal student, and he is often stressful and under pressure about money. He has a good voice, and a passion with music. Last year, he composed a song, and posted it online. After a short time, it became viral on the internet, from there he earned a lot of money and became famous.

In conclusion, this essay strongly believe that music plays an important role to make people go down stress and pressure.

Good !

Thuỳ Anh: 15/11

2023-11-15 15:16:05 UTC

Many believe that music serves primarily as a means of relaxation while others think it is more than that. I am in agreement with the former as there are other purposes for music but they can all be roughly defined as ways of relaxing.

Those who feel music is more than just wind down who find music can be served for more than just to relax. For example, many people listen to music in more active settings, such as in night clubs, and dance along. In rough times, including after a bad breakup or the loss of a loved one, some individuals go for music to cope or lift up their spirits. There are also those who view music as an art form no just like literature, painting, and poetry. For them, music serves the myriad purposes of artistic appreciation that include offering insights into life and the artistic expression of others.

Nonetheless, the reasons detailed above can all be generally categorised as forms of stress-free and the most common purpose of music is unadorned enjoyment. People relax in different ways and that can include dancing, connecting with music emotionally or enjoying art. The majority of people, however, simply listen to music throughout the day as a way of escaping from the pressures and demands of work and family. Studies have shown that listening to music regularly can reduce blood pressure and ease the burdens that modern life places on mental health. This is the reason why workers, students, and parents gravitate towards music, in addition to other kinds of light entertainment, at the end of a long day and explains the enduring success of the industry.

In conclusion, music is mainly for relaxation, though this takes on different variations depending on the person in question. This desire to relax is part of a shared humanity that unites all peoples.

Ruom ra

Hoàng Anh 15/11/2023

2023-11-15 15:30:51 UTC

It is sometimes argued that music is largely used for stress relief. I completely agree with this opinion because I believe that music means more than relaxation in our life.

On one hand, there are some arguments that listening to some kinds of tune can lower the stress level because the beat can make bodies calm. For example, there are many students who love listening to music while doing some assignments and homework. This help them create a mollifying environment, keep their mind more active . According to a recent convey, 60% of students exposed to music while studying had better academic test results than the remaining students.

On the other hand, music help individuals reduce their stress after a long day. Music has the magical power of reducing stress for those who work under pressure. Moreover, it is known that music has been used as a healing method to treat some mental health issues. For example, mental healthy facilities use music as a method of treatment to heal clients who have mental tiredness such as depression and anxiety. The result is that people who listened to music are thinking more positively and feeling much better than before.

In conclusion, listening to music help people high focus and concentrate in their work and music also can be used to heal some mental health problems.

Good !

Huynh 15/11/2023

2023-11-15 16:04:31 UTC

It is suggested that music plays important role to help people reduce stress. This essay strongly agrees with this suggestion. Music is very useful in life.

One side, the argument that reducing stress is the most crucial role of music is reasonable for the variety of music. Music includes many differents geners and many songs that suit differents people emotions in differents situations. For example, if people have too much pressure and anxiety an energetic song may lifts their mood and gives them motivation to overcome pressure. According to a recent survey, 60% of students enjoy listen to music while they doing their homeworks because it can help them relax. Secondly , they can get depressed when they worl stressfully. So they need listen to music to avoid depression.

Inconclusion, the music has many benefit to reduce stress for people

Nguyễn Đức Minh 18/11/2023

2023-11-18 10:09:05 UTC

The most important function of music is that it helps people reduce stress. This essay will clearly demonstrate the opinion above.

It is suggested that music plays an important role to help people reduce stress. First of all, music is being used in health care systems, in many regions, to release the nervous of petitions. The proponents believe that many people feel stress while they are staying in hospitals (viết lại), which could derive negative effects on the efficiency of recovery, in this case, playing some soft music could distract people and help them to be calm. One of the experiences shows that under the same treatment after hip surgeries, those who stay in the room with soft music feel less stressed compared to others. Secondly, exciting music, such as rock and metal music, could assist individuals to reduce the pressure accumulated from their daily life, including the stress in work or the bills that need to be paid. From my perspective, music is one of the essential methods to output their negative emotions by yelling and dancing along with music. For instance, many young people who are under great pressure at school are in favour of listening to loud and noisy music to escape from reality, which could help them to release stress. Initially, some kinds of music have relaxing melodies that can help people to relax when they face a particular problem in their life. To illustrate, when people feel exhausted or angry, hearing acoustic instrument songs can change their emotions as well as help them to feel relaxed like they are enjoying their time on a beach. In addition, listening to a song when working will make workers be able to improve their productivity in their workplaces. By reducing stress levels with music, employees can stay focused and complete more tasks in their workplaces. Next, for many societies, listening to music also provides many advantages in terms of health. Subsequently, using music in meditation activities helps people to obtain the maximum level of relaxation as well as disappear from their stress. For instance, hearing soft music during yoga. Moreover, some medications use several kinds of music as a therapy for patients. For example, a particular song is used by a doctor to manage a Down syndrome patient's feelings. Another illustration is a relaxing song that can be utilized by therapists to control the emotion of autistic children.

To sum up, in our life, there are some functions of listening to music to decrease the stress level of humans. And, as a result, there are some benefits that can be obtained including controlling feelings as well as managing people's health.

Copy paste

Lê Đặng Thiên Hoàng - 18/11/2023

2023-11-18 10:09:56 UTC

In recent years, there has been a discussion over whether the most important component of music aims to help people in lowering their anxiety, while many people believe it is, some do not. This notion may hold true to some extent, as music has more significant things to offer.

To begin with, music is one of the methods used to reduce effectively tension, thus, some individuals may consider it to be the most important feature for them. For example, autistic people who are unable to tolerate noises outside due to the disruption that it can cause them. Additionally, the autistics can use songs as a way to calm themselves down as well as isolate them from their surroundings. (Viết lại)

However, it may not be the case for others, as there are still groups of people look at music from an entirely different point of view, and the most important thing is that music brings them joy and happiness, or even other benefits. For instance, on special occasions such as weddings, the main purpose of playing melodies is to bring cheers to the guests as well as the newlyweds, in this case, that is what matters to them, and there is no chance of anyone thinking about stress reduction.

To sum up, the essence of music cannot be determined by a single person, but rather by a group of individuals who evaluate music from diverse perspectives based on the time frame and the settings, and then decide the main reason of why songs are played.

Phát triển supporters tốt

Nguyễn Đình Hiếu - 18/11/2023

2023-11-18 10:17:00 UTC

The primary benefit of music is that it lowers stress levels in listeners. About today's society, this is very true, so I completely agree with the above statement. The benefits of music for people will be covered in this essay. Good

Today's the youth face many challenges in life, and most people find that music is a spiritual remedy. The Youth newspaper reported that an average person who listens to two to three songs every day feels more relaxed. In addition to relieving stress, music promotes creativity in listeners—especially those who are at a loss for ideas. Furthermore, music is also very sympathetic to people, joy music will help us have a lot of energy and sad music will somehow comfort human emotions. Thiếu minh chứng

In short, music not only helps people reduce pressure but also balances the listener's emotions. Songs are a great way to cheer yourself up when you are depressed or facing difficulties in life.

cần thêm phần phân tích và chứng minh

Mai Anh 18/11/23

2023-11-18 10:19:58 UTC

As a stress reliever, music is seen by many in the community to have a significant impact on people's everyday moods. I completely disagree with this notion since it is just as significantly utilized to boost one’s brain growth and enhance social interactions.

The first justification for my disagreement is that music plays a more significant role in promoting brain development. A recent study conducted by an Australian university found that those who participate in musical activities, such as listening to music or playing an instrument, are better at coming up with original solutions to given challenges. Furthermore, listening to music has been shown to improve memory. This is due to the fact that it has been scientifically demonstrated to decrease cognitive loss, which is why it is frequently used to treat dementia patients, including those with Alzheimer's disease.

Moreover, better relationships with other people are a bigger advantage of music than stress relief. This can be explained by the fact that many people with similar musical tastes have attended musical performances and concerts together. People that attend these events have the opportunity to socialize and share ideas with others in order to convey their unique musical impressions. They would therefore probably make friends with others who share their values and therefore expand their social circle, which would open the door to enduring partnerships in their personal life.

In conclusion, I fiercely disagree with the idea that music's primary function in people's lives is to reduce stress as music also has a significant influence on people's ability to be creative and communicate with others. It is recommended that people employ music in a variety of contexts to boost wellbeing and increase productivity at work.

Đỗ Nguyễn Hải Nam 18/11/2023

hainam24122003_ — 2023-11-18 10:20:00 UTC

In the fast-paced and demanding world where we live in, stress has become an inevitable part of our daily lives (viết lại). The search for effective stress reduction has led to a conclusion, that music is capable of releasing stress and I'm wholly convinced that the most important function of music lies in its unparalleled ability to help people reduce stress.

One of the most vital functions of music in stress reduction lies in its rhythmic pulse, it is capable to create a calming and soothing feeling in the body (viết lại). Scientific studies consistently demonstrate that the calming melodies and gentle rhythms of music have an incredible ability to impact our physiological responses. For instance, research has shown that listening to soothing music can indeed lead to a decrease in heart rate, lower blood pressure, and a release of muscle tension, therefore help people to relax and release the stress within.

Music can also acts as a portal to mindful escapism, allow an individual for a temporary detachment from the stressors of the external world. It creates a space where our mind can wander, explore and find solace where it provides a break from the constant pressures of daily life. This Mindful escapism not only provides relief in the moment, it also reinforces an individual's mentality to face anything ...life has to throw at them

Inconclusion, i believe that music is a wonderful tool to help people reduce stress. It helps people to relax, It provides a way to escape from the reality. Music also helps people take off the pressure and release their stress and even cure their mind and soul (Viết lại)

Copy paste quá nhiều- cần tự mình viết bài

Trần Dương Phương Linh 18/11

2023-11-18 10:20:21 UTC

It is stated that relieving stress is one of the most vital impacts of music. I am a strong advocate of this viewpoint and the justifications will be covered in this essay to prove whether music is one of the best healing activities for some people.

To begin with, from my perspective, numerous benefits offered by music can contribute to the controlling and balance of emotions. In detail, some kinds of music with relaxing melodies can assist people to feel calm and reduce their stress level, especially when facing problems or being exhausted, thus coming up with innovative solutions to the same problem that they are assigned with. It is also evident that listening to music while working or studying can enhance productivity as well as concentration by the effective process of reducing stress.

Together with the improvement in productivity, concentration and creativity, stimulated from the lower stress level, music is now showing up as an effective therapy in some particular cases, regarding to Down's syndrome and autistic children. In terms of heath in general, many doctors have confirmed that music, with its particular vibrations, melodies and frequency can positively affect human feelings, lower the stress level and thus improve the pace of heath recovery, in both mental and physical aspects. This can be explained by the fact that more and more people take meditation along with music to obtain the maximum level of relaxation while patients with Down’s syndrome and autistic children use music as a treatment to utilize the ability of controlling emotions and feelings.

In conclusion, I strongly agree with the idea that the crucial role of music in our lives is to ease stress due to its undeniable advantages, ranging from controlling emotions and feelings to healing and managing health issues.

Phát triển ý tốt- Quá lạm dụng V.ing- Dùng phép liệt kê quá nhiều

Bùi Đình Công 18/11/2023

2023-11-18 10:20:24 UTC

It is suggested that music plays an important role to help people reduce stress. This essay strongly agrees with this suggestion

Firstly, music can distract us from our problems and worries. When we are stressed, our minds tend to focus on the negative aspects of our lives, which can make us feel even more stressed. However, listening to music can help to shift our focus away from our problems and onto something more positive. This can help to reduce our stress levels and improve our mood.

Viết chậm ! - Đẩy nhanh tốc độ viết , hướng phân tích tốt

Đinh Hoàng Anh 18/11/2023

2023-11-18 10:20:25 UTC

Some people say that music can helps people reduce stress. From my perspective, i partly agree with this statement because listening to music can help to lower blood pressure, heart rate, and cortisol levels. Music can also help to improve mood and promote relaxation.

There are many positive effects that music brings to people One possibility is that music can distract us from our worries and anxieties. When we focus on music, we are less likely to be ruminating on our problems.

Another possibility is that music can activate the parasympathetic nervous system, which is responsible for relaxation. When the parasympathetic nervous system is activated, the body slows down and enters a state of rest.

But not all music is equally effective in reducing stress. Because when we listen to music that resonates with our feelings, we can ~~feel~~ ~~understood and validated~~. So It is very important to find music that you find calming and relaxing.

Ok, thieu dan chung

Lê Thị Bích Thùy - 18/11/2023

2023-11-18 10:20:30 UTC

It is believed that the most important function of music is that it helps people reduce stress. I completely agree with this point of view because I argue that the meaningful messages and melodies that music brings will help us feel relaxed.

Without any doubt, it is a sure thing that listening to some kinds of tune can lower the stress level because the beat can make bodies calm. For example, slow-pop melody can help students be more focused while studying or listening to their favorite song or they are in the operating room,it will help their to avoid their fear. Other professionals also recommend parents let their baby listen to jazz melodies in the womb because it will help the baby's brain grow well so ~~which~~ and that will make them smart.

On the one hand, music not only brings gentle melodies that make listeners feel comfortable, but also conveys meaningful message, the singers and the composers always desire of delivering a message to the world through their masterpieces and works, and most of the time they are wholesome. When a listener receives and comprehends that message, it has the power to make them feel peaceful and enlighted. For example, the song "If there's only one day left to live" is extremely touching, encouraging the human soul to live more beautifully, better, worthy of what life gives us and helps people feel at peace.

In conclusion, I hardly believe that

music can make anyone relax based on the activity that is done and the personality of each person.

Good- Thiếu minh chứng

Nguyễn Thu Trang 18/11/2023

2023-11-18 10:20:34 UTC

It is stated that music is popularly used for decreasing stress. I am a strong advocate of this viewpoint and justifications will be covered in this essay.

First of all, listening to music can help us feel relax and comfortable. In this life, each of us will inevitably face difficulties and imbalances that can make us feel weary with everything. A tired spirit always needs a quick soothing method, and music is exactly what we need at this moment. According to a study of Sussex University, listening to music for 6 minutes can reduce stress by approximately 61%.

Moreover, music can create a positive emotional experience

Hướng đi tốt, cần phân tích thêm

Mac Thanh Tuan - 18/11/2023

2023-11-18 10:20:39 UTC

With the modern technology, it is easier to access music sources nowadays, leading to music becoming an indispensable part to many people's lives. In their opinion, music helps.... reduce stress and in regarding to this issue, I am in a consummate agreement - with the justifications will be covered in this essay.

Music has a fair long journey together with the history of mankind and it has integrated into our lives in such a level that it can represent or even shape our emotions. Music, which is a compilation of vibrations, when absorbed by our ears will be converted into electrical signals and transfer ~~them~~ to our brains, thus triggering our emotions and reactions. These emotions and reactions vary between the music genre we listen to, and the results can be a relax, calming or exciting feeling. This works effectively to reduce stress, since stress is also a mental influence - the feeling of emotional tension, overwhelm, or feeling unable to cope. When in opposition against each other, music has been proven to be the stronger side, therefore resulting to its effectiveness in reducing stress.

Taking advantage of this, many people have used music as a tool to relax themselves after or even during a long and stressful session of work or study. Lo-Fi, a soft genre of music that containing relaxing sounds is a popular choice of students for studying or sleeping. Some others find peace in other genres such as classical music, orchestra, etc. Many young people consider EDM as their emotional pills. Music has also proven itself to be useful in combat against mental issues like depression, etc as many patients have been cured with the help of music, whether to trigger their conscience towards others, or the other way around. This helped a lot of patients find themselves again, thus abandoning their bad intentions.

Regardless of the purpose, it is relaxation that people seek after, and music has never failed its mission in delivery. With all theses given above, it is safe to assume that music does help reduce stress and shall remain effective for it for eternity.

Phát triển ý: tốt, độc đáo, logic, học thuật. Thiếu minh chứng- Chú ý lỗi chính tả

18/11 Phạm Liên Anh

2023-11-18 10:21:15 UTC

Many part of the community that music is a medicine to heal the soul . I strongly agree that one of the most significant functions of music is its ability to help people reduce stress, and this essay will explore the reasons ~~behind~~ below

Firstly, music has impact on human emotions due to when you listen to upbeat and energetic music, your mood will be more comfortable and pleasant.... . According to a recent survey in department of psychology at Bach Mai Hospital , 80% the youth always play some music to drop stress when overwork .

Moreover , music can heal wounded souls . Music therapy is used in many hospitals and health care settings to help patients relax and cope with pain. Psychologist, Mrs Linda, .... said that music could be powerful tool that can help us settle our mind when feeling stressed and promote healing and improve our overall emotional well-being.

In conclusion , music not only affects individuals feeling, but also have the therapeutics potential.

Cần phát triển thêm ý

Đỗ Hoàng Hà Vy - 18/11/2023

dovy4153_ — 2023-11-18 10:21:16 UTC

It is stated that the primary aim of music is to human is to curtail strain. In my personal aspect, despite the palliative effect of melody to agitated individuals, however, I am in consummate disagreement with the idea as its effects are temporary and believe that anxiety reduction can only be obtained by applying a healthy lifestyle and seeking for help when necessary.

Musics have been a interruption therapy in medicine but it have only shown a slight effect when it comes to prevent and relief stress. Feeling ~~stressed~~ is a natural way of one’s body to respond to...... situations in their lives. Pressure can come from various sources, from a person’s job, family, friends to the different stages of life when they encountered different levels of strain. Furthermore, there are a number of solutions which can be applied to reduce it, especially a healthy lifestyle. Engaging in healthy living and applying a balance diet can create a long-term reduction in one’s apprehension level. For example, a positive mindset can help a person to have ~~the~~ courage to try again when him fails. But on the other side, melodies can only help him to distract from the reality for a short period of time.

Moreover, looking for a therapist is very necessary if a person have such high level of tension, some need medical treatment so that it will not affect directly to their lives and those around them. For instance, recently, the national television station has reported about a well-known K-pop idol Sulli, who has committed suicide after suffering from depression for a long period of time, she wrote in her diary that she had to endure a lot of pressure from both social media and her obsessive fans. Had it been medical aid, would still be alive rather than ending her life.

In summary, while it is said that songs can helps people to feel more relax and calm their nerves, I still believe that useful ways to reduce stress is by living a healthy lifestyle and seeking appropriate therapy.

Phát triển supporters: Tốt, mới Chú ý lỗi chính tả và cách dùng từ , ít minh chứng

interuption

Nhàn - 18/11/2023

2023-11-18 10:21:50 UTC

Numerous individuals think that music has an aggressive position in minimizing people‘s stress. Personally, I entirely agree with this viewpoint and it will be clarified in this essay below.

The primary reason why I totally side with the view that music is able to reduce stress is that it is the source of relaxation. Most of students and workers on these modern days are usually under stress, and listening to music is ~~the~~ a common way they do to relax themselves. A research in BGA Magazine has shown that listening to any groups of music results in reducing blood pressure and increasing heart rate volatility, it is the key indicators of lower stress levels.

In addition, music can be used to express emotions and ideas. It can convey feelings of joy, sorrow, love, anger, and many other emotions. People use music to communicate ideas and communicate with each other. For example, many songs are used to celebrate a particular event or moment in history, and they can brings people closer together.

To sum up, music plays a major role in lowering human’s stress.

Phát triển ý tốt- cần thận trọng hơn trong khi dùng từ, các cụm từ hay thiếu thành phần

Nguyen Ha My 18/11/2023

2023-11-18 10:22:58 UTC

Music plays a vital part in releasing stress. I strongly agree with these points of view due to the various positive effects from listening or playing music.

For starters, music provides many advantages in terms of health. It helps people to feel less anxious. Playing a couple of songs could help people relax and be more focused on things such as exercises. For example, many yoga classes use soft music.....(to help participants concentrate on each action deeply)

Following that, exciting music could assist individuals to reduce ~~the~~ pressure accumulated from their daily life. People who have stress in work or personal issue tend to listen to music more often than others. According to certain studies, around 30% of young generation are drawn to listening to music as a way to escape from the pressures of learning.

In conclusion, it is true that music has a significant role in lowering stress ~~of people~~ in both daily life and medical treatments.

Mở bài: Tốt Phát triển supporters: Tốt

Trương Hoàng Minh 18/11/2023

2023-11-18 10:24:22 UTC

One of the most significant benefits of music is its ability to help people decrease stress. Music has the power to settle down our minds and helps us relax. This essay strongly agrees with this suggestion.

In this modern era, life is going at a fast pace where everyone has to keep up with the flow and stress is inevitable. Some people often use music as a medicine to high up their mood. And it works effectively. Example, in medical therapy, a healthcare provider, called a music therapist, talks to you to learn more about your needs, music preferences and experiences, and designs each session specifically for you. They also evaluate each step in your treatment progress , and they may work with your other healthcare providers to coordinate your care.

Moreover, music can be use for unborn. For a ~~resreach~~ shown that if unborn listens to music for 30 minutes per day can increase 40% of their intelligence.

In conclusion, music is a powerful tool for stress management. It has been shown to reduce stress levels, promote relaxation, and help individuals cope with stress. Whether we are listening to calming music during a medical procedure or upbeat music during a workout, music has the ability to soothe our minds and help us find a sense of peace. Therefore, it is safe to say that there is an agreement that music helps people reduce stress.

Chưa cân đối giữa mở bài và kết luận, một số câu chưa rõ ý, thiếu minh chứng

Hoàng Tùng 19/11/2023

2023-11-19 03:29:56 UTC

As can be seen, the first step of brick manufacturing is digging the clay with a large digger. This clay is then filtered and processed in a roller machine and then mixed with sand and water. Following stage, the mixture is either kept in a mould or cut in a wire cutter to make the raw shape of the bricks. Then, the shaped raw bricks are dried for 24 to 48 hours in a drying oven. After dried, the dried raw bricks are kept in a kiln, both in moderate and high temperature, up to 1300 degree centigrade and then placed in a cooling chamber for about 48 to 72 hours. The bricks are cool before being packaged and transported to their final destination

Nguyen Xuan Khoi 19/11/2023

2023-11-19 07:08:01 UTC

The drawing describes how the bee makes honey, and the stages in the production of honey.

Overall, there are six steps in the process. Besides, the first stage is removal of the honeycomb and the final step is distribution and selling.

As can be seen, the honeycomb is removed from hive by beekeeper. Then, workers treatment honeycomb to produce extraction of honey. Next, honey is boiled by people which makes it cleaner than itself. In my opinion, the most important step is honey is filled up the jars . After that, distribution and selling of the honey by workers. Finally, we are consumers who buy honey

Whatever you are, you should try tasting honey. Because it is delicious and healthy. Moreover, we ought to be pleasured by honey

Good !

Hoang Thanh Dat 19-11-2023

samurai_vietnam — 2023-11-20 05:48:46 UTC

The diagram shows the seven most important of how the bee makes honey. First, eggs are put in the honeycomb by the queen bee in the first stage of the life cycle, and 72 hours later, larvae appears. The larva is fully grown seven days after its appearance. It takes another three weeks for the bees, which are transformed from the larva stage to be fully equipped and leave the hive for gathering nectar from flowers. The collected nectar is put in the hive, which becomes honey later.

In the honey production process, in the first step, the honeycomb is removed from the hive. The beekeepers send this to the honeycomb machine for the honey extraction. In the next step, the honey is boiled to make it clean. This is filled in individual jars and then distributed and sold.

Lưu Việt Hùng 25/ 11/ 2023

hluu2285 — 2023-11-25 05:37:28 UTC

First of all, we can see how the bees make honey, the queen bee has egg in honeycombs, and then it is left about three days later for honeycombs to transfer into larva. After that, the larva becomes fully grown larva after a week later. About three more weeks, bees leave the hive and gather nectar from flowers and put nectar in hive- honey. And the second stage is that workers collect and product honey. At first step, beekeeper removes the honeycombs from the hive. At the following step, the honeycombs are transported to factory and machine and then honey is extracted from honeycomb. At this point, people clean the honey and boil them for a while. The honey is contained in some jars at the 4^th step. Finally, the honey jars are distributed and sold in many supermarkets and stores.

Good !

Huyền-18/11

dkhuyendhnn15a5hn — 2023-11-25 05:51:45 UTC

Today, music plays a vital role in our lives, and it is often said that the primary purpose of music is to be a stress reliever. This essay strongly agrees with this suggestion.

Firstly, some individuals claim that the most significant role of music is to help them unwind, as it has an effect on emotions. According to a recent research, music can be a powerful tool to help us settle our minds when we feel stressful, promote healing, and improve our overall emotional well-being.

Moreover, music is able to affect the body positively. Music has the power to energize and motivate. Upbeat tunes with a fast tempo can boost our mood, increase energy levels, and even enhance physical performance during exercise or various activities. The rhythm and pace of music can stimulate movement and encourage us to push ourselves further, making it a valuable companion in workouts or daily tasks. According to a survey of 1,000 gym goers in London, up to 90% of them admitted that music gives them the strength to complete their exercises.

In conclusion, while music indeed serves as a potent stress reliever, its impact extends far beyond our emotional well-being and positively influences our physical health and energizes us.

Good !

Phạm Thị Phương Linh - 18/11/2023

2023-11-25 06:20:56 UTC

It is stated that the main function of music is to reduce stress, I do not agree with that because music acts as a source of income for a person or a group of people.

First of all, music really dose help wind down but thanks to music, many people can make money quickly and easily, music has made them famous and generated a huge amount of money. For example, Son Tung mtp, from a young man who participated in music competitions because of his passion for singing, now composes his own music and becomes a young singer with many hit songs. Those hits have helped him have a huge source of income that is difficult for anyone at his age to make. A few months ago Son Tung revealed his huge salary for a music show was 1 billion VND. That helped him become a millionaire

Nguyễn Minh Đức - 18/11/2023

2023-11-25 08:04:02 UTC

Music is a powerful tool for reducing stress, and there is a wealth of evidence to support this claim. Studies have shown that listening to calming music can lower cortisol levels, the stress hormone, and increase oxytocin, a hormone associated with relaxation. Additionally, music therapy has been found to significantly reduce anxiety in patients undergoing medical procedures.

The physiological effects of music can be attributed to its ability to activate the parasympathetic nervous system, responsible for the body's "rest and digest" response. This activation leads to a decrease in heart rate, blood pressure, and muscle tension, promoting a state of relaxation.

Music's influence extends beyond the physical realm, affecting our emotions and cognitive processes as well. Calming music can evoke feelings of joy, peace, and tranquility, effectively counteracting the negative emotions associated with stress. Additionally, music can promote positive thinking and reduce rumination, allowing individuals to focus on the present moment rather than dwelling on worries.

While music may not be a cure-all for stress, its ability to induce relaxation, evoke positive emotions, and promote positive thinking makes it a valuable tool for stress management (viết lại). By incorporating music into their daily routines, individuals can effectively combat stress and improve their overall well-being.

In conclusion, music is an undeniable tool in reduce stress. Its ability to soothe the mind, evoke positive emotions, and induce relaxation makes it a powerful tool for managing stress and promoting overall well-being. The vast reservoir of research supporting music's stress-reducing effects leaves no doubt about its efficacy in combating the detrimental effects of stress.

Thiếu minh chứng- copy paste

Lê Khánh Huyền Trang 24 / 11

2023-11-25 11:20:21 UTC

The figure illustrates the process of the bricks manufacturing. It is clear that there are 7 distinct stages in this process......

At the beginning of the process, clay is dug from the ground. And then, the clay is put through a metal grid, and it is passed onto a roller where it is mixed with sand and water. After that, the clay can be shaped into bricks in two ways, either it is put in a mould, or a wire cutter is used.

At the fourth stage in the process, the clay bricks are placed in a drying oven for about two days. Next, the bricks are heated in a kiln at a moderate temperature (200 - 900 degrees Celsius ) and then at a high temperature (up to 1300 degrees ) before they are stayed for two to three days in a cooling chamber. Finally, the finished bricks are packed and delivered.

Good !

Khải 19/11

2023-11-26 12:05:37 UTC

-The pictures show the steps involved in the life cycle of the bee and the process in which honey is produced.

-Overall, It is found that the honey making process has 6 stages, from laying eggs in the nest to leaving honey in the nest to become honey. The honey production process then goes through five steps, starting with honeycomb collection and ending with distribution and sales.

-In terms of making honey, the first step is that a queen bee lays eggs in honeycomb, which is prepared beforehand.

-And a week later, they get completely developed.

-The larva need another three weeks to turn into bees before they can leave the nest.

-Then, the bees are mature enough to be able to collect nectar from flowers.

Good !

Khai 27/11

2023-11-27 11:59:27 UTC

-The quantity of cash invested in each group by five organizations is illustrated in the bar chart below

-Overall, as can be seen, Organization B puts the highest amount of money into all categories, mean while, Organization D is in opposite side

-Organization B puts 1.3 billion euros into the machinery, mean while, machinery is invested from 0.4 to 0.8 billion euros from the organizations A, C, D and E, respectively.

-The amount of money invested in building by Organization A accounts for 0.5 billion euros, Organization B provides amount of money in building that increases sharply, it accounts for 1.7 billion euros, mean while, Organizations C, D and E puts about the same amount of 0.5 billion euros.

Khánh 27.11

lethihuyenldp — 2023-11-27 12:01:13 UTC

-The given bar chart illustrates the amount of money invested in 4 areas, which is divided into similar 5 organizations.

-In general, organization B put money the highest money into 4 parts , mean while, the lowest investment belongs to organizations D and E.

-Looking at the details, organization B invests in the group of machinery with large amount of money, which accounted for 1.3 billion. On the other hand, 0.8 billion, 0.7 billion, 0.4 billion and 0.4 billion present organization A, C, D and E, respectively.

-In term of quantity, organization A, C, D, E have the same investment in building, it is about 0.5 billion euros. However, the building investment of organization A is the highest within 5 organizations, it presents 1,7 billion euros

- With regard to staff training investment of organization B makes up to 1.5 billion euros. Besides that, 1 billion euros, 0.4 billion euros, 0.3 billion euros, 0.5 billion euros present organization A, C, D, E respectively.

- It is provided from the bar chart, the large amount of money, which is put into search in organization B, it rises to 1.6 billion, mean while, it clearly declines in organization A, C, D and suddenly, it steadily grows to 0.3 billion

- To sum up, five organisations invest with a large of money, which quickly changed over time.

Mai 27/11/2023

2023-11-27 12:01:23 UTC

The bar chart illustrates the amount of money which is invested in four aspects in five organizations.

Overall, the different areas in organization B are invested the most, mean while, organization D invests ones the least.

The biggest investment in machinery belongs to organization B, which is accounted for 1.3 billion Euros, mean while, the different organizations invest from 0.8 to 0.7, 0.4 and 0.4 in organization A, C, D and E, respectively.

The amount of money, which is invested in building in organization A presents at 0.5 billion Euros. Especially, the investment in building of organization B increases sharply to 1.7 billion Euros, and other organizations stand at 0.5 billion Euros.

Dương Phương Linh 1/12

duongphuonglinh2007tb — 2023-12-01 16:17:28 UTC

The diagram illustrates how honey is produced by bees and the steps in the output of honey.

Generally, there are distinct 6 steps which show how bees make honey and 5 steps of manufacturing honey.

Firstly, honeycomb has egg of a queen bee. Then, after 3 days, the egg becomes larva. The 3th step is that larva fully grown a week later. Next, bee leaves yhe hive in more than 3 weeks. Subsequently, bee gathers nectar from flowers. After that, nectar in hive becomes honey. Following this, it is the production of honey. After the honeycomb is removed by beekeeper from the hive to machine to extract honey. In 3th step, people boil honey to make it cleaner. Then, jars made from honey is distributed to sell.

Khánh 01/12

lethihuyenldp — 2023-12-02 09:41:42 UTC

The given pictures illustrate the process of coverting bee into honey

Overall, that work is composed of 6 periods, begin with the honey bees building a hive and the honey selling, which are bought by uses is the last step

In terms of making honey, the first steps is that queen bee lays eggs in honeycomb.

At this point, they are allowed to wait about 3 days later for the larva to appear . Looking at the detais, approximately a week, the larve grow up with a large numbers

After that, having been grown, there are 3 more weeks for larva to turn into bees to be able to leave the hive for gathering nectar from flowers.

The following is that the bees leave the nectar and bring it into hives.

Next , the honeycomb is removed from the hive by beekeepers

Then honey is poured into in the bottles and labbed

The last step is the bottles of honey are sold in the supermarkets or shops by sellers

To sum up, a very complicated operation is required for good results

Lê Khánh Huyền Trang 2/12

2023-12-02 12:17:26 UTC

The table provides information about values of the exports of kiwi fruit from New Zealand to five countries between 2010 to 2012 .

Broadly, it can be seen that Japan has the largest number of the kiwi exports. On the other hand, the smallest belongs to Saudi Arabia.

Look at the details, Japan presented $ 270 million in 2010 meanwhile $ 287 million showed a rise for this country one year later (2011). In 2012 , the worth of the imports of kiwi fruit hit the highest point of $ 325,3 million . It is obvious that China stood at $ 74,9 million in 2010. Between 2011 and 2012, the number of the kiwi fruit imported in China grew up significantly from $84,8 million to $94 million.

As can be seen that the price of the importation of kiwi from New Zealand to Mexico reached at $1,2 million in 2010. From 2011 to 2012 , there was a considerably upward trend in the number of kiwi imports in Mexico to $3 million. While exports of kiwi to Russia were significantly lower, at $968,000 . Exports earnings from this market had increased to nearly $1,6 million and $ 2,4 million after two years. Finally , New Zealand's kiwi exports revenues from Saudi Arabia have steadily declined from $290,000 in 2010 to only $82,000 in 2012.

nguyen xuan khoi 4/12

2023-12-04 15:24:27 UTC

The table shows information about values of the exports of kiwi fruit from New Zealand to five countries between 2010 and 2012.

Overall, there are four countries which consume than itself at 2010. Besides, Saudi Arabia reduce rapidly. At details, Japan is always the most exported by New Zealand.

It is clear that, between 2010 and 2012, values of the exports of kiwi fruit from New Zealand to Mexico and Russia slowly increased. In table, the exports of Japan probably improved from 271,000,000 dollars to 287,000,000 dollars in 2011 which continue changed from 287,000,000 dollars to 325,000,000 dollars. On the another hand, the exports of China was developed like Japan. However, in field of values of the exports of kiwi, Japan is bigger than China. Finally, Saudi Arabia's exports went down to lowest point in 2012, although it was high in 2010.

Dương Linh 07/12

duongphuonglinh2007tb — 2023-12-07 12:59:32 UTC

The table shows the worth of exporting kiwi fruit from New Zealand to five countries over a 3-year period.

Generally, it is obvious that Japan was the continent importing with the highest value and the lowest value belong to Saudi Arabia.

As can be seen, the worth of the kiwi fruit imported in Japan in 2010 was $271,000,000, meanwhile, $287,000,000 showed a rise for this country one year later. Look at the details, this number accounted for $325,000,000 in 2012. China presented $74,900,000 in 2010. The number of kiwi fruit in this continent in 2011 was properly 1,13 bigger than that one year ago. And next year, it increased to $94,000,000. In 2010, $1,200,000 was the value of importing kiwi fruit in Mexico. One year later, this value was 2 bigger than it in 2010. It peaked at $94,000,000 in 2012. The worth of importing kiwi fruit in Russia reached $968,000 in 2010 and $585,000 in 2011. It is clear that, the data climbed to $2,404,000 in 2012. Saudi Arabia gained $29,000,000 and $106,000,000 in 2010,2011 respectively, meanwhile, the number of the kiwi fruit imported in this country in 2012 was properly 3/4 smaller than that one year ago. As can be seen, this number felt gradually each year.

Lê Khánh Huyền Trang 7/12/23

2023-12-07 14:13:51 UTC

The graph describes the ~~amount~~ of goods travelled in UK in the period from 1974 and 2002 by four different sorts of transport .

Overall, it is evident that goods shipped in UK increased between 1974 and 2002. In particular, road accounted for the highest percentage, meanwhile pipeline represented the lowest rate.

It is obvious that goods transported using road in 1974 accounted for about 70 million tonnes. After 16 years, this number increased slightly to nearly 80 million tonnes. However, the period from 1990 to 1994 saw a minimally rise in the number of road transports to approximately 83 million tonnes. Then, the figure of road vehicles reached a peak of practically 100 million tonnes. As can be seen, the water transferences started at 38 million tonnes in 1974. Nevertheless, there was a dramatical growth in the number of water transportations to about 57 million tonnes between 1978 and 1982. After that, his quantity continued to remain stable at 60 million tonnes until 1994. In 2002, water hit highest point of more than 60 million tonnes.

It is provided from the chart that at the beginning of 1974, the use of rail transportation system for carrying goods to the Uk gained at 40 million tonnes. Subsequently, the number of products brought through rail mode saw a slight variation between 40 and 25 million tonnes in the period 17 years till it gained at the top of 41 million tonnes. Furthermore, compared with road and water, the use of rail transported is the lowest because it moves slowly. In 1974, the usage of pipeline shipped fell to a low of nearly 5million tonnes. Beides,to 1993, this quantity climbed gradually to 21 million tonnes. Finally, it continued to maintain the same in 2002.

Ngọc Hân 7/10/2023

2023-12-07 14:25:01 UTC

The graph shows the number of goods shipped between 1974 and 2002 by different means of transport in the UK.

Overell, as can be seen, there are four types of vehicles transporting goods. The volume of goods traveling by road is the highest, the volume of goods traveling by pipeline is the lowest

Hoàng Tùng 7/12/2023

2023-12-08 11:59:17 UTC

The graph illustrates the quantity of goods transported in the UK between 1974 and 2002 using various modes of transportation.

Overall, as can be seen, there was a significant increase in the total amount of goods shipped during this period.

In 1974, approximately 50 million tonnes of goods were transported by road, which was the highest among all modes of transportation. The quantity of goods transported by road steadily increased over the years, reaching around 150 million tonnes in 2002.

Water transport was the second most popular mode of transportation in 1974, with roughly 30 million tonnes of goods being shipped. However, the quantity of goods transported by water gradually declined, dropping to around 20 million tonnes in 2002.

Rail transport accounted for the smallest proportion of goods shipped in 1974, with only about 10 million tonnes. However, there was a slight increase in the quantity of goods transported by rail until the mid-1980s, after which it remained relatively stable at around 15 million tonnes.

Pipeline transportation had the least significant role in goods transportation throughout the entire period. In 1974, less than 5 million tonnes of goods were shipped by air, and this number only slightly increased to around 10 million tonnes by 2002.

In conclusion, road transport was the dominant mode of goods transportation in the UK between 1974 and 2002. Water transport experienced a decline, while rail and air transport played relatively minor roles in the overall transportation of goods

Đinh Hoàng Anh 16/12/2023

2023-12-16 09:47:54 UTC

The growth of online learning is increasingly popular and has brought flexibility, accessibility and a wealth of resources. However, ~~it is not without its challenges.~~ and in this article I want to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of this online learning method.

First is about the benefits of online learning. With the development of technology today, many schools have applied online learning for students who are far from school or due to the impact of the covid-19 epidemic in 2020. Online learning ~~has helped~~ ~~Very beneficial~~ for students because they learn from anywhere, anytime. No more commuting or rigid schedules due to the covid-19 epidemic. Resources are easily accessible, and many platforms offer free or low-cost options. There are now many online platforms that offer adaptive learning paths and personalized feedback, tailoring the experience to your individual needs. Online learning platforms can incorporate multimedia elements, interactive exercises, and gamification, making learning more engaging and stimulating. Online learning caters to diverse lifestyles and allows students to adjust their time to classes and subjects to ensure quality education. (lack of evidence..)

The second is about the disadvantages of online learning. For online learning, the lack of direct interaction can ~~hinder~~ teachers and students. Network connection is also an important issue because most students are in remote areas where the internet has not been installed and is not responsive. real-time feedback. Maintaining motivation and focus without the presence of teachers and classmates can also be challenging. Online learning depends heavily on technology. But some students' uneven access to devices and reliable Internet can create a digital divide. Online learning requires a high level of self-discipline and time management skills from students to stay on track and complete tasks without external pressure. Besides, the digital environment is also full of distractions such as notifications and social networks, making it easy to lose focus and procrastinate. (lack of evidence..)

In conclusion, from the advantages and disadvantages we can see that online learning has been bringing many benefits as well as flexibility and access to knowledge for students, but it comes with challenges Small clowning involves social interactions, teacher-student interactions, technical issues, and potential limitations in certain educational contexts.

Good development: hơn 65% tra cứu

Nguyễn Đức Minh 16/12/2023

2023-12-16 09:49:49 UTC

In the digital era like today, especially when the Covid-19 epidemic broke out strongly from the beginning of 2020 to the end of 2021, online learning can be said to be one of the most effective and thorough methods, to ensure the extremely important learning work of hundreds of generations of students. In the following sentences, we are going to discuss about the advantages and disadvantages of online learning.

First of all, let's discuss deeply about the beneficial advantages of online learning that contributes to the society. The first factor that we need to talk about is the efficiency of online studying. Online learning offers teachers an efficient way to deliver lessons to students. Online learning has a number of tools such as videos, PDFs, podcasts, and teachers can use all these tools as part of their lesson plans. By extending the lesson plan beyond traditional textbooks to include online resources, teachers are able to become more efficient educators. Secondly, we need to talk about the amazing, boundless accessibility of time and place of virtual learning. Accordingly, online education allows students to attend classes from any location of their choice. It also allows schools to reach out to a more extensive network of students, instead of being restricted by geographical boundaries. Additionally, online lectures can be recorded, archived, and shared for future reference. This allows students to access the learning material at a time of their comfort. Thus, online learning offers students the accessibility of time and place in education. Thirdly, we need to notice about is the affordability of non-physical education. In fact, online learning also reduces financial costs. Online education is far more affordable as compared to physical learning. This is because online learning eliminates the cost points of student transportation, student meals, and most importantly, real estate. Additionally, all the course or study materials are available online, thus creating a paperless learning environment which is more affordable, while also being beneficial to the environment.

On the opposite side, beside the magnificent benefits that online studying bring to us, there are also downsides of it too. To begin with, we need to discuss about the inability to focus on screens. For many students, one of the biggest challenges of online learning is the struggle with focusing on the screen for long periods of time. With online learning, there is also a greater chance for students to be easily distracted by social media or other sites. Therefore, it is imperative for the teachers to keep their online classes crisp, engaging, and interactive to help students stay focused on the lesson. More over, online studying also has a formidable obstacle which is technology issues. Another key challenge of online classes is internet connectivity. While internet penetration has grown in leaps and bounds over the past few years, in smaller cities and towns, a consistent connection with decent speed is a problem. Without a consistent internet connection for students or teachers, there can be a lack of continuity in learning for the child. This is detrimental to the education process. Simultaneously, digital learning also brings a noticeable struggle which is sense of isolation. Students can learn a lot from being in the company of their peers. However, in an online class, there are minimal physical interactions between students and teachers. This often results in a sense of isolation for the students. In this situation, it is imperative that the school allow for other forms of communication between the students, peers, and teachers. This can include online messages, emails and video conferencing that will allow for face-to-face interaction and reduce the sense of isolation.

In conclusion, online studying has both upsides and downsides that we need to highly be aware of when participating in this exclusive educational activity.

Good development: hơn 65% tra cứu

Đỗ Nguyễn Hải Nam 16/12/

hainam24122003_ — 2023-12-16 09:56:15 UTC

During the Covid-19 pandemic, everything of our daily live has change drastically due to quarantine policy. And one of the most often-used term in the pandemic is the term "new normal". We have a lot of "new normal" back then, for example: Working from home, social distancing and online learning. Online learning, a new way of learning, has become a popular learning method due to its advantages. However, online learning still ~~have~~ many negatives part we can't ignore.

First of all, Online learning offer an efficient way to study. It ~~provide~~ a number of tools to help the teachers become more efficient educators. Another advantage of online education is that it allows students to attend classes from anywhere they want. It also allows educators to reach out to a more extensive network of students. Moreover, online lectures allow people to record and archive so learner ~~will~~ be able to access the lesson from any time of their choices. Additionally, since online classes can be taken from anytime and anywhere, there are fewer chances of students missing out on lesson

With that being said, Online learning does have many disadvantages. For many students, they are struggling to focus on the screen for long periods of time and they tend to be easily distracted by social media or other sites. Another challenge of online classes is platform issue like internet connection or compatible devices. Without a consistent internet connection or a compatible device, online learning is hard to be carried out. Moreover, online learning requires teacher to have a basic understanding of using technology and have the necessary resources and tools to ~~conducts~~ online class

In conclusion, Online learning is such a new way for teachers to deliver lessons to students. It is more efficient than normal education due to its accessibility of time and place. However, we can not ignore its disadvantages such as the inability to focus on screens, the technology issues of both student and teacher,... By decoding and understanding these positives and negatives ~~will~~ help people ~~to developing~~ a more ~~efficiency~~ way of learning.

good development: 40% tra cứu

Vũ Mai Anh 16/12/23

2023-12-16 09:57:28 UTC

In recent times, distance teaching and learning have gained popularity among students, prompting a range of opinions. While some people view it as a beneficial tool for learning, others argue that it doesn't match the effectiveness of classroom teaching. This essay explores the advantages and disadvantages of distant learning.

Engaging in online courses offers students flexibility in timing and a cost-effective learning approach. They can pursue desired courses at their convenience, providing an excellent opportunity to acquire new skills and enhance knowledge from their location. For instance, a Vietnamese student aspiring for an Australian business management degree can achieve this through online study, eliminating the need to relocate.

However, online courses often prioritize theoretical learning, resulting in reduced teacher-student interaction and a lack of emphasis on practical aspects. This tendency toward passive learning makes some students perceive it as less effective compared to traditional classroom teaching. Recent studies indicate a preference for classroom teaching among a significant number of students.

In conclusion, the increasing popularity of online learning presents both advantages and disadvantages, with opinions varying among individuals. While it is recognized as a cost-effective and convenient learning method, the challenge lies in addressing concerns about its effectiveness compared to traditional classroom teaching

Good development: 35% tra cứu

Nguyễn Đình Hiếu - 16/12/2023

2023-12-16 10:06:40 UTC

Online learing is already increasingly popular these day. Distance education has the advantages of flexibility and convenience but but there are also disadvantages in terms of accessibility and communication. The following essay takes a look at both sides of the argument.

Look on the bright side. Online learning is good because you can learn on your own time and from anywhere. It's flexible and lets you access courses globally. Especially, for those who study while working or those who want to study abroad but do not have enough economic resources, distance education is truly an effective solution.(lack of evidence..)

On the other hand, online learning has some problems. People miss talking directly with the teacher and classmates, which can make the learning process a bit lonely. Morever, technical issues are also very anoying, like bad internet, especially if you do not have a good technology or internet. Also, you need to be good at managing your time since there is no set class schedule. It is a trade-off between the good things, like flexibility, and the downside, like missing out on talking to people and dealing with technical problems.

In conclusion, I think that online education is a good solution but it aslo has many down sides such as access restruction, despire it flexibility. People need to think about what matters most... to them in their learning.

Self-writing: Good

Phạm Linh 16/12/2023

2023-12-16 10:08:07 UTC

In recent years, learning online has been ~~quite.....~~. Many students think it h~~elp~~ very convenient, while others think it is not as effective as study in class. This essay will discuss the advantages and disadvantages of learning online

Online learning ~~will~~ help students save time going to school. It also reduces study costs and travel costs from home to school. Studying online ~~will~~ not cause traffic jams that lead to being late to school and lacking knowledge due to arriving late. For example, a student is busy with something else but it's time for class, the only thing that student does right now is connect to the mobile device to study. It can be seen that it both saves time and money

On the other hand, online learning will reduce interaction between teachers and students. This makes students easily lazy to do their homework. It can be seen that online learning is less effective than classroom learning. For example, when learning to write online, the teacher ~~will~~ only be able to correct the lesson on the computer and ~~will~~ not have enough time to explain to each student, but in class, the teacher can show each student the mistakes the student makes.

In conclusion , online learning is increasingly popular with students and teachers. It has many pros and corns. However, it really saves time and money compared to studying in class

Self- writing: Good !

Đinh Khánh Huyền-16/12/2023

dkhuyendhnn15a5hn — 2023-12-16 10:08:09 UTC

In the modern era, with the development of technology, online learning has become more and more popular and has played a significant role in educational innovation. However, it not only has advantages but also disadvantages for students' studying. This essay aims to discuss the benefits and drawbacks of learning online.

On the one hand, online learning has brought numerous benefits to learners. One of the most vital advantages of studying online is the flexibility it provides. It allows learners to access course materials and participate in discussions at their own pace and convenience. This flexibility is beneficial for students with busy schedules, allowing them to balance family, work, and studying. An example of the flexibility of online learning is clearly shown during the COVID-19 epidemic. In this context, online learning has emerged as a flexible and essential solution, allowing individuals to continue their educational pursuits even when physical mobility is restricted.

Moreover, studying online is also able to save costs. Online learning often eliminates the need for physical classrooms, reducing the overhead costs associated with traditional education. Students can save on commuting, accommodation, and other expenses, making education more affordable. Additionally, many online resources are available for free, further reducing financial barriers to learning. (lack of evidence..)

On the other hand, online learning has some drawbacks. One of the primary disadvantages of online learning is the absence of face-to-face interaction. Traditional classrooms provide immediate feedback through direct communication between students and instructors. Online learning may lack this personal connection, potentially leading to feelings of isolation. Meli, a Beijin student, found herself thrust into the world of online learning during the pandemic. The absence of face-to-face interaction left her longing for the personal connections and collaborative learning experiences she once cherished, highlighting a notable drawback of online education.

In conclusion, online learning stands as a pivotal force in education, offering flexibility and cost savings. However, the lack of face-to-face interaction remains a significant drawback. In the future, balancing the advantages and disadvantages is important as we shape education, ensuring the harmony of online learning in the traditional educational landscape.

Good development: 30% tra cứu

16/12/2023 - Nguyen Ha My

2023-12-16 10:09:21 UTC

Online learning is becoming more and more popular today. Numerous educational establishments started offering online courses to pupils in different grades. E-learning provides many benefits, yet we also have to be aware of its drawbacks.

Start with the positive aspects of learning online. Learners are more flexible since they can study on their own schedules, access websites to find free or inexpensive study resources, and participate in class from anywhere as long as they have an internet connection. Besides, it also helps pupils more familiar with computer technology. Students are able to save time and money on lodging and transportation by using online learning. (lack of evidence..)

On the other hand, the disadvantages of studying online is that learners may find it difficult to engage fully in online courses. Overload or connection problems brought on by too many people logging in at once may disrupt with teaching and learning. In addition, a potential drawback of studying online is the network. Smooth learning can be delayed by a lack of connection, a lost network, or an unacceptable network for various reasons. Another factor is that a lot of students learn online without paying attention, which leads to in a lack of knowledge.

To conclusion, everything has its pros and cons. There are a lot of benefits of online education, such as easy access to a wide range of courses and resources and cost savings. Nevertheless, we are also cautioned to use caution when studying online due to some of its negative aspects. Furthermore, traditional education cannot be replaced by online learning.

Good development: 20% tra cứu

Trần Dương Phương Linh / Dec 16

2023-12-16 10:12:35 UTC

The emergence of technology, which can mostly refer to digital formats, has been changing and even revolutionizing the way humans expose information. The information consumption via databases is now holding a crucial role in every aspect of life, especially in the field of teaching and learning. These flexible teaching methods have led to some controversial opinions upon their benefits and drawbacks that while some individuals consider online classes as a beneficial aid in learning, others are against this viewpoint. This following essay will discuss both the merits and demerits of online learning and the justifications are included. (Too long)

On the one hand, the most notable reason for making online courses outstanding is the flexibility it provides, allowing students to set their own schedule, especially for those with busy lifestyles. Learners nowadays can easily access the learning materials and participate in their desired courses anywhere with internet connections. In addition, the severe impact of Covid 19 back in 2020 has completely shifted the way of teaching and learning, thus making schools even offer online examinations to fit the circumstances and to be more convenient for the learners. ~~Beside~~, the convenience is also there to mention. The ability to communicate with professors via e-mail, fast accessibility of internet sites and tools for learning purposes can upgrade your online experience and enhance your computer skills as well, which can be a huge advantage for your future career.

On the other hand, the drawbacks should be considered, as many people argue that online education, though possessing numerous benefits, do not live up to their expectation. The lack of face to face interaction forms a concern upon the true effectiveness of this type of education, which means it is actually more challenging to communicate with fellow students and tutors, and gradually decrease the sense of community and concentration. This in fact makes students hard to focus on, stay engaged and keep their motivation in the duration of learning, and might lead to a fall in learning result.

In short, this kind of teaching and learning has its own pros and cons. Though online education brings numerous benefits to the learners due to its fascinating features and the support from modern technology, students still should consider the downsides, as quite a concern, to choose the most suitable forms of learning and teaching that fit their study goals to achieve the best results.

Good development: 25% tra cứu

Đỗ Hoàng Hà Vy - 16/12

dovy4153_ — 2023-12-16 10:12:47 UTC

In recent years, engaging in online learning has become a common sense for everyone. This happens due to the fact that people are now having the opportunity to take full advantage of advanced technology and also because of the worldwide pandemic dated back in 2020. This trend brings back not only merits but demerits at the same time, this essay will discuss about both view and give the opinion on this new rising trend.

On the first hand, distance learning also comes with numerous benefits. E-learning enables students to study while they are still at home, this is extremely convenient, especially for students living far from school, and people having a stable job. It shortens the time they have to spend to travel between their homes and schools, this fact allows them to use that extra amount of time for preparing the lesson before class. As for the employees, studying on online platforms turns into their best choice as they are still having to deal with their personal busy working schedule. Furthermore, online learning can be accessed easily from a wide range of community. As a result, distance education turns out to be the key to abbreviate the distance between remote areas and big city as long as they can keep their connections stable. (lack of evidence)

On the other hand, this trend has created a number of drawbacks that we have to deal with. It can be easily seen that some students might find it hard to focus and keep track of the lesson, because the teacher can not fully take care of them as offline classes, they can easily multitask and do something else rather than actually learning the lesson. This is a real challenge with the primary pupils and teachers, although we agree that it can be done anywhere, pupils will still have to find a really quite place in order to really concentrate on the lessons. Another issue is that studying on online platforms makes it hard to communicate effectively between the learners and the mentors. This happens due to the fact that students might not be able to discuss and ask questions about the lessons after the lecture with their mentors, and it might lead to the decrease in the learners’ interest of the subject.

In conclusion, distance learning not only brings back to us the convenience, the accessibility from a wide range of people, but it also comes with the trouble of focusing and communicating. Despite all the limitations of e-learning, I personally still believe that its advantages has already outweighed the disadvantages, and people need to improve the demerits so that they can fully ultilize this modern technology.

Good development

Nguyễn Đức Anh 16/12/2023

2023-12-16 10:13:08 UTC

Nowadays , online learning, also known as e-learning, has revolutionized the education system and provided numerous advantages and disadvantages. This essay will delve into both the benefits and drawbacks of online learning.

Firstly , one of the significant advantages of online learning is flexibility. Students can access their coursework at their own convenience, allowing for a personalized learning experience. This flexibility is particularly beneficial for individuals who have work commitments, family responsibilities, or live in remote areas. Online learning eliminates the need for a physical classroom, enabling learners to access educational material from anywhere in the world.(lack of evidence)

Additionally , another advantage is the adaptability of online platforms. Students can progress at their own pace and revisit concepts they find challenging while skipping over material they already grasp. This individualized approach allows learners to tailor their education to their specific needs and learning style, promoting a greater understanding and retention of the content.(lack of evidence)

Nevertheless, online learning presents its fair share of disadvantages. One such drawback is the lack of face-to-face interaction. Traditional classrooms foster direct communication between teachers and students as well as peer-to-peer interaction, which enhances interpersonal skills, collaboration, and the exchange of ideas. Online learning, on the other hand, often relies on asynchronous communication, which can ~~hinder~~ the development of social and communication skills.

Furthermore, another disadvantage is the potential for technological issues. Reliance on internet connectivity, computer devices, and software platforms can create obstacles for students who do not have consistent access to these resources. Technical difficulties can disrupt learning, causing frustration, missed deadlines, and decreased motivation.

In conclusion, online learning offers significant advantages such as flexibility, adaptability, and access to diverse resources. However, it also presents challenges, including limited face-to-face interaction and potential technological issues. Before deciding on an online learning approach, it is important to weigh these advantages and disadvantages to determine the suitability of online learning for an individual's specific circumstances and learning style.

Good development: 50% tra cứu

another advantage is the adaptability of online platforms. Students can progress at their own pace and revisit concepts they find challenging while skipping over material they already grasp. This individualized approach allows learners to tailor their education to their specific needs and learning style,

Bùi Đình Công 16/12/2023

2023-12-16 10:13:52 UTC

Online learning has become increasingly popular in recent years. It offers many advantages, but it also have some disadvantages.

One of the main advantages of online learning is flexibility. Students can refer to the course materials and they can complete the tasks assigned by the teacher at any time and from anywhere with an internet connection. This is especially for people who have busy schedules, have part-time jobs, or live in remote areas.

Another advantage of online learning is its cost effectiveness. Online learning helps students save money on travel, as you don't need to travel to school. Moreover, if students study online, they do not need to pay rent for housing anymore.

However, online learning also has some disadvantages. One of the main challenges is the lack of face-to-face interaction with teachers and classmates. This can make it difficult for students to ask questions and get immediately feedback. In addition, online learning requires a high level of discipline and self-motivation, as students must manage their own study time.

In conclusion, online learning offers many advantages, such as flexibility and cost-effectiveness, but also some disadvantages, such as the lack of face-to-face interaction. It is important for students to have a sense of self-discipline with their studies and arrange their own time in the most reasonable way.

Good development: 40% tra cứu

Phạm Liên Anh-16/12

dkhuyendhnn15a5hn — 2023-12-16 10:15:53 UTC

On These days, online learning is growing in popularity. A lot of traditional universities started offering their courses online for free. This essay will discuss about the benefits drawbacks of distant learning.

The first reason why studying online ~~is comfortable~~ for students who take online courses benefit from flexible scheduling and less expensive payment. This provides an ideal opportunity for students to continue ~~living~~ in their own home while enhancing and broadening their knowledge foundation. According to Harvard University, 80% of students prefer to learning online to offline because it is so convenience.

However, there is less interaction between teachers and students in online courses. Student can ~~be impacting~~ the development of interpersonal skills . Distractions at home can interfere with concentration, and online learning places more of a demand on discipline to meet deadlines and maintain focus than traditional classroom settings. Mrs Adina , Professor of Harvard university said that the absence of face-to-face interaction can lead to a potential lack of social connection .

In conclusion , online learning presents significant advantages such as flexibility, saving cost . However, it comes with challenges, including the potential of reduce social interaction, distractions, and self-discipline.

Good development

Mac Thanh Tuan - 16/12/2023

2023-12-16 10:17:07 UTC

With the prominent rise of technology, education has evolved to further shapes than traditional classes and methods. Online learning, as the de facto leading candidate of this evolution, has taken the advantage and established itself as a solid choice for convenient and effective education, especially under special circumstances like the COVID pandemic back in 2020 or long-distance studying. Nonetheless, there are people who are firmly against it, due to their doubts on its effectiveness as well as concerns on potential habits it may cause them to form. This essay serves as the justification for both viewpoints, as well as potential answers to the conflicts among those. (too long)

To the viewpoint of the supporters, online learning is effective due to its adaptability and ease of accessibility. Online learning, as suggested by its name, is conducted through the means of online communication. With only a device that can connect to the Internet, one can appear in classes hosted by teachers just as if he or she were in the real classroom. There is no need for physical appearance for the students, which results in better control over the classes and reduced tasks for the teachers, since every online teaching-learning platform has tools to support them. As a matter of fact, the teachers ~~will~~ have more time to lecture their students, thus avoiding breaking the curriculum plan. In addition, students also benefit from these advantages as they can consume more knowledge in time, together with reducing the forgetfulness of carrying the curriculum books, along with gaining sheer focus due to the lack of external interference they usually experience at local classrooms, since mostly everyone would be put on mute during class time by teachers and is only allowed to talk after giving a signal for unmute. These advantages have been proven excellent during the pandemic period caused by COVID-19, with the implementation of online studying in universities. For such convenience and advantages gained, it is no doubt that online learning has become a go-to choice when it comes to flexible education. (Lack of evidence..)

On the other side of the coin, the concerns raised together with the acceptance of online learning in the eyes of many people. They claim that online learning has not only lived up to their expectation but also formed bad habits in studying for them. The claims expressed that the overall control of the classes in fact cause extra problems rather than provide help. Students can join the said classroom, in which they are put on mute by default, then leave for other tasks. This dismisses the false acceptance of sheer focus and lack of external interference during studying. With no real appearance check, they can miss out a whole class and thus, losing the knowledge they are supposed to tolerate. This, in the long term, can cause the lack of qualification for the exams, which will harm their overall results and lead to class repetition. In addition, the bad habits formed by online learning is considerable, notably the procrastination of students. As mentioned previously, with the allowance of free absence while maintaining the attending status, students stray away from studying and instead fall into other focuses like gaming, social chatting, etc. Since there is no real check, they form a mindset of delaying given tasks because “the teachers will not remember”. This is a proven fact through observation and is indisputably dangerous not just for their studying but also their later lives, when they have a career. Hence, the hesistance in implementing online learning remains firm, to some extent. (Lack of evidence..)

Through the two segments of the essay, both the viewpoints are demonstrated in detail to explain the frustration among the opinions on online learning. With all the addressed advantages, as well as the disadvantage, it is vital to consider carefully the route of education method to ensure the most effective lectures for the teacher, as well as the best results for the students.

Good development: 20% tra cứu

Thiên Hoàng - 16/12

2023-12-16 10:18:28 UTC

Ever since the pandemic, a new form of studying called E-learning has emerged and become a trend, many institutions from universities to high schools have transitioned to online classes and it has experienced significant growth. Consequently, it has caused an argument on the pros and cons of this method.

The benefits of online teaching and learning are numerous. For starters, individuals can now take part in online classes from nearly anywhere, cutting off the need for time-consuming trips, and freeing up more time for productive tasks. Furthermore, online education provides easy access to high-quality programs in a wide range of fields. Individuals are able to pursue overseas education possibilities through online courses, making studying abroad more feasible and affordable without the incredible amount of payment solely for the living costs. (Lack of evidence..)

On the contrary, there are still drawbacks of studying online that one needs to put in consideration. It is inevitable that students may face various distractions during classes, they can be tempted to just be away from the keyboard and participate in their personal matters, such circumstances will most definitely cause disruptions in class and affect their results in the long term. Additionally, the network or technical equipment constantly being unstable poses a challenge for both instructors and students, which can result in ineffective use of their time.

In short, virtual classes have both positive and negative features in the long run, nevertheless , many people still find that the advantages of online learning exceed the disadvantages. While there are flaws in online classrooms, online education is so far a highly-valued approach to knowledge and set up for ongoing gradual development.

Good development

16/12/2023 - Lê Thị Bích Thùy

2023-12-16 10:21:02 UTC

In the current world context, online learning is gradually becoming a trend and gradually being included in education. However, it still brings many problems to people. This essay will discuss the advantages and disadvantages of online learning.

An undeniable fact, e-learning has brought many benefits in learning. The biggest benefit of online learning is the flexibility ~~to choose~~ your own time. Students do not need to drive or take a bus to class ~~instead of~~ sitting at home to study in their own time and especially for free. This helps you save money and time, which you invest in online learning. Next, the lecture becomes more interesting thanks to software like PowerPoint... thereby attracting the attention of learners. (Lack of evidence..)

On the other hand, Online learning requires a device with a wi-fi connection. Online learning easily makes students lazy. When studying online, you just need to sit anywhere with a device. Unlike learning in the classroom, learning is easily influenced by surrounding factors. Furthermore, teachers and students ~~will~~ interact less with each other. Therefore, it's distinct that learning efficiency ~~will~~ decrease significantly if learners are not more self-aware and focused in learning. (Lack of evidence..)

In conclusion, Online learning helps us save time and money and learners feel more interested in lectures. However, it is also a barrier that reduces interaction between teachers and students and requires learners to have a higher awareness of learning. So, we see that online learning cannot replace ~~online~~ learning.

Self-writing: Good !

Nguyễn Thu Trang 16/12/2023

2023-12-16 10:21:12 UTC

In the context of the developing of technology, remote learning is becoming increasingly prevalent among students. Many people believe that learning online brings numerous benefits, while others disagree. This essay aims to discuss the pros and cons of learning through digital platforms.

On the positive side, one of the prominent advantages of learning online is the flexibility. Learners can adjust their study schedules to align with the demands of their work, which is extremely convenient for those with busy lifestyles. According to a survey conducted by the Online Learning Consortium, 73% of students participated in online courses cited that flexibility is the key factor in their making-decision process.

Moreover, engaging in online learning provides learners with the advantage of substantial time and cost savings. Students now can study from their homes or any location without the need to invest time in attending physical classes. This not only saves time but also leads to cost savings, including reduced expenses for transportation, utilities, and accommodation. (lack of evidence..)

However, it is essential to acknowledge the disadvantages of learning online. A significant weakness is the lack of face-to-face interaction. Teachers cannot control whether their students are present in class. Simultaneously, a lack of concentration in the classroom is also unavoidable for a portion of students.(lack of evidence..)

Additionally, technical challenges are also a significant drawback. Poor internet connection or technical problems with the device can impede the learning process. This technical ~~divide~~ can particularly impact learners in areas with limited access to reliable internet connection.

In conclusion, the advantages and disadvantages of online learning are multifaced. While flexibility, substantial time and cost savings enhance the learning experience, the drawbacks of limited face-to-face interaction as well as technical issues also need to be considered.

Good development: 50% tra cứu

Trương Hoàng Minh 16/12/2023

2023-12-16 10:22:48 UTC

The term "new normal" has been established globally following the COVID-19 pandemic. Online learning has gained popularity in recent years and has become increasingly popular in recent years, with many institutes offering courses and programs that can be completed entirely online. This form of education has its own set of advantages and disadvantages, which we will discuss in this essay.

First, One of the main advantages of online learning is the flexibility . Because students may access their lectures and course materials at any time, they can schedule their education around other obligations such as work or family. This flexibility is particularly beneficial for adult learners who may not have the time to attend traditional classes on a regular basis schedule. (lack of evidence..)

Another advantage of online education is that it allows students to attend classes from any location of their choice. It enables them to connect with a wide range of students without being restricted by geographical boundaries. Furthermore, online lectures can be recorded, stored, and shared for future use, allowing students to access learning materials at their convenience. (lack of evidence..)

Online learning also ~~allow~~ for a more customized learning experience. Students can interact with course materials in ways that suit their learning style, such as reading, viewing videos, or participating in online discussions. This can lead to a deeper understanding of the subject matter and a more engaging learning experience. (lack of evidence..)

However, online learning also has its disadvantages. One of the main challenges is the lack of face-to-face interaction.This can result in feelings of isolation, making it difficult for kids to raise questions and assistance when necessary.Additionally, some students may struggle with the self-discipline required to stay motivated and keep up with their studies without the structure of regular classes.(lack of evidence..)

Another disadvantage of online learning is the potential for technical issues. Due to internet connectivity or computer issues, students may have difficulty accessing course materials, submitting assignments, or engaging in online conversations. (lack of evidence..)

In conclusion, online learning offers many advantages such as flexibility, accessibility, and personalized learning. However, it also comes with its own set of challenges including the lack of face-to-face interaction and potential technical issues. Institutes offering online courses and programs should look deeper into these disadvantages and provide support to students to ensure a positive and successful learning experience.

Tra cứu quá nhiều: Hơn 65%

16/12/2023 - Hắc Thị Thanh Nhàn

2023-12-16 10:23:10 UTC

Online education has gained popularity over the past few years. Especially, E-Learning has become a convenient option for education. It is not denying that E-Learning has numerous benefits, but it also has lots of negative effects. These statements will be examined clearer in this following essay.

At the first place, one of the most important advantages of E-Learning is its flexibility. You are able to study whenever, wherever. Besides, you can also balance your studies with other activities, making it easier to pursue education while maintaining other responsibilities (lack of evidence)

In addition, with e-learning, you can access a wide range of courses and programs. Online learning has various subjects and levels of education which you can choose what suitable for ~~you~~ goals, hobbies and your major. (lack of evidence...)

E-learning not only includes lots of pros but also has numerous negative cons. The first and foremost disadvantage of online learning is the lack of interaction. For instance, in online class, sometimes, you feel shy or do not want to express your thoughts, your opinions about a problem during your class. Little by little, the interaction between ~~lectures~~/ teachers and students are minimized, then it lowers the class’s quality.(lack of evidence...)

Moreover, E-learning sometimes have troubles in Internet connection. The technical issues can disrupt your studies and it leads to. An example for this circumstance, when you are in an online class, you are listening to the instructions of the lecture, but because of the low-quality Wifi, you are missed lots of advice from her.

In conclusion, E-learning offers numerous benefits, which are flexibility, huge variety of information. However, it also has many challenges, including limited interaction, technical issues. Therefore, you have to balance the pros and cons and considering your learning style and goals before deciding to use E-learning.

Good development ! 25% tra cứu

20/12/2023- Mai Anh

2023-12-20 15:28:16 UTC

Nowadays, online learning is viral. Moreover, it has become a good idea in teaching because of the development of technology. E-learning has many benefits and effects, but it also has a lot of consequences. These statements will be approved in this essay.

It is a well-known fact that online learning is very convenient.

You can study wherever and whenever you want because you can take part in online classes when you in the bus or when you visit your grandparents. Besides, teacher can stay at home and teach by phone, laptop,.... It help we save many time to study and work.

Additionally, e-learning is free of charge on several websites.

For instance, people can search some websites such as zoom, google meet,... to take part in online classes or create one meet to discuss with other people

Thanh Huyen 20/12/2023

2023-12-20 15:32:35 UTC

The 21st century is an era of technological advancements, technology and internet-based services are developing at a rapid pace. Online lessons can be easily seen on social media, some of them is totally free of cost. Many people believe that online learning can brings some drawbacks. Whilst acknowledging that there are disadvantages, the essay will argue that the benefits of online learning outweigh the disadvantages.

It is a well-known fact that classes which are held online will save teachers and students commute time. Instead of spending an hour a day or going to and from school, teachers and learners just need to stay at home to teach and learn on the Internet, so they will have more time to participate in phýsical activities or learn new skills. Moreover, online learning is often more affordable than traditional learning, as it eliminates the need for commuting, textbooks, and other expenses. Students can learn at their own pace, and have access to the course material at any time, which allows them to review and revisit information as many times as necessary. I have a story, as you know, in December 2019, when Covid 19 emergency grants outbroke, all of students must stayed at home and learned on the Internet, and it was very effectively. Moreover, online lessons can be found easily on social media, and it may be totally free of charge on several websites.

Quỳnh Hương 20/12/2023

2023-12-20 15:32:57 UTC

We are living in the technological advancements driven era. The technologies have played an important role in our normal life, including studying. Due to the Covid-19 pandemic, online learning has become familiar with everyone. It has both advantages and disadvantages which are going to be justified in the following paragraphs.

It is provided from the fact that online learning is very useful. Students can learn in anytime and anywhere in a very short time. They just need some simple equipment such as: telephone, computer,... and many more. Moreover, while studying online, students can improve their skills and abilities in using cutting-edge technologies, which will be very helpful in the future. In addition, pupils can access to a variety of databases and informations provided from multiple websites. This help learning become easier and more effective.

However, online studying also has many drawbacks. Students do not have chance to interact with each other. They, somehow, would feel bored, sad or even depress because the lack of communication and interaction. In lecturer perspective, it can be hard to take control of students. They do not know what the students are doing when their camera is off. It can effect to the quality of the lesson. Moreover, it is easily to have problems with the technologies. These technical troubles can interrupt and annoy our lesson, lead to serious problem like miss the useful advices or important knowledge.

Taking everything into consideration, online learning have its own pros and cons. I believe, with the development of technology, human can take full advantages of its benefits and in the same time overcome obstacles and difficulties of online studying.

Minh Thản: 20/12/2023

2023-12-20 15:40:32 UTC

Task 1:

Nowadays, online learning is becoming popular among students. In my opinion, the adventages of online learning outweight the disadventages for 2 reasons: convenient and document.

Firstly, student can paticipate in class right from home or anywhere without having to go to class. Consequently, they can save move time. I have a story, i have a brother who studies online, so he does not worry about time because he does not go to the school. As the result, studing by computer is very convenient.

Secondly, student can easily search for documents on printed media. They can fing what they want on the Internet. For instance, when teacher asks me the questions which I do not know, I just need search it on the laptop and answer teacher. The result is that they gain more knowledge that they do not know.

On the other hand, online learning has disadventage for reason: interaction

As can be seen that online studying make student lack the interaction. They just wait for teacher to ask them without actively interacting with the teacher

20/12/2023 - Bích Ngọc

khonguyen688 — 2023-12-20 15:40:33 UTC

Nowadays, the an era of technology is increasingly developing, during the covid 19 epidemic, many schools have stopped going to school and they have overcome it by studying online.

Today, digital learning has emerged for students and schools all over the world. Online learning brings many advantages to both students and teachers. For instance, online learning has a number of tools such as videos, podcasts, and teachers can use all these tools as part of their lesson plans You can save information quickly and easily by downloading files instead of copying paper. Next, you save on travel costs as well as reduce traffic accidents.

The benefit of online learning is that it helps increase interaction between students and teachers. There are many people who tend to be shy, afraid to communicate, etc. But after only a period of studying online, they feel more confident and closer to their teachers.

Besides, online learning also brings many disadvantages. Many network have poor signals, affecting learning and teaching. When studying online you need to be hard-working and honest in your studies.

Online learning is not suitable for people who do not know how to use computers. It causes many difficulties for them.

Similar to other ways of learning, online learning also has both negative and positive sides. We need to promote the positive and reduce the negative for it to bring great results

Similar to other ways of learning, online learning also has both negative and positive sides. We need to promote the positive and reduce the negative for it to bring great results.

20/12/2023 - Việt Anh

2023-12-20 15:40:55 UTC

The 21st century is an era of technological developments, technology and education are developing with fast speed thanks to internet. Students could study online on many apps and websites, which brings to us many advantages and disadvantages. I will justify my views with relevant instance.

It is well-known fact that in the past, if students wanted to get knowledge, the first step that they went to school and learned directly. However, nowadays, many devices such as smartphones, laptops, can students and people learn lots of new things that they do not have go to school. We can join in a online class with a real teacher and others students thanks to some apps such as Zoom, Google Meet,.... In addition, we could study anywhere, annytime, it is very convenient According to a survey, in 2020, the Covid 19 broke out, 100% students in Vietnam learned online to avoid the Corona virus, which could help people protect their health and prevent disease spread.

Nevertheless, online learning could has some disadvantages.

When student participate in a online class, they are out of teacher's control, teacher could not manage student about their behaviors. Pupil can

Huy Minh 20-12

2023-12-20 15:40:57 UTC

The 21st century is an area of technological advancements, technology and education based services are developing at a rapid pace. Many apps in the internet is inventened to learning, totally free of cost. Learning online brings us many benifits. However, it also has many disadvantages.

Actually, learning online is very convienient. It is well no fact that in these day, if an individuals wants to learn certain subject or want to improve the skills, they can easy to search in the internet. People can learn at every where, so this is make them learn better.

Additionally, many information of the Nam Dai University- one of the most famous University in Viet Nam is shared by students, so they can learn knowledges more and more. According to a recent survey, a big number of students in Quynh Coi just choose learn English online instead of face to face learning. Because they feel very like and comfortable because they are not pressure by time and teacher.

However, online studying also has many drawbacks. Students do not have chance to interact with each other. This is make them feel tired and bored. Therefore, the efeciency is not high. Moreover, some one abuse studying online to do induvidual works when their camera is off.

Tiến Dũng 20/12/2023

2023-12-20 15:40:58 UTC

Nowadays, with the development of technology, there are many modern electronic devices have been invented. Students can access these devices for many purpose, especially learning. This has also a lot of advantaged and disadvantages.

Firstly, as can be seen that one of the main advantages is the convenient. Students can save a lot of time going to school everyday. They can stay at home and just turn on their computer, laptop or phone and go to the class online. It is very easy to do and it does not waste a lot of time. According to a recent survey, in the covid-19 pandemic, all most students in the world study online in some apps like Zoom, Google meet,…., and it is very effectively. Moreover, online lessons can be found easily on the internet, and it may be totally free of charge on several websites.

Netherless, learning online also has many drawbacks. Students may be weak in communication directly skills. They can have some difficulty in a face to face conservation. Worse than that, if students do not usually communicate with other people , they can be depression

20/12/2023 Huynh

2023-12-20 15:41:18 UTC

Nowadays, online learning has became popular in recent years and has become increasingly popular. A lot of traditional universities started offering their courses online for free. This essay will discuss the advantages and disadvantages of online learning

Fisrt, one of the advantages of online learning is flexibility. You can learn whenever, wherever. Instead of spending an hour a day of going to and from school, teachers and learner just need to stay at home to teach or learn on the internet.

20/12/2023 Thuỳ Anh

2023-12-20 15:43:05 UTC

In addition to direct learning in educational institutions, online learning is chosen by many people to manage their time more effectively. Above all, during the pandemic outbreak, this form is also an ideal solution for education

First, the benefit of online learning is that learning takes place flexibly. Students and teachers do not need to go to a teaching location but can completely study at home. For example: during the covid-19 pandemic, all learning work is completely done online to avoid contact.

Compared to face-to-face learning, online learning saves more money and time because there is no need to travel and waste time. The most important thing is strong internet.

Moreover, the learning process is much easier when you can participate anywhere, anytime. Some people have taken advantage of this method to study and work at the same time to save time

Everything has two sides, this learning method is no exception.

Khanh.21.12

lethihuyenldp — 2023-12-21 13:09:25 UTC

-It is provided from the fact that, reading books is better than playing games for children. Maybe, it brings a lot of knowledges and experiences for kids . If they spend more time reading books, they feel easy to face to face communication with everybody. Many people suppose that " Knowledges depends on accomadation in the life". They ~~will~~ focus on difficult problems to look for a solution. For example, Most of children have the habit of reading books, they are obedient and polite when they meet adults

-Additionally, according to a recent survey, 90% of parents, who always want children to study well in subjects, spend their two hours a day to read a thin book. For instance, by this way, children can improve imagination and come up their ideas in society. Besides that, they have a spirit to make effort and overcome a significant of lessons at schools. It is the most necessary way.

-Dr.B.G Jorkin, from London university, said that : "Today a reader, tomorrow a leader" In the future, the children become a successful or famous person. They have opportunity to go abroad or look up jobs, which is so easy. Moreover, they give a hand with building a beautiful country.

-Nowadays,

Khải 21/12

2023-12-21 13:09:58 UTC

~~As for me~~, Math is an important subject at school. In fact, everyone needs to know how to calculate to develop their career. Not only that, it also helps us develop our thinking ability. Furthermore, it helps us improve our problem solving ability and carefulness. People often say math is the foundation of all other subjects (Lack of evidence..)

I think History subject is very necessary for each of us. Because when we learn it, we ~~will~~ can know how the country was formed. Not only that, we also summarize the lessons of the past to serve the present and future. Furthermore, we know and understand the process of working, building and defending the country. In fact, more than 80 percent of students at my school take extra classes to support their knowledge of history

Đặng Mai 21/12/2023

2023-12-21 13:11:14 UTC

Shopping online is becoming more and more popular in my country. Online goods are often cheaper and more diversified than the ones in shopping stores. Besides, customers can use discount vouchers to reduce the price of the products. For this reason, the customers can save a mount of their money. (Lack of evidence..)

Shopping online is easy and more convenient than shopping in the stores. Because shopping online helps the customers save their time instead of having to go to the stores as before. They can surf e. commercial web such as shopee, lazada, taobao,.... They can purchase the products in anywhere.

History is one of the most important subjects in my school.

History helps people know about past events and significant milestones in the past. Not only that but it also helps people understand the culture values of nation to develop nation in the future. Besides, it provides the experience for people and country to get more success. Ho Chi Minh president advised that "citizens have to know our history". (Lack of evidence..)

Khanh 21.12

lethihuyenldp — 2023-12-21 13:40:53 UTC

As can be seen, face to face communication is more useful than written communication. There are a lot of benefits. Firstly, it transfers important information with high precision. Besides that, it is easy to show emotions. Additionally, we give many familiar opinions at the same time and at once, and use body- language. For instance, nowadays, many people tend to hang out with their companies to speak stories at cafe in the city.

16/12/2023 - Nguyễn Minh Đức

2023-12-23 09:49:40 UTC

With the evolution of technology, many aspects of society have undergone a transformation, and education is also part of that. Traditional teaching takes advantage of technology to establish and become e-learning. Along with the advancement of technology, e-learning has numerous benefits, but everything has its price. E-learning also has various negative effects. So what are the "numerous benefits" and "various negatives"? This essay will examine both faces of the coin.

On the bright side, e-learning can bring back many advantages. With traditional learning, students are bound by time and place. But with online learning, both accessibility and time are now more flexible. And not just students but also workers can go anywhere and anytime and still learn. With the internet, lots of online courses have been created, along with the uncounted resources that can be accessed at a time. Allowing people to personalize their schedule for a suitable time. Along with that, e-learning can help people spend less money. With some traditional classes, the price can really become highly overpriced, and people have to travel to places just to learn. It is not the same with e-learning. Because of the appearance of different courses with a variety of prices from low to high, people just need a device that is connected to the internet, so they can save some money on travel costs. According to some research by Dr. Sigma of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, online learning can help many people save their own time and money.

However, on the dark side, e-learning can have various negative effects on society. With physical learning, the teacher can have more activity, interact with students, and oversee whether they are actually learning or not. But with online learning, it is not so much like that. Whether an activity starts or not, the only thing students can see is a screen. And because of that, the learning becomes boring. Without the supervision of a teacher, students became more lazy, which led to the deterioration of their knowledge. The same research by Dr. Sigma has shown that students nowadays are more lazy than ever before because e-learning buses abuse the internet for their laziness and lack of knowledge.

In conclusion, online learning can bring back many benefits for people who study. Along with that, the difference between technology and reality makes e-learning and normal learning have some negative effects. But, to place negative effects beside the benefits that bring back, that is a good bargain.

Khánh 28.12

lethihuyenldp — 2023-12-28 12:05:35 UTC

It is provided from the fact that, Science is used to develop people's live. ~~Nowadays~~, ~~the scientists invented inventions, therefore, the life noticely changed.~~ In the manufacturing sector, residents make familiar products by smart devices to increase efficiency. Besides that, many schools in the world, which is equipped with a lot of computers and tablets. It becomes more suitable and more beneficial than before. According to a recent survey, 30 years ago, there was no global ....revolution and the life was so difficult in all sectors.

Khải 28/12

2023-12-28 12:34:56 UTC

As can be seen, people believe that science is very important for human life. Science helps us have a more convenient and comfortable life. In fact, it helps us connect with each other easily. One of the changes that science has made to humans is inventors are planning use ~~AI to replace humans in the future~~. Currently, to exchange information online via the internet, people do not use keyboard and mouse, but the voice is used instead.

-As can be seen, people agree with the idea that university students should study other subjects besides the main subjects. This helps university students advance their minds and expand their understanding of the world. Furthermore, it helps improve critical thinking and creativity in the industry. ~~For example,~~ ~~a computer science major who takes psychology course can better understand human behavior~~.

-In my opinion, some people believe that university students should spend all of their time and attention to studying to get qualification. This helps them gain advanced knowledge and expertise in their chosen field. In fact, this helps students grasp complex concepts and theories more thoroughly.

Đặng Mai 28/12/2023

2023-12-28 12:35:06 UTC

It is provided from the fact that science improves and advances qualities of human's life greatly.

As can be seen, science changes the subjects in people's life significantly. In agriculture, science helps farmers cultivate the harvest and advance the qualities of agriculture goods. Besides that, it helps the biology successfully create the high quality goods. ~~For example~~, about 2000s, science successfully created the asexual Doli sheep.

Đặng Mai 28/12/2023

2023-12-28 14:00:51 UTC

It is provided from the fact that learning other subjects in addition to main one has many benefits. However, others believe that studying for a qualification plays an important role for university students.

Learning other subjects in addition to main subjects brings large knowledge and essential skills for university students. ~~For instance~~, university students can study Science Computer and Language in parallel. This learning helps students know about the science and social totally. This also helps them prepare to absorb and develop the job in the future. According to a recent survey, about 60% university students learned parallel 2 careers to advance their knowledge.

Nevertheless,

According to a recent survey

Khanh 28.12

lethihuyenldp — 2023-12-28 14:00:57 UTC

It is provided from the fact that, many students can choose to learn other subjects ~~instead of~~ their main subjects. They can develop themselves and there are two sectors that can support each other. By this way, they look for a stable job. ~~One of the most interesting changes is~~ a student can study Computer Science and learn English to talk to foreign guests.

On the other hand, others only pay attention to a qualification,,,. They have in-depth knowledge and advance to higher positions. Moreover, they want to save money for their parents. According to some real thought, a girl becomes a leader of

Đặng Mai 4/1/2024

2024-01-04 14:03:27 UTC

The line graph illustrates the percentage of the citizens in four Asian countries between 1970 and 2020, with predictions for 2030 and 2040.

Overall, the percentage of the population in four Asian countries increase significantly with the highest percent belongs to Malaysia and Thailand ranks last.

It is clear in the line graph that, in 1970, the population in Malaysia accounted for 30%. After 50 years, the rate made up about 85% and will be predicted to increase rapidly in the future.

As can be seen, the Philippines's population rate had a slightly change. From 1970 to 1990, the percentage of residents in the Philippines grew approximately 50%. Nevertheless, the percentage decreased just over 40% in 2010. From 2010 to now, it has gone up and will increase continually until 2040.

It is provided that Thailand rose steadily between 1970 to 2020, accounted for over 30%. It will be predicted to go up rapidly from after 2020 to 2040.

Looking at the details from the graph that the growth of population of Indonesia raised sharply and steadily. From 1970 to 2000 accounted for 30%. After 20 years, it made up dramatically, rose over 20% compared to 2000. The rate will be predicted to grow up steadily till 2040.

In conclusion, the population of four Asian countries make up smoothly and will be predicted continually from now to 2040.

Great !

Khải 4.1.2024

2024-01-04 14:04:06 UTC

-The percentage of people in four Asian countries incoming in cities from 1970 until 2020 with forecast for 2030 and 2040 is illustrated in the graph below.

-Overall, as can be seen, the population living in four countries tends to increase, especially in Malaysia and Philippines. In 2040, Malaysia will have the highest percentage of residents living in cities.

-It is provided from the chart, in 1970, the Philippines and the Malaysia had the similar population ratio and approximately 30 %. The Thailand and the Indonesia had lower rates, Thailand was at 19 percent and Indonesia got 14 percent in 1970.

-It is clear that, over the next 20 years, this rate in Philippines increased sharply and gained 48 %. This percentage in Malaysia went up and down and reached 45 % in 1990. The Thailand and the Indonesia had a steady rise of urban residency rates, around 29 % and 24 % respectively in 1990.

-It is said that, In 2010, this rate in Philippines decreased dramatically, it was 41 percent and is expected to go up steadily to 57 percent in 2040. This percentage in Malaysia grew sharply, it got 70 percent in 2010 and is expected to raise steadily to 82 percent in 2040. This rate in Thailand stagnated at about 30 percent in 2010 and is expected to increase steadily to 50 percent in 2040. This percentage in Indonesia went up rapidly, it reached 41 percent in 2010 and is expected to rise steadily to 60 percent in 2040.

-In general, as analyzed above, the resident population living in the 4 countries all tend to rise.

Good !

Khanh 4.1

lethihuyenldp — 2024-01-04 14:05:59 UTC

The given graph illustrates the proportion of the urban population in four countries over a 70 year - period between 1970 and 2020, with prediction for 2030 and 2040

In general, as can be seen, within 70 years, the ratio of population living in Malaysia is the highest, meanwhile, the lowest depends on the urban population in Thailand.

Looking at the details, the group of citizens living in Indonesia accounted for 15% in 1970 and the growth was up to 25% in 1990. Within 20 years, from 1990 to 2010, , it sharply dominated 45%, then, it will rise to 65% in 2040 according to the prediction.

It is evident to concur, in Thailand, the team of residents , which made up approximately 20%, 30%, 31% in 1970, 1990, 2010 respectively. In 2040, it tends to increase quickly to 50%

It is provided from the graph, the rise presented to 31% in 1970 belonged to the class of people in Philippines. After that, it suddenly decreased to 41% in 2010. However, it will slowly climb to 55% in 2040.

It is clear that, in Malaysia, the number of citizens accounted for 45% in 1990, after that, it is expected to slightly increase to over 80% in 2040, higher than other countries listed.

In conclusion, the percentage of the population living in cities, which changed clearly from 1970 and 2020, is projected to have upward trend until 2040.

Great !

Thản 10/01/2024

2024-01-10 14:08:30 UTC

Task:

The picture below illustrates the proportion of the population living in cities in four Asian nations between 1970 and 2020, with forecasts from 2030 to 2040.

Overall, all the percentage of the citizen living in four countries have an upward trend. The proportion of Malaysia is the highest, meanwhile, the lowest figure belongs to Thailand.

To begin with , in 1970, the population in Malaysia accounted for 30%. After 50 years, it continually went up to 75% and it will be forecasted to rapidly increase in 2040.

It is clear that, the figure of the citizen living in city in Philippines started with 32%, it is more higher than the Malaysia 2% in 1970. From 1970 to 1990, it reach a peaked to 50%.However, it slightly decreased to 41% in 2010. But, in 2020, it grew to 45% and it is expected to continue to increase until 2040, at 84%.

As can be seen, the proportion of Thailand"s population began with 19% in 1970. After 20 years, it slightly climbed to 30%. From 1990 to 2020, it also maintain in there. It is predicated that it is same with other nations.

Looking at the details from the graph that The percentage in Indonesia went up rapidly, it reached 41% in 2010 and is expected to rise steadily to 60% in 2040.

Bích Ngọc-10/1

2024-01-10 14:08:38 UTC

The line chart shows the proportion of

citizens in the Philippines, Malaysia, Thailand, and Indonesia living in cities between 1970 and 2020, as well as the forecasts from 2030 ~~until~~ 2040.

Overall, as can be seen, people living in cities

in all four countries increase in the years between 1970 to 2020. In which, Malaysia occupies the highest position of urban cities, meanwhile, Thailand ranks the lowest.

It is clear that one-third of Malaysia's population resides in urban areas in the first year, which is expected to increase over 80% by 2040, significantly higher than in any other country listed.

Meanwhile, Indonesia also has a similar increasing trend, although at a slower rate. Although starting from the lowest level (nearly 15%), the country's urban population rate has increased compared to Thailand in 2000 and the Philippines in 2010 to become the second highest country.

The proportion of urban population in the Philippines in the first year is the highest, at over 30%. The Philippines then took the lead again in 1990. However, it was short-lived as the Philippines' population share gradually decreased to about 41% in 2010, and was then predicted to increase by about 10%. in 2040.

At the same time, Thailand also followed a similar trend but ranked last since 2000. it started at nearly one-fifth of the population before being projected to more than double by the end of the period.

Thanh Huyen 10/1/2024

2024-01-10 14:08:42 UTC

The given line graph indicates the rate of urbanites in four different Asian countries namely Philipines, Malaysia, Thailand and Indonesia between 1970 and 2020, with forecasts for 2030 and 2040.

Overall, citizens in all four nations show a growing preference for urban areas as places to settle over the 50 years, and this trend is expected to continue to rise in the future. However, the figures of Malaysia and Indonesia experienced more dramatic increases than two other nations, with the former being the highest.

From 1970 to 2020, Malaysia and Indonesia saw remarkable increases in their urban population percentages from 30% to 75% and about 12% to 50%, respectively. Moreover, estimations indicate further growth for these countries, with numbers climbing to around 82% and 60% for Malaysia and Indonesia, respectively.

Meanwhile, The Philippines' urban population rose from about 31% to 48% between 1970 and 1990. Although there was a slight decrease to around 42% in 2010, it has since continued to grow and is anticipated to peak at about 55% in 2040. Similarly, Thailand went up in 2020 compared to 1970, with numbers rising to about 30% from 19%. The country's urban population is estimated to surge, with a rise to approximately 49% in 2040.

Tiến Dũng 10/1/2024

2024-01-10 14:08:47 UTC

The rate of the citizens in four Asian nations living in cities from 1970 to 2020 and prediction for 2030 and 2040 are mentioned in the graph below

Overall, as can be seen, the percentage of population in 4 Asian countries ~~also~~ has obvious changed over the years. Meanwhile, Malaysia is the country which has the highest proportion, and the lowest ratio belongs to Thailand.

It is clear that, the first country is Indonesia. The proportion of resident in this country reached 13% in 1970. In the next 50 years, it went up dramatically and got 50% in 2020. After that time, it will be forecasted to increase by 60% in 2040.

It is provided that, Thailand is the second country which is described. It had almost 20% in 1970. It rose up steadily between 1970 and 2020, and stood at 30% in 2020. From 2020 to 2040, the ratio of citizens in Thailand will be predicted to grow to 48%.

It is said from the chart that, the next country is the Philippines. The ratio of population in this country got 32% in 1970 and went up slowly to 33% in 1980. But it rose sharply to 50% in 1990. After that time, it reduced to 42% in 2000. In 2020, the percentage of population in the Philippines stood at 44%. It will be increased to 51% in 2040.

One of the most interesting changes is that, the last country in the graph is Malaysia. Between 1970 and 2020, the percentage of resident is Malaysia went up rapidly from 30% to 77%. It is forecasted to increase by 81% in 2040.

Quỳnh Hương 10/01/2024

2024-01-10 14:08:57 UTC

The ratio of the population in four Asian countries living in cities from 1970 to 2020 and the predictions for 2030 and 2040 are illustrated in the given line graph

Overall, all four nations show the upward trend. Malaysia has the highest percentage of urban citizens, meanwhile, the lowest proportion of city population belongs to Thailand.

As can be seen, the ratio of urban citizens in Indonesia rose sharply from 12% in 1970 to 51% in 2020. At the same time, the proportion of people living in the city of Thailand aslo climbed steadily from 19% to 30%. In the period of 50 years from 1970 to 2020, the percentage of city population in Malaysia increased dramatically from 30% to 78%. Simultaneously, Phillipines surged from 31% in 1970 to 49% in 1990, at this point the ratio began to decrease and ended up at 45% in 2020.

The given also give out some predictions about the percentage of city citizens in 2030 and 2040. It is provided from the graph that Indonesia will continues rise and reach 60% in 2040. Thailand will climb to 38% in 2030 and stop at 48% in 2040. Malaysia will increase slightly to 80% to 82% from 2030 to 2040. Lastly, Phillipines will grow gradually in the future and end up at 54% in 2040.

10/1/2024 Việt Anh

2024-01-10 14:09:17 UTC

The line graph below shows the statistics about the percentage of residents who live in cities in 4 Asian countries ~~living~~ from 1970 to 2020 and gives the prediction for 2030 and 2040

Overall, as can be seen, 4 countries have upward trend, Malaysia has the highest population who live in cities, on the other hand, the lowest population belongs to Thailand.

It can be seen that, the percentage of Malaysia and Indonesia increased slightly, respectively from 30% to 40% and 12% to 21% from 1970 to 1990. After that, both countries are predicted to increase, the figure of Malaysia will stand at 81% and the static of Indonesia will reach at about 60% in 2040.

Looking at the details, Philippines percentage increased 47% and dropped to 40% in 2010. Then, this country has upward trend and will reach at about 60% in 2040.

It is clear that, Thailand reached at 30% in 1990, then it dropped to 28% in 2010 but it is predicted that could climbe at 45% in 2040.

10/1/2024- Mai Anh

2024-01-10 14:09:27 UTC

The graph below illustrates the proportion in four nations over 70 years between 1970 and 2020, with predictions from 2030 to 2040.

Overall, all countries have an upward trend of urban living. Malaysia has the highest percentage, meanwhile, the lowest percentage belongs to Thailand.

It is clear that Indonesia rose from 12% to 14% between 1970 and 1980. It continued to increase slightly to 27% in 2000, then it significantly grew from 27% in 2000 to 48% in 2020. After 20 years, the percentage of urban living in Indonesia is forecasted to reach 56%.

As can be seen, Thailand had a higher starting percentage than Indonesia. In 1970, it reached 28%, then it increased insignificantly to 36% in 1990. From 1990 to 2020, it went up and down several times. After that, the proportion in Thailand is predicted to grow to 43% in 2040.

Looking at the graph, Thailand had a 10% lower beginning proportion than Malaysia. It increased dramatically from 30% in 1970 to 40% in 1980, then in 1990, it went up slightly to 43%. After 30 years, the percentage continued to grow sharply between 43% in 1990 and 72% in 2020, and it is forecasted to reach 80% in 2040.

Another notable change is the percentage of urban living in the Philippines. In 1970, it reached 31% which is only 1% higher than Malaysia, after that, it grew slightly to 32% in 1980. In 1990, it went up significantly to 48%, then it went down dramatically from 48% to 44% in 2010. Finally, it continues to increase, and 50% is the proportion which is predicted in 2040 in the Philippines.

Huy Minh: 10/1/2024

2024-01-10 14:11:06 UTC

The graph below shows information about the rate of the population in four Asian nations living in city from 1970 ~~and~~ to 2020, with predictions between 2030 and 2040.

Overall, as can be seen, most of the countries ~~just~~ increase in proportion over the years. The country with the strongest in rate climb is Philippines, and the slight increase in density is belóng to Thailand.

First, as can be seen, in 1970 Philipines achieved about 31%, and it increased dramatically to 49% in 1990. After that it raised steadily about 3% per year. In 2020, it took about 42%. And it is expected will go up steadily from 2020 to 2040, about 3,5% every ten years.

Following by, Malaysia is the most special country among these countries. It reach about 30% in 1970. And it jumped sharply to 75% in 2020. It is expected will be continued increase within the next 20 years. It will get about 81% in 2040.

As can be seen from the graph that, Thailand is the country has the most steady increase. In 1970, it attained about 19%, and it raised steadily about 1,5% every 10 years to to 29% in 2020. And it is expected will be increased drammatically about 5% of 10 years, in 2024 it may take about 47% of the population.

It is said from the chart that, Indonesia is the last country of all. In 1970, it got about 13%, and rised steadily to 26% in 2000. After that, it raised sharply to 50% in 2020. And it is expected will be continued increase drammatically to 60% in 2024.

Hoàng Anh 10/1/2024

2024-01-10 14:12:20 UTC

The line graph illustrates how many people who live in cities in four Asian countries between 1970 and 2020 l, and prediction from 2030 to 2040.

Overall, it can be clearly seen that urban living witnesses an upward trend in all countries, especially in Malaysia and Philippine. Besides, by 2040, Malaysia is the country that is predicted to reach the highest percentages of people living in cities, meanwhile, Thailand ranks the lowest figure for that.

thiếu....

As can be seen, In 1970, the Philippines and Malaysia had similar urban citizens rates, around 31% and 30% respectively. Thailand and Indonesia had lower rates, with Thailand at 19% and Indonesia at 12%.

It is clear that, In 1990, the figure for people living in cities in all countries significantly increased, particularly in Philippines peaked at 50%, before falling just 40% in 2010. However, it is still expected to reach above 50% by 2040.

In Indonesia, the percentages of urban residency ascended continually, surpassed Philippine and Thailand and reached the second-highest among all countries in 2020 at 55% until 2040 at around 60%.

Malaysia’s proportion went up and down, but it rose continually to the top spot in 2020, at over 70%. Moreover, It is also predicted to reach the highest point over 80% by 2040.

Finally, an upward trend was seen in Thailand over th 70-year period increasing in pace towards the end.

Thuỳ Anh: 10/1/2024

2024-01-10 14:12:34 UTC

The line graph shows the proportion of the urban population in four nations in Southeast Asia between 1970 and 2020, with projections until 2040.

Overall, Malaysia ranks the highest position most of the time and the Philippines would overtake Thailand and Indonesia to take second place in the last half years

In 1970, the Philippines and Malaysia had similar urban residency rates, around 31% and 30% respectively. Thailand and Indonesia had lower rates, with Thailand at 19% and Indonesia at 12%. Over the next 20 years, Malaysia’s rate went up and down, surpassing the Philippines around 40% before rapidly increasing in 1990. It is projected to reach over 80% by 2040. On the other hand, the Philippines saw a moderate decline after 1980 but is expected to recover and reach above 50% by 2040.

Indonesia has seen significant growth in urban residency, surpassing Thailand in 2000 (28%) and the Philippines in 2010 (42%). It is projected to reach 55%, the second-highest among all countries. Finally, Thailand has experienced a gradual increase and is currently around 30%. It is expected to rise to over 40% in the next 17 years.

huynh

2024-01-10 14:16:44 UTC

the line chart illustrates the percentage of urban population in 4 Asian countries ~~living the city~~ from 1970 to 2020 with projections extended to 2030 and 2040

overall, it is clear that urban living increases in all countries, Malaysia has the highest percentage of people living in the cities and Thailand ranks the lowest percentage.

As can be seen , in 1970 Philippines had the percentage of urban population about 31% then it increased to 48% in 1990 but it reduced to near 40% in 2010 after it rise to 66% in 2040

It is clear that , Philippines and Malaysia had similar urban residency rates, around 31% and 30% respectively. In 1990, Malaysia raised to 44% of the population living in the cities Then it increase sharply to near 90% from 1990 to 2040.

Looking at the details , Indonesia has seen growth in its urban population, overcome Thailand in 2000 with 28% and the Philippines 42% in 2010.

Finally, Thailannd has seen a gradual increase and its now at 30%. It is expected to increase to more than 40% in the next 17 years

Lê Khánh Huyền Trang 1/13

2024-01-13 13:12:38 UTC

It is provided from the fact that having more than one career helps employees to overcome financial difficulties. The result of financial demands makes people do lots of work. Besides, they want to explore their individual abilities and because of the social needs. Therefore, the workers have to do more than a job at the same time. Due to the fact that the spending demand is increasingly high along with the pressure of social, one occupation can not meet their requirement. I had a story, five years ago, my teacher had an adequate salary and she could keep a whole family but over several years, rising prices and inflation have made her wage not enough to pay the expenses to feed her family lead to doing distinct occupations in the same time period of her working life.

lưu việt hùng 13/1

hluu2285 — 2024-01-13 13:21:12 UTC

One of the most important reason why people have more than one occupation at the same time today is the pressure on economy. In modern society, each family needs more money to purchase food and .... everyday, this causes the cost of everything growing up. Moreover, parents have to pay more money for their children's education as well as raise their children . Furthermore, people must pay money for buying living items and personal items in their life. According to a recent survey, 70% of staff in HF company, which spend free time in a day or day off getting some new past time jobs to generates more financial resources. A principal of ABC University support that " more than 77% students frequently do their past time job after studying's time

Hoàng Mạnh Tùng 1/13

2024-01-13 13:22:34 UTC

In my opinion, doing multiple jobs at the same time is because of financial needs and the job you love. Reality shows that social development also leads to..... needs. For this reason, economic development along with things becoming more expensive makes people need to work more than one job to pay for it. According to a survey at Harvard University, more than 80% of employees do more than one job at the same time, because they need more funds for the growing society.

Đặng Mai 13/01/2024

2024-01-13 13:22:41 UTC

Many people nowadays have many jobs at the same time. What are the reasons for this?

Due to the fact that social demands are increasing rapidly and people are under financial pressure. As can be seen, the essential items are becoming more and more expensive, therefore, human have to do many careers at the same time to pay for this. Besides that, to cover family's life and pay for each member's expense such as tuition, rent or food expenses, many people take part in different jobs at one.... According to a recent survey, about 60% of citizens in Vietnam are doing more than one job at the same time.

Khánh 13.1.2024

lethihuyenldp — 2024-01-13 13:22:44 UTC

It is provided from the fact that, nowadays, many residens under financial pressure in life. A reason for the market for essential goods is increasing sharply price or pay high taxes. One major factor contributing to this is the people long to save money and serve their family or themselves for big goals in the future . According to a recent survey, 80% of citizens make an effort to spend economically in all accounts, which help them maintain stable financial.

xuan khoi 13/1

2024-01-13 13:23:37 UTC

It is provided from the fact that people have more than one job at the same time for cause of developing their skills. Nowadays, one of the cause that make many people do more than one job is there are many jobs which can make money everywhere. While working hard, people gain some skills and experience, which are the keys to a good career. In my opinion, some people suppose that do more than one job is the best way to earn money, Moreover, one of the causes is that the career can be easily found in social media. According to KDZ university, 54% of population in London have two jobs and 18% of citizens do three jobs. Their duty is breadwinner so they wish they would work useful for their family. They said when i lost one job, i have the other job to do. In short , almost people agree on the fact what i discussed

P.Linh 13/1/2024

duongphuonglinh2007tb — 2024-01-13 13:25:12 UTC

It is provided from the fact that many people have more than one job at present, one of the reasons is that they want to find an occupation which is suitable for them. The more jobs they do the more experience they gain. They find that experience helps them choose the right job. At present, if people do not like their present job, most of them tend to change their job. Moreover, they want to explore their ability in some different fields. According to a recent survey, 80% of people in USA have more than one job, and half of them said it is not easy for them to have a suitable occupation.

Ngọc Hân 13/01/2024

2024-01-13 13:25:44 UTC

The reason why people have more than once jobs at the same time is because of financial pressure. One of the causes is due to life's needs increasingly high. This leads to the fact that everything is getting more expensive. Even so, we still have to spend a lot of things in life. I heard that my mother's friend had to have more than once jobs to pay for her children education and spending for her mother. So many of them do different jobs at the same time

Khải 13.01

2024-01-13 13:29:57 UTC

-It is provided from the fact that, people do many jobs at the same time for the reason of improving the quality of human resources. It is clear that, choosing the right job leads to the fact that many people always want to challenge themselves and do many jobs at the same time. Moreover, they also want to find something suitable for themselves. Consequently, about 90% of young people in Vietnam always want to do many jobs at the same time to find out what is the best one for them

Khai 25/01

2024-01-25 15:02:46 UTC

-It is provided from the fact that, based on the characteristics of men's sports which are often more exciting, men's sport program prevails over women's sport. Consequently, men's sports usually receive full recognition from everyone in the world. This leads to men's sport show greater preference for women's sport. In Vietnam, the number of male sports viewers is about 60% more than the number of female sports spectators.

-In my opinion, based on the human body, men's sports have a greater influence than women's sports. Consequently, men's sports play at a much higher level for women's sports. Due to this, men's sports make money off from endorsements more than women's sports. In the world, the number of male sports viewers is about 70% more than the number of female sports viewers.

Khánh 25.1.2024

lethihuyenldp — 2024-01-25 15:03:05 UTC

It is provided from the fact that, there are many reasons for the dominance of men over women's sports programs on TV. One major factor contributing to this is men's sports take part in playing at a much higher level in most sports. It is more stunning than women's sports . Besides that, men's physical strength is strong and nippy to help viewers on TV receive full recognition. The Sports Times, published on 24th July 2023, it said that : "Men's sports make money off from endorsements, which help them get rich in a match".

On the other hand, TV channels should provide equal coverage for both genders. It creates gender equality in society and it plays a paramount role to create a significant of opportunities for women's sports. They can have flying colors and gain big goals. Moreover, the women feel confident and emotional balance after playing sports. According to a recent survey, 90% of modern women tend to join in Sport clubs to enhance their body. This is a positive way !

Kim Anh 26/1/24

2024-01-26 13:37:24 UTC

Task 1

In 2010, the number of passenger vehicles was 11000000, motorcycles was 570000, commercial vchicles was 2300000, heavy trucks was 384000, light trucks was 106000. In 2012, the number of passenger vehicles was 12000000, motorcycles was 725000, commercial vchicles was 2600000, heavy trucks was 386000, light trucks was 124000. In 2014, the number of passenger vehicles was 13000000, motorcycles was 745000, commercial vchicles was 2700000, heavy trucks was 423000, light trucks was 131000. The percentage change of passenger vehicles is 18.2, motocycles is 30.7, commercial vchicles is 17.4, heavy trucks is 10.2, light trucks is 23.5 .

Task 2

Today, TV channels broadcast man's sport shows more than women's sport shows, because women don't like to play sports, they often like watching love movies and they are busy with their family and work. The man often like to play sports, so man's sport shows more than women's sport shows. TV channels should spend equal showtime for women's sport and men's sport. Because it will help women enjoy playing sports and help with health. 3.0

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 5/02/2024

2024-02-05 13:49:53 UTC

The changes of a region in Viet Nam since 1980 are illustrated by the maps in

Overall, it can be seen from the graph that the cinema has many upgrades. It changes in a more economic direction with less empty space.

The quantity of Australian's vehicles which were registered in 2010, 2012, 2014 is described in the table below

5/2/24 Kim Anh

2024-02-05 13:50:20 UTC

The number of vehicles registered in Australia in 2010, 2012 and 2014 ~~are~~ is described in the table below .

Task1: overall

As can be seen, the cinema in 1980 can't take advantage of empty spaces. Meanwhiles the cinema can make full use of empty space.

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn 05/02/2024

2024-02-05 13:50:33 UTC

The maps below reveal the differences of an area in Vietnam between 1980 and now.

overall, As can be seen from the map, the build of the cinema now is much better than in the past, because space is used more effectively.

_______________________________________________________________

The quantity of Australian's vehicles registered in three years 2010, 2012, 2014 is illustrated in the table below

5/2/2024 Nhàn

2024-02-05 13:50:50 UTC

Task 1: The maps below describe how a region in Vietnam developed since 1980 till now.

Overall, as can be seen, one of the biggest changes is the elimination of the car park now . Meanwhiles, there are more cinema room than 1980.

Task 2: The number of means of transport registered in Australia in 2010, 2012 and 2014 is revealed in the table below

Lâm Vy 5/2/24

2024-02-05 13:55:20 UTC

The changes of a section in Vietnam since 1980 up to now are described in the map below.

Overall, it is provided from the table that the cinema now is rebuilt economically. Meanwhiles, the cinema in 1980 can not make use of the empty space.

The quantity of means of transport registered in Australia in 2010, 2012 and 2014 is illustrated in the table below.

Mai 27/02/2024

2024-02-27 12:05:55 UTC

The table illustrates the manufacture of milk annually of 4 countries from 1990, 2000 to 2010.

Overall, the highest production of milk belongs to the Netherlands and Guatemala ranks the last.

Looking at the details, the manufacture of milk in the Netherlands increased steadily. Particularly, in 1990, it was 11.262.000, in 2000 it reduced to 11.155.000 and went up 11.466.000 in 2010.

As can be seen, Australia had downward trend. The production of milk of Australia decreased from 1990, 2000 to 2010 accounted for 11.246.000, 11.105.000 and 9.165.000 respectively.

It is provided from the table that Tanzania grew slowly with

Khai 27.02.2024

2024-02-27 12:06:17 UTC

The production of milk annually in four countries in 1990, 2000 and 2010 is illustrated in the table.

Overall, as can be seen, the Netherlands remained the top milk production among four countries, mean while Guatemala has milk production in the lowest posion.

-It is clear that, Tanzania had milk production rise from 87,000 liters in 1990 to 155,000 liters in 2010, mean while, Guatemala increased from 26,000 liters in 1990 to 84,000 liters in 2010.

Khanh

lethihuyenldp — 2024-02-27 12:07:01 UTC

Task 1

The production of milk is illustrated over 21 - year- period from 1990 to 2010 in four different countries namely Netherlands, Australia, Tanzania, Guatemala in the table.

In general, Netherland has the highest amount of milk produced annually, mean while, the less litres of milk manufactured belongs to Guatemala.

Looking at the details, Netherland got the production of milk that accounted for 11.262.000 litres in 1990, . As can be seen, it ~~sharply~~ decreased a little to 11.155.000 in 2000 and it went up to 11.466.000 in 2010

One the most interesting changes is that the milk manufactured in Australia presented to 11.246.000 litres, 11.105.000, 9.165.000 from 1990 to 2010. respectively

Then, in Tanzania, it gained 87.000 litres in 1990 and it suddenly grew up to 1.42.000 in 2000 and finally, it stood at 1.55.000 in 2010

It is provided from the table, the milk produced in Guatemala was the lowest amount of all, in 1990, it accounted for 26.000 litres, and it grew up to 55.000 and 84.000 between 2000 and 2010 respectively .

To sum up, liters of milk manufactured in four nations: Netherlands, Australia, Tanzania, Guatemala, which was bought for children annually

Thanh Huyen 06/03/2024

2024-03-06 14:21:39 UTC

The given table reveals the quantities of the annual milk production of four countries, namely Netherlands, Australia, Tanzania and Guatemala in three periods of time 1990, 2000 and 2010.

Overall, it is manifest that while the figure for the production of milk in Tanzania and Guatemala experience an upward tendency during the periods, the number of milk products in Australia showed an opposite trend.

It can be clearly seen, Tanzania’s milk production strongly rose from 87,000 litres in 1990 to 155,000 liters in 2010, while Guatemala’s.... increased from 26,000 liters in 1990 to 84,000 liters in 2010. However, both countries still recorded the lowest milk production compared to Australia and the Netherlands. On the other hand, Australia’s milk production decreased sharply between 1990 and 2010, from 11,246,000 liters to 9,165,000 liters. In contrast, milk production in the Netherlands increased slightly from 11,262,000 liters in 1990 to 11,466,000 liters in 2010, which made it the biggest milk producer among the four nations.

Việt Anh 06.03.24

2024-03-06 14:24:44 UTC

The production of milk in 4 countries in 1990, 2000 and 2010 is illustrated in the table below. Overall, as can be seen, Netherlands has the highest figures, while the lowest figures belong to Guatemala. It can be seen that, in 1990, Netherlands reached to 11.262.00 litres but it went down to 11.115.000 in 2000, but it went up to 11.466.000 in 2010. In details, Australia stood at 11.246.00 litres, then in 2000 the figures decreased to 11.105.000 and keep that trend to 2010 and reached to 9.165.000. It is clear that, in 1990, Tanzania just stood at 87.00 litres milk but it increased rapidly to 1.42.000 and maintain to 2010, it climbed to 1.55.000. It is said from the table that, Guatemala stood at 26.000 in 1990, then it rose slightly to 55.000 and keep the upward trend to 2010, Guatemala rose up to 84.000 litres.

Tiến Dũng 6/3/2024

2024-03-06 14:30:38 UTC

The manufacture of milk annually in 4 nations in 3 periods of time( 1990, 2000 and 2010) is illustrated in the table below.

As can be seen, out of 4 countries, the highest statistic belongs to Netherlands. Meanwhile, Guatemala has the lowest figure.

It can be seen, among the 4 nations, Netherlands had the biggest number with 11,266,000 litres in 1990. After 10 years, it had a slight decrease to 11,155,000 litres in 2000. In 2010, this country grew dramatically to 11,466,000 litres.

It is clear that, the second country was Australia. It reached to 11,246,000 lites in 1990. There was a slow decline to 11,105,000 litres in 2000. After 10 years, this country continued to reduce sharply and accounted for 9,165,000 litres.

Looking at the table, Tanzania was the third nation. It took 87,000 litres in 1990. But after 10 years, this nation went up steadily to 1,042,000 litres in 2000. It gained 1,055,000 litres in 2010.

It is provided from the table that, the last country in the table was Guatemala. It covered 26,000 litres in 1990. In 2000, there was a rapid rise to 55,000 litres. And after 10 years, this nation got 84,000 litres in 2010.

In conclusion, through the table above, we can see clear changes in the production of milk annually in 4 countries from 1990 to 2010.

Thản: 06/03/2024

2024-03-06 14:32:01 UTC

Task 1:

The picture illustrates the milk product annually in four nations in 3 periods of years: 1990, 2000, and 2010.

Overall, the figure of.... for Netherlands is the highest. Meanwhile, The number of the milk product belongs to Guatemala.

To begin with, in 1990, the production of Netherlands stood at 11.262.000 ~~thousand~~. After 10 years, It slightly decreased to 11.155 ~~thousand~~. However, Netherlands's production slightly grew up to 11.466.000 in 2010.

Looking at the details, the production of milk of Australia started with 11.246.000, which ranked second in 4 countries in 1990. After that, in 2000, It slightly dropped to 11,105,000. After 1 decade, the number of this production continually decreased, it was about 9.165.000.

As can be seen, Tanzania's production accounted for

87.000 in 1990. Moreover, it strongly climbed almost double, about 1.42.000 in 2000. Further more, It slightly increased to 1.55.000 in 2010.

It is clear that, manufacture milk in Guaremla stood at 26.000 in 1990. After 10 years, It also increased to 55.000, which was double what it was in 1990. In addition, in 2010, it absolutely rose to 84.000, but it still ranked last compared to the four nations.

2024-03-06 14:32:15 UTC

Bích Ngọc 6/3/2024

The table illustrates the changes in the annual production of milk in four different nations during 1990, 2000 and 2010.

Overall, the data reveals a significant increase in milk production for Tanzania and Guatemala. The Nertherlands reamained the top of milk.

Looking at the details, Tanzania’s milk production rose from 87,000 liters in 1990 to 155,000 liters in 2010, while Guatemala’s increased from 26000 liters to 84000 liters in 2010. Both countries recorded the lowest milk production covered with Australia and Netherlands.

On the other hand, Australia’s milk production decreased between 1990 and 2010, from 11,246,000 liters to 9.165,000 liters. As can be seen, milk production in the Netherlands increased slightly from 11,262,000 liters in 2010. It occupied the highest possition among four nations

In conclusion, the production of milk increased in all given countries except for Australia.

6/3/2024 HMinh

2024-03-06 14:36:29 UTC

The table below reveals the construction of milk annually in four countries from 1990 to 2010.

Overall, as can be seen, Netherlands is a country with the biggest amount of milk among 4 country, Guatemala is a country with the smallest amount of milk of all.

It is said from the table that, the manufacturing of milk annually in Netherland from 1990 to 2000 had a slight downward trend, and went to 11466000in 2010.

It can be seen that, in 1990 Australia produced 1124600 litres, after 10 years, it rised to 11105000 and continued to decrease dramatically, it reached to 9.165.000 in 2010.

It is clear that, Tanania in 1990 manufactured about 87000 litres. After a decade, it climbed to 1,42 millions litres and it gained 1550000 litres in 2010.

It it provided from the table that, Guatemala is the last country. It covered 26000 litres in 1990. In 2000, it jumped to 55000 litres. After a decade, it took 84000 liters in 2010.

In conclusion, most of country just had upward trend, but only Australia had downward trend

Huynh 6/3/2024

2024-03-06 14:38:11 UTC

The table illustrates the change in the annual production of milk in 4 different nations during 1990, 2000 and 2010. Overall, Netherland dominates the milk industry for many years, Meanwhile Guatemala remind behind in the dairy sector . The annual production of milk in Netherland was higher than in other countries , it accounted for 11,262,000 litres of milk . As can be seen , it reduced a little to 11,155,000 before decreased to 11,466,000 in 2010. In detail, Australia showed a steady drop from 11,246,000 litres in 1990 to 9,165,000 litres in 2010 after it reached 11,105,000 in 2000. Then, Tanzania , it gained 87,000 litres in 1990 and suddenly rise up to 1,42,000 in 2000 and it stood at 1,55,000 in 2010. Look at the detail , the milk produced in Guatemala was the lowest , it accounted for 26,000 in 1990 and grew up to 55,000 in 2000 finally it stood at 84,000 in 2010

.............

thuỳ anh: 6/3/24

2024-03-06 14:52:44 UTC

The table explains the annual milk manufactures of four countries: Tanzania, Guatemala, Australia and the Netherlands in the years 1990, 2000 and 2010

Overall, the data show that the Netherlands is at the top milk producer among countries, while Guatemela records the least amount of milk.

In 1990, Tanzania's milk production increased slightly from 87,000 liters to 155,000 liters in 2010, while Guatemala's significantly grew from 26,000 liters in 1990 to 84,000 liters in 2010. Both of these countries ~~have~~ lower output than the other two countries Netherlands and Australia.

On the other hand, Australia’s milk construction dipped sharply between 1990 and 2010, from 11,246,000 liters to 9,165,000 liters. However, manufacture of Netherlands rose moderately from 11,262,000 liters in 1990 to 11,466,000 liters in 2010.

06/03/2024- Mai Anh

2024-03-06 15:10:26 UTC

The production of milk annually in four countries from 1990 to 2010 is illustrated in the table.

Overall, the Netherlands has milk production in the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest belongs to Guatemala.

As can be seen, the Netherlands is a country that has milk production going up and down several times. It decreased slightly from 11,262,000 in 1990 to 11,155,000 in 2000. After 10 years, it continued to increase to 11,466,00.

It is clear that milk production in Australia has a downward trend. In 1990, it had milk production was 1,246,000 liters, after one year, it dropped significantly to 11,105,000.

It continued to fall between 11,105,000 and 9,165,000.

Looking at the table, Tanzania showed an upward trend. It took 87,000 in 1990, and in 2000 it went up dramatically from 87,000 to 1,042,000. In 2010, it rised gradually to 1,055,000.

It is provided that Guatemala was the last coutry and it had an upward tendency.

From 1990 to 2000, it grew considerablely between 26,000 and 55,000. After 10 years, in coutined to climb to 84,000.

In conclusion, after see the table, we can see the changes of the production of milk annually in four contries Netherlands, Australia, Tanzania, Guatemala in 1990, 2000 and 2010.

VietAnh 13/03/2024

2024-03-13 15:20:30 UTC

Nowadays, in modern society, news media is crucial. Because it is very convenient for people get information via many social websites or apps like Facebook, Youtube,.. In my opinon, its influence is generally positive.

Firstly, news media improve news for people easily. We can access to internet to reading online magazines or watching videos. In the past, to got in formation, we bought newspaper, magazines or listened radio,.. but today, by on touch on moblie phone, human can know what happen in over the world through social media. According to a recent survey, 96.6% of citizens in a city in Vietnam use social network - a big figure which makes us see the importance of news social media.

Secondly, news media help people learn new things. We can develop our knowledge

Tiến Dũng 13/3/2024

2024-03-13 18:53:23 UTC

Nowadays, it is argued that" news media is very crucial in our society". In my point of view, its influence is generally positive.

Firstly, with the development of modern technology, there are many smart electronic devices like mobile phones, laptop,..., and the appearance of social websites such as tik tok, facebook, youtube, zalo,... Throught these means, humans can grasp all news, informations, knowledge around the world easily and conveniently. If we do not grasp new information, new trend, we will be out of date. What a person needs to do is own a phone or laptop with internet connection to research for all the information on social apps. According to a recent survey, 85% people around the world access social websites everyday by their electronic devices.

Secondly, news media not only can help people to grasp information, news but also is used for people to get in touch with each other. We can chat, send a message with our friends easily and fast throught zalo, messenger,... Moreover, we also can make a new relationship with strange people by facebook, instagram,... F.H.D.Johnkin, London University, supposed that with just a phone or computer and a little confident , you can communicate with the whole world.

In conclusion, news media has a significant role in modern society. It brings a lot of positive affects for people in daily life.

Nguyễn Ngọc Anh 14/3/24

2024-03-14 03:48:02 UTC

I have watched this movie 3 times in this month and will continue to watch it again in the future, it is the famous animated movie "How to Train Your Dragon". The content of the movie is really good and is has a lot of dramatic depth. The movie is about Viking village of Berk, all the houses are new since the dwellers are in permanent fight against the dragons. The leader Stoik the Vast is unsuccessfully trying to destroy the fearful Night Fury and locate the dragon's nest to destroy them. His clumsy and inventive son Hiccup dreams on becoming a dragon killer.

After a raid of dragons during the night, Hiccup uses the weapon he had invented and he hits the Night Fury. However, he has no witness and nobody in the village believes on his words. Hiccup decides to seek out the dragon in the woods, and finds it with a severed tail and can not fly again. Hiccup calls him Toothless and they become friends.

Phạm Thị Nhung 14/03/2024

2024-03-14 03:54:13 UTC

The name of film is Pyramid Game. This film is an South Korean psychological thriller survival television series. There are 4 main protagonists : Seong Su-ji, Myeong Ja-eun, Seo Do-ah, Im Ye-rim and 1 antagonist - Baek Ha-rin. The film is set at Baekyeon Girls' School.

Lộc Minh Quân 14/3/2024

2024-03-14 04:14:53 UTC

The film is “The Boys” it’s series television action,superhero

There are 6 protagonists (Billy Butcher,Hughie,Annie,Kimiko,M.M&Frenchy) and 1 antagonist(Home Lander)

The film context setting up in New York 2200

it follows the eponymous team of vigilantes as they combat with Home Lander who abuse his powers.

Nguyễn Thùy Dương 14/03/2024

2024-03-14 04:15:48 UTC

I recently watched a movie called Death Note. The film is adapted from the comic of the same name by author Oba Tsugumi. The film is set in modern Japan, belongs to the thriller and fantasy genre. The main character of the story is a high school student named Yagami Raito. One day, he accidentally picked up the death note, which the death god Ryuk dropped in the human world. After discovering the notebook's secret, Yagami decided to use it to kill criminals. Then there are the battles between him and those who oppose his act of killing criminals.

Phạm Văn Vũ 14/03/24

2024-03-14 04:18:47 UTC

The previous movie that I've seen was "Game of throne", which is one of the most popular novels of all- time in the genre of adventurous, action, and fantasy. This film depicted an unreal continent called Westeros, when there was a tremendous power struggle among houses such as Stark, Lannister, Baratheon,... The plot of this movie was complicated and lasting through many stories and different characters. It's a wonderful novel in illustrating about the change of each charater's emotions and generate a comprehensive picture about Westeros continent. In my view, this can be definitely movie that anyone have to see at least once.

Nguyễn T.Thanh Nguyên 14/03/2024

hoatrangnguyen365 — 2024-03-14 04:19:28 UTC

A recent film that I have seen is"Parasite", which is a very interesting film from South Korea. The film "Parasite" is directed by Bong Joon-ho, is classified as a black comedy and thriller. It’s funny but also serious, and it talks about how people from different social levels live very different lives. The story revolves around two families, the wealthy Parks and the struggling Kims.The way the film shows the rich family’s big house helps us understand the big gap between rich and poor people.“Parasite” is a film that combines elements of drama, comedy, and thriller, making it a fascinating experience for audiences worldwide.

VietAnhHoang 14/03/24

2024-03-14 04:20:06 UTC

In the romantic comedy film "Mai" made by author Trấn Thành, a love story between Sâu and Mai, they came across meet each other at an apartment building in the city. Their love story began when Sau saw that Mai was so beautiful and adorable, from then on there was a funny and sweet connection between them. As they spend more time together, they face difficult situations. Despite the challenges, their love grew stronger. With many of laughter and touching, emotional moments, "Mai" is a good movie that will make audiences smile.

Vũ Khánh Linh 14/3/24

2024-03-14 04:20:46 UTC

The first movie that pops up in my mind now is 'God father'. It is a Vietnamese flim,directed by Trấn Thành. The flim illustrates a Vietnamese nuclear family including 3 members: Quắn, which is the main character of this flim, his father and his sister. The majority of scenes are hillarious until there is a touching moment at the end of the flim. The dad passed away and Quắn has realised how carelessly did he look after his beloved. From my perspective, this movie has inspired me a lot in giving love to others and it also reminds me to appreciate the time with my parents before it's too late.

LêCúc 14/3/24

2024-03-14 04:26:03 UTC

Mai is one of the films that i found very impressive. This is Vietnamese film in the comedy-romance-drama and was released in theaters in 2024. There are 2 main ( Mai and Duong). This film tells the story of Mai- a girl born into an unhappy family with a bad father. She met a neighbor named Trung Duong, nicknamed Sau. Their love began but then came dificulties.

Trần Thành Công 14/03/2024

2024-03-14 04:26:39 UTC

I’ve just seen a great movie last week. The name of the movie is Friday the 13th and it’s a horror type movie.There are 10 characters in the movie,3 out of them are the main protagonists and their name is Jason, Sarah and Peter.The movie is about a group of friend goes camping in a place called camp Crystal lake and they have to fight with Jason, who is the killer in the movie. This movie right now is the best one that a lot of people wants to get the ticket of it. In conclusion, I think Friday the 13th is one of best movie that I’ve ever seen.

Nguyễn Phúc Đức 14/3/2024

2024-03-14 04:26:47 UTC

Last week, I gathered with friends for a long-awaited movie night, we dived into the action packed world of "Kungfu Panda 4". This animated action-comedy masterpiece brought back familiar faces like Po and the Furious Five while introducing awsome new characters. The setting is acient China, the film took us on a thrilling journey filled with vibrant landscapes and heartwarming moments. As Po faced his greatest chalenge yet, we laughed, we cheered, and held our breath through every twist and turn off the plot. With its perfect blend of humor, adventure, and life lessons, Kungfu Panda 4 provided an unforgetable movie experience that left us already anticipating the next installment in the beloved series.

Vũ T.Minh Ngọc 14/3/24

2024-03-14 04:29:49 UTC

A famous film I have spent all day watching is Stranger Things - an American science fiction film horror drama series directed by the Duffer Brothers. This film has been aired since 2016 on Netflix and after four seasons, the final season will be released in 2025. The film is set around the small town of Hawkins, where the residents here deal with a hostile alternate dimension called the Upside Down. A nearby human experimentation facility with human test objects affected the residents of Hawkins in different terrible ways. The intriguing and overwhelming visual effects impressed me for the first time. I was immersed in the science world and sometimes the sudden loud noise scared me. I think this film is a must-see once in a lifetime.

Trương Khôi Nguyên 14/03/2024

2024-03-14 04:29:51 UTC

A recent film I have seen is Demon Slayer : Mugen train . It's an action film and cartoon. There are five main characters in this movie and they are : demon slayer (Tanjiro , Inosuke and Zenitsu) , Fire Hashira Rengoku and two villains are Lower Rank 1 demon Enmu , Upper Rank 3 Akaza . The film takes place in a fantasy world where humans must fight against flesh-eating demons. When Rengoku tried to protect everyone on the train , the trio demon slayer kill Enmu to stop the train . When the train has been stopped , they met Akaza and Rengoku had to sacrifice himself to stop Akaza kill everyone . This is a good and moving film , you should come and see with your friends .

Nguyễn Thị Ánh Tâm 14/3/2024

2024-03-14 04:30:28 UTC

"Toy Story" is one of my recent favorite films. It is a cartoon which about Woody, Buzz Lightyear, and their other friends. They are all toys of a boy named Andy. Their lives completely change when Andy gets a new toy.They have many adventures together when humans are not around. It's really a heartwarming story about friendship.

Nguyễn Thanh Huyền 14/3/24

2024-03-14 04:30:30 UTC

I recently watched a movie called "Alice in Wonderland." It's a fantasy and adventure movie. The protagonist of the movie is a young girl named Alice. The story takes place Wonderland, where everything is strange and unexpected. The plot follows Alice as she falls down a rabbit hole into the Wonderland. Along the way, she meets many strange creatures and faces many challenges.

Nguyễn Thảo Nhi 14/3/24

2024-03-14 04:30:31 UTC

There is a majority of people who love watching films and I am not the exception. By that, I mean I really enjoy watching movies. The name of the film I have seen recently is "We bare bear"- the anime genre. I often watch it on Cartoon Network channel at 8pm everyday with my brother. There are three main characters in this film: Grizzly, Panda and Ice Bear. The setting of this film is a small house of three bears in a forest. The plots tell about the lives of three bear brothers want to intergrate into the human world. It is a good movie for everyone, especially the children because it can give us a lot of interesting experiences throughout every episode.

Great !

Hoàng Thị Anh Thư 14/3/2024

2024-03-14 04:30:33 UTC

I have seen the movie “ Tom and Jerry”. This is a famous cartoons of America. This movie has two main characters: Tom and Jerry. Tom is a blue gray cat and Jerry is a brow mouse. “ Tom and Jerry” is an endless confrontation between Tom-the cat and Jerry-the mouse. Tom and Jerry chase each other everywhere, in the house, on the street and sometimes at the neighbor’s house. Tom rarely succeeds in catching Jerry because Jerry is too smart and lucky. But when times are difficult or one of them is in danger, the other always thinks the way to help the other. They are good friends despite their disagreements.

Trần Thị Ngọc Mầm 14/03/2024

2024-03-14 04:30:33 UTC

'Tom and Jerry' is a colorful and captivating animated masterpiece depicting the unique relationship between Tom the cat and Jerry the mouse. There are 2 main characters, creating moments of both laughter and suspense. The first character is Tom, the lazy yet greedy cat, constantly seeks to catch Jerry either for the meal, while the second character is Jerry, a clever and mischievous mouse, It always evades and outwits Tom. Every episode unfolds as a lively chase, and tricks from both side in their house. However, through constant battles, they gradually come to understand and respect each other more. They often have to cooperate to tackle larger challenges, from facing common enemies to resolving everyday life troubles.

Nguyễn Hương Giang 14/3/2024

2024-03-14 04:30:35 UTC

The movie which I have seen recently is ''Wednesday". This film is an American comedy television series and premiered in 2022. There are 3 main protagonists: Jenna Ortega, Gwendoline Christine, Riki Lindhome. Wednesday is the story about the character of the same name and finding a solution to the mystery of the monster at Nevermore Academy, where she is studying. The film begins when Addams takes brutal revenge against someone who bullied her brother. This action got her expelled from school and then her parents tried to send her to Nevermore Academy. , this film not only tells a mysterious but also revolves around the school story of girls and boys.

Good !

Chu Thị Ánh Tuyết 14/3/2024

2024-03-14 04:35:59 UTC

Watching film is my favorite in my free time. To be honest, I love the animated movies more than other films. The film i saw was Tom and Jerry, was an American animated series shown on television and theaters and produced by William Hanna and Joseph Barbera for MGM studios. The movies talk about the life under the same roof of Tom cat and Jerry mouse, almost Mouses and Cats are inherently incompatible animals, which has led to funny situations for viewers. Besides, most of the episodes focus on the plot of Tom cat and Jerry mouse to catch Jerry mouse with many plans, but an interesting thing here is that instead of intending to catch Jerry to eat meat, Tom catches Jerry due to the responsibility of "the cat must catch the mouse". This is because Jerry eats food in the refrigerator, causing Tom to be scolded by the Landlady and she offers a reward if Tom caught the mouse.

Kim Anh 4/3/2024

2024-03-20 09:00:28 UTC

Relative price development for fresh fruits and vegestables, sugers and sweets, and carbonated drinks from 1978 to 2009 is described in the gragh below.

Overall, as can be seen all four data lines increased, and the biggest increase was fresh fruits and vegetables.

Starting from 1979, fresh fruit and vegetables rose steadily from 60 to 330 until 2009. In addition, fresh fruits and vegetables become the highest product because the price had grown more than 250% in 30 years, two times more than the others.

sugar and sweets, consumer-price index and carbonated water rose around 150% since 1979. Although, the two not essentials products had maintained under the consumer-price index.

Writing 21/3

tttphuong2 — 2024-03-21 07:46:49 UTC

You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.

The diagram shows the main systems of writing used throughout the world. Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the main features.
Write at least 150 words.

Mai 21/03/2024

2024-03-21 14:00:38 UTC

In today's developed world, the universities or similar academic institutions can not provide the virtue of a person to get the key to success. I'll discuss it in this essay with some agreements below.

Overall, it is believed that learning is very important nevertheless, it is not the only way to success.

It is provided from the fact that there are many people who have succeeded and become rich without learning at a university or similar academic institution. They can do what they like and choose the fields which they are in their element. Moreover, they can do the fields to the best of their ability to help other people. I have a story about Uncle Ho, who was recognized as a world celebrity. Despite the difficulties and poverty to study, he became the leader of my country.

As can be seen, the collecting experience from life play a significant role to get succeed. People need to get on top of things and broaden their horizons in age of development. Besides that they also learn from trial and error to create the enormous things. Bill Gates, who created Microsoft software, gave up learning at Harvard university to start a business. Up to now, he is a successful person and one of famous billionaire in the world.

In conclusion, the qualities of a person to get succeed and achievement, can form from raising up their awareness and knowledge from life without learning at a university or similar academic institution.

Khanh 21.3

lethihuyenldp — 2024-03-21 14:00:42 UTC

According to some serious consideration, many individuals believe that: " Knowledge depends on accumulation, which can not learn at university, so nowadays, some people reach success" In my point of view, I completely agree with this statement. This is a beneficial trend.

It is provided from the fact that there are a lot of billionaires successful people in the world who did not come to top schools or famous institutions. As can be seen, the object that everyone concerned about is soft skills besides studying at schools. If you want to tool the dream big, you will make effort every day. According to a recent survey, 30% of citizens need to practice and enrich experiences to gain targets.

On the other hand, being self-reliant is what almost young people strive for, every day, you spend a lot of times researching , writing a report in email or face to face in society to improve communicate skills, this a good way to become an independent person, a leader or a manager. The Business Times published on 22nd June 2006 said that : " Today a reader tomorrow a leader". When you focus on look up information in life, you learn by heart longer than in a textbook. Sometimes, it looks like an opportunity to open - eye in the modern life

In conclusion, education at schools is essential for gaining academic knowledges. However, real-world experiences also play a key role in enriching an individual’s achievement.

Khai 21.03.2024

2024-03-21 14:09:38 UTC

-The qualities that somebody needs to become successful nowadays cannot be educated at a university or similar schools according to some people. With that being, I also agree with the viewpoint of some people.

-It is provided from the fact that, today, there are many people who do not need to study at a university or similar academic institution but they are still very successful. As can be seen, successful people do not go to school but they go to work very early. For these cases, when they fail it helps them gain experience and they modify their way of working more effectively. In the world, the number of people who do not study at a university or similar academic institution but they are still successful is about 60%.

-Consequently, we can see that education is not the only path to success.

Thảo Nhi 28/3/2024

2024-03-28 04:01:04 UTC

There are many kinds of TV programmes in Vietnam such as: sports, reality show, news, game show and so on. For me, the programme that i love most is news.Simply because it gives me a lot of new information in many fields. It has a meaningful impact on myself and improves my knowledge in many ways.It is shown on television at 7pm every day. I always watch this programme with my lovely family in our dinner.

Nguyễn Tuấn Anh28/03/2024

2024-03-28 04:03:15 UTC

My all-time favorite TV show is "7th Wish." It is an extremely compassionate program that fosters empathy for both society and the editor for those who are unfortunate in life. The most amazing story I've ever heard is about a 15-year-old baby who has been living with HIV for centuries from birth. The youngster always dreams of seeing the sea and believes that everyone is happy and that there is no stigma associated with having HIV. The program editors attempted to make the child's dream come true by placing it in a really amazing and surprising way. The child's belief in this existence increased with the editor's attempt. 7th Wish is a reality television series that has gained.

Nguyễn Thùy Dương 28/03/2024

2024-03-28 04:03:16 UTC

My favorite TV program is news. This program starts at 7 pm and ends at 8:30 pm. The news program is shown on VTV1 channel of Vietnam Television. The program talks about events happening around the world such as natural disasters, wars, weather, politics, economics.etc. It gives me a lot of knowledge about the world. This is an interesting program and well worth watching

minh ngọc 28/3/24

2024-03-28 04:04:34 UTC

When it comes to a TV program that I have a deep expression, I’d choose “Who Wants To Be A Millionaire”. It’s a game show where people try to beat a range of challenges for a grand prize worth hundreds of millions in VND. I hardly watch it nowadays, but it used to be that new episodes were shown every Tuesday evening. Sometimes, a special episode features celebrities as contestants. It was so hard to win the grand prize that I’ve rarely seen someone take on the final question successfully.

Nguyễn Phúc Đức 28/03/2024

2024-03-28 04:06:32 UTC

Nat Geo Discovery is really cool! It's like a big book of adventures on TV. Every day, it shows us amazing things from around the world, like different cultures and animals. We can learn about old stuff and new mysteries. Nat Geo Discovery helps us understand why we need to take care of the Earth. It has awesome pictures and stories that make learning fun. If you want to explore and learn about our planet, Nat Geo Discovery is the best!

Thanh Huyền 28/3/2024

2024-03-28 04:06:58 UTC

My favorite TV show is called "MasterChef." It's a cooking competition where amateur chefs from all over the country come together to show off their cooking skills. They have to cook different kinds of food and impress the judges with their dishes. The judges are professional chefs who taste the food and decide who did the best job. Sometimes the contestants have to cook in a hurry, and it gets really exciting to see if they can finish on time. I like watching "MasterChef" because it's fun to see all the delicious food they make and to cheer for my favorite contestants.

Nguyễn Thị Ánh Tâm 28/03

2024-03-28 04:10:59 UTC

2 Days 1 Night is one of my favourite reality shows. It is shown every Sunday at 8p.m on HTV 7. In this program, artists and celebrities participate on games and journeys to various regions across Vietnam. It combines both adventures and humor. There are many audiences who love the show. In summary, this one is definitely worth watching.

Lộc Minh Quân 28.3.2024

2024-03-28 04:12:02 UTC

My favorite television programme is "the wild life".It is discovery show.It tell about the daily life of the wild animal such as the jasguar to catch their prey or the migrations of bird.The show take place on 16:30 every thursday

Nguyễn T. Thanh Nguyên 28/03/2024

hoatrangnguyen365 — 2024-03-28 04:13:28 UTC

One of the TV programs that I like is “Journey of Knowledge.”. It is an educational program and hosted by the passionate educator, Dr. Minh Trần. The program explores diverse subjects, from history and science to philosophy and art. Each episode includes fascinating conversations and expert interviews. I like this program because it gives me a lot of useful knowledge.

Thư 28/3/2024

2024-03-28 04:13:28 UTC

One of my favorite shows is Rap Viet.  I usually watch it every Saturday, on VTV3 channel. Or when I miss it, I watch it again on Youtube.This program looks for people with a talent for rapping. The person who is the most creative and raps will be the winner. They compose in many fields and most of their rap songs are very good. I like it very much because it is very suitable for teenager, the contestants are very unique and their compositions are very attractive.I have watched it for 48 episodes and have not missed any episode.

Trần Thành Công 21/3/2024

2024-03-28 04:13:46 UTC

Tv programs are the most popular media in the world. One of my most favorite TV program is “who is the millionaire “. This is a game show type . The game show is mostly about answering questions and claim the prize. The game ~~will~~ has 15 questions and the player must complete the game with the streak of 15 questions. During the progress, the player can use some backup like calling for help, voting and 50-50. If they answer wrongly, they immediately lose the game.

Good !

LêCúc 28/3

2024-03-28 04:15:11 UTC

2 Days & 1 Night Vietnam is a reality TV show on HTV7 channel. This program is ~~showed~~ shown every Sunday at 8:30 pm. This is my favorite TV program. There are six famous people in different artistic fields : MCs, singers, actors and rappers in this program such as Bao Lam, HIEUTHUHAI, Ngo Kien Huy...The show is about interesting and funny trips of six men. They ~~will~~ travel to different places in Vietnam to explore the scenes, culture, food and people ~~here~~ there. This program has shown many beautiful places in Vietnam

good !

Khôi Nguyên 28/3/2024

2024-03-28 04:17:29 UTC

The Amazing Race is my favorite TV show. The race is divided into several stages, requiring teams to move and complete missions to receive clues that lead them to the rest stop, where they are rested and relayed before entering the next stage. The first team to set foot at a regular stop ~~will~~ receive a gift while the team finishing last ~~will~~ normally is eliminated from the race.

Lack of concluding sentence

Hong Ngoc 28/3/2024

2024-03-28 04:19:48 UTC

"Breaking Bad" is hands down my favorite TV show. It follows the story of Walter White, a high school chemistry teacher who turns to cooking methamphetamine to support his family. The plot is really interesting, with lots of twists and turns. The unique combination of intense drama, unexpected twists, and dark humor keeps me glued to the screen. It's like a stack of excitement in every episode. Overall, "Breaking Bad" is a tremendous show that leaves a big impact on anyone who watches i

Good !

linh 28/3/24

2024-03-28 04:22:39 UTC

Gameshow is my go-to channel whenever I feel dizzy in a day. It helps me let off steam after a long time of working or studying. To be more specific, I have watched 'Running man" - a korean gameshow in which participants need to get over variety of difficult challenges so as to get the prize. Besides, the show has many hilarious scenes which is the main thing attracts a massive amount of watchers. Another undeniable point, this program is suitable for any ages from the youngsters to the elderly. Therefore, Running man is the best choice for a night at the weekend with your family.

vu28.3

2024-03-28 04:23:11 UTC

One of the Tv programs that I like most is called" Ai la trieu phu", which showed frequently on VTV3 every Tuesday. This program seeks everyone from every major, from artists, designers, musicians,... You ~~will~~ have to answer 15 questions from several topics by choosing one of four selections. You ~~will~~ also have 4 assistances to deal with those questions, ~~which~~ you have to leave the game if you get the wrong answer. It's really meaningful program that gives me a lot of opportunities to learn and gain my knowledge.

Good

16. Phạm Nhung 28/3/24

2024-03-28 04:25:39 UTC

Thoi Su is one of the most favorite TV programme for me. Thoi Su is a popular program for everyone in Vietnam. It's on VTV3 at 19:00 p.m everyday. When I was a child, I used to watch Thoi Su at dinner with my family. Going to college, I always watch it when I can. Through the programme, I can get quick and accurate news. It helps me to update almost everything about different places in our country and important events happening all over the world. Watching television is my hobby. I cannot imagine a day in my life without watching it.

Trần Thị Ngọc Mầm_28/03/2024

2024-03-28 04:26:07 UTC

My cherished programs are sports programs, especially volleyball. I enjoy the strength in attack and professionalism in defense of the players, they are truly talented and excellent. I consider volleyball not only an entertaining sport but also an opportunity to exercise and improve team spirit. I always look forward to exciting matches which I can watch my favorite programs.

Rewrite supporting sentences

Chu Thị Ánh Tuyết 28/03/2024

2024-03-28 04:56:46 UTC

“Running Man” is my favorite TV program. It is shown at 8.30 p.m Htv7 Sunday every week. Running Man features 7 main players and will appear off some famous other people. The purpose of the show is relaxation and smiling for the viewer. Besides, A combination of entertainment and knowledge created a unique program that allows this show to be outstanding by citizens. Therefore, This TV show gives me laughter and I really love this game program.

Lê Thịnh 28/3/24

2024-03-28 13:40:32 UTC

The line graph shows the percentage of New Zealand population from 1950-2050.

Starting with the first age group, from 1950-1990 it ~~was~~ dropped slightly but at in 1990 the line ~~grow~~ grew up.

The second one is the young people group, from 1950-1960 the line go went up then go down from 1960-1970 and it unchanged until 1990, however, from 1990 the line significantly ~~fall~~ until 2050.

The next one is the middle age group, the line increase sharply from 1950-1990 but got a little decrease at 2000 and it has maintained from 2000-2050.

Finish with the last age group, the line ~~rise~~ slowly from 1950-1990 but from 1990-2050 it significantly ~~fall~~.

Câu lặp lại, ngữ pháp kém, vốn từ hẹp, chưa biết miêu tả sơ đồ

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 28/03/2024

hoangtienson13 — 2024-03-28 14:15:33 UTC

The line graph illustrates the percentage of 4 different ages in total population in New Zealand from 1950 and predicted until 2050

Over all, the figures for people from the oldest group is always accounts for the highest proprtion and the percentages of young group (25-37) reach the lowest point at 2050 . It is worth highlighting that those aged 65 and plus were always the sector with the highest proportions of total population in New Zealand, which continues to be true in the 2050.

From 1950 to 1990, 60 percent of those from the oldest group tripled the percentage of people aged 25 to 37 in the first year.Then the oldest group had a growth to nearly 70% over 4 decades while the young group increased to about 25% in 1960 before declining to 18% in the same period. Meanwhile, the percentage of the 38 to 45 year old population started at 21% in 1950 and rose sharply to generally 48% in the next 40 years. In the other hand, the figures for those from the youngest group remained unchanged at 9% between 1950 and 1990.

After peaking at 70% in 1990, the proportion of the oldest group is predicted to drop to 55% by 2050. The figure for those from 25-37 years of age experienced a similar trend and will also decline to 1% by 2050. Meanwhile , since 1990, the percentage of people aged 0 to 14 has experienced a steady rise and is predicted to reach 20% in 2050. Finally, the figures for people aged 38 to 45 is expected to go down to nearly 40% in the end.

Thảo Nguyên 28/03/2024

2024-03-28 14:33:55 UTC

The line graph illustrates the percentage of New Zealand population from 1950-2050.

Overall, the first age population (0-14) and group 38-45 years old tends to increase, while the figures for people from 25-37 and over 65 years old go down. As can be seen, the age group that were over 65 years old ~~was~~ always ~~the sector~~ with the highest proportion of total population in New Zealand.

The first group (0-14) declined slowly from 1950 to 1990...... Since 1990 this group has risen steadily and is predicted to reach 20% in 2050. It is clear that 60 percent of the oldest group tripled the percentage of the young group (25-37) in the first year. From 1950 to 1990, the young group grew moderately about 5% then decreased slightly to 18%. Meanwhile, the oldest group grew gradually to nearly 70% over 4o years. After peaking at 70% in 1990, the oldest group is predicted to drop to 55% by 2050.

It is provided from the fact that, the group 25-37... has been a similar trend and also fell rapidly to 1% by 2050. On the other hand, since 1990, the percentage of the first group (0 to 14) has a steady rise and is predicted to reach 20% in 2050. According to the line graph, the percentage of the 38-45 age population started at 21% in 1950 and climbed sharply to 48% in the next 40 years. Then this group is expected to pluge to nearly 40% in the end.

xem lại kết cấu từ : Ok

Kim Anh 28/3/2024

2024-03-28 14:47:53 UTC

The line graph compares percentage of population growth in New Zealand over a period of 100 years ( 1950-2050)

Overall, the population growth of the first age group (0-14) increase slightly, while the rest groups tend to gradually decrease during the period shown.

From 1950-1990, about 20 percent of the population ~~was~~ belonged to the young people group and the middle age group ~~in 1950~~. In the same year, the first age group and the last age group occupied approximately 5% and 60% each. In 1990, The last age group had the highest percentage up to nearly 70% , followed by the middle age group at about 45% and the remaining 2 age groups remained almost unchanged.

In 2000, the first age group and the young people group together accounted for nearly 10% and had a steady upward trend to 2020 . Meanwhile, the middle age group and the last age group had a slight downward trend from 2000 to 2020 . Over the next 50 years or so, the last age group is expected to decline sharply, while the rest of the age groups will rise siginificantly.

Ok, chưa có câu kết luận

Anh Thư 11/4/2024

2024-04-11 04:03:52 UTC

In Viet Nam, Da Lat is the coolest in the South of Viet Nam. It's a famous city in Viet Nam. Da Lat is being the flower city. There have many flowers and the weather is cool. Da Lat is famous for many beautiful view and fog. You can go to the market to buy some food: tea, atiso, rouvenir, flower, ect.. There are many places you can visit such as: Valley of love, Mong Mo hill, Tuyen Lam lake, Than Tho lake, Dalat waterfall,... I want to visit Da Lat one day because I love Da Lat very much.

Tuấn Anh 11/4/2024

2024-04-11 04:04:57 UTC

Childhood obesity is a growing concern in today's society. Nowadays, most children love fast food like fried chicken, French fries, etc. In addition, they spend a lot of time using phones and playing games without exercising. That not only affects the balance in daily life but is also dangerous to health. This is One of the disturbing things that we need to address now. Good

Quân 11/4/2024

2024-04-11 04:06:46 UTC

Childhood obesity is a pressing issue with multifaceted causes. Unhealthy dietary choices, sedentary lifestyles, genetic predisposition, and environmental factors all contribute to the causes. The consequences extend beyond physical health, affecting self-esteem, mental well-being, and long-term health outcomes. Preventing childhood obesity requires a holistic approach that emphasizes balanced nutrition, regular exercise, and supportive communities.

Thùy Dương 11/4/2024

2024-04-11 04:08:26 UTC

There are many causes of childhood obesity and the consequences are very serious. According to research by nutritionists, children today eat too much sweets and fast food, which is the main cause of obesity. Besides, the fact that children today spend more time on TV and phones instead of physical activities also contributes to increasing the risk of obesity. The consequences of this disease are poor health, susceptibility to skin diseases, and there have been cases of death while sleeping because obesity affects breathing. In addition, when children are obese, they can also suffer from cardiovascular and bone diseases. The important thing now is to find ways to reduce obesity rates in children.

Good !

Trần Thị Ngọc Mầm_ 11/04

2024-04-11 04:09:29 UTC

Write a paragraph comparing two types of music

Rock and hip-hop are two different kinds of music. Rock music consists of vibrant guitars and drums and it is needs excessive energy in a track. On the other hand, hip-hop has cool beats and rapping and it is often talking about life in the city. Despite the differences, both rock and hip-hop have had a significant influence on music around the world.

Trương Khôi Nguyên 11/4/2024

2024-04-11 04:12:37 UTC

Obesity in children is a common and negative problem in the world. There are many causes of this problem such as eating too much unhealthy food, spending too much time to watch TV and or video games and eating habits. Obesity also ~~have~~ has many bad effects. Obese children breath difficultly, this increases risk of fractures and cardiovascular disease. This is a very dangerous disease for children, so it should be taken to minimize this condition as soon as possible.

Good

VU 11/4/24

2024-04-11 04:15:01 UTC

Both classical and pop music play a meaningful role in transmitting the author' emotion and feeling, but there are some distinctions between them. While classical music uses traditional instruments like piano, violin, cello, pop music relates to playing with modern ones such as electronic guitar, trump,... Classical music concentrates on expressing the diversity, complication and fine in musical structures, meanwhile, pop music, which has simple and understandable lyrics, focus on love, regular life or close-knit topics. To sum up, both classical music and pop music have a deep impact to musical culture and society.

Good !

Thanh Nguyên-11/04/2024

hoatrangnguyen365 — 2024-04-11 04:15:15 UTC

Obesity is a complex issue with many causes and significant effects on health and well-being of children. Children who consume high-calorie diets, especially those rich in fast food, can contribute to weight gain. In addition, factors such as environmental or psychological, can contribute to excessive weight gain. The consequence of childhood obesity are profound. Firstly, it can lead to some health problems like high blood pressure or heart disease. Additionally, it can cause anxiety, depression, and low self-esteem. Overall, it is important to find ways to reduce the rate of obesity in children.

Good !

nguyen hong ngoc 11/4/24

2024-04-11 04:17:48 UTC

Childhood obesity is when kids become too overweight, and it's becoming a big problem. One reason is they eat too much junk food and don't move around enough. Moreover, environmental factors such as easy access to unhealthy food options and sedentary lifestyles further exacerbate the issue. Research studies have shown that children who are obese are at a higher risk of developing various health problems such as diabetes or heart problems. This shows we really need to do something to help kids avoid getting too overweight. it's really important to figure out why kids become obese and help them make healthier choices. That way, we can keep them healthier and happier.

Good !

Khánh Linh 11/4/24

2024-04-11 04:21:40 UTC

It is undeniable that the rate of obesity in children is increasing dramatically in few years. The majority of causes, leading to overweight is the minimum of physical activities. Recently, children are being passive by using modern technologies instead of hanging out in order to burn calories. This factor is not only effect their physical health but also their mental health. In a similar case, parents tends to let their kids use phone or TV while they are eating. Childhood obesity will be a serious problem unless parents and society get involved in this situation.

Good !

Phạm Nhung 11/4/24

2024-04-11 04:26:06 UTC

Nowadays, childhood obesity is on the fast rise due to a large part to the influence of dietary and lifestyle factors. Children enjoy excessive sugary drinks and fast food, while spending more time glued to screens than playing outside, this creates an imbalance where calorie intake outweighs expenditure. This excess weight can lead to a cascade of health problems later in life, including type 2 diabetes, respiratory issues, and even some cancers.

tuyết 11/4/24

2024-04-11 04:56:20 UTC

Nowadays, the rate of obesity in children tends to increase, which causes a serious consequences for young children. The cause of this condition is a lack of exercise in children. For example, instead of going out to play sports activities such as football, football, etc., kids sit at home and watch TV on their phones for long periods without moving. Similarly, children gain weight due to eating too many greasy foods. Their health isn't ensured by the balance of substances in the body, leading to children suffering from diseases such as diabetes, fatty blood, and obesity. As a result that it can reduce the life expectancy of young children.

Nhàn 11/04

2024-04-11 13:32:36 UTC

Mathematics stands for 45% of winning entries .
30% of rewards among the total competitors is on behalf of biology.
Chemistry accounts for 34% of winners out of the total of 55.000 competitors.
32% of rewards among the total participants belongs to business studies.
The price in Media studies relates to 13% out of 30.000 examinees.
History associates with 16% of rewards out of the number of entries.
The number of Philosophy's rewards belongs to 14% among 15.000 people joining in the competition.
The rewards in Sociology presents 16% among 10.000 candidates.
Comparision:
The highest percentage of the reward belongs to 45% of winning entries in Mathematics.
The ratio of the winners in Biology, business studies and chemistry increases by 2% respectively from 30% to 34%.
13% of the price in Media studies is the lowest ratio.
The rate of winning entries in History and Sociology is equal to 16%.
14% of rewards in Philosophy ranks second from the lowest rate.

Hoàng Tiến Sơn-11/04/2024

hoangtienson13 — 2024-04-11 14:03:54 UTC

45% of winning entries belongs to Mathematics

The prize in Biology stands for 30% of the ~~entries~~ participants

The rewards in Chemistry accounts for 34% of the total of more than 55,000 ~~entries~~ competitors

The percentage of business studies entries which are awarded relates to 32 %

13% represents the percentage of media studies entries winning prizes.

The reward in History associates with 16%.

14% of prizes is on behalf of Philosophy students.

The rate of sociology candidates which are awarded relates to 16%

3% represents the percentage of media studies entries winning prizes

Thảo Nguyên 11/4/2024

2024-04-11 14:07:03 UTC

Mathematics stands for 45% of rewards out of 60000 candidates.

The rewards in biology presents 30% among 20000 students.

Chemistry accounts for 34% of rewards out of 40000 competitors.

The rewards in business studies associates with 32% out of 40000 students.

Media studies relates to 13% of rewards among 20000 participants.

History takes 16% of rewards among 10000 candidates.

14% of rewards out of the totals competitors is on behalf of Philosophy.

The number of Sociology's rewards belongs to 16% out of 10000 participants .

Mathematics's rewards have the highest percentage among all subjects in the bar chart.

The group of three subjects includes Biology, Chemistry and Business studies has approximately percentage awarded.

The rate awarded of remaining materials such as media studies, history, philosophy and sociology is about 13-16%. In which, history and Sociology has the same percentage of 16%.

25/4/2024 Hoàng Thị Anh Thư

2024-04-25 05:21:14 UTC

my favourite places for relaxation is a island near my house, it's named "Cat Ba". It is located in Hai Phong. Cat Ba Island is truly beautiful. I love the fresh, airy air here. When I return to my hometown, I often go to Cat Ba and sit to watch this island. The sound of the waves makes me feel refreshed, it helps me relive my pressure

25/4/2024 Lộc Minh Quân

2024-04-25 05:22:32 UTC

topic 4: Describe a family tradition. write about what happen during this time, who is involved, and what the importance of the tradition is

In my family, there is a family tradition is making Thit Treo Gac Bep in the Tet holiday season.My great-grandfather was the one who started this tradition.During this time, everyone will gathering and use fatback to make it dry and hang in a stick on the fire stove, we also make many thing toghether like: wrapping cakes, shopping,preparing a big dinner,... The importance of this tradition is

people gathering and do anything together

Nguyễn Thanh Nguyên- 25/04/2024

hoatrangnguyen365 — 2024-04-25 05:23:00 UTC

The perfect place to relax is a cozy library nook tucked away in the corner of a grand old library.This special spot is surrounded by towering of literature, history and poetry.The hushed environment of the library is perfect for deep thought and reflection.In addition, the availability of knowledge and stories provides a unique form of relaxtion that engages the mind. Overall, it is a perfect place for anyone seeking a quiet retreat to recharge the mind.

Nguyễn Thùy Dương 25/04/2024

2024-04-25 05:23:42 UTC

For me, a perfect place to relax is by the beach, with soft white sand and calm ocean waves. The beach often brings a feeling of peace and relaxation thanks to the sound of ocean waves and pleasant climate. The beautiful scenery and fresh air also help create an ideal environment for relaxation and rejuvenation. All of these characteristics make the beach a perfect place to relax when stressed.

Chu Tuyết 25/04/24

2024-04-25 05:27:14 UTC

I love my house in the peaceful countryside where I was born and have a lot of good memories. my parents said that this house was built in the 2000s. My house is old and has two floors, especially, is not too big but still enough space for my family to live together. the living room and kitchen are on the first floor, my mom decorates the living room simply but still beautiful and the kitchen is always in a clean and tidy state. Moreover, it has my room next to the kitchen room. Next, it is the bedroom of my parents on the second floor. although the house doesn't have many things it's a place that brought me many memories and sadness. After all that, our things only have one place to return which is our home.

Thành Công 25/4/2024

2024-04-25 05:33:55 UTC

There are a lot of places for people to relax, but with me the best place to relax is a resort. Resort is a comprehensive tourist destination, providing guests with varied experience. This place has a lot activities such as food and drinks, swimming pools, spas and some recreational activities. In day time, we can choose to have breakfast in the food court and then go swimming. In night time, we can go for a spa and have dinner. After that, we can go to see some recreation activities or just simply go for a walk. In conclusion, I think these characteristics of a resort is enough to offer when we want to relax.

Nhàn 26/04/2024

2024-04-26 13:39:40 UTC

The land in the Northeast of the Castellon in 2000 was empty/ vacant land. But now, people have built a hall of resident.
The university ~~still exist~~ has existed in the North since 2000.
The forest in the Northeast of the city in 2000 was replaced by a new shopping center nowadays.
Today, a police station has been built in front of the hall of residence instead of the train station in 2000.
A new train station and a tramline have been constructed between the university and the city center on the area where used to be a vacant land in 2000.
Nowadays, A new covered market and an airport which has been under construction have occupied the empty area on the East of Castellon.
People made an old market in the West of the city in 2000 into a new shop today.
In the North of Castellon from 2000 until now, the university has been there. The old market in the West of the city had made into a new shop now. And we can see, the city centre in Castellon become more crowded. There is a bike rental scheme that is one of measures to protect the environment and reduce the carbon emission . And cars have been banned on the road to make way for pedestrians. The empty place in the South of this city in 2000 has been replaced by cinema and bars and clubs.

Tuấn Sơn 26/04/2024

2024-04-26 13:42:29 UTC

The university in the North of the city has unchanged since 2000 (up to now)
There was a forest in the Northeast of Castellon in 2000, but it was chop down to build a new shopping centre.
Nowadays, the old train station on the West was replaced by a police station.
A new train station and a tramline to connect the university and city center have been constructed in the middle of the city, on the area where used to be the vacant land in the past
Today, the new covered market and the airport have occupied the blank space on the East of Castellon, the airport has been under construction
In the West of the city, the old market was converted into a new shop today

Thảo Nguyên 26/4/2024

2024-04-26 13:42:39 UTC

The maps represent changes in Castellon over a twenty-year period from 2000 to 2022. In the North of Castellon from 2000 until now, the university has been there.Nowadays, a new shopping centre has been built to replace the trees in the Northeast of this city. In the West of Castellon in 2000, there was the train station. But it was demolished to construct a police station now. There was an empty land next to the police station of Castellon in 2000, after a while, a new train station and a tramline to connect the university and the city center have been built today. In the East of Castellon nowadays, an airport and a new covered market have occupied the vacant area, in which the airport has been under construction. An old market was converted into a new shop in the West of this city between 2000 and now. As we can see, nowadays in Castellon the city centre have become more crowded. There is a bike rental scheme that is one of measures to protect the enviroment. And cars have been banned on the road to make way for pedestrians, making the place more friendly to the public. In the South of this city, the previously empty port has been the place for cinema and bars and clubs today.

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 26/04/2024

2024-04-26 13:42:58 UTC

Up to now, nothing has changed at the university in the North of the city.

The forest in Northeast of Castellon in 2000 was chopped down to make way for a new shopping centre today.
The old train station in the West of Castellon in 2000 was demolished to built a police station now.
Nowadays, A new train station ~~was~~ has been built next to the police station, and a tramline connects the city center to the university in the North of the city.
A new covered market and an airport have occupied the vacant land in the East of Castellon now, the airport has been under construction now.
An old market was rebuilt to change to a new shop in the West of the city today.

Hoang Dat 11/5/2024

samurai_vietnam — 2024-05-11 12:06:50 UTC

Yesterday, I watched the film Mashle. It is a fiction anime.
It ~~have~~ has more than 40 characters. But some main characters is are Mash Burnedead, Finn Ames, Lance Crown, ... .
Mash Burnedead has a strong muscle living in a wizard world. The combination of magic and muscles creates an unique and interesting setting for the story.

nguyen xuan khoi 11/5

2024-05-11 12:09:46 UTC

1:My favorite film is Frozen, this is the most impressive movie I have ever seen.

2: It is a fantasy cartoon by Disney.

3: Besides, Frozen is about two sisters and their discovery. The main content of frozen is tale about Elsa and Ana.

việt hùng 11/ 5/ 2024

hluu2285 — 2024-05-11 12:13:29 UTC

The name of the movie that I ~~was~~ saw last month is Cruella, and ~~there~~ this is a fashionable and dramatic film. Moreover, there are many famous performers in this film under nice characters, and the main subject is Cruella- a person with a fashion spirit and some others. "Cruella" was produced in Summer of 2021. In addition to that, this movie talk about the whole life of Cruella and the special fashional inpriration of Cruella when she was just born.

Phạm Đức Dũng 11/5/2024

2024-05-11 12:14:10 UTC

Last week,

1) I saw a very cool movie in the theatre named "Hardcore Henry". It is an action genre movie and ~~have~~ the film has a lot of shooting and fighting sence and I find that it is very interesting to me.

2) There are 2 main characters and 1 antagonist in this movie: Henry, Jimmy and the antagonist is Akan.

3)The setting of the movie is that Jimmy ( The Main Character ) becomes a cyborg who is chasing Akan ( The Antagonist ) that kidnapped his wife. But Akan wants to take over the world, and he is able to control and create cyborgs.

Duong Linh 11/5

duongphuonglinh2007tb — 2024-05-11 12:14:21 UTC

Ant Man is one of the most interesting films that I have seen recently. It is a superhero film. There are so many characters in this film and the main character is the star Paul Rudd as Scott Lang. The movie is based on the Marvel Comics character. Lang must wear the Ant men suit and use his newfound abilities to prevent Pym's former with using Pym's technology for evil purposes.

Đức Dũng - A rainy day is boring

2024-05-11 13:28:05 UTC

Personally, I think a rainy day brings both advantages and disadvantages

A rainy day means that you now have a limit to what you can do, for instance, you ~~can't~~ do outside activities like football, basketball, meeting friends,... and that is a lot of activities that you cannot do. But the rain ~~can't~~ control inside your house so it means that you can still do you indoor activities like normal such as playing chess, playing checkers, reading books, do your homework,... but there is not as much activities as outdoor activities.

But I think that because you get bored, means that you will be more likely to chose less exciting activities such as reading books, doing homework, studying,..., even though it is not as exciting as playing with your friends,... it will be very good for your intelligence and I think that is why a rainy day can actually help you.

In conclusion, I think that a rainy day can bring both good things and bad things

Hoang Dat 11/5/2024

samurai_vietnam — 2024-05-11 13:29:55 UTC

I detest rainy day, because it is very boring. In rainy day, the weather ~~isn't~~ is not suitable for outdoor activities, and it will really boring if you ~~don't~~ do not have plans for what to do. You do not ~~fell~~ feel good in a rainy day, because you are compulsory to stay at home. It is really wet and I ~~don't~~ do not like it. Although some ~~person~~ people say that a rainy day is time for relax like reading books, watching films or eating a snack but I hate it.

Phuong Linh 11/5

duongphuonglinh2007tb — 2024-05-11 13:32:13 UTC

I am an active person, so a rainy day is boring for me. It is hard to hang out or involve in outdoor activities in a rainy day. Moreover, if it rains cats and dogs, you will not be able to go outside and do something you want to do. Otherwise, in a rainy day, the weather is wet that makes some people feel uncomfortable. Also, it is unconvenient for someone who has a picnic and they must postpone the picnic. From an overall perspective, a rainy day makes people feel tedious.

nguyen xuan khoi 11/5

2024-05-11 13:37:02 UTC

Some people supose that a rainy day is boring. I have the same opinion, because rain and storm usually appear when I get a bad day. Nowadays, people regularly move far distance,so they do not want a heavy rain in some time. According to BJG university, there are 68% of citizens which shows a important thing is a rainy day have not people's sympathy. Besides, we can not play outside sports and easily go somewhere. Consequently, I spent my free time for study when the weather is not perfect for outside activities. Indead, a rainy day brings me a lot of boring, but it is one of your life.

việt hùng 11/5

hluu2285 — 2024-05-11 13:37:47 UTC

In Summer, we have many nice and sunny days, besides, rainy days bring our a lot of sadness and strong feeling. When there is a rainy day, individuals have to delay all the outside activities for job, this problem make residents feel wasting time. Moreover, young people must stay at home and they cannot go outside to meet their friend, play some interesting games and immerse in natural, so they can have some sadness and a tiny depression. According to a recent survey, 60 percentage of staffs in ABC company that feel exhausted and cheerless in their job, it also make the quality of company released about financial. In conclusion, the rainy day can impact negative on feeling of human and some others.

Nguyễn Nhàn 13/05

2024-05-13 13:25:17 UTC

The maps below show us how Venus city has changed since 1995 till now.

Overall, the big change of the city from 1995 ~~till now~~ up to now is revealed in the maps below. As we can see, people ~~had~~ eliminated some places. And some new buildings have been built to install the old ones.

In the Northwest of the city, the location of the houses ~~still~~ has maintained unchanged even when it becomes more crowded than in 1995. A new road has been opened in the housing area to make the transportation be convenient . On the other hand, in the Northeast of the city, people transformed the farmland into a golf course and the forest next to its ~~has been~~ was turned into a tennis court. The hotel and the opposite cafe ~~still~~ have maintained since 1995 up to now, and in the East near the hotel, they build a car park for the guest who stay at the hotel. The shops along the road in the Southwest of the city ~~had been~~ were replaced by the restaurants. More over, the fish market ~~opposite with them~~ ~~had been~~ was made into ~~the~~ apartment complex. The last changing is the disappearance of the fishing port on the coast side that helps to protect the balance of marine environment.

Xem lại từ !

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn 13/05/2024

2024-05-13 14:08:20 UTC

The maps illustrate the changes in a residential area since 1995. Overall, the village witnesses significant changes that make this area is more modern and convenient for people. On the Northeast part of the village, the farmland ~~has been~~ was transformed into a golf club, and the forest park next to the farmland ~~has been~~ was converted into tennis courts. A new ~~road~~ lane has been opened in the housing area on in the West to make the transporting of residents is more convenient. Along the Southern edge of the village, there used to be a series of shops in 1995, ..... ~~instead of the shops lining the road.~~ Additionally, a car park has been added to the hotel located in the Southeast of the village, while the cafe, which is across the road, in the same direction has remained unchanged over time. It is interesting to note that, the fishing port on the South, which ~~has~~ existed ~~since~~ in 1995, ~~has~~ disappeared to protect the sea. The fish market along the road near the sea ~~has been~~ was converted into apartments.

Xem lại V

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 13/05/2024

hoangtienson13 — 2024-05-13 14:14:05 UTC

Z city is a beautiful coastal city which has been invested and developed from 1995 up to now. We can clearly see the changes in this city through the maps.

Overall, Z become more modern but less green than it used to be. First of all, the resident area in the North West of the city, which has retained its original charm, has expanded vertically with the addition of apartment complexes. In 1995, the vacant in the North and the North East of Z city, which used to be a farmland and a forest park, was replaced by the symbols of urban receation-a golf course and a tennis course. The hotel in the East of Z city now has been extended with a big car park. In on the other site of the road, the café has not been changed since 1995.The sea in 1995 was lined with a fishing port in the South of the city. Nearby, a market had all kinds of fish, ~~which caught from the port,~~ the port ~~has been remove~~ was removed to make way for a row of apartments. Opposite the fish market, ~~across the streets were~~ the shops was demolished to be replaced by the restaurants. In the West of the city, ~~the~~ a new way has been built at the citizen region, which has been enlarged with 2 more blocks.

The city has transited from a coastal town to a vibrant urban hub. The change reflects not just the passage of time but the city’s development.

Dungf V chưa chính xác, thứ tự miêu tả chưa đúng

Thảo Nguyên 13/5/2024

2024-05-13 14:20:00 UTC

The maps represent changes in Binghamton over a twenty-year period from 1995 to present. Overall, we can see that the city becomes more crowded and changes considerably over the time period. First of all, there were 8 ~~residents~~ blocks in the Northwest of this city in 1995, and after 20 years, 2 ~~housings~~ buildings have been added here. A new ~~road~~ lane has been opened in this area to make moving easier. They removed the shops and replaced it them with restaurants in the West between 1995 and now. In the Northeast part of this city in 1995, a farmland was made into a golf course, and a forest park was converted into a tennis course. On the other hand, a car park has been added next to the hotel which has still maintained there in the Sourtheast of this city during 20 years. On the other side of this road, we can see that a cafe has been unchanged since 1995. People ~~has~~ transformed a fish market to the apartments in the South of city today. Moreover, the fishing port ~~has been~~ was demolished to prevent the sea from pollution.

xem lại từ - good !

Nguyễn Thảo 26/5/2024

2024-05-26 06:57:15 UTC

Overall, it is clear that throughout the given period, age groups 16 to 24 and 45 to 54 are above a half percentage, which is higher than the other three groups. Above 75 is the least attended.

For between the 25 to 44 age groups, 40% of people attended music concerts in 2010, after that, it dropped slightly. And in 2013 it was a tenth proportion less than the starting year, it rose and touched its peak point of roughly 47% in 2015.

Next, 10% of people above 75 years was at least in 2010, after fluctuation it had one in the fifth percentage after a half-decade, where it was at its zenith in 2011 and between 2012 to 2013 same data.

22% of the 55 to 64 age group people liked to go to music concerts in 2010 which grew and in 2013 same proportion as the 25 to 44 groups. We can see the falling percentage, and in 2015 it stood at the same as the starting year.

Furthermore, adolescents aged between 16 to 24 had a similar percentage in 2010 as 25 to 44; it increased sharply to 18% in 2011 and continued to rise slowly, in 2015 had 70%.

Moreover, above 44 and below 54 age, a half percent of people went to a concert in started years, after a dip in 2011, it had the same proportion in 2012, which remained unchanged till 2015.

Mạc Thị Kim Liên (26/5/2024)

2024-05-26 07:01:56 UTC

Overall , , the youngest age group now attends music concerts more than those aged 45-54, with the elderly showing the lowest participation. Moreover, the youngest group experienced the most significant increase in attendance levels.

First of all, when looking at the chart, we see that the age group from 16-24 years old has the highest increasing trend from 2010 to 2015, reaching over 75% in 2015 and continuing to increase gradually in previous years.

The second age group, 25-44, depicted in orange on the chart, shows a significant increase rate, second only to the 16-24 age group. Initially experiencing a decline to 40%, it rebounded from 2012 to 2015, reaching 50%.

The third age group, 45-54, represented by the gray line on the chart, exhibits a steady growth pattern, starting at around 30% in 2012 and reaching 50% by 2015.

Following is the age group of 55-64 years old, indicated by the yellow line on the chart, showing a modest growth rate averaging over 20% from 2010 to 2015.

The final age group, over 75 years old, is represented by the light blue line on the chart. This group has the smallest number among all age groups, with the lowest point around 10% in 2010. Its growth fluctuates insignificantly over the years.

nguyễn thị hồng hanh 26/5/2024

2024-05-26 07:05:00 UTC

Overall, as can be seen that the age group from 16-24 has the highest percentage of people who attended music concert. Additionally , most age groups show an upswing in their rates expect for the 55-64 bracket.

The youngest age group was 16-24 , the number of participants reached 40% in 2010, then it grew to 55% in 2011 and continued to rise to 70% in 2015.

The figure for those from 25 to 44 years old, despite having a higher starting point , dipped to 40%, before recovering to its initial value in 2012 and rising steadily to about 53% in 2015.

Next ,the 45-54 group from 2010 to 2012 decreased from 40% to 30%. But from 2013 to 2015, the strong growth reached approximately 50%.

The 55-64 age group’s attendance at music concerts declined slightly from about 25% in 2010 to approximately 22% in 2015.

Finally, the most elderly group always had the fewest number of people joining concert events. Despite a peak in 2011 and again in 2015 at 20% each time, this figure experienced a drop to only 10% in a short period from 2012 to 2014.

Nguyễn Bùi Thanh Trúc _ 26/05/2024

2024-05-26 07:05:41 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, young people between the ages of 16-24 and 25-44 are more likely to go to concerts than older people in the age groups 55-64 and 75.

First of all, people from 16-24 age group had the number of participants that reached to 40% in 2010, then increased steadily over 50% from 2011 to 2014. In 2015, the group peaked at 70%.

Second, in the 25-44 age group, the highest percentage of concert attendance in this group ~~was~~ reached in 2010 at around 52%. However, this number decreased to 40% in the following year and continued to increase, gained 49% from 2012 to 2015.

The age group 45-54 in 2010 reached 40%, it was similar to the age group of 16-24. Three years later, the 45-54 age group ~~had~~ dropped to 30%. This number increased by 42% in 2012. In 2015, the significant number reached 49%.

Next, the age group from 55-64 participants only reached 22% in 2010. From 2011 to 2013, it increased slightly to 30%, but then decreased to 22% in 2014 and reached only 20% in 2015.

The last age group, over 75 years old, only reached 10% in 2010, the lowest compared to other age groups. After 1 year, it increased to 19% and gradually decreased to 10% between 2012 and 2014. There was a slight increase to 12% in 2015.

Good !

Đỗ Mạnh Dũng 26 tháng5

2024-05-26 07:06:03 UTC

Overall, the rate of people ~~living in this city~~ attending in music concerts was on the increase, with the exception of those from 55 to 64. The attending of music concerts was the most popular among people who were under 25 years old.

In 2010, ~~just over a half of concerts attendees were people from 45 to 54~~ , ~~while the rate of under 24 people was the same as those from 25 to 44, at 40%.~~

People who were from 55 to 64 years old had an attendance rate of 25%, while the percentage of people who were over 75 going to concerts was the lowest at 10%.

From 2010 to 2015, people under 25 became the largest concert attendees. when their participation rate saw the most significant change, increasing to 70%.

The proportion of attendees in the 45-54 age group decreased significantly in 2011 before increasing again to 50% , In 2015 while the proportion of those aged 55 to 64 increased slightly to 30% in 2011 then decreased to 20%.

Over the 5 years, there were 10% participation of people from the 45-54 group and the oldest group

Xem lại sơ đồ

Nguyễn Thị Thanh Hoa 26/5/2024

2024-05-26 07:06:53 UTC

Overall, ~~as can be seen that it is evident that the older people were the less likely who enjoyed music concerts as most attendees were from younger brackets (16-24 and 25-44).~~ Additionally, most age groups showed an upswing in their rates except for the 55-64 bracket.

Group 16-24: Participants aged 16-24 had a steady upward trajectory over the five years between 2010 and 2015. In 2010, the group ~~was~~ stood at 40%, after five years the group ~~had~~ reached to 70%.
Group 25-44: After 1 year, the 25-44 age group ~~has~~ had a decline. In 2010, this age group accounted for 50%, but after 1 year, this group decreased to 40%, a decrease of 20% after 1 year. Although there was a 10% decrease in 2011, this age group recovered four years later.
Group 45-54 years old: The age group from 45-54 in the 2 years from 2010 to 2012 had a decline. In 2010, this age group accounted for 40%, after 2 years this age group only accounted for 30%, decreasing by 10% after 2 years. From after 2012 to 2015 there was a recovery, and by 2015 it accounted for nearly 50%.
Group 54-65: From 2010 to 2013 there was an increasing trend but not significantly. And since 2013, this age group ~~has~~ tended to decrease to only about 20%.
Group 75+: The age group which was over 75 ~~tends~~ tended to increase after 1 year. In 2010, the group accounted for 10%, but after 1 year the group increased by 10% and accounted for 20%. But after 4 years this age group tends to decrease until 2015.
Dùng từ lặp lại nhiều

Trần Huyền ( 26/05/2024)

2024-05-26 07:10:12 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the highest rale of attendant of music concerts belongs to group 16-24. Meanwhile, The over 75 year old team accounts for the lowest percentage between 2010 and 2015.

As can be seen in the graph, The 16-24 group in 2010 had 40% of participants. From 2010 to 2015, it grew steadily and in 2015, the highest figure was approximately 70%.

It is clear that, in 2010, the 25-44 group was the top group in music festival attendance with over 50%. But in 2011, the participation dropped to 10%. From 2012 to 2015, the number of participants in this group increased but not significantly, it was still 50%

It can be seen that, in 2010, ~~the 16-24 and 45-54 groups had an equal number of participants at 40%. While the 16-24 group increased steadily~~, the 45-54 group from 2010 to 2012 decreased from 40% to 30%. But from 2013 to 2015, the strong growth reached approximately 50%.

It is said ~~form~~ the chart that, group 55-64 from 2010 to 2012 grew slowly by approximately 5%. But from 2013 to 2015, the concert attendance dropped to only 20% attendance.

Out of the five groups, The over 75 year old class took the lowest rate among of all. From 2010 to 2011, the increase was approximately 10%. From 2011 to 2013, it decreased from 20% to 10%. And from 2013 to 2015, it increased slightly from 10 % to 20 %.

Good !

Nguyễn Thị Huyền 26/5

2024-05-26 07:11:23 UTC

The line chart shows information about the

~~amount~~ of people in one city taking part in live

performances , which are divided into five age

groups from 2010 to 2015.

Overall, the proportion of the youngest age

group ~~attended~~ attending music concerts surpassed the

figure for the 45-54 age group was the

highest, while that of the elderly people was the

lowest.

In 2010, starting at 40% of people who

attended music concerts were aged 16-24

and 25-44, while the rate of people belonging

to the 45-54 age group was higher, at 52%.

After that, the figure for the youngest age

group exceeded that of the 45-54 age group

in 2011, growing slowly to 70% in 2015. In

addition, the proportion of people who were

aged 25-44 slightly decreased by 10%, from

40% in 2010 to 30% in 2012 before peaking at around 49% at the end of the period.

The figure for the oldest group saw a steady

increase of 12%, from 10% to 22% between

2010 and in 2011, ~~continued~~ to decline

dramatically to 10% in 2012, and peaking at

22% again in 2015. Whereas, the rate of

people aged 55-64 steadily fel by

aproximately 3%, from 25% in 2010 to 22% in

2015, despite some small growths in between.

Viết lại

Thu Hương - 26/5/24

2024-05-26 07:11:33 UTC

Overall, the youngest age group is the highest level of music concert attendance, while elderly people’s participation ~~was~~ is the lowest.
In 2010, just over 50% of people aged 45 to 54 attended music concerts, while the figures for the 16 to 24-year-olds and the 25 to 44-year-olds were lower, at 40% each.
One year later, however, the percentage of the youngest group going to music concerts surpassed that of the middle-aged group, and it increased steadily to about 70% in 2015.
The figures for the 45-54 and 25-44 age groups ended at around 52% and 49%, respectively, in 2015.
Turning to the two remaining groups, the 55-64 age group’s attendance at music concerts declined slightly from about 25% in 2010 to approximately 22% in 2015, while the figure for the elderly who are aged 75 or over rose from 10% to just above 20%, despite some small drops in between.
Tổ chức lại bài viết: Miêu tả rõ từng nội dung

Đỗ Thị Hương - 26/05/2003

2024-05-26 07:13:35 UTC

The graph below shows the percentage of people in different age groups in one city who attended music concert between 2010 and 2015.

Overall, It’s clear that, the youngest age group 16-24 becomes the group with the highest level of music concert attendance, while elderly people’s participation is the lowest.

The youngest age group is was 16-24, the number of participants reached 40% in 2010, next increased at a stable level of over 50% from 2011 to 2014 and in 2015 it got took over 60%

......

The figures for the 45-54 and 25-44 age groups ended at around 52% and 49%, respectively, in 2015.

Turning to the two remaining groups, the 55-64 age group’s attendance at music concerts declined slightly from about 25% in 2010 to approximately 22% in 2015, while the figure for the elderly who are aged 75 or over rose from 10% to just above 20%, despite some small drops in between.

Viết lại bài

Lê Phương Mai- 26/5

2024-05-26 07:14:26 UTC

Overall, it is clear that the proportion of people who were aged 16-24 attended music concerts take the highest level, while the age 75+ is the lowest.

It is provided that, the percentage of the age 45-54 groups were 40% in 2011 , while the figure of people age 25-44 were the highest, accounted for 50%. A year later, the number of people aged 16-24 going to concerts overtook those who aged 25-44 and dramatically surged to about 70% in 2015.

Following this, the age 55-64 groups showed inverse trends with the former group was ~~lowly~~ of 30% in 2013 before dropping upwards approximately 20% by the end of the period.

The final group, the aged group of over 75 yerars old were doubled to 20% in 2011 and it was kept the same 20% to ~~finish~~ the end of the period

Nguyễn Thùy Linh 26/05/2024

2024-05-26 07:20:44 UTC

It can be seen that it is readily apparent that all ages showed increasing trends except for 55-64 and ~~that~~ the younger people tended to go to concerts more often.

~~52% of those between the ages of 45 and 54 went to concerts in 2010, leading all age brackets,~~ ~~but there was a dip to 40% in 2011 which allowed the 16-24 group to rise 15% to 55% and lead all concert-goers.~~

From there, ~~both groups increased with broadly similar trends as the 16-24 year-olds~~ ~~had risen~~ to 70% by 2015 and the former group ~~had grown~~ to 54%.

The 25-44 and 55-64 groups showed inverse trends with the former group dipping from 40% in 2010 to a low of 30% in 2013 before sloping upwards to nearly 50% by the end of the period.

The latter group rose steadily from a starting point of 20% to intersect with the younger group at 30% in 2013 and then fell to just over 20% in 2015. The final group, aged 75+, doubled to 20% in the first year and ~~had~~ surrendered those gains by 2013, before undergoing a stable increase and reaching 20% to finish the period.

Viết lại bài

Trần Mỹ Hạnh 26-5-2024

2024-05-26 07:20:58 UTC

Overall, as can be seen that the age group from 16-24 ~~have~~ has the highest percentage of people who attended music concerts. Additionally, most age groups ~~showed~~ show an upswing in their rates except for the 55-64 bracket.

In the 25-44 age group, the highest percentage of concert attendees reached about 52% in 2010, then a year later, this number decreased to 40% and continued to increase steadily at 49% from 2012 to 2015.

The youngest age group is was 16-24, the number of participants reached 40% in 2010, then gradually increased at a stable level of over 50% from 2011 to 2014 and in 2015 it ~~reached~~ took over 60%.

Next, at the age of 45-54, it was the same as the 16-24 year old group, the rate stood at 40% of concert attendees, then it gradually decreased to 30% after 3 years and increased again in 2014 to 39% and 42% in 2015

The age group from 55-64 only reached 22% in 2010, from 2011 to 2013 it increased slightly to 25% and then decreased to 20% in 2014 and below 20% in 2015.

In the oldest age group, over 75, it only reached 10% in 2010, the lowest compared to the other 5 groups. After 1 year, it increased to 19% and gradually decreased to 10% from 2012 to 2014. In 2015, the number of participants increased slightly by 20%.

Good !

Phạm Minh Hiếu 26/5/2024

2024-05-26 07:23:16 UTC

The graph illustrates the percentage of people in different age groups in one city who attended music concerts from 2010 to 2015.

Overall, as can be seen that all age groups, except 55-64 age team, experienced a clear rising trend. Conversely, the highest percentage of participation was led by younger people, while elderly group had the lowest attendance rate at concerts.

In 2010, people between 45-54 years old had the highest percentage of participations in concerts, around 52%, ~~dropped to 40% allowed young generation by a significant increase stood first in the subsequent years and reaching the high of 70% in 2015~~. After 2011, ~~the former group had grown to around 55% at the end of the studied.~~

In addition, 25-44 and 55-64 groups showed inverse trends, ~~with former groups started at 40%~~ t~~hen withnessed a downward trend at 30% in 2013~~, followed by increase considerably at just under 50% in 2015. The latter group rose slightly from a starting point of just over 20% and reached a peak of 30% in 2013, after which it experienced decline gradually to around 20% in 2015.

The final group, ~~aged 75+~~, started at 10% in 2010 the percentage of ~~attended~~ hit a peak of 20% in the next year, before dropping to 10% again in 2013. From 2013 onwards, it increased moderately to 20% in 2015.

Xem lại cách phân tích bản đồ

Đinh Mai Anh 26/05/2024

2024-05-26 07:24:40 UTC

Overall, as can be seen in the graph, most of young people who attended music concert tend to increase during this 5 years period. This statistics for ages from 16 to 24 takes significantly higher than in the other ages, while the lowest level belongs to age group over 75 years old.

First of all, ~~people in~~ the age group from 16-24 took the highest level, they tended to attend music concert the most. with 40% in 2010 and gradually increased to 70% in 2015

Next, in 2010, people age from 25-44, the number of people who attended music concert was more than 50%, but by in 2011, it ~~had~~ suddenly decreased to 40%, and from 2012 to 2015 it ~~had~~ gradually increased to 50%.

It is clear that, in 2010, the group from 55-64 grew slowly by approximately 5 percent. But from 2013 to 2015, the concert attendance dropped 5 percent to only 20 percent attendance.

Finally, many people who were over 75 years old ~~takes~~ took the lowest rate among of all. From 2010 to 2011, it increased approximately 10 percent and from 2011 to 2013, it decreased from 20 percent to 10 percent. From 2013 to 2015 it increased slightly from 10 percent to 20 percent.

Xem lại động từ, cách thành lập câu

Nguyen Son Tung 26/5/24

2024-05-26 09:03:13 UTC

Overall, the data showed that younger people increasingly attended music concerts over the period, whereas older age groups, especially those over 65, attended less frequently. Middle-aged groups displayed stable attendance patterns.

The first group from 16 to 24, this age group exhibited the most significant increase in concert attendance, starting at around 50% in 2010 and rising to nearly 75% by 2015.

The next group from the age 25 to 44, attendance in this group was stable, beginning at approximately 52% in 2010 and after a year it was down to 40% and then get back to 50% till 2015.

For the 45 to 54 age group. The attended rate for this group started at 40% in 2010, and the rate went down 10% in 3 years then ending around 45% in 2015.

The up coming group were from 55 to 64, this group saw a decline from around 25%% in 2010 to a low of 20% in 2011, followed by a gradual recovery to about 30% by 2015.

The oldest group had the lowest attendance rates, beginning at around 10% in 2010 and experiencing a slight increase to about 20% by 2015.

Nhàn Nguyễn 31/05/24

2024-05-31 13:43:48 UTC

The following ~~map~~ diagram describes how to transfer organic waste into product fertilizer. Overall, as can be seen, there are five steps, at the beginning, we need to prepare a plastic container, and we can obtain compost to use in the garden at the end of the process.

At the first step, we need a container which ~~have~~ has holes on both sides of the bottles in order to allow air in and out. Second, we can put in some types of trash that arrange in layers. Example, in the top we can put newspapers, grass is in the middle and food lies in the bottom layer. Next, the container is filled with hot water and nitrogen. Following this, a lid is placed over the bottle to allow heat to escape through the gaps. At the end of the process, the container is left for 6 months then the fertiliser can be used in the garden. It may take a long time but it is very friendly and good for soil.

Good

Thuy Duong 31/5/24

2024-05-31 13:45:26 UTC

The given diagram illustrates the process of recycling organic waste to make fertiliser. Overall, there are 5 steps, beginning with plastic container which has ventilation and ending with ~~we will have finished product.~~ using the compost in the garden

In the first stage, we have an empty plastic container, which has a height of about 2m3 and then we put in contain sequence food, grass, and newspaper, which are the types of waste, each layer is about 15cm. The following step is that the workers pour hot water and nitrogen, after that, the heat it. At the end of the process, we can use it in the garden after 6 months

Sentences, Vs, Passive

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn 31/05/2024

2024-05-31 14:12:57 UTC

The diagram illustrates the process of converting organic waste into fertilizer. Overall, There are 5 steps in total, from putting waste in a container and ending with using the mixture in the garden. To begin with, a 2 cubic meters plastic container which has vents is used in order to allow air to flow through . Then, the workers add waste to the container, which food is at the bottom layer, grass in the middle and paper on the top layer; each layer of waste should be 15 cm high. After that, hot water and nitrogen is ~~to be~~ added to the waste. ~~Heating~~ the container is heated to make chemical reactions happen more easily and quickly. Finally, the container should be stored somewhere for 6 months, before the lid can be removed and the compound can be used in the garden as a fertilizer.

Sentences

Thảo Nguyên 31/05/2024

2024-05-31 14:21:40 UTC

The given diagram illustrates how to recycle organic waste to produce fertiliser. Overall, there are 5 periods in total, from creating a container with 4 air wholes to the last step of using compost in a garden.

First of all, 4 vents are made on both sides of the bottles in order to allow air in and out. Then, some types of garbage are added, which newspaper is in the top layer followed by grass in the middle and food at the bottom layer. The next step is that ~~they~~ the workers pour nitrogen and hot water into the container. Following this, the bottle is covered by a lid to let heat escape form the holes. Finally, the container is stored for 6 months then the fertiliser can be used in the garden.

Compound, complex

Hoàng Tiến Sơn-31/05/2024

hoangtienson13 — 2024-05-31 14:23:46 UTC

The given diagram illustrates the way of making fertilizer from recycling organic waste. Overall, the process of making compost consists of 5 steps, start from preparing the container and harvest the fertilizer is the ending. First of all, a 2-cubic-meter container is designed with holes need to be set up. The next period is that people add waste to the container until the waste level is about 30cm high.. Newspapers, food scraps and grass are the types of waste that can be used in this stage. Following this is filling the composter with hot water and nitrogen to accelerate decomposition. And then, cover the container tightly and leave it for 6 months. During this time, the temperature inside the container will rise and aid~~ing~~ the decomposition of the waste. At the end of the process, the rubbish is decomposed into organic fertilizer, which can be used to fertilize plants.

It can be seen that, the process of making fertilizer from waste recycling is complex and time-consuming but the advantages it offers to agriculture are significant.

Complex, compound, passive

Nguyễn Nhàn 08/07/2024

2024-07-08 14:21:33 UTC

Part 1:

At fitst, the products are created after a process and people sell them in the ~~shop~~.
~~The goods after used using will be divided into two groups: recycle bottles and rubbish.~~
The bottes are collected together, after that people send them back to the sorting house.
The users release plastic bags and rubbish is gather into a landfill.

Part 2:

Overall, we can see that the highest quantity of milk's production in 1990, 2000 and 2010 belonged to Netherlands and Guatemala ranked at ~~was~~ the lowest point.
The amount of milk in Netherland in 2010 increased rapidly at 11.466.000, after it dropped slightly in 2000 to......
Although the number of the production in Australia decreased, the other still went up through the years.

Hoàng Tiến Sơn-08/07/2024

hoangtienson13 — 2024-07-08 14:21:34 UTC

P2 :

In 1990, both the Netherlands and Australia produced over 11 million liters of milk, which is significantly higher than the production levels in Tanzania and Guatemala.

Although the milk production in Australia decreased from 11,246,000 liters in 1990 to 9,165,000 liters in 2010, Tanzania experienced a notable increase, producing 1,555,000 liters by 2010.
The Netherlands maintained high production levels across the three decades, and it even increased from 11,262,000 liters in 1990 to 11,466,000 liters in 2010.
- Guatemala had the lowest production in 1990 with 26,000 liters, but it gradually increased, producing 84,000 liters by 2010.

~~After being bought and used buy customer, the bottles are collected and sent to sorting house to classify.~~

Plastic bags and rubbish, which can not be used for recycling, are transported to landfill ~~site~~.

The collected bottles in previous stage are transported to sorting houses, where they are processed and sent to recycling facilities.

The recycled products are going to be transported back to shops for consumers to purchase again.

Thảo Nguyên 8/7/2024

2024-07-08 14:21:42 UTC

In the first step, ~~goods in shops are bought~~ ~~and~~ ~~used by people and thrown away.~~
After all the products like plastic bags and rubbish are thrown away ~~run through~~, they ~~become~~ create big and harmful landfill sites.
Plastic bottles are collected in order to recycle, before they are sent to sorting house.

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn 08/07/2024

2024-07-08 14:22:01 UTC

After ~~bottle~~ are collected, they are transported to sorting house.

Companies or factories, where ~~made~~ products are made, ~~will~~ ship their products to grocery stores, shopping malls or markets.
~~Beside~~, bags and rubbish, which are non-recyclable, is brought to landfill
On the other hand, ~~bags and rubbish treatment method are not as modern as bottle.~~
In 1990, Australia has production that is nearly equal to the Netherlands with 11,246,000 littres.
Tanzania's ~~production~~ products of milk took ~~was~~ 87,000 litres in 1990, ~~which~~ then it ~~increase~~ gradually to 155,000 litres in 2010.

Thảo Nguyên 8/7/2024

2024-07-08 15:17:24 UTC

Overall, as we could see that Guetemala had the lowest production of milk and Netherlands had the highest rate out of 4 countries in 1990, 2000 and 2010.
Tanzania increased rapidly from 87000 to 1.55.00 during 20 years.
After the number in Netherlands fell down slightly from 11.262.000 to 11.155.000 between 1990 and 2000, it rose moderately to 11.466.000 in 2010.

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn 29/07/2024

2024-07-29 14:04:34 UTC

The percentage of mobile usage in a country by age group between 1998 and 2000 ~~are~~ is revealed by the bar chart below. Overall, the percentage of each age group ~~were~~ was slightly changed in this period. As can be seen from the chart, the highest percentage of mobile phone users ~~were~~ ~~was~~ belonged to 16 to 30 years old team, it accounted for 53% in 1998, but this ratio ~~was~~ decreased slightly over the 3 years to 44% in 2000. On the other hand, the ratio of children who had mobile phone was the lowest, but it increased gradually overtime from 2% to 9% in the same period. Besides, the percentage of mobile usage in the 31 to 50 age group was stood at 41% in 1998, and it reduced lightly to 37% in 2000. Meanwhile, mobile phone became more popular with the elderly with the percentage raised considerably from only 4% to 10% from 1998 to 2000. In conclusion, mobile phones ~~were~~ became more popular with young and elder people

Thảo Nguyên 29/7/2024

2024-07-29 14:24:11 UTC

The given diagram illustrates mobile usage in a country by age group form 1998 to 2000. Overall, we could see that the groups (aged less than 15 years old and more than 50 years old) rose slightly, on the other hand, the classes (aged 15-30 and 31-50 years old) decreased during 3 years.

The world ~~developes~~ everyday, so the number of mobile users increases every year. In all 3 years, the young group ( aged 16-30 years) had a the highest rate out of 4 teams, but this class fell gradually from 53 % to 44%...... The ratio of the children (less than 15 years old) was 2% in 1998, which was the lowest percentage, then it rose steadily to 9% in 2000. Same as the young group, the percentage of mobile usage of the 31-51 age team declined slightly 4% form 41% to 37 % between 1998 and 2000. Lastly, the ratio of the eldest team stood for 4% ~~out of 4 age groups~~ in 1998 and grew at 10% in 2000.

Thiếu câu kết

lâm vy 29/7

2024-07-29 16:29:09 UTC

The percentage of mobile users in a nation by age group in three different points of time (1998, 1999 and 2000) is illustrated in the bar chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, the rate of the youngest age group accounts for the lowest position while the ratio in the second age group (16 - 30 years old) stands for the highest rank.

In details, the less than 15 years old group accounted for only 2 % in 1998 but one year later, it took up for 8 %. Although it had an increase, in 2000, the fist group grew up just from 8 % to 9%. From 1998 to 2000, the ratio of the second age group decreased slowly, from 53 % to 44 %. Nevertheless, the adulthood age group ( 16 - 30 years) reached for the highest point through 3 years, which showed the acumen of young generation about technology. Besides, the middle age group ( 31 - 50 years ) had a quite high number of mobile users. In 1998, it ~~stands~~ stood for 41 % and the rate went down to 39 % and 37 % in 1999 and 2000, respectively. It is clear that the more 50 years old group did not made up the high percentage through 3 years. The rate of the last group took up 4 % in 1998 and it had a gradual change in 2 years later which counted for 8% and 10 %.

In conclusion, the young age and the middle age are people who use electronics much more the others.

Great

Thảo Vy 1/8/2024

2024-08-01 12:46:44 UTC

ncklsvnkmnx nacbjehc

Lâm vy 1/8/2024

phamlamvy212 — 2024-08-01 12:53:12 UTC

The quantity of ~~motorcycles~~ means of transport registered in Australia from 2010 to 2014 is illustrated in the table below.

The rate of New Zealand residents over the last 100 years is described in the line graph below.

Great !

The age of women in Australia when they bear their first child from 1966 to 2006 is expressed in the chart below.

Great !

The process of how ethanol fuel is made from corn is revealed in the diagram below.

Great !

Thuỳ Dương 1/8/2024

2024-08-01 12:53:39 UTC

The ~~changes~~ quantity of vehicles registered in Australia at three different points of time is (2010, 2012 and 2014) is reviewed in the table below

Thuỳ Dương 1/8/2024

2024-08-01 13:12:17 UTC

The proportion of New Zealand residents between 1950 and 2050 is illustrated in the line graph

Great !

Thuỳ Dương 1/8/2024

2024-08-01 13:29:18 UTC

The age of women in Australia when they give birth to their first child at three different points of time (1996, 1986 and 2006) is revealed in the chart below

Good !

Thuỳ Dương 1/8/2024

2024-08-01 13:44:54 UTC

The diagram below expresses how ethanol fuel is made from corn

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn

2024-08-07 12:46:05 UTC

I believe that maths indeed an important element of any worker’s skill set, I argue that it is not important to the success of an individual, this is because whether maths is important is depend on both the business and the position of the employee or employer. Mathematical ability has increasingly been sought out by employers as a sign that the employee will succeed within a business. Good at maths not only allows individuals to analyse large quantities of data but also demonstrates the ability to think critically. Therefore, those who are talented at maths can not only help businesses predict future trends but also they might be able to assist in logistics or administrative tasks as well. For example, top financial institutions and technology companies, such as Tesla, often pay higher to recruit top mathematicians from famous universities. Although mathematics is an important skill, successful businessmen might not need to be good at mathematics, since they can recruit employees who are good at maths. Many managers and CEOs simply do not have time to do every single calculation that involves their business, and instead, focus their time on managing relationships and communicating with people. It could be said that their function is thus not to manage the business, but to manage people - their role is to find and bring out the best in people that can perform jobs better than them through specialization. In conclusion, I argue that while mathematics is certainly an important component of any business and a useful skill set for any employee, one does not necessarily need to be proficient in mathematics in order to nonetheless succeed.

Trọng Phúc 22/9

2024-08-11 12:17:54 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the Spanish city of Castelon has been significantly changed, Castelion nowadays is more economical and modern than itself in 2000

Overall, As can be seen from the maps, the present city is more industrialize than itself in 1995

Good !

Overall, the percentage about the New Zealand population can be seen from the line graph, the age group over 65 stands at the highest position, and lowest place belong to the age of 0-14

The ratio about the age of women in Australia when they give birth to their first child at three different ~~point~~s of time (1966,1986 and 2006) is illustrated in the chart above

Good !

The review of how to ethanol energy is made from corn is illustrated in the diagram above

The ratio about the rate of residents working in different sectors in town A and town B at two different points of time (1960,2010) is reviewed in the charts above

Great !

Overall, as can be seen in the table, Motorcycles present the highest position of percentage change, while, the lowest percentage is belongs to heavy trucks

Hoang Dat 11/8/24

2024-08-11 12:20:41 UTC

The rate of New Zealand citizens between 1950 and 2050 is ~~illustratesed~~ in the line graph above

Vũ Hoàng Phúc 11/8/2024

2024-08-11 12:20:44 UTC

The rate of New Zealand residents between 1950 and 2020 is revealed in the table above

Great !

The age of women in Australia when they bear their first child at three different points of time (1966, 1986 and 2006) is reviewed in the line graph above
Great !
How ethanol fuel is manufactured from corn is given ~~the in formation~~ in the chart above
Good
The ratio of citizens working in different sectors in both town A and town B at two different points of time ( 1960 and 2010) is described in the diagram above
Great !

Nguyễn N. Khánh Linh 31/08/2024

2024-08-11 12:20:51 UTC

1. Overall, as can be seen from the table above, motorcycles stand at the highest position of percentage change, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to heavy trucks.

Good !

2. At the first glance, as can be seen from the graph above, the group age of people in New Zealand from over 65 takes the highest position of percentage change, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to the group age 0-14.

Lê Khánh Huyền Trang 8/11/2024

2024-08-11 12:21:08 UTC

The ~~function~~ of New Zealand residents over a period of 100 years ~~are~~ is illustrated in the line graph above

The age groups of females in Australia when they brought their first child into the world at three different points of time (1966,1986, 2006) are shown in the bar chart above .
Great !
The progression of manufacturing ethanol fuel from corn is illustrated in the chart above .
Great!
The scale of citizens laboring in diverse fields between town A and town B over a period of 50 years is given out by in the diagram above.
Great !

việt hùng 11/8/2024

hluu2285 — 2024-08-11 12:21:31 UTC

The proportion of New Zealand residents over the period of 100 years starting from 1950 to 2050 is illustrated in the line graph.

Great !

The age brackets of females in Australia when they have their first child during the 40- year spanning from 1966 to 2006 is illustrated in a bar chart above.
Great !
The process of fabrication of ethanol fuel from corn is illustrated in the chart above.
Great !
The statistics for citizens doing job in the different roles in two towns (A and B) over the period of 50 years spanning from 1960 to 2010 is illustrated in the pie charts above
Great !
New Zealand' s income from exporting kiwi fruits to other nations in the world ( Japan, China, Mexico, Russia, Saudi Arabia) over the period of 2 years spanning from 2010 to 2012 is illustrated in the table above.
The income of five incorporations investing in four fields is illustrated in the bar chart above.
The transformations of the waterfront region of Darwin city during the 5- years period spanning from 2009 to 2014 is illustrated in the two maps above.
The statistics for residents in various age brackets in a town who participated in music shows over the period of 1 year spanning from 2010 to 2011 is illustrated in the line graph above.
The proportion of teenagers studying in high school at three different points of time ( 2000, 2005 and 2010) is illustrated in the two bar charts above.
The process of organic waste renewed to fabricate fertiliser is illustrated in the diagram above.
The number of coffee production in 4 nations of the world during the 20- years period spanning from 11990 to 2010 is illustrated in the bar chart above.
The development of a art gallery in a country (Australia) over the period of 74 years spanning from 1950 to 2024 is illustrated in the two maps above.

Trần Khánh Linh 11/8/2024

2024-08-11 12:21:50 UTC

Trần Khánh Linh 31/8/2024

Overall, as can be seen from the table above, the rate of motorcycles registered is presents the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest place of percentage change belongs to heavy trucks.
Good !

Nguyen xuan khoi11/8/2024

2024-08-11 12:22:18 UTC

The ratio of New Zealand residents is clearly given out by in the diagram between 1950 to 2050.

Great !

The age group of ~~woman~~ in Australia when they give birth for the first time during 40 years is shown in the diagram.

Good !

The process of making ethanol fuel from corn is revealed in the chart above.

Good !

Phạm Đức Dũng 31/8/24

2024-08-11 12:22:21 UTC

1) Overall, as can be seen, Motorcycles have the highest percentage change out of all the vehicles registered in Australia and the heavy trucks has the lowest ratio as illustrated in the table above.

Vũ Hải Yến 30/8/24

2024-08-11 12:22:31 UTC

Overall, as can be seen from the table above, the number of motorcycles registered is takes the highest percentage change , meanwhile , the lowest percentage change belongs to heavy trucks

Good !

vu minh nhat 11/8/2024

2024-08-11 12:22:37 UTC

The rate of New Zealand ~~people~~ between 1950 and 2050 is revealed in the line above

Good

When ~~they~~ give birth to their first child at three different ~~point~~s of time (1966, 1986, 2006), information about the age of women in Australia is given in the chart obove
Vieets lai
How enthanol fuel is made by corn is reviewed in the diagram above
Great !
The ratio of citizens working in different sectors between town A and town B in 1960, 2010 is described in the charts above
Good

Hoang Dat 11/8

2024-08-11 12:36:06 UTC

The information about the age of women in Australia when they give birth to their first child at three different ~~point~~s of time (1966,1986,2006) is revealed in the chart above

Good !

The diagram below ~~reviewed~~ how ethanol fuel is manufactured from corn

The ratio of citizens working in different area in town A and town B at 2 different points of time (1960,2010) is illustrated in the charts above

Good !

Huy Hoàng11/8/24

2024-08-11 12:36:36 UTC

overall, as can be seen from the number of vehicles registered in Australia, motocycles and passenger vehicles account for the majority of all vehicles in 2010,2012 and 2014

The bar chart illustrates the percentage of the Australian women’s age when they give birth to their first child ~~in three different years~~ (1966, 1986, and 2006)

The diagram illustration reveals the production of ethanol fuel

The bar chart illustrates the distribution of employment at 2 different sectors in town A and town B in 1960 and 2010

Good !

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 12/08/2024

2024-08-12 14:06:42 UTC

People have very different opinions about whether it is more important to follow domestic news or world ~~news~~. It is the fact that focusing on information from all over ~~around~~ the world is beneficial to some extent, but I think it is also extremely important to follow national news.

On the one hand, national news is influential for a number of reasons. The first one is that, this kind of news can keep people informed about any changes in their country. Additionally, focusing on domestic news would help people to be more aware of events relating to national politics that may have a direct impact on their lives. To illustrate, when people have information about commodity prices they can decide to spend money in an effective way. According to a recent survey, more than 70% of people watch news to notice changes in prices of goods, especially food and gasoline.

On the other hand, being aware of international news has certain benefits. To begin with, following international news can keep people up-to-date with information about global environmental issues. The world is faced with domino, which make the increases of temperature in every regions. Not over all, Russia has a war with Ukraine, so that we need to get information about this war situation every day to prepare for the worst situations.

Nguyễn Nhàn 12/08/2024

2024-08-12 14:12:03 UTC

Some people say ~~it's~~ important to update news within their own country because it affects their lives, while the others believe that knowing about international news is more important . This essay will discuss both opinions and I think we should focus more on international news.

Thay từ

People stay focus on their country's information as it affects directly to many fields in their lives such as education, economy, social service, ... The local news can be updated quickly and modified our decision immediately. For instance, in Vietnam's education, there is a big change in the graduation exam in 2024. Students can choose two subjects besides math and literature for graduate examination instead of having to take six subjects as before

Thảo Nguyên 12/8/2024

2024-08-12 14:13:45 UTC

Some people concentrate on reports in their nation, on the other hands, others think that international information is more significant to focus. In my opinion, I believe that both types of news are equally essential.

About news in the country, it is very important because it helps citizens can update the information which affects their lives......, ...., Especially, those who often read local newspaper or watch daily news in TV, they can catch what is going on such as weather or crime. My mother always watches ''The weather forecast'' on VTV1 every night and it is very helpful for all members in my family. For example, once I had to go out late, because of my mother's reminder, I didn't get wet. So watching weather forecasts helps us be proactive in our work and take precautions to avoid natural disasters.National news, therefore, is useful for our everyday life.

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn 12/08/2024

2024-08-12 14:14:12 UTC

It is a common belief that people want to know information about their own country from native newspaper and TV channels. However, there is a different suggestion that people have to notice to global news. We will discuss both points in this essay.

On one hand, it is understandable that being updated with events that are happening internationally is crucial, because it could indirectly impact communities in other countries around the world. I had a story about my uncle, who has a medicine store. He imported a lot of face masks to sell when he heard about Covid-19 in China. So he earned a big profit when pandemic occurred in my country. Therefore, I completely agree that we have to pay more concerning about international events.

Lâm Vy 12/8

phamlamvy212 — 2024-08-12 15:42:57 UTC

Native report has an important effect on every aspect of our lives. First, businessman is the group that focuses on domestic news most because it includes information about state economic policies. They always have to update new reports to alter their companies for catching up with the trend. Besides, the newscast has sports, weather, health, society which in regard directly to everyone in all levels. According to a recent survey, " the news" is the show that has most viewed at 7 pm everyday. It allows people to know the breaking news in the day, so that we can make right choices for our daily lives. There is a story about Mr. John in 2015, who escaped death from a conflagration thanks to fire prevention skills that he had watched on TV. This information, therefore, saved a human life. Because " News is the blood vessel of a nation" - professor Colin Maclaurin, A university, American, we need to know about our countries first before learn about any state.

Mai Ngọc 23/8/24

2024-08-23 11:38:01 UTC

The quality of ~~vehicles~~ means of transport registered in Australia is revealed at three different points of time (2010,2012 and 2014) in the table below

The Review of values of the exports of kiwi fruit ~~over~~ to ~~the~~ ~~last~~ 5 nations (Japan, China, Mexico, Russia, Saudi Arabia) ~~are~~ is given from 2010 to 2012.

Overall, as can be seen, Japan takes the highest values of import this fruit, meanwhile, the lowest cost belongs to Saudi Arabia.

Lâm Vy 23/8/24

phamlamvy212 — 2024-08-23 12:30:34 UTC

The Values of kiwi fruit which are sold aboard from New Zealand to five nations from 2010 to 2012 are expressed in the table below.

Overall, as can be seen, through 3 years, the exports of kiwi fruit in Japan has the highest ~~price~~ cost, meanwhile, the lowest worth belongs to Russia.

Good !

Thùy Dương 23/8/2024

2024-08-23 12:32:35 UTC

The Values of the exports of kiwi fruit from New Zealand to five ~~areas~~ nations are expressed from 2010 to 2012 in the table below

Overall, as can be seen, Japan takes the highest rate of import this fruit, meanwhile, the lowest cost belongs to Saudi Arabia

Good !

Lâm Vy 29/8/24

phamlamvy212 — 2024-08-29 05:04:42 UTC

A significant modernization of Grange Park between 1920 and now is illustrated in the maps below.

Overall, as can be seen from the maps, now the arrangement of the park is more reasonable and harmony than it itself in 1920.

In the Northeast of the park, in 1920, there was a small stage for musicians and seats were stayed around it so that audiences ~~can~~ could enjoy the performances in the most complete way. Because of it's confined space, the stage was demolished and an amphitheatre has been built to replace it for larger scale concerts, which ~~shown~~ shows the stronger commercialization. One of the most interesting changes is the center area of the park, it was invested to turn the old fountain in 1920 to a big magnificent rose garden with different colors now, so the value of Grange Park has been climbed up rapidly. Besides, though the number of seats is remain the same, they are arranged surround the garden in more reasonable way now to make use of empty space. Therefore, people can easily enjoy the view without limited visibility. With the purpose of satisfying recreational demands of residents, now a cafe and children's play area ~~are~~ have been constructed to replace for rose garden and pond for water plants in the Northwest of the maps in 1920. Another notable change is that now there is a gorgeous water feature that has been made in the Southwest, where there used to be a glass house in 1920, for attracting more people come to the park. Grange Park now therefore has been upgraded with an underground carpark next to the area so that the air is more fresh and clean.

In conclusion, the park now has contributed enormously to the developments of the city, but those utilities narrow the green spaces less and less.

7.5

Mai Ngọc 29/8/2024

2024-08-29 10:08:49 UTC

• The review of the age of women in Australia is given at three different points of time when they give birth to their first child

Overall, as can be seen, the age of women in 1966 was higher than in 1986 and 2006

• The quality of visitor in the UK and their average spending is described between 2003 and 2008

Overall, as can be seen, average nights per visit in 2006 was the highest, meanwhile, the lowest number of visits was in 2008.

• The art gallery in Australia is expressed from 1950 to now

Overall, as can be seen, the art galleries in 1950 were not as good as they are now.

Lâm Vy 30/8/24

phamlamvy212 — 2024-08-30 04:00:49 UTC

The developments in a region in London before and after are described in the maps below.

Overall, as can be seen from the maps, the region after is becoming a tourist area which is more crowded and bustling than itself previously.

Before investing and developing, it was just a pristine island which still untouched by humans. In the Northeast of area, now many stone houses have been arranged into a combination in order to response people's accommodation needs and the development of tourism, therefore, a lot of ways have been built which lead to the beach for swimming. Besides, although it is a large island, there is only one restaurant built in the North and it has not many ways to get there. Another notable feature is that in the center area, a reception area has been constructed which helps to manage the region and control the service quality easily. Next to the center area, there is another complex of blocks with more houses. In the South of the island, now there is a pier so that tourists can take a boat and enjoy significant beauty of the ocean.

In conclusion, the area has been developing rapidly, which shows the incredible commercialization of the city.

6.5

Hà Phương 31/8/2024

2024-08-31 11:35:27 UTC

Overall, as can be seen from the table above, Motorcycles take the highest percentage change, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to Heavy Trucks.

Great !

Overall, as can be seen from line graph above, the figures for people over 65 takes the highest percentage, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to that of people from 0 to 14.

Nguyen xuan khoi31/8/2024

2024-08-31 11:36:26 UTC

Overall, the rate of heavy trucks reaches the lowest point in the chart, meanwhile, the highest position stands for motorcycles in the rank.

Good !

Looking from an overall perspective, there are four certain type of population in New Zealand. As can be seen, age of over 65 always gains the highest point in the chart throughout the years, meanwhile, the lowest positon stands eventually for age of 0-14

Lê Khánh Huyền Trang 31/8

2024-08-31 11:36:47 UTC

1, From an overall perspective, it is evident that the ratio change of motorcycles in Australia takes the highest number in the rank, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to heavy trucks.

Great !

2, From an overall perspective, it is envident that the age group of over 65 in New Zealand stands at the highest ratio, meanwhile the lowest position belongs to the residents from 0 to 14.

Phạm Đức Dũng 31/8/24

2024-08-31 11:37:25 UTC

1) Overall, as can be seen, Motorcycles have the highest percentage change out of all the vehicles registered in Australia, and the heavy trucks present the lowest ratio as illustrated in the table above.

Good !

2) Overall, as presented in the chart above, The age group that is over 65 accounted for over half the chart between 1950 and 2050 in New Zealand, on the other side, the lowest ratio belongs to age 0 - 14.

Great !

lưu việt hùng 31/8

hluu2285 — 2024-08-31 11:37:40 UTC

1.Looking from an overall perspective, it is readily apparent that the figure for 5 types of vehicle increases throughout the period. Additionally, the proportion change of motorcycles represents the highest in the rank, meanwhile, the lowest ratio change belongs to heavy trucks.

great!

2. Overall, it is apparent that age brackets of 0-14 and 38-45 exhibit increasing trend in the proportion of New Zealand residents throughout the period, but the opposite trend belongs to 25-37 and over 65 age group. Additionally, the data for population over 65 age represents the highest in the rank from 1950 to 2050.

Great !

Kim Chi31/8/24

2024-08-31 11:38:17 UTC

Overall, as can be seen from the table above, motorcycles account for the highest percentage change, while the lowest percentage change belongs to heavy trucks.

Great !

Overall, as can be seen from the line graph above, people over 65 will make up the largest proportion of New Zealand population, while the lowest percentage will be in the 0-14 age group.

Vũ Hoàng Phúc 31/8/2024

2024-08-31 11:38:49 UTC

Overall, as can be seen in the table, motorcycles stands at the highest position of percentage change, meanwhile, the lowest percentage belongs to heavy trucks.
Great !
Overall, the ratio of New Zealand citizen can be seen from the chart above, the age group of over 65 accounts for the highest rate, and the lowest percentage is taken by 0-14 group.
Great !

Vũ Minh Nhật 31/8/24

2024-08-31 11:39:05 UTC

Overall, as can be seen from the table above, motorcycles takes is the highest percentage change, meanwhile, the lowest position ~~is belong~~ belongs to the heavy trucks

Bad

Vũ Hải Yến 31/8/2024

2024-08-31 12:16:23 UTC

Overall, as can be seen from line graph above, the age of over 65 takes the highest percentage, meanwhile, the lowest percentage belongs to the age of 0-14

Good !

Trần Khánh Linh 31/8/2024

2024-08-31 12:16:56 UTC

Overall, ~~as can be seen from the line graph above, the age of New Zealand population stands at over 65 years old has the highest percentage, meanwhile, the lowest percentage belongs to ages 0 to 14.~~
The highest percentage of people in New Zealand belongs to 65 plus group, meanwhile, the 0-14 aged team stands for the lowest rate in the rank of population

Huy Hoàng 31/8/2024

2024-08-31 12:21:56 UTC

Overall , as can be seen from the line graph above , people age over 65 account for the highest percentage change , while the lowest place in the population rank belongs to the 0-14 aged team

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 04/09/2024

2024-09-04 09:42:43 UTC

Nowadays, sport TV programs for ~~man~~ men are shown more than women's sports shows.

Viết lại

We should increase the airtime of women's sports programming to remove the imbalance.

Good !

Nowadays, TV channels often broadcast sport shows for men more than for women because of many reasons. In my opinion, we should increase the airtime of women's sports programming to remove the imbalance.

Overalls, both male and female play sports everyday, so they want to watch sports on TV. But almost of sports broadcast are about football, boxing and basket ball, which are more popular with men than women. That is the most important reason lead to the dominance of men ove women's sport/ts programs on TV. Next, men show greater perference for every sport because of physically superior to women. In history, the first women's competition in sport is organized very late, even though men's sport prize appeared a long time ago. All of these issues explain why television stations broadcast more men's sports programs.

After a long period of time, women would receive full recognition in sport. There are many female's competition in sport are held, especially Olympic have category of women. We bealive that recognition women's sports is the best way to cofirm gender equality in society. Not over yet, when women play at a much higher level in most sports, women sports broadcast would attract more and more female viewer. Television station can make money from advertising in every sports programs include of women's sports. Result from these aforementioned reasons, increase the showtime of female's sports TV programs is absolutely reasonable.

In conclusion, women’s sports shows need to receive enough coverage, and I totally believe that, it is necessary to ensure equal airtime for women’s sports.

Lâm Vy 4/9/24

phamlamvy212 — 2024-09-04 09:43:14 UTC

In this day and age, TV network programs for men's sport are revealed more than women's sport. There are many reasons that explain this phenomenon.

One of these reasons is that residents have preferred sport broadcast for men than women's sport so far. Most people suppose that men is the gender which more impetuous than women, so men's sport can show the competitiveness and sportsmanship strongly. Besides, studies shown that 70% of viewers of sport programs is men, which speak for the dominance of men over women's sports shows on TV. For that reason, there are more and more types of sport for men are born with the purpose of attracting more audiences and making money off from endorsements. Moreover, the exist of male chauvinism contributes a part

Nevertheless, the showtime of sport broadcast for women should be increased to keep the balance.

Nguyễn Nhàn 04/09/2024

2024-09-04 09:47:22 UTC

These days, men's sporting shows are broadcast more often than those involving women. One of the main reasons of this is that an increasing number of people get more interested in men's sports.

Viết lại !

I believe that TV channels should provide equal coverage for both genders.

Great !

When it comes to sport, men's sporting shows are broadcast more often than those involving women. The reason of this is that an increasing number of people get more interested in men's sports and I believe that equal attention should be paid to women’s sport.

These day, the dominance of men's sports over women's sports programs on TV is very clearly. There are many reason for that. One of the main reasons of this is that an increasing number of people get more interested in men's sports. Men play at much higher levels in most sports that usually attracts more attention. Besides, men's sports have historically received more media coverage, which has connect to higher levels of sponsorship, better funding. In contrast, women's sports often receive less investment and media attention, making it harder for them to get attention from the audiences.

On the other hand, I believe that TV channels should provide equal coverage for both genders. To promote gender equality in society, it is essential for TV channels to provide equal airtime for both men’s and women’s sports. Additionally, equal coverage can increase broader audience, the potential for viewership and sponsorship growth. Moreover, the benefits not just athletes but the entire sports industry and we can inspire for the next generation.

In conclusion, it is important for TV channels to provide equal airtime for men’s and women’s sports. Doing so would promote gender equality, inspire future athletes, and benefit the sports industry economically.

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn - 04/08/2024

2024-09-04 09:49:34 UTC

Nowadays, TV channels often broadcast sport shows for ~~man~~ men more than for ~~woman~~ women because of many reasons.

Provide more sport shows for women can create gender equality in society

viết lại

-------------------------------------------------------------

These days, there is a significant difference between men's and women's sports coverage on television channels. I believe that women’s sports should get just as much coverage as men’s, and i will show my reasons in this essay.

To begin with, there are many reasons for the dominance of men over women’s sports programs on TV. The reason is TV channels want to maximize their profits because men show greater preference for sports than women. Take football as an example. When entering a coffee shop, it is easy to catch groups of men having discussions about a recent men’s football match, while women show greater preference for shopping or lifestyle channels. According to a recent survey from Beijing University, 68% of men enjoy sports while only 29% of women have the same hobby.

On the other hand, TV channels should provide equal coverage for both genders. First, it creates gender equality in society and increases the rate of women’s sports participation. In fact, every time women go out on the field, they give it their all knowing that their best will likely go unnoticed. Therefore, just like men, female athletes should receive full recognition for their .

In conclusion, why women’s sports shows do not receive enough coverage in this day and age results from those aforementioned reasons, and I truly believe that it is necessary to ensure equal coverage of women’s sports.

Thuỳ Dương 12/09/2024

2024-09-12 11:29:17 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, there are 5 main steps in the process, starting from water cleaning and packaging is the final step

Good !

Overall, as can be seen, the university department in 2015 is reconditioned more comfortably and spaciously than itself in 2000

Great !

Overall, as can be seen, the proposed road system in the future is improved more conveniently and safely than itself now

Great !

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is rebuilt more economically than itself in 1980

Great !

Overall, as can be seen, the Waterfront area in Darwin town in 2014 is rebuilt more healthily and comfortably than itself in 2009

Great !

Lâm vy 12/9/24

phamlamvy212 — 2024-09-12 11:30:24 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the process of how glass containers recycled consists of 5 steps, beginning with collecting used glass and moulding into new products is the final stage.

good !

Overall, as can be seen, the process consists of 5 steps, beginning with water cleaning and packaging is the last stage.

Good !

Overall, as can be seen, the University Department in 2015 is improved with larger scale than itself in 2000 for more convenience utilities.

Great !

Overall, as can be seen, the proposed road system in the future is safer and more reasonable than itself now.

Great !

Overall, as can be seen, the Waterfront in Darwin town in 2014 is innovated in greener and healthier way than itself in 2009.

Great !

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is rebuilt more reasonable than itself in 1980.

Great !

Mai Ngọc 12/9/2024

2024-09-12 11:35:06 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, The bottle recycled process includes 5 steps. Starting from Connection of used glass and ending with Molding into new products

Good !

Overall, as can be seen, ~~Consist of the step 1 is Water cleaning to step 5 Packaging and will be transported to the supermarket~~

Overall, as can be seen, The University Department in 2015 is ~~was~~ more reasonably arranged and completely than in 2000. The trees were cut down and rebuilt in different buildings.

Good !

Overall, as can be seen, The proposed road system in the future is safer and it can reduce traffic accidents than now.

Great !

Overall, as can be seen, The cinemas today are arranged more beautifully and reasonably than cinemas in 1980.

Good !

Overall, as can be seen, The Waterfront area in Dawin town in 2014 ~~had~~ has more trees than in 2009, it is greener and healthier

Phương Linh 15/09

2024-09-15 01:16:37 UTC

Open

The changes in the Spanish city of Castallón in recent times is describe by in the maps above

Overall

Overall, as can be seen, the Spanish city of Castallón now is more reasonable and modern than itself in 2000.residence

Good !

Today, a hall of residence in Castallón has been built from an empty land in 2000

Phương anh 15/9/2024

phanhphanh2742009 — 2024-09-15 01:17:52 UTC

Another notable development is the an airport in the East of the Castellon have been under construction very modern and beautiful.
In Castellon now, a new convered market has been built from where used to be the vacant land in 2000.
In Castellon today, a striking change is that in the south of
city have been converted into a cinema, a bars and a clubs.
In Castenllon 2000, a garden was chopped down to make space for the new shopping centre.
One of the most interesting changes is the city centre its have been extended with a new train station and a tramline in Castellon.
In Castellon today, a hall of residence in the Northwest has been constructed from where used to be the empty land in 2000.
Good
Open: The changes in the Spanish city of Castellon in recent times are given out in the maps above.
Overall: Overall, as can be seen, the Spanish city of Castellon today is more reasonable and modern than itself in 2000.

Great !

Lâm Hà 15/09/2024

2024-09-15 01:19:06 UTC

~~Used to be the empty land in the past, now has been built for a hall of residence.~~

Open

The development in the Spanish city of Castellón in recent times is illustrated in the maps below.

Overall

Overall, as can be seen, Castellón today is more reasonable and more modern than itself in 2000.

Great !

Open:

The changes of a city in VietNam between 1995 and now is illustrated in the map below.

Overall

Overall, as can be seen, the city now is more reasonable and modern than itself in 1995.

The housing in the west now has been built with some more buildings in which, an additional lane has been added.

Shop in the southwest in 1995 was demolished to replaced the restaurant now it is to let people eat and drink.

The fish shop in 1995 was replaced by many apartment buildings.

Now the hotel in the southeast has car parking for people, it is more convenient and economical.

The farmland and forest park were built converted into a golf course and tennis court, but it has modern compared to itself before.

The fishing port in 1995 was destroyed into the beach for people to come and relax.

Lê Huy Hoàng 15/9/2024

2024-09-15 01:19:21 UTC

The transformation in the Spanish city of Castellón in recent times is described in the maps above.

Overall, as can be seen, Castellón now is more reasonable and modern than itself in 2000.

Great !

In the Northwest, a hall of residence that used to be empty land in 2000 has been constructed in Castellón today .

Great !

Long 15/9/2024

2024-09-15 01:20:35 UTC

Changes in the Spanish city of Castellon in recent times is illustrated in the maps above

Overall, as can be seen, Spanish city of Castellon in recent times ~~was~~ more modern than itself in 2000

Now, in the east of the Castellon people have constructed a airport and a new covered market to replace the empty land in 2000

~~The empty land in 2000 now has been constructed for hall of residence~~

Open

The changes of a city in Viet Nam from 1995 to present is described in the map above

Overall

Overall,as can be seen,a city in Viet Nam is more morden than its in 1995 but it is less green than its in 1995

The housing in the west now has been rebuilt with some more buildings in which in additional lane has been added

The shop in the west south was demolished to replace the restaurant now to make it convenient for everyone to eat and drink

The fish market in 1995 has been pushed down to turn into apartments

The hotel in the south east was built a parking for people more convenient

The farmland and forest park were built converted into a golf course and tennis court,but it has modern compared to itself before

The fishing port in 1995 in the south was demolished to expand the beach for everyone to enjoy 😉

Thuỳ Linh 15/9/2024

2024-09-15 01:21:28 UTC

Open

~~The changes in the Spanish city of Castellon in recent times give out the information about in the maps above.~~

Overall

~~Overall ,as can be seen, the city Castellon today has built more buildings than it did in 2000.~~

Viết lại

In Castellon today , a hall residence has been built in the Northwest by humans on the empty land of the city of Castellon in 2000

Good !

Phạm Phương Vy 15/9/2024

2024-09-15 01:21:46 UTC

The changes in the Spanish city of Castellón in recent times is are described in the maps above .

Overall, as can be seen , the Spanish city of Castellón now is more reasonable and modern than itself in 2000 .

Good !

The hall of residence today in the Northwest of the city of Castellón has been built to replace the empty land in 2000 .

Phúc 15/9

2024-09-15 01:21:49 UTC

Changes in the Spanish city of Castellón in recent time is are expressed in the maps above. Overall, as can be seen, Castellón city now is more reasonable and modern than it was in the past. ~~The city of Castellon in 2000 was upgraded and become more economical, convenient.~~

A hall of residence today in Castellon in the Northwest has been built from where used to be the empty land in 2000.

Good !

Đức 15/9/2024

2024-09-15 01:22:32 UTC

~~The Spanish city of Castellon is illustrated in recent times above~~

Overall, as can be seen, The Spanish city of Castellon today is more modern and it has better life quality than itself in 2000

The empty land in 2000 in the Northwest was taken to make way for the residence hall

Xem lại

Hoàng Ngọc Hân 15/09/2024

2024-09-15 01:23:29 UTC

Today, in the Northwest of the Castellon, people has built ~~the~~ a hall of residence to replace the empty land in 2000

The changes in the Spanish city of Castellon in recent times ~~Summarize the information by choosing and announcing the main special~~, ~~and produce contrasts where pertinent is given out the information about in the maps above~~

Overall, as can be seen, Castellon now is more beautiful and reasonable, compared to itself in 2000

The changes in the Spanish city of Castellon in recent times are decribed the maps above ( viết lại )

Tùng 15/09/12024

2024-09-15 01:24:44 UTC

Open

The diagrams illustrate the development in Spanish city of Castélon throughout a 24-year time frame from 2000 to itself in today.

Overall

Overall, as can be seen the Castélon in it is clearly from the maps that the city has changed considerably, from quiet countryside to the busier city with new recreational facilities having been developed.
A hall of residence in the Northwest of Catéllon today has been ~~was~~ built to replace the vacant land in Catéllon in 2000

Nguyễn Thành Hưng-15/9/2024

2024-09-15 01:26:02 UTC

~~The transport altet~~ in the Spanish city of Castellon in recent times is describe in the maps above

Overall, as can be seen , the city today has ~~are~~ many more reasonable and modern changes , compared to itself in 2000

Xem lại

In the city today , a hall of residence has been built from where used to be the empty land in 2000

Dũng + Khôi - 22/09/2024

2024-09-22 13:33:22 UTC

1) Overall, as can be seen, City A has substantially more housing in the present compared to itself in 1995, on the other side, it has become slightly less green compared to the past by replacing the farmland and the forest park.

Great !

2) Overall, by looking closely, we can see that Castellon in the present day is significantly more modern in comparison to Castellon in the 2000, while, it is also it is more convenient compared to the past.

Việt Hùng 22/9

2024-09-22 13:34:22 UTC

From overall perspective, it is apparent that this area undergoes significantly modifications, and it mainly enhances the convenience and pedestrialize for citizens.

Good !

From overall perspective, it is apparent that the Spanish city centre undergoes significantly modifications with the addition of new facilities and the remodeling of existing area for the experience of citizens.

great !

Lê Khánh Huyền Trang 22/9

2024-09-22 13:34:35 UTC

From my perspective, it is clear that city A nowadays is industrialized much more modern compared to itself in 1995.

Good !

From my perspective, it is noticeable that the Spanish city of Castellon nowadays is upgraded much more modern compared to itself in 2000.

Great !

Nguyễn Ngọc Khánh Linh 22/9/2024

2024-09-22 13:34:59 UTC

1. Overall, as can be seen the map change above, city A at present is pedestrialised More than itself in 1995.

Good !

Overall, at the first glance the map above, Castellon today is industrialized more than itself in 2000.

Trần Khánh Linh 22/9/24

2024-09-22 13:36:14 UTC

1.Overall, as can be seen, the current city is more modern than itself in 1985.

Good !

Overall, as can be seen from the maps above, the Spanish city of Castellon now is more economical than itself in 2000.
Good

Hoàng 22/9

2024-09-22 13:36:42 UTC

Overall , as can be see , the present city is more modern than the city in 1995

Good !

Overall , as can be see from the map change above , Castellon city is now more convenient for development than the city in 2000

Good !

Kim Chi22/9/2024

2024-09-22 13:36:50 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the present city is more modern than it was in 1995

Good !

Overall, as can be seen, the castellon today is more industrialized than it was in 2000

Good !

Hà Phương 22/9/2024

2024-09-22 13:39:22 UTC

Overall, as can be seen from the maps above, the Spanish city of Castellon today is rebuilt more economical than before, meanwhile, it wastes more spaces than itself in 2000.

Good !

Overall, as can be seen from the maps above, the present city is rebuilt more modern than itself in 1995

Good

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn - 25/09/2024

2024-09-25 14:24:22 UTC

Rules and laws have many positive impacts to on human's life. ~~It's provide~~ ~~a safe live environment~~ for people because criminal acting ~~have~~ to be punished by policies. ~~It's~~ also protect people from bad think in their mind.

ket cau cau va tu

Thảo Nguyên 25/09/2024

2024-09-25 14:27:41 UTC

From my point of view, laws and rules play a pivotal role in society and community nowadays. If individuals can do everything they want to do, the level of crimes will increase rapidly. There are many problems which associate with the functioning of a society, without rules and laws, people, especially the younger generation, could not know what is right or wrong.

Lâm Vy 25/9

phamlamvy212 — 2024-09-25 14:29:00 UTC

Regulations play an important major in organizing a ~~social~~. It is beneficial to control evils which bring instability to resident's life. If a nation has good sanctions, the country will grow rapidly and provides young generation with a perfect environment to develop. They can be boosted to complete themselves and build their self-discipline so that young people can engage in building and developing the society.

good !

Nguyễn Nhàn 25/09/2024

2024-09-25 14:29:22 UTC

Rules and laws play an important role in society, if people acted on their own desire, the order of the world would disappear. Laws and rules bring benefits to human, and protect individuals and ensure the security of public. Besides, they are engaged in reflecting the standard of our life.

Good !

Lâm Vy 27/9

phamlamvy212 — 2024-09-27 12:28:08 UTC

The ratio of citizens in different age groups who participated in music concerts in a town from 2010 to 2015 is revealed in the graph below.

Overall, as can be seen, in 5 years, the youngest group ( 18-24) stands for the highest place, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to the over 75 class.

Great !

The ~~quantity~~ deal of money invested in each classifications from five groups is described in the bar chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, building is the group that has the highest rate, meanwhile, the lowest percentage place belongs to staff training.

Great !

The rate of New Zealand residents between 1950 and 2050 is illustrated in the line graph below.

Overall, as can be seen, through 100 years, the over 65 group stands for the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest place belongs to the age group of 0 - 14.

great !

Thuỳ Dương 27/09/2024

2024-09-27 12:34:12 UTC

The proportion of citizens in different age groups in one city who took part in music concerts from 2010 to 2015 is reviewed in the graph below

Overall, as can be seen, the highest position belongs to the aged team of 16-24, meanwhile, the over 75 year-old group stands for the lowest place

Great !

The ~~quantity~~ deal of money spent on each lists of five corporation is revealed in the bar chart below

Overall, as can be seen, the classification of building in all of organizations takes the highest place, meanwhile, the lowest investment capital belongs to staff training

Great !

The rate of New Zealand residents between 1950 and 2050 is illustrated in the line graph

Overall, as can be seen, the highest place belongs to the over 65-year-old group ,meanwhile, the aged team of 0-14 has the lowest position in the ranking

Good !

Mai Ngọc 27/9/2024

2024-09-27 13:08:26 UTC

The percentage of people in different age groups in the city who attended concerts from 2010 to 2015 is illustrated in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, The highest proportion belongs to people aged 16-24 years old, meanwhile, the lowest proportion relates to people over 75 years old.

Ok !

The amount of money invested in each category of the 5 institutions is shown in a bar chart.

Overall, as can be seen, the amount of investment in organization B is the highest compared to the other 4 organizations, meanwhile, the lowest investment amount belongs to organization D

Good !

Hoàng Mạnh Tùng 06/10/2024

2024-10-06 03:03:00 UTC

Open

The changes of a city in Vietnam from 1995 to present is shown on the maps above.

Overall

Overall, as can be seen, the city now is more modern and upgraded today than it was in 1995.

Body

In the present, one of the most interesting changes is the housing has been upgraded than itself in the pass
The shop in Southwest in the 1995 was full down to make way for a new restaurant
A striking change is that the fish market opposite the shop in the 1995 has been covert into apartments
The sea in now is greener than itself in the pass because the fishing port pull down
On the other side of city, in the 1995, the farmland and forest park were chopped down to make space for the new sports centrel in which have tenniscourt and goft
In present, hotel has been rebult in a better way at the moment that it includes a large parking place to make converience for pressident
The cafe in Southeast in present was stay the same in the pass.

Conclusion

Finally, we can see that the city is now more modern and convenient for people than it was in the past.

Phạm Đức Dũng - 6/10/2024

2024-10-06 13:16:26 UTC

In recent map, the housing has been upgraded in which the people have built 2 more buildings and also a new lane to make convenience for the pedestrian in the North West of the city.

In 1995, The Farmland on the other side of the city has been converted into the golf still on the North East.

Recently, the tennis court has substituted for the forest park next to the golf center.

In the South West, the shops was modernized by demolishing the shops and then building the restaurants on top of it.

In front of the restaurants are the apartments which are replacements to the fish market in 1995.

In the South East, the car park next to the hotel was built in recent years.

The fishing port in the South was also now destroyed .

Khooi 6/10

2024-10-06 13:23:34 UTC

In the recent map, the golf and the tennis courts ~~has~~ have been built after the farmland and the forest park were destroyed on the top of the map.

On the West of the city in 1995, the shop was made into the restaurant because of the city’s proliferation .

On the opposite of the shop, the fish market was pushed down to make space for the apartment.

Moreover , now, the hotel has maintained unchanged in the East of city.

The notable change is the car park has been ~~located~~ added ~~near~~ next to the hotel to satisfy ~~improving~~ the increasing population of the city.

~~In front of the hotel is cafe which have stayed the same~~.

In On the beach, the fishing port was destroyed when the city has modernised to serve people in the present.

Dùng sai từ rất nhiều, tư duy chưa đúng hướng, bài viết lộn xộn

Hoàng 6/10/24

2024-10-06 13:24:33 UTC

In the past, there were not as many houses as they are now.

In the southwest restaurant now in the past it was a hotel.

In the past, there was a fish market opposite the hotel, but now it has become apartments, it is a huge change.

The sea of the present is no longer polluted but has become more beautiful.

In the east of the city is a golf and tennis court in front of a dense forest.

Currently, the hotel has built a spacious and comfortable garage.

The cafe in southeast in present was stay the same in the pass.

Lê Khánh Huyền Trang 6/10/24

2024-10-06 13:26:18 UTC

Meanwhile, in the Northeast of the previous map, the farmland and the forest park were destroyed in 1995 in order to make space for a golf with a tennis courts. Moreover, look at the map today, the government of the whole city decided to construct many new restaurants in the Southest of the area because they wanted to use it for replacing the shops.

Regarding to the other side of the city, the hotel has still maintained these days but the car park has added next to it which was built to satisfy the demands of the residents near there in the Southeast of region. Additionally, because of receiving many complaints about the smell from fish market in the Southewest of the city, the authority converted it into apartments in this day and age. Finally, nowadays,the cafe has still stayed the same position but the fishing port which was in the South of the city was demolished to turn into an empty sea.

Hoang Phuc 6/10/2024

2024-10-06 13:33:44 UTC

Meanwhile, all the farmland and forest park were chopped down in order to make more space for the golf and a couple of tennis courts in the North East of the town and meet the citizens's needs of working out as well as entertainment.

Moreover, many restaurants have been substituted for the shops which is in the West of the city and in front of some apartments.

Besides, the hotel which was located in the South East of the town has been added with a car park so as to be more convinient for residents there.

In front of the restaurants are several recent apartments that have been replaced with a fish market in 1995 in the South West of the town.

Especially, a small cafe has been remained in the South West of the city and in the opposite of the hotel over the past and present maps.

Finally, perhaps due to the replacement of the fish market, the fishing port in the South of the city was demolished after 1995.

KimChi6/10/2024

2024-10-06 13:35:05 UTC

•Meanwhile, in 1995, farmland and forest parks were demolished to convert to golf and tennis courses to serve the recreational needs of people in the east of the city.

•Next, the restaurant has been replaced by the 1995 shop in the west of the city

•Currently, in the Southeast they have expanded the parking lot for people's convenience

•In 1995, the Northwest fish market was converted into an apartment building to develop the current city

•The current and 1995 Southeast cafe remains the same

•In the North of the city in 1995 the fishing port city was demolished to reduce current pollution

Lưu Việt Hùng

2024-10-06 13:35:18 UTC

Moreover, in recent area, the golf and tennis course have been constructed, which were the farmland and forest park in 1995 in the Northeast of the area.

In the West of the map, in 1995 the shop was destroyed to make way for the restaurant today.

Additionally, the hotel has had a addition of the car park, which has been built today next to the hotel to make convenient for citizents.

Looking at the details, in 1995 the fish market was demolished and it was converted into apartments today in the Southwest of the map , while the cafe has been remain unaltered on the another hand throughout the period.

Furthemore, the city witnessed a significant change that in the South of this region, the fishing harbour was cleared in 1995, which has been a empty sea nowadays.

KimChi6/10/2024

2024-10-06 13:36:14 UTC

•Meanwhile, in 1995, farmland and forest parks were demolished to convert to golf and tennis courses to serve the recreational needs of people in the east of the city.

•Next, the restaurant has been replaced by the 1995 shop in the west of the city

•Currently, in the Southeast they have expanded the parking lot for people's convenience

•In 1995, the Northwest fish market was converted into an apartment building to develop the current city

•The current and 1995 Southeast cafe remains the same

•In the North of the city in 1995, the fishing port city was demolished to reduce current pollution

Hà Phương 06/10/2024

2024-10-06 13:36:56 UTC

In past map, the farmland and forest park are destroyed in which people have built tennis court and golf court to improve the lives of citizens in the NorthEast .

A row of shops replaced with restaurants because everyone can enjoy the romance of the river in the West.

In the East the hotel has been still there but the car park has been added next to the hotel to make it more comfortable for people to park.

On the opposite of the shop, the fish market was turned into the apartment ,which helped the city more modern

On the bottom right corner of the map, the cafe has been maintained to serve the needs of the citizens.

In the South ,the fishing port was pulled down which helped the sea less polluted and quieter.

N.N Khánh Linh 6-10-2024

2024-10-06 13:38:52 UTC

The golf and tennis courts have been built by local people, which support for them to relax but in 1995, in there, was the farmland and the forest park in the East of the city.
Next, the shop behind the housing on the left side was replaced by the restaurant in the present.
The hotel is next to the restaurant now, which has been improved the car park.
Besides, the fish market near the sea was destroyed in 1995, then the location has been built four apartments, become residential area.
The coffee is on the right of the fish market that has remained from 1995 to now.
Nowadays, the fishing port has disappeared compared to 1995 in the South of the city.

Vũ Minh Nhật 6/10/24

2024-10-06 13:39:00 UTC

Meanwhile, in the 1995 map, the farm land and forest park were chopped down to they build golf courts and tennis courts in the North East of the city

Next to, in the recent city, the restaurant is built to serve visitor watching the sea and they pulled down the shop to do this in the West South of city

Near the restaurant is the hotel, it is maintain but now, next to it has notice sign in the Eart of city

Moreover, in the 1995 map, the fish market has been converted into apartments to develop tourism development in the West East of the city

Behind the hotel is the cafe, it is stay the same over the year in the East of the city

Finally, in the recent city, the fishing port was demolish so it is very peacefull in the South of the city

Vũ Hải Yến 6/10/2024

2024-10-06 13:50:28 UTC

2. In previous map, people destroyed both farmland and forest park to make way for building a golf and tennis courts in the Southeast of the city

3. Meanwhile, the shop ~~has been~~ was demolished down and residents have built many restaurants in the West in the city in recent map.

4. On the other side of the city now, the area of hotel has been constructed more conveniently in which it has had to extra a car park.

5. In the West of the city in previous map. , the fish market was pulled down to make many apartments for people in the present

6. In the East of the city, the cafe has maintained until now.

7. On the beach of the past, people demolished the fishing port to protect environmental hygience in the South.

Xem lại bài

Trần Khánh Linh 6/10/2024

2024-10-06 13:56:33 UTC

Meanwhile, in previous map, the farmland and the forest park destroyed in 1995 and now were a gold and tennis to serve human ralaxation in the East in the city.
Besides, in today's chart, restaurants have built instead of shops in 1995 located in Southwest.
On the other side of the city, the hotel has been repaired by people with an additional parking lot in the Southeast.
I perceive that, fish market upgraded to an apartment area, more economically than itself in previous years in the South of the city.
Not only that, from 1995 to present cafe has still maintained behind the hotel.
And, on the beach, people were damaged fishing port in 1995 because they want to protect the sea environment .

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn 07/10/2024

2024-10-07 14:14:01 UTC

These days, the internet has made it possible for people to learn almost anything about the culture of people in another country. Social media can help people know about other countries but it is not enough to understand daily life of human in other places.

On the one hand, information on internet can be not true. There are various videos dedicated to culture and travel on Youtube, Facebook or Tiktok and even apps and blogs that allow people to discuss and share their experiences of life in other countries but these content can be use for advertise purpose. For example, NasDaily who is very famous on Youtube with making videos about traveling, used to fake his experience about coffee in Indonesia. Although he did not drink it, he still described how this cup of coffee taste. The next reasons is real experience have big impact on learning about culture. According to a recent research from Beijing University, 83% of foreign people learn on internet are forgot almost about culture, what they have learned after 3 weeks. In conclusion, I agree to a certain extent that the internet can provide people with knowledge of another country, but that knowledge is not equal to the experiences that someone can gain by travelling abroad.

xem lại bài

Thảo Nguyên 7/10/2024

2024-10-07 14:14:14 UTC

Nowadays, it is possible for people to learn almost everything about the culture of people in other countries through internet. Many people think that ~~people~~ they do not need to travel to other countries to understand life there. In my opinion, I agree with this idea.

With the development of Internet these days, everyone can learn a lot about other countries without leaving home. There are a lot of videos about traveling on You tube, people can comment and share about their life in other countries in many apps and blogs. Facebook also allows people from all over the world to connect with each other to make friends and learn about one another’s culture and customs. People can watch documentaries online to understand how life is in foreign countries. According to the recent series called 'Watch Street Food: Asia' of Netflix, we can explore many types of foods of many different countries and it shows us that Asian food is very diverse and rich in both culture and tradition. Additionally, it is suitable for those who do not have enough money to travel to many countries.

To sum up, I agree that the internet can provide people with knowledge of other countries.

Thiếu minh chứng quá nhiều, thiếu các dạng câu cần thiết

Lâm Vy 7/10/24

phamlamvy212 — 2024-10-07 14:20:26 UTC

Nowadays, the development of information technology can helps everyone to understand about the life ~~of other people~~ in the world without going there. I totally agree with this statement, which will be discussed in this essay.

Due to advancements in technology, a huge ~~number~~ amount of information can be found easily in on the internet, which brings us knowledge about culture in many countries with just one click. People can learn about traditional food, folk custom or tourist destinations of a nation, because there are many videos and posts uploaded. Besides, internet is the place where enables everyone can easily connect with each other to become online friends, therefore, discussing and sharing experiences of life through internet become ~~more and more~~ trendier and trendier, which means we can learn a lot about any foreign countries without leaving home. According to a recent survey in Stanford University, 80% of young people, who always catch up with the new trends, understand about the economy of a nation mainly through internet because of its convenient and quickness.

In conclusion, I agree to a certain extent that the internet brings many benefits to people with knowledge of other countries and gain a lot of values to develop ourselves.

Good !

Phương Anh( 08/10/2024) Writing: The changes of a city in Việt Nam from 1995 to now.

phanhphanh2742009 — 2024-10-08 08:40:00 UTC

Firstly, the development of the city at 2 different points of time ( 1995 and now ) is given out in the table above. Overall, as can be seen, the city today is more reasonable, beautiful and modern than itself in 1995. Second,the housing in the Northwest now has been rebuilt with some more buildings in which an additional lane has been added. Some of the most interesting changes in the West is are from the shop and the fish market in 1995, they were replaced by a restaurant and apartments in the city today respectively. Looking at the map we can see, the farmland and forest park in the Northeast of the city were converted into a golf court and a tennis court today, but it has modernized better compared to itself before. Third,regarding to the other side of the city, the hotel has been added with a reasonable car parking at the moment.Next, In the Southeast of the city, the cafe shop has stayed the same from 1995 until today, showing that this is an ideal place for visitors to explore and experience drinks here.

Finally,In the South of the city, the fishing port was demolished to protect the marine environment for a greener and cleaner.

To sum up, the city today is in a better operation to develop.

Học thuộc bài đã sửa

Phương Vy (08/10/2024) : Writing : The changes of a city in Vietnam from 1995 to now

2024-10-08 16:41:43 UTC

Open :

The changes of a city in Vietnam between 1995 and now is illustrated in the map above

Overall , as can be seen , this city in Vietnam now is more reasonable and modern than itself in 1995

In details, the housing in the Northwest now has been rebuilt with some more buildings in which an additional lane has been added

The shops ~~was~~ were demolished to make way for the restaurant in order to make it convenient for people to eat

On the other side of the city , the farm land and the forest park were ~~has been pull down~~ ~~to improve~~ replaced by a golf court and a tennis court.

In the South East area at the moment, a car park has been added into the hotel to make more convenient for the visitors

Another interesting alter is that the fish market was replaced for apartments in the Southwest of the city, meanwhile, the cafe in the Southeast region has stayed the same from 1995 to now. In the South, the fishing port has been demolished to protect the marine environment.

In general, the city today is in a better way to develop.

Học thuộc bài đã sửa

Hoàng Hân (9/10/24) Writing: The changes of a city in Vietnam from 1995 to now

2024-10-09 02:43:00 UTC

The changes of a city in Vietnam between 1995 and now is given out the ~~information about~~ in the maps above

Overall, as can be seen, the city now is more modern than itself in 1995

In the Northwest, now, housing has been built more reasonable than itself in 1995. In the West, the shops ~~was~~ were destroyed to make way for the restaurant that makes it more convenient at the moment than itself in 1995. On the other side of the city, the farmland and forest park ~~was~~ were destroyed to make way for sports Complex in which it consist of tennis courts and a golf course but it is less green than itself in 1995. Today, in the Southeast, a car park has been built next to the hotel. Now, in the Southwest, the fish market was replaced by apartments. At present, the coffee has been ~~built~~ maintained in the same place from 1995. in the South, the fishing port was demolished to protect the marine environment.

In short, the city now is in a better arrangement to develop.

Học thuộc bài đã sửa

Bá Đức ( 04/06/2009)

2024-10-09 05:35:50 UTC

The changes of a city in Vietnam between 1995 and now is shown in the map above

Overall, as can be seen, today, the city is more modern and beautiful than it was in 1995.

The housing in the West now has been rebuilt with some more buildings in which an additional lane has been added

The shops that used to be near the main road ~~has been~~ was replaced by a restaurant, making it more convenient for the local population to diner.

One of the most interesting alter is that on the side of the Northeast area, the farm land and the forest park were cleared to make space for a golf course and a tennis court.

In the South-East, a car park has been built next to the hotel to make things more convenient for visitors.

Another notable change is that the fish market ~~has been~~ was replaced by apartment buildings at present in the Southwest of the city, meanwhile, the cafe on the East has remained the same without any alters

To make the sea clearer for tourists and residents, the fishing port in the South was erased in 1995.

In short, The city now is in a more reasonable way to develop.

Học thuộc bài đã sửa

Lâm Hà (09/10/2024) Writing: The changes of a city in Viet Nam from 1995 to now.

2024-10-09 05:45:22 UTC

Open:

The changes of a city in Viet Nam between 1995 and now is illustrated in the map below.

Overall

Overall, as can be seen, the city now is more reasonable and modern than itself in 1995.

In details, the housing area in the Northwest now has been rebuilt with some more buildings in which an additional lane has been added.

The shops in the West in 1995 were demolished to ~~replaced~~ make room for the restaurant, now it is in operation to let people eat and drink.

Now the hotel in the East has been added a car parking for people, it is more convenient and economical.

One more interesting alter is that the fish market in 1995 was replaced by many apartment buildings, but on the other side of the city, the cafe has stayed the same during the period of the time

On the South of the map in 1995, the fishing port was erased, so the sea now is clearer

In general, the city now is in a better arrangement to develop.

Học thuộc bài cô đã sửa

~~The farmland and forest park were built converted into a golf course and tennis court, but it has modern compared to itself before.~~

~~The fishing port in 1995 was destroyed into the beach for people to come and relax.~~

Phúc ( 10/10/2024 )

2024-10-10 15:21:44 UTC

OPEN + OVERALL:

The changes of a Vietnamese city from 1950 to present is illustrated in the table below. Overall, as can be clearly seen from the table that the city today is more rational, more diverse and more modern than it was in 1995.

The Northwest residential area has now been rebuilt with several other buildings including an additional lane.

One of the most interesting changes is the shops and fish market, which have now been ~~expanded~~ turned into a restaurant and apartments in the city.

On the other side of the city, the Farmland and forest parks ~~have been~~ were converted into golf courses and tennis courts so it makes more reasonable than before.

Another notable alter is seen in the East of the city, the hotel now has ~~been built~~ added a car parking to make more convenience for the guests .

At present, the cafe in the Southeast has been still in operation, providing an ideal place for visitors to explore and experience the drinks here.

In the South of the city in 1995, a fishing port ~~has now been~~ was demolished to ~~become a vacant lot on~~ make the sea now clearer.

Học thuộc bài đã sửa

Long

2024-10-11 14:30:39 UTC

Open

The changes of a city in Viet Nam from 1995 to present is described in the maps above

Overall

Overall, as can be seen, a city in Viet Nam is more modern than itself in 1995 but the environment is less green than its in 1995

In details, The housing in the Northwest now has been rebuilt with some more buildings in which an additional lane has been added

One more interesting change is that the farmland and forest park were made into a golf course and a tennis court, in term of making the city more modernizing compared to itself before.

Another remarkable development on the Southwest in 1995, all the shops here were demolished to ~~replace~~ make way for the restaurant now to support good service for everyone to eat and drink.

On the other side of the city, the hotel has added a car parking to create more conveniences for the residents

On the Southwest of the map, the fish market in 1995 ~~has been~~ was ~~pushed down~~ turned into apartments to meet the needs of accommodation of the city residents

On the Southeast of the city now, the cafe has maintained the same way during the period of time.

The fishing port in 1995 in the South was demolished to expand the beach for everyone to enjoy 😉

To sump up, the city now looks more modern and more rational in urban development.

Học thuộc bài đã sửa

Nguyễn Thành Hưng

2024-10-12 10:39:35 UTC

Open: The changes of a city in Viet Nam from 1995 to present is described in the map above.

Overall , as can be seen , this city in Viet Nam now presents a more modern and beautiful statement than itself in 1995.

In the Northwest of the city, the residential area now has been rebuilt with several other buildings including an additional lane.

~~the trees have been chop down make enviroment polluted .~~

In the Northeast , the farmland and the forest park in 1995 were converted into a golf course and tennis court in present.
One of the most interesting changes is that the shops in the North in 1995 were turned into the restaurant that it serves delicious food to customers.
In the Southeast direction , the hotel now has been extended with a car park.
On the West beach, in 1995, the fish market ~~had been~~ was made into apartments at the moment to meet the demand of accommodation, but the cafe on the East has maintained the same since 1995
The fishing port in the South was destroyed in 1995 to make the better ecosystem to the sea in present .
In short, the city now looks more reasonable and more economical to develop.
Học thuộc bài đã sửa.

Hoàng Lê

2024-10-13 05:48:09 UTC

The transformation of a Vietnamese city from 1950 to present is illustrated in the table above. Overall, as can be clearly seen from the ~~table~~ maps that the city today is more reasonable, more diverse and more modern than itself in 1995.

The Northwest residential area now has been rebuilt with several other buildings including an additional lane.
In the Northeast, the Farmland and forest parks were converted into golf courses and tennis courts so that the citizens can do exercise regularly.
On the other side of the city, the shops were turned into the restaurant that it serves delicious food to customers.
In the East of the city, the hotel now has added a car parking to make more convenience for the guests .
In 1995, the fish market was ~~converted~~ made into the apartments where daily activities and living are carried out.
At present, the cafe in the Southeast has been still in operation, providing an ideal place for visitors to explore and experience the drinks here.
In the South of the city in 1995, a fishing port was demolished to make the sea now clearer.

To sump up, the city now is in a better way to develop.

Học thuộc bài đã sửa

Phương Linh

2024-10-13 14:09:00 UTC

Open

The changes of a city in Viet Nam from 1995 to present is described in the map above.

Overall

Overall, as can be seen, today, the city is more beautiful and modern than it was in 1995.

In the Northwest of the city, the residential area now has been rebuilt with several other buildings including an additional lane.
In 1995 ,the shops in the West were demolished to ~~replaced~~ make room for the restaurant, now it is in operation to let people eat and drink.
On the other side of the city ,in the Northeast of the city, the farm land and the forest park in 1995 were replaced by a golf court and a tennis court.
Now, the hotel in the East of the city has added a car parking to make more convenience for the guests .
In the Southwest, the fish market in 1995 was turned into apartments to meet the needs of accommodation of the city residents
Up to now, the cafe in the South East region has stayed the same since 1995.
In the South of the city in 1995, the fishing port was demolished to make the clearer sea

In short, the city now is in a better arrangement to develop.

Học thuộc bài đã sửa

Hoàng Mạnh Tùng

2024-10-16 09:56:17 UTC

Open

The changes of a city in Vietnam from 1995 to present is shown on the maps above.

Overall

Overall, as can be seen, the city now is more modern and upgraded ~~today~~ than it was in 1995.

Body

In the present, one of the most interesting changes is the housing in the North of the city has been upgraded ~~than itself~~ with two more buildings and a new lane to make more conveniences for the citizens here
The shops in the Southwest in the 1995 was ~~full~~ pull down to make way for a new restaurant.
On the other side of the city, in the 1995, the farmland and forest park in the Northeast of the map were chopped down to make space for the new sports center in which there are tennis courts and golf courts.
In present, the hotel has been rebuilt in a better way ~~at the moment~~ that it includes a large parking place to make convenience for the guests
A striking change is that the fish market that was opposite the shop in 1995 ~~has been~~ was converted into apartments now, to support for the need of accommodation.
The cafe in the Southeast ~~in present was~~ has stayed the same during the period of time ~~in the pass.~~
The sea in the South now is greener and clearer than itself in the past, because the fishing port was ~~pull dow~~n erased.

Conclusion

Finally, we can see that the city now is more modern and convenient for people than it was in the past.
Học thuộc bài đã sửa

2024-10-17 14:47:24 UTC

Thuỳ Linh

Open: The changes in a city in Vietnam between 1995 and now are shown on the map above.

Overall: as can be seen, the city is more modern and beautiful than it was in 1995.

The housing in the West has now been rebuilt with some more buildings in which an additional lane has been added.

In the Northeast of the city, the farmland and forest park in 1995 were converted into a golf course and a tennis court, but it has modernized better, contrasting itself before.

The shops that used to be near the main road in the West were altered by a restaurant making it more convenient for the local population to have dinner.

Now, the hotel in the East of the city has been added a car parking to make it more suitable for the guests.

In the Southwest, the fish market in 1995 was shifted into apartments to meet the needs of accommodation of the city residents.

At present, the cafe in the Southeast is has been still in operation, providing an ideal place for visitors to explore and experience the drinks here.
To make the sea clearer, the fishing port was erased in 1995.

In short, the city now is in a better arrangement to flourish.

Học thuộc bài đã sửa

TUẤN PHONG

2024-10-19 10:25:40 UTC

Open: The changes in a city in Vietnam between 1995 and now are shown on the map above.

Overall: as can be seen, the city is more modern and beautiful than it was in 1995.

In the Northwest, the housing area has been rebuilt in a better way at the moment a long with a new lane to make it easier for movement.
One of the most interesting changes is that the farmland and the forest park in 1995 ~~now it has been~~ was renovated in to a sports area a with golf course and tennis court.
A shop in the West in1995 was destroyed to build the current restaurant.
The hotel facing the East has now been ~~built~~ added an additional parking lot.
Another noticeable development is that the fish market in the Southwest in 1995 ~~has now been rebuilt~~ was demolished to make way for an apartment complex.
In the Southeast of the map, the cafe has remained the same until now.
To make the sea clearer, The fishing port in the South in 1995 ~~has now been~~ was demolished
In short, the city now is in a better way to develop.
Học thuộc bài đã sửa

xuan khoi 20-10

2024-10-20 12:38:24 UTC

Nowadays, the ratio of plastic container user is more prevalent than ever. People mainly use for containing food and beverage industry. It is the fact that there are many advantages from using plastic containers.

Plastic cost is generally very cheap such as cups, moreover, you can easily buy plastic containers everywhere . Using plastic packing is also convenient because it is stable and useful. Plastic containers bring to people some advantages of user-friendly. Most of people would like to use plastic containers rather than others because they provide a lot of colors and shapes. Besides, there are many new chemical mixture that can be created when plastic containers hold hot objects.

Indeed, the effect of plastic packaging is really huge in their generation.

Good !

Phạm Đức Dũng 20/10/2024

2024-10-20 12:46:06 UTC

Nowadays, plastic containers have become more and more common than ever before, do the advantages outweigh the disadvantages?. In my opinion, I think they have a lot of different reasons, but i think the disadvantages are also very ~~close~~ too.

First of all for the advantages, I think the biggest reason that soda and beverage company uses it is because it is very cheap to make and produce in bulk amounts. I think it ~~probably~~ can depend on types of plastics, but it is usually very cheap to create plastic bottles, containers, cans,...

Second of all, It is very convenient for the customer or the person using it, plastic is very light, it is usually packed in small bottles and cans, making it feasible to put in pockets, bags, or hold it without much effort.

The third reason ~~why~~ is ~~probably~~ because of its customizability, it can come in square, circle, cone, rectangle, any shapes you can think of, and it can be made in different colors to your desire, it leads to the fact that, companies can use to create a distinct shape for their beverages.

Now for the disadvantages, there are a few things ~~I can thin k about.~~ can be mentioned.

Firstly, it can alter the taste of the beverage ~~from what I assume is microplastic, that is probably why coke taste different from plastic bottles to aluminum cans. Some cases,~~ it can be deadly and poisonous also.

Secondly, plastic is very hard to decompose and in return, it can stay in the environment for a long time, even though recycling is an option, some people just ~~don't~~ know or even ~~just~~ they are too lazy to do it, so it can create even more problems for the environment such as global warming, air pollution,....

Lê Khánh Huyền Trang 20/10

2024-10-20 12:55:32 UTC

Using plastic containers has become a predominant part of various sectors, particularly the food and beverage industry. However, the widespread use of plastic raises environmental concerns. This essay will dive depth in the disadvantages outweigh advantages.

On the one hand, the negative impacts of plastic containers is a significant problem. Firstly, they are non- biodegradable and can persist the environment for centuries. Moreover, when we use the plastics to contain hot nourishment and drink, they causes chemical reaction that poisons our health. According to a recent survey, there was about 15% of people who died of poisonous from plastics every year.

On the other hand, the benefits of them is are undeniable. First of all, they are very cheap. Plastics are inexpensive to manufacture, making them a preferred choice for the businesses that require to package a large number of products. Secondly, plastic containers offer convenience. They are lightweight, durable, and portable, making them ideal for storing and transporting food and beverages. Professor Kim from Harvard University supposed that:" More than 70% of residents who go to the markets carry plastic bags".

In conclusion, plastics bring more drawbacks than benefits and the authorities need to promulgate strict rules to protect the humans and the environment from being destroyed.

6.0

Hoàng 20/10

2024-10-20 12:55:50 UTC

•Today, people use more plastic than ever. It has many advantages and disadvantages. In my opinion, it has more advantages than disadvantages.

•It can make plastic cups for drinking water, the price is very cheap and very convenient when going out, you can also take them with you. It has many types of patterns and colourful colours, but instead there are disadvantages that cannot be avoided.When putting hot food in a plastic container, it will cause a cause of poisonous food to use. When finished using, it will throw garbage into the environment and pollute the surrounding environment. If used improperly, it will harm our body

•

kimchi20/10

2024-10-20 12:55:53 UTC

•Nowadays, the use of plastic containers is becoming more popular. It has advantages and disadvantages, but in my opinion, the advantages outweigh the disadvantages.

•The advantage is because it ~~can make things for~~ can be the containers of food and beverage at a very cheap price. Their various colors and shapes also help dishes and drinks become more beautiful and delicious. All water bottles are portable because they are ~~portable~~ very light. Although they have such advantages, we also ~~cannot~~ talk about the disadvantages they bring. When hot food and dink are put in a plastic containers, they ~~bewill~~ couse a toxic chemical poisonous that affects health. When they are no longer used, they ~~will be~~ are thrown into the environment and they ~~will~~ stay in the environment without decomposing, causing environmental pollution.

Ha Phuong 20/10/2024

2024-10-20 12:57:04 UTC

Nowadays, plastic containers are more widespread than ever in the food and drink industry. There are many advantages and disadvantages about plastic containers. But I think this issue has more benefits than drawbacks.

Firstly, plastic containers are cheaper to produce and transport compare to alternatives like glass or metal. Secondly, it is convenient because it can preserve good food and beverage. Moreover, plastic can be molded into various shapes and colors, making it adaptable for different packaging needs in the food and beverage industry. In addition, it is portable to transport , reducing shipping costs and the energr required for distribution.

In contrast, plastic containers are poisonous, especially when it is heated. It can leach harmful chemicals into food and beverage, raising health concerns. Plastics contribute significantly to pollution, especially it stays in the environment for a long time and non - biodegradable.

In conclusion , while plastic use does contribute to issues like environmental pollution and climate change, its benefits remain significant. Plastic is favored by many businesses due to its low cost, durability, and versatility, which support the growth of various industries, particularly in food service and packaging.

Viet laij

Vu Hoang Phuc 20/10/24

2024-10-20 13:01:41 UTC

Nowadays, many people tend to use plastic containers for some purposes or in businesses such as in the food or beverage sector. However, according to my point of view, there are more disadvantages than advantages.

The first is are some benefits of them. Economically, they are so cheap that almost residents can afford to purchase. In spite of economical price, they are quite convenient and easy to use. For a plenty of people who need to bring something to somewhere, these portable plastic containers are exactly suitable. Especially, many kinds of plastic containers are manufactured in various colors and shapes that are suitable for some types of purposes.

Besides some advantages, these plastic containers also have negative impacts. Definitely, they will be very poisonous if we use them in hot food as well as drink. Unfortunately, they have ability to stay easily for a long period of time. This leads to a lot of pollution all over the world and is harmful to the health of human as well as the animals.

Good !

In conclusion, although people have perceived the dangerous affects of using plastic containers, they still use them as a tool to make their lives more easy and convenient.

Vũ Hải Yến 20/10/2024

2024-10-20 13:03:08 UTC

Nowadays, plastic containers have become more popular than ever, especially in food and beverage sector. It they bring both advantages and disadvantages but in my opinion the advantages outweigh the disadvantages.

The First advantage, the price of plastic containers is very cheap to suit the income of every family so anyone can buy it. Second, it is extremely convenient for users ~~like plastic bags~~. It is ~~extremely~~ very light and can hold a lot of things, so people often bring it to buy things everywhere. Third, plastic containers are very various in colour and shape that attract buyers. According to.....,

However , plastic containers have several disadvantages. Firstly, it emits poisonous in hot food and drink , this can impact on our health.

Good !

Vu Minh Nhat 20/10/2024

2024-10-20 13:03:50 UTC

Nowadays, plastic containers have become popular all over the world especially, in the food and beverage sector. It has a lot of advantages in there but it is also have disadvantage.

First, it is very cheap so it is easy for everyone to approach and it is convenient, people can bring plastic containers everywhere easily. Second, it is has various color and shapes and we are often attracted by colorful things, so we buy a lot of it without thinking about the consequences.

I think it ~~does~~ they make more harmful than good. Because, plastic containers is are made from petroleum and some other chemicals. When we fill it by hot food or drink, it is they release toxic substances that can be dangerous to human when we eat the food or drink. Moreover, The plastic containers often have colorful appearance, so we often buy a lot of but do not use them. We ~~will~~ throw away in the environment, but ~~it is~~ very difficult to decompose. Then, it may pollute ~~for~~ our area

Plastic containers is very convenient but we should reduce usage it to protect our sea and our life in the future

Chu y S-V

Trần Khánh Linh 20/10/2024

2024-10-20 13:04:07 UTC

More and more businesses used plastic containers in the food and drink factor. For me, it ~~will~~ ~~have~~ has advantages and disadvantages. However, I believe that the benefits are more.

Firstly, plastic containers are cheaper than other materials. ~~This~~ they ~~help it~~ become more popular with consumers as it they have a reasonable price.

The second reason for benefit is convenience. We have portable products anywhere. Like plastic bags or plastic boxes, we can put cooled food in boxes or plastic bags to go to work, camping, ect.

Next, plastic containers come in a various of shapes and colors. We can choose designs of our like, suitable for fashion as well as usage. We can see everyday objects such as cups, water bottles,... extremely eye-catching.

Besides, it also has disadvantages. When we give hot food or beverage in plastic containers that ~~will~~ it harms your health.

Sap xep lai caau

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 23/10/2024

2024-10-23 14:12:04 UTC

While some people believe that governments should ~~make the care of the elderly generation a priority,~~ others feel that it is the youth and their education that should be prioritized. According to me, that both opinions should have an equal amount of attention from governments, ~~however families must also take responsibility for both these issues..~~

Firstly, governments need to provide a special level of care for elderly generation in their country. ~~The contributions of the elderly throughout their lives to society throughout their working lives, often paying taxes and helping to build the structures and economy,~~ which younger generations benefit from today. In this view, governments have a responsibility to ensure that older citizens receive proper healthcare, financial support, and social services in their later years. With many elderly people facing challenges such as illness, disability, or financial matter, government support would maintain their quality of life.

On the other hand, supporters of prioritizing young bealive that, investing in the younger generation is very important for the future of society. Education is seen as the foundation for economic growth and social development. High-quality education equips young people with the skills needed to innovate, contribute to the economy, ~~and solve the challenges of tomorrow, such as climate change, technological, and global competition.~~

Viết lại

In my opinion, government spending should use a balanced approach because focusing only on one group can lead to inequality in society. While caring for the elderly is essential to ensure their quality of life, if the government doesn't care invest in the younger generation, the future of the economy could suffer.

In conclusion, I believe that governments need to focus equally on the younger and older generations, however it is the equal responsibility of governments, parents, families, and communities to ensure that young and old are both looked after.

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn - 23/10/2024

2024-10-23 14:13:03 UTC

Some people want the priority of government ~~should be spend~~ for the elderly while the others think the young and their education should be more attended by the government. I will discuss both views in my essay.

First, the elderly have to face so much health problems, because their bodies are aging by the time. They contributed their time to society by working hard so they ~~should be care~~ by the younger, who have many benefits from the elder generations. In addition, nowadays, people are too busy at their work so they pay less attention for their parents and grandparents. According to a recent survey from Tokyo University, in Japan, 56% ~~percent~~ of people, who are over 65 years old do not have enough care from their family. So government should to publish more privacies to look after the elderly.

On the other hand, ~~focus~~ on young generation, who will be main power of a nation, is necessary. Education play an important role in the growth of people. Improve education quality for young people, who are the future leaders, with the skills and knowledge can make a huge impact on the development of the country......

In conclusion, while it is necessary to take care of elderly, the attention for the youth is equally crucial for the development of society. A balanced of both aspect would be the most effective strategy, ensuring that no group is leave behind while head the long-term benefits to society.

Thiếu topic sentences

Lâm Vy 23/10/24

phamlamvy212 — 2024-10-23 14:38:58 UTC

Some individuals are of the opinion that elderly people shoulde be paid attention significantly by government spending, others believe that government spending should care more about young people. In this essay, I will discuss both opinions.

On the one hand, goverment should spend money on the care of aged people, who play an important part of the development of a nation. Because of their dedication to built the country, senior citizens are worthly receiving great attention and

honor of society. Besides, they have experience, knowledge, and wisdom which serves as a guidepost for the younger generation and society. In a recent survey, 70% of businesses, which contribute strongly to the economy of country, is operated by people in middle age.

On the other hand, government

spending categories also need to focus on the youth. Young generation , especially people who always have moving spirit and gain their experience day by day , is the seeds of a nation’s future. While elderly people are pioneer, young people nowdays recept previous generation's knowledge and use it in a more creative way with their unlimit agility and flexibility. So that, the attention of government for the education of young generation is very necessary. In fact, education accounts for 80% of strength of a country.

In conclusion, it is evident that both the old and young generations make certain contributions to the development of any nation.

Lâm vy 28/10/24

phamlamvy212 — 2024-10-28 14:18:59 UTC

The ratio of residents who are 65 years old and over in three nations from 1980 to 2030 and the forecast in 2030 are described in the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, the rate of people aged 65 in Germany hits the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest belongs to the Uk.

Through 20 years, the percentage of elder people in Canada had an rapid grown , from 10% to 15% between 1980 and 2000. Besides, in three countries, the rate of population aged 65 and over in Germany accounted for the highest ratio, it reached 15% in 1980 and ~~rised~~ rose to 20% in 2000. In contrast, that in the Uk did not have much ~~changes~~, it was 14% in 1980 and increased slightly to 15% in 2000. In 2030, it is clear that the percentage of old people in Canada will have an upward trend so that it will reach to 23% . In the same year, that in Germany will account for 25% and still stay in the highest point. Althought the ratio in both Canada and Germany will go up dramatically , it in the UK will climb marginally from 15% to just 18%.

In conclusion, all nations have aging population, which has become a global issue.

3.5/4

Thảo Nguyên 28/10/2024

2024-10-28 14:22:10 UTC

The bar chart provides information about the ratio of citizens aged 65 and over in Cannada, Germany and UK from 1980-2030. Overall, the percentage of population aged 65 and over in all three countries tends to increase, while the country has the slowest growth rate is UK. As can be seen, the percentage of people that were over 65 years old in Germany always takes with the highest proportion in three nations, it rose significantly from 15% to 20% between 1980 and 2000 ,and it is predicted to reach 25% in 2030. It is clear that 10 percent of the rate of population aged 65 and over in Canada was the lowest of 3 countries in 1980 . From 1980 to 2000, it grew moderately about 5% from 10% to 15%, and it will increase dramatically by 23% in 2030. According to the line graph, the percentage of the population aged 65 and over in UK climbed slightly from 14% to 15% during 1980 to 2000. Then it is expected to pluge to nearly 19% in 2030.

To sum up, with the development of the world nowadays, the elderly population tends to go up rapidly in the future.

3.5/4

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn 28/10/2024

2024-10-28 14:22:47 UTC

The ratio of people who..... over 65 years old in Canada, Germany and UK in 1980, 2000 and the prediction in 2030 are revealed in the table below. Overall, more and more people are..at.the . aged ..of ..65 and over in three country. In 1980, the percentage of ~~65 years old and over~~ people who are 65 and over in Canada was the lowest with 10%. After that, it rose slightly to 15% in 2000 and it is predicted to reach 22% in 2030. The percentage of ~~aged~~ 65 -year-old and over in Germany was the highest in 1980, which took 15%. In 2000, this figure grew to 20% and it is estimated to climb to 25% that still ~~ranked~~ first in 2030. ~~About~~ 13% was the rate of human aged 65 and older in UK in 1980. This number increased a bit to 15% in the next 20 years and it is predicted to go up gradually to 18% in the future. ~~The grow up in number the rate of~~ elderly means medical qualifications are increase over time in Canada, Germany and UK to help people live longer.

Xem lại cách dừng từ, lặp lại câu quá nhiều

Hoàng Tiến Sơn

2024-10-28 14:23:16 UTC

The chart illustrates the ratio of people, who aged 65 and over in Canada, Germany, and the UK in the years 1980 and 2000, and gives a forecast for 2030.

Overall, the proportion of old people ~~rise~~ in all three countries, with Germany showing the highest ~~percentages~~ in each of the ~~years~~. Canada and the UK also show growth, but at slightly lower rates.

In 1980, Germany had the highest elderly population, at around 15%, followed by Canada at approximately 10%, while the UK had the lowest percentage at over 10%. By 2000, all three countries saw an increase, Germany reached nearly 20%, Canada climbed around 15%, and the UK rose shortly to under 15%.

Looking forward to 2030, the percentage of people aged 65 and over is predicted to soar further in each country. Germany is expected to have around 25% of its population in this age group, while Canada and the UK will see smaller increases, reaching about 22% and 20%.

3/4

Lâm Vy 8/11/24

phamlamvy212 — 2024-11-08 14:12:50 UTC

Overall, Sky city now is more convenient and reasonable compared to itself in 1995.

As can be seen, in the Northwest, now the city has been developed with more blocks ~~which have been added to the housing estate.~~ Besides, an additional lane has also been built so that people can go to the town easier now. Another notable change is that, in the Northeast, the farmland and the forest park in 1995 were turned into the golf court and the tennis court now for the entertainment purpose. Moreover, in the East of the town, now the hotel has been improved with a new car park which utilized the empty space before. A striking change is that, in 1995, the shops in the West of Sky city were pushed down to make way for the restaurants now. Through many years, the cafe now is has still stayed the same in the Southeast of the city. In 1995, there was a fish market in the Southwest, but it ~~has bee~~n was converted into the apartments now. The biggest development is that the fishing port ~~has been~~ was demolished completely in the South of Sky city to add cleaner and greener air of for the town.

In conclusion, although the city now has less trees but it has shown a stronger economic.

Good !

Thùy Dương 08/11/2024

2024-11-08 14:14:13 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, in the present, London city is more comfortable and reasonable than itself in 1995.

One of the most interesting changes is the housing in the present has been rebuilt more 4 buildings in the Northwest of the city and a new lane has been added for the need of the people. A striking difference is that the farmland and forest park in 1995 ~~are~~ were substituted ~~for~~ by a golf court and a tennis course in the Northeast of the city in the present. Another notable development is the shops in 1995 which is were pushed down to make space for the restaurants in the present. Moreover, in the present, the hotel has been upgraded with an additional car park in the Southeast of the city for more convenient. Regarding to the other side of the city, the fish market is was converted into the apartments in present time. Whereas, in the Southeast, the cafe has still stayed the same. Finally, the fishing port in 1995 is was destroyed ~~chopped down for~~ to protect the marine environment .

In conclusion, The city now is in a better way/ arrangement to develop

Đức Dũng 10/11/2024

2024-11-10 13:10:24 UTC

The chart below shows data about the amount of users for different actions at a social center in Melbourne, Australia from 2000 to 2020.

As can be seen, the film club remained stable, staying around 62% to 66% for the entire 20 years, moreover, the martial arts club also maintained and kept at a still level of around 30 to 37%, reaching it's peak in 2010. Meanwhile, the amateur dramatics group started dropping consistently from 2005, reaching only about 5% from it's highest point in 2005, 25%.

But, the table tennis club is the complete opposite of the amateur dramatics group trend, it can be seen slightly reduced from 2005 to 2010, but went up significantly for the next 10 years gaining a total of over 30% from 2010. And finally, the musical performances group, can be seen steadily rising from the ground up, peaking at around 18% by the end of 2020, from 0% in 2005.

Overall, the highest percentile is the film club by the end of 2020 is around 78% and the lowest is the amateur dramatics group at around 15%.

Hoang10/11

2024-11-10 13:15:25 UTC

•The line chart illustrates the number of participants in various activities at a social center in Melbourne, Australia, over the years 2000 to 2020.

•Overall , data shows that almost all activities are increasing except for film clubs, martial arts and amateur drama.

•In 2000 to 2020 the film club still maintained 60 people and martial arts also maintain from 35 to 38 people , meanwhile Amateur drama has gone down from 25 to 5 people

•On the other hand, table tennis and musical performances are increasing very quickly table tennis has increased from 15 to 55 people in just 10 years

Vu Minh Nhat 10/11/24

2024-11-10 13:15:29 UTC

The graph below to provide review on the quantity of participants for different activities at a social centre in Melbourne, Australia from the period 2000 to 2020

I will detail the graph, the first, the activitie that people received the most response is film club. It was always to rank first in 2000 to 2020. The rate of the film club activitie is about 64, 63, 62, 65 and 67. It was remained in the graph for 20 years

Inaddition, the amateur arts was maintained the second in the graph. Between 2000 and 2020, it was to hold up stable

Vũ Hải Yến

2024-11-10 13:15:29 UTC

The quantity of participants for various activities at one social centre in Melbourne, Australia between 2000 and 2020 is reviewed in the graph above.

Overall, as can be seen, the film club was the activity with the most participants, meanwhile the activity with the least number of participants was Amteur dramatics. First, film club was always maintained a stable level of 65 people and martial arts were the same, it remained a stable level of 35 people from 2000 to 2020. Besides, amteur dramatics quickly decreased from 25 to 5 people over the last 20 years . In

Ha Phuong 10/11/2024

2024-11-10 13:15:35 UTC

Participants for different activities at one social centre in Melbourne, Australia between 2000 and 2020 are illustrated in the graph above.

Overall, as can be seen, the data reveals that participation in all activities generally increased, except for martial arts and amateur drama. The film club consistently had the most participants, while table tennis showed the greatest growth.

The film club maintained about 65 participants from 2000 to 2020. And, the martial arts participation remained relatively steady, starting at 38 participants, peaking at 39 in 2010, and concluding at 37.

Meanwhile, amateur drama saw a decline, dropping to just 5 participants by 2020. Moreover, table tennis experienced substantial growth, reaching 52 participants by the end of period . Musical performance participation in 2005, grew steadily vompared to earlier years but leveled off below 20 by 2020

Khánh Linh 11/10/2024

2024-11-10 13:15:43 UTC

The graph shows information on the numbers of participants for different activities at social centre in Melbourne, Australia from 2000 to 2020.

Overall, looking at the graph, while the numbers of film club decrease, the figures for amateur dramatics increase per year.

Firstly, film club remained the same level at 75 people each year and marital arts club relatively stable with about 37 members. Besides, table tennis club approximately at 20 in the first ten years, but from 2010 to 2020, it jumped to 57 people. Next, musical performances that started from 2005, climbed each year to 2020. Finally,

Nguyenxuankhoi 10/11

2024-11-10 13:15:58 UTC

The amount of partakers who join for various bahaviour at one social centre in mel is showed by the table below Melbourne, Australia from 2000 to 2020.

Overall, the highest point belongs to the film club .First of all, the film club kept stable level at 65 in the period 2000 to 2020 that generally peaks the highest point. Moreover, material arts alaways remains unchange and the rate of material arts is 35 . On the other hand, the amateur dramatics take a significant drop to 10 in 2010 and 2020.The important thing is the table tennis have a sharp rise from 20 to 52 between 2010 and 2020 before it had not a considerable growth.

Trần Khánh Linh 10/11/2024

2024-11-10 13:16:01 UTC

The quantity of members for various activities at one social centre in Melbourne, Australia from 2000 to 2020 is illustrated in the graph above. Overall, as we have seen, the number of people participating in film clubs is at the highest among the 5 content areas, while the lowest participation trend is for drama clubs in 2020.

The movie club has always had a stable number of members joining the club remained, and the number of people joining the martial arts club has also maintained a very stable chart between the years 2000 and 2020. Meanwhile,

Lê Khánh Huyền Trang 11/10

2024-11-10 13:16:20 UTC

The data for the partakers in five distinct activities at a social center in Melbourne, Australia over a period of 20 years (from 2000 to 2020) is illustrated by the diagram above.

From my perspective, it is evident that The film club consistently had the most participants, while table tennis showed the greatest growth.

As can be seen, there were sixty members of the cinema club in 2000, sixty in 2010, and remained at sixty-five at the end of the era . Moreover, participation in martial arts stayed largely consistent which began at 38, reached a peak of 39 in 2010, and ended at 37.

It is obviuos that professional dramatics had about 20 members in 2000, but 20 years later that quantity dropped to nearly nothing . On the other hand, attendance at musical concerts began relatively low but it increased significantly , reaching at 40 in 2020.

Hoang Phuc 10/11/2024

2024-11-10 13:16:39 UTC

Information on the numbers of participants for some kinds of activities at a social centre in Melbourne, Australia in a period of 20 years between 2000 and 2020 is given out in the chart above.

As can be seen, the most sustainable field of all is the film club, which was considered to be the highest ratio of all. It maintained gradually from 60 to 70 all the time. Similarly, the Martial arts also kept at a stead level between 30 and 40 but quite lower than that of the film club, it stood at...... Meanwhile, there was a deep decline in the numbers of participants in amateur dramatics, it dropped from the highest point at 29 one in 2005 to 8 people in 2020. Nevertheless, the rate of table tennis went up dramatically from 2010 and had more partners than martial arts, it presented ...... Especially, despite the opposite processes, the table tennis and the amateur dramatics still had the same amount of members in 2010 and approximately 20 people at that time....... The last thing as well as the most surprising sector is the musical performances. No one took part in this field until 2005, but it has a significant growth after that.......

Thiếu số liệu và định vị

kimchi10/11

2024-11-10 13:21:24 UTC

The graph below give knowledge of on the number of participants in various activities at one social center in Melbourne, Australia from the period 2010 to 2020.

Overall, the data given above is increasing except for amateur dramatics. Film club is the most attended. In 2000 the film club had 64 participants, decreasing to 60 in 2010 and increasing to 65 at the end. The other activities began with participation numbers: 27 for amateur drama, 18 for table tennis, and 0 for musical performances

Lưu Việt Hùng 10/11

2024-11-10 13:23:41 UTC

The quantity of partakers who participate in the various activities at one entertainment centre in Melbourne, Australia over the period of 20 years spanning from 2000 to 2020 is illustrated in the line graph above.

From overall perspective, it is apparent that the participants took part in film club, martial art, table tennis and musical performances have increasing trends throughout the period; however, amateur dramatics hold the opposite trend.

It is clear that in 2000, the number of people joining film club hold the highest point in the rank, and it accounted for around 65 people, compared with table tennis, just gained 15 people. In this year, martial arts and amateur dramatics had 35 and 25 people respectively.

Looking at more details, the number of people joining in film club reduced slightly to 60, but it quickly culminated in 65 people in 2020. Moreover, martial arts fluctuated between 2005 and 2015, before returning to initial position at the end of the period.

Good, Viết tiếp

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 13/11

2024-11-13 14:18:05 UTC

Today, competition and cooperation are often seen as two different approaches in work, school, and daily life. Some people think competition brings progress to humanity, while others believe we should work together to create sustainability in society. Both views have their own benefits, and understanding them can help us have a more balanced opinion.

On one hand, people who support competition believe it motivates everyone to do their best. From ancient times to the present, competition has been one of the important factors to push human society forward. For example, in school, students who compete for high grades are likely to study harder and improve their skills and knowledge. At work, competition can make employees work more efficiently and creatively, which benefits the company. Also, competition can build strength, as people learn to face challenges and overcome difficulties. For instance, athletes often improve in competitive environments, pushing themselves to reach impressive results.

On the other hand, cooperation is also important and has its own benefits. Working together encourages people to share ideas, skills, and resources, which can lead to better and more harmonious solutions. In schools, learning together can help students build social skills, empathy, and teamwork, which are necessary in real life. In the workplace, a cooperative culture often makes people more satisfied, as they feel supported and valued. Furthermore, cooperation can help solve big problems, like environmental issues, which need teamwork rather than competition.

In my opinion, both competition and cooperation are valuable, and a balance between the two is the best. Competition can drive personal growth and innovation, while cooperation creates unity and shared success. According to a recent survey, over 70% people’s motivation is compete with acquaintances, while they collaborate with colleagues on their work to complete faster. By combining the strengths of both approaches, we can create environments that support both individual and group development.

In conclusion, competition brings progress to mankind, while cooperation creates sustainability in society. Therefore, we need to combine both of these factors for development.

7.0

Lâm Vy 13/11/24

phamlamvy212 — 2024-11-13 14:28:40 UTC

There are some perspectives suggest that rivalry at work, at school, or in daily life is essential, while others believe that the collaboration is much more crucial. In this essay, I will discuss both views.

On the one hand, competition has been one of the most vital elements to push human society forward. In work environment or at school, it is very easy to create a struggle, which expect us to have the debating skills, determination and striving. Therefore, competitions play an important role in developing ourselves in a comprehensive way. Because competition makes motivation, it not only incentives our competitiveness but also broaden our mind and helps us achieve our goals. According to a recent research, the ability to concentrate of people who in a match can be 50% higher than when they do not. As can be seen, " competition brings progress to mankind " - Prof. Alia Surbert, Havard University.

One the other hand, cooperation is vital for people because it creates sustainability in society. Working in a team can encourage people to exchange their knowledge and showcase their strength so that they can help each other in many fields. Therefore, the collaboration enable us to finish tasks in a more efficient and quickly way, which has positive impact on developing ourselves. If everyone has the positive cooperation, it brings harmonious development in a field.

To sum up, although doing tasks with colleagues or co-workers is useful, competing in everything helps people boost their self-confidence.

7.5

Nguyễn Phương Linh 30/11/2024

2024-11-30 13:56:11 UTC

Opening

The changes of a city in Viet Nam between 2016 and now are shown by in the map above

Overall

Overall, as can be seen, a city in Viet Nam now is more modern and reasonable than itself in 2016

Looking at the detail, the residental area in 2016 in the Northwest was maintained the same in 2016.

Meanwhile, in the North, the derelict warehouses were replaced by a car park.

Next, the old town in 2016 in the North was covered by into offices and added a university

Besides, the arts centre in 2016 in the Northwest was changed by into a multi-screen cinema

In addition, in the North, the school has been kept the same from 2016 to now

Moreover, in the West, the residential area in 2016 was supseded by a shopping centre to make more convenient for people

Furthermore, in the Northeast, the woodland in 2016 was compacted smaller ~~than it now~~

And, in the Northeast, the lake in2016 was demolished to make a pond ~~at now~~

Besides, the industrial complex now in the Southeast is increaed bigger than itself in 2016

Then, in the southeast, the residental area in 2016 was deleted ~~at now~~

In general, the city now is in a better arrangement to develop

5.5, xem lại: a, an, the

Phúc (30/11/2024)

2024-11-30 14:07:28 UTC

Begining

The map below illustrates the changes in a Vietnamese city from 2016 to present.

Body

In general, the residential areas in the Northwest have remained the same for 8 years. Meanwhile, derelict warehouses in the North have been converted into car parking .Looking west, the arts center was demolished to make way for a multi-screen cinema. One of the most interesting changes in the city is the offices and university that have been built from the old town near the city center in the North. The school in 2016 was moved to near the river. In deltial, woodland and lake were shrinked to make way for another building in the Northeast. In the West , a different residential area was turned into shopping centre. Finally , industrial complex now including a residential and itself in the past.

Ending

In short, the city is now more reasonable, more modern, and more economical than it was in 2016, but less environmentally friendly.

Hoàng Tùng 30/11/2024

2024-11-30 14:09:33 UTC

The given maps illustrate some changes to the layout of a city in Vietnam ~~from 2016 to now.~~

Overall, as can be seen, the city from 2016 to now experienced significant industrialization during this period, resulting in reduced accommodation and the introduction of modern facilities.

Firstly, one of most interesting changes is ~~the from 2016 to present,~~ the Residential area has remained in the Northwest during the long time.

Besides that, in the same period, the derelict warehouses ~~and~~ ~~was~~ were destroyed and replaced by a new car park ~~and offices.~~

Meanwhile, the university in the ~~Northwest~~ in the middle of the city has been replaced the place where it used to be the old town.

Secondly, a striking changes is the arts center and the Western housing in the 2016 domain were also knocked down to make way for a new multi-screen cinema and a shopping center.

Now, the schools next to the arts center was relocated a little closer to a river to make more comfortable for the citizens here.

Next, on the other side of the city, the Southern residential area disappeared, whereas the industrial complex has been ~~was~~ significantly expanded in the Southeast.

Moreover, on in the North side of the map, there was a large location where there was a Woodland and lake in 2016, the placement was reduced in size and the lake was replaced ~~with~~ by a pond so that the majority of trees were chopped down after the long time.

In conclusion, the city today has been upgraded more than it was in the past making it more convenient and comfortable for its people.

6.0

Hoàng Hân 30/11/2024

2024-11-30 14:13:11 UTC

The changes of a city in Vietnam between 2016 and now is given out ~~about~~ in the report above

Overall, as can be seen, the city now is more convenient than itself in 2016

In the Northwest, at present, the residential area has been ~~built~~ maintained in the same place from 2016. Besides, in the North, the derelict warehouses were destroyed to make way for the car park that makes it more comfortable at the moment than itself in the past. Meanwhile, in the North, the old town was converted into university so it makes the city more modern than itself in 2016. In addition, In the North, the school was moved near the river. Furthermore, In the West, the Arts centre was replaced by a multi-screen cinema. On the other side of the city, the Woodland was narrowed and the lake was instated by a pond but it is less green than itself in 2016. Apart from that, In the West in 2016, the citizens area was demolished make into shopping centre. Now, In the Southeast, the people region was destroy to make way for the industrial complex and it has been widened than itself in 2016.

In short, the city now is in a better arrangement to develop.

7.0

Phương Vy 30/11/2024

2024-11-30 14:13:19 UTC

The changes of a city in Vietnam between 2016 and now are illustrated in the maps below .

Overall , as can be seen , the city now is more reasonable and modern than itself in 2016 .

Looking at the details , in the Northwest , the citizens region has been maintained in the same from 2016 to now . Meanwhile , the derelict warehouses in the North were converted into car park . Besides , the offices and university has been constructed to replace the old town to make more convenient for people to work and study . Moreover , the arts centre in the West was destroyed to up grade the multi - screen cinema and the school was moved near the river . Next , the shopping centre in the West has been built to ~~instead~~ replaced the residental area . On the other side of the city , the Woodland has been shortened and the lake was demolished to replace by ~~the~~ a pond . In the Southeast of a city , the industrial complex has been widened than itself in 2016 . Finally , in the South of a city , the river has stayed the same from 2016 to now .

In general , the city today is in a better way to develop .

7.0

Long

2024-11-30 14:14:33 UTC

The changes of a city in Vietnam between 2016 to now is described in the maps above.

Overall, as can be seen, the city now is more modern and convenient than itself in 2016

In the Northwest, the residential area has remained meanwhile in the North,the derelict warehouses ~~was~~ were convented into a car park. In the North, the old town was made into the offices and the university. the woodland in the northeast of the city was shortened to enlarge the industrial complex in the South. in the Northeast, the lake was transformed to a pond. One more interesting changes is that the arts centre in the West was demolished to make way for the multi screen cinema to make everyone feel happy. the school in the ~~West~~ was kept the same for students to go to school. and finally, the residental area in the south was destroyed to make empty land for industrial complex

In short, the city now is more convenient than itself in 2016.

5.0

Nguyễn Bá Đức

2024-11-30 14:16:32 UTC

The changes of the city in Vietnam between 2016 to now is shown in the maps above

Overall, as can be seen, a city now is more modern and convenient than itself2016

In the Northwest, the residential area has remained the same, meanwhile, the derelict warehouse in the North was converted into a carpark

In the ~~north~~, the Old town was ~~make~~ made into offices

In the Northeast, the woodland was shortened now

The lake in the Northeast was narrow now, but the university ~~was~~ has been built next to it, and ~~had~~ it is more beautiful and relax

In the West, the art centre was demolished to make way for a multi-centre cinema

The school in the West from 2016 to now has been kept ~~and the industrial complex into in the south~~

In the south, the resident area was destroyed .....

In general, the city now is in a better arrangement to develop

4.0

Ng Lâm Hà (30/11)

2024-11-30 14:16:39 UTC

The changes of a city in VN between 2016 and now are illustrated in the maps above.

Overall, as can be seen, the city now is more reasonable than itself in 2016.

Looking at the detail, the residental area in the Northwest now has remained ~~stay~~ the same for about 8 years.

Meanwhile, the derelict warehouses in 2016 in the North were converted into the car parking; therefore, it is more reasonable.

Next, the old town in 2016 in the North was destroyed to make way for the offices and University.

Besides, the school in the Northwest has stayed the same.

As well as, the multi-screen cinema now has been added and the arts centre in 2016 was pull down.

Moreover, the shopping centre now has been rebuilt in the place that used to be the the residental region to support the people.

And the lake in 2016 in the Northeast in the past was shorten into the pond.

In addtion, the woodland now has been ~~reduced.~~ shortened to build the complex

Furthermore, the industrial complex has been develop to support the local people.

Finally, the resdential area in the South was erased to replace the industrial complex.

In general, the city now is in a better arrangement to develop.

6.0

Phương Anh

phanhphanh2742009 — 2024-11-30 14:20:32 UTC

The development of the city at 2 different points of time (2016 and now ) is given out in the table above. Overall, as can be seen, the city today is more reasonable, beautiful and modern than itself in 2016. Looking at the map, the residental area in the Northwest now has been stayed the same. Besides, the multi-screen cinema in the West has replaced by the arts centre. In the Northeast of the city a lake was converted into a pond to make more space for everyone.Then, the residental in the Southwest of the city today has been upgraded to space for a shopping centre. Looking at the detail we can see, the school in the centre now has stayed the same from 2016 until today. Some of the most interesting chages in the downtown are from the vacant land in 2016 was made into university it is very spacious and airy. Next, the old town was turned into an offices in the North of the city. Then, the residental in the Southwest of the city today has been upgraded to space for a shopping centre. Meawhile, in the North ,the derelict warehouses was converted into a car park smaller and more modern. Finally,In the South now, industrial complex has been extended industrial complex bigger than 2016. To sum up, the city today is in a better operation to develop.

Thuỳ Linh

2024-11-30 14:21:55 UTC

Open: The changes of a city in Vietnam between 2016 and now are described in the maps above.

Overall, as can be seen, the city in Vietnam now ~~are~~ is now much more modernized than itself in 2016.

In the Northwest, we can see the residential area in 2016 has still maintained until now.

Meanwhile, in the North, derelict warehouses ~~has been built~~ were made into a car park by human.

In the ~~North~~, we see that the old town was ~~built~~ converted into offices and universities.

Meanwhile , in the Northeast ,the Wooland ~~has been expanded~~ was shortened more than before.

In the Northeast , the lake ~~has been~~ was converted ~~and built~~ into a pond ~~compared to its 2016 self.~~

Next, as we have seen in the Northwest, the art center ~~has been developed and built~~ into a multi-screen cinema.

And the next, in the Northwest, ~~the school has been increased and built~~ ~~compared to itself in 2016.~~

In the Southwest, the residential area ~~has been~~ was converted into a shopping center.

Finally, the river has been maintained until now.

In short, the city is better built today than it was in 2016.

3.5 Viết lại

Hoàng Tuấn Phong

2024-11-30 14:26:02 UTC

Open

The map illustrates the change of a Vietnamese city from 2016 to present

Overall

It can be seen that today's cities in Vietnam are much more modern and convenient

The North-South residential area has remained intact since 2016. The abandoned church on the north side has now been converted into a parking lot. The forests and lakes in the east in 2016 have now shrunk, turning into forests and ponds. The old town in the north in 2016 has now been replaced by offices and universities. The 2016 South Side Arts Center has now been converted into a multi-screen cinema. The southern school remains intact from 2016 to this day. The 2016 southwest residential area has now been replaced by a shopping mall. The river in the southwest has remained the same from 2016 until now. In 2016, the western industrial cluster and residential area were rebuilt into a larger-scale industrial cluster than before.

Nguyễn Thành Hưng

2024-11-30 14:28:03 UTC

The changes of a city in Viet Nam from 2016 to now is described on the maps above.

Overall , as can be seen , this city in Viet Nam now presents a more modern and science statement than itself in 2016.

Looking at the detail , the North west of the city , the people region now has been remains intact in the now

Meanwhile , the North of the city , the Derelict warehouses in 2016 were converted into the car park in now.

Besides , the North of the city , the old town in 2016 were destroyed to make space for offices and universty in now.

Next to , the North east of the city , the woodland in now has been zoom out to make space for industrial complex . And the lake converted into pond in now.

The next , in west of the city , arts centre in 2016 were improved the muth - screen cinema in now.

Meanwhile , centre of the city , the school in now has remains intact from 2016.

The next , in west south of the city , the residenbal area in 2016 were make into shopping centre in now.

Next to , in south of the city , the industriat comple and residentral area in 2016 were destroyed to make space for industrial comples in now.

In short , the city now looks more reasonable and more beautifull to develop.

Hoang Le

2024-11-30 14:30:30 UTC

The transformation of a city in VN between 2016 and present is described in the ~~charts~~ maps above. Overall, as can be seen, the city now is more reasonable and economical than itself in 2016.

Looking at the detail, in the Northwest, the residential area has been still in operation.

Meanwhile, the derelict warehouse in the North was converted into the car park to make more convenience for the guests. Besides, the Woodland in the Northeast was narrowed down to have more resistance interval. Furthermore, the Lake in the Woodland region was changed into the pond to make more rationality. In the West of the city, the arts centre was made into the multi-screen cinema in which ~~the~~ people can watch the movie together. A number of schools in the ~~West~~ middle of the city have increased so that more and more students go to school regularly. Moreover, in the Northwest, the old town was destroyed to build the offices and the university that the citizens can improve and increase their knowledge. On the other hand, the residential region in the Southeast was removed to expand the industrial complex in the Southeast of the city that the rate of unemployment will decrease from now to future. In short, the city is now more reasonable, more modern, and more economical than it was in 2016.

6.0

Lâm Vy 2/12/24

phamlamvy212 — 2024-12-02 14:07:03 UTC

Nowadays, some experts propose that the working week should be shortened while the weekend should be extended. This suggestion offers several advantages, which I will discuss in this essay.

It is evident that, with the rapid development of society and the increasing demands from businesses, employees are often burdened with substantial responsibilities. Consequently, they are prone to experience stress and facing both physical and mental health issues. Adopting a work schedule with reducing hours and an extended three-day weekend could significantly improve employees’ work-life balance, ultimately contributing to their overall happiness. Such a schedule provides individuals with additional time to spend with their families or engage in personal activities that are often neglected.

Furthermore, reducing the number of working days can also benefit the environment. If workplaces remain closed on extra days, there will be reduced energy consumption for business operations. For instance, a recent study conducted on 61 companies in England demonstrated that implementing a shorter work week led to a 57% reduction in employee turnover. Lastly, the idea that technology makes work tasks more efficient, so a five-work week isn’t necessary.

In conclusion, offering a shorter work week not only enhances employees’ well-being but also promotes productivity and environmental sustainability.

6.5

Thảo Nguyên 2/12/2024

2024-12-02 14:13:39 UTC

With development of rapid life, workers have to take a lot of time on their work so that they do not have enough free time . So some people think the employers should reduce the working time. In my opinion, I disagree with this idea.

I believed that everyone need to balance between life and work, keep a good mental health. If you have fewer hours a week to complete the same amount of work, something will change a lot. You have to focus more on your job so you do not have time to connect with your colleague. As a result you can not build strong relationship and community bond with others. Moreover, when the work hours cut down, employees will get a lot of pressure because they need to work more to keep up with progress. That's why the level of stress would be increased and it can lead to mental and physical problems. On the Viet weekly report, there are more likely 70% of employees suffering from heart attack or obesity.

Moreover, it will prevent the economy increase and cause some social issue. Some necessary occupation might lack workers so that the public basic requirement can not be satisfied. Obviously, it also is a challenge for employees because they need have the ability of finishing the work in a short time. to health experts Dr. Tran Binh Giang, two days on the weekend are just enough to recharge the energy.

To sum up, despite some positive aspects, the effects of cutting down the working hours are more significant for some reasons mentioned.

không rõ ý, 5.0

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 2/12/2024

2024-12-02 14:13:44 UTC

Today, the idea of having a shorter working week and a longer weekend is becoming more popular. I agree with this idea because it offers many benefits for individuals, companies, and society. Here are some key reasons why.

First, a shorter workweek can improve the health and productivity of workers. Working too much can cause stress and exhaustion, which lowers efficiency. When people have more time to rest, they return to work feeling refreshed and focused. For example, Microsoft in Japan tested a four-day workweek and saw a big increase in productivity.

Second, having a longer weekend helps people balance between work and personal life better. Many people struggle to spend time with family or do things they enjoy because they are too busy with work. With an extra day off, they can relax, enjoy hobbies, or take care of themselves. This can lead to have happier, healthier employees.

Lastly, fewer workdays can also benefit the environment. With fewer people commuting, there will be less traffic and pollution. This helps reduce carbon dioxide and contributes to a cleaner environment.

Some may argue that working fewer hours might hurt business results. However, research shows that happy and rested employees often work better in less time. Any loss in working hours can be made up by increased efficiency and creativity.

In conclusion, a shorter workweek and longer weekend can improve productivity, and promote a better work-life balance, and help the environment. It is a smart change that can lead to a happier and healthier future for everyone.

6.5

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn - 02/12/2024

2024-12-02 14:14:16 UTC

Some people think working day of a week should be shorter and worker need to have a longer weekend. I disagree with it for several reasons and I will discuss about it in this essay.

Firstly, if the number of working days in a week is reduced, it will affect economic growth. ~~Reducing the number of working days would likely lead to tighter schedules, which could increase stress and decrease the quality of work~~. Additionally, longer weekend creating negative influences in society, especially when people have more free time, it could lead to in illegal activities. According to Dr.John’s research, 42% of crime ~~are~~ ~~have~~ has 4 or more days off in a week. Moreover, we need to work longer during the weekdays to generate wealth, in case of natural disasters and epidemics. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, if the working week had been shortened during this period, people could not have enough supplies for a long time to stay at home. Finally, according to health experts, two days on the weekend are just enough to recharge energy, allowing workers to return to their jobs refreshed and be ready to perform efficiently. Extending the weekend is not necessary to have better health or productivity, as it could encourage lethargy rather than revitalization. In conclusion, although the idea of a shorter working week may seem appealing, maintaining the traditional five-day workweek is the most practical solution to ensure a balance and productive society.

5.5

Nguyễn Nhàn 02/12/2024

2024-12-02 14:28:44 UTC

The idea of shortening the work week so that employees can enjoy long weekends has been widely debated. While there are many advantages, there are also some challenges. In my opinion, a shorter work week can benefit both employees and employers, but may not be suitable for all industries.

One of the main reasons for shortening the work week is to improve work-life balance. People are prone to be overwhelmed and stressed after long hours of hard work, and a day off is a good option for them to spend more time with family, hobbies or simply relax. For example, having Fridays off could permit employees to spend more time with their family or take a short trip, which could recharge their energy.

In addition, a shorter working week can improve productivity. Researchers have found that employees who work fewer hours stay more focused and productive. Furthermore, a longer weekend can reduce absenteeism because employees have more time to solve personal problems.

However, challenges will appear in some fields such as healthcare, customer service,... which require continuous operation. This makes it difficult to reduce the working time. For instance, hospitals need staff available 24/7, and reducing work hours could increase costs or strain the workforce. Small businesses may also struggle to adjust schedules without affecting profits.

In conclusion, while a shorter working week offers benefits like improved work-life and productivity, it may not fit for all industries. We need to think carefully to make sure every thing stay balance.

6.0

Lâm Vy 6/12

phamlamvy212 — 2024-12-06 13:18:09 UTC

The developments of Lakeside between 2000 and now are described in the maps below.

Overall, as can be seen, the city now has industrialized in a significant way.

Most of the buildings have been situated in the Northeast of the region. First, it is clear that the residential area has no much change between 2000 and now because it still maintain in the same place in the Northwest . In 2000, there were a derelict warehouse and an old town in the North, but both of them were destroyed to make way for a new car park and offices now. Besides, now a big morden multi-screen cinema has been invested to replace for the old arts centre in the West of the city in 2000. In the same region, the residential area in 2000 was demolished to convert into a shopping centre for satisfying the residents' s demands in the West now. Another notable development is that in the center of Lakeside city, from 2000 to now, the only one school of the area has been upgraded so that there are more schools and an university have been built. Moreover, in the Northeast, the woodland has been shorten to make place for the industrial complex now. Therefore, the lake in the woodland has been smaller and has turned to a pond now. One of the most interesting changes is that there were an industrial area and a residential area in the Southeast of Lakeside in 2000, but now the residential area was knocked down to widen the industrial area, which takes up numerous place of the region now. Lastly, the river of the city has still remained unchange between 2000 and now from the Southeast to the Northeast.

To sum up, the city has been grown up rapidly and contributes to the economic development of the whole country.

Phương Mai (06/12)

phuongmai11122009 — 2024-12-06 13:21:05 UTC

The changes of the Lakeside between 2000 and 2009 are showed by in the maps.

Overall, as can be seen, the Lakeside has been changed significantly since 2000, and these changes make it more convenient.

Looking at the details, firstly, we can see that in the Northwest, the residential area has been still ~~keep~~ kept the same during 9 years from 2000 to 2009. Besides, in 2000, the derelict warehouses and the old town next to the resident area ~~was~~ were destroyed to make room for the car park and offices. People here ~~has~~ have ~~been~~ witnessed that the arts center in 2000 was replaced by the multi-screen cinema in the West of the city. One of the most interesting changes is in the center, more schools and an a university ~~has~~ been built in 2009. Next, in the Southwest of the city, in 2000, the resident area was ~~chopped~~ pulled down to make place for the shopping center.

On the other side of the Lake side, in 2000, we can see that the woodland was shorted, and the resident area was destroyed to make vacant land, so that people can enlarged the industrial complex

In conclusion, the Lakeside has been upgraded to ~~became~~ become more modern and convenient.

5.0: Lỗi nhiều S-V agreement

Thùy Dương 6/12/2024

2024-12-06 14:51:18 UTC

The alteration of Lakeside city between 2009 and now is expressed in the maps below.llllllll

Overall, as can be seen, in the present, Lakeside city is more comfortable and resonable than itself in 2009.

As can be seen, in the North, now the derelit and the old town were turned into the car park and offices. Besides, the woodland has been minimized, also the lake has been made into the small pond so that the industrial complex could be expaned now. Another notable change is that, in the Northwest,now the multi-screen cinema has been constructed to substitude the arts centre for the entertainment purpose. Moreover, in the middle of the city, the school has been more buildings because of the need of the people. A striking changes is that, in 2009 the residential area was demolished to make space for the industrial complex. Finally, in the Southwest, the river has still stayed the same.

In conclusion, the city now is in a better arrangement to develop

Hoàng Long 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 04:33:51 UTC

• Open: the ratio of citizens in one European country in different age group who ~~that~~ went to cinema one a month or more between 2000 to 2011 ~~are~~ is revealed in the chart bellow

• Overall: Overall, as can be seen, the age group of 15-24 takes the highest position in the rate, by the contrast, the lowest place belongs to the age team of 35 and over.

Good !

Task 2:

Open: the change of ground floor plan of a university department between 2000 to 2015 is revealed in the map below.

Overall, as can be seen, the university department in 2015 is much more economical and greener than itself in 2000

Phương An

2024-12-08 04:40:19 UTC

The ratio of residents of differents age groups when to cinema one a month or more in once european country between 2000 and 2011 is illustrated in the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, the age group of 15-24 take the highest position in the rate, meanwhile the lowest place belongs to the age group of 35 and over

Gia Linh 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 04:41:15 UTC

Task 1

•Open: The ratio of citizens of different age groups who went to cinema once a month or more in one European country between 2000 and 2011 is revealed in the chart below

• Overall, as can be seen, the age group from 15 to 24 takes the highest percentage in the rank, by contrast, the lowest section belongs to 35 and over group

Hà Phương 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 04:41:43 UTC

Open : The rate of residents of different age groups who went to cinema once a month or more in an European country between 2000 and 2011 is illustrated in the chart below.

Overall : Overall, as can be seen, the age from 15 to 24 group has the highest percentage and the lowest ratio belongs to the age team over 35.

Good !

Hà My 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 04:43:11 UTC

Open: The rate of different age groups who went to cinema once a month or more in one European country between 2000 and 2011 is revealed in the chart below

Overall, as can be seen , the age groups from 15 to 24 take the highest percentage , meanwhile , the lowest age groups belongs to 35 and over

H 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 04:43:37 UTC

Open: the ratio of population of different age groups who went to cinema once a month or more in one European country between 2000 and 2011 is reviewed in chart below
Overall, as can be seen, the age between 15 and 24 group has the highest ratio and the lowest place belongs to ~~between~~ 35 and over age group in the chart below
Good !

Bảo Nhi 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 04:46:37 UTC

Open:

The ratio of citizens of different age groups who went to cinema once a month or more in European country between 2000 and 2011 ~~are~~ is illustrated in the chart below.

Overall:

Overall, as can be seen, the highest percentage of people who went to cinema once a month or more in European country from 2000 to 2011 belongs to the age from 15 to 24 group. By contrast, 35 and over age group has the lowest ratio in the chart below.

Good !

Minh Anh 8/12/2024❤️

2024-12-08 04:46:39 UTC

The rate of population of differents age groups when to cinema one a month or more in once european country between 2000 and 2011 is illustrated in the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, the age group of 15-24 take the highest position in the rate, meanwhile the lowest place belongs to the age group of 35 and over

Diễm Quỳnh 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 04:56:59 UTC

The rate of residents of different age groups who went to cinema one a month or more in once European country between 2000 and 2011 is illustrated in the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, the age group of 15-24 takes the highest position in the rate, meanwhile, the lowest belongs to the age group of 35 and over

Good !

Hà Phương 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 05:14:43 UTC

• Changes to the ground floor plan of a university department from 2000 to 2015 is are expressed in the maps below

•Overall, as can be seen the ground plan of a university department in 2015 is much more modern and economical than it self in 2000

Good !

Phương An 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 05:15:36 UTC

The changes to the ground floor plan of a university department from 2000 to 2015 are expressed in the maps below.

Overall, as can be see, the university department in 2015 is much more economical than itself in 2000.

Good !

Hà My 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 05:15:57 UTC

Open: The Changes to the ground floor plan of a university department between 2000 and 2015 are expressed in the maps below.

Overall, as can be seen, the university department in 2000 is much ~~more~~ greener than itself in 2015

Good !

Gia Linh

2024-12-08 05:18:26 UTC

○ Open: The changes to the ground floor plan of a university department over the last 15 years is are described in the maps below

○ Overall, as can be seen, the clearly process that the university in 2000 is more beautiful and it is also greener than itself in 2015.

Good !

Hoang Phuc 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 12:07:18 UTC

The process to recycle organic waste to manufacture fertiliser is revealed in the diagram above.

Overall, this approach makes up of 5 steps and starts by preparing a plastic container and in the end of the process, we have to leave it for 6 months for progress.

In the fisrt stages of this method, we must purchased a 2m³ plastic container with many air holes on its body. Then, we will put into some layers of newspaper, grass and food whose width is about fifteen centimeters each layer and take the organic waste on the top of the mixture at the same time. After mixing them completely, we will pour only hot water along with nitrogen constently. At the next periods, we must cover the mouth of the container and heat it up. At the end, before gaining the product, we have to leave the mixture for about 6 months to manufacture the compost that will be consumed in the garden for the growth of plants

Vu Minh Nhat 8/12/24

2024-12-08 12:07:25 UTC

How to recycle organic waste to produce fertilier is expressed in the diagram above. There have five process inaddititon the fist process is prepare the plastic container about two cubic meter and the last process is take them out into the garden and use them

The first process, we need have a plastic container to throw away leftovers food. The next, we throw food in bottom of the container. Then, we cover it by a layer of grass and newspaper. The third process is pour nitrogen and hot water in container to fertiliser can adsorb it. Then, we can to heat it and place them for 6 month in a hot, himid environment. The last process, we take them out of the jar and use it to tạke care of plane

Overall, the organic compost not only is eco-friendly to the environment but also avoid wasting food

hoang8/12

2024-12-08 12:08:38 UTC

•The diagram illustrates the steps for compost to be recycled from organic waste to produce fertilizer.

•Overall There are 5 steps to make organic waste into fertilizer, start with a plastic container and finish after 6 months with fertilizer . The first is to take a plastic container with about 2m^3 to allow air to flow out and flow inside, followed by sheets of newspaper, leftover food and grass arranged inside . Next is hot water and nitrogen to protect during the composting process, in this process the air will go in and out of the plastic container . And finally after only 6 months the composted material can be removed from the plastic container to make fertilizer.

Phạm Đức Dũng 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 12:13:24 UTC

The method to reuse organic waste to turn into fertiliser is shown in the diagram below.

Overall,

As can be seen, first, you need a plastic container that ~~have~~ an area of 2 meters with ~~the insides of it being~~ fully air inside. The next step to in the process is to ~~first~~ fill the container with layers of food, grass and newspaper ~~with~~ in which each layer should be at least ~~have the height of~~ 15 centimeters in height. ~~After that, fill the container with organic waste you're looking looking to reuse.~~ The third step of this method is to add nitrogen gas and also pour in hot water into the container ~~storing it~~. When you're done with that step, close the container, and ~~wait~~ leave for 6 months for the waste, grass, food and newspaper slowly take in all the heat from the hot water. And lastly, ~~enjoy~~ consume your compost by using it for plants, ... in your garden or more.

4.0

Lưu Việt Hùng 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 12:27:08 UTC

The process of the recycling organic garbage to fabricate fertiliser is illustrated in the diagram above.

From overall perspective, it is apparent that there are 3 main steps in this process, which includes preparing rubbish and container, treating with chemistry, and completing compost.

It is clear that the first step of this progress is preparing a plastic container of 2m3 and some air holes around the container. The waste is put into the container at the following step, which consist of food, grass and newspaper respectively to a depth of 15cm before the waste is mixed the nitrogen and hot water only.

Looking at more details, at the fourth stage, this mixture is heated and brewed in the sealed plastic jar over 6 months ~~after~~ before converting to a complete compost. This product is used to contribute nutrition for plants in the garden at the end of the progress.

Ha Phuong 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 12:37:51 UTC

The process of converting organic waste into fertilizer is illustrated in the diagram above.

Overall, there are ~~overall~~ 5 steps in total, starting with creating holes in a container

and the final stage is using the compost in a garden.

At the beginning step, To begin, create four vents by puncturing the sides of a 2-cubic-meter plastic container to ensure proper airflow. Next, add waste to the container in layers: food waste is at the bottom, grass is in the middle layer, and paper is on the top one, with each layer ~~being~~ in in 15 cm thick. After layering the waste, add hot water and nitrogen into, which ~~will~~ trigger a chemical reaction that generates heat. The container’s lid should then be securely covered, allowing heat to escape through the vents. Finally, store the container in a suitable location for six months. After this period, remove the lid, and the resulting ~~compound~~ can be used as fertilizer in the garden.

5.0

N. Ngọc Khánh Linh - 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 12:37:52 UTC

The diagram illustrates how to ~~decrease~~ use organic waste to manufacture ~~produce~~ compost. _ How to use organic waste to manufacture compost is illustrated in the diagram above

Overall, as can be seen, the diagram includes five steps. Starting with preparing plastic containers and using compost in on the field is the end step of the production.

On the first step, we need plastic containers with holes for air to enter or exit the environment. Next, food, grass, newspaper are stacked one on top of the other with a distance of fifteen centimetres ~~and waste will be top layer~~. Continue to the next step, we ~~will~~ pour water in the mixture and use a nylon bag to wrap it. After that, using fire to heat the mixture inside and leaving it ~~alone of~~ for six months. Finally, production compost is completed and we can use it in the garden. That is also a way of reduce organic waste.

6.0

Vũ Hải Yến 8/12

2024-12-08 12:39:10 UTC

How to reuse organic litter to make compost is reviewed in the diagram above.

Overall , as can be seen , the fertilizer recycling process includes 5 steps, the first step is preparing a container and taking the fertilizer out into the garden is the last step.

Firstly , they put organic waste into pre-prepared a container with ventilation holes . Secondly , people arrange them in rows in container . Next, people pour boiling water into the container. After that, boil and incubate for 1 month. Finally, the farmer will put fertilizer into the garden to take care of the plants .

In conclusion ,

Trần Khánh Linh 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 12:39:45 UTC

How to recycle organic rubbish to manufacture compost is illustrated in the diagram above.

Overall, as can be seen, The process of recycling organic waste to make compost includes 5 steps, with the first step preparing a container with ventilation holes and putting the organic fertilizer out into the garden as the last step.

First, prepare a 20 ml flask with ventilation holes. Then they put organic waste in there and arranged it into layers. The third step is to add boiling water and powder to heat for 6 months until they decompose. And finally, they will put them out in the garden as a good fertilizer for growing plants.

Conclusion ...

5.0

kimchi 8/12/2024

2024-12-08 12:46:25 UTC

The diagram below illustrates how to recycle organic waste to make fertiliser.

Overall, there are about 5 basic steps in the process of making fertilizer from recycled organic waste, starting with preparing empty plastic containers and ending with composting in the garden.

The first step is to prepare a plastic container with air wholes. Then add food, grass, newspapers and waste in layers, 15cm apart. In the next step, ~~will be~~ Workers put hot water and nitrogen into. This will cause a chemical reaction in which heat will be released and stored for 6 months. In the last period, compost can be used in the garden as fertilizer.

5.5

Lâm Vy 12/12

phamlamvy212 — 2024-12-12 14:01:36 UTC

The developments in the Spanish city of Castellon from 2000 to now are illustrated in the maps below.

Overall, as can be seen, the arrangement of the city now is more reasonable than itself in 2000.

It is clear that, in the Northwest of Castellon, now there is a hall of residence that has been built, it has been taken place of the empty land in 2000. From 2000 to now, despite the developments of the region, there is a construction that has still maintained in the same place in the North of the city, it is the university. Besides, in 2000, the train station was destroyed to be replaced0 by the police station now in the Northwest of Castelon. Between 2000 and now, a train station has been constructed and a new train line from the city centre to the university has been built in the North of the city so that the traffic congestion has been diminished significantly. Another notable improvement is that in the Northeast of the city, now a new shopping centre has been built up in order to replace the forest in 2000. A modern airport has been under construction in the Northeast which contribute to the commercialization of Castelon. Therefore, with the dramatical evolvement of the region, the old market in the West of the city in 2000 was pulled down to make way for the new shop now. One of the most interesting changes is that the city centre now has been upgraded, because there is a bike rental scheme has been created, which has helped to lessen the carbon footprint. Although the old market was eliminated, now a new covered market in the East has been made for commodity exchange. The road in the South of the city now is for only pedestrians, meanwhile, in 2000, it was for other means of transport. The port now has been upgraded with a cinema in the Southwest and the bars and clubs in the Southeast.

In conclusion, from 2000 to now, the city has shown the strong economic development.

Lặp lại câu, lặp lại từ 6.5

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn 25/12/2024

2024-12-25 12:47:40 UTC

The line graph illustrates ~~the number of~~ participants in 5 different activities at a social center in Melbourne, Australia, from 2000 to 2020. Overall, the film club was the most attractive, meanwhile, Musical Performances and table tennis are not popular.

In 2000, the Film club had the highest number of participants at 67 people, ~~maintaining~~ a slight decline to about 62 people in 2010. After that, this figure increased gradually and reached a peach with 68 people in 2020. Martial arts began with 35 participants in 2000,..... drop slightly to 30 by 2005 but .....hit the highest point with 48 people in 2020. The most noticeable is Table tennis, which had only 17 participants in 2000, then.... grew dramatically to 50 participants in 2020. In contrast, Amateur dramatics had a sharp drop, ....starting with 27 participants in 2000 and..... steadily reduced to 5 in 2020. No one took part in musical performances till 2005. After that, ~~the number~~ of participants grew up gradually to 16 in 2020.

In summary, while the Film Club remained the most popular activity, Table tennis and Martial Arts grew significantly, contrasting with the sharp decline in Amateur dramatics.

5.5

Lâm vy 25/12

phamlamvy212 — 2024-12-25 12:50:43 UTC

The quantity of members for diverse activities at one social centre in Melborune and Australia between 2000 and 2020 are illustrated in the graph below.

Overall, as can be seen, from 2000 to 2020, the percentage of people who joined the film club reachs the peak, meanwhile, itself in musical performance hits the lowest point.

In details, in 5 activites, although the rate of the film club is highest, it did not have much change. In 2000, it account for 65 participants, but in 2010, it slightly decreased to 60 and growed to 65 in 2020. The martial arts had a gradual development, it had 35 members in 2000 and went down for 30 in 2005 and 2015, after that, it climbed for 33 individuals in 2020. One of the interesting change is the amateur dramatics, despite between 2000 and 2005 it went up marginally from 25 to 29 members, 15 years later it droped significantly to 5, which was the lowest point in 2020. Besides, the table tennis also had a strong development as it reached for 15, 20 and 19 participants in 2000, 2005 and 2010 respectively, but from 2010 to 2020 it hit for 55 partakers. Lastly, did not like other activities, there was not memebers who took part in musical performances from 2000 to 2005, but after that it rose gradually from 10 to 18 between 2010 and 2020.

To sumup, most of the activities had a substantially growth which has shown the development of the economic.

Long

2025-01-04 14:19:21 UTC

Some citizens think news has no bond to citizen’s lives,so then it is a trash of time to read the press and watch television news programs

Phương Linh 4/1

2025-01-04 14:20:15 UTC

News is thought by some people to have no connection to people’s lives, so reading newspapers and watching television news programs are considered a waste of time. So I refuse with that because ~~it’s very inconvenient for life~~

Good !

Long

2025-01-04 14:25:19 UTC

Some citizens think news has no bond to citizen’s lives,so then it is a trash of time to read the press and watch television news programs.I disgree that the press and watch television news programs are essential activities

Hoàng Mạnh Tùng 04/01/2024

2025-01-04 14:25:42 UTC

Some individuals think news is useless due to their irrelevant content to society. ~~However, newspaper and electronic news are some of the most popular media to keep people updated with current circumstances around the word~~ so I disagree with the above opinion for a number of reasons below.

Hoàng Hân 4/1

2025-01-04 14:26:22 UTC

Some people think information has no attachment to people's lives, so then it is time ~~consuming~~ to read the newspaper and watch television new programs. I disagree with the statement above.

good !

Phương Vy 4/1

2025-01-04 14:26:49 UTC

Some residents think information has no affix to people's live , so then it is a waste of time to read the newspaper and watch television news programs . I don't agree with the opinion above .

Good !

Đức

2025-01-04 14:27:06 UTC

Some residents think news has no relation to residents lives, so then it is a trash of time to read the press and watch television news programs. ~~Reading the press and watching television news programs essential activity~~

Thiếu luận điểm

Long

2025-01-04 14:27:09 UTC

Some citizens think news has no bond to citizen’s lives, so then it is a trash of time to read the press and watch television news programs. I disagree with that ~~the press and watch television news programs are essential activities~~

Thiếu luận điểm

Ng Lâm Hà

2025-01-04 14:27:46 UTC

Some persons suppose information has no contact to persons lives, so then it is an useless time to read the newspaper and watch television news programs. So I don’t agree with that because ~~it’s inconvenient and it’s necessary for life~~ of some reasons below

Phúc 4/1/2025

2025-01-04 14:28:26 UTC

OPEN

News is controversial issue because some people think that news does not help life and it is just a waste time of reading newspapers and program. I disagree with this opinion, I will discuss this idea below.

Hoàng Lê

2025-01-04 14:29:57 UTC

•A large number of people think news has not connected to people’s lives, so then it is a waste of time to read the newspaper and watch television news programs.

In my opinion, I completely disagree with this thesis due to some reasons below. ~~which was mentioned.~~

Good !

Phương Anh

phanhphanh2742009 — 2025-01-04 14:30:14 UTC

~~Some~~ ~~population imagine modern~~ ~~has no connection to citizens lives, so then it is a waste of time to pronounce the newspaper and watch television news programs.~~ So I don't agree with the opinion because of some reasons below.

Hoàng Tuấn Phong

2025-01-04 14:30:22 UTC

Nowadays, some people always think that news has nothing to do with human life, so reading newspapers or watching news programs on TV is a waste of time. I do disagree with the above opinion with some reasons below. unhelpfulness

Good !

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 8/1/2025

2025-01-08 13:29:50 UTC

The number of cars being made and used keeps growing, even though people know they are bad for the environment. There are a few reasons for this.

First of all, cars are very convenient because they allow people to travel anytime they want, without waiting for buses or trains. This is especially true in places where public transport is not good. Second, as countries become richer, more people can afford to buy cars. For many reasons, owning a car is also seen as a sign of success or status, ~~making them want one even more~~. According to a recent survey, 75% of people in HCM city in VN, want to buy an auto because they want to show their success, which they claim after a long time of hard working.

~~To solve these problem~~, governments and people can take several steps. One way is to make ~~rules to reduce cars,~~ which use gasoline as the main fuel. Next, support for the production of electric cars, which are better for the environment. Another way is to improve buses, trains, and other public transport so people can use them instead of cars. Dr. Malathan from Ford in Australia suggest to create a system of road for public transport to help these vehicles can run more effectively. Further more, G should educate people about how cars harm the environment . For example, campaigns can encourage carpooling or riding bicycles.

In conclusion, the increase in cars is caused by their convenience, safety, and social status. However, with better rules, public transport, and awareness, we can reduce the impact of cars on the environment.

6.0

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn 08/01/2025

2025-01-08 13:34:38 UTC

The car industry is developing worldwide even though many people know that cars are damaging the environment. I will discuss why this is occurring and what can be done to control the situation in my essay.

Cars continue to be manufactured these days because they are the most popular, comfortable and efficient transportation for most people. According to a recent survey from Beijing University, 86% of people in Beijing want to use their car when they need to go out. They said that they could drive anywhere they want without waiting like a bus. Furthermore, the car manufacturing industry brings a huge economic benefit to countries, therefore people have to consider so much if they do not want to make bad effect to the nation's economy.Base on a report from Japanese goverment in January, the profit of Toyota was over 30 billion dollars in 2024. However, there are some strategies that could be implemented to try to control this issue. Firstly, we need to encourage people to use public transportation like buses or electric trains. Besides, governments must increase the public transportation infrastructure in their countries and encourage citizens to use it more often by making it cheap and efficient. One more solution is making eco-friendly energy sources such as electric or solar energy become more popular by lowering taxes for cars that use eco-friendly energy.

In conclusion, the main reasons that people continue to use cars are simply because it is the best option currently available for those who can afford them, and because car industries are so huge that it would cause many economic problems to control them.

Thảo Nguyên 8/1/2025

2025-01-08 13:36:58 UTC

With development of rapid life, it is commonly awared that cars ruin the environment, more people are choosing and using cars , and their use continue to grow in spite of environmental damages. However, I think we should do something to control the situation.

There are many advantages when people choose cars for moving, and one of the top reasons that people prefer traveling by cars to other transport is the convenience of cars. Cars help me to move quickly, a part from that, we can save time and we do not depend on public transport. We can go anywhere, anytime we want. In particular, buying a car is also suitable for small families with three to seven members. According to a recent news, the number of citizens in Vietnam buying cars in urban areas increased more than 30% this year.

In many nations, cars are seen as a symbol that boost the value and serve a travel purpose.......With all reasons above...

So what should we do to limit the purchase and use of cars? First of all, we need to promote the use of public transport such as buses and trains and how cars damage the environment through TV and banners. We should improve producing and expanding the route for public transport. Additionally, fixing and rising the fee for people who using cars should be applied.

To sum up, there are many reasons why the manufacture and use of cars are becoming more popular. However, to reduce effects on the environment, governments should employ more solutions to limit the growth in the number of cars.

6.0

Lâm Vy 8/1/25

phamlamvy212 — 2025-01-08 13:37:44 UTC

It is clear that cars are considered to be a harmful element for our environment. Nevertheless, people continue to produce and use it. In this essay, I will indicate some reasons for why this phenomenon happens and suggest solutions to decrease it.

In details,......, the foremost reason for the increasing number of residents who use cars is the convenience of this vehicle. People tend to own cars because they can serve multiple purposes such as traveling, going to work, business, etc. In fact, we can easily see cars in most of the areas or nations, which has shown the prevalence of it. Moreover, having a car enhances individuals social status, which leads to more opportunities, interests and respect. According to the New York Times, page 26, 78% of young people who supposed that having their own cars before turning age 30 is one of the main targets in their life.

Although this is a complicated issue, there are still some realizable solutions. It is significant for government to run campaigns through advertisings, promotional paintings or the news, which appeal to people to use more public transport in daily life. If the service of public transport is improved, which makes it more attractive and convenient, the dwellers' demand of using personal vehicle will go down dramatically. For instance, according to a recent research, 70% of Asia nations has developed their public transport system so that they can decrease 40% of air pollution in most of their big cities. Lastly, cars and other means of transport should be run by clean energy instead of gas or petrol.

In conclusion, although this problem is becoming a global issue, I believe that with state-of-the-art technology, people can help the earth to be a real " green planet".

7.0

Minh Ngọc 8/1/2025

acaiberries — 2025-01-08 13:40:50 UTC

Despite being widely recognized for harming the environment, the production and usage of cars are still increasing. This essay will discuss about the reasons behind this trend and suggest some solutions to control it.

There are some reasons for people to use cars more and more, One main reason for the increasing use of cars is convenience. Cars offer flexibility in travel, especially compared to public transports like buses or trains. Additionally, cars can serve multiple using purposes, because they are fast, versatile and are capable of carrying many people and various items regardless of size or weight. Moreover, owning a car is often seen as a symbol of status and success, which encourages more people to buy one. Cars' owners are often more likely to be seen as the wealthy than other people in our modern society. According to a recent survey, 65% of citizens who use cars frequently in their everyday life in Hanoi said that they feel more respected when driving cars.

To decrease this phenomenon, ......, governments could invest more in public transportation systems. The government should establish policies to increase benefits for public transport users as affordable, reliable, and well-connected buses and trains can encourage people to use them instead of cars. Another effective solution is to promote the use of electric vehicles, which produce less pollution. After all, rising awareness about the damage that cars cause to the environment is still the most efficient measure, we can come up with since it is easy to widespread.

In conclusion, although more people are using cars because they are convenient, a symbol of status, and due to poor public transport, these problems can be solved by improving public transportation, supporting eco-friendly vehicles, and promoting carpooling. These steps can help reduce the harm that cars do to the environment.

6.5

Ng Hà Phương 12/1/2025

2025-01-12 04:13:01 UTC

N.H.Long 12/1/2025

dghqb5fhww — 2025-01-12 04:19:58 UTC

Citizens is drinking so many sugared-based drinks. There are reasons why people used surgery drink and some solutions for people to drink

Task 2

There is a view that reading stories from a book is much more valuable than watching or playing computer games, and I agree with that, I will explain why below

Good !

Hoàng Diễm Quỳnh 12/1/2025

2025-01-12 04:22:44 UTC

The growing consumption of sweet drinks has become a concerning issue. This essay will explore the causes and suggest practical solutions to address it.

Great !

Task2

Nowadays, some people believe that encouraging children to read books is much better than allowing them to watch TV or play games.I partly agree, because both of these activities have their own benefits if we know how to use both activities properly.

Ng Minh Anh 12/1/2025

2025-01-12 04:23:26 UTC

People are having more and more sugar-based drinks. This trend raises concerns due to its negative impact on public health. Understanding the reasons behind this rise and identifying effective solutions to curb it are essential to promote healthier lifestyles.

Good !

Nguyễn Mạnh Tiến 12/1/2025

2025-01-12 04:23:40 UTC

People are having more and more sugary dinks . There are.....

The reasons many people like to drink sugary drinks is that it is cheap and you will feel its delicious taste when you drink it

Some people think that reading stories form

a book is better than watching TV or playing computer games for children. Is that true? I agree with this point with some reasons below

Ng Khánh Huyền 12-1-25

2025-01-12 04:25:05 UTC

Nowadays, everyone drinks a lot of sugar-based drinks. What are the reasons and solutions for this problem?

to make people drink less sugar?

Good !

Ng Minh Anh 12/01/2025

2025-01-12 04:51:08 UTC

Some people believe that reading books is better for children than watching TV or playing games. I agree with this view and here are some reasons why.

Great !

Hà My 12/1

2025-01-12 04:51:56 UTC

Some parents believe that reading books is better than watching tv or playing computer games for their children . I agree with this point of view because of some reasons below

Good !

gia linh: 12-1-2025

2025-01-12 04:53:41 UTC

task 2

open: An opinion in society today is reading books has more benefits than watching or playing online for children. I really agree with this point of view

Good !

Ng Khánh Huyền 12-1-25

2025-01-12 04:55:07 UTC

That reading stories in books is better than watching TV and playing computer games for children is the opinion of many people today. How do you agree or disagree with the above opinion?

Nguyễn Phương An(12/1/2025)

2025-01-12 04:56:25 UTC

Many people believe that reading book is far more beneficial for children than watching TV or playing computer games. Personally, I completely agree with this opinion and here are some reasons why.

Great !

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (12/1/2025)

2025-01-12 04:57:08 UTC

*Open :I strongly agree with the believe that reading stories from a book is better for children than watching TV or playing computer games, though each activity has its merits. Here are the reasons why reading stands out

Great !

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn

2025-01-13 13:12:00 UTC

Cars continue to be manufactured these days because they are the most popular, comfortable, and efficient transportation for most people. According to a recent survey from Beijing University, 86% of people in Beijing want to use cars when they need to go out. They said that they could drive to anywhere they want without waiting for buses. Furthermore, car manufacture industry bring a huge economic benefits for the country, ~~therefore people have to consider so much if they do not want to make bad affect to nation's economy~~. From a report on Vietnamnet, profit of Toyota was over 30 billion dollars in 2024.

However, there are some strategies that could be implemented to try to control this issue. Firstly, we need to encourage people to use public transportation like bus or electric train. Beside, governments must increase the public transportation infrastructure in their countries and encourage citizens to use it more often by making it cheap and efficient. One more solution is make eco-friendly energy source such as electric or solar energy become more popular by lower tax for car which use eco-friendly energy.

7.0

Phương Anh 9/5

2025-01-19 00:54:29 UTC

Nowadays, many universities replace traditional classroom teaching with online courses. In my opinion, this development has both advantages and disadvantages, but it is more negative overall.

On the one hand, online courses are convenient for students. They can study at home and save time and money on travelling. Students can also watch lessons again if they do not understand the lecture the first time. In addition, universities can teach more students through the Internet.

On the other hand, online learning has some serious problems. First, students and teachers do not communicate face to face, so students may feel lonely and less motivated. Second, some subjects need practical learning in classrooms or laboratories, which online courses cannot provide well. Moreover, not all students have good Internet connections or computers for studying online. Accoding to a recent survey, by university students, 63% of learners found it difficult to concentrate during online lessons because of distractions at home.

In conclusion, although online education is flexible and useful in some situations, I believe replacing face-to-face teaching with online courses is a negative development because it can reduce the quality of education and student interaction.

Phương Anh ( Food and drink )

phanhphanh2742009 — 2025-01-19 01:02:45 UTC

What kind of food do you like?
what do you usually eat for breakfast?
Do you like to cook food at home?
What is traditional food in your country?
Can you describe a kind of food or drink from your country?
What are the popular carbonated drinks in the world?
What healthy food do you know?
What is your favorite beverage?
What is the traditional beverage in your culture?
What are some of the regional specialties in your hometown?
What dishes in the world would you like to try?
Can you recommend some famous street food dishes in Vietnam that you like most?
Have you ever tried balut?
Do you know Where pizza comes from?
Can you name some Vietnamese dishes you have tried these days?

The weather

2025-01-19 01:03:23 UTC

1. What's the weather like today?

2. How do you feel about this weather?

3. Do you prefer hot or cold weather

4. Is this weather too hot/cold/humid for you?

5. In your country, What kind of outdoor activities can you do when the weather is nice ?

6. How does this weather affect your mood?

7. Does this weather affect your plans?

8. Have you ever experienced a hurricane?

9. What are some special kinds of weather in your country?

10. How do you feel about thunderstorm?

11. What is your favorite season ? Why?

12. How has the climate changed over 20 years in your country?

13. What was the worst weather you've ever experienced?

14. What is the most beautiful season in your country?

15. How many seasons are there in your country?

Group 1 (Hoàng Hân): Customs

2025-01-19 01:03:45 UTC

General Questions

1, What are some traditional customs in wedding your country?

2, How have traditional customs changed over the last 10 years?

3, What role do traditional customs play in modern society?

4, Are traditional customs important in preserving cultural identity? Why or why not?

5, Which traditions are in danger of being forgotten in your country?

5, Do you know about Tet traditions in Vietnam?

6, What are the main traditional costumes in Vietnam during Tet?

7, Which costume in Vietnam do you like the most? Why?

8, Do you know about traditional dishes in Vietnam during Tet? What do you think?

9, Which traditional dish do you like the most when you come to Vietnam?

10, What do you think about the tradition of giving lucky money during Tet?

11, Have you ever tried celebrating Tet in Vietnam? and what do you think about it?

12, How are traditional customs in Vietnam different from those in your country?

13, Are there any similarities between Vietnamese traditions and those of your country?

15, What do you think about the importance of traditional family meals?

Lâm Vy 5/2

phamlamvy212 — 2025-02-05 12:14:42 UTC

Task 1

The water resources in six different areas in Australia between October 2009 and October 2010 are illustrated in the graphs below.

Overall, as can be seen, in October 2010, the water levels in all cities is more abundant than itself in the same time in 2009.

In details, in October 2009, Darwin city had roughly 47% of the water resource before it went down dramatically in 2010, which accounted for 22%. Besides, it is clear that the water level in Sydney did not have much development because it constituted approximately 79% and 81% in October 2009 and October 2010 respectively. By contrast, althought the water resource in Melbourne stayed in the lowest position, it climbed up significantly, about twofolds between October 2009 and 2010, from 21% to 40%. Moreover, one of the most interesting changes is that in October 2009, the rate of water level in Brisbane was 58% and it stayed exactly the same in one year later. Perth city had 40% of water resource in October 2009, after that, it increased rapidly around 70% in October 2010. Ultimately, the percent of water level in Canberra was 77% in October 2009, nevertheless, the city had an impressive percentage of water level in October 2010 - around 98%.

In conclusion, Canberra was the city which had the highest rate of water level among of six regions.

3.5

Task 2

Nowadays, numerous perspectives said that robots are becoming prevalent and are ~~one~~ some of the most integral elements in our society, meanwhile, some people believe that they also brings many inconvenience in distinc fields, ~~consisting of dangers and bad consequences~~. In this essay, I will discuss both opinions and give my own views.

On the one hand, robots have several advantages which help us to enhance our daily life. First, with the state-of-the- art technology, robots ~~such as~~ that are dishwashers, vacuum cleaners or drones are becoming universal as they can undertake a lot of heavy works, ~~which~~ they help families to manage their finances economically. ~~For instane~~, according to a recent survey, around 70% of home devices in New Zealand has been digitized for a decade, so that the nation has been recognized as a strong developped country. Moreover, most of industrial factories is are operated completely by robots so the manufacturing process is fostered more accelerative and efficient.

On the other hand, beside some benefits that robots can bring to our lives, many drawbacks are also occurring. If individuals rely completely on robots, ~~plenty~~ many problems such as laziness and work's efficiency decreasing would rise significantly. Moreover, this phenomenon also ~~results~~ causes unemployment issues as organizations utilize more and more robots into their various work processes. According to a recent survey, in Cambridge University, 87% of developped nations in Asia is facing the unemployment issues which are mainly caused by robots.

In conclusion, people need to be raised their awareness of using robot in a reasonable way that contributes to built a harmonious society.

4.0

kimchi5/2/2025

2025-02-05 13:47:21 UTC

The graphs below euquate the water level of production ~~six people~~ in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010. The first, in 2009 the water level in Melbourne city was in the lowest compared to other cities, but by 2010 ~~Drawin~~ city was significantly lower than the five cities above. In Drawin city the water level in 2009 was 45% but then in 2010 it dropped significantly to 22%. The water level in Sydney is approximately ~~at two years~~ was 78% and 82%. Next, in Melboune in the 2010, the water level was nearly twice as high as in 2010. In Brisbane, the two years were equal is 58%. Next, it is Perth city, the water level was 40% but ~~has since~~ increased significantly to 76%> Final, in Canberra the water level in 2009 was 76% but then increased to 96% in 2010. 2.0/4 task2 Overall, Robots play important roles in life, but they also have certain harmful effects and very high risks. First, Robots ~~serving life~~ make human work easier. It helps us save time when we are busy with work and cannot clean. It will help us clean the house. However, despite the positives it brings, it also has negative aspects, namely causing many people to fall into unemployment and difficult lives. When there are robots, we will become lazy and sedentary, affecting our healthy. In conclusion, use robots wisely.

2.5 5.0

Ha Phuong 5/2/2025

2025-02-05 13:51:46 UTC

TASK 1

The levels of six cities in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010 are illustrated in the graph above.

Overall, Canberra is has the highest percentage of water store in its reservoirs, in by contrast Melbourne is stands the lowest position.

In October 2009, Sydney and Canberra boasted the highest water reserves, each at roughly 75%. Brisbane, Darwin, and Perth followed, with their water levels ranging between 40% and about 55%, while Melbourne lagged behind at approximately 25%.

As can be seen, a year later, Perth experienced the most significant surge, wit its water level climbing to just 70%. Similarly, Canberra saw its reservoir capacity peak at nearly 100%, making it the top contender in water storage. Although Sydney and Melbourne also saw increases, their gains were more modest, reaching 80% and 4% respectively in 2010. In contrast, Darwin's water level fell notably, dropping to just under 30% of its capacity by October 2010. Brisbane, however, remained steady with no change from the previous year.

It is clear that, the water level in Darwin declined throughout given period, while it increased in the other cities, except for Brisbane, where it remained unchanged.

TASK 2

Some people contend that robots will play an important role in shaping future societies, while others warn that they could also bring harm. In my opinion, both perspectives hold some merit.

To begin with, people argue that robots could replace human labor, performing tasks more efficiently and accurately. Today, robots already make our lives easier and speed up many processes because they work for less money, with high accuracy, and without getting tired. With the help of AI, these machines are expected to take on even more crucial jobs by improving decision-making. However, since robots do not have human emotions, there are some areas, especially those that need careful judgment or understanding. Robots cannot fully replace people.

On the other hand, critics believe that relying too much on robots may lead to negative effects. They point out that when people depend too much on machines, they might not use their own problem- solving skills such as using cellphones makes us less likely to remember phone numbers. Also, using robots in industries could reduce the need for manual work but it lead to laziness. In this view, work is important for personal growth and social progress.

In conclusion, while robots will surely affect our future, their overall, impact will depend on how we choose to use and control them. If managed wisely, they can be a great help.

Nguyễn Ngọc Khánh Linh 5/2

2025-02-05 13:58:09 UTC

Task 1:

The water levels in six areas in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010 are illustrated in the graph below.

Overall, as can be seen, except for Darwin city, which had a higher water supply in 2009 while the water levels in the other cities had lower than in 2010.

In Darwin, the water wages in 2010 were lower than in 2009 approximately 20% while they were relatively stable about 80% within one year in Sydney. Next to, the water levels had significant change when increased from 21% to 40% in Melbourne. But in Brisbane, they were not change when just approximately 59% of one year. However, the water wages had rise almost double from 40% to 77% in Perth. Finally, the city which had a highest water supply of the graph is Canberra, just gone up about 12% between October 2009 and October 2010.

In the result, Canberra always stand at the first of the water levels in the graphs from 2009 to 2010.

Task 2:

In the modern society like today, technology is applied in human activities such as production or research information. It brings many benifits but also disadvantages for people. This makes a popular problem in the society.

Firsly, talking about robots advantages. They play an importan role in human life, for example, they can automatic operated and do housework while we just need control them by smartphone. Moreover, robots can function like a human, they can replace jobs for human such as nursers or workers. So we will have more time and take this to rest or play, it is a not bad idea. Now, using robots of process goods is became polular and accourding to Hanoi newpapers, has approximately 80% people use robots in their jobs. Everthing will become more convenient and easier.

Although robots bring for people a great experience, they also pose risks and could harm society. And one of risks is unemployment. When everything become automatically, many companies use them like a tool. That makes workers idle and the owners will fire them. So the umemployment rate is increasing and competition for jobs is also becoming fierce. By data in 2023, number of people in Asean region out of work is going up significantlly because their companies is use robot instead of humans and this number will continue to increase in the future if we can not solve the problem now. Moreover, people will be lazy if they alway depend on robots, this lead to serious consequences. A research shows about 58 percent people in the world become rely on robots, they do not want to active which makes their health get worse.

Although robots bring for human and activities many benifits, they also have disadvantages. Therefore, people should avoid negative effects on robots instead of overusing them.

Minh Ngọc

acaiberries — 2025-02-05 14:18:05 UTC

Task 2

Some people believe robots will help us in creating a brighter future, while others worry they may cause harmful consequences. In this essay, I will discuss both perspectives and give my own opinion.

On one hand, robots can bring many benefits to humanity. First, they can improve efficiency in industries such as manufacturing and healthcare. For example, robotic arms in factories can handle products faster and more accurately than humans. In hospitals, robotic surgery helps doctors perform some high-level difficult operations, reducing the risk for patients. Additionally, robots are able to dangerous jobs, such as exploring space or fixing electric cables, making human lives safer. According to a recent survey taken in the USA, 85% of the workers said that they feel much safer when working with robots than working by themselves.

On the other hand, some people fear that robots may cause problems. One major concern is job loss. As robots become more cutting-edge, they will eventually replace human workers, leading to unemployment. Another risk is the possibility of robots being misused. For example, if artificial intelligence is not well controlled, it could be used for harmful purposes, like hacking weapons.

In my opinion, robots are a great opportunity for the future, but we must use them carefully. Governments and companies should create rules to ensure that robots are used ethically and do not harm society. If we manage these risks properly, robots can bring many advantages without causing serious problems.

Task 1

The given bar chart illustrates the water levels in reservoirs as percentage statsistics of six Australian cities during October 2009 and October 2010. Overall, most cities' water levels increases over the one-year period, with Canberra and Perth showing the most significant improvements. However, Darwin and Brisbane had almost no changes.

In detail, Perth had the highest increase, rising from about 40% in 2009 to nearly 80% in 2010. Similarly, Canberra’s water level rose up significantly, reaching around 100% in 2010 compared to roughly 80% in 2009. Melbourne and Sydney also have noticeable growth, with Melbourne increasing from approximately 25% to 40%, and Sydney from almost 80% to 85%.

On the other hand, Brisbane and Darwin experienced minimal changes, and one of them even decreased sharply. Darwin’s water level dropped from about 50% to 25%, while Brisbane'ss remained stable as it was in October 2009.

In conclusion, most cities experienced a rise in water levels, particularly Canberra, Perth, Melbourne and Sydney, whereas Darwin and Brisbane showed no improvements.

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 7/2/2025

hoangtienson13 — 2025-02-07 14:05:47 UTC

Task 1

The bar charts illustrates the ratios of films made and cinema ticket sales for four genres in a country from 1996 and 2000.

Overall, Comedy and Drama had the highest numbers in both film production and ticket sales, while Fantasy and Romance had much lower figures.

Comedy had the most films released in both years, increasing from about 20% in 1996 to nearly 30% in 2000, while Drama also had a large share and grew slightly. In the other hand, Fantasy and Romance had fewer films, with Fantasy rising a little, while Romance stayed under 5% in both years. For ticket sales, Comedy was the most popular, making up over 20% of sales in 2000, followed by Drama, which also grew slightly, while Fantasy increased but remained lower. Romance was the least popular, selling the fewest tickets in both years, which matched its low number of films.

Task 2:

Some universities now offer online courses instead of traditional on-campus classes. I think this change is good overall, even though it has some problems.

First of all, online courses support students to study from anywhere and at any time, which makes higher education easier for people who have jobs or family duties. However, students need to work hard on their own because they might lose motivation without meeting teachers and classmates face-to-face.

Next, online courses also allow students to watch video lessons and read digital materials, which can help them understand the subjects better. But, courses that need practical work may not work as well online.

Not over yet, tools like discussion boards and online group projects try to create a classroom feel, but they do not completely replace real conversations and quick feedback in a regular classroom. For example, a recent survey at a X university asked 200 students about their experiences with online learning. The results showed that 80% of the students agreed that, online courses are very convenient and effective especially in the case they can't leave home.

If universities improve online teaching by adding more interactive activities and sometimes having face-to-face sessions, they can reduce the problems and make the most of the benefits.

In conclusion, I believe that offering online courses is a positive step, as it makes education more available and prepares students for a digital futu

re.

Lâm Vy 7/2

phamlamvy212 — 2025-02-07 14:51:37 UTC

Task 1

The total rate of films released and their cinema tickets sales between 1996 and 2009 in a nation is illustrated in the graphs below.

Overall, as can be seen, both the percentage of films published and ticket sales of drama film gains for the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest ratio belongs to romance in 1996 and 2000.

There are around 25% of drama films released and 15% of sold tickets in 1996, but 4 years later, they increased to 35% and 18% perspectively. Besides, the percentage of comedy movies ~~which were~~ published in 1996 was 20%, after that, it went up slightly to 25%, it is clear that their ticket sales also had the same rate which accounted for 20% in 1996 and 23% in 2000. Fantasy had roughly 10% of the rate of films published in 1996 before it climbed up to 15% in 2000, the percentage of these movies's tickets, which were sold in cinemas, was not high, just around 3% in 1996 and 7% in 2000, which showed the unpopular of this type of film. Ultimately, romance also had a modest rate of film released when it just gained 5% in both 1996 and 2000. Moreover, there ~~are~~ were 5% in 1996 and 2% in 2000 of ~~the percentage~~ of sold tickets for this kind of movie, which both ~~standed~~ stood at the lowest places compared to others.

In conclusion, these types of movies showed a brilliant film industry in this country.

3.5/4

Task 2

Nowadays, numerous online lessons are applied in universities's curriculums so that they are becoming prevalent beside classes delivered on campus. I supposed that this phenomenon is a positive development and in this essay, I will intricate some of it's advantages.

In details, online classes provide a lot of benefits

online learning provides students a flexible way of studying. With the popular of electronics devices, everyone can search for informations easily and attend classes at anytime throughout the day at different places that do not need students to move too much. Therefore, this way of learning allows pupils connect with their mates from all around the world, which fosters exchanges about knowledge of distinc fields and different cultures. According to a recently survey in Havard University, 80% of students in Europe said that study online is very interesting as they enjoy practicing through different educational games in internet.

To sum up, online courses bring a large number of benefits into our lives and this contribute to vary ways of aquiring knowledges for students.

4.0/6

Ha Phuong 8/2

2025-02-08 15:38:20 UTC

Task 1

The total percentages of films releases and the total percentage of ticket sales from 1996 to 2000 in a country is illustrated in the graphs above.

Overall, as can be seen, both the percentage of films published and the ticket sales of drama stands the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest belons to romance between 1996 and 2000.

When Drama films represented the highest proportion of film released, with around 12% in 1996 and 10% in 2000, their ticket sales were slightly lower, decreasing from approximately 15% too around 13%.Although the percentage of Comedy films released decreased slightly from 10% in 1996 to approximately 8% in 2000, it still accounted for the highest ticket sales, dropped only from about 20% to 18%. Fantasy films accounted for less than 5% of total films released in both 1996 and 2000, meanwhile, their ticket sales remained low, staying below 5% throughout both years. Because Romance films were released at a relatively low rate, with just under 6% in both 1996 and 2000, they generated the least amount of ticket sales, accounting for less than 5% in both years.

In conclusion, Comedy and Drama had the highest ticket sales, while Fantasy and Romance were the least popular.

Task 2

In recent years, many universities have introduced online courses as an alternative to traditional on-campus classes. I believe this is a positive development because it offers flexibility, improves access to education, and fosters independent learning skills.

One major advantage of online courses is the flexibility they offer. Unlike traditional classes with fixed schedules, online learning allows students to study at their own pace and choose times that fit their routines. This is especially beneficial for people with part-time jobs, family responsibilities, or other commitments. Additionally, online courses increase access to education by breaking geographical barriers. Students from remote areas or different countries can access high-quality programs without relocating, making higher education more affordable and inclusive.

Another positive aspect is that online learning fosters independent study habits and self-discipline. Since students manage their own schedules, they develop important time management skills and become more self-motivated. These skills are not only crucial for academic success but also for professional growth, where independent work is often required. According to the survey at Offord University, 65% of students said that studying online is very exciting.

In conclusion, online courses are a positive development because they offer flexibility, expand access to education, and help students cultivate essential life skills. As technology advances, online learning will likely play an even more significant role in the future of education.

Khanh Linh 8/2/2025

2025-02-09 08:43:43 UTC

Task 1:

The total ratio of movies released and the total ratio of sell tickets from 1996 and 2000 in a coutry is illustrated in the graphs below.

Overall, as can be seen, the percentage of romance in cinema ticket sales in 2000 is the lowest rate while the highest rate accounted for drama in film released in 2000.

Firstly, about drama, the percentage of film released tended to increase from 26% to 35% while of cinema sell tickets had stability approximately under 17%. Next to comedy, both had increase within 4 years: film released went up about 5% in 2000 than in 1996 and ticket sales also grew 3%. However, kind of fantasy film was lower than drama when in the percentage of film released climbed from 12% to 16% between 1996 to 2000 and the ratio of tickets sales in 2000 was higher than in 1996 about 5%. Finally, romance of film released stood at 6% of 4 years but of ticket sales reduced from 5% in 1996 to 2% in 2000.

As the result, we can see, comedy always keep in balance and highest position within 4 years in the graphs.

Task 2:

When technologies are developing, this makes everthing become more convinient and easier. So learning methods are also becoming diverse and popular, which helps students understand more easily. One of that is learning online course, a way of learning allows people to study far away without having to go to school. Although it is very useful, it also brings a downside.

Firsly, the connection between teachers and students is not there. This makes the transfer of knowledge significantly reduced. For exmple, if we encounter a difficult problem, we will struggle and ask the teacher for help. And i think face-to-face learning is easier than online learning. Secondly, it will be very hard for teachers to control their students learn through a screen. So it is decreased efficiency. Thirdly, looking at electronic devices too much will be make our eyes weak, it brings for human a unhealthy habit. According to Nguyen Tri Minh who is a scientist in HaNoi National University shows has about 60 percent people do not like study by online learning courses in VietNam. They said it was so difficult to communicate and discuss with their teachers. Therefore, we can see online learning courses not as effective as we thought, it also brings many drawbacks to humanity that we need to know in order to choose the right way to learn.

As a student is studying at school, using traditional learning method, i think we need raise awareness about studying and making a good plan for best learning outcomes.

Lâm Vy 10/2

phamlamvy212 — 2025-02-10 13:20:50 UTC

task 1

The real and predicted statistics of population in three regions between 1990 and 2000 is are described in the graph below.

Overall, in 1990 and 2000, the number of residents in São Paulo stands in the highest place, meanwhile, the lowest number belongs to Jakarta.

In details, in 1990, the population of Jakarta was around 8 million, this figure had been estimated for climbed up to 11 million people in 2000 before it actually accounted for 13 million in the same year, which means 2 million different compared to the expectation. Moreover, the number of dwellers of Shanghai in 1990 was 12 million, after that, it increased significantly to 15 millions in 2000 despite of being supposed to be diminished slighty to 11% in the same year. Ultimately, Sao paulo had an impressive population size in 1990, which gained for 17 million individuals, the researchers supposed that it would develop to 22 million people 10 years later; nevertheless, the fact that it even reached the peak and soared by 24 million in 2000.

..........3.5/4

Task 2

Nowadays, there is a popular phenomenon that most of girls likely to choose arts and boys tend to immerse in science. In this essay, I will indicate some reasons for this trend and I supposed that this tendency should not be change.

Firstly, there are several rationales for why this happened. One of the clearest typicals between boys and girls is that their brain are formed with different structures, which affects their tendencies of having dissimilar hobbies and passions. Because of this factor, girls are often attracted by beauty and colorful things although boys enjoy finding thoroughly essence of everything. According to a recent survey in Cambridge University, 76% female students in this school who were interviewed said that they want to learn fashion design despite of choosing another subject.

Therfore, in my opinion, this trend will be maintained in our lives. As the society develop quickly, more fields are broaden and varied for young people to choose which careers are the most suitable for them. With the supports and assistances of community, both genders will have strong determinations to follow their dreams and express themselves so that the phenomenon will be remained. Moreover, as people tend to follow the community's trend, girls and boys often choose their subjects base with the decisions that numerous people had before.

To sum up, although there are some exceptions, this tendency has occurred for many decades, which has contributed to make a various and harmonious society.

4.0/6

Minh Ngọc - 10/2

2025-02-10 13:29:13 UTC

Task 1

The given chart illustrates both actual and expected statistics of population of three different cities, which are Jakarta, Sao Paulo and Shanghai.

Overall, it can be refered from the chart that basically Jakarta's population size was the smallest ~~and~~ Sao Paulo's was the biggest among them all, through out the ten-year period (1990-2000)., by con trast, meanwhile, ( the biggest rate belongs to Sao Paulo

Jakarta's population reached the number of 8 millions in 1990, and 10 years later, it increased noticeably to about 12 millions in actual figure, although it had been predicted to be quite lower - 11 millions. Besides, that statistic of Shanghai was nearly 12 millions at the start of the period, but then it moved to 2000, Shanghai's population climbed up and was able to gain 3 more millions, unlike the prediction for it, which had been thought to even drop to 11 millions. Sao Paulo had the same trend compared to Jakarta, because both of the number of citizens ~~lived~~ living there in prediction and in reality in 2000 were much higher than it was in a decade before (roughly 17 millions in 1990, was predicted to increase to 21 millions and actually stood at 24 millions in 2000).

..........3.5/4

Task 2

In the learning environment, it is common for girls to decide to study arts while boys prefer science. This trend happens for several reasons and in my opinion, this tendency should be changed. I will list out those reasons and explain about why I think that way.

It is clear that there has to have causes for the fact that girls are mostly into arts and alternatively, boys like to learn about science more. Firstly, social expectations play a big role. Many cultures encourage girls to be creative and express emotions, which makes them more interested in subjects like literature, music, or painting. On the other hand, boys are often expected to be logical and problem-solving that leads them to study science and technology. In a recent survey taken in highschools in Bangkok, 47% of female art students said that they only chose to learn arts because they were taught about it since their childhood. Secondly, role models and career influences also affect student's choices. There are more male scientists and engineers in history, while many famous artists and writers are women, and this makes boys feel more confident in science-related fields and girls more comfortable in artistic subjects.

However, I believe this trend should change, but not completely, because everyone should have the freedom to choose their interests without worrying about gender stereotypes. Schools should encourage both boys and girls to explore different subjects and provide equal support for all fields. This would create a more balanced workforce in the future.

In conclusion, social expectations and role models influence subject choices, but students should be encouraged to follow their true passions, regardless of gender.

4.0/6

kimchi10/2/2025

2025-02-10 13:48:15 UTC

task1

The chart illustrates communication about the actual and hope figures of resident of three cities, Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai.

In 1990 the population in Jakarta was 7 million people. Then, it was predicted that by the year 2000, the number would increase to 11 million citizen. But the actual figures number was 13 million people, which was 2 million more than expected in 2000. Next, in Shanghai in 1990, the poplation was 11 million people and by 2000 they perdited 10,5 million citizen but it actual figures was 15 million people. Final, in Sao Paulo in 1990 the population was 17 million people. The predicted number in the year 2000 was 22 million people but in actual figures it was up to 24 million citizen.

2/4

task2

In schools and Universities, girls inclinable to draught arts, while boys enjoy science. .....I think this tendency should be changed.

Overall, I think girls brain structure is different from boys. Girls tend to like sightseeing and draught, while boys like to search and create scientific knowledge. Female students accredited to subject requiring self- discipline and patience while male students inclined towards fields demanding analytical abilities.

In conclusion, there are reasons for the tendency to divide subject by gender, changing and choosing to interests will bring the best benefits to individuals and society.

2.5/6

15/2/2025 Ha Phuong

2025-02-15 11:01:23 UTC

15/2 Nguyễn Hà Phương

2025-02-15 11:16:26 UTC

~~According to newspapers that~~ today some universities offer online courses as an alternative to classes delivered on campus , and I think this is a positive development in our modern society today by some reasons below .

The first benefit of online learning is convenience, because teaching and learning can be done at anytime and anywhere have internet , besides, this not only helps students save money on study costs , but also save time we move to school . Moreover, during online learning, teachers and students can record lessons for that day so we can practice this lessons when we want . Next , it also helps students encourage selfstudy and improve essential technology skills . We can expect more benefits and opportunities from learning online.

In short , universities should make effect use of online learning to get good study results.

Đúng hướng
- Thiếu minh chứng, thiếu câu kỹ thuật
3/6

Hoàng Diễm Quỳnh 15/2

p5r57rk74r — 2025-02-15 11:57:12 UTC

Many universities offer online courses as an alternative to traditional classes, as they provide flexibility and allow students to learn at their own pace. Additionally, online education makes learning more accessible for those who cannot relocate, and it helps students develop essential digital skills, which are crucial in today job market.

However, online courses lack direct interaction, which can make learning less engaging, and they require strong self-discipline, so some students may struggle to stay motivated.

Overall, while there are some challenges, the advantages of online learning outweigh the drawbacks, making it a positive development in higher education.

_ chưa có minh chứng, thiếu câu phức và câu ghép, thiếu mở bài, thiếu topic sentence, thiếu luận điểm

2.5/6

Huyền 15/2

2025-02-15 11:58:16 UTC

Some universities choose online learning instead of offline learning and I think this is a positive development direction.

Nowdays, many universities choose online learning instead of face-to-face learning because of the benefits that online learning brings. First, it is convenient, we can study anywhere, anytime with just a phone or laptop. Even if our schedule clashes with a particular job, we can still study and work at the same time without affecting anyone or delaying our own progress. During epidemics and natural disasters, online learning is always the top and most suitable choice for students. No need to worry about commuting. When we have health problems, we can still participate in online courses without affecting anyone, ensuring our own health and knowledge. Travel costs are also reduced for both lecturers and students, providing some economic relief for them.

Online learning is a positive development in many benefits, it helps us save travel costs, time, ensure health, and can study anytime, anywhere

Phân tích bài đúng hướng, ý văn tốt, câu văn gọn gàng, sáng ý
Thiếu minh chứng, ít câu phức và câu ghép
4/6

15/2/2025 Nguyễn Mạnh Tiến

2025-02-15 11:58:57 UTC

Some universities now offer online courses as an alternative to classes deliver on campus, I agree with this opinion because of some reasons below.

Online courses are very convenient for students and there are quite cheap ,the courses provide documents. It is convenient to study anytime, anywhere, just need the internet.

Câu văn sáng, có hướng phân tích đúng trọng tâm
Thiếu lượng từ quy định, thiếu minh chứng, thiếu luận điểm ở mở bài
2.5/4

15/02/2025 Nguyễn Phương An

2025-02-15 12:00:18 UTC

Online education is a significant advancement in modern learning, providing students with greater flexibility and accessibility. - topic sentence

One of its biggest advantages is that it allows learners to study at their own pace, which is particularly beneficial for working professionals, parents, or those living in remote areas. Additionally, online courses often reduce costs associated with transportation and accommodation, making higher education more affordable.

However, despite these benefits, online learning also presents several challenges. The lack of face-to-face interaction can lead to decreased engagement and limit opportunities for collaborative learning.

Thiếu hẳn phần mở bài

Phân tích tốt, thiếu phần minh chứng

3,5/6

Vương 15/02/2025

2025-02-15 12:01:01 UTC

Online courses are offered by some universities to replace on campus lectures. In my opinion, this is a positive development.- trend

.........

According to Tuoi Tre newspaper, in 2021, 61% of students at NEU choose to study online instead of face-to-face courses. This is understandable because online learning has many advantages for students. The first is dynamic learning because students can study anywhere as long as there is internet and a computer to optimize study time. Second is to optimize study time because students do not need to spend time going to school but can study at home. This is quite useful in traffic jams in Hanoi....

Phân tích đúng hướng, câu văn sáng
Thiếu topic sentence, thiếu lượng từ
3.5/6

Ng Minh Anh 15/2

2025-02-15 12:01:27 UTC

Some universities offer online courses as an alternative to on-campus classes. I think online courses have good points and bad points.

Online courses let students learn from home. They save money on travel and housing. They also give a flexible schedule.

Online courses do not let students meet teachers and friends in person. This makes it hard to make friends.

In conclusion, online courses have both good and bad points. They help many students, but they also have problems.

bài cấu trúc tốt hình thức, câu văn ngắn gọn, rõ ràng

Thiếu từ, thiếu minh chứng, thiếu câu phức, câu ghép
3/6

Hà My 15/2/2025

2025-02-15 12:02:12 UTC

Nowadays, a few universities provide internet course as an alternative to classes delivered on campus . I think this is a positive development because of some reasons below. One of the biggest benefits of online courses is flexibility , student can study anywhere save time and travel costs. Next, costs can be cheaper than face to face learning because there is not need to use facilities . Therefor, it is very suitable for students. Besides,

Gia Linh

2025-02-15 12:02:14 UTC

Task 1:

According to The Sun, posted on 15th November 2025, line 10 up said that "Some universities offer online courses as an alternative to classes delivered on campus". In my point of view, this is a positive development that has many benefits for students

Nowadays, online learning is very useful, students can learn on devices such as computers and phones. Moreover, online learning helps save time,communicate with teachers and everyone easier, Online learning is extremely flexible and convenient, this should be offered by every universities

15/2/2025 Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương

2025-02-15 12:02:48 UTC

In recent year , many universities have started offering online courses as an alternative to traditional classroom learning . While this may seem like a positive change, i believe it has more disadvantages than benefit.
Topic sentence: Online lessons contain some drawbacks
First , online learning reduces interaction. Student cannot ask question or discuss directly with teachers and classmates, making learning less effective.
Secondly ,it requires strong self-discipline. Many students struggle to stay focused without a structured environment
- Phân tích logic, đúng hướng, nêu được luận điểm
- Thiếu topic sentence, thiếu minh chứng
- 3/6

Bảo Nhi | 15.2

2025-02-15 12:10:32 UTC

In some universities, online classrooms have ~~been~~ become more popular that can ~~instead of~~ replace traditional classes. In my opinion, learning online brings lots of benefits.

As can be seen, positive trend of online classes creates many advantages for students at universities. Online courses offer the convenience of location as an option for students to study. You can learn everywhere you want. Moreover, choosing a suitable study time for yourself is a reason why pupils are more interested in learning online than normal classrooms.

Có xu hương phân tích logic, câu văn sáng
Thiếu câu topic, viết chưa đủ số lượng từ, sai ngữ pháp
2.5/6

Phúc 15/2/2025

2025-02-15 13:49:56 UTC

Some universities offred online classes as another option for students in that schools , and I think this is a positive development option because it can bring to students a lot of benefit.
First , according to the local newspaper, publiced on 15th February 2025, line 1, said that :"Studing online is more convenient in location and time because they dont have to leave home, they only need a device like a laptop or a phone and Wifi to connect to online classroom" and I think this opinion is true
Second , as can be seen that students in online courses can ask the teacher directly and can record the lesson . In my opinion , i think this is a good way to communicate with teacher and save for studing after school.
3/6

Nguyễn Thành Hưng , 15/2

2025-02-15 13:51:39 UTC

Open: Universities now offer online courses as an alternative to classes on-campus courses. In my opinion, that is true for today's times.

Body: Some universities offer online courses as an alternative to classes devivered on campus , that's right . Because according to a recent survey 70% of students choose courses online. Professor Hapkind J. D Havard , said " Online learning has many advantages for both students and teachers, it helps to save time and other costs. But besides that, it also has some other shortcomings". I had a story about a friend of mine who did very poorly in school and then he searched and selected an online course. Then he improved his learning situation and became a good student.

End: In short, online learning has many advantages for students not only studying in class but also outside of school hours. So let's choose an online course

.3/4

Bá Đức 15/2

2025-02-15 13:53:29 UTC

Today, online learning is becoming more popular in universities. Many students choose online courses instead of going to class. I believe this is a positive development because it improves access to education, and fosters independent learning skills Topic sentence

As can be seen online classes give students more freedom. They can study anytime and anywhere. This is helpful for students who live far from school or have part time jobs. Also, online courses give to many study materials so students can find useful information easily. If they do not understand something, they can watch the lesson again

good !

Phương Vy (15/2)

2025-02-15 13:56:31 UTC

Some universities offer online courses as an alternative to classes delivered on campus . I think this is a positive development .

According to a recent survey, 80% of students learning online have practiced self-discipline in learning. First, online learning can help them learn more easily everywhere , so creating flexibility in learning. Second, it helps to increase interaction between teachers and students. Next, it also helps to save money and travel costs. When studying online, you will learn many new things to develop many skills.

In summary, I think learning online is a positive development because it helps students develop many new skills in life .

4/6

Phương Linh 15/2

2025-02-15 13:56:51 UTC

Many people think some universities offer online courses as an alternative to classes delivered on campus is a negative development. But I think this is a positive development. According to recent surveys, there are many schools and classes organizing online learning since Covid 19 time. The reasons we should learn online is are veryvarious. First, online learning allows students to learn at any time and from any location. Second, online learning allows students to learn at any time, as long as they have an internet connection. Third, online learning allows students to track their progress easily. Next, students can choose their learning pace to them. Finally,students do not need to move to educational institutions to learn.

In summary, online learning offers man benefits to learners, including flexibility in time and location, cost savings, high learning effectiveness, and convenience.

Câu lặp lại quá nhiều

3/6

Ng Lâm Hà 15/02/2024

2025-02-15 13:57:01 UTC

According to a recent survey, University A has 60% of students studying online. So I think online learning is very positive for students today for the following reasons.

Now the universities have taken online learning instead of face-to-face learning because it has many benefits. Firstly, online learning is very convenient for students, because they can study anytime, anywhere without having to go to school.

Next, online learning also helps us save money, we do not have to pay to rent a place to study and online learning is often free or cheap.

good

Phương Anh

phanhphanh2742009 — 2025-02-15 13:57:36 UTC

Some universities give onlive courses as an alternative to classes delivered on campus. In my opinion, it is positive development.
According to Bao Moi newspaper, in 2018, about 70 % ~~percent~~ of alumnus at HUST choose through online learning applications such as google meet, zoom,youtube,....instead of derect learning. Moreover, an educator William Arthur said " Online learning train ~~for~~ students to be more focused during study time"
Chậm,
Ok

Tùng

2025-02-15 13:58:32 UTC

The growing trend of offering online courses in universities as an alternative to traditional classes has sparked debate on whether this is positive or not. In my opinion, ~~some universities offer online courses~~ this is a positive trend

First, ~~I think~~ Online courses offer superior advantages. They eliminate distance among students and teachers, and it allow individuals from remote locations to pursue higher education. This has been proven because according to a recent survey, 80% of student ~~can't~~ can not go to school because ~~to those who~~ they face geographical constraints. Second, online education can be more ~~cost-effective~~ for universities, reducing operational expenses. This can potentially translate into lower tuition fees or increased scholarship opportunities for students.

In conclusion, the rising popularity of online education presents a multifaceted challenge for universities. I believe that the various benefits in terms of accessibility, flexibility, and cost-effectiveness make online learning a positive development in current life.

Câu văn rườm rà

4/6

LêHuyHoàng(15/02/2025)

2025-02-15 14:03:00 UTC

Open:Online courses are suggested as an alternative to classes delivered on campus by a number of the universities. ~~My thesis~~ I thnik it is positive development.

Body: According to The Time, published on 20 November, 2023, page 10, column 4, line 2 said that:" Nowadays, many universities are applying smart technology to education as a way to replace for studying directly in classes.". Firstly, online courses are convenient for us to use a laptop or a smartphone which is connected with the Internet. Additionally, it helps us save amount of time and learn many new skills such as: Listening skills, Reading skills, Writing skills, Speaking skills,… Moreover, online learning helps not only students but also teachers increase the connection that can eliminate the generation gap. Finally online learning helps us avoid social evils in order to be a good person.

End: In short, providing online courses can help us save money, time, energy that we spend everyday, reduce stress and learn effectively.

4.5/6

Hoàng Tuấn Phong

2025-02-15 14:04:56 UTC

Nowadays, some universities are offering online courses as an alternative to classes held on campus. I think this is a positive trend for a number of reasons below.

It is very convenient, because you can study right at home without having to go to school, you just need a mobile device such as a phone or laptop. In addition, we can easily communicate with teachers

good !

Nguyen Hoang Long 15/2

2025-02-15 14:05:11 UTC

I think some universities provide onlines courses as an alternative to classes transported on campus, thesis...

Body

According to a recent survey, more than 70% schools are offering onlines courses for many students to improve their knowledge

Professor Hazell , Havard University said:” I failed so many times to be able to do what I wanted.“so that, we can see that learning additional online courses is very necessary.

I had a storf

Thiếu luận điểm ở mở bài, ….

Hoàng Hân 15/02

2025-02-15 14:56:13 UTC

Some unversitises provide online courses as an replace to classes delivered on campus. I thinks this ia a positive develoment

Nowadays, in some big countries, online learning ~~this~~ is more and more popular thanks to the following reasons. Firstly, we can save money and save time for moving. Besides, online learning also trains us to improve our learning awareness. Moreover, we will learn many other skills through online learning. According to The finance time, publiced on 14th August 2011, page 5, column 6, line 23, said that: "Currently, about 50% of students at universities worldwide are enrolled in online courses. Because the convenience they offer".

Good !

kimchi16/2/2025

2025-02-16 12:46:48 UTC

task1

The chart illustrates ~~communication~~ about the actual and hope figures of resident of three cities, Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai.

Overall, the population is the highest in Sao Paulo while the lowest population ~~was~~ is in Jakarta.

First, in 1990 the population in Jakarta was 7 million people. Then, it ~~was~~ had been predicted that by the year 2000, the number would increase to 11 million citizen, but the actual figures number was 13 million people, which was 2 million more than expected in 2000. Next, in Shanghai in 1990, the poplation was 11 million people and by 2000 ~~they~~ it had been perdited 10,5 million citizen but the actual figure was 15 million people. Final, in Sao Paulo in 1990 the population ~~have~~ had 17 million people. The predicted number in the year 2000 had been to 22 million people, but in actual figure, it was up to 24 million citizen.

......................................

Thiếu câu kết luận, sai ngữ pháp

Bài viết tốt: 3/4

task2

In schools and Universities, girls inclinable to draught arts, while boys enjoy science. ~~I think~~ there are reasons for this trend. and I think the trend .....

I think girls brain structure is different from boys. Girls tend to like sightseeing and draught, while boys like to search and create scientific knowledge. Female students accredited to subject requiring self- discipline and patience while male students inclined towards fields demanding analytical abilities. According to The Time, published on 23 January, 2024, column 2, line 4, said that:” There is a 65% of tendency for girls to follow arts and boys to follow science." However, changing trends and choosing according to gender preferences will be better for each individual and society.
In short, the different characteristics and abilities between girl and boy are the causes of two selection trends and students have the right to join any class they find suitable.
Đi đúng hướng, phân tích logic
Thiếu luận điểm : 3/6

Ha Phuong 16/2

2025-02-16 12:51:26 UTC

The actual and expected figures of population of three cities, Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai from 1999 to 2000 are illustrated in the chart above.

Overall, Sao Paulo ~~had~~ have the largest population in both 1990 and 2000, while Jakarta ~~had~~ have the smallest population size. ~~Additionally, the actual population in 2000 exceeded the predicted figures for all three cities.~~

Although Jakarta had the smallest population among the three cities in 1990, it still experienced steady growth, reaching approximately 11 million in 2000, which was slightly higher than the predicted figure. While Shangha’s population was around 13 million in 1990, it grew to nearly 15 million in 2000, surpassing expectations and reflecting a significant urban expansion. Even though Sao Paulo already had the largest population in 1990, at about 17 million, it continued to grow rapidly and exceeded 20 million in 2000, demonstrating the fastest increase among the three cities.

In conclusion, all three cities experienced population growth over the decade, with Sao Paulo consistently having the highest number of residents.

3/4

Task 2

In many schools and universities, girls tend to study arts, while boys prefer science. This trend is shaped by societal expectations and personal interests, but some believe it should be changed to promote gender balance.

.......topic sence, there are some reasons for this trend

One major reason for this tendency is traditional gender roles. From an early age, girls are often encouraged to be creative and expressive, which leads them to develop an interest in subjects like literature, music, and painting. Meanwhile, boys are frequently pushed towards logical and analytical thinking, making them more likely to pursue subjects such as mathematics, physics, and engineering. These societal expectations shape their academic choices and career paths.

Another significant factor is personal interest and perceived career prospects. Many girls naturally prefer subjects that involve human interaction, emotions, and creativity, while boys are more drawn to problem-solving and technological advancements. Moreover, science and technology fields are often associated with higher salaries and better job opportunities, which may attract more male students. As a result, this divide continues to exist in education. According to The Time, published on 23 January 2024 column 2, line 4, said that” societal expectations play a significant role in shaping student’s subject choices, reinforcing the idea that arts are more suitable for girls while science is better suited for boys.“

In conclusion , the tendency for girls to choose arts while boys prefer science is influenced by societal expectations and personal interests. While these preferences may seem natural, it is important to encourage students to explore all subjects freely. By promoting gender equality in education, we can create a more balanced and diverse workforce in the future.

Thiếu phần phân tích luận điểm
Thiếu minh chứng
3/6

hoàng 16/2

2025-02-16 12:52:18 UTC

task 1

•The bar chart shows the population of Jakarta , Shanghai and Sao Paulo in 1990 , as well as estimates and actual population figures in 2000.

•Overall , the highest population belongs to Sao Paulo , while Jakarta has the lowest population . In addition , there were significant differences between the forecast and actual numbers for the year 2000 in all countries.

•In 1990 , Sao Paulo's population was the highest , with about 15 million people . Shanghai and Jakarta ~~have~~ about 12 million and 9 million . By the year 2000 , Sao Paulo's population will likely reach about 24 million , while Shanghai and Jakarta ~~are predicted~~ to have between 17 million and 10 million residents.

•However , the year 2000 shows a change in these data . Sao Paulo's population reached about 20 million people , 4 million people lower than predicted . Shanghai's population reached about 18 million people , slightly exceeding expectations . In contrast, Jakarta's actual population remained close to the expected figure of about 10 million.

3/4

task 2

•In school and university , girls tend to choose art while boy like science . I think this trend should not change because it is very useful in life

•On the one hand , ............

in modern era, girls like ~~with~~ enjoy and studies , so they decide to study arts stream . for example, music, drama , and dance . nowadays, these are more rending subject . so , girls mind like to select arts scream. most of the universities are available all the arts subjects and can study their own language . so girls choose these scream and also , studing enjoy and relax . after studing , can go to other show . can participate competitive programs. more opportunities are available and boys have been interesing to study scienceb . because boy's mind like logical study and they interest problem solving and reserch so they decide to choose science site. they think this subject help to future to their . and can earn more money . for instance , boys like analys their society . and find the problems . so, they choose this subject.

•In my opinion, the choice of topic does not depend on gender. that determines their interests, their thinking, and their goals in life

thiếu luận điểm

3/6

Lưu Việt Hùng 16/2/2025

hluu2285 — 2025-02-16 12:58:21 UTC

The number of population in three main cities including: Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai over the period of 10 years spanning from 1999 to 2000 and 2000 in prediction is illustrated in the bar chart above.

From overall perspective, it is apparent that people living in Jakarta city and Sao Paulo city reported an increasing trend throughout the period, meanwhile, the reverse ~~was~~ is true for those living in Shanghai city.

it is clear that there was around 8% of people lived in Jakarta in the first year of the period before increasing dramatically by roundly 5% in actual 2000. moreover, this figure for Shanghai city stood at approximately 12%, but it diminished slightly by 1% in 2000, while the predict figure in 2000 showed a growth to 15% in this year.

Looking at more details, the number of populations living in Sao Paulo city gained the highest position in the rank, which accounted for more than 15% in 1999 before culminating in more than 20% by the end of the period. However, in 2000 in prediction, this statistic had been exhibited with nearly 25%.

3.5/4

Lỗi chính tả, sai ngữ pháp

In this day and age, in schools and universities, art classes are the prevalent options for girls, while boys tend to join in science. In this essay, I will give some reasons for this trend and I personally think that this tendency should be improved.

On the one hand, ..................

female students are profound influence of traditional gender roles. in the past, girls have been thought that they have innated with the creativity, empath, and belonging to love and art. While boys have been encouraged to logical thinking, analytical fields such as: science and engineering. As a result, parents unconsciously guide girls towards arts , and encouraging boys towards science. For evidence, there are approximately two- third of total female students in Vietnam participate in art universities after leaving high school.

In my point of view, this problem should be changed in the future, because it offers a lot of quality job opportunities for both man and women who may look for a suitable job for them due to personal hobbies and innate passions. Making more gender equalities in working environment and providing a good income for workers. This foster the economic condition of a countries.

In conclusion, choosing arts are the popular trends for females, while scientific fields belong to males due to the historical beliefs and personal opinions.

Phân tích logic
Phát triển bài đunngs trọng tâm
Thiếu topic sentenc, phần minh chứng không có cơ sở
4/6

16/2 Lê Khánh Huyền Trang

2025-02-16 12:58:41 UTC

Task 1

The diagram gives out the information about data regarding the current and projected population sizes of Shanghai, Sao Paulo, and Jakarta from 1990 to 2000.

As can be seen, Sao Paulo had the largest population while the smallest number belongs to Jakarta. Moreover, there were significant differences in the predicted and actual figures for 2000 in all countries.

Firstly,There were over 17 million people residing in Sao Paulo in 1990. In 2000, the estimated number of people in the community was around 22 million, while in reality, it was over 24 million.
In 1990, Shanghai had a population of roughly 12 million, and it was estimated that this number would drop to about 11 million, in actuality, though, it saw an increase to 15 million inhabitants in 2000. Furthermore, although it was predicted that Jakarta's population would increase to around 11 million by 2000, it actually reached a peak of almost 15 million, the lowest number among the other cities. In 1990, Jakarta had a population of about 8 million.

.........

3.5/4
Task 2

It is often believed that boys are more inclined to pursue science-related disciplines, while girls are more likely to pursue artistis ones. The elements behind thid occurrence and the way to reverse tis tendence. This essay will demonstrate the causes of this phenomena as well as the remedy to reverse this trend.

There are several reasons for this trend. Firstly, the stereotypes in a social environment, which is considered to be the main factor of this problem. Specifically, many teenagers rely on these standards to choose their future jobs to fulfil their parent's expectations. For instance, in the past, men were considered suitable for fields requiring logic and technical skills, such as engineering and mathematics, while women were considered more suited for skilful jobs and creativity, such as design or art. .

However, I believe that this tendency should be altered to minimize inequality in social and future opportunities. All individuals, regardless of gender, should have the same opportunity to pursue their dreams. For example, many girls are interested in science-related problems, while boys are into drawing and designing, and they are free to choose what they like without any judgments or stereotypes.

To sum up ,social stereotypes and family impacts result in the pattern of choosing subject fields. These contributions lead to several problems related to inequality, and limiting individual talents. I strongly believe this tendency should be changed to create a fair opportunity and a better society

Thiếu minh chứng

4/6

Trần Khánh Linh 16/2

2025-02-16 12:59:10 UTC

Task 1

The actual and expected figures of citizens of 3 different cities, Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai from 1990 to 2000 is are illustrated in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen that Jakarta stood at the lowest position in terms of population. Meanwhile, the position with the most population is belongs to Sao Paulo.

With Jakarta city in 1990 the population reached about 8 million, but with the actual data in 2000 the population reached 13 million people. Meanwhile, with people's data had predicted for only 11 million in 2000.

Standing in the second position is ~~the city of~~ Shanghai with a population of 12 million in 1990 and it went up to 15 million people with real data. Yet, it had only predicted in 2000 with 11 million people.

And finally, Sao Paulo ~~has~~ the first place of population. In 1990, the population in this city reached twice with Jakarta about 16 million people and in fact, in 2000, the data was up to 24 million people. Along with the accurate prediction data of 23 million people in 2000.

................................

3/4

Task 2

Usually girl students choose art and boys prefer science in schools and universities. Here are some of my reasons and views on this issue.

With this trend, some reasons I can think of the body structure. Girls often have weaker pressure than boys. Besides, it is the feeling and aesthetics of girls. As Professor Nuskin shared: "The meticulous and aesthetic level of women reaches 75% compared to men." Meanwhile, most boys ~~will~~ tend to like science. Because, according to the general psychology of boys brain is somewhat flexible and curious with phenomena and things. With the general trend of boys often have strong personality and adapted to faster circumstances, and according to The Time, published on 23 January, 2024: "Science subjects often show intelligence, currently about 78% Boys tend to participate in schools with natural subjects. "

As for me, I think this trend should be changed. Choosing a field must follow your passion. When I like it, we pursue and motivate to try harder every day. More than passionate in the majority and forgetting what you need. Art is also good, science is as long as it is useful for yourself.

In conclusion, in schools and universities, girls tend to choose arts, while boys like science is a trend of both advanced and disadvantaged.

3/6

Hoang phuc 16/2

2025-02-16 12:59:47 UTC

Task 1:

The actual and expected figures of the number of citizen amongst three cities Jarkarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai between a period of 10 years from 1990 to 2000 are illustrated in the bar chart above.

As can be seen, the population of Jakarta in 1990 was the lowest part in the graph. A part from that, Sao Paulo had the highest actual figures rate in 2000 and the figures in prediction of Sao Paulo was also on top of the chart.

Initially, Jakarta had had approximately 8 millions residents in 1990 and it had changed slightly to 13 millions in a period of 10 years although it had been predicted to be only 11 millions before. Besides, Shanghai had the higher ratio than Jakarta in 1990 and this one was about 12 millions individuals compares with the number in 2000 was 15 millions increased significantly after 10 years and this one changed sharply more than the previous prediction about 4 millions people. As the top of the chart, Sao Paulo had the highest rate of population in 1990 was 17 millions and it reached to the top after 10 years and in 2000, it was 24 millions city dwellers contrary to the expected prediction, which indicated the idea of some scientists about the fluctuation of population.

3/4

Task 2:

Boys and girls in schools and universities always have different perspectives about their sectors. Girls ~~will~~ choose arts while boys prefer science.

For some reasons of these selection, the core of the brain and the characteristics of each person will influence to their decisions. First of all, girls enjoy the arts because they like making some crafts by themselves and they can even draw every magnificient scenery, which they saw once and stare whenever they want. Moreover, girls are obviously more versatile than boys, so they are more suitable with some subjects that require the careful hands. Meanwhile, several sophisticated and abstract events in nature are prevalent for the way that boys analyze in daily lives. For instance, they can easily imagine why the apple will fall down on the surface instead of flying intro the universe and come up with the explaination for this experience. Arcording to ~~the~~ recent Vnexpresses’s survey, almost boys selected science because of their way to think and tackle the problem. Besides, girls tend to enjoy some creative activities so they decided to choose the arts. From my perspectives, this trend should be changed because everyone ought to find out themselves the most appropriate subjects with a view to thriving quickly without difficulties.

hơi khập khiểng,, thiếu minh chứng

4/6

Đức Dũng 16/2

2025-02-16 13:00:37 UTC

Task 1:

The statistics ~~under~~ show information about the ~~guessed~~ true and predicted number of inhabitants in 3 cities: Jakarta, Sao Paulo and Shanghai from...to....

Overall, Jakarta has the lowest poplation while the highest rate of population belongs to Sao Paulo

As can be seen, Jakarta ~~has~~ the lowest amount of residants with around 7 million in 1990 and it grew up roughly 12 million in ~~the~~ 2000, but the leader for the lowest population predictions is for Shanghai with just around 11 million people.

In the middle, Shanghai ~~has~~ the middle range in amount of numbers of people in both 1990 and also the 2000.

On the other side, Sao Paulo is the highest out of the 3 cities in all 3 measurements, with 17 million in 1990, 22 millions in prediction of 2000 and around 24 million is actual figures.

Thiếu thông tin, sai ngữ pháp, thiếu câu phức

2.0/4

Task 2:

In schools and universities, there are often a lot of reasons to why girls mainly choose arts and most boys like

science and I think this tendency should be changed.

In my opinion, the main reason why is because arts or other majors or subject relatively the same is more focused on creativity, expression which they are generally better at and more liked. While on the opposite side, boys have a better skilled in logical, structured subjects such as science, .... These are also reasons why men are more represented in different subjects or major such as science, maths,....

Another reason why this is the case is because of norms, females are typically more encouraged supportive roles and there are alot of examples from movies,..And the opposite is also true for boys. They take up a more dominant and better role which can lead them to choose subjects like :science, math,physics,.. But nowadays, both boys and girls are discovering more and more their love for different

subjects backed up by surveys. One popular surveys showed that the percentage of males studying and in subjects such as science, maths,... have decreased

by 10% to 15% and the opposite is also true, the ratio between females and males

in more creative subjects such as arts,.. has decrease too.

Thiếu minh chứng, thiếu logic, tổ chức bài viết không khoa học

3/6

Vu Minh Nhat 16/2

vuminhnhat1231456 — 2025-02-16 13:04:25 UTC

The population of three cities, Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai is shown in the chart. In the chart below, the Jakarta city is the least resident all time in this, but the Sao Paulo city is the most crowded in this

In this chart, Jakarta was the least dweller in the 1990 about 7 million. In 2000 in prediction, Jakarta had had about 11 million denizens. But in 2000 actual figures, the dweller that Jakarta had 12 million residents. The second city is Shanghai. In 1990, the inhabitant of the Shanghai city was over 12 million. And in the 2000 in prediction, the dweller had had about 11 million. Not only decrease but also increase. In the 2000 actual figures, the Shanghai city had 15 million denizens. The last city is Sao Paulo, this was the most populous city. In 1990, the city had over 16 million residents. In the 2000 in prediction, the popularity of the population had get about 22 million. More than expected, in 2000 actual figures, The Sao Paulo had nearly 25 million inhabitants.

In the chart, the Shanghai city has the fastest population increase and the Jakarta city has the slowest population in three cities.

3/4

In my opinion, the boy’s strengths is the logic thinking, but the girl’s strengths is the emotional thinking. Therefore, the girls tend to choose arts and the boys like science. According to The Time, published on 23 January 2024, column 6, line 4 said that:”In a study, the brain of the boy develop about the logic thinking but girl’s brain develop emotional thiking”

Vũ Hải Yến 16/2

2025-02-16 13:04:53 UTC

The actual and expected data of residents of three cities, Jakarta, Sau Paulo, and Sanghai is illustrated in the chart above.

Overall, Sao Paulo city is the highest population while the city with the lowest population is Jakarta.

In 1990, Jakarta had a population of 8 million but in 2000 it increased to 12 million, compared to a predicted 11 million. Similarly, Shanghai had a population of about 12 million in 1990 and it had predicted to decline to 11 million in 2000 but actually increased to 15 million. At the top is Sao Paulo with a population of 24 million in 2000 compared to a predicted 22 million and it had 17 million people in 1990.

Task 2

In universities and schools, arts is often chosen by girls, while boys often l enjoy science. Here are the reasons and my opinion on this.

Here are the reasons that I guess. Firstly, girl's brain structure is oriented towards beauty, they often care about the appearance of an object. Secondly, women are quite sensitive, they are easily emotional or moved by everything around them. However, compared to women, boys' brain structure is often curious, wanting to explore deeply into a certain object or phenomenon.

With this trend, I think it needs to change. Girls can choose science and boys can also choose art because it depends on each person's desire and talent

Hoàng Thuỳ Linh 23/2/2025

2025-02-23 04:05:17 UTC

Phương An (23-2-2025)

2025-02-23 04:11:33 UTC

Although robots are believed to play an important role in shaping humanity s' future, they bring disadvantages and could cause negative effects on society . Below, I will discuss both of the above issues.

Great !

As can be seen, society is increasingly developing, robots are increasingly progressing, so they bring many benefits to human s' life.
On the other hand, robots also contain hidden dangers for society and people in the future
Good

2025-02-23 04:11:48 UTC

Huyền 23-2

•That robots play an important role in shaping the future of humanity is the view of some people. Besides, robots will be dangerous and harmful to humans, that's what many people think. In my opinion, both of the above arguments are ~~neither wrong nor completely correct~~ discussed below

•Some people think that the good side of robots bring many benefits in shaping the future of humanity

•The dark side of using robots is that it can be harmful, there are risks to humanity.

Good

Nguyễn Mạnh Tiến 23/2/2025

2025-02-23 04:11:58 UTC

A few people believe that robots play an essential role in shaping humanity’s future , whereas others argue they pose many risks and could harm society . Below I will discuss them.

On the one hand , robots have many benefits for humans , robots help people work.

On the other hand, .........

robots make people lazier and there are people unemployed

Long 23/2/2025

2025-02-23 04:13:52 UTC

Robots have played an important role when shaping humanity future, however, some people think they can bring lots of disadvantages ~~issues~~ and could harm society.

I agree with ~~this~~ these 2 viewpoints ~~and~~ with some reasons and information below.

Good !

Topic sentences 1: On the one hand, ~~its~~ robots can offer some benefits for human beings

Topic sentences 2: on the othe hand, ~~its~~ they also have some drawbacks.

Gia linh

2025-02-23 04:14:59 UTC

Task2:

•Open: In the fast changing world, which has a lot of intelligence technology, one of these is robot. Robots play a necessary role in shaping humanity's future but they also pose risks and could ~~harm~~ society . I am going to dicuss these problems below

Good !

☆ On the one hand, robots are useful for creating living conditions better in human life regardless of present and future,....

☆ On the other hand, some reports about robots said that robots are also concerned about causing unsustainable to the world in the future .......

good...

Vương 23/02/2025

2025-02-23 04:15:06 UTC

Robots are believed to play a significant part in shaping humanity's future, besides, others suppose that they bring risks and could damage society. Both of the above opinions will be presented below.

Good !

Topic Sentence 1 : On the one hand, robots have many benefits to develop society and build a better future for people.,,,,,

Topic Sentence 2 : On the other hand, there are also many drawbacks that robots cause.

good

Bảo Nhi | 23.2

2025-02-23 04:15:08 UTC

Open:

Nowadays, robots play a crucial role in shaping humanity’s future. In my opinion, their role brings both positive and negative effects.

Topic sentence:

On the one hand, robots offer many benefits.

On the other hand, some argue that robots could have a harmful affect on humanity.

Good

Hoàng Thùy Linh 23/02

2025-02-23 04:15:28 UTC

Robots is believed to play on an important role in shaping humanity's future, whereas they is are argued to pose bring risks unbenefits and could ~~harm~~ damage society by others.

Thiếu luận điểm

-On the one hand, robots bring advantages for human life in the future..........

-On the other hand, robots not only bring advantages, but they also have some disadvantages.

Good

Nguyễn Hà Phương

2025-02-23 04:16:09 UTC

It is believed that robots can contribute to shaping humanity’s better future , but it is also ~~thinked~~ thought that robots make negatives and could ~~harm~~ damage society . I agree with 2 viewpoints with some reasons below.

On the one hand, robots can bring a lot of advantages , it contributes to form our society more and more modern, convenient and better .

On the other hand , robots are believed ~~that also~~ to have many ~~issues~~ problems and can lead to few negatives for our life

Hoàng Diễm Quỳnh 23/02/2025

p5r57rk74r — 2025-02-23 04:18:02 UTC

Some people think robots will help our future.

They believe robots make work easier. other people worry that robots can be hamful.I will ~~talk~~ discussed about both sides ~~and say what I think~~ below

On the one hand, ...................

robots help people by doing many hard tasks quickly.

On the other hand, robots also bring many harms to human life.

Hà My 23/2

2025-02-23 04:56:52 UTC

Some people think that robots are essential in shaping humanity's future , however ,others belive that robots pose risks and could damage society. I agree with 2 point of view because of some reasons below.

On the one hand , robots create many benefits in shaping humanity's future...............
On the other hand , robots also bring disadvangtages and could damage society.........

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (23/2/2025)

2025-02-23 04:58:08 UTC

Topic sentence 1:On the one hand, robots have many ~~the~~ benefits. ~~of helping, like humans, they can calculate all aspects so humans don't have to do anything.~~
Topic sentence 2: On the other hand, they also have harmful effects on society and human's life.

Minh Anh 23/2

2025-02-23 04:59:48 UTC

On the one hand, ........

robots help people by making work faster, reducing mistakes, and improving safety in many areas like factories, hospitals, and homes.

On the other hand, .............

robots also take jobs from people, which causes unemployment and makes life difficult for some families.

Minh Ngọc 3/3

2025-03-03 12:32:45 UTC

The given charts illustrate the statistics of males and females who do housework and the average time of ~~time~~ that both genders spend to do each work in a day of a country.

Overall, there is a higher percentage of women who engage in cooking and cleaning compared to men, whereas more men are involved in house repairs. The time spent on each task also follows a similar pattern, with women spending more time on cooking and cleaning, while men dedicate more time to house repairs.

Women are more responsible for cooking, as around 80% of them take care of cooking, while the figures for men are much lower at approximately 60%, which explains why women devote more time to these tasks, consuming about 80 minutes daily for cooking, whereas men use around 20 minutes less for it. Likewise, there are much more females who perform the task of cleaning (60% for females and about 40% for males in the same task) and it is clear that females allocate time for cleaning one-third times more than males since women use nearly 70 minutes cleaning while the number is only 50 minutes for men. Pet care is the only duty that both genders perform equally, as a similar proportion of men and women are involved in this task, and the amount of time they devote to it is almost identical, suggesting that this responsibility is shared more fairly compared to other household chores. Men outstrip women in house repairs, as they are more in charge of this task, though the percentage remains below 20% for both, and while men also use more time than women on this activity, it takes up significantly less time than cooking or cleaning.

In conclusion, women are responsible for most daily chores and spend more time on them, while men focus more on house repairs but contribute less overall, with pet care being the only equally shared task.

7.5

Lâm Vy 3/3/25

2025-03-03 12:42:04 UTC

The rate of women and men who take charge in of some types of household chorse and the amound of average time that they spend in doing those tasks a day in a nation are illustrated in two chart below respectively.

Overall, as can be seen, most of home tasks is are taken by women, ~~which show a coverage of female in taking care of houses.~~

In details, there is 60% of men who involve in cooking for 60 minutes a day and 85% of women who do the same task in 85 minutes a day. Besides, the percentage of women who perform the task of cleaning is 61%, which outstrips that rate in men, just 40%. The time that male and female allocate for cleaning in a day is 40 and 68 minutes respectively. One of the most interesting statistics is that the ratio of men and women who are responsible for pet care stays likewise with 20% and the time that they devote for this chore is still the same, 20 minutes per day. Ultimately, it is clear that house repairs is performed for 5 minutes a day by just 8% of female, meanwhiles, 19% of male doing this home task for approximate 20 minutes a day.

In conclusion, although the tasks of cooking and cleaning, which are in charge by women, consume more time than itself which is done by men, male tends to spend their time undertaking pet care and mostly house repairs, so that it makes a harmonious society.

7.0

Hoàng Hân 8/3

2025-03-08 14:29:15 UTC

The actual and expected statistics of citizens of three cities, Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai is are described in the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, the population size in Sao Paulo is the biggest, besides the smallest population size belongs to Jakarta.

Looking at the details, the population size in Jakarta in 1990 took about 7 millions, but the prediction number in 2000 was 11 million people compared to the real number standing at 12 millions. The people figure in Shanghai in 1990 took about 12 millions, besides, the ~~person~~ statistics in 2000 was 11 millions but the actual number standing at 15 millions. The citizens size in Sao Paulo in 1990 was 17 millions, in the fact, in 2000 took about 22 millions compared to the actual figures approximately 24 millions people.

Finally, we saw the population size in three cities is was increasing overtime

3/4

Phương Vy (8/3)

2025-03-08 14:29:43 UTC

The actual and expected statistics of residents of three cities , Jakarta , Sao Paulo , and Shanghai is are illustrated in the chart above .

Overall, as can be seen , the population size in Sao Paulo takes the highest position , meanwhiles, the smallest population size belongs to Jakarta.

First , the population size in Jakarta in 1990 took about 7 millions, but the prediction number in 2000 was 11 million people compared to the real number standing at 12 millions . Next , the population size in Shanghai in 1990 took about 12 millions , the prediction figures in 2000 was 11 millions , and the actual figures standing at 15 millions . Finally, the population size in Sao Paulo in 1990 presented in 17 millions , but the prediction statistics in 2000 was 22 millions , in the fact the statistics standing for 24 millions.

In general , I think the information about the actual and expected figures of population of three cities , Jakarta , Sao Paulo , Shanghai is useful for everyone .

3/4

Nguyễn Bá Đức

2025-03-08 14:36:31 UTC

The information about the actual and guess statistics of people of three cities, Jakarata, Sao Paulo, and Shanghaln is revealed in the chart above

Overall, as can be seen, ~~the pouplation size between 1900 and 2000 is the biggest in the sao paula, While, the smallest belong to jakata~~

The population size in jakata in 1990 took about 7 millions but the prectiction in 2000 was 11 millions people compared to the real number standing at 12 millions

The residents size in shanghal in 1990 took about 13 millions but ~~the t~~ in 2000 it was 11 millions people compared to the actual number standing at 15 millions

~~The citizens size is the biggest in the sao paulo from 13 millons to 24 millons at three different points of time~~

In short, the ~~quality~~ quantity of citizens at three different cities gradually increased

2/5

Long

2025-03-08 14:38:56 UTC

The information about the real and guess statistics of residents of three cities,Jakarta,Sao paulo,and Shanghai ~~are~~ is described in the chart above

Overall, as can be seen, the biggest population size from 1990 to 2000 is presented in Sao Paulo and the smallest belongs to Ja

The population size in Jakarta in 1990 took about 7 millions but the prediction number in 2000 was 11 millions people compared to the real number standing at 12 millions

The population size in Shanghai in 1990 got about 11,5 millions but the expected number in 2000 was 15 millions citizens compared to the actual number standing at 13 millions

The population size in Sao Paulo in 1990 has about 17 millions but the ~~guession~~ number in 2000 was 24 millions residents compared to the fact number standing at 22 millions

In short,the population size at three different cities,Jarkata,Shanghai, and Sao Paulo ~~are~~ increased in order

lặp lại câu quá nhiều

2.5/4

Hoàng Mạnh Tùng 8/3

2025-03-08 14:39:09 UTC

The chart illustrates the population in three different ~~countries~~, in ~~detail~~ Jakarta, Sao Paulo and Shanghai in 1990, as well as an expected and actual data in 2007.

Overall, as can be seen, Sao Paulo ~~had~~ the highest citizens number of three cities, followed by Shanghai, Jakarta ~~had~~ the lowest figure . It is also notable that there was a significant difference between guess and actual.

First, you can see the quantity of Sao Paulo’s population in 1990, there was approxinmately 16 million people, it doubled the number of Jakarta at the same time. Besides that, ~~predicted~~ peple expected that the figure for Jakarta would increase to 12 millions, and Sao Paulo’s inhabitants could rise to ~~well~~ over 20 million. However, Jakarta is believed to have a reduce slightly, from 13 to 11 million in the period.

Finally, although the population of all three cities did not increased as exected but they all develop more population than itself in the past.

sai nhiều ngứ pháp

2/4

Phương Anh

phanhphanh2742009 — 2025-03-08 14:39:10 UTC

Task 1:

Open:

The ~~actual guess~~ statistics of residents of three cities: Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai at 2 different points of time( 1990 and 2000) is are given out the line graph above.

Overall:
Overall, as can be seen, the citizens size in Sao Paulo stands at the highest rate, meanwhiles, the lowest ratio of population belongs to Jakarta.
Looking at the chart we can see, In 1990,people of Jakarta took about 8 millions, but in 2000 it increased to 13 million people compared to the real number standing at 12 millions.
Next, the second city is Shanghai, in 1990, the people ~~individual~~ of the Shanghai city ~~was~~ were over 12 millions, but in the 2000, the prediction number reduced ~~about~~ to about11 millions. ~~In the 2000~~ For actual numbers, the Shanghai city had 15 million population that is an amazing increase in 2000.
Finally, the third city is Sao Paulo, in 1990,the citizens of ~~the~~ Sao Paulo city ~~was standed~~ stood at 16 millions, it was ~~very~~ taller than Jakarta and Shanghai in 1990. In 2000, the prediction increased about 21 millions and in the 2000, for the actual statistics, the Sao Paulo city had 24 millions residents this is an astonishing number.
Xem lại thứ tự từ trong câu
2.5/4

Linh 8/3

2025-03-08 14:43:08 UTC

Open

The Information about the actual and expected figures of population of three cities, Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai from 1990 to 2000 is described by the chart below.

Overall

Overall, as can be seen, Jakarta is the smallest residents size within 10 years and Sao Paulo is the biggest.

First, the population size in Jakarta in 1990 took about 7 millions but the prediction number in 2000 was 11 millions people compared to the real number standing at 12 millions

Meanwhile, Sao Paulo is got the biggest population size of three cities with a population in 1990 of 17 million and ~~has~~ 22 millions with predicted numbers, ~~has~~ 24 millions with actual figures

After that, in 1990 at Shanghai ~~has~~ approximately 12 millions is bigger than Jakarta and is smaller than Sao Paulo. By 2000 it is estimated that there will be 11 million but in real life it ~~has~~ 15 millions.

câu lặp lại, sai ngữ pháp

2/4

Tuấn Phong

2025-03-08 14:45:52 UTC

Open:

• The following is information is about on actual figures and predicted statistics on the population of three cities Jakarta, Sao Paulo and Shanghai from 1990 - 2000 is illustrated in the chart below

Overall, as can be seen,Sao Paulo has the largest population size and, the smallest population size belongs to Jakarta.

The population size in Jakarta in 1990 was about 7 millions people, but the prediction statistic for 2000 was 11 million people compared to the real statistics at 12 millions people

The population size in Shanghai in 1990 was 12 million people, but the prediction number for 2000 ~~was~~ reduced slightly to 11 millions people compared to the actual number at 15 millions people

The population size in Sao Paulo in 1990 was

approximately 17 millions people, but the predicted figure for 2000 ~~was~~ increased to about approximately 22 millions people compared to in the fact figures at 24 millions people

3/4

Lâm Hà

2025-03-08 14:48:25 UTC

Open:

The actual and expected statistics of citizens of three cities Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai at two different points of time (1999, 2000 in prediction, 2000 actual figures) is are described in the chart below.

Overall:

Overall, as can be seen, the biggest residents size is taken by Sao Paulo from 1999 to 2000, and the smallest residentnumber belongs to Jakarta.

According to the chart above, in 1990, the population size in Jakarta took about 7 million people and in 2000, the prediction number was 11 million people compared to the real number standing at 12 millions.

Besides, the citizens size in Sao Paulo in 1999 ~~has~~ had about 16 millions people, but the prediction number in 2000 was 22 millions people and in the fact, the figure in Sao Paulo go went up to 24 millions people.

Finally, in 1999, the population size in Shanghai ~~has~~ had approximately 13 millions people, and the predicted figures reduced to 11 millions people compared to the real number increased to 15 millions people.

Chú ý số ít số nhiều của từ, còn lặp lại từ

2.5/4

Phúc 8/3/2025

2025-03-08 14:50:19 UTC

• The information on the actual and ~~projected~~ predicted population of the three cities (Jakarta, Sao Paulo and Shanghai) is illustrated in the ~~diagram~~ chart below.

Overall, .....

• As can be seen, the population size in Jakarta in 1990 was around 7-8 million people but the expected figure in 2000 was 11 million people, while the actual figure was 12 million.

On the other side, the population of Sao Paulo in 1990 was around 17 million people and after 10 years it was expected to be 21 million people but the actual figure increased to 24 million .

The last city is Shanghai, in 1990, the population was 12 million and it was likely to reduce to 11 millions but the real number was 15 millions.

3/4

Lê Huy Hoàng (8/3/2025)

2025-03-08 14:53:55 UTC

•The real and predicted numbers of residents of three cities: Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai are illustrated in the chart above.

•Overall, as can be seen , Sao Paulo is has the biggest population size from 1990 to 2000. At the same time, the smallest citizen size belongs to Jakarta.

•Looking at the details, the population size in Jakarta in 1990 took about 7 millions, but the prediction statistics in 2000 were 11 million people compared to the actual number standing at 12 millions. Besides, in 1990, the citizen size of Shanghai stood at approximately 13 millions, however, the expectation figure in 2000 ~~were~~ was 11 million people, but the actual statistic in 2000 ~~were~~ was exactly 15 millions. Finally, in 1990, the citizen size in Sao Paulo stood ~~for~~ at 17 millions, yet the projection figure in 2000 ~~were~~ was about 22 million people ~~that~~ but in the fact, the statistic in 2000 ~~were~~ was 24 millions.

•In short, all three cities Jakarta, Shanghai , and Sao Paulo increase obviously in population size.

chú ý số ít số nhiều của từ vựng

3/4

Thành Hưng /8-3

2025-03-08 14:55:50 UTC

Open: The chart reveals information about the reality and expected figures of residents of three cities Jakarta , Sao Paulo , and Shanghai .

Overall, as can be seen , The population size in Sao Paulo takes the highest rate , Meanwhiles , the lowest ratio of population size belongs to in Jakarta .

Firstly, the population size in Jakarta in 1990 took about 7 milion , besides, the guess quantity in 2000 was approximately 11 millions people , compared to the real number standing at 13 million . Next, the population size in Shanghai in 1990 occupied about 12 millions , but the prediction number in 2000 was 11 million people , compared to the actual figures at 15 million . Finally, the population size in Sao Paulo in 1990 took about 17 million , but the expected quantity in 2000 was 22 million people , compared to the fact standing at 25 million .

In short , the population size of three cities ~~both~~ was all upward .

Lặp lại từ

3/4

Lâm Vy 9/3

phamlamvy212 — 2025-03-09 06:11:14 UTC

4.5/6
Many perspectives said that working together enables scientists around the world to conduct the most beneficial outcome, meanwhiles, others supposed that this aprroach could have disadvantage results. In this essay, I will discuss both viewpoints and indicate my opinions.

On the one hand, working together can bring many advantages for scientists. It is clear that scientific research, which aims at discovering new results, demands numerous efforts, time and tests. As a rerult, working together allows scientists to work more effectively and rapidly by acquiring knowledge from many resources and collecting more amount of manpower or exchanges, leading to more meaningful results which benefits all people in the society. Accroding to a recent study in Cambrige University, 78% of students assumed that teamwork provides them many innovative ideas from exchanging with each other, which enhance optimally their scientific research in distinc fields.

On the other hand, althought having a lot of benefits, working together between scientists may lead to some downsides in some cases. As scientists from all over the world have their own points of view, methods or background of the country, so that, if they work together, arguments can be raised significantly with unwanted discords. Therefore, it could make a barrier that slowdowns the process of diícovering new outcome for society.

In conclusion, in my opinion, the scientific research in some certain fields like medication or psychology can be done by the cooperation of scientists as people share commonalities ; nevertheless, scientists just need to refer others's results and pay attention in their research for conducting the best outcome, which improves the development of the societies.

Huyền Trang 9/3

2025-03-09 12:22:37 UTC

The proportion of films released and cinema ticket sales in four genres (Drama, Comedy, Fantasy, and Romance) in a country is illustrated by the given ~~bar charts~~ between 1996 and 2000.

From my perspective, Comedy has the highest percentage of films released in both years, while Drama lead in ticket sales. Fantasy and Romance remain the least popular in both aspects.

Looking at the details, in 1996, Comedy accounted for approximately 25% of total films released, followed by Drama at around 20%. By 2000, both categories experienced slight increases, with Comedy surpassing 30% and Drama seeing a modest rise. Meanwhile, ~~Fantasy and Romance remained under 10% in both years, showing minimal change.~~

Regarding ticket sales, Drama dominated in 1996, contributing to roughly 25%, while Comedy followed closely at around 20%. By 2000, Comedy surpassed Drama, reaching nearly 30%. Fantasy and Romance, despite having low release rates, consistently had the smallest share of ticket sales, both staying below 10% in both years.

In conclusion, Comedy and Drama are the most prominent genres in terms of both film production and audience preference, whereas Fantasy and Romance remain marginal.

Thiếu dữ liệu , miêu tả cần chính xác hơn

2.5/4

Đức Dũng 9/3

2025-03-09 12:28:38 UTC

The total rate of movies released and ticket sales in 1996 and 2000 in a nation is described in the graphs above.

Overall, Drama and Comedy took the lead for both rate of films released ~~in 1996 and 2000~~ and ~~also~~ ~~the ratio of~~ tickets sales in that time period, on the other side, romance has ~~had~~ the lowest proportion in both the categories ~~between 1996 and 2000.~~

Looking at the details, in 1996, drama ~~has taken~~ took up about 26% in released watching and about 16% of ticket sales accounted for this kind of entertainment at the same time, meanwhile, 36% and 17% was presented in 2000 for drama in free viewing and ticket sold, respectively.

Examining the information more closely shows that the rate of admissions sold of Comedy took the lead at 20% in 1996 and about 23% 4 years later, during the same time, the ratio for movies released of the same genre ~~stands~~ stood at 20% and 25% in the 1996 and 2000.

As can be seen on the graph above, Fantasy has had the lowest proportion of only about 3% in the total amount of ticket sales in 1996 but ~~has risen~~ it rose up 5% in the following 4 years in ~~the~~ 2000, but during that time, 12% and 16% was presented in 1996 and 2000 for the same type of films.

And lastly, Romance in movies released both in 1996 and 2000 stood at 5%, but it decreased 3% ~~to 2%~~ ~~and also at 5% in the 2000 and 1996 for amount of ticket sold.~~

To summarize the information above, the highest rate of films released and admissions sales belongs to Drama and Comedy genre, while Romance has the lowest proportion in both categories.

2.5/4

Hoang Phuc 9/3

2025-03-09 12:29:23 UTC

The summaries of the proportion of films released and the ticket sales are illustrated in the bar charts above.

Overall, As can be seen, the resident's preferences in 1996 and 2000 concentrated mainly on the comedy from the below graph, nevertheless, citizens did not take great interest in the romance of the below one.

Looking at the details from the graphs, for Drama, the free watchings from 1996 to 2000 had a significant increase that started at about 26% and this one increased to 35% in 2000, meanwhile, at the same time in the below chart, this rate changed slightly from 16% to 17% in the quantity of ticket sold. Nonetheless, in another aspect of Comedy of the both charts, ~~which~~ it had a rather stable ratio of the films released from 20% to 25% from 1996 to 2000, compared with the low percentage of the number of tickets with about 3% of difference between 1996 and 2000. One more thing that is not the enjoyment of people

Good

Khánh Linh 9/3/2025

2025-03-09 12:29:26 UTC

The total ratio of movies released and the total rate of ticket sales between 1996 and 2000 in a nation is revealed in the graphs above.

Overall, as can be seen that, the types of Drama and Comedy always holds the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest ~~position~~ place in the rank belongs to Romance in the chart.

Looking at the details, in 1996, Dramma took about 26% in released watching, and about 16% of ticket sales accounted for this kind of entertainment at the same time, meanwhiles, 35% and 17% was presented in 2000 for Drama in free viewing and ticket sold, respectively.

Next, the Comedy type in 1996, the rate of free movie watching and the percentage of tickets ~~was~~ achieved equal data of 20%, besides, watching freely movies had shift faster than watching tickets ~~to buy tickets~~ of 25% and 23%, respectively.

The third position belongs to Fantasy

Cham, cach dung cau

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-03-09 12:33:05 UTC

The total percentage of movies released and the total rate of tickets sales from 1996 to 2000 in a country ~~are~~ illustrated in the graphs above.

Overall , drama and comedy always occupy the highest positions, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to romance in the ranking .

Looking at the details, in 1996, Drama took about 26% in released watching, and about 16% of ticket sales accounted for this kind of entertainment at the same time, meanwhiles, 35% and 17% was presented in 2000 for Drama in free viewing and ticket sold, respectively. ~~In addition~~, Comedy reached 20% for both free viewing and ticket sales in 1996, the films released and ticket sales sides for this genre were presented 25% and 23% in 2000, respectively.

Cham, hoa hop cua S va V

Good

Lâm vy 11/3

phamlamvy212 — 2025-03-11 13:48:25 UTC

Task 1: 3/4

The global market percentage of three different computer running system, which were compared to others between 2012 and 2015 is illustrated in the graphs below.

Overall, as can be seen, over 3 year, the rate of market share of Os1 accounts for the largest porpotion, meanwhile, the smallest ratio belongs to Os3.

In details, althought Os1, had a humble percentage of market share in 2012, which was only 20%, it increased to 34% in 2013 and then eventually went up dramatically to 47% and 52% in 2014, 2015 respectively. Otherwise, one of the most interesting developments is that through 2012 and 2013, the ratio of Os2's market share remained at 17% and it also maintained at 18% from 2014 and 2015, which showed the stable trend of this computer system. The figure of Os3 decresed from 15% to 10% in the first two years before recovering back to 15% in 2014 and 2015. Ultimately, in 2012, 2013, the sales of other computer systems was the largest with 48% and 35%, nevertheless, after that, the rate just gained for a modest quantity of 15% in 2014 and 23% in 2015.

To sum up, these computer systems contribute significantly to develope and vary the market in the society.

Task 2: 4.5

There is a prolonged phenomenon is that living in a perfect society always has been a dream of many people, but most of them ~~has~~ have not yet considered about what that society actually look like. In this essay, I will indicate some factors to create a perfect society in the morden world before give advices for residents to achieve it.

There are several elements that can contribute to make an idea society. In my opinion, happiness is the most significant factor. A perfect society would need to provide citizens with the ability of expressing freely their true personalities without meeting any obstacles or barriers. As a result, the society has to become a place where equality is given prominence, enabling people to less depend on other's critical thoughts. Therefore, a harmonious society would be created, which highlights strongly each individual's value.

To make this dream becomes true, residents also need to have certain actions that contribute to the society. As happiness depends on how people treat each other in common days, even just in a small conversation, individuals need to ensure that they think thoughtfully before showing any attitude or behavior for the person they communicate with. Moreover, we should respect other's nationality or backgrounds so that it can create a perfect environment for everyone to develop themselves.

In conclusion, a dream society depends on various thoughts of each person, which means we can live in our idea society if we actually take actions from now.

kimchi9/3/2025

2025-03-13 13:47:10 UTC

The graphs below illustrates the total percentage of movie released and the total rate of ticket sales from 1996 to 2006 in a country.

As can be seen from the graphs, drama and comely always occupy the highest positons, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to romance in the ranking. Looking at the details, in 1996, drama took about 26% in released watching, about 16% of ticket sales accounted for this kind of entertainment at the same time. Meanwhile, 35% and 17% was presented in 2000 for drama in free viewing and ticket sold. In 2000, comedy reached 25% of movies released but was 3% lower in ticket sales. Meanwhile, fantasy and romance films released were 16% and 5% respectively, higher in ticket sales by about 9% and 3%. In 1996 comedy and romance of both genres were equal at 20% and 5%, fantasy movies released were 2% and 3% in ticket sales.

Lâm vy 14/3

phamlamvy212 — 2025-03-14 15:28:47 UTC

Nowadays, while the strong development of technology bring many advantages for everyone from using mobile phones and the internet, the old people seems to use them the least. In this essay, I will indicate some sides of moblie phones and the internet that benefit older people and solutions to encourage them to use these technologies.

There are several aspects of moblie phones and the internet that bring a lot of positive outcomes for old generation. Although they potentially suffer from distinc and unpredictable illnesses, their abilities to go to hospital for checking health problems is limited. It is clear that most of older people is not always taken care enough by their children or basically they do not want to be a burden, so that diagnosing illness becomes very hard as they rarely tell about their symptoms and do not have any means of transport. As a result, it is important for old people to have a moblie phone with internet accessed because it enables them to chat with doctors online or make an appointment quickly and easily. Moreover, mobile phones are equipped with various of apps or websites that suitable for old people to connect with their chidren or search for helpful information, which contribute significantly to decrease their loneliness. Accrording to a recent survey, 75% of older people in Europe said that using mobile phones is the positive way to short the age gap between different generation in a famlily.

Beside mobile phones's benefits, it is necessary for young individuals to encourage oder people to use these techninologies. Not every old people enjoy and know how to use mobile phones because they believed that these devices are complicated and can not be reliable. Young people then need to

lam vy 19/3

phamlamvy212 — 2025-03-19 16:12:15 UTC

task 1: 3/4

The amount of nitrogen oxided emisions ~~which~~ ~~are~~ is produced by four means of vehicles traveling by different speed is illustrated in the line graph below.

Overall, as can be seen, petroleum and diesel car has a stable amount of emissions released in all speed level, meanwhile, itself in busses and lerries has an dramatical gap between the highest and the lowest.

In details, at the speed of 10 kph, the amount of emissions released by busses stood at 40 g/km before it decreased regularly and hit a low at around 25 g/km at 60 kph. After that, it grew up significantly back to 40 g/km when the busses's speed reached at 130 kph, which is the highest speed of this means of transport. Follow a similar pattern, the amount of nitrogen oxide emissions emitted by lorries also dropped dramatically from 35 to 17 g/km - the lowest position at the speed of 90 kph and then climbs up from 90 to 25 g/km when the lorries go with the speed of 100 kph. In constrast, both petrol and diesel car had the amount of emission that remained unchange at any speed, around 10 and 5 g/km respectively.

To sum up,

Minh Ngọc - 27/3

2025-03-27 12:59:31 UTC

Task 1: 7.5

The line graph illustrates the percentage of tourists using five different kinds of transport in a particular country from 1989 to 2009.

Overall, cars ~~were~~ the most popular choice throughout the period, meanwhile ferries ~~had~~ the lowest percentage of users. Air travel and coach services ~~saw~~ an increase in popularity, whereas rail and car usage ~~experienced~~ fluctuations.

In 1989, around 48% of tourists traveled by car, and this figure steadily increased to a peak of approximately 60% in 1999 before declining slightly to about 50% in 2009. Meanwhile, the percentage of tourists choosing rail transport started at around 38% and gradually rose to 45% by 2009.

Air travel accounted for about 37% in 1989 but then it steadily decreased to roughly 28% in 2004 before slightly recovering in 2009. Coach travel showed a steady upward trend, rising from about 10% to nearly 20%. On the other hand, ferry usage remained the least preferred option, as can be seen that its percentage stayed below 10% throughout the period.

In conclusion, while cars remained the dominant kind of transport, rail and coach services gained popularity, whereas air and ferry transport saw decreased usage.

Câu còn lặp lại- Overall

3/4

Task 2

Nowadays, many people believe that our lives are ~~more~~ higher-quality than in the past, especially in this century. Although I do agree with the fact that modern life brings many advantages, there are also multiple negative aspects that makes life not so worth-living.

On the one hand, living in the 21st century has many benefits including advancements in technology and healthcare, which we can not experience in sooner centuries. The First benefit is technology is that makes everything easier to use. For example, now everybody ~~have~~ mobile phones ~~what~~ can do many things. We can talk with people far away, do shopping without go outside, and find all informations fast. In the past, many diseases were untreatable, but now people can ~~live~~ have longer and healthier lives thanks to advanced medicine. The living standard ~~is also raised~~ has grown as we can make and earn more money from work and investments. According to a recent survey taken in the UK, 86% of citizens belongs to the Y generation, who have ~~lived~~ through two centuries, said that the standard of life has improved significantly since the 21st century started.

On the other hand, life in the modern world also comes with difficulties. Many people suffer from stress due to long working hours and high expectations of the society. Unlike in the past, when life was slower and simpler, people today often struggle to balance between work and personal life. Therefore, there is an increasing number of individuals who have to deal with mental health issues every single day. Additionally, environmental issues such as air and water pollution have become more serious, affecting public health and overall human-being.

In conclusion, although life in the 21st century has improved in many ways, it also has new challenges. Those are the reasons why I partly agree that the quality of life is better than in previous centuries.

4.5/6

Hoàng Tuấn Sơn 27/03/2025

2025-03-27 13:02:24 UTC

Task1: 5.5

The ratios of visitors who use different transportations to travel in a country from 1989 to 2009 are illustrated in the graph below.

Overall, cars ~~were~~ the most popular type of transport throughout the period and ferry had lowest rate of users.

In 1989, 48% tourist used cars. This percentage increased to 62% in 1999, but it declined slightly to just above 50% in 2009. The ratio of rail travel started at 38% and saw a steady rose, reached a ~~peach~~ at 58% in 2009. Airline began at 38%, moderately decreased to 21% through the period. The most noticeable aspect was coach usage percentage, which was 9% in 1989, after that, this figure increased continuously to 18% in 2009.

Ferry transport had the lowest number of users, which started at 4% and had a bit changed in the period, accounted for 8% in 2009.

In summary, cars were still the popular mode of travelling, while rail, air travel grew up over time. Meanwhile, the user of coaches and ferries remained very low.

thieu lien tu ket noi

2/4

-------------------------------------------

Task 2:

People said that the quality of life in the 21st century ~~was~~ much better than life in the past. In my opinion, I agree with this opinion because of many reasons, which I will tell you in the essays below.

To begin with,............................................

medical advancements have greatly enhanced human life expectancy and comfort. In the past, diseases like smallpox were deadly, but now, it medical treatment can cure diseases by vaccine and antibiotics.

Additionally, education has become more accessible, leading to better job opportunities and higher incomes. Unlike previous centuries when education was limited to the elite, modern society offers free or affordable schooling to the majority of people. According to UNESCO, the global literacy rate has risen from about 12% in the 19th century to approximately 86% in 2020.

Finally, the development of internet ~~have~~ a big impact to human. More and more application and product using internet make our life become more convenient. People now can entertain everytime they want with electrical equipment. We can watch film, listen tio music with only a tiny smartphone

In conclusion, modern advancements in healthcare, technology, and education have led to a generally improved quality of life in 21st century. I think continuous efforts are needed to make our life more better.

3.5/6

Hoàng Tiến Sơn 27/3/2025

2025-03-27 13:02:42 UTC

Task 1:

The given graph illustrates the ratios of traveller who tried different kinds of transport to go within a particular nation from 1989 to 2009.

Overall, cars ~~were~~ the most popular mode of transport despite a decline while ferry ~~had~~ the lowest percentages of tourist throughout the period.

In 1989, around 50% ~~percentages~~ of traveller used car. This percentages increased to about 60% in 1999 before it gradually declined to approximately 50% in 2009. Meanwhile, rail travel started at over 30%, and it steady rose and hit a peak at nearly 60% in 2009. Air travel began at around 38% and sank sharply to 21% in 2009. Coaches, on the other hand, showed a consistent rise, overtaking air travel by 2009. Ferry usage remained the lowest in this period, with a small grew up to 12% in 2004 before dropped slowly to 8% in 2009.

In conclusion, while cars were the most popular transport, rail travel gained popularity over time, and ferries remained the least used in this period of years.

2.5/4: 6.0

Task 2:

S~~omeone~~ believe that, people in 21^st century live in a better life than the previous century. I totally agree with this idea because of many reasons.

First of all, The 21st century has brought people a better life than...

the advancement in medical care is one of the main reasons for it. In the past, diseases such as infection, smallpox, malaria were life-threatening with limited or no treatments available. However, modern medicines and vaccines and improved healthcare facilities increased life span and reduce mortality rate. According to Dr. Robinson from Harvard university, 85% of deadly diseases in the previous centuries have been researched and found the way to cure or at least delay the dead of infected person.

People today have better access to medical services, leading to healthier life and they live longer.

Another key factors is the developments of technology, which have made life become more convenient and efficient. The internet, smartphone and artificial intelligent support people in work, education, entertainment and communication. They make information and opportunities become more accessible. In On the other hand, previous centuries lacked such convenient, making tasks more time-consuming.

Moreover, economic growth and improved living standards have led to better access to education, job opportunities, and social security. People today have greater choices in careers and lifestyles, allowing them to enjoy their interests and maintain a better work-life balance.

In conclusion, the 21st century offers a dramatically improved quality of life compared to previous centuries such as advancements in healthcare, technology, and economic growth. So, I believe that people today are living better lives than ever before.

3.5/6

Lâm Vy 27/3

phamlamvy212 — 2025-03-27 13:13:55 UTC

Task 1: 7.25

The rate of traveler who used distinct vehicles to in a particular nation from 1989 to 2009 is illustrated in the graph below.

Overall, as can be seen, between 1989 ~~adn~~ 2009, the percentage of people who use car stands at the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest belongs to ~~itself~~ in ferry.

In details, the ratio of car rose from 49% in 1989 to 57% in 1994, then even it reached at peak in 1999-61%, 10 years later, it went down slowly back to 51% in 2009. Besides, the most interesting development is that between 1989 and 1994, the rate of raill increased from 32% to 48%, just after that, it climbed up nonstop and went straight to 59% in 2009. In constrast, it is clear that air had ~~little~~ fewer number of users as the rate of it went down slightly from 39% in 1989 to 31% in 1994 and it continue decreased significantly, just 21% in 2009. Another notable change is that although the ratio of coach ~~did not~~ was not high through the years, it grew up gradually from 10% in 1989 to 15% 10 years later, in 1999 and steadily rose to 25% in 2009. Ultimately, ferry had the most stable number of users in the period, despite it's humble percentage, from 1989 to 1999, it went up from 3% to 8%, next, 5 years later it accounted for 11% in 2004 before it decreased to 8% again in 2009.

To sum up, the porpotion showed that although most of vehicles ~~was~~ were choosen by visitors, air was the only means of transport which had the lower lower percentage through years.

3.5/4

Task 2

Nowadays, living in the 21st century often considered as the most quality life of human. I totally agree with this idea and in this essay, I will indicate some reasons for my point.

There are several benefits of living in the 21s century. As there are many researchs and revolutions which have been done through recent decades, technology ~~is developed~~ has been developing dramatically and lead to numerous opportunities for residents. As can be seen, it is easier for people to access the internet, it enable government to improve the medical system, education and also contribute to develope the economy. As a result, plenty of facilities are automatism so that they bring many conveniences for the inhabitants. According to the People, page 23, column 2, part 3, more than 80% of Europe nations assumed that investing in technology is always the most essential thing to do if other country want their residents can acquire true values of life. Moreover, nowsdays, the living standard has become higher and higher, allowing many morden accommodations and entertaining areas to be built for satisfying the demand of residents, which improved the quality of their lives.

In conclusion, as 21st century bring various benefits for people, we need to have an open mind to accept these fast developments.

3.75/6

Lâm Vy 2/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-02 15:09:04 UTC

Task 2: 5/6

Many perspectives said that punishment for young people who commit serious crimes ~~such as robberry or violent attacks~~ should be released as fairly as punishment for older offenders. Personally, I totally disagree with this ideas based on some reasons which are indicated in this essay.

There are several rationales support for why young criminals should not be taken punishment as an adult. It is clear that people who in their early stage of life still can not aware fully of their actions or behaviors. As a result, committing crimes sometimes become unexpected incidents because they do not have ability to control their negative emotions. Therefore, if young people is received rehabilitations reasonably, there are more opportunities and encouragements which can be given for them to fix their faults and find suitable way to become a better person in the future. Accroding to a recent survey in Shanghai, China, the number of young criminals in the city decreased from 45% to under 10% throughout the decade thanks to their special and moral policies for young people who committed serious crimes.

To sum up, althought there are various opinions about this topic, I believe that the best way to keep the society to be safe is that children shoud be taught and taken care enough by their parents right in their childhood stages to forming their right actions.

Lâm Vy 3/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-04 15:39:01 UTC

Task 2: 4.5/6: Phần 1 không rõ ràng

Some individuals are of the opinion that powerful advertising has negative effects on people. In this essay, I will indicate how it can be detrimental before showing solutions to handle this issue.

In details, extreme advertising can affect individuals in many ways. As ~~these~~ advertising shows some amazing functions and eye-catching desings of products, people tends to believe in those benefits and usually buy numerous products. As a result, bad experiencing that can not satisfy enough buyers's demands leads to numerous disappointments and it effects people's ~~mental health~~. Accroding to a recent survey of Oxford University, more than 78% people who ~~was~~ interviewed in Europe said that they just ~~believe~~ in 30% of advertisings which they ~~watch~~ on social media platforms because of their overwhelming advertising. Moreover, buying inequality products not only lead to wasting numerous amount of money but also raising aggressive arguments between buyers and brands.

There are several solutions that can control and eliminate the toxic influences of advertising. To avoid receiving disappointments when buying products, individuals need to enhance their awareness by learning clearly about the ingredients and structures of the products. Moreover, buyers should refer carefully feedbacks of the previous users before giving any decisions. Besides, the government need to run campaigns and release financial punishment for companies which make overwhelming advertisings.

In conclusion, although this issue lead to many hamful impacts, I believe that with these solutions, such as education and financial punishment, advertising can be ~~more~~ safe and effective for customers.

Gia Linh 5.4.25

2025-04-05 11:22:43 UTC

• Opening: The actual and predicted quantities of population of 3 cities: Jakarta, Sao Paulo, Shanghai are demonstrated in the chart below

• It's obvious that the population size of Sao Paulo stands at the highest position in the chart, but hence, the lowest component belongs to Jakarta

•Body:

Looking first at Jakarta, the population size in this place was at 8 millions in 1990, whereas the guess figure presented 11 millions but the actual population in 2000 toke 13 millions. Turning to Shanghai, in 1990, the figure of citizens accounted for 12 millions and over the following 10 years, researcher predicted its declined to 11 million people. However, the real figures considerably went up to 15 millions, this is a sustainable level in 2000s, although China has the most crowded population in the world. The last figure of the chart below ~~is has~~ had the highest ranking- Sao Paulo, the quantity of presidents in this section fluctuated 16 millions and as is shown in the chart, the number of presidents ~~are~~ was expected to level off 19 millions, finally its hit a high of 24 millions, so this is an unpredicted figure after 10 years

3.5/4

Hà My 5/4

2025-04-05 11:29:05 UTC

Open : The information about the actual and expected figures of people of three cities, Jakarta,Sao Paulo,and Shanghai is expessed at the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen ,the population size of Jakarta takes the lowest position , meanwhile , the highest place belongs to Sao Paulo.

Nguyễn Hà Phương 5/4/25

2025-04-05 11:38:00 UTC

The information about the actual and guess figures of residents of three cities , Jakarta,Sao Paulo, and Shanghai is given out in the chart below .

Overall , as can be seen, population size in Sao Paulo is the highest position in the rank , meanwhile , the lowest quantity of citizens belongs to Jakarta . Body: In details, the number of people in Jakarta accounted for 8 millions in 1990, besides, the predicted figure reached to 11 millions , but the real population in 2000 presented 13 millions . Similar to Jakarta , Shanghai ’s ~~the~~ actual population ~~of residents~~ took 15 millions , whereas, in the prediction figure was at 13 millions , it highly risen compared to before with 11 millions in 1990 . ~~In addition to~~ , the population of Sao Paulo ~~standed~~ stood at 17 millions in 1990 , while the formal figure of citizens illustrated 24 millions, it was much higher than the guess quantity of population accounted for 22 millions in 2000.

In conclusion, .....

3/4 *

Thùy Linh 05/04

2025-04-05 11:38:06 UTC

The information about the actual and predicted numbers of population of three cities : Jakartan, Sao Paulo, Shanghai is expressed in the chart below.

Overall, As can be seen, the population size in Jakarta is the lowest, while the highest number is belongs to Sao Paulo.

In detail, the number of population in Jakarta was at 8 millions in 1990, meanwhile the expected figures reached to 11 millions, but the actual population in 2000 presented 13 millions. Similar to Jakarta, the actual population size in Shanghai took 15 millions while the figure of predicted presented 11 millions in 2000, however, in 1990 the quatity of people stood at 12 millions. ~~In addition to~~ the number of population in Sao Paulo was placed at 17 millions in 1990, whereas the actual and expected population size in 2000 took 24 and 22 millions, respectively.

In conclusion, .........

2.5/4

Huyềnn 5/3

2025-04-05 11:38:26 UTC

•Open: The information about the actual and expected number of residents of three cities:Jakarta,Shanghai and Sao Paulo is describe at the chart below.

•Overall: As can be seen, the population size of Jakarta has the lowest position, and the highest place belongs to Sao Paulo in the chart below

•Body: In details, it can be seen that the numbers of people in Jakarta was at 8 millions in 1990, meanwhile the expect figure reached to 11 millions but the actual population in 2000 presented 13 millions. At the same time, the quatity of residents in Shanghai in 2000 was 11 millions, but in reality it was 15 millions, an increase of 2 millions from 1990 when the population was 13 millions. Finally, the city of Sao Paulo had 17 millions people in 1990 and it was guessed to have 22 millions ~~human~~ in 2000, however, after 10 years the citizens had increased to 24 million people.

In conclusion, ,,,,,,

3.5/4

Nguyễn. H. Long 5/4/2025

2025-04-05 11:39:17 UTC

The population size ~~that are~~ predicted of three cities: Jakarta, Sao paulo and shang hai ~~are~~ ~~been~~ is demonstrated in the chart below.

Overall , as we can be seen , the Lowest position of population size in (1990-2000) ~~are goes~~ belongs to Jarkarta. Meanwhile The highest quantity of people ~~in the 90s and the early 00s are belongs to~~ is prerented in Sao Paola. But we can see that , the population of the three cities ~~are~~ increases over each year.

first of all, the number of people in jarkarta was at 8 millions in 1990, meanwhile the expected figures reached to 11 millions, but the actual population in 2000 presented 13 millions.

In addition to that, Shanghai citizens ~~have reach~~ reached to 15 millions in the 2000s, but its ~~have been~~ was expected to be at 11 millions. Simultaneously, the population ~~of people~~ in the 90s seems to be ~~more~~ higher than the number expected, ~~take~~ took about 13 millions.

Moreover, Sao paulo population ~~are been~~ was predicted to stand at 22 millions in the 2000,

Vương 5/4

2025-04-05 11:39:19 UTC

• The information about the real and estimated statistics of residents of three urban areas Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai is illustrated in the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, Jakarta is the city with the lowest population growth rate, meanwhile the highest rate belongs to Sao Paulo

• Look at the chart, we can realize that the number of people in Jakarta was at 8 millions in 1990, meanwhile the expected figures reached to 11 millions, but the actual population in 2000 presented 13 millions. In the second city-Shanghai, the population in 1990 was 12 millions, but the predicted figures decreased to 11 millions, meanwhile, the result was contrary to expectations, the population continued to increase to 15 million in 2000. Different from the other two cities, the number of people in Sao Paulo in 1990 was 17 millions, while the predicted figures raise up to 21 millions, but in fact, the population in 2000 was 24 millions.

In conclusion, .......

3.5/4

Nguyễn Mạnh Tiến 5/4/2025

2025-04-05 11:39:29 UTC

The chart describes documentation about the actual and expected figures of citizenry of three cities Jakarta , Shang Hai and Sao Paulo

Overall , ~~it is~~ ~~all the cities~~ the population size in 3 cities rise between 1990 to 2000 . Sao Paulo has the highest population in both the predicted and actual figures for 2000 , meanwhile, Jakarta is the lowest .

but as can be seen the…

the number of people in Jakarta was at 8 millions in 1990 , meanwhile the expected figure reached to 11 millions , but the actual population in 2000 presented 13 millions.

Similar to Jakarta, the quatity of citizens in Shang Hai took 13 millions in 2000 in prediction , while the actual figures ~~stand~~ stood at 15 millions , but in 1990, the population size reached to 13 millions , resembles the quatity of citizens in Sao Paulo presented 13 millions in 1990 , meanwhile the ….

Nguyễn Phương An 5/4/2025

2025-04-05 11:39:49 UTC

The Information about the actual and expected figures of residents of three cities, Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Sanghai is illustrated in the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, the population size in 1999 of Jakarta ì the smallest, meanwhile, the highest position belongs to the number of people in Sao Paulo.

Hoàng Diễm Quỳnh 5-4-2025

2025-04-05 11:59:39 UTC

The graph illustrates the number of people living in Jakarta, São Paulo, and Shanghai in 1990, along with the predicted and actual population figures for 2000.

Overall, as can be seen, the population size in 1999 of Jakarta is the smallest, meanwhile, the highest position belongs to the number of people in Sao Paulo.

The number of people in Jakarta was at 8 millions ịn 1990, meanwhile the expected figures reached to 11 millions, but the actual population in 2000 presented 13 millions.Similar to Jakarta, Shanghai had around 13 million in 1990 ,whereas,its real number in 2000 was about the same, but lower than the prediction.

Likewise ,Sao Paulo had the biggest population,while,it was 15 million in 1990 and went up to 24 million in 2000, which was higher than expected.

Minh Anh 5/4

2025-04-05 12:07:58 UTC

The chart showed the actual and predicted population of Jakarta, Sao Paulo, and Shanghai between 1990 and 2000.

Overall, all three cities ~~became~~ more crowded in 2000. The prediction is ~~were~~ not always correct, especially for Shanghai.

The number of people in Jakarta was at 8 millions in 1990, meanwhile the expected figures reached to 11 millions, but the actual population in 2020 presented 13 millions.

In 2000, the real population in all cities was higher than in 1990. Sao Paulo grew to about 24 million, which was more than the prediction. Jakarta reached about 10 million, close to the prediction. Shanghai had about 13 million, which was less than expected.

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương 5/4/2025

2025-04-05 12:10:07 UTC

Overall, the population of all three cities increases. Sao Paulo ~~had~~ has the highest population in both years, while Jakarta ~~had~~ has the lowest. The prediction for 2000 ~~was~~ is close to the real numbers but not exact.

The number of people in jakarta was at 8 millions in 1990, meanwhile the expected figures reached to 11 millions, but the actual population in 2000 presented 13 millions. By 2000, all three cities had more people. Sao Paulo’s population was higher than the prediction in 2000, it took 12 millions. Shanghai had fewer people than expected in 2000, it presented.... Jakarta’s real number was almost the same as the prediction.

1.5/4

Lâm Vy 11/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-11 17:57:38 UTC

7.0

Many individuals are of the opinion that positives stories should be contained more in media. Personally, I partly agree with this ideal based on some reasons that are indicated in this essay.

On the one hand, there are some benefits of adding more stories which are good news in media. It is clear that in a morden world nowdays, the ratio of stress happening in people has increased rapidly due to the competition of finding jobs, earning money to have a good quality of life. As a result, if more positive stories can be published, they will help people, espeacially young generation, to foster their mental health by decline those illness such as depression, anxiety, so that individuals would have a balance between work and entertaining. Therfore, acquiring these information could motivate and insprire people in various ways, enable society to work productively and efficiently.

On the other hand, these stories could have several drawbacks that need more attention. Once posts that include a good view of every aspects of life, are uploaded, people could easily make a wrong decesion based on those information because they are only reflected in one way. As a result, this lead to builting an unrealistic life that affects significantly to young generation's awareness.

In conclusion, although there are mixed of perspectives on whether media should has more positive stories, I believe that they should be strictly censorted so that they can publish the most suitable news for

people.

Lâm Vy 12/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-13 10:43:37 UTC

The development of Westley town between 1815 and now is illustrated in the maps.

Overall, as can be seen, there are more buildings and convenient facilities in the area now compared to it in 1815, which has shown the strong modernization of the region.

In details, it is clear that in the Northwest of the maps, the Twine toll bridge that directed to London in 1815 was demolished to make place for a new railway which run from the Southwest to the Northwest of the city. Besides, in the Northeast, from 1815 to now althought the Thom village has stayed unchanged, the Lord Wesley's house was converted into the red lion and lion hotel. Another notable change is that in the center of the area, the big forest in 1815 was returned to a crowded housing area now, containing of sport centre, museum and a modern West gate shopping centre instead of a church and the coach lnn before. There were large fields in the Southwest of the map in 1815 before it was utilized to widen the road and contruct railway station, cinema now. An interesting development is that throughout many years, the town hall and market share in the Southeast have been not pushed down despite of the urbanization. Moreover, combining with the town hall now is several business and residental areas , which has been replaced many houses which there used to be.

In conclusion, due to the rapid industrialization, the economic has been contributed enormously lead to loosing the city's tranquility and fresh air.

Lâm Vy 13/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-13 11:47:38 UTC

7,5

Nowsdays, having temporary jobs is becoming a popular trend between many people. I believe that this idea has both positive and negative impacts on the society based on some reasons that are indicated in this essay.

On the one hand, there are some benefits when people work for a few months in a year. As nowsdays, if young generation can just master one skill, it is difficult for them to satisfy companies's demands. As a result, having a temporary job allows people to consider whether that job could be suitable for them and they learn various skills quickly through practices before finding a long term job by improving their flexibility and creativity. Therfore, people could have more career choices compared to individuals who just have one job and they can seize many job opportunities in countless ways. Accroding to a recent survey in Europe's universities, more than 78% of student who were interviewed said that their priority is spending time developing themselves and broadening their circles because that are realistic values which most organzination looking for.

On the other hand, temporary job can offer several drawbacks. Not having a long term job leads to lacking of stability, which is very important, espcially for people who have bad background. Morover, if everyone choose to work for just a few months in a year, this can lead to personnel shortage, which affects significantly to the economic and make negative outcomes for the country.

In conclusion, although there are many perspectives support to the idea of having a temporary job, it sometimes may contain unwanted disadvantages. Therefore, people need to considered carefully and be cautious before deciding to have any jobs.

Lâm Vy 14/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-14 16:55:16 UTC

The information of crime in the Uk last year is illustrated in the line graph and pie chart.

Overall, as can be seen, most crime is commited by the 12 to 28 aged group and violent crime has the highest porpotion.

In details, it is clear that individuals who were 8 to 12 years old had just a small percentage of commiting crime, about 0% to 5%. Besides, this rate increased dramatically between 12 - 16 aged group from 5% to 70% before reaching peak at 80% of group of 20 years old people and then declined backto 20% in the age of 28. Another notable change is that the age group of 28 to 60 has the crime rate that went down gradually and end at approximately 7%.

In the pie chart, the ratio of violent crime was dominant compared to others with 46% so that it accounted for nearly a half of the pie chart, which showed the prevalence of this kind of crime. Moreover, following violent crime, property had the percentage of 23%, the rate of other crime such as drug and public oder were 22% and 9% respectively.

The pie chart and line graph indicated that violent crime was the most common crime in the year, especially in young people who in their twenties.

Lâm Vy 15/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-15 12:05:13 UTC

In some countries there are more young people choosing to enrol in work-based training instead of attending university.

Do the advantages of this situation outweigh the disadvantages?

Nowsdays, in some nations, there is a trend between young people who choose to skip university to have a work-based training. Personally, I think this ideas could make both positive and negative impacts on the society based on some reasons that are indicated in this essay.

On the one hand, there are several benefits for people who do not study higher education but have a work consisting of training. Although there are many educational methods for young people to accquire knowledge, but not all of these approachs are be suitable for everyone. As a result, learning through practices enables certain individuals to imagine easily and clearly about their fields so that they could completely comprehend about what they need to do in the right way. Moreover, tranning also provides many important work experiences that people can not accumulated at school as they allows individuals to cultivate their practical skills and understand the company's operate system or market, which helps them work more productively and efficiently. Accroding to a recent survey in Havard University, more than 82% of students said that they find learning through long theory was very boring and 78% of them assumed that they wanted to become interns soon to improve their skills.

On the other hand, being in trainning while not attending university could have some drawbacks. If young generation does not have a good educational fundament, it is difficult for them to be successful even though they practice hardly because they still need to understand profoundly the job's nature . Accroding to the Time, established in 2/2017, page 26 column 3, there is just 7% of people who did not attend university in China could have a stable or high paying job, which is just a very small percentage of the country's residents.

In conclusion, although some perspectives still support for the idea of having a training-based work instead of studying university, this could become a big issue if people do not know how to balance their works and studies.

Lâm Vy 16/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-16 15:04:45 UTC

Task 1

The rate of men adult smokers in seven countries compared to the world average between 2000 and 2015 is ilustrated in the bar chart.

Overall, as can be seen, from 2000 and 2015, the ratio of male smokers in America and Bangladesh stand at the highest positionn, meanwhile, the lowest belongs to Mexico and Australia.

In details, although Armenia had a high rate of men smokers in 2000, which was around 65%, the percentage then decreased slightly in 2015, accounted for 51%. By contrast, there was a growth in the number of male individuals who smoke inEgypt, from 33% in 2000 to 49% in 2015. The porpotion in Lebanon also stood at 44% in 2015 after going up from 33% in 2000. Moreover, in 2000, the ratio of male smokers in Banglades was 61%, 15 years later, it declined dramatically and accounted for 39%. An interesting development is that both in 2000 and 2015, Cuba only had a modest percentage in change of men smockers as it's percentage just went down from 52% to 51%. Both the rate in Mexico and Australia did not as high as the others because in 15 years, they were 34%, 28% in 2000 and fall to 20% and 17% in 2015. In the same period, the average porpotion in world was 42% in 2000 and in 2015 it was 33%.

It is clear that most countries had a higher percentage of men adult smokers compared to that in other nations in the world.

Task 2: Some people say that there is too much harmful content on the internet. They say the only way to make the internet safe is for the government to censor the content of websites.

To what extent do you think the government should control what information is available on the internet?

Some individuals are of the opinion that the only solution to control overwhelm toxic contents in the internet is to censor them. I believed that whether an information can be published should be controled strictly by the government.

There are several rationales support for why these contents need to be censored. Nowaday, as we are living in the 4.0 era, where technology has developed dramatically, allowing everyone to upload freely videos, posts or pictures to express their perspectives; there are more and more negative information outwieght positive ones that affect strongly young people. As a result, if those contents could be cencorted strictly and carefully, people could avoid making wrong decisions by accessing to reliable information. Moreover, it also help young people enhance their awarnesses and have right behavior when using internet, which contribute to decrease many issues in the internet and improve residents's healthy lifestyle. Accroding to a recent survey in British University, more than 81% of women in Australia assumed that their children's actions mostly were affected by people they had watched on Youtube, so choosing what for them to watch was very important.

In conclusion, I belive if gorvernment can release suitable laws or run campaigns to control this " virtual world", the society could be developed in a positive way.

Lâm Vy 17/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-17 13:00:29 UTC

Task 1: 3.5/4 - 8.0

The percentage of happy level in full time and part time students in a survey is illustrated in the charts.

Overall, as can be seen, both types of student who are very happy with the IT support offered and current opening hours ~~has~~ a dominant percentage.

In details, in the survey of the IT service, the rate of full time students who considered to be very happy accounted for 54%, which means more than a half of students who were interviewd, but there was still 31% of pupils just felt quite happy and 15% of them did not like this support offered. Besides, the percentage of them who were very comfortable with the opening hours also was in the majority with 87%, while the rate of other feedbacks just accounted for around 13%, with 12% of quite happy students and insignificant percentage of them were unhappy. Moreover, although full time students quite enjoyed the IT service, there was just 20% of part time students who had the same feeling, as most of them had a bad experience, about 45% and just 35% quite happy with it. By contrast, the opening hours of this service could satisfy most of them because the ratio of happy students increase dramatically from 20% to 72% and following that, just 23% and 5% of students said they ~~finded~~ it was not happy at all.

In short, the survey showed that the suitable opening hours is satisfy both types of students although the IT support offered did not have a positive result at all.

Task 2: 4.5

Nowsdays, buying various kinds of household goods is becoming more and more prevalent among individuals. Personally, I believe that this phenomenon has both benefits and drawbacks based on some reasons that are indicated in this essay.

On ~~the~~ one hand, there are some advantages when people buy a lot of household goods. As nowsdays, with the rapid development of society, the living standard has also enhanced day by day, leading to the resident's demand of having a higher quality life. As a result, more and more people buy~~ing~~ household goods to equip their house so that their daily life could be more convenient and morden, especially for housewifes. Therefore, people can save ~~many~~ time in doing houshold chores, because there are a lot of robots which can undertake those jobs. According to a recent survey in USA, 79% of women in this country said that these goods help them to control their lives more easily by declining the stress of keeping house clean beside their busy schedules.

On the other hand, buying too much this type of goods may have some disadvantages. It is clear that there is a popular trend between young people is that they tend to purchase uncontrollaby first but they do not care about whether those items actually suitable or usefull for their life after. Therefore, if everyone buys a wide range of unnecessary household goods, this could lead to wasting money and making numerous domestic waste, which contributes to make negative impacts on environment. According to the Time, publiced on 18th April, 2024, page 35, column 4, line 7, there are more than 60% of rubbish comes frome families, while other types of waste just accounted for 40% in France.

In conclusion, although there are still some perspectives support for the benefits of purchasing household goods, I believe that this could become a big problem if individuals buy with a countless ~~amount~~ of these things.

Minh Ngọc 17/4

2025-04-17 13:03:37 UTC

Task 2: 4.5/6 = 7.5

Nowadays, there is an increasing number of individuals who willingly purchase for many distinct household items. I believe this is a positive development, as it shows that life has become more convenient and comfortable compared to the past.

First of all, many household goods today are versatile and able to serve different tasks. Each item has its own advantage, and together, they help make daily life easier. They help people save time and effort, which means they can enjoy more free time to relax or spend with family. This clearly shows how these products reach the expected demand of modern consumers. According to a recent survey taken in Hanoi, over 70% of respondents said that household appliances have helped them save time and decrease stress in their daily lives.

In addition, household goods also help decorate the whole view inside the house. People feel comfier when living in a space that looks good and feels cozy. After a long day of working or studying, coming home to a well-organized and warm space helps them relax better. A house isn’t just the roof over our heads anymore, it’s a place where people feel they truly belong. Household goods also reflect personal taste and personality, making the space more unique and meaningful.

In short, the increasing purchase of household goods is a good trend. It proves that people now care more about both convenience and emotional comfort in their daily lives.

Task 1: 3

The pie charts illustrate the results of a survey taken by a university library to collect feedback from both full-time and part-time students about IT support and current opening hours.

Overall, full-time students were more satisfied with IT support, while both groups showed the satisfaction with the library’s opening hours.

Full-time students were mostly content with IT support, with over half of them being very happy and only 15% expressed complete dissapointment. In contrast, part-time students were less satisfied with IT support, as 45% were not happy at all and only 20% felt really pleased with the service. This highlights a gap in satisfaction levels between the two groups.

Regarding the current opening hours, the majority of full-time students (87%) expressed that they were extremely happy and almost none of them (1%) showed their disaproval.

Similarly, the opening hours met the expectations of many part-time students, as 72% had positive opinions about it, while only a small number (5%) were unhappy.

thiếu câu tóm lược

In conclusion,...

Lâm Vy 18/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-19 02:17:03 UTC

Task 1

The quantity of visitors coming from three coutries to Australia and two kinds of travels are illustrated in the charts.

Overall, as can be seen, there are a significant development between the number of tourists from different countries traveling to Australia, following that, packacking are the most prevalent type of travels from 1995 to 2000.

In details, in 1995, nearly 1,500,000 people in Japan chose to visit Australia, which was in the majority and also double that figure in the UK and the USA because they just had 800,000 and 500,000 individuals coming to the same destination, respectively. In contrast, the trend then changed dramatically 10 years later as more people (around 1,500,000) in the UK and the USA visiting Australia in 2005, meanwhile, that number in Japan dropped considerably to 1,000,000 so it was the smallest number compared to others. One of the most interesting developments is that in the next chart, although there was a big gap between two types of travel in 1995; the number of people staying at resorts grew rapidly and then reached peak at 2000- approximately 2,500,000 before decreased to 1,100,000 in 2005 and the number of tourists who experienced the second type rose gradually from 400,000 to 1,100,000 in 2005 so that both statistics meeted at the same position in 2005 and there was no gap between them.

Vương 19/4

2025-04-19 11:31:49 UTC

3.75/4

The water levels of six cities in Australia between 2009 and 2010 are illustrated in the graph below .

Overall, as can be seen, Melbourne is the city with the lowest water levels and the highest ratio belongs to Canberra.

In 2009, the water level in Darwin accounted for 48%, and 27% presented the water rate in 2010. Sydney city's water level was at 78% in 2009, and a year later, the rate slight increased to 82%. The water ratio of Melbourne took 23% in 2009, meanwhile, 40% showed the water rate in 2010. In another city, Brisbane's water level stood at 57% in 2009, and it almost unchanged after a year. Turning to the next city in the graph, the water rate in Perth occupied 40% in 2009, and 70% presented the water level in 2010. In the last city, it was also the city with the highest rate, Canberra had the water level about 77% in 2009, and it increased to 98% in 2010.

In conclusion, most water levels of cities had increasing trend after a year.

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương

2025-04-19 11:46:53 UTC

The graphs illustrate the percentage of water in reservoirs in six cities in Australia during October 2009 and October 2010 Body Paragraph 1:

In 2009, Sydney and Canberra had high water levels, and both went up in 2010. Melbourne also had a big increase, from a low level in 2009 to much higher in 2010.

Perth had more water in 2010 than in 2009. Darwin was the only city that showed a big drop. Brisbane’s water level stayed almost the same in both years.

good

Nguyễn Phương An 19/4/2025

2025-04-19 11:53:10 UTC

The water levels of six cities in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010 is described in the graphs below.

Overall, as can be seen, there are six cities in the graphs. The water level in Melbourne is the smallest, while the highest position belongs to the water level in Canberra.

In 2009, the water level in Dawin accounted for 48%, and 27% presented the water rate in 2010. Next, in the water level in Sydney in 2009 stood at 77%, and 81% accounted for the water rate in 2010. Besides, in Melbourne city , the water level be was at 23% in 2009 , and 40% ~~took~~ was on behalf of the water rate in 2010. In 2009 , the water level in Bribane accounted for 58% , and 58% presented the water in 2010. In 2009, the water rate in Perth occupied 40%, meanwhile, 70% presented the water level in 2010. Finally, Canberra had the water level about 77% in 2009, and it increased to 98% in 2010.

In conclusion, the graphs shows a clear upward of the water level in Australia between 2009 and 2010

3.25/4

Nguyễn Mạnh Tiến (19/4/2025)

2025-04-19 12:01:30 UTC

The graphs below describe the water levels of six cities in Australia between october 2009 and october 2010.

Overall , as can be seen,

there are 6 cities in the graphs......

In 2009, the water level in Darwin accounted for 48%, and 27% presented the water level rate in 2010. In 2009, the water level in Sydney took 78% , and in 2010, t~~he water level~~ in it was be at 81%, similar to Canberra , the water level stood at 78% in 2009 , and 95% ~~reached~~ presented the water level in 2010. ~~We talked about~~ Turning to Melbourne city , the water level occupied 23% in 2009 , and 40% accounted for the water level in 2010 . In Brisbane city , the water level presented 58% in 2009 and 2010 as well . in 2009 , the water level in Perth stood at ~~for~~ 40% , and 77% ~~took~~ was for the water level rate in 2010.

The water level in Melbourne in takes the smallest amount. meanwhile, the highest position belongs to the water level in Canberra

2.75/4

Huyền 19-4

2025-04-19 12:07:18 UTC

3.5/4

•Open:The water levels of six cities in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010 is illustrated at the graphs below.

•Overall: As cab be seen, the water level of Melbourne city has the lowest place and the highest rank belongs to Canberra city in the graphs below.

•Body: It can be seen that, In 2009, the water level in Dawin accounted for 48%,and 27% presented the water rate in 2010. Next, the Sydney city had a water level of 79% in 2009 and in 2010 the water level was around 82%. Besides, the water level in Melbourne stood at 22%, and 40% occupied the water ratio in 2010. In addition, the Brisbane city both had water levels of 58% displayed in 2009 and 2010. Beside it, the Perth city had a water level of 72% in 2010 and 40% be at the water rate in 2009. Finally, the water level in Caberra reached at for 78%, and 98% be place the water rate in 2010.

•Close: From the graphs below, we can see that mostly the water levels of six Australia cities in 2010 are higher than in 2009.

Hà My 19/4/2025

2025-04-19 12:08:26 UTC

3.5/4

Open : The water levels of six cities in Australia between Octorber 2009 and Octorber 2010 are described in the graphs below .

Overall , as can be seen , the water level in Melbourne has the lowest ratio and the highest place belongs to Canberra in the graphs below

In details , in 2009 , the water level in Dawin accounted for 48%,and 27% presented the water rate in 2010 . Besides, in 2009,the water ratio in Sydney stood at 79% , and 81% occupied the water percent in 2010 . Next, the water level in Melbourne took 21% in 2009 , meanwhile , it was at 40% in 2010. In 2009 and 2010, the water rate in Brisbane was placed at 58% presented . The water ratio in Perth accounted for 40% in 2009 , while , in 2010 ,it reached at 76% . Final ,in 2009 , the water rate in Camberra was at 78% ,and 98% presented the water level in 2010.

All in all , most of the water ratio of six cities in Australia grow up in 2010.

Ng Minh Anh 19/4

2025-04-19 12:09:30 UTC

The graphs ~~compare~~ water levels in six Australian cities in October 2009 and 2010.

Overall, water levels ~~went~~ up in most cities in 2010, but some cities like Darwin and Brisbane ~~saw~~ a drop

In 2009, Sydney and Brisbane had water levels below 50%, but both increased significantly in 2010. Sydney rose to around 80%, while Brisbane reached nearly 100%. Melbourne also showed a big rise, from about 40% to 80%.

Perth and Canberra had more water in 2010. Darwin had less, and Brisbane stayed about the same

Good

Hoàng Diễm Quỳnh 19/4/2025

p5r57rk74r — 2025-04-19 12:09:50 UTC

The graphs show the water levels in reservoirs in six Australian cities in October 2009 and October 2010.

Overall, most cities ~~had~~ more water in 2010 than in 2009, but a few ~~had~~ lower levels.

In 2009, Sydney had around 75% of water, and this went up slightly in 2010. Melbourne had a big rise, from about 20% to 40%.

Writing: Nguyễn.H.Long 25/5/2008

2025-04-19 12:11:18 UTC

The water levels of six cities between October 2009 and October 2010 in Australia are illustrated in the graphs bellow.

Overall , as can be seen , the Canberra takes the highest position in the graphs, meanwhile, the lowest place belongs to Melbourne.

•In 2009, the water level in Darwin accounted for 48%, and 27% presented the water rate in 2010.

•In Sydney, the water levels stood at 78% in 2009, as well as increased to 82% for only 1 year later.

•40% ~~are~~ was the number ~~have been~~ accounted for Melbourne in 2010, but in the past it only get to 23% back in 2009.

•In 2009, the water level in Brisbane ~~stand~~ stood at 57%, moreover, there is were no differences in the next year

•40% ~~are~~ was the number of water level that occupied in 2009 in Perth, and it stood at 75% in 2010 .

•Canberra ~~are~~ was the city that hit to 78% in 2009, but just only one year, its ~~rise~~ rose to 97% of the water level.

In conclusion, the graphs shows a clear upward of the water level in Australia between 2009 and 2010

3/4

Nguyễn Hà Phương * Open : The water levels of six cities in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010 are given out the information about in the graphs below .

2025-04-19 12:11:39 UTC

3.75/4

*Overall : As can be seen , Melbourne is the city which has the lowest water levels in the rank , meanwhile , the highest position belongs to Canberra .

* Body : In details , in 2009, the water level in Dawin accounted for 48% , and 27% presented the water rate in 2010 . Similar to Dawin , Sydney ’s water level stood at 78% in 2009 that was 4% less than it took in 2010 . Besides, Melbourne also had some change when the water rate of this city was at 22% in 2009 , whereas, 40% occupied the water level in 2010 . Different to previous cities , the water water level in Brisbane didn’t change during 2009 and 2010 with 58% . At the same time , the water level in Perth presented 40% in 2009 , and 75% in 2010 . Next to Canberra, its water level accounted for 78% in 2009 , while , 97% took the water in 2010

In conclusion, the graphs describe the changes of the water rates clearly ~~between 2009 and 2010 of 6 cities in Australia.~~

Thùy Linh 19-04

2025-04-19 12:11:53 UTC

The water levels of six cities in Australia between October 2009 and October 2010 is are described in the graphs below.

Overall: As can be see, Melbourne has the lowest water levels and the highest level belong to Canberra.

In detail, first, the water level in Darwin accounted for 48% in 2009, but in 2010 it reduced to 27%. Next, the water level of Sydney took 78% in 2009, and it increased 2% in 2010. Beside to Sydney, in Melbourne, the water rate stood at 22% in 2009, while 40% presented the water level in 2010. Different to other cities, the water rate of Brisbane in 2009 was the same in 2010 and it was at 58%.

Good !

Gia Lynh 19.4.25

2025-04-19 12:13:42 UTC

Task 1: 3.5/4

○Introduction: The water levels of six Australian cities over the past one year are given i~~nformation~~ in the charts below

• In general, it can be seen that the highest ranking figure is Canberra, while the lowest rate belongs to Melbourne from 2009 to 2010

• Body:

At the first stage of the graph, Darwin city fluctuated 45% in 2009 and it hit a low of 21% in 2010, the water level of Darwin rapidly decreased after one year. Turning to Sydney, a city had a relatively stable percentage. In 2009 it was placed at 79%, and climbed to 81% in 2010 according to the graph. After that, the third city which also had the lowest rates- Melbourne- that in 2009, the percentage of water level took 20%, and hence it steadily increased 40% one year later. Following this is Brisbane that ~~has~~ equally the rate of 58% from 2009 to 2010. Even though the figures were neither highest nor lowest, Brisbane was basically still maintained its ranking of the graph. The water levels were still continued accounted for 40% , and then, which went up considerably to 72% over one year period. Finally, Canberra- has the highest degree among all cities in the graph, this city fell 73% during 2009 and hence, it peaked at 87% in 2010

In conclusion, from this graph below, we can understand more about the water level of six cities of Australia between 2009 and 2010.

Lâm Vy 19/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-19 14:31:23 UTC

3/4
The process of how a Monarch butterfly is given birth and grows up is demonstrated in the diagram above.

Overall, as can be seen, this is a cyclical process consisting of 4 main stages, starting with egg stage, followed by larval, pupal stage and ending with adult stage.

The first 5 steps involve the transformation of butterfly's eggs into chrysalis. Initially, Monarch butterflies lay their eggs on milkweed leaves for 14 days, which then hatch and become new larvas. After that, larvas are protected by caterpillars and attach to the milkweed trunks for 10 days.

Turning to the remaining steps, the pupal and adult stage show the conversion of chrysalises into adult butterflies. After 10 days, chrysalises emergent and grow into adult buterflies. Following that, they immediately move to the South for 6 mothns before ~~migrate~~ back to the North with mating and laying eggs purposes ultimately.

The diagram show a sustainable and amazing life of a Mornach butterfly, which contribute strongly to the biodiversity.

Some people believe that in the future, environmental problems will mean that we are unable to live on this planet. In order to survive, the human species will need to find another planet that can support life.

To what extent do you agree or disagree with this opinion?

Task 2: 7.5

Some individuals are of the opinion that we need to find alternative planet because environmental issues will make human loosing ability to live in the Earth. Personally, I partly agree with this idea based on some reasons that are indicated in this essay.

On one hand, there are several benefits if we find another planet. As nowsdays, becasue of the massive devastion maked by human, which has affected both biodiversity and climate, the Earth are facing numerous issues and becoming hotter and hotter. As a result, if we can actually find a planet in which could response human's demands, people can have a greener and cleaner life on this new home. Therefore, this would enhance residents's awareness of protecting environment and help them relize their mistake in order to avoid similar situations. According to a recent survey in the Uk, 78% of people in this country said that

On the other hand, this idea could make some bad outcomes. It is clear that based on human's technology nowsdays, it is very difficult for us to find and live in another planet in the space as we do not have enough ability. Therefore, it would lead to wasting money, time and also energy to do researchs or tests but no one could actually sure about their successes. Moreover, instead of leaving the Earth, we need to encourage people to save this world because this is our responsibility and this way is more possible. According to the Time, published on 2/2020, page 23, column 4, line 3, said that "..."

In conclusion, although there are some perspectives still support for the idea of finding alternative planet to live, we need to protect our planet for a sustainable human life as long as possible.

Lâm Vy 20/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-20 09:21:37 UTC

7.5

Some people think that schools are too competitive and that this has a negative impact on children. Others believe the competitive environment encourages children to achieve.

Discuss both these views and give your opinion

Some people are of the opinion that schools competitions bring drawbacks for children, meanwhile, others believed that this could give children motivations. In this essay, I will give my opinions about both ideas.

On one hand, there are some advantaged when children attends different competitions at schools. Nowadays, as the rapid development of society, career standards have becomed higher day by day, requiring students to have a better educational background. As a result, there are more competitions for children at schools, they could allow them to broaden their limits and horizions. Therefore, young people could be more confident, which encourages them to leave out of their comfort zones by sharping their knowledge and principals. Furthermore, once students can overcome pressure, they could become more independent and improve their problem solving skills, which means they can handle challenges more easily in the future. Accrording to a recent survey in Europe, 80% of nations assumed that competitions in school help them find remarkable and potential individuals more quickly and accurately.

On the other hand, if schools are too competitive, it could brings several drawbacks. First and foremost, it is true that a strict environment affects significantly on children's mental health, which increases the number of people having depression, anxiety and stress. Therefore, children, especially who can not catch up with others, would lost their energy, confidentnesss and motivation, resulting in lower efficiency in their works and studies. This could give rise to the growth of unemployed individuals in the society, bringing disadvantages for ecnomic of many nations. According to the Time, published in August 2022, page 2, column 4, line 23, ......

In conclusion, although there are some perspectives still support for the competition at schools, I belive that gorvenment should find ways to balance between society's quality and education.

Lâm Vy 20/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-20 11:24:17 UTC

Some species of animals are almost extinct; and many others seem to be fast approaching a similar risk. What are the reasons for this? What should be done to solve this problem?

There is an issue is that animals are facing the ability of endangered in many nations now. In this essay, I will give some reason for why this happen before indicating solutions to handle this problem.

There are several causes for this phenonmenom. As nowsdays, many animal's body parts have been seen as medicines which could heal some rare deseases although there is no evidence that actually clamed ~~that~~. As a result, more and more people who want to deal sickness in a quick way or making money, they want to find and buy different animals's body parts, such as tails, lungs or tusks, raising the demands of illegal hunting wild animals. Therefore, some species, which in the red list, are hunted and killed with a numerous quantity before being sold in black markets. According to a recent research, more than 80% of ...

Despite of its disadvantages, there some ways to handle this problem. Gorvenments need to release more strict laws or punisments to decrease the number of hunters in their countries.

Lâm Vy 21/4

phamlamvy212 — 2025-04-21 06:52:15 UTC

3./4

The details of metro system taken in six different cities are illustrated in the table.

Overall. as can be seen, the metro system in New York City is ~~builted~~ with the largest scale, meanwhile, the highest price belongs to Mexico City's metro system.

In detail, despite of having the longest lines-24 lines with 659 mikes, the subway station in Nwe York City did not offer a high price at all, just 2.50 dollars for a single ticket. In cotrast, that type of ticket in London Tube costed for 7.30 dollars, which was twofolds compared to New York although the metro system just had a small scale with 249 mikes total in length and 1.2 journeys. Moreover, Tokyo, Paris, Mexico and Bejing had no much change compared to each other, with 13, 16, 12 and 19 lines respectively. In 5 countries , the total in length of Bejing is the highest, which was 357 mikes, meanwhile, the cost for a ticket per person for subway in Mexico was the lowest with just 0.23 dollars.

Task 2: 4.5

Some people think that we should replace old buildings and houses in cities with more modern buildings. Other people think we should protect old buildings.

Discuss both these views and give your opinion

Some individuals are of the opinion that old buildings should be punished to make place for more morden ones, while others belive that it is important to preserve those old scuptures. In this essay, I will give my point of views about both ideas,

On one hand, there are several benefits if we could replace old buildings by morden blocks. As nowadays, with the rapid development of societies, more cities has been industralised and mordenised in many ways with the purpose of raising living standard for their residents. As a result, in oder to builting a morden and convenient society, removing old and unsignificant buildings could make a wider area for people, helping environments construct new blocks, which would be used for business, accommodation or services for everone. Therefore, residents could have a higher quality of life. Moreover, because most ancient buildings have existed for long decades, they could make negative impacts on environment, According to a recent survey in USA, more than 80%

On the other hand, if old buildings could be preserved, it could have some advantages, It is clear that beside morden values, ancient buildings with special structure could add a charm and beauty for the nations.because they reflcet the history of a country, Therefore, through old buildings, people can understand the cultural and tradittion values of othe country as most of them also related to historical events of thousand years ago. As a results, they could brings many lessons about the importance of preserving and appriciating the historical values for young generation, so that they could connect more closerly to the past. According to the TIme

In conclusion, although there are mix of perspectives deternining whether old buildings should be preserve, I belive that government should find ways to push down unvalue old buildings and ptotecting the tradition of their countries,

Đức Dũng 27/4/2025

2025-04-27 11:46:55 UTC

part 1 :

The way products is remade from used paper is shown in the chart above.

Overall, used paper go through a cycle to be remade as a new piece of paper

First off, thrown out paper are found from organizations buying paper and also companies and locally, right after, paper is manually rated to find and take out paper that is not suitable for the process. Moreover, paper that has successfully gone through the examination are transported to the paper factory for a process of washing, pulping, separating other materials and chemicals to make the purest pulp possible. As shown clearly, inks and glues are removed from the pure pulp and finally, is used to remake paper and sell to customers who use it for a variety of reasons for it such as printing, drawing, folding, ... which eventually becomes unusable material and the cycle is restarted once again.

part 2

More recently, travelers have been going on vacations to suburban areas and different local organizations more and more frequently. Personally, I think this new trend can be both provide an advantage while also having negative effects on the remote areas and local communities there.

Firstly, tourism can have a good effect there by improving their economy, attraction, communities, ... A personal study conducted by researchers have shown that over 65% of individuals living in these regions have had a positive outlook and experience with the new found attraction. Personally, my friend who has went abroad to travel in the US to try this experience out has had been his best vacation yet, he claimed.

On the other side, this discovered popularity can become annoying and unlikable do to bad tourists, the noise, trash, ....

The previous survey used above has also given out that even though a lot of people is positive about the newfound attention, over half of the people complained a little about the problems listed above. Another friend of mine who is affected by this phenomenon has had effects on his life, such as sleep problem due to noise, spending more time cleaning trash for the community, ...

Overall, the discovered popularity can be both great news to some while also being a disappointment for different towns and villages.

Hoàng 27/4

2025-04-27 11:49:46 UTC

TASK 1

•The diagram illustrates the sequence of

operations involved in the recycling of

waste paper .

•Overall , From the diagram , it is clear that the waste paper recycling process has a total of six steps , starting with the collection of unused paper and ending with the production of usable paper .

•The process begins with the collection of waste paper from public paper banks , where individuals in the community send their used paper or directly from companies . In the next step , it is checked manually to assess quality and remove any components that are not suitable for reclamation before being shipped to the paper mill .

•In the fourth stage , the paper is cleaned and ground as well as foreign materials such as pins are removed . After that , all remnants of ink and glue are removed in the phase called ink removal . The process ends with paper being produced into a final product by a paper making machine .

TASK 2

•The growing popularity of organizing tours to remote regions and rural communities is a topic of debate . While this trend offers significant benefits to local residents and their surroundings , it also poses several risks that cannot be overlooked .

•To begin with , the financial and socio- cultural benefits are evident . In terms of financial sector , tourists from abroad buy food , clothes , and souvenirs at a high price from the local people . This may lead to economic growth for the native people and society , and eventually , people live standard lives . In socioeconomic culture , most of the tourists start residing with local people , as an ethnic people can provide vast knowledge of the outer civilized world through which indigenous people could enhance their information about the positive outlook of a civilized society .

•On the contrary , the hoards of tourists visit most of the places , but wherever they go , they leave litter anywhere of the visited areas . As a result , the place becomes dirty and clogged sewage systems which spread diseases such as malaria , cholera , diarrhoea , and so on .

Huyền Trang 27/4

letrangmaris — 2025-04-27 11:50:00 UTC

Task 1: 2.5/4

The flow chart provides ~~depicts~~ the way in which waste paper is recycled.

Overall, this process has six unique stages, starting with paper collection and ending with paper production, ~~as the provided graphic clearly.~~

A closer look at the provided graphic reveals that the first phase is the collection of waste papers from public paper banks and enterprises, which ~~are~~ then manually sorted. This process involves grading the gathered papers and eliminating ~~those~~ that are no longer useful. These ~~documents~~ are then delivered to paper manufacturers.

The following stage, known as cleaning, involves removing additional items, including staples, and washing the papers, as the provided chart shows. Inks and glues are then eliminated, preparing the papers for the last stage. By the time the last step, known as the paper manufacturing machine, is finished, a machine is used to produce functional papers.

Task 2: 2.5/6

Organizing trips to the countryside.... is popular these days. Even if some people think they are beneficial to the neighborhood, ~~I think~~ the disruption of the native population's daily routine makes this a bad development. Additionally, it has a negative impact on the climate because it produces more garbage. something that many native members are not used to.

On the one hand, the planned village tour causes issues for the locals by getting in the way of their daily lives. Interacting with strangers in their neighborhood is something that many native members are not used to. I had a story, i become upset when tourists visit a town on the Tilla Ranges. This is because the women there wear veils, and they tend to stay inside when they see so many Westerners wandering around their homes. Many tasks, such as drawing water from the well or grazing the livestock in the fields, are thus left undone.

However, such excursions to isolated locations have a negative impact on the ecosystem.The enormous amount of

rubbish that is dispersed over the area where the excursionists travel is a significant disadvantage. Because there are not enough resources available ~~with~~ the local government to maintain cleanliness, so there would be greater pollution in ~~certain~~ these areas

~~not enough resources available with the local government to maintain cleanliness, there would be greater pollution in certain areas.~~ I heard a story from a friend of mine that the natural beauty of the Rohtas Forte in Jhelum is ruined anytime there is a school excursion there, ~~because~~ the region ~~stays~~ filthy for the following few weeks.

In conclusion, in my opinion, the increasing number of excursions to the countryside is a negative development due to their adverse consequences including the hindrance faced by locals in the performance of their daily tasks and the environment getting polluted with every single trip.

Linh 27/4/2025

2025-04-27 12:35:33 UTC

Task 1: 3/4

The production of rubbish paper reusing is revealed in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen that, the process consists of 6 steps. Start with garbage paper collection and paper making machine belongs to the final step in chart.

First, we can collect paper garbage at banks and businesses because in those places people use a lot of paper. Next, come to paper classification. There are two types of paper that can continue to use and the unsuitable paper must be removed, to be able to produce the most careful sheets of paper that needs to be selected carefully. Coming to the third stage, the ~~paper man~~ workers will bring the selected paper to the paper mill. After milling paper, we come to the cleaning step. The maker will bring the scrap paper to clean from other objects mixed. Continuing with the cleaning stage, we begin to remove glue and ink written on paper completely. And finally, we can take away to produce new sheets of paper after being recycled and sold to the buyer market. In summary, the paper recycling process is made as above, including 6 steps.

Task 2: 2.5/6

Trips to remote lands and rural community are becoming more popular every day with tourism organizations. In my opinion, this is a positive issue for the people there.

First of all, traveling to remote or rural areas gives people here a attraction of tourists, thereby ~~increasing~~ income and improving the quality of life. According to the television report, "revenue was surveyed in rural areas and remote areas soaring in 2013 to 28%." At the same time, through travel to these areas can promote beautiful places that few people know. Not only are the people here, both tourists come here to have more interesting experiences when exploring local landscapes. Dr Hopkins, after having an experience from a high mountain area in Ha Giang, he said: "I feel very happy but also very tired when climbing the mountain, through tourism organization in Vietnam, I learned more about the customs here."

Thus, tourism organizations to remote areas, rural communities are increasingly popular can bring locals and those around certain benefits both physically and mentally.

Minh Ngọc 5/5

2025-05-05 12:58:53 UTC

Task 2: 4.0/6

Some people think that governments should spend more money on skills and vocational training instead of university education. However, I completely disagree with this opinion. In my view, university education is very important and should be supported equally with vocational training.

Firstly, universities give students a wide range of knowledge. This helps them to deal with many different kinds of tasks in the future. At university, students learn how to think critically, do research, and understand things deeply. These skills are useful in many jobs, not just one. On the other hand, vocational training usually focuses only on one specific job or skill. This makes it harder for people to get a high-paid job, because many good jobs today require more than just basic skills. Employers often look for people who have strong knowledge and can solve problems, which university graduates are trained to do.

In addition, technology and modern industries are developing very fast, and most of them require workers with higher education. University students learn not only theory but also how to research, use technology, and think creatively. These abilities are very important for jobs in the future, especially in science, business, and IT. If we reduce spending on university education, countries may face a lack of skilled workers for these fast-growing industries. According to recent economic data, OECD figures show that the average GDP per person in countries with more university-educated workers is 34% higher than in those with mainly vocational training.

Finally, I think the current system is the best. Governments are spending money equally on both vocational training and university education. This way, we can have enough workers for jobs like farming or repairing, and also have educated people to work in offices, factories, and research centers. Both types of workers are needed to help a country grow.

In conclusion, I do not agree that more money should go to vocational training only. It is better to continue supporting both kinds of education equally.

Task 1: 3.5/4

The given illustration compares amount of waste produced across six nations in 20 years - from 1980 to 2000.

Overall, the US produced the highest amount of waste during the entire period, whereas Ireland ~~had~~ the lowest.

The most dramatic rise was seen in Ireland, where figures jumped from 0.6 million tonnes in 1980 to 5 million tonnes in 2000. Steady growth was observed in Japan, with numbers increasing from 28 to 53 million tonnes over the period. A significant decrease occurred in Korea, which dropped from 31 million tonnes in 1990 to 19 million tonnes in 2000 despite missing 1980 data.

Gradual increases were recorded in both Poland and Portugal, with Poland going from 4 to 6.6 million tonnes and Portugal doubling from 2 to 5 million tonnes. By far the highest waste production figures belonged to the US, where amounts rose from 131 to 192 million tonnes, maintaining its position as the largest producer throughout.

In conclusion, the United States consistently maintained the highest waste generation levels throughout the two-decade period, while Ireland consistently recorded the lowest volumes.

Lâm Vy 5/5

phamlamvy212 — 2025-05-05 12:59:00 UTC

Task 1: 3.5

The quantity of waste production in six different nations over 20 years is illustrated in the table.

Overall, as can be seen, ~~the~~ through 20 years, the country that released the largest amount of waste is US, meanwhile, the smallest belongs to Ireland.

~~Additionally, all nations~~

In details, in 1980, US had 131 millions tones of watse production, which was nearly fourfold Japan, which had the second largest amount of waste, 28 millions tones. Besides, that amount in Poland, Portugal and Ireland was quite modest as they were just 4, 2 and 0,6 millions tones respectively. Ten years later, the amount of watse production in US increased slightly from 131 to 151, which shown a huge consumption. Another notable change is that although in 1980, Korea did not have any statistics, the country had 31 millions tones of waste in 1990, meanwhile, in the same year, no information about that in Ireland was illustrated. In 2000, most nations experienced an upward trend except Korea, which released 19 millions tones of waste, being fewer than 10 years before.

It is clear that through the period, US was the country that eliminated the amount of waste which larger than all other nations in the rank.

Task 2

Some individuals are of the opinion that investing money in skills and vocational training for practical work is more effective and should be done compared to spending in university education. Personally, I partly agree with this idea based on some reasons that are indicated in this essay.

On one hand, there are several advantages when governments spend their money on vocational training. It is clear that as young generation has been considered to be a creative and energetic, which means they prefer doing practices than learning long theories. Therefore, investing in training could help young individuals comprehend clearly about their works or work environment, allowing them to gain work experiences more quickly and could adapt effectively with the pressure. Furthermore, there is an unsolved issues is that unbalance between skilled workers and organization's exacutives has happened in many countries, which means we do not have enough workers for responding factories's demands meanwhile a lot of graduated are unemployed because they do not have practical skills. According to the People, published in August, 2021, page 2, column 3, line 6, there are more than 76% nations have lacked of workers and they assumed that this has effected significantly their economies, which witness a downward trend throughout the decade.

On the other hand, nations still need to pay attention and spend money on university education. If young people do not have a good educational fundamental, it is difficult for them to be in training efficiently as many works nowadays require both knowledge and practical skills. As a result, once students are assisted by gorvernment to have a better opportunity to attend university, they could broaden their minds and assess things in various aspects so that it could make a sustainable and strong development in the future. According to a recentl survey in Shanghai, China, 85% students said that studying university was very important because that was the only way to have a well paid job in their country.

In conclusion, althought there are many countries still consider whether should invest money in training rather than university education, I belive that we should balance and combine both medthods, aiming at helping students develop their strong traits in the most effective way.

Phạm Đức Dũng 24/5

2025-05-24 11:49:13 UTC

Overall, in both surveys, we can see that the majority of full time students are very happy with both the IT support and it’s opening hour, but the same can’t be said for part time students as they seem to be a lot stricter.

As can be seen, over half of full time students are very happy with the IT support provided ~~with,~~ they rank at 54%, but the percentage decreased drastically to 20% for all part time students with the service provided.

As shown in the chart, permanent students that are quite happy with the offered technology help accounted for 31% of all, and the ratio also stands relatively the same for temporary students that ~~were~~ offered support.

15% and 45% ~~stood~~ for unsatisfied long term students and part time students, respectively.

As we can see, most people that studies full time are very satisfied with the opening hours at a whopping 87%, and most part time users also agrees with ạ only a slight decrease in the rate with 72%.

Only a small part of students that have full time education ~~were~~ only quite happy with the starting library service time with 12% and the rest of students that are dissatisfied stand at 1%, but on the other side, more part time learners are unhappy with it occupying 5%, 23% accounted for the rest of students that were only quite happy.

3/4

Vũ Hải Yến 24/5

2025-05-24 12:01:23 UTC

The percentage of students who are very happy with IT service and the opening hours of the library takes the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to the percentage of students who are not satisfied at all with those two services. Full-time students account for 54% of the total satisfaction with IT service but 87% of the total satisfaction with opening hours, meanwhile, part-time students present only 20% of the total satisfaction with IT service and 72% of the total satisfaction with opening hours. 15% is not at all with the IT service for full-time students but almost none are dissatisfied with the opening hours, besides, 45% of them is dissatisfied with IT service for part-time students and only 5% is dissatisfied with the opening hours. 31% of full-time students is quite happy with IT service compare to 12% of opening hours, in contrast, 35% of part-time students is quite happy with the IT service and 23% is quite happy with opening hours

3/4

Vương 24-5

2025-05-24 12:01:23 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, high percentage of full-time students is fond of both services, meanwhile, almost part-time ones are keen on currently opening hours.

In details, 15% full-time pupils and 45% part-time ones surveyed are dissatisfied with IT support offered, meanwhile, only 1% in of a hundred full-time students and 5% of part-time ones are not happy with currently opening hours. In another level of satisfied opinions, 31% and 35% show the rates of full-time students and part-time ones who are quite happy with IT support offered respectively, meanwhile, the same rate with currently opening hours occupy 12% and 23% respectively. At the last level one, the percentage of full-time pupils who are very happy with IT support offered takes 54%, and one fifth presents the ratio of part-time ones at the same as service, meanwhile, 87% is on behalf of the rate of level of satisfied of full-time students, and the another rate in currently opening hours stand at 72%.

In conclusion,

3.5/4

Khánh Linh 24/5/2025

2025-05-24 12:01:31 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the percentage of students is very satisfied with the IT service and the opening time of the library always occupies the highest position, in contract, the lowest position in the rankings belongs to the dissatisfaction of students in all types.

Firstly, full -time students are very happy with the IT support accounting for 54%, however, the very satisfied full-time students with the library's opening time rise up to 87%, meanwhile, only 20% of part -time students are very happy with IT services but their ratio which is very interested in the opening time of gets up to 72%. To the different level with the quite happy of full -time students with IT support and opening hours reached 31% and 12%, respectively, besides, 35% and 23% are on behalf of part -time students with both services. Finally, the not at all rate of full -time students presents the lowest proportion in the chart with 15% of IT supports and a very small part for the open-door service, the next chart has a big change with 2 types standing at 45% and only 5%.

In short, the above chart shows tend to be large with a percentage that is very happy and not at all.

3/4

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (24/5/2025)

2025-05-24 12:01:35 UTC

Overall, the charts compare the satisfaction levels of full-time and part-time students with IT support and opening hours. In general, both groups are more satisfied with the opening hours than with IT support, and full-time students tend to be happier overall.

In terms of IT support, full-time students are generally more positive, while part-time students show less satisfaction.

When looking at opening hours, both groups are mostly happy, with full-time students showing the highest level of satisfaction.

To sum up, while opening hours are well-received by all students, IT support needs improvement for part-time students.

thieu co ban ve so lieu

Tiến 24/5

2025-05-24 12:01:48 UTC

Overall, as can be seem, Full-time students tend to be more satisfy than Part-time students in both areas surveryed

The first chart illustrates how satisfied full time

and part-time students are with IT support . Full-time students who are not satisfied at all take 15% ~~feel not a all~~ , 31% of them ~~hold~~ ais quite happy , and 54% is on behalf of students who very happy , meanwhile Part-time students show different satisfiction levels , with only 45% not at all , 35% accounts for feeling quite happy , and 20% ~~are~~ at ~~feel~~ very happy.

Regarding to opening house , Full-time students

appeared satisfy , with 1% of them who are not satisfied at all , 12% reach to quite happy , and 87% stand at very happy , similar to Part-time students , 5% are not at all , 23% get to quite happy , and 72% gain verry happy .

in conclusion , Full-time students were more satisfied with both, but part-time students showed higher levels of dissatisfaction.

xem laij ngu phap

Ng Minh Anh 24/5

2025-05-24 12:01:51 UTC

Overall, the charts show how full-time and part-time students feel about IT support and opening hours. most students are quite or very happy with both services. Full-time students seem more satisfied with opening hours, while part-time students are more positive about IT support.

For IT support, most full-time students are happy, with 54% of them are very happy, we and 31% is quite happy. In contrast, 45% of part-time students ~~are~~ not happy at all.

Regarding to opening hours, both groups are satisfied. 87% of full-time and 72% of part-time students are very happy, showing strong overall satisfaction

Ok, xem lai tu vung, ngu phap

Hoàng 24/5

2025-05-24 12:02:28 UTC

•Overall , for IT support , 54% of full-time students are very happy , 31% are quite happy , and only 15% are not happy at all , while part-time students are less satisfied in which 45% of them are not happy at all , 35% is quite happy , and just 20% feels very happy . This shows that part-time students are not as pleased with IT services compared to full-time students .

•When it comes to opening hours , full-time students are mostly very happy at 87% , followed by 12% who are quite happy, and only 1% is not happy at all , while 72% of part-time students are very happy , 23% are quite happy , and 5% are not happy . Both groups are happier with opening hours than IT support , especially full-time students .

Động từ lặp quá nhiều

Gia Linhh

2025-05-24 12:04:58 UTC

•Overall: Through chart below, it's obvious that the percentage that most ccupy is "very happy" of full time and part-time students, while "not of all" has taken at least in both IT support offered and opening hours

• Body:

As the rate of full time students ~~are~~ illustrated ~~by the chart,~~ 54% of them ~~are~~ satisfied with IT support offered, then it hits ~~a high of~~ 84% with currently opening hours. But there are still people who like and dislike with school's services, such as 31% people who are quite happy with IT services and few of them 12% likes the opening hours. Next to the rate of not at all level, it reaches 15% of who are not satisfied , meanwhile, nobody is unhappy with the business hours.

Turning to the glad of part time students, about the IT services, the level of very happy is the lowest in the chart because it only gains 20%, but so surprised that "not at all" ~~have~~ up to 45% , maybe there are many new students who dislike with this service of school, and 35% of people who are quite fond of IT support offered. Look at the another chart below, it is demonstrated the percentage of residents who literally impressed with currently opening hours, it seems to be pretty popular because of its convenience in meeting the needs of students because 72% is on behalf of many citizens are very happy in school and 23% people think the same. Finally, some populations are not pleased with opening hours, maybe it is a waste of that 5% in school

xem lai ngu phap, cach dung cau 3/4

Huyền24-5

2025-05-24 12:05:42 UTC

•Overall, As can be seen, the very satisfied level of full-time and part-time students about IT support offered and currently opening hours has the highest ratio and the lowest place belongs to the not at all level in the chart.

•

It can be seen that, the very satisfied level of full-time students about IT support offered get to 54% and 87% is on behalf of the very happy level with currently opening hours. Besides, the level of quite happy of full-time students with IT support offered accounts for 31% but only about 12% of people are quite satisfied with the current opening hours. Meanwhile, be place at 15% of full-time students ~~were~~ dissatisfied with the IT support offered, but the percentage of the not at all with opening hours ~~was~~ only 1%, almost none. Next part is part-time students, as can be seen in the chart that, the so satisfied of part-time students with the IT support offered stand at 20% and the currently open hours present 72%. In addition, the not at all level of part-time students with IT support offered takes 45%, but only 5% dissatisfied with the currently open hours. Moreover, the quite happy level about IT support offered gain 35% ~~and with currently opening hours occupy 23%.~~

Xem laij caau, dung dau cach

2.5/4

Thùy Linh 24/06

2025-05-24 12:06:08 UTC

Overall : As can be seen, the number of students who feel very happy ~~which~~ is the highest while the lowest rate belongs to students who are not satisfied.

In details, the rate of full-time students who are very happy takes 54% with IT support and 87% with opening hours, meanwhile, the percent of part-time students who are very satisfied with IT support only occupies 20% but with opening hours, they account for 72%. By contract, the number of full-time students feel ~~quiet~~ happy present 31% with IT support and only 12% with opening hours, whereas, the rate of part-time students are quite happy stands at 35% with IT support and 23% with opening hours. Finally, the percent of full-time students who are not satisfied with IT support is placed at 15% and most of them feel satisfied with opening hours, while 45% show the rate of part-time students who are not happy with IT support but only 5% of them feel not satisfied with opening hours.

Xem lai menh de quan he 3/4

Huyền Trang 24/5

letrangmaris — 2025-05-24 12:09:01 UTC

Overall, it is evident that the opening hours is more well-received than the IT assistance. Additionally, comparing to part-time students, full-time students tend to be happier with the two services.

Regarding IT support, full-time students who are very happy with this service account for 54%, while only 20% of part-time students reported that they were very happy. In contrast, just 15% is on behalf of the students studying full-time who are not satisfied with IT support, in comparison with 45% of their counterparts. The proportion of both kinds of students being quite happy with this service is relatively the same, at 31% and 35% respectively.

In addition, 87% of full-time students and 72% of part-time students express satisfaction with the present opening hours. The percentage of full-time students who are dissatisfied with the opening hours was only 1%, whereas the percentage for part-time students is slightly higher at 5%. Comparing to over a quarter of their part-time peers, only 12% of the full-time students who respond to the study express satisfaction with this service.

Wonderful

Hà My 24/5

2025-05-24 12:13:36 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, most full-time and part-time students are very satisfied with both IT support and the current opening hours, meanwhile,few students are unhappy with the services .

In terms of IT support, 54% of full-time students are very happy, compared to only 20% of part-time students. Meanwhile, 45% of part-time students who are not happy at all, it is significantly higher than the 15% of full-time students. Besides, the full-time students are ~~quiet~~ happy which takes 31% ,while, the part-time students ~~are~~ present 35%

Regarding to opening hours, 87% of full-time students and 72% of part-time students present high satisfaction. Only 1% of full- time students and 5% of part-time students are not happy at all . 3/4

N.H.long 24/5/2025

dghqb5fhww — 2025-05-24 12:14:31 UTC

Overall, as can be seen from the two charts, in the support services category, the number of full-time students who are satisfied is the highest, while part-time students have the lowest level of satisfaction. Regarding to the opening hours, the number of full-time students who are satisfied is also higher than that of part-time students.

-As we look at the data of the IT service support, we can see that, the full time students who are happy in the service stand at 54% and 87% of them are enjoy the opening hours. But only 20% of part time students that are actually happy with the service, meanwhile they seem to be more enjoying at the opening hours more, it reaches about 72%

-The quantity of full time students that are quite happy to the support service stands at 31%, the number seems lower when it turns to opening hours only 12%. 35% of part time student is quite happy with the service and 5% of them ~~are~~ quite enjoy the open hours.

3/4

Nguyễn Hà Phương : Overall, as can be seen , the number of full time and part time student feel very happy takes the hightest position in the rank , meanwhile , the lowest place belongs to the present of students who are not pleased with library’s services and time hours .

2025-05-24 12:17:52 UTC

*Body: In details , the rate of full -time students feel ~~content~~ with IT support offered stands at 54% and 87% reveals the ratio for currently opening hours , while with only one fifth of part time students are satisfied with IT support offered that is much less than 72% of opening hours . By contrast, with students who are very happy, the ratio of students feel quite gratified account for is less than with 31% is on behalf of regular students with IT services and 12% express for currently opening hours , meanwhile , the present of hourly students occupies 35% , it is more 30% than the rate of casual student feel happy with service hours . Turn to the rate of student feel not satisfied , 15% illustrates the presentage of campus students who feel pleased with IT offered and 1% show the rate of part time student

xem lại dấu câu, viết lại

Phương Anh

2025-05-24 14:17:47 UTC

Citizens living in the 21st century have a better quality of live than the previous centuries. I completely agree with the above opinion. Firstly, in the 21st the high tech is developing strongly than centuries ago. When there is development in technology, it helps people work quickly and save time. Secondly, high teach help us to be scientific in playing and working. Technology makes life convenient, for example they can answer all the questions in our minds, helping us relax after every hard working and studying hour. The next, technology also develops the world economy, the employed population index also increases significantly compared to the previous century. Thirdly, about education, smart television and smartphones have helped teachers to present their lectures and sometimes they helps students to do group presentations or group essay. Then, health care, it is also a service that requires a lot of technological equipment to help with treatment. The Bao Moi, page 3, column 2 , said that:” The development of technology in the 21st century is the premise for us to develop a stronger country”

Nguyễn Hoàng Long

2025-05-24 14:18:21 UTC

Citizens living in the 21 st century have a better quality of life than the previous centuries. I think it is correcting and I agree it

First, living in the 21 st century have a better quality of the life because it has more high tech than the life in the previous centuries and that high tech is faster than the device in the previous centuries. High tech is not only help people do work faster but also it make residents more convenient at all of the field. Second living in the 21 st century have higher living standard. And finally education and health care are more modern. The education can make people have a better wareness and health care make population live longer

According to professed Hazel said that : " In the 21 st century many devices is more morden and it is worth living"

I agree with him

In short, I think we should living in the 21 st century because it is more convenient

(☞ ͡ ͡° ͜ ʖ ͡ ͡°)☞

Hoàng Hân 24/5

2025-05-24 14:18:51 UTC

People living in the 21st century have a better quality of life than the previous centuries. In my opinion, i agree with opinion for the following reasons

Firstly, in the 21st century, technology is more modern in the past so it can help life be faster and more convinent. Besides, nowadays, economic more developed than the previous centuries it greatly improve their quality of life. Moreover, health care in the 21st century is better than in the past. According to a resent survey, the Finametime, .... 28th December, 2014, page 3, column 2 said that:"Nowadays, person living have a better quality than the previous centuries "

Finally, i completely agree with the life in 21st century is higher living standard than in the past

3.0

Phương Vy 24/5

2025-05-24 14:24:49 UTC

People living in the 21st century have a better quality of life than the previous centuries , so I completely agree with opinion . Firstly , the high tech in the 21st century is better than it in the past beacause it makes life faster and scientific is more develops . Moreover , the high tech helps everyone work more conveniently with higher quality . Secondly , the economic is develops so it greatly improves their quality of life . Thirdly , education and health care is are very important for peolple because it is not only important in the past but also it is important in present . ~~It help~~s ~~people are more aware of knowledge and live longer~~ . Acording to a recent survey , ~~thanks to high tech , economic , education and health care help people many things , have new knowledge , explore around the world .~~ Finally , people living in 21st century have a better quality of life than the previous centuries and I think it is the big development for the future

xem lại ngữ pháp.

Phúc 24/5/2025

2025-05-24 14:24:55 UTC

There is an option that residents now have a better quality of life than before . From my point of view , i agree with this opinion and this essay below will prove on my reason.

Actually , people now are experiencing the ~~lastes~~ technology. With high-speed Internet, we can access to many websites, tools, apps to ~~satisfied~~ ourselves and become more convienient in many fields like ~~scientific~~, ~~biological~~,… Second , students now have many ways to study and blended learning is one of that. It is more interesting and different than traditional learning in the past . Third , residents really care about their health so with advanced technology , they can live longer with thier family. On ~~the “~~Nhan Dan” newspaper, ..........., ........., page 2, paragraph 2, line 1 said that our life ~~was~~ getting better every day and

xem lại câu

Hoàng Mạnh Tùng

2025-05-24 14:28:35 UTC

Open:

People who live in the 21st century enjoy a better quality of life than those in previous centuries. I completely agree with this idea because of many reasons below

~~mordern technology, economic development, improvements in education and healthcare have made life easier, healthier and more comfortable.~~

Body:

People in the 21st century benefit from many advancements that greatly improve their quality of life. The First reason is high technology, it can makes life faster, more scientific and more convenient. I had an example, if we had high technology, we could communicate quickly, found information easily, and used smart devices in daily life. Another reason is development of economic. People ~~new~~ enjoy a higher standard of living with better transportation, modern houses, and more job opportunities. Finally, eduucation and healthcare have been improved. People have ~~are~~ more awareness of health and knowledge. According to a recent survey, thanks to medical advances, 80% of people can live longer and healthier lives.

End:

In concusion, with the help of technology, economic, education and healthcare, life in the 21st century is clearly better than in the past.

3.0/5

Nguyễn Bá Đức

2025-05-24 14:34:16 UTC

~~Population~~ living in the 21st century have a better of life than the pervious centuries. ~~I think it is~~ I agree with this idea because of many reasons below

First, living in the 21st century is so good, because it has more high tech ~~faster, so the education is a better wareness.~~ ~~High tech not only have a more better scientific but also it can help people live longer thanks to health care.~~The tech is more convenient, ~~so enconomic has higher living standard than~~

According to professor Harucc said that " it will a better than, If you life in the 21 st century"

In short, I thinks we live in the 21st century because it so more OK

Ý văn, viết lại

Minh Nguyên 6/7/25

phamlamvy212 — 2025-07-06 09:35:08 UTC

The rate of New Zealand citizens between 1950 and 2050 is expressed in the line graph

Good

Trần Anh Thư

2025-07-06 09:41:27 UTC

4. Overall, as can be seen, the motorcycles account for the highest percantage change, meanwhile, the lowest ratio belongs to heavy trucks.

Great !

3. The way ethanol fuel is made from corn is revealed in the diagram below.

good !

2. The age of women in Australia when they give birth to their first child at three different points of time (1966, 1986 and 2006) is described in the chart below.

Good

1. The ratio of New Zealand residents between 1950 and 2050 is illustrated in the line graph.

Good

Minh nguyên 6/7

2025-07-06 09:55:52 UTC

Overall 1

Overall, as can be seen, the percentage change of motorcycles ~~are~~ takes the highest place, meanwhile, the lowest ratio belongs to heavy trucks

In what way ethanol fuel is produced from corn is deseribed in the diagram below

good !

The age of women in Australia when they give birth to their first child at three different points of time (1966,1986 and 2006) is deseribed in the chart below

Good

Nguyễn Mạnh Tiến 12/7/2025

2025-07-12 11:16:39 UTC

The process below describes the multistage production of pears as canned fruits.

Overall , as can be seen, this process has many steps , starting with hand picking and ending with dispatch.

First , the pears are picked by hand , after that, pears are transported to the factory . At washing step, the workers wash pears and do quality checking .

After that, the pears are in cold storing then the workers bring pears go to weighing and grading

slowly, Ok

Phạm Đức Dũng - 12/07/25

2025-07-12 11:20:59 UTC

The diagram above reports the long process of turning pears into canned fruits.

Overall, there are 14 different stages from hand picking pears to transporting it to different stores.

As can be seen, the first step of the process is to collect the pears manually by the farmers, then, it is dispatched to a factory where ~~the~~ ~~it is~~ cleaned and checked to see if ~~it's~~ up to a certain standard . After that, the pears that ~~has~~ hit the requirements, gets graded a second time based on their weights. Soon, the better ones are peeled and cored to fit in the can. Later, after being sealed up, the fruits are cooked and made free of any dangerous bacterias or diseases. Now, ~~it is~~ labeled, stored and transported to stores nearby.

xem lai S

Nguyễn Phương An 12/7/2025

2025-07-12 11:21:05 UTC

The multistage production of pears as canned fruits is illustrated in the diagram below.

Overall, as can be seen, There are 14 steps to making canned pears.The first step is that workers have to pick pears by hand.The end of the process is dispath.

First, workers collect pears by hand. After that, pears are transported to the .Next, they wash the newly picked fruits.The pears is been carefully inspected before processing .In the factory, the pears are kept cold, then workers weigh and sort them.

Slowly- good

Hoàng 12/7

2025-07-12 11:21:13 UTC

• The diagram illustrates the process of producing canned pears through several steps .

• Overall , the process of making canned pears has many steps , starting with hand picking pears and finishing with storing and dispatch .

• First , pears are picked by hand from the tree and then transported to the factory for them to wash . After washing, they are moved to the product quality check step , bad pears are removed and only good ones move to the next step .

Slowly- good

Huyền Trang 11/7

letrangmaris — 2025-07-12 11:21:20 UTC

The multistep in manufacturing canned pears is illustrated by the diagram above.

From my perspective, there are 14 stages in the process, from the hand picking of the pears to the final canned product.

The first step of the procedure involves hand-picking ripe pears, workers collect pears by hand which are then brought to the plant for washing and quality inspection under a microscope. Consequently, the excellent pears are then stored at a particular temperature while the faulty ones are removed. After that, the pears are weighed and assigned grades then peeled before being sliced, and their cores are also taken out.

In the next step, these cored and sliced pears are put in cans and sealed before being cooked. This also sterilizes the cans filled with pears. Subsequently, these cans are labeled and stored and are finally dispatched to the supermarkets for sale.

Finally, it can be seen that the process of canning pears is a complex process involving many steps.

Best

Khánh Linh 12/7/2025

2025-07-12 11:21:34 UTC

The multistage manufacture of pears as canned fruits is illustrated in the diagram above.

Overall, as can be seen that the canned production process consists of 14 steps with the first step that belongs to the hand picking and the dispatch accounts for the end.

Starting with gathering, ~~the~~ people pick fresh pears from the tree down and move them to the processing place. The ~~first~~ is to clean pears with clean water to remove dirt then they are checked and classified by staff. Next, the chosen pears are put into the cold storing. In Step 6, the staff weigh the pears to ensure quantify ~~the boxes~~ and continue to peeling stage and cut into pieces. In Step 9, add pears to be cut and canned. They may be heated to preserve quality, labeling , storage and finally dispatch to provide for consumers.

And conclusion, above is the process of canned fruit.

Good

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-07-12 11:21:40 UTC

The multistage manufacture of pears as canned fruits is reviewed in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, the production of pears consists of 14 steps, the first step is picking and delivery is the last step.

First, farmers pick the pears and transport them to a cleaning site. Second, workers check the quality of the pears so they can be chilled. Then, they weigh the fruit, peel and slice them to put them in boxes

Slowly, Good

Vương 12/7

2025-07-12 11:22:00 UTC

Writing

The multistage production of pears as canned fruits is illustrated in the diagram below.

Overall, as can be seen, we need 14 stages to produce a can of pears from hand picking step to dispatch step at last.

Firstly, farmers collecte the pears ~~which we're from the fruit fields,~~ then they ~~were~~ transported to the factory. Next, the workers here washed the pears, checked the quality and cold storing them, after that, the pears ~~were~~ weighted to sort their sizes and peeled in older to sliced them into smaller pieces. At the next step, the pears ~~were~~ canned and sealed. Next, the productions ~~were~~ sterilized then they ~~were~~ labeled with product information. At last, the cans of pears ~~were~~ stored in the ware room then they ~~were~~ dispatched to the market.

sai ngu phap

Hà My 12/7

2025-07-12 11:22:44 UTC

The multistage production of pears as canned fruits is expressed in the diagram below .

Overall, as can be seen the process consists of 14 steps , it starts with hand picking the pears and deliver is the last .

First, workers collect pears by hand , after that , pears are transported to the factory . In the factory, pears are washed by workers . Next , workers check the quality of the pears and move it to cold storage . After that, the pears are first weighed and then peeled . After peeling , coring is done by machine . The pears are canned after prepared.

Slowly, good

N.H.L 12/7/2025

2025-07-12 11:22:51 UTC

The diagram illustrates the process of multisteps production of pears as canned fruits ~~are demonstrate~~ in the charts below.

Overall , as can be seen , the process contains of fourteen steps, it starts from hand picking and dispatch is the last steps.

For the first step, the farmers ~~will~~ collect ~~the~~ good and ripe pears by hand picking. Then, all the ripe pears ~~that have been collected will~~ are transported to the factory to wash and the workers check the quality of each pear ~~so they can find does any pears have any problems or not so they can discarded it.~~ After the quality checking,, all the pears that have been chosen ~~will all~~ are bput in to the Cold storing sections, this ~~will~~ keeps the Fresh of the fruits, bring the better quality for the customers. After the cold storing, all the fruits are ~~will~~ brought to weight and grading step. Workers ~~after check done they will~~ peel all the bark of the pears and Core them, workers take all the pears ~~that been coring~~ into each cans by machine and sealed it tight. Next, all the can ~~will be~~ cooking in the perfect temperature after that will sterilizing so the fruits will have a longer shelf life. After that all cans will labeling. And it will be storage and when their the order it’s will be dispatch.

Viet gon lai, tranh cau dai

Nguyễn Hà Phương

2025-07-12 11:23:12 UTC

The multistep production of pears as canned fruits is illustrated in the diagram below .

Overall, as can be seen , the process contains 14 steps , it starts with hand picking and dispatching is the last step

In details , first, workers collect pears by hand , after that, pears are delivered to the factory. In the factory, people wash all of pears clearly , then pears are checked quality and are forwarded to cold store to preserve freshly , the next step is weigh the pears and then the pears are peeled . After that , factory workers slice this fruits and move to canning room , then pears are sealed by workers .

Slowly, Good !

Khánh Huyền 12/7/2025

2025-07-12 11:23:14 UTC

The multistage production of pears as canned fruit is described in the diagram below.

•Overall, As can be seen, there are 14 steps in the canned pears production process, it starts with “hand picking” and “dispatch” is the final step.

It can be seen that, First, workers collect pears by hand, after that, pears are transported to the factory. Next, the pears ~~will be~~ washed and quality checked. After quality control, cold storing is the next step. Weighing is the 6th step of this process. Next, the pears ~~will be~~ peeled and coring. Canning is an important step.

xem lai cach danh may- good !

Gia Linh

2025-07-12 11:23:24 UTC

The multistage production of pears as canned fruits is illustrated in the diagram below

•Overall: There are 14 stages in the process of the diagram, beginning with hand picking and ending with dispatch

As can be seen, "Hand Picking" is dedicated at first. After that, ~~canned~~ pears are transported and washed, the next section is quality checking, then pears are moved on cold storing. Following this, pears are graded combined with peeled and sliced. Turning to stage 9 that pears are tin canned, they ~~will be~~ are sealed in the next step. To ensure the quality of products, factories are going to carry out sterilizing. Close to the final step, labelling is also an important stage in the process, pears ~~will be~~ are storaged and then are dispatched to go out to market to trade

Sentence- good

Thùy Linh

2025-07-12 11:23:35 UTC

The multistage production of pears as canned fruits is illustrated by the diagram below.

Overall, there are 14 main stages in the process ~~of beginning with hand picking and ending with dispatch.~~

First, workers collect pears by hand. Then pears are transported to the factory and washed in there. In the factory, pears are stored in cold, after that, workers weight and grade pears. Next, pears are peeled, ~~cored, sliced, canned and peeled by workers in the factory~~. Then, workers cook and sterilize pears.

Slowly, sentences

Trần Đặng Anh Thư

dagahnthu1610mzc — 2025-07-13 09:29:09 UTC

overall , as can be seen , the 15 - 25 age group who went to cinema once a month or more takes the highest percentage , meanwhile , the lowest ratio belongs to 35 and over age group
Good

overall , as can be seen , the process of recycle organic waste contains 5 stages . It starts with preparing a plastic container and using conpost to plants or flowers in the garden ~~after 6 months~~ is the final step
Good

overall , as can be seen , the process of producing ethanol fuel consists of 8 periods , with first step is planting corn and ~~conclude with transport to~~ the gas station

overall , as can be seen , the art gallery now is more convenient than itself in 1950

overall , as can be seen , the cineme now is more economical in the range than itself in 1980

Good

overall , as can be seen , the town in 2009 is greener and more develop than itself in 2014

Thái minh nguyên 13/7/2025

2025-07-13 09:29:28 UTC

The 15 to 24 age group takes the highest of ratio in the rank, meanwhile, the lowest plce of the rate in the rank belongs to the 35 and over age group

Done

Overall, as can be seen,the process of recycle organic waste consist of 5 steps,It start with putting plastic in container and using compost in the garden is finally period

Overall, as can be seen,The process of 8 stage, first step is plant corn and sell it in the gas station is finally period

Overall, as can be seen,The art gallery now is more abundant than itself in 1950

Overall, as can be seen,the town in 2014 is greener than itself in 2009

Overall,as can be seen, the cinema now is more reasonable in the range than ~~the cinema~~ ítelf in 1980

Trần Anh Thư

2025-07-13 09:29:57 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the 15-24 age group of citizens who go to cinema once a month or more accounts for the highest ratio, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to the 35 and over age group.
Good

5. Overall, as can be seen, the process of recycling organic waste consists of 5 steps. Preparing plastic container is the first stage and it ends with composting to garden.

Good

4. Overall, as can be seen, the process of producing ethanol fuel contains 8 stages. It starts with planting corn and delivering to gas station is final step.

Good

3.Overall, as can be seen, the art gallery now is more comfortable than itself in 1950.

2.Overall, as can be seen, the town is greener than itself from 2009 to 2014.

1. Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is more economical in the range than itself in 1980.

Good

Hà Phương 5/9

2025-07-13 09:31:25 UTC

Nowaday, more and more time is invested to go away from their home by residents in many nations. In which, there are two thesises to explain the above problem such as reasons and impacts.

To begin with, there are a few reasons for this problem that are worth discussing. The first is that people are living busier ~~lives~~ and spending more time at work because of how quickly life is changing in the modern world. People frequently spend more time at work. Many people ~~choose~~ to have distant jobs, because this city is very crowded, there are no job opportunities so even though they live in ~~this~~ city, they have to go to another city to work. Because nature of work, many people have go on business go away from home. According to a recent survey, over 25% of middle to high paying jobs now needs their employees to go on different trips.

During the recent National Day holiday on September 2nd, I had a memorable and meaningful time with my family and friends.

On the first day, I helped my parents prepare a small family gathering. We decorated the house with national flags, cooked some traditional dishes, and invited a few relatives over.

On the second day, i went to see a movie about Vietnamese history with my friends. Then we talked around the stress together, everyone was talking pictures, the streets were crowded and I felt really proud when I saw so many people celebrating our country’s special day.

The third day was more relaxing. I visited my grandparents in the countryside. We picked vegetables in their garden, had lunch together, and talked about their memories from the old days. Spending time with them made me feel peaceful and grateful.

On the last day, I focused on myself. I read a book, listened to music, and prepared my homework for the upcoming week. In the evening, my family went to see the fireworks, which was a perfect way to end the holiday.

In short, the four-day holiday was very enjoyable and meaningful to me. I had time to rest, be with my family, meet my friends, and watch beautiful fireworks. It was a simple but happy holiday that I will remember.

Great 1

The deal of money spend on each categories from five organisations is illustrated in the bar chart below

Overall, as can be seen, organisation B has the highest investment position, meanwhile, the lowest investment ratio belongs to organisation D and organisation E in the rank.

Out of the five organisations, it is provided from the chart that, organization A the machinery accounts for 0.8 billion euros,but it increases sharply and presents 1.3 billion euros in organisation B. However, it drops rapidly in organisation C and stand at 0.7 billion euros. Then, it continue to decrease steadily in organisation D and E and review at 0.4 billion euros together.

Besides, the building in organisation A stands for 0.5 billion euros, but it go up dramatically and constitutes 1.7 in organisation B. In contrast, 0.4 billion euros that organisation C, D and E have show.

Meanwhile, in organisation A the staff training takes 1 billion euros, but it grow substantially and accounts for 1.5 billion euros in organisation B. Furthermore, it go down rapidly in organisation C, D and E, which presents 0.4, 0.3 and 0.5, respectively.

Finally, the research in organisation reviews at 0.8 billion euros, yet it be up sharply in organisation B and accounts for 1.6 billion euros

Hồng Nhi

2025-07-13 09:31:27 UTC

Out of the six aged-groups, it is provided from the chart that, in 1966, the age group of 19 and under accounted for 35% of giving the first childbirth. After 20 years, it decreased steadily to 20%, and then dropped to 10% in 2006.

Great !

Out of the six aged - groups, it is said from the chart that, in 1966, the age group from 20-24 accounted for the highest percentage of 62% and the age group from 30-34 ~~stands~~ at 12% in the rank. On the other hand, the two age groups 35-39 and 40+ ~~present~~ed the lowest percentages of 9% and 2%, respectively. Meanwhile, equal percentages ~~belong~~ to the 19 and under age group it ~~takes~~ 35% and the 25-29 ~~presents~~ 38% in the rank.

Cách dùng các thì đúng thời gian

Overall, as can be seen, the 15-24 age group accounts for the highest rate of people of different age group who went to cinema once a month

Good

Overall, as can be seen, the process of the producting recycle organic waste contains five stages, it starts with preparing a plastic container and using compost to garden is the final step.

good

Overall, as can be seen, the process of the producting ethanol fuel is contain eight stages, it starts with harvesting corn, and transporting to the gas station is the final step.

Overall, as can be seen, the art gallery now is more economical in the range than itself in 1950

Overall, as can be seen, the town in 2014 is greener than itself in 2009

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is more reasonable in the range than ~~the cinema~~ itself in 1980.

Thái minh nguyên 1/8/2025

2025-08-01 13:46:51 UTC

Out of the six age groups, the age group from 20 to 25 stood at 62% and was at the highest position. The second highest age group was the

25 to 29 age group, which accounted for 36%. Meanwhile, the two lowest age groups represented 3% and 8%, respectively, for the age group of 40 or more and the age group from 35 to 39. There were two pairs of groups with equal percentages. Firstly, the age group of 19 and under and the age group from 25 to 29. Secondly, the age group from 30 to 34 and the age group from 35 to 39......

Good !

As could be seen in the graph, In 1966, the majority of first-time mothers ~~were~~ aged 19 and under, ~~accounting~~ for approximately 35%, while the 20-24 age group followed closely at around 60%. Older age groups, such as 25-29 and above, the percentages presented below 10%.

By 1986, a noticeable shift occurred. The rate of women aged 19 and under dropped to about 20%, while the 20-24 group remained at around 25%. However, the 25-29 age group increased sharply to approximately 50%, suggesting a growing trend of delaying childbirth. Older groups (30-34 and above) still accounted for approximately 10% each.

By 2006, the trend of delayed childbirth became even more ~~pronounced~~. The 35-40 group went down to around 30%, and the 20-24 group decreased to about 15%. In contrast, the 25-29 age group peaked at around 50%, while the 30-34 group increased to approximately 50%. Notably, the 19 and under and 40+ groups also slight grow, reaching about 10% and 5% respectively

Good !

Trần Anh Thư

2025-08-01 13:47:35 UTC

Out of the six aged-groups, it is provided from the chart that, at three different points of time (1966, 1986, 2006)of the 19 and under age group. In 1966, 1986 and 2006, it took about 35%, 20% and 10%, respectively. Therefore, the 19 and under age group went down steadily, from 1966 to 1986, it reduced about 15%, more, from 1986 to 2006, the 19 and under age group decreased about 10%

Out of the six aged-groups, it is provided from the chart that, in 1966, the 20-24 age group ~~stands~~ at the highest position with the first childbirth rate is 62%, meanwhile, the lowest position ~~belongs~~ to 40+ age group which ~~takes~~ 2%. Besides, two age groups ~~are~~ 19 and under and 25-29 ~~account~~ for equal first childbirth rates 35% and 38%, respectively. However, the first childbirth ratio of the 30-34 and 35-39 age groups ~~aren't~~ that high, they ~~present~~ about 12% and 8% .

Chú ý dùng thì cho đúng thời gian

Khánh Ly

2025-08-01 14:05:30 UTC

Out of the six aged groups in 1966 , the 20-24 age group ~~is in the~~ top of the chart wich ~~stand~~ at 63%, meanwhile, the second group ~~present~~ 38% is 25-29 age .Besides , at the bottom of the chart ~~are~~ 35-39age group, 40 and over group ~~account~~ for 8% and 3% , respetively. The next ,

Chú ý dùng thì cho đúng thời gian

Khánh Ly

2025-08-01 14:31:55 UTC

The deal of money spent on each categories from five organisations is descibed by the bar chart below.

Overall, as can be seen , the organisation B takes the highest of the investment portfolio ,meanwhile , the lowest position is belongs to organisation D and E in the rank.

It is provieded from the chart that , the machinery investment , the organisation B takes 1.3 billion euros which is the largest amount in this clause . Besides with clear difference , organisation A and C just stands at 0.8 billion euros , 0.7 billion euros ; respetively . Althought , organisation D and E is a small investor because they just accounts for 0,4 billion euros.

X It is said from the chart that ,in 1966 the 19 and under age group took 35% but in 20 years later it go down rapidly and accounted for 22% the next time in 2006, the rate of this group ~~was~~ continued halved ~~with~~ to ~~stood~~ stand at 11%.

Chia động từ

Trần Đặng Anh Thư

dagahnthu1610mzc — 2025-08-01 14:40:18 UTC

Out of the six aged - group , it can be seen that , in 1966 , the 19 and under aged group took 35%; however, it decreased steadily in 1986 and 2006, reviewed with 20% and 12% in the rank, respectively
Out of the six age - groups , it is provided from the chart that , in 1966 , the 20-24 aged group hit the highest point and ~~take~~ took about 62%, by contrast, the 35 - 39 aged - group and 40+ group hit the lowest point , they ~~account~~ed for 9% and 2% , respectively . Mean while , the 19 and under ~~stand~~ at 35% and the 25 - 29 aged group ~~present~~ed 38% in the rank . Besides that , the 30- 34 aged group ~~take~~ 12% which is a low rate
Xem lại các thì

Hồng nhi 10/8

2025-08-10 09:36:16 UTC

The deal of money spend on each categories from five organisations is illustrated in the bar chart belows.

Overall, as can be seen, the organisation B account for highest billion Euros, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to the organisation D and E.

Out of the five organisations, it is provided from the chart that, for machinery, organization A spends about 0.8 billion, then it increased significantly in organization B by about 1.3 billion and organisation C (0.7 billion). On the other hand, in Organisations D and E spent less than 0.5 billion each.

For building, organisation B allocated the most at around 1.7 billion, which was significantly higher than all others. In addition, the investment in building by 3 organizations A, B and C is approximately equal at 0.5 billion.

Regarding staff training, organisation B invested about 1.4 billion euros, more than any other organisation followed closely by organisation A at roughly 0.9 billion euros and organisation E at around 0.6 billion .Organisation C and D spent comparatively less, at about 0.3 and 0.4 billion , respectively.

For research, organisation B still topped the ranking it was followed by organisations A and C, which invested a moderate amount of about 0.8 and 0.7 billion respectively .Meanwhile, noticeably lower spending of around 0.3 and 0.5 billion belong to organisations D and E.

In general, across the four categories, organisation B made the highest investment, while organisations D and E recorded the lowest levels of spending

Ng Thành Tuấn Anh 10/7/25

phamlamvy212 — 2025-08-10 10:09:21 UTC

The bar chart below describes the deal of money spend on in each categories from five organisations .

Overall , as can be seen , Organisation A and B takes highest money invest in machinery , meanwhile , the lowest money spend on machinery belong to Organisation C , D and E , respectively.

In dentail . The firt is Mechinery , Organisation A presents 0,8B Euros and grow up quickly to approximately 1,3B Euros in Organisation B . However , it goes down steadily to 0,7B Euros and only 0,5B Euros in Organisation D , E . The second is Building , it stands at 1,7B Euros in Organisation B and takes 0,5B Euros in all Organisation left . The next is Staff Tranning , Organisation A reviews at 1B Euros , continue increses sharply to 1,5 Euros in Organisation B , but it falls dramatically to 0,4B Euros in Organisation C , 0,38B Euros in Organisation D and 0,42B Euros in Organisation E . Finnally is Research , it shows 0,8B , 1,5B , 0,7B , 0,38B Euros in Organisation A , B , C , D , E , respectively .

In general , Organisation B appreciates spend on money

Thái minh nguyên 10/8

2025-08-10 10:53:06 UTC

The deal of money spent on each categories from five organisations describled the in the chart below

Overall, as can be seen, organisations B is the highest of investment, meanwhile, the lowest of investment belong to organisations D and organizations E in the rank.

With Building,in four organisations (A,C,D,E) take approximately 0,5 billions euros. Over more, in organisations B accounts for 1,7 billions.

With Machinery, Two organisations A and C review at around 0,7-0,8 billions, next two organisations D and E stand at 0,4 billions,final organisations( organisations B) take approximately 1,3 billions.

With staff Training,in organisations A stands for 1 billions and organizations B invests 1,5 billions, three organisations ( C,D,E) present approximately 0,4 billions.

Finally in Research, organisations A spend on 0,8 billions euros, meanwhile organisations is the highest of investment which invested at 1,6 billions euros, moreover organisations C takes approximately 0,7 billions, remaining two organisations D and E account for approximately 0,3.

Trần Anh Thư

2025-08-10 10:55:51 UTC

The deal of money spended on each categories from five organisations is illustrated in the bar chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, the organisation B invests the most money for lists, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to organisation D and organisation E in the rank.

It is provided from the chart that, the machinery takes 0.8 billion euros in organisation A and invested about 1.3 billion euros by organisation B, then, it tends to decrease in organisation C, with 0.7 billion euros. Moreover, it continues to go down in two organisations D and E, only accounts for 0.4 billion euros.

Besides, the building category in organisation A, C, D and E presents equal money investment, which is quite low, about 0.5 billion euros. However, organisation B concentrates on this category very much, with investment is more than 1.6 billion euros, hits the highest position.

More, the staff training category reviews at 1 billion euros in organisation A and is invested about 1.5 billion euros by organisation B. Then, it tends to reduce in organisation C, D and E with money spended is 0.4, about more than 0.3 and 0.4 billion euros.

Finally, the reseach category is very focused by organisation A, B and C because its investment is quite high with money spended is 0.8, 1.6 and 0.7 billion euros, respectively. In contrast, organisation D and E don't pay attention too much on this category, so it only accounts for 0.3 and less than 0.4 billion euros.

In general, 4 categories are all concerned by organisations, but organisation B is a organisation which invests the highest for categories.

Hoàng Anh Tuấn

2025-08-14 08:18:15 UTC

The deal of money spent in each categories from five organisations is express in the bar chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, the organisation B is the highest investment, meanwhile, the lowest investment belong to organisation E and organisation D.

Out of the five organisations, it is said from the chart that, organisation B present 1,7 Billion Euros, while, four remaining organisations( organisations A, C, D, E) take approximately 0,5 Billion Euros in Building.

The next, organisation B take 1,3 Billion Euros, organisation D and organisation E account for 0,4 Billion Euros, and two last organisations(A and C) stand at 0,7 to 0,8 Billion Euros in Machinery.

Besides that, organisation B takes 1,5 Biliion Euros and organisation A present at 1 Billion Euros, three last organisations is organisation C, D and E account for approxinately 0,4 Billion Euros in Staff Training.

Trần Đặng Anh Thư

dagahnthu1610mzc — 2025-08-15 08:15:35 UTC

The deal of money spent on each categories from five organisations is reviewed in the bar chart below.

Overall , as can be seen , the organisation B has the highest billion euros which invested in each categories , meanwhile the lowest position belong to the organisation D and E.

It is provided from the chart that, the building category took 0,5 billion Euros in organisation A, while the organisation B hit the highest point of building category with 1,7 billion euros , besides that the organisation C , organisation D and organisation E have the same amout of money and presented 0,5 billion.

Secondly, the machinery category accounted for 0,8 billion euros in organisation A and the organisation B spent 1,3 billion euros on the machinery category, while the organisation C,D and E paid out 0,7 ; 0,4 and 0,4, respectively.

In addition to, the organisation A invested 0,8 billion euros to research category and the amount of money growth sharply in organisation B stood for 1,6 billion euros; however the deal of money go down dramatically in organisation C took 0,7 billion euros and organisation D and organisation E reviewed with 0,4 billion euros.

After that, the staff training is invested with the highest amount of money which belongs to organisation B and accounted for 1.5 billion euros, compared to organisation B, organisation A 's investment cost is lower and stood for 1 billion euros, by contrast organisation D, C, E hit the lowest point and presented 0,4; 0,3;0,5 billion euros, respectively .

In general, organisation B focused on invested in the categories more than the other organisations

Phạm Đức Dũng 16/8/2025

2025-08-16 11:53:49 UTC

The quantity of exchange students residing in Canada and USA ~~as of~~ 2002 and 2003 is shown in the tables above

Overall, both tables ~~have shown~~ a theme of increasing global learners.

Chinese students coming to study in Canada stood at 4500 in 2002, 1 year later, in 2003, the number was 7850 learners, this presented a percentage increase of 45%, but the ~~amount of~~ Chinese international learners that went to the USA in 2002 and 2003 accounted for 110000 and 116000, respectively, with only a 6% ratio difference.

-9% was the rate of change from Indian students who stayed in the USA ~~from~~ in 2002 with 200000 learners to only 18.2000 students in 2003, on the other hand, the quantity of Indian learners coming to Canada rose sharply from 2100 in 2002 to over 2800 students in just a year later in 2003, with an astonishing rate of 35% difference in percentages.

In 2002, there were 5000 students coming into Canada from the United States and it gained almost 500 students in 1 year in 2003 with 5450 learners and showed a growth rate of 9%, meanwhile, on the other side, ~~the amount of~~ learners coming from Canada to the USA increased from 31000 in 2002 to 33170 in 12 months in 2003, and recorded a rate of change at 7%

In total, over 10000 students who joined Canada from 59.870 in 2002 to over 70.000 in 2003 with a saved percentage difference of 17%, at the same time, USA only ~~has~~ a 2% difference in ratios with 581600 global learners in 2002 and 592230 exchange students a year later.

In summary, Canada has a rate of growth much higher than the USA from international students joining in between 2002 and 2003

6.0

N.H.l 16/8/2025 (1+1=3)

2025-08-16 12:13:57 UTC

The quantity of overseas learners, learning in Canada and the United States by country of origin between 2002 to 2003 ~~are~~ illustrated in the tables below.

Overall, as can be seen, the number of international learners that study in Canada and The United States all increases. But the growth in the ~~United States~~ is much stronger than ~~Canada.~~

In 2002, Chinese students that study in Canada ~~stand~~ at 5,400, up to 7,850 in only one year , this presented 45% of changing in the trend, But when we compare to The USA, the growth was less significant , at 2002, over 110,000 Chinese overseas learners that ~~study~~ here and it’s ~~increase~~ to 116,600 within one year, neither that, the percentage that ~~have been~~ recorded only 6% sightly increased or even decreased.

The Indians seems much similar to the Chinese, total of students that learning in the Canada between the 2002 to 2003 is 2100 and 2835, India records a growth rate of 35% at two years. Nevertheless, the differences becomes when we look at the United States . In 2002, 200,000 student that study in the country but in 2003 the numbers have been decline to 182,000, which represented a -9% decrease for just only 1 year.

The Canadians and the Americans that study in The United stage and Canada seems to be more Contrasting. Its record that there is 31,000 learners for the year 2002 and the quantity of the Canadians that study here increased to 33,170 students make the percentage up to 7% between 2 years when they study in the United States . On the other hand, the number of the Americans that learning in the Canada takes to 5000 and 5450 between 2002 and 2003, still, the percentage is higher than the Canadians up to 9%.

Overview, we can all agree that Between two years, from 2002 to 2003, the number of overseas students that study in both school all increased.

Huyền Trang 16/8

2025-08-16 12:19:00 UTC

The quantity of overseas learners learning in Canada and USA by country of origin between 2002 and 2003 is illustrated by the table above.

As can be seen, the figure for both Canada and USA goes up steadily from 2002 to 2003.

Looking at the details, there was an overall surge of more than 20000 global undergraduates in that period. Firstly, Chinese students coming to study in Canada stood at 5400 in 2002, 1 year later, in 2003, the number was 7850 learners which presented 45% of changing in the tend, in contrast, USA witnessed a slight uptrend in 2002 and 2003 with just around 9%, from 5000 to 5450. Moreover, India recorded a intensification ratio of 35% over the decade which is 1,2 times as less foreign students as China.

On the other hand, there was a minimal decrease of 2% in the figure of overseas students in the United States from 2002 to 2003. First of all, China and Canada witnessed modest intensification of 6% and 7%, respectively, while the quantity of Indian students fell sharply by 9%, from 200,000 to about 180,000. Nevertheless, Canada only had one-eighth as many oversea leaners as the United States, meaning that USA continued to be more popular with foreign students despite the decline.

7.5

Nguyễn Phương An 16/08/2025

2025-08-16 12:19:04 UTC

The quatity of global students

learning in Canada and the USA by country of origin between 2002 and 2003 ~~was~~ illustrated in the tables below.

Overall, as can be seen, the rate of

international students from both countries

increase.

In Canada, chinese students comming to study stood at 5.400 in 2002, 1 year later, in 2003, the number was 7.850 learners, this presented 45% of changing in the tend. 5000 was the number of the USA students to study in canada in 2002, one year later, the number of international students increased by 450 compared to last year, Canada recorded a growth rate of 9% during that time. Although figue for Indian students was lower, it still shower a strong growth of 35% climbing from 2100 to 2835. As a result, the total enrollment at Canadian universities increased steadily reaching 70004 in 2003 .

In contrast, Chinese learners coming to study in USA stood at 110,000 in 2002 ,and in 2003 it was 116,600, this presented 6% of changing in the tend, meanwhlie , India students coming to study in USA took 200,000 in 2002 , but in 2003 the number had decreased, turning to the USA also recorded a small rise of 7% from 31000 to 33170 in 1 year.

In conclusion, the number of international students from both countries increased. Although the United States ~~has~~ more international students than Canada, the percentage of students who ~~come~~ to study in the United States in the given years is much lower than in Canada.

6.0

Nguyễn Mạnh Tiến 16/8/2025

2025-08-16 12:19:50 UTC

The data tables below ~~show~~ the quatity of oversea students studying in Canada and the United States by country of origin ~~in 2002 to 2003~~

Overall , as can be seen , the number of global students coming to Canada and USA tend to increase .

Chinese students coming to study in Canada stood at 5,400 in 2002 , 1 years later , in 2003 the number was 7,850 learners , this presented 45% of changing in the tend , meanwhile, Chinese learners coming to study

in the United States took 110,000 in 2002 and in 2003 accounted for 116,600 , the total rise number was 6%.

In Canada , the USA learners coming to study presented 5,000 in 2002 and in 2003 stood at 5,450 , this presented 9% of changing in the tend .

Indian students coming to study in Canada reached to 2,100 in 2002 , 1 year later , in 2003 , the number was 2,835 learners , the total rise amount were 35%, but , India students coming to study in USA accounted for 200,000 in 2002 , 1 year later , in 2003 the number was 182,000 learners , This shows a downward trend.

In USA , the Canada students coming to study took 31,000 in 2002 and in 2003 stood at 33,170 , this presented 7% of changing in the tend.

in conclusion, Canada had more growth, while the USA showed mixed results.

6.0

Hoàng 16/8

2025-08-16 12:23:33 UTC

• The quantity of oversea learners learning in 2 various nation Canada and the United States from 2002 to 2003 is illustrated in the tables above .

• Overall , there ~~was~~ a rising trend in both countries , but the growth in Canada ~~was~~ much stronger than in the USA .

• In Canada , there was an overall increase of international student between 2002 to 2003 the number of chinese students rose . significanly , from 5400 to 7850 , which means a growth rate of 45% . The USA also recorded a small rise of 9% from 5000 to 5450 . Although the figue for Indian students was lower , it still showed a strong growth of 35% climbing from 2100 to 2835 . As a result , the total enrollment at Canadian universities increase steadily reaching 70004 in 2003 .

• In contrast , the USA recorded more moderate changes . Chinese student went up slighly by 6% , while the number of canadian student grew by about 7% . However , Indian students

5.5

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (16/8/2025)

2025-08-16 12:23:52 UTC

The quality of international students studying aboard in ~~the~~ Canada and the United States between 2002 and 2003 is descibed in the tables below

Overall: the most interesting feature of the tables is the significant increase in the figures for students from all the countries.

Chinese students coming to studying in Canada stood at 5,400 in 2002 , 1 year later, in 2003, the number was 7,850 learners, this presented 45% of changing in, but the number of international students in the USA went up sharply from 110000 to 116600 in the same time, the total rise in number was 6 percent. American students coming to Canada is 5,000 and 5,450, this reached 9% of transforming, Indian students coming to study in Canada stood in 2002 reduce to only 2,100 ,1 year later that is in 2003 the number was 2,835 learners, this 35 percent of changing in the tend and in summary, the total of all countries that ~~send~~ students study in Canada is 59,870 in 2002 and 70,004 in 2003 the changing is 17 percent in the tend.

5.0

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-08-16 12:24:01 UTC

The quantity of global learners studying in Canada and the United State by nation of origin between 2002 and 2003 is reviewed in the tables above.

Overall, as can be seen, the number of oversea students learning in 2 countries increased steadily.

Firstly, Chinese students coming to study in Canada stood at 4500 in 2002, 1 year later, in 2003, the number was 7850 learners, this presented 45% of changing in the trend, but the number of international students in the USA went up sharply from 110000 to 116600 in the same time, the total rise in number was 6%. Secondly, from 2002 to 2003, the quantity of American students studying in Canada took 5000 and 5450, this reached 9% of transforming, meanwhile, Canadian learners in the USA gained 31000 and 33170, respectively, the growth rate of 7% in over 1 year. Thirdly, Indian students learning in Canada grew to 35% of changing from 2100 to 2835 in 2002 and 2003, in contrast, the number of learners in the USA fell sharply compared to in Canada was -9% of converting between 200000 and 182000 in 1 year. Finally, the changing trend of international students to Canada and the USA increased by 17% and 2% from 2002 to 2003, respectively.

7.0

Khánh Linh 16/8/2025

2025-08-16 12:24:20 UTC

The quantity of oversea learners learning in 2 various nations (Canada, the United States) from 2002 to 2003 is illustrated in the tables above.

Overall, as can be seen that the number of global students studying in Canada and the United States by country ~~had~~ an upward tendency.

Firstly, Chinese students coming to study in Canada stood at 5,400 in 2002, one year later, in 2003, the number took 7,800 learners, this presented 45% of changing in the tend, in contrast, in 2002, 2003 the quantity of international students learning in USA was bigger than in Canada with 110,000 and 116,600 learners, respectively, the total rise in amount was 6%, which was smaller than changing of students came to study in Canada. In tend of India students coming to learn in Canada was 2,100 learnes in 2002 and gained 2,835 learnes in 2003, there was an overall increase of 9% international students in 2 years, but in USA, in 2002, a range of students studying went up sharply 200,000 and grew up 182,000 learnes, India recorded a dropped rate of -9% over the 2 years. Thirdly, the USA student enrollment at Canada universities increased steadily from 5,000 in 2002 to 5,450 learnes in 2003, this accounted for 35% of changing, at the same time, the process of students officially joining an institution in USA also had adapting with 31,000 and 33,170 learnes, the speed at which global students studying rised 7%. In conclusion, changing trend in the quantity oversea learnes learning in Canada took 59,870 learnes in 2002 and 70,004 with changing was 17%, this compared to adjusting of students coming to study in USA (2%).

In short, the number of international students studying abroad to Canada and USA ~~has~~ increased as described as the above table.

7.0

Ng Hà Phương (16-8-25)

2025-08-16 12:25:19 UTC

The quantity of global students learning in Canada and the United States by country of origin between 2002 and 2003 is illustrated in the tables

Overall, as can be seen, that both Canada and USA are presented a climb trend for ~~the mount of~~ international learners that studied in this country.

In details , Chinese students coming to learn in Canada showed 4500 in 2002, 1 year later, in 2003, the number was 7850 students, this presented 45% changing in the tend, but USA’ s Chinese learners accounted for 110000 in 2002 and the number was 116600 in 2003 that total rise in number was 6% that is less 39% than that in Canada . At the same period, Indian learners come to Canada to study revealed 2100 in 2002, after 1 year, in 2003 the quantity was place at 2835 which showed a growth rate of 35 % over 1 year, while Indian learner going to study in USA took at 200.000 in 2002 and reached to 182000 in 2003 that had slightly decline with 6% between 2 years . Besides , in 2002 The USA had 5000 students who learned in Canada , 1 years later, in 2003 they had 5450 learners which is a minimally growth with 9% , otherwise, in 2002 The USA welcoming 31000 students from Canada and took at 33170 learners in 2003 , this presented 7% changing in tend which also is less 2 % than in tend of USA students studying in Canada . The Total students coming to learn in Canada reached to 59870 in 2002 and 70004 in 2003 respectively which showed that between 2002 and 2003 , the number of students increased significantly with 17% , while, USA’ s total learners illustrated 581600 in 2002, the figure was 592230 students , this showed 2% of changing in the tend .

In conclusion, overview that Canada and The USA both had an interesting rise in international learners between 2 years with considerable growth.

7.5

Thùy Linh

2025-08-16 12:27:06 UTC

The quatity of global students learning in Canada and the United States by country of origin in 2002 and 2003 is illustrated in the table below.

As can be seen, the number of international learners studying in Canada and the USA all increase in the tend.

In details, Chinese students coming to study in Canada stood at 5400 in 2002 and 1 year later, in 2003, the number was 7850 learners, this presented 45% of changing in the tend; meanwhile, Chinese sudents studying in the USA accounted for 110000 in 2002 and 116600 in 2003, but the total rise in number of Chinese learners studying in the USA was lower than in Canada ( with 6%). Next, the quatity of Indian students learning in Canada in 2002 took 2100 and in 2003, it increased to 2835 students, the growth rate reached to 35%, but the number of Indian learners learning in the USA was placed at 200000 in 2002 and only took 182000 in 2003 and the percentage of changing only decreased to 6%. Finally, the USA students who came to Canada to learn stood at 5000 in 2002 and in 2003 , the number was 5450, this took 9% of changing in the tend; while in the USA, Canada students coming to study accounted for 31000 in 2002 and in 2003, it increased to 33170 learners, the total rise in number of Canada students learn in the USA was lower than the USA students learn in Canada ( with 7 %).

In conclusion,......

Câu lặp lại

6.5

Huyền16/8

2025-08-16 12:27:36 UTC

•The ~~qualitity~~ of global learners learning in Canada and The United States by country of origin in 2002 and 2003 is ~~illustrate~~ in the tables below.

•Overall, as can be seen, in from 2002 to 2003, the total number of oversea students in Canada and USA ~~tended~~ to increase slightly.

•Chinese students coming to study in Canada stood at 5,400 in 2002, 1 years later, in 2003, the number was 7,850 learners, this presented 45% changing in the tend, meanwhile, Chinese students who learn in ~~Canada~~ reached to 110,000 in 2002 and 116,600 students, but this accounted for 6% changing in the tend, a change of 6% in the tend but it was less than in Canada ~~is 45%~~. In 2002, the students of India studying in Canada occupied 2,100, by 2003 , there was 2,835 students learning here, the total rise in number was 35%. Besides, in USA, the students of India took 200,000 learners in 2002 and in 2003, the number of students had dropped to 182,000, this reach at -9% in the tend. The number of ÚSA students learning in Canada was placed at 5,000 in 2002, by next year, the number was 5,450 learners, this presented 9% in the tend. Although, the students of Canada study in The USA stood at 31,000 in 2002 and 33,170 students in 2003, the USA recorded 7% growth in the year. Lasty, the total students coming to study in Canada reached at 59,870 in 2002, 70,004 students in 2003, recorded 17% increase in the year, while, the total learners learning in The USA occupied 581,600 students in 2002 and 592,230 students in 2003, the total rise in number was 2%

•It is clear that, the total number of international students in Canada and The USA tended to increase slightly

6.0: Chú ý cách dùng V

Gia Linh 16.8.25

2025-08-16 12:27:51 UTC

Task 1:

● The ~~amount~~ of global ~~pupils~~ learning in Canada and the United States by country of origin from 2002 to 2003 is mentioned in the table above

● The obvious feature of this table is that the number of ~~people~~ attending in ~~school~~ of both of those countries have all increased ~~equally~~

● According to the table, we can see that international students in both countries are unevenly divided which had only 5400 Chinese ~~pupils~~ in 2002 and then it rose to 7850 ~~people~~ after one year in Canada, meanwhile, the number of Chinese students of in USA was ~~more~~ higher than that in Canada over the next 1 year, because in 2002, Chinese ~~people~~ ~~overseas~~ presented 110,000 ~~people~~ and until 2003, it hit a high of 116,400 ~~pupils~~. But hence, the speed at which ~~pupils~~ increased was +6% in USA and +45% in Canada, draw out of a conclusion that ~~the amount of~~ international students in Canada was much higher than in USA. Afterwards, the second section was Indian students attending in Canada that reached 2,100 leaners and grew to 2,835 oversea ~~people~~ over the following 1 year and it changed to the end of +35%, however, the huge number of oversea students in the USA was 200,000 in 2002 and it ~~has~~ dropped significantly to 180,000 in 2003. And it's obvious that this was quite a big difference which the process of students officially joining an institution in Canada was bigger than in The USA, because the number of ~~alumnus~~ in USA had only changed in 9% in tend at the same time. Subsequently, 5000 was the number that was on half of American learners ~~who~~ joining in Canada universities in 2002 until 2003, that number still remained steadily at 5,450 global learners and then it fluctuated +9% in the trend. At the end of the process, the above table ~~given~~ an astonishing rate total of 60,000 ~~people~~ in 2002 and increased sharply in 2003 with 70,004 international students, this presented 17% in change, but for USA, a huge total with 581,900 international students and up to 592,300 ~~people~~ and -2% in change after one year

5.5

Hà My 16/8

2025-08-16 12:28:24 UTC

The quatity of ~~golabal~~ learners studying in Canada and the United States by country of origin between 2002 and 2003 is expressed in the tables below .

Overall , as can be seen, in 2002 and 2003 , the number of oversea students studying in Canada and the USA all increases.

In Canada , Chinese students coming to study stood at 5,400 in 2002 , one year later , in 2003 , the number was 7,850 learners, this presented 45% of changing in the tend. American students took 5,000 in 2002 , meanwhile, in 2003 , the quatity was 5,450 learners , the percentage of change presented 9% . The number of Indian students accounted for 2,100 in 2002 and it was placed at 2,835 in 2003 , this was 35% of changing in the tend.

In USA, Chinese students coming to study in 2002 got to 110,000 , meanwhile , the number was 116,600 learners in 2003 , the ratio of change occupied 6% . The quatity of Indian students presented 200,000 in 2002 and it was 182,000 in 2003 , this took 9% of changing . The number of ~~Canada~~ learners got to 31,000 in 2002 , one years later , in 2003 ,it took 33,170 learners , this presented 7% of changing in the tend .

The total rise in number in Canada is higher than that in America

7.0

Nguyễn Thành Tuấn Anh. In my country has many special and inportant holidays, for exam : New Year's Day, Christmas, Lunar New Year,.... I would like to talk about Vietnam's Independence Day that is one of the most meaningful festivals.

2025-08-31 03:26:33 UTC

Overall, It is on September 2nd when president Ho Chi Minh read out Declaration of Independence in Ba Đình Square ,so marking the birth of Viet Nam

Luckily, I and my family visited Ha Noi capital to ~~seen~~ the soldiers march. There were crowded people athough i went here very early. I brought the red flag with yellow star in hands , i felt extremely pround because i was born and raised in Viet Nam that was pretty and peaceful coutry. I and all people here came together to remember the heroes who fought for safety of the country. The performance of The soldiers march was vibrant with flag ceremony, parades, fireworks and tanks. On this day, I engaged in a lot of exceptional events such as drone demonstrations, art programs, concerts,.., especially everthing was free. That was that I did on Vietnam's Independence Day.

Great !

As can be seen, on this day, I could do many positve activities to show patriotism, so i hope my country would be better every day

Nguyễn Phương Mai 2/9

sjptgzf66s — 2025-09-03 14:19:42 UTC

I would like to talk about things to do on September 2nd . I started my vacation from last Friday until the Friday after September 2nd. During the recent holiday, I had a wonderful time filled with various activities that brought me joy and relaxation. My vacation started with a trip to Hanoi to watch the parade. When I was in Hanoi, I had a lot of activities to do such as watching, cheering, playing, eating and drinking. It was a heartwarming experience to reconnect with loved ones and feel the warmth of family bonds. When I was in Hanoi, I tried many delicious dishes such as pho, bun cha, green rice and many other specialties. and try the fair they opened for tourists to visit, shop, and there are many foreign visitors coming to visit the parade of your country.I saw someone interview a foreign guest asking about the parade and they answered with an extremely excited and happy voice. After September 2nd is September 3rd, a few days before the new school year, I spend time on my hobbies.Things I do during my free time include reading, playing games, playing badminton and helping my parents with housework.The vacation allowed me to meet and make new friends, and strengthen family ties.Thanks to this vacation, I have been able to relieve stress.My holiday was a perfect blend of family time, exploration, personal interests, and social connections.

great !

Thái Minh Nguyên 5/9

2025-09-04 17:41:16 UTC

On 2/9/2025, I had a memorable day for Vietnam’s National Day. I decided to go to Hanoi by bus. It was a great experience and I want to share for you about it

First, I woke up early to go to Hanoi. The journey took about 3 hours from my home to hanoi. I was very excited because This is the ~~last~~ time we get to celebrate national day with all 3 generations. When I arrived, the city was overflowing of decorations like flags, flowers, and banners. The streets looked colorful and lively, which made me feel proud of my country.

The most important reason I went to Hanoi was to watch the military parade at Ba Dinh Square. I arrived there early to get a easy-to-see seating. At 7 a.m., the parade started. I saw soldiers marching in order, The tanks and airplanes together create a majestic scene for the grand National Day. The national anthem started, everyone stood up to sing together. It was a very happy moment for me because it reminded me of Vietnam’s history and the bones and blood of our forefathers..

Later, I invited the group of friends to go for a around Hoan Kiem Lake and together to watch the fireworks. The weather was well,so we decided taking photos and eating street food like pho and banh mi.we visited the Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum to understand more about our country’s leader. It was crowded, but I felt happy because I learned a lot of about My country history.

In the evening, I and my friends watch fireworks by the lake. The sky was bright with colorful lights, everyone was cheering together. After that, I felt tired but happy, so I took a bus to back My home.

In conclusion, National Day in Hanoi was a great experience with watching the parade, exploring the city. I hope I can visit Hanoi again 40 year for National Day.

Great !

Trần Anh Thư

2025-09-05 05:23:19 UTC

I would like to talk about a meaningful day that I had with my family. It was 2-9-2025 when I got a day off from school. I got pleasure from that day.

It was a great holiday because I could have time with my family. It was a low rainy day when people were bustling outside to go shopping, hang out, entertainment with their families and my family was too.

On that day, I went shopping with my mother, aunt and younger sister in the morning to buy some things for lunch. Then, my mother and aunt prepared lunch for family members, meanwhile I, my younger sister, older brother played badminton together. Moreover, my grandpa played chess with my father and my grandmother did gardening, fed the chickens and cats. At lunch, everyone chatted happily together, told each other stories. That created such an extremely warm atmosphere that I couldn't forget.

Next, in the afternoon, my family decided to go to the park, find entertainment by playing badminton together at about 4pm . Morover, at about 7pm, my family gathered to eat dinner and watch the parade on TV to celebrate National Day September 2nd.

In general, my off day was very memorable because I had a great time with my family. That helped my family shorten the distance, and closer. It'll be a part of my memory which I never forgot.

Great !

Hồng nhi

2025-09-05 09:11:06 UTC

During the Vietnamese National Day holiday on September 2nd, I had a wonderful time with my friends and family. On the first day, I took a bus with some of my friends to the city. We spent the whole day at a big shopping mall. It was really exciting because we rarely go out together like that. At the mall, we watched a movie, shared a big bucket of popcorn, and took many fun pictures at a photobooth. Everyone was laughing and joking the whole time, so it felt very lively and memorable.

The next day, I visited my grandmother’s house. Many of my relatives were also there. We sat together, talked about our lives, and enjoyed a big meal as a family. It had been a while since I met them, so I felt very warm and happy to see everyone again. Spending time with my relatives always makes me feel connected and loved.

On the national holiday, September 2nd, I woke up early to clean the house with my family. After that, we sat together in the living room and watched the military parade on TV. It was meaningful to see soldiers marching and the flags waving proudly. That morning was peaceful, and I felt proud of my country.

This holiday was special for me because it gave me time to relax, to have fun with friends, and to be close to my family. I enjoyed every moment and will keep these memories in my

heart.

Great !

Trần Đặng Anh Thư

dagahnthu1610mzc — 2025-09-05 10:08:57 UTC

Vietnam’s National Day on September 2nd is always special, but this year it felt even more meaningful to me. From the early morning, the whole street was alive with red flags flying proudly in the wind. The yellow stars on the flags shone brightly under the sunlight, making the neighborhood look like it was covered in a sea of red.

At home, I joined my parents in watching the flag-raising ceremony on television. When the national anthem played, I sang along with my hand on my heart. In that moment, I felt a strong connection to my country and to millions of people singing the same song.

Later, my family went out for a walk around the lake. The air was cool, and everywhere I looked, people were smiling, talking, and taking photos. Vendors sold balloons and traditional snacks, adding even more color to the lively scene. In the afternoon, we visited my grandparents. They told me stories about the difficult days when Vietnam fought for freedom. Listening to them, I realized that our independence was not easy to achieve—it was built on sacrifice, courage, and unity.

The most unforgettable moment came at night. Standing in the crowded square with my friends, I watched the fireworks light up the dark sky. Red, green, and golden sparks exploded like flowers in the air. Everyone cheered, clapped, and waved their flags. I felt proud, joyful, and hopeful for the future of my country.

This National Day was not just a holiday—it was a reminder of who we are and how far we have come.

Great !

Hoàng Anh Tuấn

2025-09-05 11:03:45 UTC

I would like to talk about my activities on September 2nd which was also known as Vietnam's National Day. I had a great day with my grandmother and it was very interesting.

In the morning, I watched the parade in the Ba Dinh square on TV with her at 7 o'clock. I saw a lot of Vietnam's weapons, combat vehicles, fighter planes,... I so interested in them so I asked my grandmother a lot about the old days, from the scenery to the fierce war. I was surprised and excited about what I heard. After that, I and my brother went for walk together when we walked, we talked about the parade we had viewed and admired the military equipment.

In the afternoon, I helped my grandmother cook dinner, we talked and laughed a lot about the stories we told each other. Thanks to that, both my cooking speed and skills improved, which were what I was most unconfident. After ~~lunch~~, we sat down and talked more about my neighbourhood and how she felt about Vietnam's National Day many years ago. It was both meaningful and relaxing to spend time with her.

In the evening, I and some people in the neighborhood walked together after dinner. They talked very animatedly and created a cheerful and lively atmosphere. We also stopped at a sidewalk cafe and talked about the old days long before I was born.

Overall, my National Day was simple but very special. I not only had fun but also learned more about the history of my country when I experienced National Day, I came to love my country more and more.

Great

Hồng Nhi

2025-09-05 13:38:26 UTC

There are many reasons for this question. First, some regions do not have enough suitable jobs, so distant jobs is are the only option. Second, some people have enough money and they like to travel, they go on holiday to relax, see new places and enjoy new cultures, this also makes them stay away from home. Additionally, business trips have become more common. Modern companies often send employees to other cities or countries for meetings, training, or projects, which also increases the amount of time people are away from home. According to a recent survey, around 30% of residents in New York have distant jobs , so most of them commute to nearby cities.

Great !

Residents in many nations invest more time to go away from their home. Therefore, there are reasons to explain its couses and influences

Good

Thái minh nguyên 5/9

2025-09-05 13:40:40 UTC

There are many reasons for this question. first, I want to talk to you about hobbies. Most people forget everything when they are doing something related to their hobbies, so they gradually forget the importance of family. Based on The Time, pulished on 24/7/2007, Page 2, column 1, line 6 said that most artists in Canada fail in their romantic relationships, because they often overlook their partner's feelings.The next, according to a recent survey, 36% of residents in New York have distant jobs due to the property of the jobs. Biside, It can also come from going on a business trip.

Viết lại

More and more time is invested on going far away from their home by residents in many nations. What are reasons and influences will it have on them and their home are analysised below

Nguyễn Thành Tuấn Anh 5/9

2025-09-05 13:41:32 UTC

Citizens in many nations invest more and more time to go away from their home. What are reasons for that and how it influences for them and their families are explained below

Good

There are many reasons for this question. According to a recent survey, the percentage of residents in New York, who have to go to other cities because they have distance jobs, is 30%. Besides that, some people persue their passion that causes them far away from home, also people go on business, so they must go to other countries.

Trần Anh Thư

2025-09-05 13:45:42 UTC

There are many reasons for this question. First of all, it must be mentioned that world science is developing strongly, economic development, so people have to go on business. Second, many citizens like to go away from their home because of their interests, they loves work and want to try more work to go on holiday or travel around the country, world. Besides that, high income and high living condition make them have distant job. According to a recent survey, about 80% of residents in New York

More and more time is invested to go away from home by many citizens in many nations. Therefore, there are reasons to explain why this happens and its influences.

Trần Đặng Anh Thư

dagahnthu1610mzc — 2025-09-05 13:49:58 UTC

In recent years, more and more time is invested to go far away from their home by residents in many nations. This trend can be attributed by many factors, and it ~~take~~ couses a lot of negative consequences for them and their family

Good

Khánh Ly

2025-09-05 13:52:19 UTC

More and more time is invested to go away from their home by citizens in many nations . from this problem we have 2 thesises to support it, reasons and impacts

Good

Hà Phương

2025-09-05 13:52:26 UTC

Nowaday, more and more time is invested to go away from their home by residents in many nations. In which, there are two thesises to explain the above problem such as reasons and impacts.

There are many reasons for this question, one of the main reasons why people spend mor time far away from their families is work. The first is that people are living busier lives and spending more time at work because of how quickly life is changing in the modern world. People frequently spend more time at work. Many people choose to distant job because this city is very crowded, there are no job opportunities so even though they live in this city, they have to go to another city to work. Because nature of work, many people have go on business go away from home. According to The Times published on 2st, 2024, Colum 3, Page 6, Line 5, Said that:" Many employees must work more than ten hours a day due to their high workload, and in order to meet deadlines, they occasionally have to work on the weekends or overnight."

Besides, it also has effects on yourself and your family. First, being away from home will reduce the connection with family. The fact that we always go to work early and come home late without having time to interact with everyone in the family will make our feelings go down and it will be difficult to be happy again. In addition, if you work too hard, it will affect your physical and mental health. Physically, your health is very bad, tired and sleepless.

Good

Nguyễn Phương Mai 5/9

sjptgzf66s — 2025-09-05 13:53:15 UTC

There are many reasons for this question . The first, it is because they must go on business due to work requirements . The next, they have distant jobs to earn money to support themselves and their families or they go on holiday to relax and de-stress and explore the areas . Besides, they are also very interested in their hobbies.They want to find long trips to expand their knowledge and creativity in their minds. According to a recent survey , 30% of residents in New York have distant jobs , because they have to go to other places to do their jobs that ~~are jobs that~~ are not available in their area, ~~so they have to go to neighboring cities to work and~~ this forces them away from home .

good

More and more time is invested to go away from home by many residents in many nations. What are reasons and impacts will it have on them and their home are explained below

N.H.Long 7/9/2025

2025-09-07 03:17:00 UTC

Nowadays, many citizens in ~~develops~~ nations use more time to far away from their loved ones and all the reasons and its influences are explained below for this phenomenon.

There are many reasons that cause this problem. T~~he modern world plus the cost of living been higher in the past, some families have a low living standard so they try to find a job in another cities to get a better quality,~~ ~~and higher income also lack of opportunities in home country is also the cause to the problem~~ ~~moreover~~, high living standards in many countries is also one of the reasons for this statements

According to a recent survey in 2019 in China, 34% of citizens in Zhanghai move to their nearby cities to work or find a higher quality job than working in their own cities.

All above that statement can cause some impact on the people. If a families have one of their love ones who work far away from their families can cause the distance to their folks and kids making a crack to family bonds, also, Moving frequently can cause many problems for their income. According to The Time, published on 17th June, 2021, page 12, text 23, ~~have~~ showed that 1/3 of the family income is cut as a results of moving frequently.

Xem laij bai

Phạm Đức Dũng - 7/9

2025-09-07 03:35:53 UTC

Residents from various nations use more and more time away from their home, some reasons and impacts are described below

This phenomenon is caused by multiple reasons. Firstly, a lot of jobs nowadays require quite a few business trips per year, for meetings, networking, … . According to a recent survey, over 25% of middle to high paying jobs now needs their employees to go on different trips

Secondly, in some cities, the job market might be too crowded, so some people have to look for different work in other districts, states, …and that means taking more and more times just to travel from ~~your~~ home to ~~your~~ workplace. A father that had the same problem was interviewed and he stated “i’d wish that i can use the hours that was spent waiting on the bus to play with my kids instead.”

And lastly, some citizens ~~goes~~ in long trips just because it’s in their best interests.

Now, the problems above can create impacts on the people and their families.

One of the most devastating things it can cause is weaker bonds with their families, and this can snowball into larger problems such as : kids without father figure might not have discipline, your partner might have a higher chance of being unfaithful, …

Constant traveling can also take a huge toll on your health as you might not be able to rest peacefully, also, eating different food might be tasty but can also cause stomach aches, sickness, diseases, …

Finally, continuous trips can take a hard hit on your wallets and bank accounts. A survey done by The Times showed that individuals that live like this usually spend around 1/3 of their family’s saving and spending just to fund this way of living.

Good

Vương 7/9

2025-09-07 03:47:36 UTC

Nowadays, citizens in various nations invest more and more time far away from their home. The reasons for this phonome and its impacts are discussed below.

There are some reasons for this phenomenon. First of all, it is distant jobs which is a popular problem in many developed cities. These cities are often overcrowded and they can not meet the demand of jobs, so most of residents here have to move to other cities to have chance of jobs. Afterwards, going on business is also a reason for this problem. Many parents often go away for work and have no time for their children. Besides, ~~some people~~ some people are far away from their home because of their interests. They have high living standard and they can afford to trips around the year. According to the recent survey, 35% people in New York city have to go away for work each day.

While there are many reasons for this statement, this trend also have some consequences. Firstly, it makes the family bond to decline. If a father or a mother often goes on business for a long time, the children will feel deprived of emotion. Moreover, going far from home is costs a lot of money and it also has negative impacts on their health. According to The Times, the newspaper which is published on Jun 1st 2015, said that two third children whose parents usually go far away for work often have psychological problems like autism or depression.

In conclusion, although some reasons for spending time far away from home, it causes many disadvantages, so each individual need balance between work and family.

Good !

Hoàng 7/9

2025-09-07 03:53:53 UTC

task 2

•Nowadays , many people spend much time far away from their families. This happens for many reasons, and it couses some impacts as described below

• There are many reasons that cause this phenomenon

people need to work hard to earn more money . They spend long hours in office or go to another country for work and Many people want to be alone and with friends , so they want to be away from their families .

The above problem can create some impacts on the people and their families.

. Family relationship becomes weak when people are far away for a long time . Some people want to have a higher standard of living , so they switch to jobs away from home .

•The family relationship is iìnuenced

•In conclusion , people spend more time

away from family because of work and lifestyle . It can make negative effects on both them and their families .

cau van chua ro rang, xem lai cachs trinh bay, chua co minh chung

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (7/9/2025)

2025-09-07 03:54:32 UTC

Task2:

•Overal: Nowadays , residents live far from home because of jobs and busy life. This has some reasons and bad influences for both people and their families.

In many nations, citizens spend more time far from their families. The reason is that ~~presidents~~ want to have better jobs. Many young people move to big cities to find jobs and study . Another reason is modern life is busy, so people have no time for family

This problem make some bad impacts. If citizens stay away too long, they feel tired and unhappy. They can’t share their problem up without much care from parents also feel sad when they don’t see children often because family relationship and health.

The above causes and effects have caused the phenomenon of young people today living away from home.

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-09-07 03:57:03 UTC

More and more time far away from their home ~~are~~ used by citizens in many nations. In this essay, i am going to discuss the reasons and impacts of this problem.

There are many reasons that cause this phenomenon. Firstly, in big companies, employees often go on bussiness with a long time to complete the work. Secondly, in today's society, many people have to have distant jobs to find opportunities because there are not enough jobs in their city. Thirdly, residents ~~with~~ who have high living standard can afford to travel based on their interests. According to a recent survey, " 35% Shanghai citizens far away from their families ".

The above statement can create some impacts on the people and their home. It is breaking family relationships, they don't have time to care and look after their relatives. Next, distant job costs a lot of money on things like food, transportation and hotel. Moreover, it has a negative influence on health because of the long trip. The Time, published on september 8th, in 2025, column 5, line 6, said that: " 1/3 is cut from family income ".

Good

Khánh Linh 7/9/2025

2025-09-07 03:57:19 UTC

More and more time is used for far away from their ~~people's~~ home ~~by citizes~~ in many nations. In this essay, I am going to mention to reasons and influences for this problem.

There are many reasons that cause this phenomenon. Firstly, the statement of distance job is very common. In the growing era, the issue of lack of jobs is increasing, so the demand for ~~moving~~ working in nearby cities is necessary. Next, with going on business , due to the large number of jobs from big companies, the requirements for business trips are frequent and for a long time. The third reason for this is due to interests. High living standard, large income, people often have needs to satisfy personal needs with long trips. According to a recent study: "The number of New York people away from home accounts for 45%."

The above problem may create some impacts on the people and their families. The first effect, we can see is the cost of having to work far away in other places. The second is the increasingly distant family bond. And finally, the effects of human health after long trips, less rest. The Time, published on September 25th, 2018, column 3, line 5, said that: "1/3 is cut from family income".

In conclusion, when people in many countries spend more and more time far away from their families, this ~~has happened and~~ effects negatively to morden human life today.

Thieu nhieu cau phuc, cau vunj

Good

Tiến ( 7/9/2025)

2025-09-07 03:57:27 UTC

Nowadays , residents in many nations invest a lot of time far away from their families . This happens for some reasons and it couses some impacts to people as descibed below.

There are many reasons that couses this problem.

First , people go on business because many jobs require long hours, so citizens come home late

Second , they go to work far away because

in big cities , they can earn more money , but they must live far from parents and children , so people feel unhappy because they miss family .

In today's society, everyone has a high living standard , so they usually go to ~~the~~ travel and rarely stay at home.

The above problem can create some impacts on the people , it reduces ~~family people~~ and spent a lot of money , especilly it can harm their health.

According to ~~the~~ Tuoi Tre newspaper , published on August 17th, 2023, page 11, say 1/3 is cut from family income

Good

Huyền Trang 7/9

2025-09-07 03:57:55 UTC

In these days, residents from various nations likely to invest more and more time to live far away from their family. In this essay, the main causes and ~~potential~~ influences of this phenomenon will be discussed.

To begin with, there are a few reasons for this problem that are worth discussing. The first is that people are living busier lives and spending more time at work because of how quickly life is changing in the modern world. People frequently spend more time at work and return home late at night which makes it increasingly typical for them to lose the balance between their family and work. According to The Times, published on 3rd September 2020, said that :" Many employees must work more than ten hours a day due to their high workload, and in order to meet deadlines, they occasionally have to work on the weekends or overnight".

In addition, their families and people themselves are being significantly impacted by this growing problem. Firstly, it is thought that home is a place where each person can express their emotions and issues, which relieves tension. However, if someone does not receive enough support from their own family, they may suffer from emotional pain . Secondly, there may be a weakening of the ties that connect parents and children together.

Moreover, children who don't get enough time from their parents will not receive the proper care and attention from their parents and they are more likely to turn to criminal activity. According to a recent survey, 70% of juvenile criminals is descended from dysfunctional family which forms negative cognitive of them.

In conclusion, people rarely make time for their families due to two main statements and this tendency can have negative physical and emotional influences on both individuals and the family.

K.Huyền 7/9

2025-09-07 03:57:56 UTC

Nowadays, citizens in many nations invest more and more time far away from their home. All the reasons and influences are explained below for this problem.

There are many reasons that cause this phenomenon. According to a recent survey, about 35% of people in NewYork go on business for a long time because it bases on the need of their company. 25% of citizens in Hà Nội have distant job because there are not enough jobs for people there and 30% of people in Shanghai have a high standard of living so they live far away from their families to enjoy the lìe it.

The above problem can create some impacts on the people.The first, their family relationship ~~of their will~~ becomes distant, boring and difficult to understand to each other. The second, it is costive because travel expenses are so expensive such as hotel, energy car, food…

Good !

Gia Linh 7.9.25

2025-09-07 03:58:14 UTC

Task 2:

• Nowadays, more and more time is spent to go far away from families of the majority of young people ~~to adults~~ in many nations

• There are many reasons that cause this phenomenon. In this fast changing world, every people always focus on earning money to make ends meet in a time of change. From that we can see many families fall into a state of lack of emotions because their relatives often far away. Firstly, adults now spending all their times to go outside such as: go on business in some big cities in the country or abroad. Due to the work demand, they have to be away from their home so this leads to less interact with their parents or their children. staying home less for long time is worse because adults ~~will not~~ can not take their hours to educate children, or look after their old parents. Apart from that, the nature of distant job can weaken family bond and over time, family relationships is going to be cracked. Additionally, this serious phenomenon has influence on the people by spreading nervous and depression about the lack of loves which is mentioned by the Teen Newspaper in line 6, column 4. According to the recent survey, many young people and adults tend to drive everywhere to explore some strange things about their life ~~which is called~~ because thay have high living standard. But this problem causes many health and money consequences. Although their ~~intesrests~~ are possible to do but will not long lasting due to residents are not capable of afford because travel is too expensive.

Good

Nguyễn Phương An 07/09/2025

2025-09-07 03:58:24 UTC

In today's world, many citizens in various regions globally ~~are choosing~~ to live far away from their parents, spouses, and children. While there are valid reasons for

this trend, I agree that it may have detrimental consequences. I will explain this issue below.

There are many reasons that cause this problem. The modern world, with its many means of transportation, has made it easier than ever for people to seek employment and educational opportunities anywhere. This makes it easier for them to travel far to work anywhere based on their abilities. The population is increasing so there is not enough work for everyone, therefore hey have to work far from home. On the other hand, they have a high standard of living, so they want to travel far to explore new things.

Despite the aforementioned reasons that may be beneficial on a personal level, both the family and the individual may suffer. One consequence for the family is it would be a decline in interpersonal connections. When living apart, the time spent interacting between parents and children would inevitably decrease, resulting in fewer meaningful moments and a lack of mutual understanding over time. On a personal level, you may sometimes feel lonely because you have no one to confide in, missing your family and loved ones. If this persists over an extended period, it may lead to mental health

issues such as depression. Moreover, going on a business trip will cost you money in gas, hotel and food. According to the Tuoi tre newspaper, published on September 15, 2022, page 16 said that 1/3 is cut from family income.

Thùy Linh 7/9

2025-09-07 04:00:21 UTC

Nowadays, residents in many countries use more and more time far away from their home. This problem ~~had~~ has many reasons and causes many effects. Now I will discuss this problem below.

There are many reasons that cause this phenomenon. First, people always go on business. They are live far from home for several months. Second, citizens have distant jobs. They must go to nearby cities to work. They use less time at home because they go to work from early morning to lately evening. Finally, it's their interests. Residents have high living standard; so when people want, they can go wherever. According to a recent survey, ~~that~~ 60% of citizens of Zhanghai doesn't work in city where they live. They work in nearby provinces and have less time at home.

The above problem can create some impacts on the people and their families. First, this effects to family relationship. After many days they don't meet, they feel sad and the love

Good !

Hà My 7/9

2025-09-07 04:01:46 UTC

More and more time is invested far away from their home by residents in many nations. There are some reasons and impacts for this problem .

There are many reasons that cause this phenomenon . Due to the nature of their work , ~~they~~ people go on business very often with long time . Because in morden life in crowded city, is there are not enough jobs for them to work, therefore, they find out distant jobs. Due to the high standard of living , they are interested in working far away. According to a recent survey , 60% of New York's citizens work in other cities

The above problem can create some impacts on the people and their families .The family relationship is infuenced, because

Good !

Nguyễn Hà Phương 7-9-25

2025-09-07 04:01:51 UTC

Nowadays, in the fasten change and modern society, investing more and more time far away from their home is the trend of citizens in many areas, which have some reasons that cause this statement and many impacts on them. Now, we will discuss this problem below .

This phenomenon is caused by many reasons . Firstly, people usually go on business so they have to work far away from house and they ~~haven’t~~ enough time for their family . Moreover, living in some big cities has ~~different~~ to find suitable job for them, therefore, people have a distant job that also takes ~~many~~ much time for far away from their family. Finally, some citizens, who live at on high living standard, want to explore interests far away from their family.

The above statement can create some influences on the people. The first impact is that not only shorten family bond but also makes better and better relationships together. Furthermore

Good

Khánh Ly

2025-09-07 07:34:10 UTC

In Vietnam , there are many major holidays each year carry historycal, cultural and significance traditional ,help to remind younger generations about their roof and th values of the nation . A prime example is Vietnam’s national which gave me a memorable experience in just a few days of the holiday.

Vietnam’s celebrated in September 2nd and I had 3 days off August 31st, September 1st, and September 2nd . On the first day my family visited Ha Noi city to watched the military prade . Because it occurs only once every 40 years , it attracts people from all country to come and watch. And then , We joined the bustling crowd, sang proudly as we warmly welcomed each friendly and solemn parade unit. The mostphere was fills with excitement and at this moment I felt like one big family althought we weren’t related by blood. Everyone wore uniforms with the red flag and golden star and loudly chanted the name of our great leader, Ho Chi Minh. It made me unable to forget.

On the second day , I went to cinema to wach move called “Mưa đỏ “ which took Vietnam by storm . This fiml to toke about the the brave sacrifices made by soldiers who dared to face bombs and bullets to fight for independence. Watching the movie around national day that gave me a special feeling, it made me relized that the saying “ to gain peace, our forefathers had to sacrifice their blood and lives “ was not just words , suffering and sacrifices went far beyond that.

After all activitive, on September 2nd Each Vietnamese citizen was given 100,000 VND by the government to celebrate Independence Day after 80 years. I went to the market with my mother and used that money to buy delicious food to prepare for a dinner gathering with our relatives such as vegetables, pork,.. Just a simple meal but everyone was happy because the meal symbolizes the precious peace and independence of the people.

Althought it only a short holiday , it left an unforgettable mark in my memory as well as in the history of the Vietnamese people.

Great !

Trần Anh Thư

2025-09-07 08:46:26 UTC

There are many reasons for this question. First of all, it must be mentioned that world science is developing strongly leads to economic development, so people have to ~~go on business~~ to pay for their lifes. ~~Second, many citizens like to go away from their home because of their interests, they loves work and want to try more work to go on holiday or travel around the country, world~~. ~~Besides that, high income and high living condition make them have distant job~~. According to a recent survey, about 30% of residents in New York have distant jobs, ~~but~~ they work in nearby cities. Moreover, based on The Time, published on 1st July, 2025, page 2, column 8, line 11, said that people worked far away their home could spend 1/3 money they earned.

viết lại

Ngọc Hân 13/9

2025-09-13 14:39:05 UTC

More and more time far away from their homes is invested by residents in many hometowns. After that, there are the reasons and effects of above problem.
There are some reasons that course this phenomenon. Firstly, some people often go on business between 2 and 3 times per month, moreover, in a big city is sometime crowded so many citizens must have distance job. On the other hand, people have high living standard-go to discover the world around and they consider it a hobby.
Going far away from home can create a few bad impacts on. The relationship in the family can affected because members no more time to talk, besides that, their health s getting worse due to too much travel. Moreover, they will also easily income problems.
According to a resent survey, the Time, published on 2nd August, 2025 page 2, column 3, line 4, said that:” 80% people give up their country to work on the other city” In conclusion, living far away from there are many reasons and with that comes the impacts

Phương anh 13/09

phanhphanh2742009 — 2025-09-13 14:43:01 UTC

Residents in many nation are invested more and more time distant their home. While there are valid reasons for this trend, I agree that it may have detrimental consequences.
There are some reasons that cause this phenomenon. First, they spend most of their time on work such as business trips about 2-3 times/ month. One major reason people live away from their families is the pursuit of better job opportunities. In a globalized world, individuals often move to bigger cities or even abroad to find employment with higher salaries or better career prospects. Moreover, they face to face high living standard such as VAT,PIT,CIT,...
Going far away from families can create a few bad impacts on relationship family. On the one hand, individuals who move away may benefit financially and professionally, which can improve their family's economic situation through remittances. They may also gain valuable life experience and independence. On the other hand, prolonged separation can lead to emotional distance, loneliness, and a weakening of family bonds. Children may grow up without one or both parents, which can affect their emotional development, while elderly parents may suffer from a lack of support and companionship.
As for The Time, published on 2nd August 2024, page 4, column 3, line 4, said that " However, lacking connection is probably the biggest loss for both. Not seeing their family members around for a long time could produce serious consequences , from loneliness to depression."
In conclusion, living away from one’s family is a choice made by those who hope to build their career or obtain their degree overseas and also by youngsters who wish to live independently of their parents. The outcomes of this trend involve positive ones, such as new opportunities and financial benefits, and negative ones, such as disconnection.

Lâm Hà 13.09

2025-09-13 14:43:17 UTC

Citizens in many nations more and more time far away from their home. Those reasons and effects are shown by the following below:

There are some reasons that course this phenomenon. In the big city, there are so many people living there that many people are unemployed and they go to another place to work. They go on business 2-3 times a month. They have a habit of exploring the world and traveling. According to a recent survey, 63% of people go to work away from home.

Going far away from home can create a few bad impacts on home economics. They don't have much time for their families, which makes the relationship in the family worse. They travel a lot which makes theirs health weak and their income is decreasing day by day. Professor Hopkind Hajiuh j97 said “ Go to work far from home bad influence to everyone “

In short, everyone should balance between work and family.

Phương Vy 13/9

2025-09-13 14:43:25 UTC

Residents in many nations invest more and more time far away from their home . Both happen and effects are discussed below .

There are some reasons that course this phenomenon . First, a city is crowded and it does not enough jobs so they have distance jobs, they must go to other cities to work . And they also go on business from 2 to 3 times a month . Second, nowadays, they want a high living standard, good salary, go to discover around the world and the younger want to learn more knowledge . According to a recent survey, 80% of people and especially the teenagers use more time far from their home to work .

Going far away from home can creat a few bad impacts on them and their families . The most bad impact is the relationship in the family because they do not have time to talk and play together . Besides, do a lot of work may be course their health . On the other hand, they need travel expenses and find house to live . As for The Time, page 4, column, line 2 published on 2nd August, 2025 said that " many citizens leave country to go to each other city to work and course some impacts " .

In general, going far away from home can have good opportunities but it also have many effects so I think you should balance between family and work.

Phương Linh 13/9

2025-09-13 14:45:00 UTC

Citizens in many nations use more and more time far away from their home. Below are the reasons and the effects it brings.

There are some reasons that course the phenomenon. First of all, many residents must go to business twice a month, so they spend less time for their families. Nowadays, a city is crowded and many people ~~have not~~ enough jobs, so they need move to other cities to work. Moreover, interest is a reason why a person is less at home. Many citizens have high living standard and they go to discover the world around. According to a recent survey, 60% of families have a person who goes on business far from their houses, so people in these homes have less time for meeting.

Going far away from home can create a few bad impacts on families. Firstly, it makes the relationship in the family get worse. Residents often become distant when rarely see each other . Next, if they spend a lot of time away from home, their health can be weak every day. Furthermore, going to many places can cost a lot of money, which is not suitable for many people's income. According to The Time news, on 3rd May, 2022, page 1, column 10, line 9, said that: “ Nowaday, 78% families have distance relationship because a husband or wife usually go far away from their house”.

In short, if you are close to your family, you should feel happy because that is what many people want.

Great !

Nguyễn Phúc 13/9/2025

2025-09-13 14:46:07 UTC

Individuals in many nations are using more and more time far away from their home. And in this essay, I will show you the reasons and impacts of this problem.

Nowadays, there are lots of reasons causing this phenomenon. First, residents, especially living in rural ares, move to cities to find a better job or there are not enough jobs in the city so the ~~employers~~ have to look for other opportunities. Secondly, some jobs require to go to on business, maybe 2-3 times a month or more so it is really hard to visit ~~your~~ their family. According to a recent survey, ~~“The high standard of living some dwellers who live at high a level choose to discover the world around them”.~~And i am really sure about this because when they have money, they use it to satisfy their fields.Therefore, they don’t often meet their relationships.

For many reasons like these they create a few bad impacts on family relationships. When you dont meet your family, it weakens family bonds and in some cases it is the reason that is why influence their ~~healthy~~. Going far away from their home helps them get better income but worse relationships.

In short, i think people should balance their jobs and families for their own good.

Good !

Hoàng Mạnh Tùng 13/9

2025-09-13 14:47:39 UTC

Open: Citizens in many parts of the world invest more and more time far away from their houses because for of several reasons and a long with some impacts on people and their families.
Body: On the one hand, there are some reasons that cause this phenomenon. First, the lack of jobs in local areas makes many people move to big cities for higher salaries, better career chances, or more stable jobs. Another reason is personal interest: some ones want a higher standard of living, while others wish to explore the world around them. According to The Time newspaper , published on August 07th, 2013, page 5, column 3, line 9, said that:" Many young people choose to work in cities like New York or Shanghai, where they can earn more, live better, and experience new cultures."
On the other hand, going far away from home can create a few bad impacts on family relationships, as regular communication and emotional support may decrease. According to a recent survey, when young people live far from home, 65% of them often talk less with their parents. This can make family relationships weaker and sometimes cause feelings of loneliness.
End: In conclusion, although working away from home provides career opportunities,but it also weakens family relationships. Therefore, people should find a balance between work and family life.
Great !

Hoàng tuấn Phong

2025-09-13 14:48:54 UTC

Open: In many countries, people re invest more and more time away from their homes. This phenomenon of being away from home is due to the following factors.

There are several reasons for this phenomenon: People have to travel 2-3 times a month to city far from home for work. Another reason is that the city they live in is too crowded and there isn't enough work. They have to travel to other cities to work. They also spend time exploring the world around them. According to a recent survey, one of the main reasons why people spend long periods away from their families is work related.

going far away from home can have some negative effects on family relationships, people see each other less so their relationships aren't as closed as before.

In short, the main reason why many people have to live far away from their families is because of work and personal interests.

Good

Task 2: LE HUY HOANG

2025-09-13 14:52:31 UTC

Nowadays, the residents in ~~a number of~~ many nations use more and more time to live or work far away from their homes. There are many reasons and impacts on people and their families which are discussed below

There are some reasons that cause this phenomenon. First of all, people have to go on business about 2-3 times a week, so they need to find a place near their business to live. Besides, ~~a city is crowded and does not have enough~~ jobs to have a great salary, therefore, moving to other cities to work is exactly essential because they can make money ~~and~~ to take care of their families. Especially, living standard in big cities is higher than itself in other areas and high living standard in big cities also satisfy people with many high towers, perfect hospitals, big shopping mall and some other specialities. Moreover, a few residents like going to discover around the world to satisfy themselves and their enthusiasm. According to a recent survey, about 35% ~~percentage~~ of people in Vietnam live and work far away from their families in big cities.

There are not only many reasons but also some effects influencing on the citizens and their homes. To begin with, spending more and more time far away from their homes may lead to break the relationship among people in their families, so they may reduce to communicate and interact. ~~Moreover, people spending more and more time far from their family come back to their homes regularly.~~ ~~Backing to their homes regularly can impact on their health,~~ such as illness and fever. Especially, it also ~~influences~~ on their income directly. For example, they have to use much money for booking plane tickets.

In conclusion, there are many reasons and effects on people spending much time far away from their families; therefore; they need to balance between their work and their families.

chu y cach phat trien y

Bá Đức

2025-09-13 14:52:42 UTC

Their homes are spent more and more time in my nation by residents. Some reasons and impacts will be showed for this probem

There are some reasons that course this phenomenon. Firstly, I think it comes from high living standard, for example, ~~the~~ most people have distance jobs, because in crowed cities~~, haven't~~ there are not enough jobs, ~~instead~~ so they have to go to other cities to work. Second, ~~in my opinion,~~ another common reason is that people have business trips from 2 to 3 times a month. Third, they want to go to discover the word around to relax and enjoy life. According to a recent survey, 35% of citizens in London, a big city in England, go to work in nearfby cities

However, going far away from home can create a few bad impact on realitionship in their family . They ~~will~~ spend a lot of money on traveling that makes it ~~financially costly~~ cost. When they are far from family, it makes you feel lonely and lack of care. According to Mrs.Haruc' If you don't spend more time for your my family. It may be broken'

In short, people should balance family and work

xem lai bai, tap viet cau ngan

Long

2025-09-13 14:53:01 UTC

Citizens in many nations invest more and more time far away from their home that has a few problems and there are a few reasons for it.

There are some reasons that course this phenomenon. Firstly, I think it comes from high standard of living. They ~~will~~ find a place with a standard of living that suits them. Second, the cities where they live are crowded, it ~~don't~~ does not have enough jobs for many people ~~at here~~ , so they come to other cities to work. Third, in my opinion, the common is that people go on business trips from 2 to 3 times a month. According to a recent survey, ~~the most people going far away from home to earn more income for their families.~~

About the influence, going far away from home can create a few impacts on the relationship in their family, it ~~will~~ gradually disappear. When they are far away from their home, they ~~will not be taken~~ care of as well as they would at home. According to professor Hazell:"Being away from home will have a big impact on your mental health and foster love”. I completely agree with heir opinion but I think it's partly because they ~~don't~~ have enough money like others.

In short, there are some reasons why people are going far away from home, and it can create a few impact about their spirit

Xem lai bai

Nguyễn Thành Hưng , 13/9

2025-09-13 14:57:21 UTC

Open: Citizens in many nations use more and more time far away from their home . ~~In the world , the lack of jobs is creasing~~ , so ~~what are~~ some reasons and effects let is are discussed below .

Body : There are some reasons that course this phenomenon . The first , they often go on business from 2 to 3 times/month . The second, they work away from home , because their city does not have enough jobs and it has high competitiveness . The final, they want high living standard and they love going to discover the world around them , in which their family stay at home . According to a recent survey, people spend more and more time far away from their families for different reasons . So everyone become distant.

Going far away from home can create a few bad impacts on family and their health ~~myself~~. It makes their income unstable. It makes their income unstable and the relationship in the family become distance . As for The Time, published on 3rd August, 2024 , line 4, column 3, said that " their away from home for too long reduces the affection between family members"

tập viết câu ngắn ở nhà

Trần Đặng Anh Thư

dagahnthu1610mzc — 2025-09-21 09:55:46 UTC

There are many reasons for this question. Firstly, they must go on business because of work conditions. Secondly, the cost of living is higher and higher so they have to try to pay for their life. According to a recent servey, 35% of residents in New York have distant jobs , they work in nearby cities because their citis where they live is overpopulation, they ~~don't~~ have chance to find jobs. Based on The time ,...., column 2, page 5, line 6 said that people work far away their home can spend 1/3 money that they earn

Good

Khánh Ly

2025-09-21 10:00:56 UTC

Based on the reasons above, it has had a certain impact on their families . The first , after a period of not meeting and communication among family members who are supposed to always be by your side, sharing your joys and sorrows become distant because of time and distance. Therefore , many children suffer from autism and depression as the trend of parents moving away from home to work increases. The second , due to the nature of working far from home, most citizens do not have any time for themselves . This situation leads to a decline in physical and mental health, as well as an increase in stress levels .

There are many reasons for this question. It starts with a lack of career so they have no choice but to work far from home to cover today’s high living expenses. Besides, a lot of people choose to be away from home often in order to explore new places and experience different cultures which helps them improve their knowledge in a natural and interesting way. In addition, modern life is full of pressure, so many families often take short trips away from home after long days of work to relax and recharge. According to aresent servey, 40% of residents in New York have distant jobs. Athought they live in New York , they work in nearby cities.

Good

Hà Phương 21/9

2025-09-21 10:36:13 UTC

In addition, their families and people themselves are being significantly impacted by this growing problem. First, being away from home will reduce the connection with family. We always go to work early and come home late, which makes me without having time to interact with everyone in the family will make our feelings go down and it will be difficult to be happy again. In addition, if you work too hard, it will affect your physical and mental health. Physically, your health is very bad, tired and sleepless. Mentally, it will cause feelings of loneliness and lack of sharing. Moreover, it can be stressful and pressured. According to The Times published on 2st, 2024, Colum 3, Page 6, Line 5, Said that:" Many employees must work more than ten hours a day due to their high workload, and in order to meet deadlines, they occasionally have to work on the weekends or overnight."

Trần Anh Thư 21/9/2025

2025-09-21 10:52:55 UTC

Based on the above reasons, there will be many impacts on people who work far away their home and their families. First of all, it can decrease the connection between family members. Secondly, distant jobs lead to some bad influences on citizens' health, working far away home in a long time causes serious pressure and diseases which makes people tired like low blood pressure, insomnia,.... Not only that but it also makes them lack of free time and freedom for themself. Besides, the cost of moving is also quite pricey, it makes far-workers cost a lot of money. According to a recent survey, about 40% of residents who work far away their home can spend 1/3 money they earn.

Hồng Nhi 21/9

2025-09-21 10:58:52 UTC

Based on the reasons above, we can see its impacts. First, it often affects family relationships, as people spend less time with their loved ones. Second, being away from home for a long time can harm their health. Many workers face stress, irregular meals, or sleepless due to commuting and busy schedules. Finally, although a distant jobs may provide higher income, the cost of traveling and the time wasted may reduce the real benefits. Based on The Time published on 1st July, 2025 , page 5, column 2, line 6 said that people work far away their home can spend 1/3 money they earn.

Nguyễn Phương Mai 21/9

sjptgzf66s — 2025-09-21 10:59:41 UTC

There are many impacts for this question about working away from home . The first , they decrease the connection with people around them because they only pay attention to work . The second one , it has bad effects on their health. Besides, it lacks of free time for yourself and family time . And , working away from home requires a lot of expensive expenses . This causes the money they earn to decrease significantly . According to a recent survey, 40% residents in New York have distant jobs , when they return home, it is difficult for them to integrate with family and friends far away from the city where they live .

Thái Minh Nguyên 21/9

2025-09-21 11:01:53 UTC

Based on the reasons just mentioned we can associated with bad effects. First, when this happens a long of time it can decrease the connection with members family and lack of free times. we always feel tired when we complete the job. Which makes us miss the moments with our loved ones. Those moments are exactly what help us relax after the exhausting times we endure in a long day. As a result other harms such as mental exhaustion or physical breakdown. Beside, Not only reduce the time we spend with our loved ones, it also lack our own time. According to a recent survey, 27% of residents in New York who can't have a meal with their family

Nguyễn Thành Tuấn Anh 21/9

2025-09-21 11:03:10 UTC

Going away from home that create a lot of serious impacts about their families. When a member family or more spend plenty of time for going on long bussiness trips and having a job in other cities that decrease the connection and bond among members and lack of free time yourself to do their interes. Working in hard conditon without time to relax and refresh yourself that cause extremely serious effects on their health. Besides that, it is costly for you to do it for a long time because it makes you spend about 1/4 or 1/5 of your income. Based on The Time published on 16/02/2010 said that people often goes away from their famly who always feel streesed and lack of laugh

Trần Đặng Anh Thư ( 21/9)

dagahnthu1610mzc — 2025-09-21 11:03:29 UTC

Work far away from their families has a profound impact on their personal lives and family. First at all, when a member in a family absent from home regularly leads to a loss of connection with their children and family, creating a growing sense of distance. Besides, it also results in many negative influences on their health, Constantly being away from home often leads to irregular sleep patterns, poor diet, and lack of physical activity. The stress of balancing work commitments with time away from family can also contribute to mental fatigue and anxiety. Spending much time to go on business make lack of free time for themselves

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 5/9

2025-09-21 14:24:08 UTC

More and more time is invested to go away from hom by citizens in many nations. What are reasons and influence will it have on them and their home are explained below.

There are many reasons for this question. First of all, because of their distant jobs, many residents must go to other places for work and study. Next, Owing to their hobbies, many citizens spend a lot time for outdoor activities. Besides that, people often take vacations to relax and enjoy themselves. According to a recent survey, 22% of resident in New York have distant jobs, so they often have to go to other cities for work.

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-09-23 13:05:10 UTC

In As for many opinions, the goverment should use more money on saving environment than on medical research, this has many reasons

Protecting environment is the longest and the best strategy to save the heath of residents

Khánh Linh

2025-09-23 13:05:11 UTC

1. According to many opinions, the government should invest money on protecting environment than ~~is use~~ on medical, this has some reasons:

Protecting environment is strategied for a long time and it is the best way to protect the health of citizens.

Nguyễn Hà Phương 23/9

2025-09-23 13:05:17 UTC

It is believed that, the government should invest more money on protecting the environment rather than on medical research to protect citizen's health. This has some reasons below. Protecting environment is the longest and the best strategy that protects residents's health.

Thùy Linh 23/9

2025-09-23 13:05:34 UTC

-According to the opinion of many people, goverment should spend more money on protecting the environment rather than on medical research to protect citizen's health.....

-Protecting the environment is the longest and the ~~most correct~~ best plan to protect citizens' health

Long 23/9/2025

2025-09-23 13:08:03 UTC

In the point of view of from many people, the government should spend more money to protect the environment more than on medical research, all this has the following reasons.

Protecting the environment is a long- term plan, and it is the most accurate strategy to protect citizens' health.

Tiến 23/9/2025

2025-09-23 13:08:23 UTC

Many people think that , the goverment should spent more money protecting environment instead of medical due to soem reasons below

Protecting the environment is the best stratery to protect the people's heath

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 21/9

2025-09-26 11:12:38 UTC

From the above reasons, we can see the negative impacts on their families. First of all, it reduces the connection family between memberss, create distance from each other.Besides that, they lacks of free time for theirself to relax, which leads to work pressure and can not good complete their work. Constantly, they also bad effects to their health and lacks of sleep which can cause them to become depressed.According to a recent Survey, 33% of citizens in New York have distant job spend 1/4 money they earn.

Thùy Linh 2/10

2025-10-02 13:51:19 UTC

The percentage of population aged 65 and over in three ~~countries~~ : Canada, Germany, UK in 1980, 2000 and predicted percentage in 2030 is illustrated in the chart below

As can be seen, Germany has the highest popolation ratio aged 65 and over, while the lowest rate belongs to UK.

In details, the percentage of population aged 65 and over in Canada in 1980 accounted for 10% and it increased to 15% in 2000; moreover, the chart predicted that this percentage will take 22% in 2030. Next, the number of population aged 65 and over in Germany was placed at 15% in 1980; by 2000, it took 20% and this population ratio will occupy 25% in 2030. In contrast to Canada and Germany, the rate of population in UK is lower, it was 14% in 1980 and it also increased 1% after 20 years; by 2030 the percentage of population aged 65 and over will account for 23%.

In conclusion, the population ratio of all three contries increase and the greatest rise is Germany.

Good !

Nguyễn Hà Phương 2/10

2025-10-02 13:58:31 UTC

The number of ~~population~~ aged 65 and over in thee nations in 1980, 2000 and predicted rate in 2030 is illustrated in this chart .This issue will be discussed below.

Overall, as can be seen that, the rate of people who are ~~has~~ over 65 years old in Germany has the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest ratio belongs to Canada.

In details, firstly, In Canada, the percentage of population aged 65 or over took 10% in 1980, and this number rose to 15% in 2000, while it is predicted that it will reach to 23% in 2030. In the same period, ~~Canada~~'s percentage of population aged 65 and over stood at 15 % in 1980, this rate was less 5% than its in 2000, meanwhile, ~~Canada~~' highest position will be 25 % in 2030 with is predicted by experts. Besides Canada and Germany, UK also had increasing trend in population aged 65 and over with 14% in 1980 and 15% was accounted for its in 2000, based on these percentages, the experts predict that it ~~has~~ will slightly climb to 18% in the future in 2030.

In conclusion, all three nations ~~has~~ increasing trend of in population aged 65 or over.

Good !

Tiến 2/10/2025

tn0364627 — 2025-10-02 13:58:32 UTC

The graph below show ~~the percentage~~ of ~~population~~ aged 65 and over in three ~~countries~~ i~~n 1990 , 2000 and predicted percentage in 2030~~

Overall , as can be seen , the percentage of people aged 65 and over increse steadily in all the countries from 1990 to 2000 , and is expected to increase in the further.

In 1980 , the proportion of old people was the lowest in Canada , it took 10% , meanwwhile, Germany accounted for 15% and the UK reached to 13%

In 2000 , Elderly people accounted for 15% in Canada , meanwhile, Germany presented 20% and the UK took 15%.

In 2030 , the predicted percentage in Germany is will be forecasted to experience the highest percentage of elderly people, climbing to about 23%. Canada will also rise significantly to approximate 21%, while the UK will see a more modest growth, reaching nearly 18%.

In conclusion , the number of old people will rise in all countries.

Good !

Huyền4-10

2025-10-04 11:29:47 UTC

Task1:

•The mobile usage in a ~~national~~ by age group between 1998 and 2000 is illustrated in the bar chart below.

•Overall, as can be seen, the mobile usage at “16-30 years” has the highest percent, and the lowest place belongs to “less than 15” in the bar chart below.

•As can be seen in the chart, the column “ 50 or more” ~~has~~ a fairly low mobile phone usage rate, .......... of 4% in 1998, .........stood at 8% in 1999 and...... accounted for 10% ~~ratio~~ in 2000. With the blue column “31-50 years” ~~has~~ 41% ~~rate~~ in 1998, ......reduced to 39% in 1999 and .........decreased to 37% in 2000. Next, the “ 16-30years” ~~has~~ the highest ratio in the chart with 53% in 1998,...... ~~decrease~~ gradually to 45% in 1999 and 44% in 2000. Finally, the “less than 15” ~~has......~~ lowest rate in the chart, only 10% ~~ratio~~ in 1998,...... ~~increase~~ to 8% in 1999 and slight ~~increase~~ to 9% in 2000.

• It is clear that, the mobile usage “ less than 15” has the lowest percent and the highest place belongs to “16-30 years” in the rank.

Thiếu chủ ngữ và sai động từ
Câu thiếu thanhd phần
Tốc độ chậm
sai ngữ pháp

Nguyễn Phương An 4/10/2025

2025-10-04 11:31:27 UTC

Mobile usage in ....nation by a age group from 1998 to 2000 is illustrated in the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, people aged between 16 and 50 account for the highest proportions of mobile phone users throughout the period, while the youngest and the oldest groups make up relatively small shares.

In 1998, about 53% of people aged 16-30 used mobile phones, and the aged team from 31 to 50 ~~accounting~~ for 41%. In contrast, children rarely ~~use~~ mobile phones, with only 2% of those...... under 15.......... ~~owning one 4% of people aged 50 and over own a mobile phone because they need more time to rest and using a mobile phone is not good for their health.~~

Tốc độ quá chậm
Dùng sai từ vựng nhiều
phát triển ý chưa logic
thiếu từ vựng

Vương 4/10

2025-10-04 11:31:28 UTC

Phone usage in a nation by age group between 1998 and 2000 is illuminated in the bar chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, the age group with the highest rate is the team 16-30 years old, meanwhile, the lowest place belongs to the group people who are under 15 year old.

First of all, the age team under 15 took only 2% ~~in the bar~~ ~~chart~~ in 1998, but it reached to 8% in 1999 and slightly increased to 9% in 2000. Turning to the age 16-30 group, it stood at 53% in 1998, but it decreased to 45% in 1999, and it continued to ~~decrease~~ decline to 44% in 2000. With the third team, the age group from 31-50 accounted for 41% in 1998, but it dropped to 39% in 1999, and 37% described the rate in 2000. Finally, the age group of more than 50 occupied at 4% in 1998, in addition, 8% presented the percentage in 1999, and the ratio of the age over 50 group using phones was 10% in 2000.

In short, as presented above, there are 2 age groups using mobile phones that tend to decrease, meanwhile, the other 2 groups tend to increase.

Tổ chức tốt bài viết
Dùng động từ đúng ngữ pháp
Động từ đa dạng
kết lại cần bao quát hơn

Phạm Đức Dũng 4/10/25

2025-10-04 11:31:36 UTC

The number of phone usage in a nation by age groups between 1998 and 2000 is depicted in the bar chart above.

Overall, people from 16-30....years old..... takes the lead for the most amount of people using mobile devices, on the other side, kids and teenagers in 15 and under......... has the lowest number of mobile usage.

As can be seen, kids from 15 and under......had... ~~has~~ the least ~~amount~~ of phone usage with only 2% in 1998, but that number quadrupled to 8% of kids in 1999 and ......it... increased slightly to 9% ......in. the next year in 2000.

As shown in the bar chart above, teenagers and young adults ~~have~~ the largest number of phone usage with 53% of people in 1998, but that number decreased steadily to 45% and 44% in 1999 and 2000, respectively.

Meanwhile, middle aged adults from 31-50 stood ..... a close second....... to the young adults and teenagers in ~~amount~~ of phone usage with 41% in 1998 and...it....... also decreased slowly to 39 in 1999 and 37 in 2000.

Finally, we ~~have~~ the elderly people from 50 and above, there ~~are~~ 4% of older people using phones in 1998 and that number doubled to 8%...in.... the next year in 1999 and...it stood..... ~~were~~ at 10% in 2000

Tổ chức bài tốt, dùng được cau phức
Thiếu nhiều cụm từ
câu văn không rõ nghĩa
dùng sai động từ

Huyền Trang 4/10

2025-10-04 11:32:03 UTC

From my perspective, the quantity of mobile phones users from 16 to 30 years....... is recorded to be at the top of the list, however, the smallest figure belongs to the group of less than 15..........

Looking to the details, the group of teenagers and young adults ~~uses~~ mobile phones the most, averaging about 47% over the course of the three years. Adults between 31 and 50 years....... were the next most mobile-using age group ..........~~after that~~. In around 3 years, this age groups witnessed a slightly reduction of using mobile phones, in contrast, the proportion of older adults who ~~ultilize~~ mobile phones upsurged over the period of 3 years, reaching a maximum of 10% in 2000. Moreover, the figure for children using cell phones reached at a peak of 9% in 2000 which was five times as much as that three years ago.

cách hành văn rõ ràng, đủ ý- tổ chức bài tốt

Sai động từ

Thiếu cụm từ

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-10-04 11:32:52 UTC

The usage of mobile phone in a nation by age team between 1998 and 2000 is reviewed in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, the highest position belongs to the mobile usage of 16- 30 years team, meanwhile, less than 15 group takes the lowest position in the rank.

Firstly, the mobile usage of less than 15 age group increased from 2% to 8% in 1998 and 1999, it rose continously to 9% in 2000. Secondly, 53% stood for 16-30 year-old- class using phone in 1998, then, it decreased sharply to 45% and 44% from 1999 to 2000. Thirdly, in 1998, the age of 31- 50 using mobile accounted for 41%, but it went down to 39% and 38% from 1999 to 2000. Finally, during the 3 years between 1998 and 2000, the mobile usage of 50 or more age group went up slightly from 4% to 10%.

In conclusion, in the trend of phone usage, there are 2 groups increasing and 2 teams decreasing.

Tổ chức viết bài tốt
Thiếu cụm từ
xem lại các câu rút gọn mệnh đề

Tiến 4/10

2025-10-04 11:32:59 UTC

The diagram compares mobile usage in a nation by age group between 1998 and 2000

Overall, as can be seen , The highest rate of mobile phone users ~~belong~~ to 16-30 years old and the lowest ~~belong~~ to less than 15 years old

In 1998 , the ratio of under 15 years ld group used mobile phone took 2% and ~~between~~ 16 and 30 years old team preesnted 53% , but from 31 to 50 years old , the rate ~~drops~~ to 41% ,and finally ~~the percented of people using mobile phones is the lowest belong to 50 or more~~

In 1999 , the ratio less than 15 years used mobile phone stood at 8% , meanwhile, people from 16 to 30 years old accounted for 45% and 31-50 years old reached to 39% , more 50 year old occuied 8%

xem dong tu

Long 4/10/2025

2025-10-04 11:33:07 UTC

The percentage of mobile usage in a country by age group from 1998 to 2000 is illustrated in the chart bellow.

Overall, as can be seen, the age group between 16 and 30 ~~stood~~ the highest in the rank, meanwhile, the age group less than 15 ~~stood~~ the lowest

The age group less than 15 even though ~~stand~~ at the lowest level and times show the differences even though it ~~has~~ a sightly ~~increased~~ but not too much, from 1998 only 2% of this age group ~~used~~ mobile phone usage and ~~increased~~ from 8 to 9 in the next 2 years. 53% ~~are~~ the number that ~~be recorded~~ from 1998 at the age group of 15-30 year old ~~stood~~ the highest ~~cause~~ this likely because most people ~~are worked~~ at this age, but from 1999 to early 2000 the percentage gradually ~~declined~~ 8 to 9 % each years from 45% to 44%. In 1998, the group 31-50 year old ~~has~~ a second highest in the rank and its r~~ecord~~ that there are 41% of citizens in this group using mobile phone usage and the number ~~decreased~~ from 39 to 37 in just two years.

Khánh Linh

2025-10-04 11:33:07 UTC

Mobile use in a nation by how old team between 1998 and 2000 is illustrated in the bar chart above.

Overall, as can be seen that the age 16-30 years is the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest place belongs to less than 15 years old group.

Firstly, the less than 15 age group that spent mobile phone in 1998 took 2%, but in 1999, this age had sightly increased in 8% and 9% in 2000. Secondly, the highest position with the 16-30 years was 53% in 1998 and this was decreased 45% and 44%, respectively in 1999 and in 2000. Next, with the 31-50 years, this age ~~had remained~~ through years, with 41% (1998), 39% (1999) and 37% (2000). Finally, the 50 or over years old class with the nearly lowest place compared to the less than 15 years old, the number of people used mobile grew sharply from 4% in 1998 to 10% in 2000.

In conclusion, mobile ~~spended~~ in a country by age group from 1998 to 2000, which was shown in the rank above.

dung sai tu, thieu tu

Hà My 4/10

2025-10-04 11:33:16 UTC

Cell phone usage in a nation by age group between 19998 and 2000 is expressed in the bar chart .

Overall, as can be seen, the age group from 16 to 30 years takes the highest position in the rank, meanwhile, the lowest place belongs to the age of less than 15 .

In details , the ratio of smart phone use by the less than 15 group accounted for 2% in 1998, one year later, in 1999, the percentage was 8% and in 2000 , this age group was place at 9%. Next, the rate of cell phone usage from 16-30 years ~~standed~~ to 53% in 1998, 45% presented the precentage of 16-30 years group in 1999, one year later, in 2000, this age group was 44%. Besides, the ratio of 31-50 years group got to 41% in 1998, 39% was the precentage of

_ Tuw lap lai nhieu- viet cham

Thùy Linh 4/10

2025-10-04 11:33:20 UTC

Smartphone usage in a nation by age group between 1998 and 2000 is illustrated in the bar chart.

As can be seen, the ~~age~~ people who are from 16 to 30 use the phone the most, while the lest rate belongs to people who are less than 15 years old.

In details, the percentage of mobile usage by the group less than 15 years old took 2% in 1998 and it increased to 8% in 1999; moreover, this rate accounted for 10% in 2000. Next, with the age between 16 and 30, the phone usage ratio in 1998 is the highest with 53% but by 1999, this rate decreased to 45% and it continued ~~decreasing~~ to 44% in 2000. The same the group between 16 and 30, the number of smartphone usage occupied 41% in 1998 and it reduced 1% in 1999, by 2000, this rate decreased to 37%. By contrast, the people who ~~are~~ more than 50 years old used phone less than with 4% in 1998 and in 1999 the percentage of mobile usage was placed at 8%; moreover, by 2000 , this ratio increased to 10%.

In conclusion, .....

Good

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (04/10/2025)

2025-10-04 11:33:21 UTC

The bar chart illustrates how peole in different age groups used mobile phones in a country from 1998 to 2000.

Overall, moblie phone use go up in all age groups during the three years. The highest percentages always for people who aged 16-30, while the lowest place for those under 15

In 1998 ,the percentage of users aged 16-30 was about 53% followed by 41% for the 31-50 age group. The figures for the youngest and oldest groups were much smaller, it took only 2% and 4%, respectively.

In 1999 the number of

Viet nhieu cau ngan

Gia Linh 4.10.25

2025-10-04 11:34:03 UTC

Task 1:

• Mobile usage in a country by age group throughout the 1998 to 2000 is mentioned by the bar chart above

• In general, mobile usage at 16-30 years old takes the highest position in the chart, meanwhile, the lowest proportion belongs to "less than 15" section

• As it is shown in the chart, through the years from 1998 to 2000, the column "less than 15" only occupied 2% in 1998 but it ~~rises~~ 8% to 9% in both 1999 and 2000, this ~~is evaluated~~ that this section is quite a slight change that happened over a very short period of time. At the second stage of the chart is the orange column- "16-30 years old" . ~~At the same time, three percent 53, 45, 44 were on half of each year 1998, 1999 and 2000 which dropped considerably over 3 years.~~ Turning to third place is "31-50 years old" which accounted for 41% in 1998 whose figures gradually declined from 39 to 37 between 1999 and the final year that its precentage went down steadily after 3 years. Finally, the last section of the chart ~~gained~~ "50 and more" that reached 4% at the beginning of the period but it grew relatively fast to 8% and stood at 10% in 2000. This is illustrated that older people use their mobile devices much less than other younger people

cau van chua ro rang.

Hoàng4/10

2025-10-04 11:34:15 UTC

•The bar chart illustrates how people in different age groups used mobile phones in a country from 1998 to 2000 .

•Overall , mobile phone use ~~went up~~ in all age groups during the three years . The highest percentage ~~was~~ always for people aged 16 to 30 , while the lowest rate ~~was~~ for those under 15 .

•In 1998 , the percentage of users aged 16–30 was about 53% , followed by 41% for the 31–50 age group . The figures for the youngest and oldest groups were much smaller , only 2% and 4% respectively .

•In 1999 , the number of mobile users rose slightly . Around 45% of people aged 16–30 used mobiles , and 39% of the 31–50 group did the same . For people under 15 and over 50, the figures increased to 8% .

•In 2000 , the usage continued to grow slowly . 44% of people aged 16–30 owned or used mobiles , compared with 37% in the 31–50 group . The younger and older groups showed

Good- tu lap lai

Nguyễn Hà Phương (4-10-25)

2025-10-04 11:34:22 UTC

The mobile device usage in a nation by age group between 1998 and 2000 is described in the bar chart . This issue will be discussed below.

Overall, as can be seen ~~that~~, the age group of people used smartphone devices from 16-30 years ~~was highest~~ position in the rank, meanwhile, the lowest place belongs to residents who less than 15 years old.

In details, firstly, the ratio of using mobile device for children that aged less than 15 years presented 2% in 1998, and this number rose to 8 % in 1999, while 9% revealed the percentage mobile usage in 2000. In the same period, in 1998, the number of smartphone usage in a citizen group ~~which’s members~~ who was 26-30 years old stood at 53 %, this rate slightly decreased to 45% in 1999, meanwhile, 44% shown the ratio of people from 16-30 years old who used mobile device in 2000. Besides the pervious group,

Thieu thong tin

Nguyen Hoang Long

2025-10-05 00:32:47 UTC

The quantity of cars made at three different nations (2003,2006,2009) is described in the chart above

Overall, as can be seen, the number of cars in Thailand in 2006 is highest, meanwhile, the lowest quantity is belong to Argentina in 2003

In Argentina, the number of cars increased gradually from 2003 to 2009. It started at 235,088 and ended at 466,089. Meanwhile, in Australia, the quantity of cars tended to decrease steadily and it stopped at the number 245,624. In Thailand, the quantity of cars grew from 735,852 to 1,162,356 between 2003 and 2006 but it decreased from 1,162,356 to 999,963 between 2006 and 2009

In short, Thailand has the most development trend among the three countries.

Phúc 5/10/2025

2025-10-05 00:35:14 UTC

The quantity of cars made in three nations in 2003,2006 and 2009 is illustrated in the table below.

Overall, as can be seen that, Thailand produced the most cars in three different

periods.Meanwhile, the least active country in 2003 was Argentina and moved to Australia in 2006 and 2009.

In 2003, the number of cars made in Argentina was 235,088 before grow up to 352,759 in 2006 and 466,089 in 2009.

At the same time, Cars contributed plummeted 452,163 to 341,268 and continue decline to 245,624 in 2009.

On the other hand , the number of cars in Thailand surge from 735,825 to more than 1 million before drop to 999,963 in 2009.

Hoàng Mạnh Tùng

2025-10-05 00:40:07 UTC

The quantity of cars production three nation namely Argentina, Australia and Thailand between 2003 and 2009 is described in the table below.

Overall, as can be seen, Thailand made the largest number of cars in all three years, while Argentina produced the fewest. The number of cars made in Argentina and Thailand increased over the period, but the figure for Australia fell.

In 2003, Thailand produced 735,852 cars, much higher than the figures for Australia (452,163) and Argentina (235,088). By 2006, car production in Thailand rose sharply to over 1.1 million, while Argentina also saw an increase to about 353,000 cars. In contrast, Australia’s production dropped to around 341,000.

By 2009, Thailand still had the highest production, although the number fell slightly to 999,963. Argentina continued to grow and reached 466,089 cars, but Australia experienced a further decline to only 245,624.

In conclusion, car production increased in Argentina and Thailand between 2003 and 2009, whereas it decreased steadily in Australia.

Chưa theo đúng quy định miêu tả bảng biểu
Mở bài chưa có động từ chính
dùng sai thì cho Open và Overall
Nội dung miêu tả không đồng nhất
Viết lại bài

Nguyễn Thành Hưng , 5/10

2025-10-05 00:40:13 UTC

The quantity of cars produce in three nation in 2003 , 2006 and 2009 describe the table of above .

Overall , as can be seen , The thailand is the country that produces take the highist cars in the years , meanwhile, the lowest cars made in Argentina and Australia.

First, the cars made in Argentina in 2003 was 235,088 cars then grow up gradually in 2009 , it was 466,089 cars . The second, the cars made in Australia in 2003 was 452,163 cars and fall down slowly in 2009 , it was 245,624 cars . Finally , the cars made in Thailand in 2003 was 735,852 then it increased steadily until 2009 , it was 999,963 cars

In short, Thailand's car population is higher than the other three countries.

P.Anh ( 5/10 )

2025-10-05 00:40:13 UTC

The table shows the quantity of cars produced in Argentina, Australia and Thailand at 3 different points of time (2003,2006 and 2009).
Overall ,as can be seen, the number of cars make in Argentina and Thailand increases over the period, while the figure for Australia fall down.
In 2003, Thailand produced the most cars, at about 736 thousand, followed by Australia with around 452 thousand. Argentina made the least, only about 235 thousand cars. By 2006, car production in Thailand rose sharply to over 1.1 million, and Argentina also increased to 352 thousand. However, the number in Australia dropped slightly to 341 thousand.
In 2009, Argentina continued to grow to around 466 thousand cars. In contrast, Australia’s car production kept falling, reaching only about 246 thousand. Thailand remained the highest producer even though its number fell a bit to nearly 1 million cars.

Phong

2025-10-05 00:40:30 UTC

The table below shows the number of cars produced in three different nations from 2003 to 2009.

Overall,As can be seen, the number of car production in Thailand is the most and the least is in Australia.

the number of cars produced in Argentina in 2003 was 253,088 and continued to increase until 2009 which was 466,089. Next, the number of cars produced in Australia in 2003 was 452,163 and it gradually decreased until 2009 to only 245,624 .Finally, the number of car production in Thailand in 2003 was 735,852, in 2006 it increased sharply to 1,162,356 and in 2009 it decreased to 999,963

Lha

2025-10-05 00:40:49 UTC

The quantity of cars produced in three nations (Argentina, Australia, Thailand) at three different points of time (2003, 2006, 2009) is described in the table above.

Overall, as can be seen, in 2006, Thailand produced the most cars in the three countries, and Argentina produced the fewest cars in 2003.

In Argentina, in 2003 the factory produced 235,088 cars, in 2006 the number increased to 352,758 cars, and in 2009 they produced 466,089 cars.

In the country Australia, the factory produced 452,163 cars and 3 years later the number of cars produced decreased to 341,268 cars. In 2009, the number of cars produced by the factory was only 245,624 cars.

In Thailand, the factory produced 735,852 cars and in 2003, but in 2006, the number of cars increased rapidly to 1,162,356 cars. 3 years later, the number of cars decreased to 999,963 cars.

Lê Huy Hoàng

2025-10-05 00:41:15 UTC

The quantity of cars which was created in three nations in 2003, 2006 and 2009 is described on the columns above.

Overall, as can be seen, there is the lowest number of cars which was produced in Australia in three years( 2003, 2006 and 2009). Meanwhile, the highest number of cars which was manufactured in 2003, 2006 and 2009 belongs to Thailand.

On the one hand, in Argentina, the quantity of cars tended to rise with 235,088 cars in 2003, 352,759 cars in 2006 , and 466,089 cars in 2009.

On the other hand, the number of cars in Australia decreased steadily with 452,163 cars in 2003, 341,268 cars in 2006 and 245,624 cars in 2009.

Finally, the quantity of cars in Thailand was made unevenly in 2003( 735,852 cars), in 2006( 1,162,356 cars) and in 2009( 999,963 cars).

In conclusion, the number of cars made in three countries in 2003, 2006 and 2009 was totally different.

Phương Vy (5/10)

2025-10-05 00:41:32 UTC

The ratio of cars made in three nations from 2003, 2006 to 2009 is illustrated in the table below.

Overall, as can be seen, Thailand takes the highest ratio of cars made. Meanwhile, the lowest rate belongs to Argentina.

First, the number of cars produced in Argentina in 2003 stood at 235,088 cars, increased gradually to 352,759 in 2006 and 466,089 in 2009. Second, the ratio of cars made in Australia in 2003 took 452,163 cars and decreased sharply to 341,268 in 2006 and 245,624 in 2009. Third, the percentage of cars made in Thailand took 735,852 in 2003 and increased fast to 1,162,356 in 2006 and decreaed 999,963 in 2009.

In general, the number of cars made in Argentina increased gradually. Incontrast, the rate of cars made in Thailand increased very fast but decrease slow in the last.

Hân 5/10

2025-10-05 00:46:38 UTC

The quantity of cars made in three nations at 3 different points of time ( 2003, 2006 and 2009 ) is described in the table above.

Overall, as can be seen, the cars made in Thailand takes the highest number, meanwhiles, the lowest quantity belongs to Argentina.

It is provided from the table that, the cars came from Thailand in 2003 were 235,088, after that, in 2006,Thailand produced 352,759 more than last year, in 2009, the cars made in Thailand were 446,089, its increased gradually from 2003 to 2009. On the others hand, in Australia, it provided 452,163 cars to the market in 2003, besides that, the cars came from Australia in 2006 were 341,268, and, in 2009, the number of cars made in Australia were 245,624, so we could see the rate decrease slowly.

Nguyễn Bá Đức

2025-10-05 00:46:57 UTC

The quantity of cars produced in three countries between 2003,2006 and 2009 is described in ~~the chart~~ above

Overall, as can be seen, the number of cars in Thai Lan ~~in 2006~~ is in the highest point in proportion,.......,The quantity of cars in Argentinab in ~~2003~~ is the lowest (belong to)

In Argentina, the number of cars increased steadily from 2003 to 2009 about 235,088 to 466,089. Meanwhile, The quantity of cars decreased gradually from 2003 to 2009, it started at 452,163 and ~~ends~~ at 245,624 in Australia. In Thai Lan, the number of cars ~~rised~~ from 735,852 to 1,162,356 between 2003 and 2006, but it sudden decreased from 1,162,356 in 2006 to 999,963 in 2009

In short, Thailand has the most development trend of producing cas among the three countries.

Tổ chức bài tốt

Tốc độ chậm, thiếu số lượng từ

Dùng sai động tự

câu lặp lại, thiếu liên từ, thiếu cau phức

Phương Linh 5/10

2025-10-05 00:49:48 UTC

The quatity of cars produced at three nations between 2003, 2006 and 2009 is described in the table above
Overall, as can be seen, of all, Argentina ~~in 2003 produced~~ the least cars and Thailand ~~in 2006~~ ~~produced~~ the most cars.
Argentina is a large country in South America. From the table above, we see that the number of cars ~~are produced is increasing.~~ First of all, in 2003, Argentina produced 235,088 cars. Although for the table above it is the smallest number but in reality it is a very large number of cars. Next, 352,759 cars ~~is produced~~ by Argentina in 2006, which we can see its grow up every day. Then, Argentina in 2009 produced 466,089 cars, and we see its grow very quickly
Australia is a big country and wealthy. But we can see in talbe above, the number of cars are produced is reducing. Firstly, in 2003, Australia produced 452,163 cars, it was nearly double that of Argentina that year. Second, in 2006, 341,268 cars ~~made~~ in Australia. Furthermore, by 2009, Australia produced only 245,624 cars. We see that the number of Australian cars is decreasing.
In all, Thailand both produced the most cars in three years. It produced 735,852; 1,162,356; 999,963 cars in 2003, 2006 and 2009, ...................
In short, although the number of cars produced in Argentina ~~is increasing~~, it ~~is decreasing~~ in Australia. Thailand ~~produces~~ the most cars ~~every year.~~
Lặp lại từ quá nhiều
Dùng sai động từ về thì và câu
Rât tốt trong cách thức tổ chức bài viết
Đảm bảo đúng tốc độ quy định

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (5/10/2025)

2025-10-05 04:12:58 UTC

1.The group of people over 50 years old using phones only accounts for 4%

2. The rate of mobile phone usage among people aged 31-50 remained stable at 56% in 2014.

3. The number of people in the under 15 age group using mobile phones increased slightly from 14%, 17% and 26% in 2003, 2004 and 2005 respectively.

Tiến 5/10

2025-10-05 04:14:30 UTC

1 . Phone users who are over 50 years old takes 4%

2 . The ratio mobile phone users who are 31-50 years old presents 56% in 2014

The number of people under 15 years old use mobile phone increased slightly 14%, 17% and 26% in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

HUYỀN TRANG 5/10

2025-10-05 04:16:41 UTC

1, the percentage of mobile phone users more than 50 years old stood at just 4%.

2, Adults at the age of 31 and 50 years old using cell phones remained steadily at 56% in 2014.

3, The number of teenagers under 15 years old utilizing mobile phones increased slightly from 14%, 17% and 26% in 2003, 2004, 2005, respectively.

Phương An

2025-10-05 04:17:36 UTC

The group of people over 50 years old using phone accounts for only 4%.
Mobile phone penetration among 31-50 age group maintain stability at 50% in 2024.
The number of people under 15 years old team using mobile phones increased slightly from 14%, 17% and 26% in 2003,2004,2005

Gia Linh 5.10.25

2025-10-05 04:17:59 UTC

1: The "50 years old and more" group activity on their phone screens only accounted for 4%.

2: The rate of people who used mobile phones of "31-50 years old" team remained steadily at 56% in 2014.

3: The number of teenagers under 15 years old using mobile devices went up slightly to 14%, 17%,26% in each years 2003, 2004, and 2005.

Long 5/10/2025

2025-10-05 04:18:44 UTC

The group of people over 50 years old of smartphone users accounted for only 4%
Among people aged 31-50 years old group using smartphones remained stable at 56% in 2014
The proportion of teenagers under 15 using mobile phone increased respectively from 14%,17% and 26% during 2003,2004 and 2005

hoàng 5/10

2025-10-05 04:20:16 UTC

1, The group of people over 50 years old using phones only accounts for 4 percent .

2, The phone use rate among people aged 31-50 keep stable at 56 percent in 2014 .

3, The number of people in the group of teenagers under the age of 15 using phones increased slightly from 14 percent, 17 percent and 26 percent in 2003 2004 and 2005 .

Vương 5/10

2025-10-05 04:21:05 UTC

The age group of people who are over 50 using mobile phones only account for 4%.
The rate of mobile phone using from 31-50 years old group remained stable at 56% in 2014.
The number of teenager who under 15 years old using mobile phones slightly increased from 14% to 17% and 26% in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

Huyền5.10

2025-10-05 04:24:11 UTC

1: The group of people over 50 years old using phones accounts for only 4%.

2: The “31-50 year-old” class had a remained stable mobile phone usage rate at 56% in 2014.

3: The number of people in the “ less than 15” group usung mobile phone increased slightly from 14%,17%,25% in 2003,2004 and 2005.

Thùy Linh 5/10

2025-10-05 04:24:20 UTC

The more than 50 years old group people using mobile only took 4%.
The percentage of phone usage by the age group from 31 to 50 year-old accounted for 56% in 2014.
The number of the teenager under 15 years old team using phone fairly increased from 14%, 17% to 26% in 2003, 2004 and 2005, repectively.

Nguyễn Hà Phương 5-10-25

2025-10-05 04:24:22 UTC

1, The class of residents who are over 50 years old using mobile phones occupied only 4%.

2, The ratio of using smartphone by the age team between 31 and 50 years old gradually took 56% in 2014.

3, The quantity of residents at the teenager that under 15 years old using mobile phone slightly grew from 14%, 17% and 26% in each year 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

Thảo Anh 5/10

phamlamvy212 — 2025-10-05 09:39:31 UTC

The working week should be shorter and staff should have a longer weekend. I agree with this statement.

~~I think~~ Employees should have shorter working week, and they should have a longer weekend. They need energy regeneration . They also need to spend time with family and friends. Because family support moral for their. The workers spend time shopping with friends and activities entertainment help spiritual stress reduction. All activity, helps each person energy regeneration. According to a recent survey,40% of resident in Ho Chi Minh City worker spend time shopping help the value of increase work.

Hồng Nhi 5/10

2025-10-05 09:51:05 UTC

Many people believe that the working week should be shorter so that employees can enjoy a longer weekend, I

completely agree with this idea.

Some people think that staff deserve a shorter working week and more days to rest at the weekend.

Trần Anh Thư

2025-10-05 09:52:59 UTC

The working week should be shorter and employees should have a longer weekend. Personally, I completely agree with this statement.

The staffs should get more rest and work less every weekend.

Trần Đặng Anh Thư 5/9

dagahnthu1610mzc — 2025-10-05 09:57:03 UTC

The number of working days should be reduced and employees can enjoy a longer weekend. Personally, i I totally agree with this idea.

~~people~~ People should work fewer ~~day~~ days week so that they have more ~~day~~ days off at the weekend because staffs want to spend more time strengthening bonds with family and recover the energy to the following week . According to a recent survey of New York, 40% workers who have fewer weekdays and enjoy a longer weekend have better mental health and physical health than others

Nguyễn Thành Tuấn Anh 5/10/2010

2025-10-05 09:59:06 UTC

It should be shorter for the working week, and staff have a longer weekend. In my opinion, I agree this thesis and explain it blow

Many people belive that the working week should be shorter and employees have a longer weekend to relax after working-days. Working in hard condition without time to entertainment that make people feel tired and stressed. If workers have a longer daily , they will recover their energy to work next weeks but do not overload. Besides that, when they have more time for family that strengthen family bonds and boost up connection among members. More time they have , more activities they can do such as playing games, shopping, completing themself. Morever, they can have close relationship with other people. According to a recent survey, said that The percentage of peope have more time to refresh who often have more energy and focus during working, so they gain high achievement in work is 80%.

Nguyễn Phương Mai 5/10

2025-10-05 09:59:15 UTC

The working week should be shorter and staff should have a longer weekend . I agree with the opinion .

The staff should do less work and take more time for themself when people have a lot of time, they can go on vacation, do things they love . This helps me reset my energy to fight the next working day. Spending time going out or camping with your family is also a way to relieve stress and is also a way to bond the family. Making simple things or things you want like going to a coffee shop or staying home to sleep to let your brain rest . According to a recent survey 35% of residents in New York spend more time on work than on themselves.

Khánh Ly 5/10

2025-10-05 10:00:54 UTC

People should make the working week be shorter and give staffs a longer weekend. I agree with this point.

In my opinion , a longer weekend is important for employees, ~~well being~~ so the woking hours in week need to be reduced. The first , decrease many of time spend on work help worker have time to recharge their energy which is essential for health of humans. When they have more energy , they can complete their work better. Besides , the employees aslo need weekend time for their family . It can help them build stronger family bonds and increase their appreciation for life. Moreover , a longer weekend also support staff reduce stress after a long day in hard working inviroment. Aco

Hà Phương 5/10

2025-10-05 10:02:05 UTC

Nowadays, many people argue that the working week should be shorter and employees should have a longer weekend.

I strongly agree with this opinion.

People should work less during the week and spend more time on the weekend because they need to recover energy after a week of work. In addition, on weekend they need to have time for their family, which helps them become more happy and joyful because of the spiritual value of family. After a hard week of work, they must have time to go out, relax and relieve stress.

According to a recent survey, 70% of workers take weekend off to recover energy after a tired week

Thái Minh Nguyên 5/10/2025

2025-10-05 10:03:47 UTC

It is often ~~argues~~ that the working week should be shorter and employees should have a longer weekend. Personaly, i agree that employees need more rest.

~~I agree with~~ Many people believe that the working week should be shoter and staff should have a longer weekend to recover their energy for the next working week. Because recovery energy is very important, energy only recovery when we rest. Beside, when we have lots of free time to spend for our family, our minds are also relaxed like. Moreover, we also need entertainment like shopping and sports. According to The Time published in 1/5/2024, 81% residents of Ho Chi Minh city lack energy

Trần Anh Thư

2025-10-05 10:12:29 UTC

The working week should be shorter and employees should have a longer weekend. Personally, I completely agree with this statement.

The staff should get more rest and work less every weekend because of some reasons. First of all, recover the energy for workers is very important because it can help their bodies become healthier, stronger. Besides, at every weekend, the employees can spend more time for their families in order to have a close relationship, so they can go shopping, hang out with their friends or find the entertainment. According to a recent survey, about 70% of the staff who spend time for resting at weekend can work better than others.

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 5/9

2025-10-08 14:59:03 UTC

Staff should have a longer weekend and their working week shoukd be shorter. I completely agree with this statement.

The staff should have more times to rest and workless at weekend. First of all, people need more times to spend for family and shopping for the next week. Besides that, they also need spend time for entertainment and rest. Moreover, if they have a lots of free times, they can improve their relationship with their friends or their neighbourhood. According to a recent survey, 76% of resident can work better than others when they spend time for resting at weekend.

Hoàng Anh 14/10

phamlamvy212 — 2025-10-14 13:21:35 UTC

The pie chart indicates that the ratio of three different parts of selections ~~whose~~ Australian secondary graduates during the period of 20 years.

Overall, it is concrete that the percentage of employed rate is the most relavant selection of students after secondary, and undergo the upward trend in these time. In the constrast, comparing to employed , the unemployed and additional education have a smaller figure than, but the clearly point can see that these figures show no change during 20 years

In 1980, the percentage of further educatuon always remains steady in 50% and it's the most popular choice for the majority of learners

Viết lại

Long 14/10/2025

2025-10-14 13:25:26 UTC

The rate of Australian secondary school graduates who were unemployed, employed or further education at three different points of time is shown in the charts below.

Overall, as can be seen, the employed team rank the highest in the chart, while the lowest ratio belongs to the unemployed class.

In details, 10% was the number recorded in the 80s but we can saw that the percentage of unemployed graduated students increased sightly to 12% in the next 10 year, but it set back even lowered than the 80s in the early 2000 recorded to be 8%. At the further education team attained 50%, it stood at the highest class in the 1980 chart, but the number slowly declined in the next two years, from 38% in the 90s to 37% in the 2000. Even though the employed team stood at the second of the chart in the 80s right after the further education cause its remained only 40% but it rose to 50% and 55% in just only 20 years from 1990 to the 2000.

Inclusion, The number of Secondary students who unemployed remain balanced overtime.

Good

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-10-14 13:53:26 UTC

The pecent of Australian secondary school gradutes who are unemployed, employed or further education from 1980, 1990 to 2000 is reviewed in the charts above.

Overall, as can be seen, in Australia, the employment ratio of secondary school students gradutes takes the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to the rate of unemployment in the rank.

Firstly, the number of students were unemployed increased slightly from 10% to 12% in 1980 and 1990, but it went down to 8% in 2000. Secondly, the employment percent of secondary school students gradutes rose steadily between 40%, 50% and 55% in 1980, 1990 and 2000, respectively. Finally, 50% stood for the further education students in 1980, however, it decreased sharply to 38% and 37% from 1990 to 2000.

Good

Khánh Linh 14/10

2025-10-14 13:53:35 UTC

The ratio of Australian secondary school graduates who are unemployed, employed, and further education from 1980 to 2000 is illustrated in the charts above.

Overall, as can be seen, the rate of employment takes the highest place, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to unemployed in the rank.

Firstly, the unemployed always represented for the lowest proportion, it rosed slightly from 10% in 1980 to 12% in 1990, but it went down 8% in 2000. Unlike the ratio of unemployed, employed took the peak percent in the charts, it increased steadily from 40%, 50% to 55% in 1980, 1990, 2000, respectively. Finally, 50% occupied for the rate of secondary school graduates in 1980, which dropped at 38% in 1990 and it continued falling to 37% in 2000.

In conclusion, the employment trends

Good

hoàng 14/10

2025-10-14 13:53:51 UTC

•The charts show the percentage of Australian secondary school graduates who were unemployed , employed or in further education in 1980 , 1990 and 2000 .

•Overall , more students ~~got~~ jobs after finishing school , while fewer ~~continued~~ further education . The number of unemployed people ~~stayed~~ small .

•In 1980 , half of the graduates went on to further education . About 40% were employed , and 10% were unemployed . By 1990 , the rate of employment rose to 50% , while the proportion of students in further education dropped to

Xem lại cách dựng câu- dùng liên từ

Thùy Linh 14-10

2025-10-14 13:57:09 UTC

The number of Australian secondary school graduate who are unemployed, employed or further education from 1980 to 1990 and 2000 is illustrated in the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, the rate of Australian secondary school who are employed and further education is the highest and similar in the rank, while the lowest ratio belongs to students who are unemployed.

In details, firstly, the percentage of secondary school students in Australia who were unemployed took 10% in 1980 and this reached to 12% in 1990, while by 2000, this rate decreased 4%. In contrast, there ~~are~~ more students who ~~hav~~e jobs with 40% in 1980; moreover, this percentage continued to increase to 50% and 55% from 1990 to 2000, respectively. Finally, the ratio of Australia secondary school graduate who were further education accounted for 50% in 1980 and this rate decreased to 38% in 1990 and after 10 years this number only decreased 1%.

In conclusion, the number of secondary school students who ~~have not~~ jobs is the most balanced.

Good

Nguyễn Hà Phương (14-10-2025)

2025-10-14 14:01:22 UTC

The percentages of Australian secondary graduates who ~~have~~ unemployment, employment and higher education between 1980, 1990, and 2000 is described in the charts below.

Overall, as can be seen, the highest position in the rank accounted for the ratio of Australian secondary school graduates that have employment, likewise the lowest place belongs to the further education.

In details, in 1980 the number of students graduated secondary school stood at 10%, ang this figure slightly grew to 12% in 1990, meanwhile only 8% presented for the rate in 2000. At the same period, the proportion of people who were under graduation in secondary school occupied 40% in 1980, but this number rose to 50% in 1990, while the ratio climbed slightly to 55% in 2000. the Next is to further education, the figure of this took at 50% in 1980, while only 8% represented in 1990, and this decreased slightly with 37% in 2000.

In conclusion,

Good

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (19/10/2025)

2025-10-19 03:48:19 UTC

Students don't leave the way how to spend their money when they leave high school. I will outline several reasons for this and put forward some measures to this ressue.

One reason is that schools only care about academic subjects like science, math, or history. They do not include lessons about daily life skills such as saving and spending. Because of this, students grow up without understanding the value of money. Another reason is that parents often give their children money without teaching them how to use it. Students just spend it on food, games, or clothes without any plan.

To solve this problem, schools should add simple lessons about personal finance. For example, teachers can show how to make a list of spending or how to save money every week. Parents can also help by talking to their children about family expenses and letting them manage small budgets. This will help them become more responsible..

Huyền19/10

2025-10-19 03:55:35 UTC

• Students leave high school without study the way how to spend their money. I will indicate the causes and measures of this issue.

• Looking at the details, one significant challenge for students today is their inability to spend money. One reasons is that schools only focus on subjects like math, literature, physics, chemistry, but do not teach life skills, financial management skills, etc. to students. That is why nowadays there are many young people and students who have almost finished school but still do not know how to manage their finances. They are still dependent on their parents and cannot manage their finances wisely. According to BBC News in 2024, more than 50% of teenagers do not receive any financial education in school and that is why they know almost nothing about spending. Besides, another reason is that students often receive pocket money but spend it so carelessly without any spending plan. According to BBC News 2020, about 45% of students spend most of their pocket money on game, entertain instead of saving or using it for something useful.

To address this problem, students should be taught basic financial skills by their parents and school. This will equip them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances.

• Teenagers need to acquire essential life skills such as financial management skills early on, and the presence of parents and schools is indispensable.

Phương An 19/10

2025-10-19 03:56:52 UTC

Many people believe that many learners

graduate without knowing how to spend this finances. I will outline several causes for this and put forward some measures to this issue.

There are several reasons for this problem. Schools do not teach students about personal money management skills. Students learn many subjects like maths or literature, but they never learn how to save or spend money. Another reason is that many teenagers are financially dependent on their parents. They get pocket money every week, so they do not need to plan their spending.

To solve this problem , school should teach managemant money in lessons , teacher teach student spend money . parent need to give their children small jobs to earn money. This help them understand the value of money.

In short, this problem happens because of school and family. Teaching and practice can help students manage money better.

Huyền Trang 19/10

2025-10-19 03:58:16 UTC

Nowadays, many students graduate from high school without learning how to allocate their money. This problem happens for several reasons, and there are also some ways to solve it.

One reason is that schools only focus on core academic subjects like math or science, but they do not teach students personal money management skills. As a result, many young people are financially dependent upon their parents and do not know how to use money wisely. According to a 2023 OECD report, more than 60% of teenagers in developing countries do not receive any financial education at school. As a result, they become financially dependent upon their parents and often make poor spending decisions. Another reason is that students often receive pocket money but spend it carelessly. They are not taught how to save or plan their spending. Following to a survey by HSBC found that 70% of teenagers spend most of their pocket money on entertainment instead of saving or learning how to budget.

To solve this issue, studenst should be taught basic financial skills at schools. For example, teachers can show them how to make a simple budget or how to save money for future needs. Parents should also play a role by giving their children pocket money and explaining how to use it responsibly. This will equip them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances when they enter employment.

In conclusion, students do not know how to manage money because schools and parents do not teach them enough. Both should work together to help young people learn financial management early in life.

hoàng19/10

2025-10-19 04:00:06 UTC

•Many people believe that many students graduate without knowing how to spend their finances . In this ~~easy~~ i will outline several reasons for this and put forward some measure to this issue .

•The first reason is that schools do not teach money management . Students only learn subjects like math , English , or literature .They do not have lessons about saving or spending money . The second reason is that students depend too much on their parents about money.They always ask for pocket money and spend it without thinking . They do not learn how to use money carefully. According to a recent survey, ....

•There are some solutions to this problem. Schools should teach students how to manage their personal finances . Teachers can show students how to make a simple budget and save money . Parents should also help by giving children a small amount of money and ~~letting~~ them decide how to spend it . This way , they can learn from experience......

•In conclusion , ~~students do not learn how to manage money because schools and parents do not teach them .~~ Both schools and families should work together to help students manage their money better .

Mạnh Tiến 19/10

2025-10-19 04:00:21 UTC

Many people believe that ~~money~~ students who graduate... ~~lacking~~ of knowing how to spend their finances . In this ~~easy~~ , I will outline several reasons for this and put forward some measures to this issue.

One reasons is that school do not teach student spend money . They only focus on subjects . Another reason is that student are depending financially on their parent, they do not need to think about saving.

To solve this problem , schools should add money management lessons to teach how to save money, parents need to give pocket- money and let their children learn to use is wisely.

In conclusion, dependence on parents ......causes this issue. Schools and families both play a role to help students manage money better.

Đức Dũng 19/10

2025-10-19 04:02:39 UTC

Most college freshmen are unable to properly and responsibly spend their cash. There are multiple causes and solutions to this problem.

There are multiple reasons on why this happens, one of the most notable ~~ones~~ stem ~~from~~ not being equipped with the knowledge and skills to properly ~~manages~~ their personal finances and they financially ~~dependent~~ on their parents, caregiver before going to college., chưa có nhiều supportings

~~Now, to this problem,~~ the measures most ~~parent~~ ~~take...for......~~ is to give them pocket money whe~~n their young,~~ this ~~will~~ ~~teach~~ them to start saving from young to get their desired items, this is a good skill but we still need budgeting. chưa có nhiều supportings

~~I’m~~ college, ~~being in a most likely city with a high cost of living and not having all the time for employment can lead to having not much money each month to spend.~~ T~~his further emphasizes the importance of budgeting, spending time to properly calculate bills, rent, utilities, … as without it you will very quickly lose all your money.~~

To this problem ~~I suppose another measure in necessary from young is to also implement some “fees” with the allowance already given.~~

Overall, there are a lot of solutions and measures that can be taken by the parents from young to teach their kids financial knowledge and skills

Long 19/10/2025

2025-10-19 04:08:33 UTC

Students do not know how to control spending after they leave high school. I will outline ~~serval~~ reasons for this and put forward some measures to this issues

Looking at details, the ~~cause~~ if this problem are Students still rely on f~~inancially dependent upon parents~~ and they are lack of financial disciplines, besides, they have a poor money management skills. According to a ~~reason~~ survey, students spend 50% or 60 % to pay for the rent and 40% to 30% they ~~using~~ to ~~going~~ out, also about 10% is spent for travels and other issues.

Various measures can be taken to solve this issues, students can ~~using~~ app to manage money and their spending, so the parents should equip them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal financial, moreover, they should avoid unnecessary spending.

A newest survey shows, 40% to 60% of students have lower their money spending when they equip management skills.

In short, financial education and proper budgeting appear to be effective ways to reduce the money problem come from students.

Good

Khánh Linh 19/10/2025

2025-10-19 04:10:58 UTC

Many people believe that many students graduate without knowing how to spend their finances. In this essay, I will outline several causes for this and put forward some measures to this issue.

Firstly, I give a few reasons to prove the above statement. Students are lack of personal money management skills that their parents do not care about teaching them about how to spend suitable in daily activities. Besides, the fact that students depend on their parents' finances also leads to the consequences of not knowing how to manage finances. According to a recent survey, the rate of graduates without money management skills increased by 55% compared to every year.

Faced with this problem, we must have solutions to limit it. Equipping students with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances is essential. Faced with financial dependence, parents should let their children enter employment while they are still students so they can cherish money. According to The Time newspaper, published on 5th January, 2006, line 25, column 2 shows: "Students' knowledge of financial management depends a lot on the habits taught by their parents from a young age."

In short, learning the way how to manage their money is an important role in the life, especially with students leave high school is crucial skill.

good

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-10-19 04:12:32 UTC

Students do not know the way how to use their money after graduation. In this essay, I will outline several reasons for this and put forward some measures to this issue.

There are many causes for this statement. Firstly, students lack of personal money management skill which leads to waste money in unnecessary things. Secondly, they are financially dependent upon parents and they are often given pocket money so they ~~don't~~ have to worry about money. According to a recent survey, 80% of students receive pocket money from their parents.

~~Below~~ is the solutions to the above problem. Students need to be equipped with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances. Besides, they should start looking for jobs to earn money to learn about value money. The Time, published on 3rd August, 2022, line 15, column 5, said that : " 60% students know how to manage finances after working".

In conclusion, students should learn the way to spend money to serve for future life.

Very good

Thùy Linh 19/10

2025-10-19 04:17:47 UTC

Students do not learn the way how to spend their money when they leave high school. I will outline several causes and put forward some measures to this issue.

In details, there are some reasons for this issue. One of the most popular reasons is that students are not taught personal money management knowledge and skills in their school. Moreover, they are used to being financially dependent upon their parents. Parents give them pocket-money everyday, so they do not know the value of money. And the last cause is the fluence from society and bad friends. According to a recent survey : 70% of students depend on their parents after leaving high school.

There are some solutions for this issue. Firstly, schools should teach money management skills for students before graduating. Next, parents should let their children start working after leaving school and live independently.

In conclusion, ........

Good

Nguyễn Hà Phương (19-10-25)

2025-10-19 04:20:25 UTC

The way how to spend ~~their money~~ is not equipped by ~~students~~ when ~~the~~ leave high school . I will outline several reasons for this and put forward some measures to this issue.

Looking at the details, there are some reasons why students do not learn how to control using money. Firstly, one of the most important reason is that students ~~is not~~ touch personal finance skills like saving money, investing in high school, furthermore, they always rely on their parents for money and ~~do not learn their own income~~ so that students do not understand the difficult and value of money and ~~their using are usually pocket money~~ so they do not feel the need to manage their finances carefully. According to some recent survey that 70 % of students under high school do not know how to use money responsibly.

Therefore, to solve this issue, we have some measures for it. Firstly, in school where students should be touch about personal financial programs. Secondly, in home, parents try to encourage their children to talk openly about money and let them practice manage with small amounts of money, moreover, students should aware of important value how to earn money so that this ~~make~~ them become more independent in life .

In conclusion, the way of manage money is a very essential skill for students leave high school i~~n their~~ that is the first step helping them to become a success person in life.

Gia Linh 19.10.25

2025-10-19 04:21:25 UTC

Task 2:

● Most of students nowadays after graduating from school without ~~have~~ personal money management skills. Therefore, there are some explanations for this situation but it also can be solved thanks to several solutions

● The financial awareness of high school students has become a nervous of most of parents in recent years. The reasons for the lack of money management skills in high school graduates because they still rely on ~~other people's spending.~~ Additionally, financial education which is not included as a part of the curriculum at school, leaving them unprepared to manage their money effectively. Another reason is their parents always neglect teaching them about using their pocket-money. To address this issue, schools and universities should be active in organize financial management activities for students to equip them with the knowledge and skills to save their own personal finances. Moreover, parent's involvement with their practical experiences which encourage high school students are more flexibility in spending money. According to The Times, ........., line 10, column 4, approximate 48% graduated students do not know how to control their own finances and they often waste money into meaningless things nowadays.

● Finally, to improve student's personal money awareness, both of school and the household members should work together to teach students to spend money more intelligent and effectively and this severe problem is resolved

Good

Hà My 19/10

2025-10-19 04:22:00 UTC

The way how to manage money ~~is not learned~~ by students when they leave high school. I will outline several reasons for this and put forward some measures to this time.

There are some reasons that cause this statement. First, many students have not enough personal money management skills to control spending and save money effectively. As a result, they often become finacially depemdent upon parents . According to a recent survey, 70% of teenagers in the UK still rely on their parents for financially support.

There are some solutions to this issue. Schools should equip students with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finaces. Besides, students also should start applying for jobs before they graduate.

In conclusion, students should learn how to manage their money to be more independent.

Good

Vương19/10

2025-10-19 04:25:00 UTC

In nowaday's world, many students graduating from their high school do not know how to use their money wisely. I will discuss the reasons and solutions of this phenomenon.

On the first hand, there are many reasons for this issue. Firstly, it is the lack of proper financial education, because when students go to school, they are not equipped with the knowledge about financial management skills, especially in formal education programs. Afterwards, students today have spending habits due to easy financial provision because it is easy for them to access to money and they have no experience in making and spending money. Furthermore, most of them are financial dependent upon their parents. According to ~~the~~ a recent survey, about 32% of students in Shanghai have no idea to spend money.

On the other hand, there are also some methods for this problem. The first measure is equipping them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances, parents should let their children participate in supervised shopping activities and get acquainted with money when they ~~were~~ small. Besides, parents and schools should also add some financial education to teaching program, so that students know the valuable of money. With student's side, they had better have specific spending plans and get into habits of saving. Example, in 2018, Vietnam education organized "Cha-ing" project in many secondary schools and high schools to teach the students to manage their pocket money.

In short, to help students have better financial management skills, parents and schools need to have measures to educate them on how to use money.

Good

Hoàng Lê 19/10

2025-10-19 06:29:09 UTC

Schoolboys and schoolgirls graduate from high school without picking up the method how to manage their money. In this topic, there are 2 thesises including the reasons and solutions of this problem that will be discussed below.

There are several causes why graduated learners do not know how to use their money reasonably. First of all, one of the reasons is the lack of personal money management skills because many students depend financially upon their parents before leaving high school. Meanwhile, the youth do not have the reasonable strategies to manage their pocket-money because they usually spend much money to buy matters according to their wishes and they do not know how to save money to prepare for their future plans. Especially, the fact that students do not respect money that they use to satisfy themselves because a large amount of used money is not earned by them.

It is very crucial that the youth have to deal with this issue, so there are some measures that can help students solve this problem well. Firstly, not only the parents should teach and equip them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances, but also they may give useful advice to their children. For instance, the children should create a specific strategy in each week and this strategy can help them avoid using too much money. Besides, students after graduating from high school need to enter the employment, in order that they can independ of their own personal finances without the sources of supporting from the parents. If the learners look for the job to take care of themselves, they will know the value of money that they spend much energy to achieve, and they will also respect it more.

In summary, learning the way how to manage money is a difficult challenge that many schoolboys and schoolgirls accept. Therefore, not only they should prepare carefully, but also each of them always keeps calm to cope with this problem.

Phương Vy 19/10

2025-10-19 09:08:05 UTC

Students leave high school without learning the method how to manage their money. There are many reasons and solutions of this issue that will be discussed below.

There are many causes why graduated students do not know how to manage their money. First, in school, teacher often focus too much on different subjects so learners do not have personal money manage skills. Second, their parents do not teach them about spending and saving money, meanwhile, they only give them much pocket-money. Third, students do not know how to control their budget when they grow up and only financially depend on parents.

The solutions below can help learners manager their money. First of all, schools should equip students with the knowledge and skills to use their own personal finances. Besides, students should make a spending and saving planning money. Moreover, they can enter employment to earn money. As for The Time, page 4,column 3, line 2 published on 2nd July 2024, said that '' 80% learners use money very quickly because they do not know how to plan a budget ''.

In general, personal money management skills are the most important skills in life so students should how to manage their money.

Mạnh Tùng 19/10

2025-10-23 15:05:32 UTC

Many students finish high school without knowing how to manage their money. This essay will talk about the reasons for this problem and some ways to solve it.

One reason is that schools do not teach students about money. They only focus on subjects like math or science. These are useful, but students do not learn how to save or spend money wisely. For example, many students can do math problems but cannot make a plan for their spending. Another reason is that parents also do not teach their children about money. Some parents think their kids are too young, so they never talk about it.

Schools and parents should teach students how to manage money. Schools can add easy lessons about saving, planning, and using a bank. For instance, teachers can ask students to make a weekly budget or plan how to save for a class trip. Parents can also help by giving pocket money and showing how to spend it carefully.

In conclusion, students do not learn money skills because schools and parents do not teach them. The best way to fix this is to teach money lessons at school and at home.

Phương Linh 19/10

2025-10-24 14:28:05 UTC

Nowadays, many students finish high school without knowing how to manage their money. There are some reasons for this problem and some ways to solve it.

There are many reasons why many students do not know how to manage their money. First, students are still finacially deependent upon parents. They do not learn how to plan or save. Another reason is that schools only teach subjects like math, English, and science. Next, schools do not organize any activities about personal finances, so student can not learn by experiences. As a result, they can not control their spending when they grow up.

To solve this problem, school should teach students basic financial skills, such as equiping with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finaces. Another solution is that parents can give their children a small amount of pocket money and let them decide how to use it. Besides, school can teach pearsonal money management skills. In addition, students can do part-time jobs to understand the value of money and learn how to spend it smart. As for The Time news, page 2, column 1, line 4 published on 28st September 2009, said that: " 75 % children who are given a lot of pocket money are less likely to know how to manage money than other children. "

In conclusion, students do not learn money skills because schools and parents do not teach them. If schools add money lessons and parents help more, students can learn to manage their money better in the future.

Hoàng Hân 19/10

2025-10-25 06:23:24 UTC

Many students today finish high school do not know how to manage their money properly. There are some reasons and solutions.

In the past, they are not taught how to manage money because the completely dependent on their parents. Besides that, they do not have a reasonable spending plan.

There are many ways to overcome the above problem. Firstly, students need to have a specific plans for using money and follow seriously. Moreover, we can learn from their parents in money management. Besides that, their parents need to equip them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances.

As for The Time, page 5, column 9, line 4, published on 5nd October, 2021 said that:" Nowadays, 80℅ young people often spend more than they earn"

In conclusion, students need to teach manage money before their use money

Nguyễn Bá Đức

2025-10-25 12:29:36 UTC

Many students finish high school do not know how to manage their money properly. There are some reasons and solutions.

Money management is an important life skill, but many young people do not know how to handle their finances properly. In the past, student were rarely taught about money because they depended complete on their parents for financial support. As a result, they often lack experience in making a spending plan or saving for future needs. When they start living independently, they find it difficult to control their expenses and may even face financial problems.

To solve this issue, students should start learning how to manage their money from an early age. They can begin by create a monthly budget that includes saving, daily spending, and unexpected costs. Parents also play an essential role in this process.

As for The Time, page 10, column 9, line 5, published on 4nd June, 2009 Long said that:" These days, most young people tend to spend more money than they actually earn"

In conclusion, learning how to manage money is a necessary skill for every student. It helps young people can become more responsible, and prepared for their future.

Hồng Nhi 2/11

2025-11-02 09:48:33 UTC

Although leadership positions are usually held by older people, some people believe that young individuals can also be effective leaders. I think both generations have their own strong points and weak points which will be discussed below.

Senior leaders, with years of experience, they have long-term vision, understand corporate culture and the decision-making process well. Their leadership style often earns respect and trust from employees. However, sometimes they are not quick to accept new technologies or modern ways of working, which can stop innovation from growing.

On the other hand, young leaders often bring fresh perspectives and an innovative mindset. Their technological literacy helps organisations adapt to digital transformation, and they tend to take bold actions and adapt quickly to changes. But they often lack practical experience, which can lead to poor decisions. And emerging leaders tend to be impatient and seek quick results.

In conclusion, both older and younger leaders play important roles in organisational success

Nguyễn Thành Tuấn Anh 2/11/2010

2025-11-02 10:01:30 UTC

Organisations have experienced professionals and younger , both have their own strengths and weakness are explained below.

Leaders should be older people because they are seasoned decision-makers and accumulated wisdom. Old people have a deep understanding of their industry so they can divide work according to each person's ability. Morever, having a long-term vision can help them to avoid a lot of wrong proplems to their organisations. However, The thingking and mind set of senior executives are different from younger people and start-up so lack of bond and team work among them. The world changs quickly that cause many peolple do not know to use modern facilities and social media.

It is believed thay younger people are suitable for manager, for they have a modern leadership style. Emerging leader learned to use Internet and modern device when a child; therefore, they are digitally literate. The innovative mind set and risk-taking spirit of them can acheive plenty of success and improve their organisations although sometimes it can bring bad affects.

Thảo anh 2/10

2025-11-02 10:35:40 UTC

Older executives and younger leaders are big problem.Directors and managers of organisations are often older people.Some people say that it is better for younger people to be leaders.

Leaders should be older people strong points create corporate culture experienced professionals and seasoned decision makers.They have long term vision and have reputable relationships and negotiating ability in the industry.They also have accumulated wisdom and adeel understanding of their industry.Moreover they have limitations are not use technologically.They have not keep up with the changes of life quickly.

It is believed that younger people are good managers strong point they use digitally literate .They they have fresh perspectives .They have also risk taking spirit and adapt quickly to change and modern leadership style.Besides their decision-making process is faster and more sloppy than that of their senior leader.They have not experience and strategic planning.

It today's fast changing word a combination of young and old leaders to support each other in their work. Because Intergenerational cooperation help work convenient and developed.It is succession planning and age diversity in the workplace help increase organisational productivity.

In conclusion a balance between innovation and experience seems to be the most sustainable approach.

Thái Minh Nguyên 2/11

2025-11-02 10:39:12 UTC

A great leader not just fixed for older or younger people. Personaly, with each generation has its strong point.

For directors is older people, they are experienced professionals. With long-term vision, they are always the first seasoned decision-maker. Besides, because they have lots of accumulated wisdom, their decisions are always careful and fewer mistakes. However, their care are also their limitation in some situation. Because it always lack of breakthrough. Besides, they often less information about new technology.

With emerging leaders, they always have innovative mindset, so they can adapt quickly to change. Beside, they, who are children of the digital age, always have modern leadership style and extensive digitally literate. They often risk-taking spirit and it is weak points.

In addition, each generation will suit different corperate. For example, with older young, they suit corperate culture. Opposite, younger people suit corperate technology. If they are given the right environment, they can reach their full efficiency.

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 2/11

2025-11-02 10:49:39 UTC

Both old and young directors have distincts strong points and weak points. I will explain why should be older or young people below.

Leader should be older people. First of all, they are experienced professional. they can solve problems quickly without much time . The next, they have long term vision and can prepare for any bad situations. Moreover, they also have intergenerational cooperation with reputable long term partners. Although so, they are less digitally literate, cannot keep up with technology trends. Besides that, older people adapt slowly to change, unable to respond to unexpected, unforeseen situations

It is believed that younger people are good managers. Innovative mindsets is the first thing to mention, younger people can solve problems in new ways, more effective. Along with that is risk-talking spirit, they ready for do somethings risk, which others do not dare.

Trần Anh Thư 2/11

2025-11-02 10:49:47 UTC

Nowadays, leaders are younger people or older people is the issue being discussed. Both younger and older managers have different strong points and weak points will be analyzed by me below.

Directors should be older residents because of some strong points and limitations. Firstly, senior leaders are often experienced professionals, have a relationship reputation and negotiating ability in the industry, so they can direct their employees easily and manage work well . Secondly, they also have an accumulated wisdom and a deep understanding of their industry so that they can make right decisions and this leads to organizational productivity. Besides, older executives' long-term vision helps them plan exactly strategy at work. However, older leaders don't literate technologically too much. They don't have fresh thinking and innovative mindset, so they may be at risk at work.

It's believed that younger people are managers because of some strong points and weak points below. opposite of older managers, emerging leaders literate digitally and catch up with global trends, so they can make many innovative and creative ideas and plans serve the work. Not only that but younger leaders also have a risk-taking spirit and adapt quickly to change. Moreover, they have a fresh perspective and modern leadership style. These make them become a real leader.

Hà Phương

2025-11-02 10:49:51 UTC

In many organizations, leadership positions such as directors or managers are usually held by older people. However, some people argue that younger generations would make more effective leaders.

Leader should be older people because they had extensive experience, which helps them make better and more practical decisions. In addition, they have better management and communication skills after many years of working. Older leaders tend to stay calm under pressure and think carefully before making important choices. Instead, they lack the energy and flexibility to cope with rapid change. They are slow to adapt to new technology and limit innovation.

It is believed that younger people are good managers because young people often have many new ideas, are willing to experiment, and are not afraid of change.

Growing up with technology, younger people can easy apply digital tools to improve management and communication. Younger people have a lot of energy and hard work to prove their abilities. But they may make poor decisions or struggle during cries. Besides, they often focus on short term results instead of long term.

Trần Đặng Anh Thư

2025-11-02 10:50:16 UTC

Nowadays, most organisations are still led by senior leaders. However, some peolpe believe that young people should have more chances to become leaders. Both older executives and emerging leaders have their own strong points and limitations. these will be discussed below

It is undeniable that old leaders is experienced professionals, they can make seasoned and correct base on accumulated wisdom decisions and long-term vision. They also have a deep understanding of their industry. However , many senior leaders struggle with mordern tools and digital transformation. Aslo, they often take long time to adjust to fast- changing markets or global business trends.

On the other hand, young leaders are often more creative and have risk-taking spirit, they are familiar with modern technologies and global trends, which helps businesses adapt more quickly to changes.Moreover, young leaders usually understand and expectations of younger employees. They often create a more open and flexible working environment. This modern leadership style improves engagement,motivation and job satisfaction of workers, which leads to higher productivity. Nevertheless, Young leaders may not have enough experience to handle complex problems or make long-term vision decisions.They can be overconfident or make risky decisions without fully considering the consequences

Khánh Ly 2/11

2025-11-02 10:50:23 UTC

In today’s society, the issue of whether leaders should be young or old is widely discussed. However, both young and old people have their own strong points and weak points which are discussed in the passage below.

Leaders should be olders people because they have strengths that young people do not have . Senior leaders are experienced professionals who possess a wealth of accumulated wisdom and deep understanding because they have worked for many years. Moreover , they tend to make more rational and balanced decisions which offers the organization a remarkable advantage and empowers it to achieve a dominant position in the market. Most importantly, their long-term vision can enable the company to achieve sustainability. However, older executives still have limitations such as difficulty adapting to technology because of generational differences. And they can not get along with young staff.

It is belived that younger people are good managers because of their prominent strengths. Emerging leaders bring a fresh perspective and technologically oriented thinking which enables the company to adapt quickly to change . The employee engagement and motivation is also stronger because of their modern lendership style . But It is undeniable that younger people can not make decisions as effectively as seasoned decision makers who have many years of in-depth knowledge in the field.

Mai 2/11

2025-11-02 10:51:58 UTC

In today's society,leadership is young or old is a very active issue . Each young people and old pepole has their own strengths and weaknesses.

Leaders should be older people have strong point and limitations . The advantages of older leaders are an experienced professional , long-term vision and a deep understanding of their industry and is a accumulated wisdom . They are also experienced professionals . The limitation of old leaders is that they rarely update new technology and still conservative in work.

It is believes that younger people are good managers . Their strength is that they are more technologically proficient than older people. They have innovative mindset and young people can risk-talking spirit , adap quickly to change . Younger people have a modern leadership style . The limitations of young manager are inexperience and make decisions that are not yet correct . They often have few business relationships

In short, a company should have appropriate ages to be a leader. Senior leaders have good corporate culture and stategic planning , decision-making process . Younger leaders have organizational productivity efficiency and they can employees engagement and motivation . Intergenerational cooperation is essential and they have age diversity in the workplace

Long 4/11/2025

2025-11-04 13:28:29 UTC

The ratio of New Zealand Residents between 1950 and 2050 ~~are~~ described in the line graphs below

Overall, as can be seen, the

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-11-04 13:59:20 UTC

The ratio of New Zealand residents between 1950 and 2050 is reviewed in the line graph above.

Overall, as can be seen, the highest position belongs to over 65 years old group, meanwhile, 0- 14 team takes the lowest position in the rank.

Firstly, 0- 14 years old class decreased slightly from 5% to 2% in 1950 and 1990, but it increased to 15% in 2020. Then, this group will be predicted to rise to 20% in 2050. Secondly, the team of 25- 37 years old reached to the peak at 25% in 1960 and it fell sharply to 5% in 2020. Continuously, it will be predicted to drop to 1% in 2050. Thirdly, between 1950 and 1990, 38- 45 class grew rapidly from 23% to 45%, however, it declined to 40% in 2020. Then, it wil remain stablely at 40% in 2050. Finally, over 65 age group achieved to 70% in 1990, but it fell to 60% in 2020. Then, this team will maintain continuously at under 60% in 2050.

Wonderful

Khánh Linh 4/11

2025-11-04 13:59:25 UTC

The rate of New Zealand residents between 1950 and 2050 is illustrated in the line graph above.

Overall, as can be seen that the age group from 0 to 4 years old takes the lowest position, meanwhile, the highest place belongs to over 65 years old class in the rank.

Firstly, 5% occupied for the lowest age team from 1950 to 1990, but between 1990 and 2020, 0-14 years old group increased to nearly 20%. And in 2050, it will be predicted to rise to 20%. The second team who ~~was~~ 25-37 years old class reached to the peak at 25% in 1969, and it remained at 20% from 1970 to 1990, in contrast, it fell sharply to 3% in 2020. Then, 25-37 years old group will be predicted to continue to decline by 2050. Thirdly, 38-45 years old team rosed steadily to 50% in 1990, but it dropped 40% in 2020. And in 2025, this age team position will be predicted to grow to 45% in 2050. Finally, the oldest age group climbed to 70% from 1950 to 1990, however, it went down under 60% between 1990 and 2020. In 2050, it will be predicted to maintain under 60%.

In summary, it can be seen that New Zealand's population trend from 1950 to 2050 tends to be aging.

Wonderful

hoàng 4/11

2025-11-04 13:59:38 UTC

The line graph illustrates the percentages of residents in four age groups in New Zealand between 1950 and 2050 .

Overall , the over 65 group has the highest percentage during most of period , meanwhile, the o-14 group stays the lowest . Some age groups rise or fall gradually .

The 0-14 group was the smallest at around 5% in 1950 . It fell slightly untill about 1990 . After that , the figure rose gradually , and it will increase considerably to reach around 20% by 2050 . The 25-37 group started at about 20% in 1950 . It rose slightly in 1960 , but then it declined shaply after 1980 . By 2050 , it will fall to nearly 0%

The 38-45 group increased steadily from around 25% in 1950 to 50% in 1990 . Later , it dropped moderately , and it will rise slightly to reach about 40% by 2050 . The over 65% group had the highest percentage in 1950 at about 60% .

Good - lap lai tu, khong co cau phuc

Nguyễn Hà Phương 4/11/25

2025-11-04 14:15:46 UTC

The rate of New Zealand residents between 1950 and 2050 is illustrated in the line.

Overall, it is clear that, the number of citizens who ~~were~~ from 0 to 14 years old account for the lowest position in the rank, meanwhile, the highest place belongs to group that were over 65 years old.

In detail, firstly, from 1950 to 1990, the rate of population that were 0-14 years old fluctuated slightly between 7% and 3% and it also shown the lowest percentage in 1990, then there was a significant growth with 15% in 2020, while this ratio will be continuously increase around 23% in 2050.

In the same period, from 1950 to 1990, it saw a gradual fell down from 20% to 19% in the number of residents team which were about 25-37 years old, after that, there was a considerable decline about 16% in 30 years, and in the future, this percentage will be predicted to be at 1% in 2050. Similarly, in 1950 the 38-45 class rose steadily with around 24% and it reached to 50% in 1990, and this rate will grow minimally to stood at 40% in 2050.

In conclusion, the age of population in

New Zealand will be older than itself in the future.

Wonderfull

Phúc 15/11

2025-11-15 14:20:57 UTC

OPEN

Water capacity ratios in six urban areas in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010 are illustrated in the chart below.

BODY

Overall , it is noicetable that Canberrra has the highest water levels , meanwhile , Melbourne registered the lowest figures in both year.

In 2009, in Sydney and Canberra , at around 75% and 70% respectively, and both experienced noticeable rises to approximately 80% and 90% in 2010. In contrast, Darwin and Melbourne started with relatively low levels, at about 45% and 30%, but each showed improvement the following year, increase rapidly to 50% and 35%. Brisbane and Perth also saw increases, with Brisbane rising from around 55% to 60%, and Perth climbing from about 40% to 65%, which was one of the most significant jumps among all cities.

END

In conclusion, 5 cities in Australia maintained or increased their water levels after a year, meanwhile , Darwin was the only city where water levels decreased.

Linh 15/11/25

2025-11-15 14:24:29 UTC

The water degrees of six towns in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010 are described in the graphs above

Overall, as can be seen, the Canberra is the highest ratio in October 2010, meanwhile, the lowest town rate belongs to Meiboume in October 2009.

In 2009, Sydney had the highest water level at about 70%, followed by Canberra at around 65%. Darwin and Brisbane had about 45% and 50% respectively. Perth had about 40%, and Melbourne showed the lowest degrees at about 25%.

In 2010, water levels increased in almost all cities. Sydney went up to around 80%, and Canberra rose to about 75%. Brisbane and Darwin also increased a little to around 55% and 50%. Melbourne grew up to around 35%, but it was still the lowest city. Perth was different because its water level went down from 40% to about 35%.

In conclusion, most cities showed an increase after one year, but the order of the cities stayed the same. Sydney and Canberra were always the highest, and Melbourne had the lowest levels.

Nguyễn Hoàng Long 15/11

2025-11-15 14:35:01 UTC

The graph above illustrates a comparison of the percentage of water capacity in the reservoirs across six major Australian cities over a two year period, specifically in October of 2009 and 2010

Overall,as can be seen, the Canberra takes the highest percentage in October 2010,meanwhile, the lowest rate belongs to Meiboume in October 2009.

In October 2009, the Sydney and Canberra took the highest percentage of the levels water. Peaking at nearly 76 percent in October 2009. One year later, those two cities still had the highest water level among the cities. It gained 92 percent respectively at Canberra and about 82 percent at Sydney in October 2010. The water levels at Brisbane remained stable, neither increasing nor decreasing from 2009 to 2010. At Meiboume and Perth had water level rose almost twice. While water levels in cities was rising, water levels at Darwin tent to decrease sharply.

In conclusion, a mixed pattern is observed, with half of the cities recording an increase, and the other presents a maintain

Phương Anh 15/11

phanhphanh2742009 — 2025-11-15 14:37:17 UTC

The graph above illustrates a comparison of 6 urban areas in Australia over a two-year period, specifically in October of 2009 and 2010.

Overall,as can be seen, a mixed pattern is observed, with half of the cities recording an increase, and the other presents a maintain. Canberra stood out as having the highest water levels, peaking at nearly 97% in 2010.

In 2009, Sydney had the greatest water level, at around 75%, followed by Canberra at about 65%. Darwin and Brisbane had similar levels, both just under 50%. Perth showed a slightly lower figure, roughly 40%, and Melbourne recorded the lowest level at only 25%.

By 2010, all cities except Darwin saw rises. Canberra increased significantly to around 80%, becoming the highest among the six. Sydney also rose slightly to just under 80%. Brisbane and Perth experienced moderate growth, reaching about 55% and 45% respectively. Melbourne also improved but stayed the lowest, at about 35%. In contrast, Darwin’s water level fell sharply from around 45% to 25%.

In summary, while most cities saw higher water levels in 2010 compared to 2009, Darwin was the only city where levels decreased.

Hoàng Mạnh Tùng 15/11

2025-11-15 14:41:20 UTC

The graph above illustrates a comparision of the water copacity of six urban areas in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010.

Overall, as can be seen, the Canberra had the highest percentage in October 2010; meanwhile, the lowest rate was seen in Darwin.

In October 2009, Sydney stood out as having the highest water levels, peaking at nearly 75% of its total capacity. Canberra also reached the same point, as the figure for Canberra was comparable to that of Sydney, at around 75%. Behind them were Brisbane, Darwin and Perth, whose levels ranged from about 40% to nearly 60%. In contrast, Melbourne recorded the lowest percentage, with only a little over 20% of its capacity filled.

In October 2010, Canberra stood out as having the highest water levels, peaking at nearly 100%. Sydney and Melbourne both increased as well, reaching about 80% and 40% respectively. The figure for Sydney was comparable to that of Melbourne in terms of overall upward movement, although Sydney remained much higher. Perth showed the biggest rise, climbing to around 70%. Conversely, Darwin recorded the lowest percentage, with only about 25% of its capacity filled. Meanwhile, Brisbane remained unchanged.

In conclusion, the numbers show that the water levels in the six cities were different, and most of them became higher in 2010 while a few went down or stayed the same.

Phương Vy (15/11)

2025-11-15 14:42:02 UTC

The graph above illustrates a comparisons of the water capacity of six urban areas in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010.

Overall, as can be seen, the Canberra takes the highest percentage of water levels in October 2010, meanwhile, the lowest rate belongs to Darwin.

The percentage of water capacity in Darwin in October 2009 stood at 45% and decreased to 25% in October 2010. Besides, we can see/ the rate of water levels in Sydney in October 2009 was 79% and increased to 81% in October 2010. In Melbourne, the water degree took at 21% and increased quickly in October 2010. Especially, the water capacity in Brisbane remained stable in October 2009 and 2010. The water levels in October 2009 was 40% , then it increased quickly to 75% in October 2010. Canberra was nearly 80% of water degree in October 2009 and stood out as having the highest water capacity, peaking at nearly 100% in October 2010.

In general, the water levels of all cities increase except Darwin.

Good !

Hoàng Hân 15/11

2025-11-15 14:42:24 UTC

The water degrees of six towns in Australia between October 2009 and 2010 is described in the graph above

Overall, as can be seen, the Canberra takes the highest percentage in October 2010, meanwhile, the lowest water levels belongs to the Melbourne in October 2009

Look at the details, the rate of Darwin in October 2009 was 45℅, besides, in October 2010 the water degrees was 25℅. Moreover, the water capacitys of Sydney that increased slowly from 78℅ in October 2009 to 84℅ in October 2010. Following this, the veservoir levels of Melbourne in October 2009 was 22℅, after that the rate increased 18℅ in October 2010. However, the Brisbane had the rate water levels, it was 57℅ in October 2009 and it remained stable between 2009 and 2010. Despite, the Perth had the water degrees increased quickly from 40℅ in October 2009 to 76℅ in October 2010. Finally, the veservoir ~~dgrees~~ of Canberra grow rapidly, so in October 2009, it was 78℅, but in October 2010 the rate was 98℅.

In conclusion, the percentage water levels of six cities increase gradually from 2009 to 2010 except the Darwin

lặp lại từ quá nhiều

Nguyễn Bá Đức15/11

2025-11-15 14:42:57 UTC

The graph above presents a comparison of the ~~precentage~~ of water capacity in the reservoirs across six major Australian cities over a two year period, specifically in October of 2009 and 2010

Overall, as can be seen, the Canberra takes the highest percentage in October 2010, meanwhile, the lowest rate belongs to Meiboume in October 2009

~~The~~ Sydney and Canberra stood out having the highest water levels peaking at nearly 76 percent in 2009. ~~Until now,~~ one year later, those two cities still had the highest water level among the cities. In contrast, the city Melboume ~~recored~~ the lowest percentage , with only 20 ~~percentage~~ of its capacity filled from 2009 to 2010. The water level at Brisbane remaind stable, neither increasing nor between 2009 and 2010. The Darwin saw a fall in water levels, from 47% to 23%. The water levels was doubled from 40% to 80%

In conclusion, a mixed pattern is observed, with half of the cities recording an increase, and the other presents a maintain

Good !

Phong 15/11

2025-11-15 14:43:01 UTC

Open

The chart below illustrates the water levels of six Australian cities from October 2009 to October 2010.

Overall, it can be seen that Canberra ~~had~~ the highest water levels, meanwhile, Melbourne ~~had~~ the lowest water levels in both years.

The water level ~~ratios~~ of Sydney and Canberra in 2009 were 75% and 70%, and both increased significantly to about 80% and 90% in 2010. Next, the water level ~~ratios~~ of Darwin and Melbourne in 2009 were relatively low, about 45% and 30%, increased to 50% and 35% in 2010. The water levels of Brisbane and Perth also increased significantly, with Brisbane increasing from about 55% to 60%, and Perth increasing from about 40 % to 65%.

In summary, water levels in all six cities increased after one year.

lặp lại từ quá nhiều

2.5/4

Le Huy Hoang(15/11/2025):

2025-11-15 14:46:06 UTC

The graph above reveals a comparison of the percentage of water capacity in the reservoir across six major Australian towns over a town- year period, specifically in October of 2009 and 2010.

Overall, as can be seen, Canberra reaches the highest average level of water from October in 2009 to October in 2010, meanwhile, the lowest average rate of water at the same time belongs to Darwin.

First of all, in October of 2009 and 2010, Darwin, which was the only city of the other, recorded a decline from 42% to 22%. Besides, at the same time, Sydney tended to increase slightly from 79% to 81%. Furthermore, Melbourne, which achieved the low figure with 21% in October of 2009, increased rapidly with 40% in October of one year later. Moreover, between October of 2009 and October of 2010, Brisbane still maintained the proportion of water with about 59%. Especially, Perth, which was a remarkable town, rose from 40% to 70% over a two- year period. Finally, Canberra, which reached 78% in October of 2009, stood out because of having the highest water levels, peaking at approximately 100% in October of 2010.

In conclusion, a mixed pattern is observed, with half of the cities recording an increase, and the other presents a maintain.

4/4

Nguyễn Thành Hưng, 15/11

2025-11-15 14:54:10 UTC

The graph above presents a comparison of the water capacity of 6 urban areas over 2 years, from October 2009 and October 2010.

Overall, as can be seen, the water level of Canberra urban took the highest rate in October 2010. Meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to Melbourne town in October 2009.

The first, Darwin town in October 2009 had a reservoir water level of 40%, and it dropped to 22% in October 2010 . The second, Sydney urban had 78% of reservoir water in October 2009, and it had slight increase to 81% in October 2010. The next, Melbourne city in October 2009 increased sharply from 20% to 33% October 2010. Next, Brisbane urban, the figure for in October 2009 was comparable to that of in October 2010, in which both were at around 45%. Next, Perth town in October 2009 had a water level of 40%, and it increased rapidly to 66% in October 2010 . The final , the Sydney urbun in October 2009 had a reservoir water of 78%, and it increase gradually to 95% in October 2010 .

In short, the water capacity of 6 urban areas

xem lại động từ quá khứ đơn

Lâm Hà 15/11

2025-11-15 15:39:13 UTC

The water degrees of six towns in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010 is described in the graphs above.

Overall, as can be seen, the Canberra..... the highest ratio in October 2010, the...... ~~capacities~~ rate belongs to Meiboume in October 2009.

In 2009, Sydney and Canberra reached the highest water level, they gained 78% and 75%,respctively. at that time the lowest water level was Melbourne reaching 22%. City Perth had a water level of about 40% in 2009, but city Darwin had a higher water level, it accounted for about 45%. Finally, Brisbane ~~has~~ a water level ~~accounting for~~ about 58%.

In 2010 Sydney and Canberra still reached the highest water level of 81% and 97%. City Melbourne ~~has~~ increased from 20% to 40%. Water level in Darwin decreased to 22% compared to 2009. In 2010, the water level in Perth increased sharply up to 72% compared to the last year, but the water level at Brisbanr ~~remains~~ 58%.

In conclusion, most cities showed higher water levels in 2010, except Darwin, which was the only city where water levels went down.

Good !

Thuỳ Duyên, 16/11

2025-11-16 08:27:22 UTC

Đề 2:

The Maps below give out the information about the development of a section in Vietnam ~~from~~ 1980 to the present day

The follwing graphs give out the information about the water bands of six towns in Australia from October 2009 to October 2010.

Good

Trà My 16/11/2025

2025-11-16 08:28:35 UTC

đề 2: The development of a section in Viet Nam between 1980 and now is revealed in the below Maps

Good

The following graphs describe the water degrees of six towns in Australia between October 2009 and October 2010.

Good

Khoa 16/11

2025-11-16 08:38:58 UTC

Talk 2: The maps below reveal the

modifications of a region in Vietnam from 1980 to the present.

good

The graphs below ~~compare~~ the water degrees of six towns in Australia ~~period~~ october 2009 and october 2010.

Long 27-11-2025

2025-11-27 14:04:23 UTC

Taking care of older people should be prioritized in government expenditure, as many believe. However, societal opinions show that more attention should also be given to the younger generation, especially their education. But why is this the case?

In my personal view, the government should focus on both perspectives. Firstly, elders are among the most vulnerable in society because they have dedicated themselves in the past. They also possess valuable experience and knowledge that can guide young people, providing lessons from their life journey as well as practical advice for developing personal character. According to an article published in 2016 in The News (page 72, line 4, Part 2), the more youngsters listen to elders’ advice, the greater their chances of success in life and work.

Nevertheless, the government should also invest into the education of young people, since they are the future of the nation. This helps create wealth for a sustainable future and a stable society, it benefits the country in the long term. A recent article in The Washington Post (2016, page 91, line 7, Part 64) highlights that developed countries typically allocate about 67% of their capital investment to education for young people.

Overall, the best approach is to balance financial investment between the elderly and the education of the younger generation.

Good

hoàng 27/11

2025-11-27 14:08:46 UTC

People have different ideas about how the govement should spend money . Some people think that the govement should spend money on elderly people . They believe old people are weaker and need more surpport . Elderly people give out valuable lessons and good advice to the younger generation . For these reassons some people say the govement should pay attention to the needs of old people . According to a ...........

However , other people think the govement should focus more on

Thiếu quá nhiều

Thùy Linh 27/11

2025-11-27 14:11:08 UTC

It is believed that the care of older people should be importance of goverment spending. But others think that goverment should pay more attention to expenditure for young people. Now, i will discuss both of them below.

On the one hand, goverment ought to prioritize funding for elderly people. Firstly, older adults are weaker than other age groups, so they need care more. Next, they are treasures of knowledge. They live long enough to have many different experiences, so they have many valuable lessons. And elderly people can give us good advices for our life. According to the recent survey: ' 35% expenditure of goverment is used to health check for older people.'

On the other hand, the Young shoud be cared more by the goverment. Firstly, young people are the future of country, so they need to take care and educate more. Next, the young are people who create the property and bring new things for the future. And they are also people who create a stable society and bring benefits for long term to develop our country, our society and our Earth. According to the recent survey that the most countries in the world spend 50% expenditure building schools, develop educational system and bring many opportunities for development of young people.

In conclusion, the young and the old should be spent the same priority.

Good

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-11-27 14:12:08 UTC

It is believed that the care of old people should be an importance of goverment expenditure. Others trust that goverment should pay more attention to teenagers, especially on their education. In this essay, I will give my opinion about both views.

The goverment investing should be a priority in the care of elderly people. Firstly, they are weaker people who need to be protected in society. Secondly, old people are a treasure of knowledge, so they have many valuable experiences to pass down to the next generation. According to a recent survey, China spends 3 millions on elderly care every year.

The education of young people should be concentrated by the government. They are the intelligent people who will decide the future of the country. If they have good education, they will create the property to develop a stable society.

Good

Ng Hà Phương 27-11-25

2025-11-27 14:12:38 UTC

In today's fast-modern world, it is believed that the look after old inhabitants should be a priority of government spending, others think that young people should be paid attention by government's expenditure, especially on their education. Now I will discuss with both 2 opinions below.

It is clear that, the government spends ~~expenditure~~ for elderly generation that is very important with some reasons. Firstly, old people are weaker in society, so they need to help in their life, moreover, who are treasure of knowledge with a wide of experiences, valuable lessons and good advises that brings many advantages for younger generations. According to ~~the~~ a new survey said that: ' More than 30% budgets of government is invested for old residents in Shanghai in 2024'.

On the other hand, it is thought that government should invest more to young dwellers, especially on their education. First of all, young people are the future of country, so they play an important role in contributing to develop country's economy in the future, furthermore they help create property and a sustainable development society with a wide of knowledge and high-quality education from government invention. From par 4, line2, 2nd page of "Healthy and Body" book said that:' It is very necessary of focusing on young people in brain and body heath'

In conclusion, I think that the government should pay attention to more money to younger people, their education in particular, as they are crucial for the future development of the country.

Good

Khánh Linh

2025-11-27 14:14:09 UTC

It is ~~talked~~ that the care of old people should be an immerse of government expenditure. Others consider that government spending should concentrate more on teenagers, especially on their education. In this essay, both of the above views are correct and I will also give a few of my own views on the above two issues.

Firstly, looking after elderly people should be ~~pay~~ attention by government. Perhaps, old people are ~~more~~ weaker on level of society, therefore, they need to protect a lot. Although they are weak, they have a treasure of knowledge through their experiences, therefore, they can give to advice for young people. Then, young people can avoid risk when they have no experience, thereby as can be seen that the advice of the elderly people is valuable lessons for the next generation. According to a survey, at present, the policy in China is having tends take more care of old people, it develop up to 55%.

Another point I would like to mentioned is that government pay attention to invest for young people, especially on their education. This means that government has investing for future because young people are the future. When they are well educated, they can create the property for themselves as well as contribute to a stable society. As for the Time, published on 15th June, 2022, column 3, line 8, said that: "Investing in teenagers is the most benefits for long term in the future".

Good

Mạnh Tiến 27/11

2025-11-27 14:20:07 UTC

Some people think the government should spend money for old people. Other people say government should give money to young people, specially education. I will talk about two ideas.

First, old people need care because they are weak and they have ~~many~~ knowledge and good advice for us. They work hard in the past so government should help them when they are old. For example, give them money or hospital free.

Second, young people is the future. They can study and make the country better. If government spend money for school and university, young people can have good job and create more money for country.

In my opinion, I think government should spend more money on young people and education. Because if young people have good education, they can help old people later. Old people already have their life, but young people still need chance.

Phương anh 30/11

2025-11-30 01:40:37 UTC

Some people think the government should spend money for old people. Other people say government should give money to young people, example education. In this essay, both of the above opinions are correct and I will talk about two ideas.

Firstly, looking after old people should be a priory of government expenditure. They are treasure of any society because they have knowledge about all foundation and experience. The elderly have many lessons for the younger generation mainly thanks to their rich life experiences and deep contemplation over many years. They have gone through many events, successes and failures, from which they have drawn valuable lessons about life, love, career and relationships. This experience is invaluable capital, cannot be learned from books, helping them have a more multi-dimensional and profound view of the world. According to a survey, in the China have 35% national expenditures take more care of elder people.

In the other countries, young people is the main labor to create property for the society .The young generation plays a pivotal role in promoting innovation, developing the digital economy, and protecting the country. They are the bridge between the past, present, and future, inheriting and promoting national traditions in the context of integration, while taking the lead in carrying out difficult tasks, maintaining social order, and enhancing the country's position in the international arena. As for the Time, published on 30th August , 2023, column 4 , line 8 said that: “The prosperity or decline, weakness or strength of a country depends largely on the youth.”

In conclusion, I suppose that the government should pay more attention to young people because they are the green shoots to help the country develop stronger in the future.

Nguyễn Hoàng Long 30/11

2025-11-30 01:43:21 UTC

It is said that the government should prioritize expensecon elderly care. Others think that government pay more attention to expense on young people, especially on their education. I believe that it has many reasons for this disagreement and I present both views in this essay below.

Some citizens suppose that the care of elderly people should be an importance of government expenditure. I think it is correct, the old people are treasure of any society because they are experienced and knowledgeable, they have many good lessons to transfer to young generation. They likely the wall of any community. According to statistics in the US, government use 35% of the government's budget to serve and care for the elderly.

Others think that government expense should concentrate on young people, especially on their education. I think it is also true. Young people who are the main source of labor to create property for society and wealth of the country. The young people have things that the elderly people do not have, such as health and thinking ability. According to statistics in the Australia, government use over 35% of the government spending for young people to develop their country.

In my opinion, I think we should balance government expense on the elderly and the young. Young people can use their agility and health to enrich the country and the elders will support the young people by providing them with knowledge and experience.

In short, Government expenses should be spent on people in a reasonable way.𓃟

Nguyễn Bá Đức

2025-11-30 01:44:18 UTC

It is said that the government should importance expenditure on old care . Others think that government pay more attention to expense on young people, especially on their education. I believe that it has many reasons for the disagreement and I present both views in this essay below

Others think that the care of elderly people should be an importance of government expemditure. It is true for me because I think old is treasure of any society, they have many good lessons to transfer to young generation . They likely the wall of any community. Th time, published on 2nd June, 2022, pafe for, 4 column2, line 7, Harucc said that ''According to statistics in the US, it take about 35% of the government's budget to serve and care for the elderly''.

Some citizens think that government spending should concentrate on young people, especially on their education. I think it is correct because youth are the cream of the country. They have things that the elderly people do not have, such as health and thinking ability. The time, published on 3th September, 2002, page for, 3 column2, line 9, Hazell said that '' According to statistics in the US, government use over 35% of the government spending for young people to develop their country.

In my opinion, I think we should balance spending costs for the elderly as well as the young

In short, Government spending should be affordable for everyone

Phương Linh 30/11/2025

2025-11-30 01:44:18 UTC

People have different views about the government should spend more money on elderly people or on young people. This topic is important because both groups need support. Next I will discuss the above two issues and give my opinion.

Some people think the government should give more money to old people. Many elderly people cannot work anymore and have health problems. They need hospitals, medicine and daily care. Without government support, their life can become very difficult. According to The Time news published on 28st Sempember, 2009, page 4, column 2, line 10 said that: "67% of elderly people die because they do not have enough money to pay hospital bills"

However, some people think the government should spend more money on young people. Young people need support for their education so they can study better. When students have enough money for school, they can learn better. Many people believe this is important because young people will work and help the country in the future. According to recent survey, 70% of people in my town think: "The government should spend more money on young people because not having money makes many young people stop learning"

In conclusion, even though old people need help, I think the government should spend more money on young people. When young people get good education and chances to study, they can work better in the future and help the country develop.

Lâm Hà 30/11/25

2025-11-30 01:44:29 UTC

Citizens think that look after old people should be a importance of government spending. Others believe that government should pay more attention to expense on young people, especially on their education. These are two important issues that need to be discussed.

Some people take care of elderly people should be a priority of government cost. The elderly are the treasure of the country because they have a lot of life experience and they also teach the next generation many lessons. Moreover, they also preserve traditional culture and take care of their family. The Finame Time, page 3, column 2, said that "we need to pay more attention to the elderly than the young..."

A few people suppose that government should focus more on young people, especially on their education. Young people are the future of the country because they are the main source of labor to create money for their families . Besides, young people also change and create social lifestyles. In addition, they also exchange culture and economy with other countries. Professor Hajiuh J.D Havard University said " The government's spending on young people development needs more attention"

Inconlusion, citizens think that look after old people should be a importance of government spending. Others believe that government should pay more attention to expense on young people, especially on their education. However, I think the government should balance spending on the elderly and young people.

Phương Vy 30/11

2025-11-30 01:44:48 UTC

It is said that government should focus more on elderly people. Others think that government should pay more attention to expense on young people, especially on their education. The both of views are discuss in this essay below.

First, old people should be a priority of government expenditure because they work hard in the past so government should help them when they are old. Besides, they have a treasure of society and they have many good lesssons to tranfer to young generation. Moreover, they also likely the wall of any community and they bring meaningfull for other people. According to a recent survey, the government of USA is expenditured for 35% elderly people in their country.

Next, I suppose government should spend more money for young people, especially on their education. If government spend more money for school and education, young people can have a good job and help country develop more. When young people have good education, they can help old people and learn many knowledges about life skill from them. Young people in the future is the main labor to create property for the society of their country.

In general, I think government should be concentrate on young people because they can help the elderly generation and they help the country develop more in the future.

Phúc 30/11

2025-11-30 01:45:10 UTC

People have different views about governments should prioritise spending on elderly dwellers or invest more in young people, particularly in education. While both sides have valid arguments, I will discuss in this essay.

On the one hand, many people argue that the elderly deserve more government support. Older people often face health problems and require medical care, which can be very expensive. Since they have contributed to society for many years through study and work ,treasure of any society because their knowledge is a good lesson to pass on to the younger generation. Beside that, they are likely the wall of community to connect 2 time peroids .

On the other hand, some people believe that government spending should pay more attention to expense on young people, especially their education. Young people represent the future workforce of a country, and investing in their education can boost economic development. For example, better schools and training programmes can help young people develop the skills needed for modern jobs. In addition, young adults often face challenges such as high tuition fees and unemployment, so government support can help them become more independent and productive citizens.

In conclusion, both elderly people and young people need government support. However, I believe spending on the younger generation, especially in education, should be given a slightly higher priority as it contributes more to a country’s long-term progress.

Hoàng Hân 30/11

2025-11-30 01:45:52 UTC

It is said that government should pay more attention to expense on old people. Others think that young people need more investment in society. The problems are discuss in this essay below.

The care of young people should be a priority of government expenditure.

Firstly, in the future, young people will be main labor to create property for the society. Besides, they have good health and learning ability. Moreover, many peoples suppose that young people can use digital device much better than old people. On on hand, teenagers can be creative and adapt very quickly to new environments. Young people's communication skills are often better than older people's so they can learn new languages quickly.

On the other hand, some people believe that older people can government pay more attention than young ppeople. They likely the wall of any community about tradition. Moreover, elderly people are treasure of any society because they bring good lessons to transfer to to young generations

According to a resent survey, China spent 35℅ national expenditure to invest for activities organized by young people.

In conclusion, nowadays, young people play a role very important in society.

Hoàng Tuấn Phong 30/11

2025-11-30 01:49:56 UTC

Some people think that the care of old people should be an importance of government expence, but others suppose that government should pay attention to expenditure on young people especially on their education. Both of these views will be discussed in the article below.

It is said that caring for the elderly should be a top priority in government spending.

The aged are a valuable resource for any country, they have a lot of knowledge and experience, and have valuable lessons to pass on to the younger generation. According to custom, the elderly are the wall of any community. 35% of China's national budget expenditure is for the elderly.

Government spending needs to focus more on young people, especially education, because the young generation is the future of the country, the key workforce of the country in the future, contributing to the development of the country.

In short, I think the government should prioritize spending more on the younger generation, especially education because it contributes to the development of the country.

TASK 2: Le Huy Hoang (30/11/2025)

2025-11-30 01:52:03 UTC

It is said that the carefulness of old people should be a significance of government expend. However, others suppose that government should pay more attention to expenditure on teenagers, especially on their education. Both views are discussed in this essay below.

According to the first idea, the care of elderly people should be a priority of government spending. The old residents are the treasure of any society because they provide beneficial advices, strong motivation, and good lessons to transfer to young generation. Besides, elderly people also experience a lot of difficulties in their life, so the arrival of them is essential to promote the youngster and help young people avoid making the mistakes. Moreover, elderly residents are also the wall of any community because their traditional views can help the young’s personalities boost positively. According to recent survey in Japan, the old take for 35% expenditure of the country

According to the next idea, government spending should focus more on young people, especially on their education. The young are the country’s future because they are main labor resources to create property for the society. Comparing to the old who just have the large amount of knowledge from experiencing difficulties, young citizens have both knowledge about technology which is an important part in the digital world and strength to create the prosperity for their nation. The education is very necessary for the young, so the government should concentrate more on investing in education. According to the recent survey in America, the government spending on the young tends to increase from 40% to 60% in 2025.

In summary, both views which are discussed are essential and beneficial to build a wonderful country. The young and the old should together build and protect the country, so we can live in the amazing world.

Nguyễn Thành Hưng:30/11(task2)

2025-11-30 01:52:04 UTC

It is said that government spending should be a importance for the care of old people, but others think that government should pay more attention to expense on young peoples, especially on their education . The both ideas are discussed in this essay below.

Some people believe that the care of elderly should be a priority of government expenditure. Due to they are is treasure of any society, because they have a lot of experience and knowledge, good lessons to transfer to young generation. Besides, they ~~have~~ are likely the wall of any community. ~~according to the thoughts life of society.~~ According to a recent survey 40% of national expenditure on old people ~~of government~~ ~~spending~~ in......is spent every year.

The following, government spending should concentrate on young people, especially on their education in the opinion of some people . Young people are the country's future, because they have a lot of time to learn and experience, and they are the main labor source of the country to create property for the souety . Besides, they are the ~~boss~~ owners of country, who increase gradually to make the percent of economy in countries.

In short, old and young peoples are important in today's developed society

good

Hồng Nhi 30/11

2025-11-30 09:50:45 UTC

The development of a region in Vietnam between 1980 and now is illustrated in the maps below.

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is more modern and comfortable compared to itself in 1980.

In the 1980 map, the car park in the North of the building was removed and now Cinema 2 and Cinema 3 have been replaced this area. The old map only had male and female toilets and in the new map the toilets ~~há remain~~ in the same position but they are now surrounded by more cinemas. In the previous map, Cinema 1 was located on the left side of the entrance and in the new map Cinema 1 is ~~under the toilets~~ on the left. Near the entrance in 1980 there were only two services, tickets and drinks, but this bottom area is now much more developed with food and drinks, a relax room, a ticket counter and a DVD shop. Cinema 1 in the Southwest was demolished and replaced by a food and drinks area and a relax room, showing that the complex has moved from a simple layout with a big car park to a busier design with more cinemas and customer facilities

Nguyễn Thành Tuấn Anh 30/11

2025-11-30 09:59:17 UTC

a The devolopment of a region in Vietnam between 1980 and now is illustrated in the maps below.

Overall, as can be seen the building now is more reasonable and comfortable compare to itself in 1980 that increase significant income.

The Car park in the North of the building was destroyed and now Cinema 2 and 3 have been replaced it. The Toilet for male and female have kept the same position for 45 years . At the present, Cinema 1 in the West has built in vacant area to fill the void. The Cinema 1 in the South in 1980 was pulled down to be replaced by Food Drinks and Relax room. In 1980, the Cinema 2 in the East of building was divided equally into 2 Cinema are Cinema 4 and Cinema 5 as now. In the Southeast, position in 1980 had a small change from Drinks to DVD shop as now and stayed the same Ticket untill now.

In genaral, The reasonable changes that create conditions for attracting more costomers that expand quickly icome of the building.

Ngọc 30/11/2025

2025-11-30 10:00:25 UTC

The Maps below express the development of a region in Vietnam between 1980 and now.

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is more economical and resonable compare to itself in 1980.

Now, the maps have many changes and one of the most significant alters is that the cinema ~~have~~ been added and arranged more logically. The Car park in the North of the building was destroyed and now the cinema 2 and the cinema 3 h~~ave replaced~~ it, mean while, the restroom and ticket in 1980 ~~kept~~ the same position until now. Besides, the cinema 2 in 1980 was destroyed to make way for the cinema 4 and the cinema 5. Moreover, the cinema 1 in the Southwest in 1980 was ~~replace~~ by food area and relax room. Additionally, the DVD shop to the right of entry has replaced drinks area.

In general, the cinema now is more comfortable and beautiful than the cinema in 1980.

Good

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 30/11

2025-11-30 10:00:35 UTC

The difference of a region in Vietnam between 1980 and now is reveal in maps below.

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is more reasonable and comfortable compare to itself in 1980.

First of all, one of the most significant changes is that the Car park in the North of cinema its was destroyed to make way for cinema 2 and cinema 3. Besides that, the toilet ~~stay~~ the same position as for 45 years ~~ago~~.

The next, the cinema 2 in 1980 was destroyed to be replaced by cinema 4 and cinema 5 in the East of cinema. Cinema 1 now ~~have built~~ near the toilet by taking advantage of the empty areas. The food drink area and relax room have replaced Cinema 1 in the Southwest of cinema. Moreover, drinks area was destroyed to be replaced by DVD shop in the Southeast.

Finally, cinema now has overcome the weaknesses of cinema in 1980, and take good advantage empty area.

Good

Phạm Thanh Thảo Anh 30/11

2025-11-30 10:01:05 UTC

The maps below ~~are expressed~~ the development of a region of in Vietnam between 1980 and now.

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is more beautiful and economical compare to itself in 1980.

Today, ~~the cinema 2 and cinema 3 in the North have to change for car park.~~ The toilet in the West ~~keep~~ the same position for 30 years ago. ~~Under the toilet in the West have cinema 1. The food drinks area and relax room Eastsouth replace have to change for cinema 1.~~ We destroyed cinema 2 to make way in the East for cinema 4. ~~Under the cinema 4~~ has cinema 5 in the ~~Eastsouth.~~ Moreover,the ticket stay the same and they collapse to build way drinks area in the Eastsouth for DVD shop.

In conclusion, while movie theaters in the 1980s offered a simple, nostalgic charm that many people still treasure, modern cinemas provide a far more immersive, comfortable, and technologically advanced experience. Each era has its own unique strengths, but together they show how movie-going has evolved from a modest pastime into a full entertainment experience. Ultimately, whether in the past or today, the magic of cinema continues to bring people together to share stories on the big screen.

viết lại

Thái Minh Nguyên 30/11/2025

2025-11-30 10:33:41 UTC

The development of a region in Vietnam between 1980 and now is expressed in the map below

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is more reasonable and economic compared to itself in 1980

Firstly, in the North the car park of the building in 1980 was pulled down, which made way for the cinema 2 and cinema 3 afterward .Moreover, the toilet in the Northwest has remained in the same position since 1980. .Besides, the cinema 2 in the East was replaced by the cinema 4 and cinema 5.Additionally, the cinema 1 in 1980 was collapsed to develop food drinks area and relax room. In the southeast, the ticket hasn't changed for over the past several decades . However, people changed drinks shop into DVD shop.

In general, the cinema now has changed more significantly than itself in 1980

Trần Anh Thư 30/11

2025-11-30 10:38:32 UTC

The development of a region in Vietnam between 1980 and now is revealed in the maps below.

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is more reasonable and economical compare to itself in 1980.

In details, from the above to the below, in the ~~nort~~h of the building, the car park in 1980 was destroyed to make way for the cinema 2 and cinema 3. Besides, in the ~~west~~ side of the cinema, the toilet hasn't changed the position as before, and the cinema 1 has been built. This helps to take advantage of vacant area. Moreover, in the ~~eas~~t of building, the cinema 2 was pulled down and now it has been replaced by 2 cinemas, ~~are~~ cinema 4 and cinema 5. The next, on the left side of the cinema entrance, people collapsed cinema 1 in 1980 to build food drinks area and relax room. In contrast, in the right of cinema entry, the ticket area ~~was~~ still stayed the same position as 1980, meanwhile, the drinks room was destroyd to be replaced by the DVD shop.

In general, the cinema now has changed more significant than itself in 1980 with much of the vacant land being developed for residential and commercial purposes.

Good

Trần Đặng Anh Thư

2025-11-30 10:39:43 UTC

The maps below reveal the modify of a place in Vietnam between 1980 and now

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is..... reasonable and economical than it in 1980

In the map of 1980, the car park in the ~~South~~ of the building, ~~whereas in the map of now it~~ was destroyed to make way for cinema 2 and cinema 3. In the present map, the toilet in the West of the building and it ~~keep~~ the same position as 45 years ~~ago~~. Additionally, cinema 2 in the map of in 1980 ~~has been replaced~~ by cinema 4 and cinema 5 in the present map. From 1980 to now, ~~the cinema 1 undergone significant changes,~~ cinema 1 was collapsed to be replaced by food drinks area and relax room, and they developed the vacant land next to the toilet into the cinema 1. In the map of now, the ticket in the ~~north~~ of building remaind unchanged compare to itsefl in 1980. Moreover, ~~now DVD shop has replaced drinks area in the previous map~~.

In conclusion,the place has undergone major transformations over the past 45 years. Many old facilities have been replaced, several new cinemas and services have been added, and cinema has been modernized, resulting in a more convenient and economical entertainment area.

Viết lại bài

Hà Phương 30/11

2025-11-30 10:40:13 UTC

The development of a region in Viet Nam between 1980 and now is expressed in the maps below.

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is more reasonable and economical than itself in 1980.

In the map of 1980, the Car Park in the north was destroy make way for cinema 2 and cinema 3. Bedsides, the toilet in the west keep the same position from 1980 to now. Additionally, the cinema 2 was destroyed to be replaced by cinema 4 and 5 in the present. In the map of 1980, the cinema 1 was pulled down to be replaced by food and ralax room.

The development of a region in Viet Nam between 1980 and now is expressed in the maps below.

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is more reasonable and economical than t~~he compare to~~ itself in 1980.

In the map, the ticket in the South was ~~keep~~ the same position as 45 years ago. The drinks next to the ticket ~~has now been replaced~~ by the relax room. In the

Southwest, the Cinema 1 was ~~destroy~~ to be exchanged by food drinks area and relax room. The Cinema 2 in the Northeast ~~has now been expanded~~ into the Cinema 4 and 5. ~~The empty land in the Northwest in 1980 made way for the current Cinema 1.~~ From 1980 until now, the restroom stayed the same. The Car Park was demolished in 1980 and now Cinema 1 and 2 have replaced it.

Viết lại

Nguyễn Phương Mai 30/11

2025-11-30 10:40:45 UTC

The development of a region in Vietnam between 1980 and now is express in the map below .

Overall, as can be seen , the cinema now is more resonable in the range than itself in 1980 .

In details , looking down from the ~~south~~ ~~the cinema changed in 1980 and~~ today completely changed . The cinema 2 and cinema 3 have replaced the car park The toilet ~~is keep~~ the same position as 45 years ago . Empty areas ~~have been made~~ way for cinema 1 and cinema 5 . Cinema 2 in 1980 was destroyed to be ~~replace~~ by cinema 4 . One of the most significant changes is that cinema 1 was destroys to be ~~replace~~ by food drink area and relax room . This change brings more comfortable and reasonable feelings for people . The ticket area has been kept in the same position for 45 yeas . The drink was destroys to be ~~replace~~ by DVD shop . Compare to itself in 1980 , it has become more and more beautiful and attracts ~~economical~~ . In the center, the vacant lands are eliminated and more comfortable rooms ~~are built~~

In general, ~~at that time, this change was extremely useful and increased economic development~~

Lặp lại từ và câu, xem lại thì cho chính xác

Khánh Ly

2025-11-30 10:46:58 UTC

The development of a region in Vietnam between 1980 and now is express in the map below.

Overall , as can be seen the cinema is more economical and comfortable compare to itself in 1980. In details , there are many changes that take place here over a period of 45 years . As in the north , the car park was destroyed in 1980 and the cinema 2 and 3 have replaced it. And they are also build cinema 4,5 on site of cenima 2 which was pulled down in East . Increasing the number of screening rooms from two to five results in a steady increase in revenue over time. Facing it , the toilet in the west has kept the same position as 45 years ago because it continues to meet the needs of the cinemas. The site of the former cinema 1 in 1980 was replaced by relax room and food drinks area for customers to meet their needs. The ticket has stayed the same, located next to the entrance meanwhile the drinks was collapse to be replaced by DVC shop.

Khánh Ly

2025-11-30 10:58:41 UTC

The development of a region in Vietnam between 1980 and now is express in the map below.

Overall , as can be seen the cinema is more economical and comfortable compare to itself in 1980. In details , there are many changes that take place here over a period of 45 years . As in the north , the car park was destroyed in 1980 and the cinema 2 and 3 have replaced it . Right below it , the toilet in the west has kept the same position as 45 years ago because it continues to meet the needs of the cinemas. And they are also build cinema 4,5 on site of cenima 2 which was pulled down in East . Increasing the number of screening rooms from two to five results in a steady increase in revenue over time. The site of the former cinema 1 in 1980 was replaced by relax room and food drinks area for customers to meet their needs. The ticket has stayed the same, located next to the entrance meanwhile the drinks was collapse to be replaced by DVC shop.

Trà My 5/12/2025

2025-12-05 11:25:23 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema nowadays is rebuilt more resonably and economically ~~than~~ compared to itself in 1980

Good

Overall, as can be seen, the highest percentage change is motorcycles, mean while, the lowest rate change belongs to heavy trucks
Good

Hoàng Duy5/12/2025

2025-12-05 11:27:52 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the rate change of Motocycles is highest, mean while, the lowest position belongs to the rate change of Heavy Trucks

Good

Overall, as can be seen, the new cinema is rebuilt more reasonably and more comfortably than itself in 1980

Good

Thuỳ Duyên 5/12/2025

2025-12-05 11:29:44 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the cinema now is rebuilt, ~~have~~ reasonable area division,and stronger ~~economic growth~~.Compared to itself ~~it i~~s more wasteful.

xem lại !

Ex2:

Overall , as can be seen , Heavy Trucks have the lowest percentage change , mean while , the highest ratio change belongs to Motorcycles.

Dương Hải An 5/12

2025-12-05 11:35:41 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, now the cinema is rebuilt beautifully ~~have~~ reasonably , economically and comfortably , meanwhile cinema in 1980 then l~~ack of aesthetics and wasteful.~~

Xem lại

Khoa 5/12

2025-12-05 11:35:41 UTC

1. Overall, as can be seen, the new cinema has been rebuilt and significantly improved in appearance compared to the old cinema in 1980

Good

2. Overall, as can be seen, the rate of motorcycles develops steadily and somewhat rapidly, while for heavy trucks, we can see that it develops more slowly

từ bị lặp lại, chọn từ cần chính xác hơn

Nguyễn Thu Huyền 5/12/2025

2025-12-05 11:37:07 UTC

Overal, the cinema now..... rebuilt more reasonably and economically, meanwhile, in 1980,i ~~t built not beautiful~~.

xem lại

Hải An 5/12/2025

2025-12-05 12:08:00 UTC

Overall , as can be seen , Motorcycles have the highest percentage change, meanwhile,the lowest of rate change belongs to Heavy Trucks.

Viết lại mệnh đề 2

Nguyễn thu huyền 23/1/2026

2025-12-05 12:10:14 UTC

7.The plans above illustrate the infrastructure of a university's sports centre now,and how it will look after improvement.

Overall,as can be seen,the structure of university sport centre now is very simple,meanwhile,its in the future looks more mordern,more comfortable and more convenient for users.

The sport centre in present has two outdoor courts in the east and the west . It also has a 25m pool in the centre with a gym in the north,the changing room in the left and the seating in the right.In the future,its will be expanded doubling in size to be more convenient and more reasonable. The outdoor courts in the west is replaced by a leisure pool,in the east it is also replaced by a sports hall and two dance studios.Beside,the future plans will add two changing rooms,a sport shop and a cafe.

6_The graphs below show the total proportion of film released and the proportion of ticket sales in 1996 and 2000.They have 4 content description: Drama, Comedy, Fantasy and Romance.

Overall, as can be seen,Drama has the highest rate of film released, but its percentage of ticket sales is lower than Comedy, meanwhile,Comedy is dominant content of Cinema ticket sales. Beside, Fantasy and Comedy has significant growth.However,the lowest ratio of film released and ticket sales belongs to Romance.

In 1996,the Drama's percentage of film released account for 25%, Comedy has 20%, Fantasy has 11% and Romance has 5%.However, its rate of ticket sales just account for 15%, Comedy

5_ Overall, as can be seen, the number of car in Argentina and Thailand increase over 3 years, meanwhile, the lowest car produced belongs to Australia

4_Overall, as can be seen, G~~ermany has the highest change in percentage of population aged 65 from 1988 to 2030, meanwhile, the lowest change belongs to UK.~~ Viết lại

Viết lại: Overall, as can be seen,in 3 years, the percentage of population aged 65 in all 3 countries increase, among of them, Germany has the highest rate, meanwhile, the lowest ratio belongs to UK

3_Overall, ~~as can be seen, from 1985 to 2005,women's clothes were spent on the most by Americans, meanwhile, Spending on boy's clothes were the lowest~~- Viết lại

Viết lại: Overall, as can be seen, Americans spend lots of money on women's clothes,meanwhile,spending on boy's clothes is lower.

1_ Overall, as can be seen, the percentage of forest in Africa is the highest, meanwhile, the percentage of timber in Africa is the lowest Good

Overall, as can be seen, percentage change of motorcycles is the highest, mean while, the lowest of percentage change belongs to heavy truck.

Good

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (6/12/2025)

2025-12-06 12:05:05 UTC

• Two graphs illustrate the number of train passengers and the percentage of trains running on time in a particular country over the ten-year period from 2000 to 2009.

• Overall, it is clear that while train passenger numbers show a general upward trend despite some fluctuations, punctuality performance is more volatile. Notably, train punctuality rates ended the period successfully, reaching and exceeding targets, while passenger number also ended at a higher level than at the start.

•Looking at the first chart, the number of train passengers started at around 40 billion in 2000. It then of around 45 billion in 2002 before experiencing a decline to below 40 billion in 2003.The next period of growth saw the number climb to a peak of almost 50 billion in 2005.

Nguyễn Phương An 6/12/2025

2025-12-06 12:07:48 UTC

The number of train passengers and the percentage of trains that ran on time in a particular country over a ten-year period from 2000 to 2009 are illustrated at the two line graphs below.

Overall, between 2000 and 2009, the number of train passengers changes several times but generally increases. Similarly, the rate of trains running on time compared with the target also shows an unstable trend.

From 2000 to 2002, passenger numbers gradually increased, from around 38 billion to over 43 billion. Then there was a decline in 2003. But in the following years, the number began to recover and even reached nearly 50 billion in 2005. However, the number was unstable, continuing to decrease in 2008 and it increased i~~ncreasing~~ again in 2009, reaching 48 billion people.

Regarding the punctuality rate of trains, it increased from 92% in 2000 to 96% in 2004. However, it dropped sharply to 92% in 2006. After that, it improved significantly and reached around 97% in 2008 and 2009.

In conclusion....

Good

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-12-06 12:10:49 UTC

The quantity of train passengers between 2000 and 2009 is reviewed in the first graph. The rate of trains running punctuality and target in the period is compared in the second graph above.

Overall,as can be seen, from 2000 to 2009, there is a fluctuation in the number of train passengers but its trend increases , similarly, the ratio of train running on time with the target has volatile trend.

In the first graph, train passengers took 42 billions in 2002, but it decreased slightly to 38 billions in 2003. Secondly, during the next 2 years, the number of train passengers rose steadily from 38 to 49 billions. Thirdly, the quantity of train passengers fell to 40 billions and it went up to 45 billions in 2008 and 2009, respectively.

In the second graph, the percent of trains running on time grew impressively between 92% to 96% in 2000 and 2004, however, it declined sharply to 92% in 2006. Subsequently, the punctuality of trains rebounded rapidly to 97% in 2008 and it kept stay the same in 2009.

Inconclusion, both 2 graphs have increasing trend in the number of train passengers and the proportion of trains running on time with the target.

Great

Đức Dũng - 6/12

2025-12-06 12:11:26 UTC

The number of train users from 200 to 2009 is reported in the first graph, meanwhile, the next one compares the ratio of train in punctuality to the desired target during the same time period.

Overall, the first graph ~~showed~~ an uptrend throughout the years despite having fluctuations, similarly, the second graph also impressively ~~maintained~~ an increase despite having a more volatile trend.

As can be seen, the number of train passengers increased slowly in the first 2 years, i~~ncreasing by~~ it rose to 5 billion people from 2000 to 2002, subsequently, that number took a dip in the next year in 2003, dropping to its original number in 2000. .....data

The graph reported a steady rebound, ~~reaching~~ ......almost 50 billion passengers in ~~the next 2 years in~~ 2005, exceeding its past peak of about 42 billion people in 2002, but in the incoming 3 years, the number fell slowly to just about 40 billion users in 2008.

The graph showed a jump of 4 billion people in the last year.

As shown in the second graph above, the percentage of trains that ran on time compared to the desired goal ascended slowly over 4 years, rising from 92% to 96% from 2000 to 2004, on the other side, the ratio took a steep dip, returning back to 92% in 2006.

From 2006 to 2008, the graph reported an impressive 5% gain from 92% to 97% at its peak in 2008, for the last year, it stabilized at 97%.

To summarize, both graphs showed an increasing trend despite volatile fluctuations.

Lê Khánh Huyền Trang 6/12

2025-12-06 12:11:28 UTC

The two line graphs illustrate the number of train passengers between 2000 and 2009, and the punctuality rate of trains compares with the target over the same period.

Overall, the volume of rail users experiences noticeable fluctuations throughout the decade, while the proportion of trains running timeously is able to maintain a general upward trend despite periodic instability. In spite of these variations, both indicators ended the period higher than their starting points.- shorten

Beginning with passenger numbers, figures started at around 38 billion in 2000 and climbed gradually to approximately 42 billion in 2002. This was followed by a slight dip in 2003 before a subsequent recovery that pushed the figure to over 47 billion by 2005, exceeding all previous levels. After another minor decline in 2006 and 2007, the quantity of passengers rebounded in the final two years, finishing impressively at roughly 48 billion in 2009.

In terms of punctuality, the ratio of trains arriving on the dot rose steadily from 92% in 2000 to 96% in 2004. However, this performance proved highly volatile, as the rate dropped sharply to below 92% in 2006. A modest improvement occurred in the subsequent year, and by 2009 the punctuality rate once again went up dramatically, going beyond the target line and reaching nearly 97%.

Conclusion.......

Great

Khánh Linh 6/12/2025

2025-12-06 12:11:49 UTC

The quantity of train passengers between 2000 and 2009 is illustrated in the first graph. The rate of trains running on time compared with the target is revealed in the second line graph above.

Overall, as can be seen that the number of train passengers from 2000 to 2009 is tended of fluctuations, as well as, the second graph shows the ratio of punctuality trains in the rank.

Firstly, the quantity of train passengers in 2000 took 39 billions, but it increased steadily to 45 billions in 2002. Then, it dipped at 35 billions in 2003, however, in 2005, it rebounded at 50 billions. In contrast, the number of train passengers dropped at 40 billions in 2008, in next years, it continued to nearby 50 billions.

In The second line graph, which presented for the percentage of trains running on time and target in the period. From 2000 to 2004, it developed impressively between 92% and 96%. Subsequently, this rate decreased rapidly to 92% in 2006, but from 2006 to 2008, it rosed gradually at 92%, 93% and 97%, respectively. Finally, it maintained at 97% in 2009, which exceeded of rate type compared with standard line.

In conclusion, not only the first graph but also the second graph, they have trended upwards in years later.

Great !

Vương 6/12

2025-12-06 12:12:21 UTC

The quantity of passengers traveling by train between 2000 and 2009 is illustrated in the first graph below and the ratio of punctual trains running and target in the period ~~are~~ compared in the second.

Overview, as can be seen, the number of train passengers during this period as well as the rate of trains running on time fluctuates unsteadily.

In details, from 2000 to 2002, the number of passengers increased from about 37 billion to 43 billion people, and the percentage of trains running on time raised impressively from 92% in 2000 to 95% in 2002, however, this rate was still lower than the begining target. Turning into period from 2002 to 2003, the number of passengers decreased slightly back to 37 billion people, meanwhile the rate of punctual trains running still continued to grow and it reached to 96% in 2004, so that it was higher than the objective. With the period between 2003 and 2005, the number of passengers went up to 48 billion people, but the rate dropped deeply and it hit bottom at 92% in 2006 and it was much worse than 95% - the set aim. With the period from 2005 to 2008 the number of passengers declined slightly to 40 billion people, but the ratio rebounded to 93% in 2007 and it exceeded 97% in 2008, so it came back the point that was better than the goal. From 2008 to 2009, the number of passengers increased slightly to 44 billion people, and the percentage of trains running on time remained steadily at 97% in 2009.

To sum up, both the number of passengers traveling by train and the ratio of punctual trains running have volatile trend.

Great !

KHuyền6/12

2025-12-06 12:12:41 UTC

•The Ratio of trains running on time and on target in the graph below and the quantity of passengers in the graph above from 2000 to 2009 is presented in the following 2 graph.

•As can be seen, the population numbers in chart 1 are revealed to be fluctuating but also increasing sightly. Besides, the graph 2 reviews the percentage of on-time and on-destination trains volatiling and showing an increasing trend.

• As can be seen in the chart, in the graph above, the numbers growth slightly about 42 billions from 2000 to 2002 and dipped (around 2003) , rebounded in 2004 and maintained about 45billions from 2005 to 2009. Subsequent, in the graph below, The rate of trains arriving on time and on time rose sharply from 92% to 96% in 2000-2004. It then dropped to around 92% in 2006, rebounded in mid-2007, and rose to 97% in 2008, where it has remained since 2009.

•Both charts above show volatile fluctuations from 2000 to 20009

Good

Mạnh Tiến 6/12/2025

2025-12-06 12:13:21 UTC

The line graph illustrates the quantity of train passengers between 2000 and 2009, the second compares the ratio of trains running on time and target in the time frame.

Overall , we can see that the number of train passengers fluctuate, similar to the ratio of trains running on time show large fluctuations and generally remained below the target line.

In detail , in 2000 the number of train passengers started at 37 billion , but it inceased 42 billion after two years and it was dip 39 billion in 2003 and rebound to about 44 million by 2004. From 2005 to 2009 , the number of train passengers remained impressively stable at around 49 and 47 , respectively.

Turning to the ratio of train running on time compared with the target. It started at 92% in 2000, well below the target, but it rose significantly to 2004 ,which took 96% , after it started decreased 92% in 2006 and it continued rise 98% in 2008 and it ~~remain~~ unchange untill 2009.

In conclusion, the number of train passengers generally increased over the period, whereas train punctuality experienced significant fluctuations and stayed below the target most of the time.

Good

hoàng 6/12

2025-12-06 12:14:09 UTC

• The first graph illustrates the quantity of train passengers between 2000 and 2009 , the second graph show the rate of trains running on the time and target in the period .

• Overall , both figures show clear fluctuation throughout the period . The number of passengers is quite volatile , and the percentage of trains running on time sometimes falls below the target and sometimes rises exceeding it .

• In the first graph , the number of passenger began at about 38 million in 2000 and increase to 42 million by 2002 . This was followed by a small dip in 2003 . In the subsequent years , the figures climbed to a peak of nearly 48 million in 2005 before falling again to around 38 million in 2007 . After this drop , the number managed to rebound slightly and reached about 45 million in 2009 .

• The second graph shows that by train punctuality started at 92% below the 95% target . Then exceeding the standard between 2003 and 2005 . However , punctuality experienced a sharp dip to 92% in 2006 . In the following years, the rate improved impressively , reaching about 97% in 2008 and managing to maintain this high level in 2009 .

• In conclusion , both figures show many ups and downs instead of a clear trend .

Ng Hà Phương 6-12-25

2025-12-06 12:20:28 UTC

The quantity of train passengers between 2000 and 2009 and the rate of trains running on time compared with target in the period are illustrated in these graphs below.

Overall, as can be seen, in the first graph that the number of train passengers from 2000 to 2009 fluctuated gradually and there ~~was~~ a slight rise. Similarly, the ratio of trains running on time compared with the target also ~~developed~~ steadily in the period.

In detail, in 2000, the quantity of train users stood at 38 billion, and after 2 years this number grew slightly to 42 billion . In 2003, 38 billions ~~was~~ accounted for the number of train passengers which also presented the lowest position in the period. The period from 2003 to 2009 saw a volatile increase in the quantity of train passengers.

Next to the second graph, in 2000, 92% was placed for the rate of trains running on time that lower 3% than its target, mean while, there was a continuous growth between 2000 and 2004, and the highest placed showed 96% in 2004 which was higher 1 % than target. By contrast, from 2004 to 2006, saw a significant dip in the rate of trains running punctual, mean while, from 2006 to 2008, the ratio of trains running on time climbed dramatically between 92% and 97%. After that this percentage kept stay the same steadily around 97% in 2009.

In conclusion, there were a gradually improve in both the number of train passengers and the rate of trains running on time in the period.

Good

Gia Linh-6.12.25

2025-12-06 12:20:59 UTC

•The ratio of train passengers at 10 different points of time is mentioned in the first graph, and in the second graph where is the comparison between quantity of trains running on time and target in the period.

• In general, in the first diagram, the quantity of train passengers from 2000 to 2009 as well as the percentage of trains running on time compared with the target, both of them are also volatile rapidly but they tend to increase each year

• Looking at the first section, in the triple year from 2000 to 2002, the rate of passengers who traveled by train grew from 39 billion to 42 billion people. Additionally, in 2003, 2004 and 2005, it reached nearly 50 billion people used train to travel everywhere, this is an awesome number after 2 years only. Meanwhile, during the period spanning 2006 to 2008, it ~~means~~ meant 3 years later, the ratio of train passengers dropped significantly from 50 billion people to 40 billion ones but in 2009, that ratio went up to 45 billion again.

• Turning to the second graph ones.The quantity of trains running on time climbed slowly from 92% to 95% though 2000 to 2002, then gained at 96% in 2003, so after only 3 years, the percentage exceeded the target was proposed. Unfortunately, throughout the 2004 to 2006, the rate of trains punctuality declined dramatically 91% subsequently, this is much lower than the target which was expected to 95% before. However,that percentage was rebounded impressively with accounted a peak of 97% over the following 3 years.

• In short , the fluctuations change considerably between the number of train passengers and the ratio of punctuality trains over the period of 10 years

Great !

Thùy Linh 6/12

2025-12-06 12:21:51 UTC

The quantity of train passengers between 2000 and 2009 is illustrated in the first graph and the rate of trains running on time compared to the target in the same time is described in the second graph.

Overall, as can be seen, the number of train passengers has volatile growth and similarly, the percentage of punctual trains also increase fluctuatingly.

In details, the number of people who used trains in 2000 took 37 billion and this quantity increased to 43 billion in 2002, but it decreased to 37 billion in the next year. After 2 years ( in 2005) the quantity of trains passengers stood at 49 billion , meanwhile, from 2005 to 2008 this number decreased gradually and in 2008 it was placed at 40 billion. And in 2009 the quantity of people who ~~use~~ traveled by train rebounded with 44 billion people.

Next, the percentage of trains running on time compared with the target in 2000 accounted for 92% ( lower than the target 3%); it increased gradually to 95% in 2002 and this rate continued to rise slightly to 96% after 2 years. Meanwhile, the ratio of punctual trains had a dip after 2 years ( with 92% in 2006). In 2007, it stood at 93% and this ratio increased impressively in 1 year with 97% ( exceeding the target 2%) and it maintained 97% to 2009.

In conclusion.....

Good

Hà My 6/12

2025-12-06 12:28:49 UTC

The quantity of train passengers between 2000 and 2009 is expressed in the first graph, the ratio of trains running on time and target in the period is compared in the second.

Overall, as can be seen, the number of train passengers from 2000 to 2009 fluctuates and increases, in the same way, the rate of train running punctuality compared is volatile and rising.

In detail, the quantity of train passengers in 2000 took 37 billion, this number increased to 42 billion in 2002. From 2002 to 2003, the number of people who ~~use~~ trains decreased from 42 billion to 37 billion. The quantity of train passengers between 2003 and 2005 increased to 49 billion. From 2005 to 2008, the number of people who ~~use~~ traveled by trains decreased from 49 billion to 40 billion. In 2009, this number took 43 billion.

The percentage of trains running on time in 2000 stood at 92%, 4 years later, in 2004, the ratio was 96%. From 2004 to 2006, the rate of trains running on time decreased 96% to 92%. Between 2006 to 2009, the percentage of trains running on time rebouned and incressed 92% to 97%.

In conclusion........

Good

Hải An 6/3/2026

2025-12-06 13:57:28 UTC

The plans above report structure of a university's sport centre now,and how it will look after improvement .

Overall , as it can be seen , the university sports centre is set to undergo extensive modernization , meanwhile , the

main facilities in the current layout will remain , new be added to enhance functionality and provide greater convenience .

At present , the university sport centre in the current layout , there is an outdoor court in the top-left corner , whereas in the future it will be replaced by a leisure pool . In the top centre , the gym is relatively small , but in the future plan it will be expanded to a double size . On the top-right side , the existing outdoor court will be replaced by a sports hall and two dance studios . In the centre of the building , the 25-pool will remain unchanged . To the west of the pool there is a changing room , and a sports shop will be added nearby in the future . At the bottom of the building , the reception will stay at the entrance will remain unchanged , and a cafe as well as another changing room will be built in the future .

In conclusion , the plan will transform the sports centre into a more modern and convenient facility with additional sports and leisure areas .

Task 1: Good

The pie charts illustrate how the world’s forests and global timber production are distributed across five major regions.

Overall, as can be seen, Africa accounts for the largest shares of the world’s forests, meanwhile , Nouth America produces the most timber.

Task2: Viết lại overall

The two charts show the distribution of household size in the UK in 1981 and 2001, measured by the number of people living in each family .

Overall, as can be seen , by 2001, the UK ~~had~~ a larger proportion of small households than in 1981, meanwhile, the proportion of large households, particularly those of five or six people, ~~fell over the same period.~~

Task 3: Good

The bar chart illustrates the average annual spending on clothing per person in the United States in four groups —boys’, girls’, men’s, and women’s clothes—in the years 1985, 1995, and 2005.

Overall, as can be seen , spending on all types of clothing increased from 1985 to 2005, meanwhile , with women's clothing consistently spending the most, and boys' and girls' clothing spending the least.

Task 4: xem lại overall

The table provides information and future predictions about the percentage of people aged 65 and over in Canada, Germany, and the UK in the years 1988, 2000, and 2030.

Overall, as can be seen , the percentage of people aged 65 and over increased in all three countries between 1988 and 2030, with Germany having the highest rate , meanwhile, UK ~~remained~~ the country with the lowest proportion throughout this period.

Task 5:

Overall, as can be seen , Thailand was the largest car producer in all three years , Argentina’s car production went up, meanwhile , Australia’s production went down over the period.

Viết lại overall task 2:

Overall, as can be seen , smaller households became more common, meanwhile , larger households decreased from 1981 to 2001.

Trà My 9/12/2025

2025-12-09 08:26:16 UTC

Task 1.: xem lại mở bài

The world' forest rate in five different areas is given ~~figures by the graph~~ in the graph above

Overall, as can be seen, the rate of world' forest in 5 different places and the ratio of wood produced in each section are not balance

Task 2.: Viết lại overall

The population per household in the UK between 1981 and 2001 is illustrated by in the table above

Overall, as can be seen, ~~the citizens per household in 2001 have a change compare to itself in 1981~~

Task 3.: Viết lại mở bài

Every ~~mean~~ expenditure on clothes per person in the UK ...., in ~~3 years~~ 1985, 1995, 2005 is described by in this diagram

Overall, as can be seen, the spending on Women's clothes ~~have~~ the highest ratio, mean while, the lowest percent belongs to Boy's clothes

Task 4: viết lại

~~The graph below illustratre the facts and forecast concerning the alter in ratio of citizens older person after 65 years old in three regions~~

Overall, as can be seen, ~~Germany consistently holds the highest proportion, mean while, the lowest figures belongs to Uk~~

VIẾT LẠI BÀI

Task 1:

Two charts describe the proportion of forest area in the world and the timber production in five different regions.

Overall, as can be seen, the rate of world' forest in 5 differents places and the ratio of wood produced in each section are not balance

Task 2:

The population per household in the UK between 1981 and 2001 is illustrated in the table above

Overall, as can be seen,the number of small households increase, mean while, larger households less common over the 20- year period

Task 3:

Every expenditure on clothes per person in the UK at three different point of time in 1985,1995 and 2005 is compared in this diagram

Overall, as can be seen, spending on all types of clothing increased between 1985 and 2005, mean while, with women's clothing consistently spending the most, and boy's and girl's clothing spending the least

Task 4:

The table provides information and future predections about the percentage of people aged 65 and over in Canada, Germany and the UK in the years 1988,2000 and 2030

Overall, as can be seen,the percentage of people aged 65 and over increased in all three countries between 1988 and 2030, with Germany having the highest rate, mean while , UK the country with the lowest proportion throught this period

Task 5:

Overall, as can be seen, the number of car at three different point of time in 2003,2006 and 2009 are not balance. In that case, the number of vehicles at Argentina is showing a postive upward trend, mean while, the quantity of cars that tend to decrease belongs to Australia.

Hoàng Duy 26/12

2025-12-10 14:55:11 UTC

Task 5:

Overall, as can be seen, the quantity of cars in three country above at three different points of time 2003, 2006 and 2006, which have changes. Argentina and Thailand

Task 1:

The rate of world forest in five different places is expressed in the first circular diagrams, and the ratio of wood produced in each area is desecribed in the second one.

Overall, as can be seen, on one hands,the rate of forest in Africa is the largest, meanwhile, the ratio of Asia is the smallest, on the other hands, North America has the highest proportion of timber, while Africa has the lowest one.- Viết lại

Task 2: xem lại từ thay thế

The average number of people in a family in UK between 1981 and 2001 is compared in two illustrations.

Overall, as can be seen, the quantity of members in a home in 2001 is larger compared to the number in 1981.

Task 3: viết lại overall

The information about yearly average spending on clothes per person in the US, at three different points of time, in 1985, 1995 and 2005, is given out in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, the spending on women's clothes in 3 years is the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest lowest place is belongs to boy's clothes.

Task 4: viết lại overall

The information and forecasts about shifts in the proportion of people aged 65 and over in three countries are presented in the table above.

Overall, as can be seen, the rate of citizens, who are at the age of 65 or over in three countries all increased, but Germany has the highest rate of prediction for the future.

Thuỳ Duyên

2025-12-11 04:07:02 UTC

Task 5

Overall, Thailand is the largest car producer throughout the period, peaks in 2006 and then declines slightly in 2009, mean while , Argentina shows a steady increase in production. In contrast, Australia’s car output decreases continuously over the years shown.

Task1:

Two pie charts compare the proportion of forest area in the world and the proportion of timber production in five different regions.

Overall, as can be seen, Africa has the largest forest area in the world, mean while, the largest timber-producing region belongs to North America. - Good

Task2:

The stacked bar chart shows the distribution of the number of people per household in the UK in 1981 and 2001 .

Overall , the number of small households increased , mean while, larger households ~~became~~ less common over the 20-year period. Good

Task3:

The Bar chart ~~comparing~~ average spending on clothing per person in the United States at three diferent points of time, in 1985 , 1995 , and 2005 .

Overall, spending increases across all groups over time, and women’s clothing accounts for the highest consumption.

Task4:

This table presents changes in the proportion of the population aged 65 and over in Canada , Germany , and the United Kingdom from 1988 to 2000 and and projections for 2030

Overall , all three countries have an increasing trend , among them ,Germany has the highest rate.

Phạm Huy 15/12

2025-12-15 11:11:51 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the percentage of people between 16 and 24 takes the highest rate of people who attended music concerts. On the other hand, the percentage of people from 75 years old to higher is the lowest.

Well done

Overall, as can be seen, women's clothes take the highest rate of spending, Mean while, boy's clothes take the lowest rate of spending.

Good

The age of women in ~~the region of~~ Australia when they give birth to their first child at three different points of time is ~~showed~~ shown in the chart below.

well done

It is said that face to face communication is more effective than written interaction. persuative

The table below illustrates the quantity of vehicles registered in Australia in 2010,2012,2014

Công Khanh 15/12

2025-12-15 11:16:33 UTC

Overall, as can be seen, the 16-25-year-old age group usually attends the most. By contrast, people who are more than 75 years old attend the least.

well done

Overall, as can be seen, the amount of money spent on women's clothes is the highest. By contrast, boys' clothes take up the least amount of money per person.

Good

-The time when women in Australia give birth to their first child at three different points of time (1966, 1986, and 2006) is illustrated in the chart below.

Good

Some people argued that communicating verbally has more impact than written ~~text.~~ language

The number of means of transport registered in Australia in 2010, 2012, and 2014 is reported in the table above.

The quantity of.......at three different points of time (2010, 2012, 2014)

LONG 25/12/2025

2025-12-25 13:56:29 UTC

In many parts of the world, an increased promotion trends of the population is buying imported products instead of domestic sources food., xác định luận điểm

Overall, as can be seen, there are many reasons that come to this actions in many humans on earth, normally they always think the foreign product have a higher quality to the fact that it ~~have~~ uses a high tech chains to keep nutrition in the food, for example, some imported products have a higher calcium and vitamins than the local foods, moreover, they have a diversity in categories too such as sprite or coke also normally they choose this type of product more cause its have a good looking appearance. A recent survey show an increases of 46% of imported products expecially in develop country.

However, its also have a disadvantage, ~~such as~~ the higher tax that to pay plush the expensive from this each product.

For my opinion, I would rather choose the local food instead, part of the reason is because it way ~~more~~ cheeper than the foreign product and when we can promote our inner company and developments, moreover, we will also enhance our national pride also protecting domestic manufacturers and many others more. On a recent survey that get from many foreign they go to other countries, 70% of them would choose the local food

The best way to motivate the consumers to choose the local food is that we have to control tightly all producing process and quality from each product also reduce the tax for manufacturing about 6% as well as renew the appearance to attract the consumers more.

All in all, although imported food is increasingly popular due to its variety and perceived quality, encouraging local production and raising consumer awareness can help promote the consumption of domestic food.

Ok, xem lại câu

Mạnh Tiến 25/12

2025-12-25 14:00:28 UTC

In many countries, more people are buying food and products from overseas instead of local food. There are some reasons for this trend , actions....

One reason is that imported food is often seen as high quality. Many foreign food items are made by modern factories, so people think they are better for health. Another reason is the rich diversity in categories of imported food. Consumers can easily find many types of foreign items. In addition, overseas food usually has a beautiful appearance, which attracts buyers. Although these products are expensive, many people still choose them because they are in line with the preferences of national consumers.

To motivate people to choose local food, the government should take action. Supporting local food can help promoting inner economic development and protecting domestic manufacturers. Local food producers should also improve quality to enhance national pride. Moreover, lowering tax on local products can make them cheaper for consumers.

In conclusion, imported food is popular for its quality and appearance, but local food can be encouraged with proper support.

Good

Nguyễn Hà Phương 25-12-25

2025-12-25 14:16:59 UTC

It is believed that a rising proportion of the population is buying food from overseas instead of locally sourced products in many countries. These issues have been a trend in many parts of society; therefore, it's essential to take action together to motivate buyers to choose domestic food.

There are many reasons why people like using oversea food. Firstly, many people trust oversea food's high quality because they believed that it is produced by high tech chain, so it can keep nutrition in food, such as the Ca rate in some imported food is higher than its present in local food. Furthermore, foreign products have a wide of diversity in categories, for example some type of drink: coca, sprite, Pepsi, .... Moreover, its beautiful appearance can attract attention of everyone, so oversea food becomes more highlight and attractive. But foreign food has an expensive pride because it must be submitted tax. Next to local food, it is in line with the preferences of national consumers and promote inner economic development.

Secondly, so to solution issue, we should control tightly all the producing process and reduce tax for many manufacturers around 6%, furthermore, it should be renewed the appearance to attract the consumers.

In conclusion, both methods bring a lot of benefits to consumers.

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-12-25 14:20:14 UTC

In some parts of the world, a growing rate of residents is buying imported food instead of domestic food. In this essay, I will explain this trend and suggest actions to motivate buyers to choose local food.

There are many reasons why many people enjoy using foreign food. Firstly, oversea food often has high quality because it is produced by high tech chains which help to keep nutrition in food, for example, the canxi rate in some imported food is higher than it's percent in local food. Secondly, they are diversity in categories for people to choose, such as: spite, coca, snacks. Thirdly, international food also has beautiful appearances that attract costumers with various shapes and colors. However, this product is very expensive because of delivery taxes.

In my opinion, we need take actions to encourage citizens buying local products. They are in line with the preferences of national consumers. In addition, if people use domestic food, they will contribute to promote inner economic development of their nation. Thanks to that, the goverment can build a lot of buildings serving for residents. Moreover, the consumption of local food not only enhances national pride but also protects domestic manufactures like the population uses electric car produced by vinfast which is a famous brand of Viet Nam. Therefore, the goverment need control tightly all the producing process- quanlity food

Thiếu câu kl

Khánh Linh

2025-12-25 14:20:54 UTC

Many people believe that, a climbing rate of the citizens is consuming international food instead of domestically food. In this essay, I want to give out some reasons for this trend, and actions can be taken to encourage buyers to chosse local source.

Firstly, I would like to mention to explains bellow. The residents like buying products from overseas because of high quality. The some products here produced by high tech chains, therefore, they can keep nutrition in food, for instance, the canxi rate in some imported food is higher than it's percent in local food.

Moreover, when we comsume products from overseas, we can be selected diversity in categories. In only Japan, we can eliminate the same drink type, but they have rich sources such as coca-cola, spite,... Especially, They appear with many beautiful designs from bright colors, celebrity images printed on the packaging also contribute to attracting fans.

In my opinions, we should take actions to motivate buyers to choose domestic food. With locally sourced products that are line with the preferences of national consumers, perhaps people often say that Vietnamese people use Vietnamese products. In other words, this is a great way to promote inner economic development. For example, when local people use products of themselves, businesses can pay tax for government, thereby, government can build road, school, hospital,... to service for residents. Using domestic products helps enhancement national pride and protecting local manufactures avoid bankrupt. According to a survey, tax products in our nation decrease from 65% to 43% to suit with income of population. Through this trend, government should have some measure to control tightly all the producing process to can make many quanlity food for citizens. At the same time, they should reduce tax for manufactures to suit with population.

thiéu câu KL

Good

khoa 26/12

2025-12-26 10:50:57 UTC

Task 5:

Overall, as can be seen, Thailand was the largest car producer in all three years, peaking in 2006 before experiencing a slight decline in 2009. In contrast, Argentina showed a steady increase over the period, while Australia’s car production decreased consistently from 2003 to 2009.

Task 1: Good

The proportions of world forests in five different regions are illustrated in the first pie chart, while the second chart shows the distribution of timber in each area.

Overall, as can be seen, Africa has the largest share of forest area, whereas, Asia accounts for the smallest proportion. In contrast, North America possesses the highest percentage of timber resources, while Africa has the lowest.

Task 2: Viết lại

The two charts compare the average number of people per family in the UK in 1981 and 2001.

Overall, as can be seen, the data reveals a pronounced shift towards smaller household sizes in the UK over the two decades. One- and two-person households became increasingly prevalent, with two-person homes consistently accounting for the largest share. By contrast, larger households declined across all categories, most notably those with six occupants, indicating a long-term contraction in household size.

Overall, as can be seen, the average household size in the UK decreased from 1981 to 2001. Smaller households, especially those with one or two people, became more common, while larger households with four or more members showed a clear decline over the period.

Task 3: Viết lại overall

The charts present information about the average annual spending per person on clothing in the United States, at three different point of time, in 1985, 1995, and 2005.

Overall, as can be seen, the chart illustrates a clear upward trend in average annual spending on clothing per person across all categories in the US from 1985 to 2005. Women’s clothing consistently accounted for the highest expenditure in all three years, with a noticeable increase over time. Spending on men’s clothing showed a slight dip in 1995 but recovered by 2005. Meanwhile, expenditure on children’s clothing both boys and girls also rose steadily, although it remained significantly lower than adult categories throughout the period.

Overall, as can be seen, clothing expenditure per person in the US rose across all categories from 1985 to 2005. Adults consistently spent much more than children, with women’s clothing remaining the largest spending category throughout the period.

Task 4: Viết lại overall

The table provides information and projections regarding changes in the proportion of people aged 65 and over in three countries.

Overall, as can be seen, the table shows a steady increase in the percentage of the population aged 65 and above in all three countries Canada, Germany, and the UK over the period from 1988 to 2030. Germany consistently has the highest proportion of elderly people, followed by Canada, with the UK having the lowest percentage throughout the years. The projections for 2030 indicate that the elderly population will continue to grow in all countries, with Germany expected to reach 30%, Canada 26%, and the UK 20%. The rate of increase is most pronounced in Germany, while the UK shows the slowest growth in the aging population.

Overall, as can be seen, the proportion of people aged 65 and over increased in all three countries and is expected to continue rising by 2030. Germany had and will remain the highest figures, while the UK consistently recorded the lowest percentages.

hồng nhi 26/12

2025-12-26 13:21:32 UTC

How to recycle organic waste to produce compost is illustrated in the diagram below.

Overall, as can be seen, the production involves five stages, this process begins with preparation a plastic container, and usable compost in gardens is the final step.

In detail, I am going to describe the process step by step. First of all, a plastic container with a capacity of 2 cubic metres is prepared, in which several holes made on the sides to allow air to circulate. Next, waste materials are placed in each layer, including food at the bottom, followed by grass and then newspaper, each layer is measured about 15 centimetres. In the third stage, nitrogen is poured into the container, and hot water is added to create suitable conditions for decomposition. After that, the container is heated and leave it for six months. At the end of the process, after around six months, the waste is fully decomposed and used as fertiliser for gardens.

In conclusion, producting fertiliser is a closed and complex process.

3.0

Trần Đặng Anh Thư (26/12)

2025-12-26 14:12:28 UTC

The diagram below illustrates how organic waste is recycled to produce fertiliser.

Overall, as can you seen, the process of producing compost by recycling organic rubbish consists of five main stages. This process begins with preparation of a plastic container and using compost in the garden or on the field is final step

First of all, a plastic container with the capacity is about 2m3 is prepared. Some air holes are made on the side of this container to allow air to free. At the second step, people add many layers of organic ingredient. Food waste is placed in the bottom, followed by a layer of glass and then newspaper is put on the top, ~~with~~ each layer is measured about 15 centimetres. Following this, nitrogen is poured into the container, after which hot water only is added. After that, the container is boiled and left, during this stage, the organic waste gradually is mentetive over time. At the end of the process, after six months the waste is fully fermented and become compost, which can be used as fertiliser in the garden.

Conclusion, produce fertiliser is a closed and complicated process.

3.5

hà phương 26/12

2025-12-26 14:14:03 UTC

How to recycle organic waste to manufacture fertiliser is illustrated in the diagram below.

Overall, as can be seen, there are five steps to ~~making~~ fertiliser. ~~Beginning with the preparation of a plastic container and ending with the production of compost that can be used in gardens.~~

"Overall, as can be seen, there are five steps to make fertiliser. Beginning with the preparation of a plastic container and using compost in the garden is final step."

In details, I am going to describe the process step by step. The first stage is a plastic container 2m3 is prepared, there are some air holes on the sides of the plastic container to allow air to flow in and out. After that, the waste is put in container in players. Food waste is placed at the bottom, followed by grass and then newspaper. Each player is approximately 15cm. The next step is to pour hot water into the plastic container, then they add introgen. This helps to speed up the decomposition process. Next, the container is covered and heated and leaved it for six months. At the end of the process, after a period of around six months, the waste is turned into compost and used for gardens.

In conclusion, the process of producing fertiliser is a closed and complex process.

3.0

Trần Anh Thư 26/12

2025-12-26 14:15:58 UTC

The process of producing fertiliser from recycling organic waste is described in the diagram below.

Overall, as can be seen, producing compost by recycling organic rubbish includes five steps. The first step is preparing a plastic container, and using compost is stands at the final stage.

In details, i am going to reveal each step of the process. Initially, people use a container about 2m3, which consists of air holes, to so the air can go through the container. Subsequently, people put food waste in the bottom and then they continue laying grass on top of it. After that, they place a newspaper layer above food and grass layers. The distance of each layer is about 15cm. The following step is that workers pour hot water and add nitrogen into the container, which helps organic matters decompose faster. A part from that, there is an important note of this period is people only can pour hot water, they mustn't pour else water. After that, workers are going to heat the plastic jar and leave it about 6 months to be mentation. After 6 months, the fertiliser ~~will be~~ is completed and sold out, so consumers can use it for gardening.

In conclusion, producing compost is a process, which is very complicated and closed.

Good, 3.5

Nguyeen Thanh Tuan Anh 26/12/2025

2025-12-26 14:17:03 UTC

Compost production process from recycle organic waste is illustrated in the diagram below

Overall, there are five periods to make fertiliser. The first step is that prepare plastic container and some materials. At the end of the process, people use fertiliser on the field and garden.

In details, I am going to describe the process step by step. First of all, we need plastic container about 2m3, which include some air holes. The next stage is that people place food waste at the bottom of the container; after which, we throw grass on top of the food, both have the same height of 15cm, and then we lay newspaper above grass. At the third period, we pour water into the plastic container, a part from that, we also need to add nitrogen. Subsequently, we have to heat the mixture and leave it for six months to become fertiliser. Finally, we have compost after mentation process.

In conclusion, as can be seen, producing compost from recycle organic waste is a complex process

3.5/4

Thái Minh Nguyên 26/12/2025

2025-12-26 14:17:31 UTC

How to recycle organic waste to produce fertilizer is illustrated in the diagram below

Overall, as can be seen, there consists of five stages to produce organic compost. ~~the first step is that prepare plastic container with 2m³. At the end of the process, leaving that in 6 months to mentation process happen is final step~~

In details, I'm going to describe the process step by step. First, we prepare a plastic container, which have some air holes. At the second step, we need to add some food in the first stage and then we put grass in the second stage. In last layer, we lay newspaper. In that stage, we must note each layer distances 15cm. The next stage, we pour hot water and add nitrogen in plastic container. The following step is that heat that mixture. The last stage is to leave that in 6 months. After that, we can use organic comport, which was create in 5 stage, for garden.

In conclusion, producing fertilizer process is a isolated and complicated process

xem lại các cumgj từ chỉ thứ tự, luyện tập viết câu phức, từ lặp lại quá nhiều 2/4

Ngọc 26/12

2025-12-26 14:17:34 UTC

The diagram below expresses how compost is manufactured by recycle organic waste.

Overall, as can be seen, the process consists of five steps, it begins with setting up of a plastic container and the last step is use fertiliser in the garden.

In details, I am going to describe the process step by step. The first step is that prople prepare a plastic container, this capacity is about 2m3, in which there are has four air holes in order to allow air to flow in and out. After that, the waste is put to the container, with food is at the bottom, grass is in the middle and newspaper is on the top; each layer of waste should be 15cm high. At the third stage, nitrogen and water (only hot water) are added to the mix. Following this, plastic container is heated in hot scorching. Finally, the waste is kept heat for 6 months. In the plastic container, there is now organic fertiliser, it is ready to be used in the garden.

In conclusion, producing organic compost is a closed and complex process.

thao anh 26/12

2025-12-26 14:17:54 UTC

The diagram illustrates how fertiliser is produced by recycling organic waste.

Overall, the process comprises five main stages, from preparing the container to using the fertiliser.

In detail, the process is described step by step. The first step involves preparing a plastic container with a capacity of 2m3, which has air holes. In the next step, food waste is placed inside the container to a height of 15 cm, followed by a 15 cm layer of grass. After that, water (not hot water) and nitrogen are added. The mixture is then heated to a temperature of 100°C. At this point, the mixture is left for six months to decompose. In the final stage, the fertiliser is used on fields or gardens.

Producing fertiliser from organic waste is a closed and relatively complex process that requires time and care.

Good 3./4

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 26/12

2025-12-26 14:18:25 UTC

The process ~~illustrate~~ how to recycle organic waste to produce ~~fertilizer.~~ đổi câu

Overall, as can be seen, this process consists of five main steps in , beginning with preparing plastic container and using the organic fertilizer on the gardening is the final step.

In details, I am going to describe the process step by step. First of all, a plastic container with some air holes have capacity of 2m³and then daily organic waste is distributed into this container, before being covered up on with 15 centimeter thick layer of food and grass, and then newspaper respectively. Nitrogen and hot water are added to plastic container.

In the fourth stage, the container is sealed, heated and ~~keep~~ in 6 months. After 6 months, i~~n the plastic container have organic fertilizer,~~ and ready to using on the gardening.

In conclusion, producing organic fertilizer is a closed, meticulous and complex process.

Nguyễn Hoàng Long

2025-12-28 01:41:39 UTC

The proportion of users across different age groups on three apps: Twitter, Facebook and youtube was described in the pie charts above.

Overall, as can be seen, the age group from 18 to 34 takes the highest proportion of users, Meanwhile, the lowest percent belong to the oldest people.

The age group from 10 to 17 years old takes 9% on Twitter and it gains slight to 14% on Facebook and move forward 15% on Youtube. The 18 - 34 year old team fluctuates from 26% on Youtube to 29% on Facebook and peak on Twitter. The mid-age class (35-49) accounts for 29% on Youtube, Twitter and it represents to 30% on Facebook, Meanwhile, the older age group (50-64) has decreased by almost half. It occupies 18% on Twitter and reach slight to 19% on Facebook and stops at 20% on Youtube. The oldest people who use socia medi the least, it is specifically shown on the chart, it stands respectively at 4% on Twitter, 8% on Facebook and it rises to 10% on youtube.

In shorts, based on the analysis above, we see that the number of people using social media applications is highest in middle age and the lowest in the elderly.

Nguyễn Bá Đức

2025-12-28 01:44:01 UTC

The proportion of users across different age groups on three maps: Twitter, Facebook and youtube was illustrated in the pir charts above.

Overall, as can be seen, the age group from 18 to 34 makes up the highest proportion of users, meanwhile, the lowest percent belong to the oldest people

The age group from 10 to 17 years old takes 14% on Facebook and move forward 15% on youtube, after decreases 9% on Twitter. The 18 - 34 year old team reachs the highest, it increases from 26% on Youtube to 29% on Facebook and peak on Twitter. The mid-age class ( 35-49 ) stand at 29% on Youtube and Twitter, it accounts for 30% on Facebook, meanwhile, the older age group (50-64) has declined by almost half, it gains 18% on Twitter and increases respectively from 19% on Facebook to 20% on Youtube. The elderly are the ones who use it the least occupies 10% on Youtube, it reduces to 8% on Facebook and sudden full to 4% on Twitter.

In shorts, based on the analysis above, we see that the number of people using social media applications is highest from 10 to 17 years old and the lowest in the elderly

Phúc 28/12

2025-12-28 01:48:35 UTC

The pie charts illustrate how users of different age groups are distributed across three social media platforms: Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube.

Overall, as can be seen that, the age group from 10-17 years old has the highest percentage of social media users. Meanwhile the ratio of the oldest adults using the three apps is the lowest.

Starting with the 10-17 age group, the usage rates for YouTube and Facebook are similar, around 14-15% and drop quite sharply to 9%. On the other hands, the 18-34 years old team regulary use this 3 apps: 29% use Facebook , 26% use Youtube and increase rapidly to 40% use Twitter. Next ,the mid-age class (35-49) use social media quite frequently , the propotion of 3 apps users is currently stand at 29-30%. Meanwhile, 18-20% is the usage rate of Facebook, YouTube, and Twitter among the 50-64 age group. 19%,20% and 18% are the usage rate of Facebook, YouTube, and Twitter among the 50-64 age group, respectively.Finally,

the percentage of oldest people (64+) who have used Twitter take only 4% and rose to 8%-10% in the remaining two applications.

In short, Teenagers have the highest usage rate.

lam ha 28/12/2025

2025-12-28 01:48:47 UTC

The rate of users across different age teams on three apps: Facebook, Twitter and Youtube is described in the pie charts above.

Overall, as can be seen, the 18-34 year old team uses social media takes the highest, meanwhile, the lowest rate belongs to the oldest people in the rank.

Firstly, the age group from 10-17 years old takes 9% of using Twitter but they use Youtube and Facebook much more, at approximately 15% and 14%.

Looking at the second paragraph, the 18-34 age team uses Twitter the most, at 40%, while their use of Youtube and Facebook is higher, at around 26% and 29%.

Futhermore, the mid-age class (35-40) comprises 30% Facebook users and their use of YouTube and Twitter is the same, at 29% each.

Next, the older age group (50-64) uses Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube at about 18%, 19%, and 20%, respectively.

Finally, the oldest people use social media is the lowest, with 4% using Twitter, 10% using YouTube, and 8% using Facebook.

In shorts, based on the analysis above, we see that the number of people using social media applications is highest in middle age and the lowest in the elderly.

Linh 28/12

2025-12-28 01:51:52 UTC

-The percentage of users amonh different age groups on three apps: Facebook, YouTube and Twitter is described by the three pie charts

-Overall, Facebook has a more balanced distribution, while YouTube and especially Twitter are dominated by young adults aged 18–34.

-On Facebook, the mid-age class (35–49) makes up the largest share at 30%. The 18–34 year-old team stands at 29%, while the age group from 10–17 years old represents 14%. Older users aged 50–64 account for 19%, and the oldest people (65+) only comprise 8%. The 35–49 group is the point where Facebook seems to peak up.

-On YouTube, the age groups fluctuate from 10% to 29%, so the numbers are different but not too far apart. The 35–49 group reaches the highest point at 29%, becoming the biggest group on this platform. The 18–34 users stand at 26%, which is also a large proportion. Teenagers aged 10–17 gain 15%, showing a moderate level. People aged 50–64 occupy 20%, while the oldest people (65+) only start at 10%. Overall, some figures rise and others go down, but the changes are quite small.

-On Twitter, the age distribution fluctuates from 4% to 40%, which shows a big difference between groups. The 18–34 year-old team reaches 40%, becoming the largest group. The 35–49 users grow to 29%, while the 10–17 group only stands at 9%. Adults aged 50–64 develop to 18%, and the oldest people (65+) drop to 4%, the lowest number.

-In conclusion, the age groups on the three platforms show different patterns. Some figures rise, while others go down, depending on each platform.

Phương Vy 28/12

2025-12-28 01:52:00 UTC

The proportion of users among different age groups on three apps: Twitter, Facebook and YouTube are illustrated in the pie charts above.

Overall, as can be seen, the age group from 18 to 34 years old use social network take the highest percentage. Meanwhile, the lowest rate belongs to the oldest people (65+).

In details, the age group from 10 to 17 years old use Twitter very low take 9%. In contrast, they use Facebook and YouTube much more approximate 14% and 15%. The 18-34 years old team spend time on Twitter make up 40%, 29% on Facebook and decrease to 26% on YouTube. Besides, the mid-age class (35-49) use Facebook stand at 30% and they use Twitter and YouTube gain the same at 29%. Moreover, the older age group (50-64) use Twitter reach 18%, Facebook occupy 19% and YouTube represent 20%. The oldest people use Twitter, Facebook and YouTube respectively 4%, 8% and 10%.

In general, social media very useful in all age groups, most commonly among 18-34 years old and lowest at the oldest people (65+).

Hân 28/12

2025-12-28 01:52:19 UTC

The proportion of the user among different age groups on three apps: Twitter, Facebook and YouTube is decribed in the pie chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, the teenager group (18-34) that use social media takes the highest rate, meanwhiles, the lowest percent belongs to the oldest people (65+)

Look at the detail, we can see the age group from 10 to 17 years old make up the lowest use twitter but they use Facebook and YouTube much more approximate are 14% and 15%. Besides, the 18-34 year old team watch some informations in the internet they ofter use twitter so it stand at 40%, in contrasts they use YouTube reach 26% and Facebook increase 3% than YouTube. Moreover, the mid-age class (35-49) use much is Facebook gain 30%, meanwhiles, YouTube and Twitter have the same percent stand for 29%. After that, the older age group (50-64) use YouTube account for 20% but they use Twitter and Facebook decrease respectively are 18% and 19%. Finally, the oldest people use social media represent the lowest it fluctuate from 4% to 10% for 3 app: Twitter, Facebook and YouTube.

In conclusion, at the all age we can use find many informations on the internet

Phương Anh 28/12

phanhphanh2742009 — 2025-12-28 01:56:59 UTC

The dimension of users among different age crowd on three apps: Twitter, Facebook, and Youtube is described in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, the highest percentage of social media users is between the ages of 18 and 34, meawhiles, the lowest radio of social media users belongs to 65+.

The age group from 10-17 years old stand at the lowest level among the three types ( Facebook, Youtube and Twitter) of social media corresponding to 14%, 15%,9%.

The 18-34 year old team an incredible increase the percentage fluctuate 26% to 40%, Youtube take 26%, Facebook make up 29% and Twitter grow up 40% accounts for almost half.

The mid-age class ( 35-64) develop fluctuating between 29% and 30% with Facebook, YouTube and Twitter, this age group also saw a significant increase in percentage.

The oldest age group(50-64) rise at an average rate, 19% Facebook, 20% Youtube and 18% Twitter. Finally, the oldest people (65+)use social media the decline was the lowest among the three network platforms, 8% Facebook, 10% Youtube, 4% Twitter.

In conclusion , the use of social media is becoming increasingly popular especially among the middle-aged group from 35-49.

Hoàng Tuấn Phong 28/12

2025-12-28 02:00:16 UTC

Open:

The pie charts illustrate the proportions of users in different age groups on Twitter, Facebook and YouTube.

Overall: as can be seen the 18-34 year old team the highest rate of social media use, while the lowest rate belongs to the oldest people.

The age group from 18-34 is the most popular, especially on Twitter, where it accounts for 40%, significantly higher than Facebook 29% and YouTube 26%. later the middle-aged group 35-49 years old with the second highest rates of Facebook, YouTube, and Twitter usage, 30%, 29%, and 29% respectively. Next, the older age group 50-64 had a Facebook usage take 19%, YouTube stand at 20% and twitter represenr 18%. The 10-17 age group accounts for a small percentage 9% on Twitter but is more prevalent on YouTube and Facebook 15% and 14%, respectively. Finally, the oldest age group, approximately 65 years and older, is the least active user of social media, particularly twitter gain 4%.

Lê Huy Hoàng (28/12/2025):

2025-12-28 02:06:18 UTC

The percentage of handler among various age groups on three apps including: Twitter, Facebook and Youtube is described in the pie charts.

Overall, as can be seen, the 18-34 year old team reaches the highest proportion of using three apps. Meanwhile, the lowest percentage belongs to the oldest people over 65 years old.

The age group from 10-17 years old fluctuates from 9% to 15%, particularly 9% on Twitter, 14% on Facebook and 15% on Youtube. Secondly, the 18-34 year old team peaks at 40% on Twitter, then it not only gains 29% on Facebook, but also takes 26% on Youtube. Therefore, it is an active team that reaches the highest rate of using 3 apps. Thirdly, the mid-age class (35-49) makes up 30% on Facebook and especially it stands equally at 29% on both Twitter and Youtube. Besides, the rate of the older age group (50-64) increases respectively and specifically it occupies 18% on Twitter, 19% on Facebook and it also accounts for 20% on Youtube. Finally, the oldest people represents from 4% to 10% including: 4% on Twitter, 8% on Facebook and 10% on Youtube, so it can be seen as the lowest ratio of using 3 apps.

In conclusion, The rate of change in the use of the three apps varies across age groups, from young to old. This proportion tends to decrease significantly when the people get older.

Nguyễn Thành Hưng, 28/12/2025

2025-12-28 02:29:13 UTC

The pie charts reveal of users among different age class on three apps: Twitter, Facebook, YouTube is described the quantity of above.

Overall, as can be seen, the age group between 10 and 17 years old take the higher rate, meanwhile the lowest ratio of users media belongs to the age group 65+ year old .

The first group, this is age group from 10-17 years old, the proportion use app Twitter is lowest with take 9%, whereas they use apps Facebook and YouTube increases sharply respectively is make up 14% and 15%. The second group, the 18-34 year old team, they have the highest Twitter usage rate stand at 40%, and on Facebook and Youtobe this rate decrese steadily respectively is reach 29% and 26%. The next, the mid-age class(35-49), they on Twitter and YouTube use ratio is equal with gain 29%, in addition Facebook is used slightly more, at 30%. The next group, the older age group(50-64), the highest ratio of users social belong to app YouTube take 20%, besides they uses Facebook and Twitter go down slowly respectively is 18% and 19%. The final group, the oldest people .They rarely use their phones, so the percentage of people using YouTube, Facebook, and Twitter apps has dropped significantly fluctuate from 10%, 8% to 4%.

According to the report, the percentage of age groups worldwide using entertainment apps is increasing.

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (28/12/2025)

2025-12-28 03:42:15 UTC

•The three pie charts show the percentage of users across five different age groups on three major social media platforms: Twitter, Facebook, and YouTube.

Overall, the most prominent feature is that the age groups from 18 to 49 constitute the majority of users across all three platforms. Notably, Twitter appeals most strongly to the youngest adult group (18–34), whereas Facebook has the highest proportion of users in the oldest 50+.

on the adult population under 50, Twitter showed the highest of young users. Its largest user segment was the 18–34 group, accounting for 40%. This figure was significantly higher than the hold 29% recorded on Facebook and get to 26% on YouTube for the age group.

YouTube and Facebook were equally popular, with a ocuppy 15% and 14% respectively, compared to the make up 9% recorded on Twitter

Đức Dũng 28/12/25

2025-12-28 03:59:29 UTC

the ratio of members among a variety of age classes on 3 services: Twitter, Facebook and Youtube is reported in the pie charts above.

Overall, the largest user base of all 3 applications is from 18-34 years old, on the other side, the age group from 65 and above barely uses any of the 3 programs.

As can be seen, the age group from 10 to 17 years old account for 9% of twitter’s users, meanwhile, the percentage of kids between 10 to 17 that uses facebook and youtube stand at 14% and 15%, respectively.

As shown in the pie charts above, the 18-34 year old team hold over a quarter of youtube's customers at 26%, at the same time, it increased by 3% to 29% for facebook's side and peaked at 40% for twitter.

As seen in the pie charts above, the percentage of the middle aged class ( 35-49 ) is relatively consistent throughout all 3 platforms, from representing one third of facebook's users, while holding 29% for both youtube and twitter.

The older aged users who are from 50 to 64 get to 18% for twitter, while at the same time, making up 19% of all of facebook's customer and maximizing at 20% for youtube.

Lastly, the oldest people among the five take up only 4% of twitter, in contrast, fluctuating from 8% to 10% for facebook and youtube, respectively.

Overall, users between 18 and 34 take up the most on all 3 social media platforms while elderlies aged 65 and above does not seem tk use much online services.

Huyền Trang 28/12

2025-12-28 04:01:12 UTC

The provided charts give the information about the percentage of ultilizers among distinct age teams on three platforms: Twitter, Facebook and YouTube

Overall, the most noticeable features is that the 18-34 signify the biggest users accross 3 apps, by contrast, the smallest number of using social media platform belongs to the oldest people.

Looking to the details, on Facebook, the middle aged class dominates the list with 30%, followed closely by those who are from 18-34 at 29%. Moreover, the ratio of teenagers and older age using Facebook each represent 19% and 14% respectively, while users aged 65 and above comprise the smallest segment at 8%.

In addition, the quantity of 35–49 aged users stands at 29% of YouTube views, while the 18–34 age group comes in second , at 26%. Subsequently, the age group 65+ is the least represented at 10%, while the 10–17 and 50–64 age groups occupy for 20% and 15% of the total, respectively. The largest age group on Twitter belongs to 18–34 age group which accounts for 40%, followed by 35–49 (29%). The age groupings of 10–17 and 65+ make up 4% and 9%, respectively, in which the 50–64 age group makes up 18%.

Khánh Linh 28/12/2025

2025-12-28 04:02:39 UTC

The rate of users across various age groups on three apps: Twitter, Facebook and YouTube is illustrated in the pie charts above.

Overall, as can be seen that the age group between 18 and 34 years old is the highest place, meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to the over 65 year-old team in the rank.

Firstly, using social media of the age class from 10 to 17 years old takes 9% on Twitter, but on Facebook, it increases 14% and it continues to grow slightly up 15% on YouTube. In addition, the 18-34 year-old team maximizes at 40% on Twitter, in contrast, it decreases deeply to 29% on Facebook, and it also drops steadily to 26% on YouTube. Besides, the mid-age group (35-49) fluctuates from 29%, 30% to 29% on Twitter, Facebook and YouTube, respectively. Moreover, the older aged users who are between 50 and 64 years old get to 18% on Twitter, then it develops gradually to 19% on Facebook and finally it goes up 20% on YouTube.

Furthermore, as can be seen that the oldest people among of five minimize only 4% on Twitter, next it volatiles to 8% on Facebook and it climbs up 10% on YouTube.

Conclusion, the trend using social network at the different age groups have a changing impressively in mordern life today.

Vũ Hải Yến

2025-12-28 04:02:49 UTC

The ratio of people across various age teams on three apps: Twitter, Facebook, YouTube is reviewed in the pie charts above.

Overall, as can be seen, the age class of 18- 34 years old takes the highest position, meanwhile, the lowest position of three apps users belongs to 65+ years old people in the rank.

Firstly, the age group from 10 to 17 years old remains between 14% and 15% on Facebook and YouTube, but it decreases rapidly to 9% on Twitter. Secondly, the 18- 34 year- old team declines slightly from 29% to 26% on Facebook and YouTube, however, it peaks at 40% on Twitter. Thirdly, the Mid- age class (35-49) stands at 30% on Facebook and it keeps stay the same 29% on both YouTube and Twitter. Subsequently, the older age users who are between 50 and 64 years old fluctuate from 19%, 20% to 18% on Facebook, YouTube and Twitter, respectively. Finally, the oldest people hold 4% on Twitter, in contrast, it maintains 8% to 10% on Facebook and YouTube.

In conclusion, the percentage of people using social media from all age groups has significant fluctuations.

Huyền 28/12

2025-12-28 04:10:22 UTC

• The ratio of users among different age groups on the 3 apps: Twitter, Facebook and Youtube is described in the pie charts.

• Overall, as can be seen, the age group from 18 to 34 year old team take the highest proportion of using 3 apps, meanwhile, the lowest percentage belongs to the oldest people over 65 year old.

• This can be seen in the charts, firstly, the age group between 10 and 17 years old has a low usage rates across three apps, with the highest percent at 15% on YouTube, drops to 14% on Facebook, and minimize to 9% on Twitter. Secondly, the 18-34 year-old team has a highest usage level in the chart, with 29% of Facebook users being them, followes by 26% on YouTube and maximize 40% on Twitter. Thirdly, the mid age class (35-49) occupy 30% in Facebook , dips to 29% on Youtube and Twitter, respectively. Fourthly, the older aged who are from 50 to 64 years old stand at 18% on Twitter grow up 19% on Facebook and rise 20% in Youtube app. Lastly, the oldest people group reach to 10% in Youtube, minimize 4% on Twitter and climb up 8% on Facebook.

• In conclusion, the usage rates of apps Facebook, YouTube and Twitter tend to increase sightly in younger age groups and go down as we get older.

Thùy Linh 28/12

2025-12-28 04:15:51 UTC

The number of users across different age groups on 3 apps: Facebook, Twitter, YouTube is illustrated on the pie charts below.

Overall, as can be seen, the 18-34 year-old uses the most , meanwhile, people who use the least, are more than 65 years old.

In details, firstly, the age group from 10 to 17 years old makes up 14% on Facebook and it takes 15% on YouTube, while this ratio decreases to 9% on Twitter. Secondly, the 18-34 year-old team stands at 29% on Facebook and it maximizes to 40% on Twitter, but this only holds 26% on YouTube. Thirdly, the mid-age class ( 35-49 ) occupies 30% on Facebook, meanwhile, the rate of using Twitter and YouTube is the same ( get to 29% ). Next, the elder aged users, who are from 50 to 64 years old, account for 19% on Facebook but this percentage decreases 1% on Twitter and it reach to 20% on YouTube. Finally, the oldest people among of five fluctuate from 4%, 8% to 10% on Twitter, Facebook and YouTube, respectively.

In conclusion, with different age groups, the most of people use social platforms.

Mạnh Tiến 28/12

2025-12-28 04:16:22 UTC

The pie charts illustrate the ratio of users across different age team on three social media platforms Twitter, Facebook and Youtube.

Overall, as can be seen, the ratio people age group from 18 to 34 make up the largest proportion of users on all three platforms, meanwhile, the oldest people account for the smallest.

In detail , the age group from 10 to 17 years old takes 14% on Facebook and 15% on Youtube but it falls 9% at platforms Twitter. This follow by the 18-34 year-old team who stands at 29% and 26% on Facebook and Youtube but it gets to 40% on Twitter .

Turning to the Mid-age class (35-49) occupies about 29% on Facebook, Youtube and Twitter . By contrast the olders aged users who are from 50 to 64 years old fluctuate from 19%,20% and 18% on Facebook , Youtube and Twitter , respectively.

Finally the oldest people among of five hold only 8% on Facebook and 10% on Youtube , the lowest rate is 4% for Twitter

In conclusion, users aged 18–34 are the most common group on all three social media platforms, whereas the oldest age group account for the smallest proportion overall.

Ng Hà Phương 28-12-25

2025-12-28 04:17:36 UTC

The percentage of ~~people~~ across different age ~~class~~ on 3 apps including Twitter, Facebook, YouTube is illustrated in the pie charts below.

Overall, as can be seen, the age class from 35 to 49 makes up the highest position in using social networking, meanwhile, the lowest place belongs to the oldest people group in the rank.

In details, Firstly, the age team between 10 and 17 years old takes 15% and 14% on YouTube, Facebook respectively, meanwhile, this rate falls significantly to 9% on Twitter. Subsequently, the 18-34 year old ~~team~~ holds 26% on YouTube which stands at less 3% than its on Facebook, moreover, it maximizes 40% on Twitter. Thirdly, 29% is the same rate that presents for the mid age class(35-49) using YouTube and Twitter, and there is a slight growth to 30% on Facebook. Next, the older aged users, who are from 50 to 64 years old, account for 19% on Facebook, but this percentage develops 1% on Twitter and it gains 20% on YouTube. Finally, the oldest people among of five fluctuates from 4%, 8% ~~and~~ to 10% on Twitter, Facebook and YouTube, respectively.

In conclusion, with all ages, everyone gains many exciting benefits and experiences from social platforms and media.

3.75

Hà My 28/12

2025-12-28 04:19:31 UTC

The ratio of users across different age teams on three apps: Twitter, Facebook and Youtube is expected in the pie charts.

Overall, as can be seen, the 18-34 years old group uses social media who takes highest position in the rank, meanwhile, the lowest place belongs to the oldest people among 5 group.

In details, the age class from 10 to 17 years old gets to 15% and 14% on Youtube, Facebook respectively, meanwhile, this percentage fall down deeply to 9% on Twitter. Next, the 18-34 years old team makes up 26% on Youtube and increases to 29% on Facebook, moreover, this group maximizes 40% on Twitter. Besides, the mid-age class (35-49) stands at 30% on Facebook, meanwhile, the rate of using Twitter and Youtube is the same ( get to 29%). Subsequent, the older aged users, who are from 50 to 64 years old, account for 19% on Facebook but this rate reduces 1% on Twitter and it reaches to 20% on Youtube. Finally, the oldest people among 5 group fluctuates from 4%, 8% to 10% on Twitter, Facebook and Youtube, respectively.

In conclusion, with

Nguyễn Phương An 28/12

2025-12-28 04:19:42 UTC

The ratio of users across different age teams on three social media Twitter, Facebook and Youtube is illustrated at the pie charts below.

Overall, as can be seen, viewers aged 18–34 make up the largest proportion on all three platforms, particularly on Twitter. By contrast, the oldest age group (65+) accounts for the smallest access across social network.

Firstly, the youngest age group is from 10 to 17 years old stands at 15% on Facebook, similar to 14% on Youtube but it drecrease 9% at Twitter. Secondly, the 18-34 year-old team account for the largest share on all three social networking platforms. This age group represents 29% of Facebook users and 26% on YouTube; meanwhile, the number of Twitter users peaked at 40%. Next, the Mid-age class (35-49) fluctuate from 30%,29% and 29% individuals who are actively using Facebook, YouTube, and Twitter. Beside, the 50–64 age group represents a noticeable share on each platform. Specifically, this age range accounts for 17% of Facebook users, 20% on YouTube, and a slightly lower proportion of 19% on Twitter.

Gia Linhh 28.12.25

2025-12-28 04:29:42 UTC

•The number of users among different kind of age groups using the triple apps such as Twitter, Facebook and YouTube is demonstrated in the bar chart above.

• Generally, people at the age group from 18-34 spending time on social networks are the most in the rank, meanwhile another section has the lowest percentage belongs to the elderly over 65 years old

• It obvious that the first group from 10 to 17 years old which stands at 15% on YouTube and then it declines dramatically to 14% to 9% in both Facebook and Twitter, respectively. Following this , the age from 18-34 team whose figures maximizes on 40% on using Twitter network , this percent presents that people at a young age investing too much time on social media, as well as the others section as Facebook and YouTube which experience a crash of 26% and 29%. The Mid-age class (35-49) scrolling Twitter surges by 29%, but in Facebook where figures climbs up to 30% and Youtube, reaching its lowest point in 19%. The older aged users who are from 50 to 64 years old get to 15% on Facebook and the ratio whose percentage collasped 1% on Twitter, in contrast, the rate tends to develop faster to 20% at the Youtube place. The last group is the individuals aged over 65 rarely using social media, with online usage on YouTube accounts for approximately 25%, subsequently reduces to 14% on Facebook while remains stable to 9% on Twitter thereafter.

• In short, all kind of age groups

Vương

2025-12-28 04:31:30 UTC

The percentage of users belonging to different age groups across three apps Twitter, Facebook and YouTube is illustrated in the pie chart above.

Overview, as can be seen, the age group from 18 to 34 years old has the highest rate of using these social networks, meanwhile, the lowest position in the rank belongs to the people who are over 65 years old.

In details, the age group from 10 to 17 years old accounts for 14% of Facebook users, and nearly 15% on YouTube, but Twitter seems quite unfamiliar to this age group, with only 9% of users being between 10 and 17. Moving on to the second age group, the 18-34 year-old team is very active on social media, their rate stands at 29% on Facebook and it drops to 26% on YouTube, but this age group maximizes at 40% of Twitter users. The middle-aged class (35-49) occupies 29% both on Twitter and YouTube, and it increases slightly to 30% on Facebook. The older aged users who are from 50 to 64 years old fluctuate from 18%, 19% to 20% on Twitter, Facebook and YouTube, respectively. The last one - the oldest people among of five hold only 10% on YouTube, but the ratio declines to 8% on Facebook and it minimize at 4% on Twitter. In summary, the majority of users of these social media platforms are young and middle-aged people, while the others use them less.

Long 29/12/2025

2025-12-29 11:12:44 UTC

The age users group from different country across the world, using three apps Facebook, twitter and YouTube are shows as the percentage in the pie charts below

Overall as can be seen, the age between 18-34 stand at the highest in all five cause they known as the digital native users while the users who are in the elders age (65+) take the lowest cause the low proportion of it.

Looking at the pie chart, we can see the percentage of the Facebook users who age from 18-34 accounts at 25%, by contrast it decline down to 26% on YouTube and reach it peak ơn twitter around 40%. Compare to it is the middle age group ( 35-49 ) seems that got more interest on Facebook more when it make up about 30%, but YouTube and Twitter seems not there own cup of tea when it when down to 29% in both of charts. The team between 50 and 64 year old got 19% at Facebook and went up to 20% on YouTube, yet got kick down to 2% lower than the Facebook when it come to Twitter. At the younger age group, we can see that facebook and YouTube chart when it goes from 14% to 15% in both two group, respectively. By contrast it drop down to 9% in Twitter. The last age group is the elder age who over 65 year old take only 8% in Facebook, compare to YouTube when it’s got 10% but goes down dramatically to only 4%.

In summary, the majority users are the age group young age groups and the middle age group while the others seems to using less.

Công Khanh 29/12/2025

2025-12-29 12:27:10 UTC

The ratio of user groups across a variety of ages that use the three apps, Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube, is described in the charts above.

Overall, as can be seen, people who are between 18 and 34 years old used the three apps the most, meanwhile, the apps are used the least by the age group more than 65 years old.

Firstly, the age group from 10 to 17 years old makes up 14% of Facebook users and approximately 15% of YouTube users, but they only account for 9% of Twitter users. Next, the 18-34-year-old team is very active on Twitter, with ~~them occupying~~ 40%, but they only represent 29% on Facebook and 26% on YouTube. Moving on to the third age group, the middle-aged class (35-49) fluctuates around 29% to 30% across all three apps, ~~with them~~ taking 30% on Facebook and 29% on YouTube and Twitter. The older-aged users who are between 50 to 64 years old stand at 20% of all YouTube users, ~~while having~~ and there is a slight decrease to 19% and 18% on Facebook and Twitter, respectively. Finally, the oldest people among the five get to 4% on Twitter, ~~while increasing~~ but this team gains to 8% of Facebook users and reaches a maximum to 10% on YouTube.

In short, the rise of social media apps has drawn the attention of young people the most.

3/4

Huy 29/12/2025

2025-12-29 12:29:26 UTC

The percentage of users using three apps Facebook, Twitter, Youtube ~~are~~ shown in the pie charts below.

Overall, as can be seen, the age group between 10 and 17 years old has the highest rate of using these apps. Meanwhile, people who are over 65 years old own the lowest position.

According to these pie charts, the age group from 10 to 17 years old holds 14% on Facebook, it decreases to 9% on Twitter then maximizes 15% on Youtube. Next, the 18-34 years old team accounts for 29% on Facebook , and it grows up to 40% on Twitter, but by contrast, it goes down 26% on Yotube. Thirdly, the midle age class (35-49) fluctuactes from 29% to 30% on these social networks. Finally, the oldest people among of five takes 8% on Twitter, but it drops to 4% on Facebook, and then it climbs up 10% on Youtube.

In conclusion, all aged groups are using apps to meet the demand of communication and working on the society

3/4

Nguyễn Thành Hưng 29/12

2025-12-29 12:40:06 UTC

The pie charts reveal the ratio of users across different age group on 3 apps: Twitter, Facebook and YouTube is described in the charts above

Overall, as can be seen, the age group from 10 to 17 years old take the highist rate, meanwhile the lowest ratio of users media belongs to the age group 65+ year old.

The first group, this is age group from 10 to 17 years old take 9% on Twitter, they users social apps Facebook and YouTube increases sharply respectively is make up to 14% and 15% . The second group, the 18-34 year-old team users app Twitter stand at 40%, whereas they use on Facebook and Youtobe decrease rapidly take 29% and 26%. The next group, which is the midle-age class (35-49), they use apps on Twitter,YouTube and Facebook respectively fluctuate from 29% to 30%. The older age users who are between 50 and 64 years old gain 18% on Twitter, and go up slowly reach 19% and 20% of apps on Facebook and YouTube. The final group, they rarely use their phones, so the percentage of people using YouTube, Facebook, and Twitter apps has dropped significantly to 10%, 8%, and 4%, respectively.

According to the report, the percentage of age groups worldwide using entertainment apps is increasing.

Công Khanh 13/01/2026

2026-01-13 12:25:21 UTC

The ratio of films released and ticket sales in 1996 and 2006 in a region is compared in the two charts above.

Overall, as can be seen, sales in 1996 are lower than in 2006, and the rate of films released is higher than the rate of cinema ticket sales.

First, the drama films released in 1996 account for 25% of all films released, but they only take up 35%. Meanwhile, the rate of ticket sales between 1996 and 2006 remains roughly equal at approximately 15%. Next, when looking at the rate of films released, comedy films gain 20% in 1996, and comedy films represent 25% in 2006. The rate of cinema ticket sales remains the same in 1996, but it slightly decreases to below 25% in 2006. Moving on to the fantasy genre, the percentage of films in 1996 is below 15% and it makes up over 15% but less than 20% in 2006. As for the ticket sales, the ratio of both periods decreases considerably because it occupies less than 5% in 1996 and less than 10% in 2006. Finally, the ratio of romance films released in 1996 and 2006 ranked approximately equal at about 5%, while the percentage of ticket sales in 1996 is roughly 5%, but ticket sales in 2006 only stand at below 5%.

In conclusion, people produce more films than cinema ticket sales.

Huy 13/1/2026

2026-01-13 12:31:05 UTC

The total percentage of films released and the total percentage of ticket sales in 1996 and 2006 in a country is described in the graphs below.

Overall,as can be seen, Drama had the highest percentage of films released in 1996 and 2006.Meanwhile, Comedy owned the highest position of the percentage of Cinema ticket sales in 1996 and 2006.

According to these graphs, Drama took about 15% of ticket sales then the percentage of films released grown up to over 25% in 1996 and 35% in 2006.Next, with comedy, the percentage of ticket sales and films released remained in 20% in 1996, and it climbed up slightly (over 20%-25%) in 2006.The next kind of films, which is Fantasy, had strongly development of the percentage of ticket sale and films released. It rose from nearly 5% of ticket sales to across 10% of films released in 1996 and occupied over 15% of films released in 2006, which only gained about 5% in 1996. Finally, Romance accounted for the lowest position in the graphs. It fluctuated in about 5% of ticket sales and films released, and went up from nearly 5% to 5%.

In conclusion, the percentage of ticket sales often increases in comparison with the percentage of films released.

Trà My 23/01/2026

2026-01-23 12:28:21 UTC

The total rate of free movies and the total proportion of going to the cinema in 1996 and 2006 in the country was reported in the graphs below

Overall, as can be seen, the Drama have the highest total percentage of film released. Mean while, the lowest total ratio of cinema ticket sale belongs to Fantasy

According to these graphs,the first one is Drama films, in 1996, when it was sale, it occupied 15%, but it was released,it occupied 25%. In 2006, when it was sale ticket, the Drama films taken over 15% as son as 1996, but when it released, it have increasing trend from 15% to 35% compare itself in 1996. The second films is Comedy,in 1996 the rate of cinema ticket sale its invaded 20%,but in 2006 the rate enhanced 20-25%, the percentage of films released of Comedy occupied 20-25%. The next, we have Fantasy films, has a high growth rate. In 1996, the rate pf cinema ticket sale just occupied 5%, but it released that ratio has increased on 10%. In 2006 also rise from 10% to 15%. That is a beautiful ratio. Finally films is Romance, in 1996, the rate of cinema ticket sale settled 5% and when it was released it still occupied 5%, nothing has changed. Still in 2006, the rate has been improved from 3% to 5%- one percentage point is the lowest in the table.

From the article above, we can see that most films have an increase rate in two years 1996 and 2006.

Khoa 23/1

2026-01-23 12:31:58 UTC

The graphs compare the proportions of film production and cinema ticket revenue in a country in the years 1996 and 2006.

Overall, as can be seen, the Drama and Comedy were the most popular types of film in both charts, while Fantasy and Romance was the least popular. Free films were generally watched by more people then films with cinema ticket.

In terms of free movies, Drama was the most popular genre for two years and had the highest viewership. Comedy also had a fairly high viewership and attracted a considerable audience, ranking second overall. Conversely, romance had low figures, while genres like fantasy showed stable popularity. Most genres increased from 1996 to 2006.

Looking at films with ticket sales, Drama and Comedy again recorded the largest proportions, although their figures were lower than those for free films. Fantasy and Action represented a smaller share of viewers, while Romance remained the least preferred genre. Overall, the percentages for most categories rose over the period, but paid films consistently attracted fewer viewers than free ones.

Thuỳ Duyên 23/1

2026-01-23 12:32:02 UTC

The two bar charts compare the percentages of films released and cinema ticket sales for four film genres:Drama, Comedy, Fantasy and Romance in 1996 and 2000.

Overall, Drama and Comedy remain the most dominant genres in terms of both the percentage of Cinema ticket sale , mean while , Fantasy and Romance takes up much less proportion .In addition ,the percentages for all four film genres increase.However, The fewest tickets sold belongs to Romance.

The first,Drama was the most dominant genre in terms of film production in both 1996 and 2006. The proportion of drama films released rose significantly from about 25% to nearly 35% over the period. This showed that filmmakers increasingly focused on producing dramatic content. Besides , ticket sales for drama also increased slightly ,shows audience interest in the genres.

The second,Comedy ranked second in the percentage of films released in both years. Its production share increased from around 20% in 1996 to approximately 25% in 2000. Comedy generated the highest proportion of cinema ticket sales in both years. This shows the audience preference for the Comedy genre.

Fantasy films accounted for a relatively small proportion of film releases in 1996. However, their has increased significantly to about 20% by 2000. This shows that this genre is spreading.In 2000, this genre continued to decline. This reflected a decrease in the appeal of romance films.

Hoàng Duy

2026-01-23 12:32:14 UTC

The information about the ratio of free movies and the rate of go to the cinema between 1996 and 2000 in a country is showed in the graphs below

Overall, as can be seen, the Drama is the dominant genre in terms of the free movie meanwhile, the highest ticket revenue belong to the Comedy

The ratio of Drama leads in the films released, it increases from 28% in 1996 to 37% in 2000. But it ranks second in the cinema tickets sale, Nevertheless, it also stable at 18%

The proportion of Comedy has significant grow. Comedy is the second most common in free movie, meanwhile it is the most famous in the ticket sales. In films released,it increases from 22% in 1996 to 27% in 2000. Furthermore, the ratio comedy in cinema ticket sale increases from 22% in 1996 to 27% in 2000

The percentage of fantasy also has disparity, it go up from 10% in 1996 to 15% in 2000 in film released, and it expand from 3% to 7%, really low compared to others

But the rate of Romance is unstable, the ratio of Romance in films released nearly equal, and the ratio of it in cinema ticket sale go down from 2% in 1996 to 6% in 2000

In short, the graphs shows the change in the percentage of free movies and cinema ticket sales at two different points of time 1996 and 2000.

Hồng Nhi 23/1

2026-01-23 13:40:28 UTC

Many students graduate from high school without learning how to spend their money. I will outline several reasons for this and put forward some measures to this statement.

There are some reasons leading to this problem. One main reasons is that students depend completely on their parents and schools. Therefore they do not learn how to manage money by themselves. Another reason is that both schools and parents do not teach students how to use money properly. At home parents usually give money without explaining how to spend or save it. As a result students do not understand the real value of money, I think money is easy to get and spend it carelessly, this makes them unprepared for financial life in the future. According to a recent survey, over 55% of students do not know how to manage their spending when asked.

To solve this problem, schools should include financial education in the curriculum, which would equip students with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances. At the same time, parents should guide their children to plan their spending instead of giving money freely, helping them become more responsible with money in the future. Based on the Finance Time, published on 16th

Trần Anh Thư 23/01

2026-01-23 14:27:00 UTC

The way how to spend currency isn't learnt by students when they graduate from high school. The reasons and solutions of this problem are given below.

There are some reasons leading to this issue. Firstly, the students rely completely on their parents. Financially dependent upon parents causes the consequence that students are not good at managing their currency. Secondly, family and school don't teach young people how to manage money. In other words, they only focus on educating and teaching lessons that is necessary for their study. Besides, some students don't understand about the value of money because they don't have to work. According to a recent survey, about 85% students at Nguyen Gia Thieu high school don't know how to use expence when asked. Therefore, in order to solve this issue, we should follow these solutions. First of all, parents should guide their children the methods of managing money and equip them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances because personal money management skill is very important for students when they leave high school. Moreover, each personal student had better practise planning the expence of their currency because if they want to enter employment, a good personal finance will helps their work become easily and effectively. Based on the Finance Time, published on 16th January , 2021, column 5, line 7, said that "Spending money reasonablely can raise the living standard"

In short, students now ought to learn how to manage currency early so that improve their lives, study and work after graduating high school.

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 23/1/2026

2026-01-23 14:27:09 UTC

Learning the way how to spend their currency when students graduate from high school without manage skills. I will outline several reasons for this and put forward some measures to this statement below.

There are some reasons leading to students do not have manage skills. First of all, financially dependent upon parents cause the consequence that students are not good at managing their currency. Besides that, students depend completely on their parents also a reason lead to students do not have personal money management. Moreover, students do not understand about the value of money is a main reasons. According to a recent survey, 85% of students in Ha Noi capital do not know how to save money.

There are some solutions for this issue. Parents and school guide them the methods of manage money is one of the most measures can use for everyone. Besides that, parents must equip them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances. Enter employment also a solutions that everyone can apply. Based on the Finance Time, published on 16th January, 2021,

pham thanh thao anh 23/01/2026

2026-01-23 14:27:24 UTC

Many students finish high school without knowing how to manage their money. This is a common problem because young people often receive money from their parents and do not learn financial skills at school. This essay will discuss the reasons and possible solutions.

There are several reasons for this issue, which can lead to serious consequences. One reason is that most teenagers are financially dependent on their parents. They usually receive pocket money regularly and do not need to worry about earning or managing their own income. As a result, they do not understand the value of money. They believe that money is easy to earn. Schools often fail to teach students how to save money, as financial education is not included in the curriculum. At the same time, parents usually give their children money easily, which makes them financially dependent on their parents and prevents them from developing saving habits. According to a recent survey, 85% of young people do not know how to save money.

To solve this problem, both schools and parents should guide young people in the methods of managing money. Schools can teach students basic skills such as saving, budgeting, and controlling spending. These lessons help students understand the value of money. By practicing how to plan their spending, young people can develop good financial habits. Based on the Finance , published on 16th January, 2021, Column 5, line 7, said that "if people know how to plan their expenses properly, they will have savings to buy the things they like".

In conclusion, many students lack money skills because they receive money easily and do not learn finance at school. Schools and parents should teach them how to manage and save money.

Hà Phương 23/1

2026-01-23 14:27:31 UTC

Nowadays, many students graduate from high school without learning the way how to use their money. This problem happens for several reasons and there are also some ways to solve it.

There are some reasons leading to personal money management skill. Firstly, many teenagers are financially dependent upon parents. Furthermore, in school, teacher often focus too much on different subjects so learners do not teach them about spending and saving money. Because of this, students grow up without understanding the value of money. According to a recent survey, more than 85% of teenagers in developing countries do not receive any financial education at school.

To solve this issue, we have some measures for it. First of all, schools should guy them the methods of manage money, equip them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances. Besides, parents try to encourage their children to talk openly about money and let them practice manage with small amount of money. Moreover, they can enter employment to earn money. Based on the Finance Time, published on 16th January, 2021, Column 5, Line 7, said that " 70% learners use money very quickly because they do not know how to plan a budget ".

In conclusion, the way of manage money is a essential skills for students leave high school that is the first step helping them to become a success person in life.

Nguyễn Phương Mai 23/1

2026-01-23 14:29:17 UTC

The student graduated from high school without being taught how to use money . I will outline several reasons for this and put forward some mensures to this issue

There are some reason leading to such as depend completely on their parent

School , parent : do not teach them how to spend money and use money . Student do not understand about the value of money so they spend money undisciplinedly . If students are not taught how to save money and use money , they always financially dependent upon parents cause the consequences that students are not good at managing their currency . According to arecent survey , 85% students don not know how to save money . To solve this stuation we need guide them the methods of manage money , pratice to plan the expence their currency .Then teach them the personal money management skill and have a small pocket-money for yourself . Equip them with the knowledge skills to manage their own personal finances . Enter employment to have my own money , i don not depend on anyone . Based on the Finance Time , published on 16th January ,2021 , column 5 , line 7 , said that '' speding money reasonable can improve the living sardard''

In short , saving money is extremely important for everyone , even students.

Trần Đặng Anh Thư 23/1

2026-01-23 14:29:53 UTC

Nowadays, many students graduate from high school without being taught how to spend their money effectively. This statement can be caused by several reasons, and some practical measures can be taken to handle it.

First, schools tend to focus mainly on academic subjects while forgetting about essential life skills such as personal money management skills. Students spend most of their time learning school knowledge but are rarely equipped with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances. As a result, when they enter employment, they often struggle with managing, saving, and controlling their finances. Another reason is that many teenagers are financially dependent upon parents and receive pocket money regularly. Because they do not earn money themselves lead to they do not understand its value

According to a recent survey, 85% of students leave from high school without learning the way how to manage their money. Some effective solutions should be taken to deal with this problem. Firstly, schools and parents play a important role in guiding them the methods of manage money. Secondly, they should be practised to plan the expence of their currency

Based on finance time, published on 16th january, 2021, column 5, line 7, said that: "the young people who learn the way how to manage their finances, the living stardard is higher".

In conclusion, students should learn how to spending money properly in order to improve their quality of thier life in the future.

23/1/26 ngọc

2026-01-23 14:30:45 UTC

The way how to use expense which students are not learned after they graduated from high school. The reasons and solutions of this statement are given below.

There are some reasons leading to pupils do not know how to save money. One of the focal causes is lack of education about currency and finance from school and parents. For instance, there are some subjects at school such as Arts, Music and Maths but there is no teaching students about money management. The next reasons is financially dependent upon parents causes the consequence that students are not good at managing their currency. Additionally, young people do not understand the value of money because they have not had to work hard to earn it, so learners spend it wastefully. According to a recent survey, 85% of students at Hung Nhan high school does not how to spend money properly.

Thus, there are also several solutions to this problem. The first way to solve this issue is to add some sciences and lecturers about disposing finances. Secondly, students must be guided the methods of manage money by both of school and their parents. Thirdly, they need to practise to plan the expense of their currency. Based on the Finance Time published on 16th January, 2021, column 5, line 7, said that " Managing your finances well will make your life better. "

Nguyeen Thanh Tuan Anh 23/01/2026

2026-01-23 14:30:57 UTC

Students graduate from high school without learning the way how to use their property. The reasons and solutions of this statement are illustrated below.

There are some reasons leading to students do not know how to save their currency when they leave high school. Financially dependent upon parents cause the consequence that students are not good at managing their currency. The next, teachers and parents do not teach them how to spend money lead to most students of high school do not have personal money management skill. Besides that, many students never do hard word; therefore, they do not understand about the value of money. According to a recent survey, the percentage of students do not know how to use their money when they are asked is 60%.

There are some solutions help students to expense their money. The first, schools and parents should guide them the methods of money management, so that, they can choose the suitable way for themselves. The second, students ought to practice to plan the expence of their currency that equip them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal finances. Based on the Finance Time, published on 24th February 2020, Column 5, line 7, said that " Save money help students to have the living stardard is higher"

In conclusion, personal money management skill is a crucial life skill for student' development

Phúc

2026-01-24 14:24:57 UTC

In studying and working, some people work harder than others due to different motivations. I will express my opinion in this essay.

One main reason is socio-economic necessity, as people with financial pressure must work harder to secure a stable life. Others are driven by self-actualization and believe that hard work is the key to achieving personal goals and success such as get scholarship or support their family.

However, working hard is not always beneficial. When people work excessively, they may experience diminishing returns, where extra effort leads to little improvement. In addition, overworking can cause physical and mental attrition, such as stress and burnout. According to the recent survey, 20% of the population have to earn a living through manual labor because they do not have higher education.

In conclusion, while hard work is important for achievement, it should be balanced with rest and efficiency. Therefore, working hard is not always a good thing if it negatively affects health and well-being.

Nguyễn Hoàng Long

2026-01-24 14:44:20 UTC

In working and studying, some individuals put in more effort than others. There are many possible reasons for this topic.

Firstly, the industriousness is different from people to people. Many citizens has been a lot of progess in studying because they have fundamental drivers to get scholarship and have a good marks. Some people have a big disparity because they always self actualization. According to the recent survey, many people work harder than others because they need socio economic necessities for life.

In my opinion, Working hard isn't always a good thing. It appear consequence leads to attrition about mental and physical exhaustion. If overwork leads to a decline in health, it can result in diminishing returns and it is not good. According to some newspapers, Working more can lead to a decrease in work frequency.

In short, We need to find a balance between work and rest.

Nguyễn Bá Đức

2026-01-24 14:47:30 UTC

In academic and professional pursuits, the level of dedication varis among people. There are many possible reasons for this topic

Firstly, The level of industriousness in students is often personal discipline, so There is a significant disparity between who work out of passion and who work out of survival. Moreover, social status remain the fundamental drivers of long hours in the corporate world. In the report, page 7, paragraph 3, line 2 Harucc said that" Hardwork lead to self-actualization "

In my opinion, working hard isn't always a good thing,because high work pressure leads to physical and mental exhaustion. After a certain point, working extra hours doesn't actually produce better results. For exemple, working 15 hours a day can lead to diminishing returns because you get too tired.

We need to find a balance between work and rest.

Phương Anh 24/01

phanhphanh2742009 — 2026-01-24 14:54:39 UTC

In many schools and workplaces, some individuals are known for working much harder than others. This essay will examine the reasons for this and argue that while hard work is important, it is not always beneficial.

There are some reasons why some people work harder then other people. Firstly, it is about competition. In a crowded job market, people believe that by working longer hours, they can stand out and get a promotion or a higher salary. Secondly, personality plays a big role. Some people are naturally more disciplined or "perfectionists." They feel a sense of satisfaction only when they have given 100% to their studies or projects. For these people, hard work is a personal standard they set for themselves.

However, working too hard is not always a positive thing for the following reasons.Constantly pushing oneself can lead to stress and mental health issues like anxiety. If a student studies all night without resting, their brain will eventually stop functioning effectively, leading to lower grades. It also causes diminishing returns. There is a limit to how much a person can produce. After a certain point, working more hours does not mean better results; it often leads to more mistakes.

In the report, page 8,paragraph 4,line 2 LowG said: "Studies have shown that after 50 hours of work per week a person’s productivity drops significantly. For instance, a tired programmer is more likely to make coding errors that take more time to fix later."

To sum up, people work hard mainly because of the desire to succeed and their own personality traits. While being diligent is a virtue, it must be balanced with rest and social activities to ensure long-term success and well-being.

Lâm Hà 24/1/2026

2026-01-24 14:55:21 UTC

The industriousness is different from people to people and working harder than is a disparity in education and employment. The reasons of this statement are illustrated below.

There are some reasons why some people work harder than other people. Students who work hard in their studies to pass exams. In addition, they receive scholarships from the school. Adults work hard to make money and take care of their families. They want to be promoted to have a higher salary. They also work hard to achieve self-actualization. According to a recent survey, 63% of people work harder than others in education and employment.

However, working hard is not always a good thing; the following are some reasons. Working too much can make people feel tired and stressed. Students who study too much may feel anxious and lose concentration in everything they do. Working too hard can also affect relationships with people around them.

In short, we need to find a balance between work and rest.

Phương Linh 24/1/2026

2026-01-24 14:57:19 UTC

In education and employment, some people work harder than others. This happens for different reasons, but working hard is not always a good thing.

Firstly, one reason is that people want to be successful. Students study harder to get good grades, and workers try their best to get promotion. Another reason is socio-economic necessities. Some people have financial problems, so they must work harder to earn more money. Because of this, there is a disparity between people in schools and workplaces.

However, working harder does not always bring good results. When people work too much, they may feel tired and stressed. This can lead to diminishing returns, which means they work more but achieve less. In addition, too much work can cause attrition in both health and mental condition.

In conclusion, people work harder because of personal goals and economic pressure. Although hard work is important, it should be controlled, because working too much can be harmful.

Phong (24/1)

2026-01-24 14:58:58 UTC

In schools and workplaces, some people are more hardworking than others due to various motivations.I will present my viewpoint in the article below.

Some people work harder than others because they have fundamental drivers such as life being difficult so they have to work harder than others or they want to achieve their goals such as winning a scholarship. According to a recent survey, 45% of students spend more than three hours every day studying, while others study less.

However, overwork can cause many problems because it affects health and stress levels, leading to diminishing returns.

In summary, hard work is important, but we also need time to rest. A balance between work and rest is better for both learning and work.

Phương Vy 24/1

2026-01-24 14:59:01 UTC

Working harder than the others is a disparity in education and employment. The reasons why some people work harder than others and is working harder always a good thing are illustrated below. Firstly, there are many reasons why some people work harder than other people because they want to get scholarship or some people want to get over the exam good marks so they must try more. Besides, they have socio-economic necessities to support for their families so they must work harder than others. Moreover, they have self-actualization to get promotion, and it is the aim they set for them. According to the recent survey, 45% people work harder than others because they want to successful. Secondly, work hard is not always a good thing. If people overworking can lead to decrease our health and the diminishing returns. In general, people should balance between work and relax because it is good for our health.

Lê Huy Hoàng 24/01/2026:

2026-01-24 14:59:04 UTC

Some residents work harder than other people in both studying and working. There are 2 thesises including: Why do some citizens work harder? And is working harder always a good thing? They may be discussed below.

There are many reasons why some people work harder than the others. Firstly, in education they have fundamental drivers because they want not only to get over the exam but also to achieve the good marks, especially they want to get scholarship. Additionally, in employment, they work harder than others because of being under various pressure which consists of supporting for the family, get promotion in career. Besides, one of the main reason is that they want to have self-actualization which makes a clear different from people to people. According to a recent survey in Vietnam, there are about 65% young couples that are influenced by economic pressure after their marriage.

Is working harder always a good thing? When they spend much time working without the balance between working and relaxing, the attrition appears regularly and this lead to diminishing returns. The industriousness is very important in all fields but if we don’t know how to balance equally, it will create the negative affect. According to a recent survey in Japan, there are over 85% citizens that work all day in a week to satisfy social-economic necessities.

In conclusion, working harder is very essential but we should also study to manage equally the time between working and resting.

Nguyễn Thành Hưng. 24/12

2026-01-24 14:59:19 UTC

The industriousness is different from people to people, especially in studying and employment. And is hard work good or bad? Let's discuss that below.

Why do some people work harder, there are also many different reason depending on fundamental drivers. For example, for student work harder helps them win scholarship, get over the exams and good marks. As for adults it helps them support for their family and get promotion, beside it makes them self-actualization. According to a recent survey 64% families became wealthy through hard work and industriousness. Meanwhile working harder always a good thing

Hoàng Hân (24/1)

2026-01-24 14:59:56 UTC

The industriousness is different from people to people. Each person often has some reasons to work hard. Here is my opinion on this matter.

There are some reasons why some people work harder than others. Working harder than the others is a disparity in education and employment. Firstly, in education, some students want to get scholarships so we need to try much harder, meanwhile, some people only want to get over the exam with good marks. Secondly, we need support for their family regarding socio-economic necessities, so they must work harder than others. On the other hand, in employment, some people always try self-actualization to get promoted. According to a recent survey, 46% of young people always effort to early success by working hard.

Is working harder always a good thing? I do not think so. If we work for a long time, then attrition appears, this leads to diminishing returns. Besides that, it disrupts the balance between daily life and employment. Moreover, some relationships will lose connection and it makes our lives boring.

In general, we need know hard correct and enough in our lives

Đức Dũng - 25/01/26

2026-01-25 04:06:11 UTC

In different environments, from work to and educational one, some individuals work harder than the rest, there are a wide range of answers to this question on why some people work harder than others, but it isnt always better to work harder.

There are several reasons on why some people put more effort into work, study, ... than the others which includes having higher motivation to get that scholarship, to pass all their exams, to get awards, ... On the other side, their aims can be economical pressure to support their family, to keep social relationships, .... According to a recent survey, people who are under high pressure to provide their family, keep ties showed over 30% in efficiency and effort in comparison to people without any stress.

Some people believe that working harder means being more profitable but it is not always true in my personal opinion: individuals with high industriousness with a bad work-break disparity can cause burnouts, diminishing returns, attrition, ...., to be able to avoid this, you will need a good balance between resting and working from taking a vacation every year to have small breaks in between long sessions of working. Based on The Times, published on 6th July, 2021, Column 6, line 7, said "People need to realize working themselves to the bone does not always mean they will get better efficiency."

Nguyễn Hoàng Long 25/1/2026

2026-01-25 04:23:26 UTC

In education and employment life, there is a big different between the person who work hard and the one who don’t, there is a typical reason some people working hard and does is always a good thing or not ?

There are serval reasons for why some person who work harder then the others. In education they have a big motivation cause there aim is to get the scholarship and pass all there exams to get high marks on their school transcripts. On the employment side, they always have a bigger aim because their ambitions to have promotions in there own company, moreover they have a thing call economic pressure as they need to support their own family and have to keep social relationship on their life path

According to a recent survey, 65% of young people get the chance to be wealthy in such a young age.

Maybe its sound to be too good but take turn to this statement, is working hard always profitable?. When a person who work really hard on such a long period of time, it lead to diminishing returns as result of after a long hours of hard work, people demonstrate different levels of industriousness as they pursue distinct personal goals, this is because individuals are motivated by different ambitions and life objectives turn more that they lose their social relationship when they work too much. To handle alll this, each of them need to fix their own schedule and low their own unrealistic expectations so they can balance between their own work and times for their own family. Base on the people newspapers publish on 16th April, 2023, columns 4, page 6 have shown, 67% stress levels are come from long periods time of work in young people.

In conclusion, working hard is very essential as they create the challenge on their work but people also need to study how to balanced their own work so they can work hard but still corrects at the same time

Vương 25/1

2026-01-25 04:28:15 UTC

It is said that some people work harder than others in jobs and sthudies. The reasons why some people work harder and the answer of question " Is it always good or not ?" are discussed in the graphs below.

People's industriousness is different among people, so there are several reasons for why people work harder than the others. First of all, it is the disparity of fundamental drivers in education, some students study hard to get scholarship , others want to pass all the exams or get high marks. In addition, some people make more effort in job because they have bigger ambitious, they want to get high salary or promotion. Moreover, someone demand socio-economic necessities, they have economic pressure, they struggle with financial burden to support their family, specially with the age group from 30 to 40 years old. Futhermore, some people must work harder to keep social relationships. According to the recent survey, 65% students in Nguyen Quang Thieu high school said that they want to get abroad scholarship, so studying hard is necessity.

Take turn to this phenomenon, is working hard always profitable. The answer is absolutely not. Working hard in long period can causes diminishing returns, in view of the appearance of attrition after long hours of effort. An axe used on year-round without sharpening will only become less efficient. In contrast, the balance between hard working and relaxation is significant because the rest helps us reacover the energy after a long day. Moreover, working hard also makes us lose social relationships. Based on The People Newspaper, publish on the first of April, 2025, column 3, line 6, said that more than a half the young employee in Hanoi city get mental desease due to work hard after years.

To sum up, each people has different moltivation to work hard we should make effort in jobs and studies, but we also keep balance between the time for work and the time for life.

Nguyễn Mạnh Tiến 25/1/2026

2026-01-25 04:29:36 UTC

In both education and the work place , some individuals put in far more effort than others there are several reasons for why some people work harder than the other . I agree with this opinion because of some reasons below.

One major reason why some people work harder is bigger motivation and get the scholarships , especially to get high marks in exams. They are often more industrious at work because they have strong motivation and less economic pressure. and keep social relationships. According to a recent survey , There is a significant difference between people who study and work hard and those who do not.

Take turn to this problem , is working hard always profitable, the students and working people working hard in a long period leads to diminishing return s , because attrition appears after a long time of hard work ,therefore, we need to maintain a balance between work and rest.Based on The People Newspaper , published on 14th July , 2023 , column 4 line 6 , said a student who studies for many hours without using effective methods may still achieve poor academic outcomes.

In conclusion, although working hard helps people achieve their goals, excessive effort can be harmful. A balance approach is more likely to lead to lasting success and a better quality of life.

Nguyễn Phương An 25/1/2026

2026-01-25 04:30:28 UTC

In education and employment, some people put more effort into their work than others. This difference is caused by various factors, and working hard does not always lead to positive outcomes.

One reason is socio-economic necessities. Many people work hard to earn a better income, support their families, or gain promotions. For example, students from poor backgrounds often study harder to get scholarships. Another fundamental driver is self-actualization, as some people want to achieve personal goals and reach their full potential.

However, working hard is not always beneficial. Too much effort can lead to diminishing returns, where long hours do not improve results. In addition, overworking may cause attrition, such as stress and mental health problems.

In conclusion, people work hard because of economic pressure and personal ambition. Although hard work is important, it should be balanced to avoid negative effects.

Vũ Hải Yến

2026-01-25 04:31:24 UTC

Some residents often work harder than others in both education and employment. There are many reasons for this problem, but it is a good or bad thing ?

People's industriousness is different from each other. In education, almost students working harder not only pass all the exams with high marks but also get the schoolarship. However, in employment, citizens have many ambitions because they want to get promotion in their career. Others suffer from economic pressure to support their family, especially in mid- age class. In addition, working hard enhances social relationships which serve for human life. According to a recent survey, 70% population in China works hard to keep social relationships.

Take turn to this statement, is working hard always profitable ? Firstly, working hard in a long period leads to diminishing returns because attribition appears after long hours of hard work. Therefore, we need to balance between working and relaxation to recover our energy. Secondly, if you work hard without caring about people around, you will lose social relationships soon. Based on The People Newspaper published on 16th April, 2023, column 4, line 6, said that: " the stress in modern society makes the social structure loose ".

In conclusion, goals are various but the balance between working and enjoyment is also very significant in modern social life.

Nguyễn Hà Phương 25-1-26

2026-01-25 04:33:29 UTC

It is believed that in education and employment industry, some people make greater efforts than others. This statement has reasons why individuals work harder and working hard is always good or not?. That will be discussed in below.

There are several reasons for why some people work harder than the others. Firstly, in term of education, individuals have better industriousnesses because they have bigger motivation in study, who want to get to scholarships, moreover, learners would like to pass all the exams with high marks. Next to employment aspect, workers get better efforts, because of their ambitious aims, and get increasing promotion in career, furthermore, they also have to many challenges in economic pressure like supporting their family,…, especially they want to keep strong social relationships. According to a recent survey( 80% of ShangHai president said that they work harder to get promotion and can adapt to social economic necessities in their life.

Turn to this issue, is working always profitable? Firstly, working hard in a long period leads to diminishing returns because attrition appears after long hours of hand work, therefore, balancing working and relaxing are very important to recover your energy. Not only that, working too hard also makes them lack of time for their family, so it results in less connected and gradually lose social relationships. Basing on The People Newspaper published on 6 April, 2023, column 4, line 6 said that” The stasis in modern society makes the social structure become increasingly less cohesive “ .

In conclusion, people should to learn how to balance between working and relaxing to can have a better life.

Khánh Linh 25/1/2026

2026-01-25 04:34:27 UTC

In modern life today, the number of people work harder than others gradually increase, especially in education and employment. In this essay, I give out several reasons why some people work harder and working hard is always good or not.

Firstly, I can be seen that people's industrious is very different. In education, in 10 students work harder than the others, they often is bigger motivations than other students. Perhaps, they want to get the high marks, so this is a great way to pass all the exams. Moreover, they can get the scholarship if they have good academic skills. Furthermore, in employment, each person has a disparity level of working hard. A special factor that is bigger aims than the others. From goals life, they hope to get promotion in their career. Especially, in the mid-age group from 30 to 40, economic pressure is a large responsible for them, therefore, they always must effort to can take care for family and individual. Working harder also is fundamental drivers to keep social relationships. For example, through a recent survey, 85% of population in China works harder to remain social relationships because they want to keep reputation for themselves.

Take turn to this statement is working hard always profitable? Some people believe that working harder servers for socio-economic necessities, however, working hard for a long time leads to diminishing returns, because attrition appears after long hours of hard work, thereby, people need to balance between working and relaxation to recover your energy. Based on The People Newspaper, published on 16th April, 2023, column 4, line 6, said that: " The stress in mordern society makes the social structure loose".

In conclusion, objectives life is various in the society, but balance between long-term working and enjoyment also are important with ourselves.

Huyền Trang 25/01

2026-01-25 04:34:32 UTC

In education and employment, there is a clear disparity in industriousness among individuals, driven by various fundamental drivers, though working hard is not always beneficial.

One major reason why some people are more hardworking is strong motivation related to achievement and socio-economic necessities. Students who aim for scholarships or top university placements often devote significant time to studying, while adults are pressured to work longer hours to improve financial stability.This is supported by a 2023 educational survey which found that 78% of high-performing students studied more than four hours per day in preparation for major examinations. This demonstrates how clear goals and economic pressure encourage greater effort.

On the other hand, excessive hard work may lead to diminishing returns and physical and mental attrition. When individuals maintain intense workloads over long periods, exhaustion reduces productivity and harms overall well-being. According to a 2022 workplace health report, employees working over fifty hours per week experienced a 15% decline in performance compared to those working standard hours. Additionally, many reported burnout and increased stress levels, showing that continuous effort can become counterproductive.

In conclusion, although industriousness is driven by ambition and financial demands, working too hard can result in negative consequences. Maintaining a healthy balance between effort and rest is therefore essential for sustainable success.

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương 25/1/2026

2026-01-25 04:34:35 UTC

In education and employment, it is common to see that some people work harder than others. This difference can be explained by several personal and social factors. Although working hard often leads to positive results, it is not always beneficial in every situation.

One main reason why some people work harder is motivation. Individuals who have clear goals, such as achieving academic success or gaining a high-paying job, are more likely to put in extra effort. In addition, personality plays an important role. Some people are naturally ambitious, disciplined, and willing to face challenges.

Furthermore, life circumstances such as financial pressure or competition in the job market can push people to work harder in order to improve their future opportunities.

However, working hard is not always a good thing. While it can bring success and personal development, excessive hard work may lead to stress, and health problems. People who work too much may have less time for rest, family, and social life. Moreover, working hard without effective strategies or good time management may result in low efficiency and poor outcomes.

In conclusion, some people work harder than others due to their motivation, personality, and life situations. Although hard work is often necessary for success, it should be balanced with rest and smart working methods to ensure both productivity and a healthy lifestyle.

Hà My 25/1/2026

2026-01-25 04:34:54 UTC

In both studying and working environments, some individuals put in more effort than others. This issue has reasons why some people work harder and working hard is always good or not?. That will be discussed in below.

There are several reasons for why some people work harder than the others. First, in education, people try harder because they have a big motivation and want to get the scholarship. Moreover, they also pass all the exams to get high marks. Next, in employment, workers make more effort beacause they set goals for themselves and get promotion in career. Besides, they also have to cope with ecinomic pressure to support their family. Moreover, they want to keep social relationships in their working environment. Acconding to a recent survey, 85% of New Yorkers work hard to take care of their family.

Turn to this statement, is working always profitable? Working hard in a long period leads to diminishing returns because attriton appears after long hours of hardwork, so balance working and relaxing play a role in recovering your energy. Besides, lack of time for family and gradually lose social relationships. Basing on the people newspaper, published on 6 April, 2023, column4, lime 6, said that:" The stass in modern society makes the social structure become incereasingly less connected."

In conclusion, people should balance

Thùy Linh 25/1

2026-01-25 04:35:17 UTC

In education and employment, some people is believed to work harder than others. Having some reasons why people work harder and working hard is always good or not?

In details, there are several reasons for why some people work harder than the other. Firstly, in education, each individuals have different industriousness because their fundamental drivers are disparity. Some people want to get the scholarships while others need pass all the exam and get high mark. Besides, in employment, many people have bigger aims because they want to get promotion and they are ambitious. They have economic pressure like supporting their families,... Presidents work harder to adapt for theirs socio-economic ncessities. And some people also want to keep social relationships. According to the recent survey, 75% students of a best class in a high school in Hanoi studies harder than others because they need the scholarships to pass the universitis.

Take turn to this statement, is working hard always profitable? Firstly, working hard in a long period causes to healthy. In addition, it also leads to diminishing returns because attrition appears after long hours of hard work. When people work too hard, they donot have time for their families and friends......

K.Huyền25/01

2026-01-25 04:35:21 UTC

•Open: The industriouness is different between people and people, especially in studying and employing. Hard work is good or bad will discuss that below.

•Body:

There are sereral reasons for why some people work harder than the other. Working harder than others is a disparity in education and employment. In education, they have a big motivation, such as some students want to get the scholarships so they need to try much harder than the other. Besides, many students want to get high marts in the exams because their parents need them to get high grades to make their report cards look good. In employment, having the fundamental drivers is a common reason for efforts at work, such as get promotion, economic presure ( support their family) or even keep social relationships. According to a recent survey, 35 ratio of people in Bangkok work to support their families, while about 80 percent of people in Shanghai strive hard to get promoted at work, meanwhile, according to a survey by ABC School, up to 75% of the school's top students study hard to get a beautiful report card, about 10% want to get the scholarships, and the rest want to pleasure their parents.

In my opinion, working hard isn't always a good thing. Firstly, working hard in a long period leads to diminishing returns, because attrition appears after long hours of hard work. The secondly, if you only focus on work, you will eventually lose sight of the relationships around you. Finally, You need to recover your energy after a long and tiring day at work. Based on The People newspaper, publications on 16 April, 2024, column 5 line 13, said that “many young people today are so focused on their careers that they forget about their families lead to the family fell apart, and close relationships gradually faded”.

• Close: Hard work has both good and bad sides, and we need to know how to balance them.

Gia Linh 25.1.25

2026-01-25 04:36:11 UTC

Task 2:

• The industriousness is different between many kind of people in both education and employment, some people choose working harder. Is it a positive choice to work hard or not? I'm going to discuss about this problem below.

• Nowadays, the stress in modern society increasing highly day by day and the social living standards changing quickly so these can make a big problem outweigh the concern about working harder for the future life or not? This is dedicated clearly in school life and office. For instances, in educational environment, students that are suffering from peer pressure about high marks, scholarships and they often are compared to their classmates about academic achievement, so the only thing they have to do is study harder to get good scores and be received an approve from others. Even though effort is not necessarily a bad thing, it can lead to many negative consequences such as increasing competitiveness, envy, and excessive ambition for achievement.

• Plus, in the workplace, workers always equip some fundamental drivers to promote their incomes with aim to support their family financially and meet socio-economic necessities. Getting promotion, suffering from economic pressure and keep social relationships a long period of time, all of these can create self-actualization and motivation to avoid give up

• According to a recent survey, approximate 68% residents in Canada accelerating their work progress in order to get promoted, meanwhile, nearly 74% people in Sri Lanka setting their goals to support their family in many effectively ways. Apart from, 91% students in some Asian high schools always focus on industrious studying to get scholarships, pass all the exams even with a good academic record.

•Nevertheless, is working hard always profitable? Working hard is a long period may lead to diminishing returns because attrition vanishes after long hours of hard work. Concentrating on work too much causes lose people's social relationships. Sometimes, you need to spend time to recover your energy after a tiring day. Based on The People Newspaper, published on 27th April, 2025, column 4, line 2, said that many young people today focus on working harder for their future careers so it leads to lose social relationship

• In conclusion, working hard includes pros and cons and what we need to do is balance it effectively

Thái Minh Nguyên 23/1/2026

2026-01-25 08:50:01 UTC

The way how to use currency without teaching for students graduate from high school. The reasons and solutions of this statement are showed in article below

There are some reasons leading to this issue. First of all, financially dependment upon parents causes the consequence that students are not good at managing their money. The next, they aren't taugh how to manage their currency by school and parents. That which do them lack person money management skills. Beside, sometimes they are given pocket money by parents. That make a generation lack unerstand of the value of money. According to a recent of survey, 67% students in Van Mieu high school in Ha Noi don't have person currency management skills.

this problem has lots of influences. So, we need do some solutions to reduce conseguence. The first, school and parents need guide them the methods a manage money. Moreover, parents must practice to plan the expence their currency. which will equip them with the knowledge and skill to manage their own personal finances. Based on the finance time, published on 12/2/2023, page 3, column 6, line 7, said that ' The more money you save, the your living stardard is higher.

In conclusion, personal money management skill is a extremely key for young people in the life. Nowaday, a lot of yuong people have this skill and understand value of currency, so succession came into their life

Công Khanh 27/01/2026

2026-01-27 11:44:55 UTC

The graphs above illustrate water levels of six different regions ~~from~~ at two different points in of time: October 2009 and October 2010.

Overall, as can be seen, five of the six cities saw a higher level of water in October 2010 than in October 2009. By contrast, the water level in Darwin declined in October 2010 from 2009.

The first city, Darwin, witnessed approximately 44% of its water level in its reservoir in October 2009, then it decreased to roughly 23% in October 2010. Next, water levels in Sydney's reservoir ~~take~~ up about 79% in October 2009, then it ~~has~~ marginal decline in water levels to approximately 81% in October 2010. As for Melbourne, it ~~has~~ a sharp growth in water levels in its reservoir, from 21% in October 2009 to 40% in October 2010. Moving on to the fourth city, Brisbane saw no changes from the two periods at around 59%. In Perth, the city's water level in its reservoir increased significantly in water levels between the two points in time, that is, the water level in October 2009 ~~accounts~~ for 40%, and it ~~goes~~ up to roughly 76% in October 2010. Finally, the water level in Canberra made up about 78% of its reservoir in October 2009, then it peaked at 98% in October 2010.

To conclude, most cities ~~have~~ more water in their reservoir as time ~~goes~~ by.

2.5/4

Nguyễn H Long 27/1/2026

2026-01-27 12:03:05 UTC

The water reservoir level of six cities in Australia between October 2009 and October 2010 ~~are~~ is illustrated in the graphs below.

Overall, as can be seen, the number of water reservoirs in Canberra records the highest while the Melbourne city stands at the lowest place in the graphs.

In the graphs, Darwin city had a high water reservoirs levels in October 2009, it was about 48%, but ~~the same month~~, 1 year later, the water rated only half of its own 1 year ago, it gained only 24%. Meanwhile, Sydney had a different trend than Darwin city when the level of water reservoirs from October 2009 rosed to the peak in October 2010 from 77% to 82% . Melbourne only ~~take~~ took 22% of water reservoirs in October 2009 almost doubled for 40% in the same time next year. Brisbane between October 2009 and October 2010 stayed the same around 56%. In October 2009, Perth city recorded only 40%, but almost doubled it owned in October 2010 around 75%. Canberra between October 2009 and 2010 experienced a significant increase when it rising gradually from 77% to almost 97%.

In conclusion, water reservoirs levels in 6 cities in Australia increased over time.

2.75/4

Huy 27/1/2026

2026-01-27 12:04:18 UTC

The graphs above present a comparison of the percentage of water capacity in the reservoirs across 6 major Australian cities from October 2009 to October 2010.

Overall, as can be seen, a half of the cities recorded an increase, and the other illustrated a maintain. It is noticeable that Canberra had the highest water levels, meanwhile, Melbourne registered the lowest figures in both years.

Canberra holds the highest water capacity, surpassing the 90% mark and peaking at about 99% in 2010. The figure for Sydney was comparable to that of Canberra in 2009, at around 79% and 80%, respectively. Brisbane which owned about 60% water levels in both 2009 and 2010 it maintained the percentage of water perfectly. In contrast, Melbourne showed the lowest percentage, with only 40% of its capacity filled in 2010. Perth saw a significant rise in water proportion from 40% in 2009 to over 60% in 2010. The last cities, Darwin, was the only cities being marginally lower than the previous year (more 40%), which was almost double its 2010 figure (over 20%).

In conclusion, Canberra occupied the highest positions in both 2009 and 2010.Meanwhile, Melbourne took the last one. Sydney stood at second rank . Next, it is Perth with its reservoir levels which increased from 40% to about 70% and Brisbane maintaining its rate of water ideally ( about 60%).The last city is Darwin which had significant change.

3/4

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (28/2/2026)

2026-02-28 12:31:45 UTC

The plans illustrate the current layout of a university sports centre and compare it with the proposed design after redevelop

Overall, the sports centre will become significantly larger and more modern. Although the existing 25-metre swimming pool will be retained.

At present, the sports centre has a simple structure. In the centre of the building, there is a 25-metre swimming pool with a small changing room nearby. The gym is located on the right side of the pool, while seating for spectators is arranged along one side. The entrance is positioned on the left of the building

After redevelopment, the building will be expanded considerably. The 25-metre pool will remain in the same place, but the changing room will be enlarged and a new leisure pool will be constructed next to it.

Nguyễn H Long 28/2/2026 ( sửa )

2026-02-28 12:31:47 UTC

The concept design of the university sports centre from now to how it will look in the futrue after upgrade are illustriate in the blueprint.

Overall, as can be seen, the area will be utilize and developed into a multifunctional of convenient will be added.

As the current layout, the gym will located from the North to the map and at the centre is a 25m pool surrounded with a changing room on the right with a sitting room on the left of the building with a reception in the South of the pool. Moreover the outdoor courts from the East to the west is not fully undertilized. After redevelopment the whole building have make use of the outdoor courts. On the West of the future design, we can see a leisure pool locate in the centre of the buliding, with changing room that close to the pool and right next to it is a sport shop. In the centre, the 25m pool with the changing room and a sitting spot as same as in the present but the gym locate in the North have expand and redesign to have a much bigger layout and increase capacity for users, Morover the gym also have a second door that locate in the East of the map that lead to the sports all, this is convenient layout for users, and in the right we can see two dance studio perfectly for people who interest in dancing and a changing room with a coffee shop lay right next to the changing room, help the users have a better experience when enter the sport centre.

Overall, the future plans have make a huge upgrade on facilities and design that make the sport centre a modern and a convenient place for clients.

Nguyễn Mạnh Tiến 28/2/2026

2026-02-28 12:31:50 UTC

The plans below illustrate the infrastructure a university's sport center now, and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, as can be seen, this sport center is likely to undergo some significant changes. The most strinking changes are development of the two outdoor and the addition of various called Leisure pool and sport hall.

At present, this center has a large building a middle and two outdoor courts to the west and east. Inside the building, there is a opposite the main entrance , 25 metre swimming pool in front of the gym. People can access the seating area on the right,meanwhile, the door on the left to the changing room.

In the future , the outdoor

Phương An 28/2/2026

2026-02-28 12:31:51 UTC

The design of a university s' sport.

centre now, and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, as can be seen, the area will be entirely enclosed and developed into a multifunctional space, where different kinds of amenities will be added

In the current layout, the sports centre has a 25-metre pool in the centre, with a gym located at the top. Seating is placed on the right side of the pool, while a changing room is on the left.

Huyền Trang 28/2

2026-02-28 12:32:21 UTC

The presented maps depict the substantial changes that will take place in a university's sports centre from now to the future.

In general, it is evident that the university's sports centre will experience a couple of notable changes, including the introduction of few recreational facilities and the renovation of some former places.

According to a certain layout, this center features two outdoor courts to the west and east, as well as a sizable facility in the center. The structure has a gym at the rear, a 25-meter swimming pool behind the reception, and a reception facing the main door. The door on the right of the registration desk connects to the seating area, while the door on the left leads to the changing room.

In the second map, a sizable recreational pool will be erected on the original location of the western outdoor courts, while two dance studios and a large sports hall will be built on the location of the other outdoor courts. On either side of the main entrance, there will also be a sports store, a new café, and two more changing rooms. The gym will double in size, while the other elements will remain the same.

Vũ Hải Yến

2026-02-28 12:32:22 UTC

The structure of a university's sports centre now is reviewed in the plans below, and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, as can be seen, university sports centre will set to enhance infrustructure and large space, it will be built more entertainment areas in the future.

Nowadays, university sports centre has a 25m pool, which is located in the centre. Many things is built around its including: two outdoor courts in the West and East, a gym, reception, seating and changing room in the surrounding.

In the future, the outdoor courts will be replaced with leisure pool and sports hall. The sports centre will be improved more new areas

Đức Dũng 28/2/26

2026-02-28 12:32:25 UTC

The designs of a university sports activity center and the looks of it in both now and after being reconstructed is illustrated in the plans below.

Overall, the new infrastructure has taken better action towards using more lost space from between the outdoor courts and has added more activity from a pool to a dance studio.

From the first looks, it can be seen that the outdoor courts are dramatically changed as both are merged indoors with the addition of a leisure pool, replacing most of the right outdoor court with two changing rooms next to it.

As seen, the reception area has been enlarged and a sports shop and a cafe is situated in both corners parallel to the main reception desk.

Even though most of the outdoor courts and the reception area is transformed, the main indoor area from now remain largely untouched, with the dimensions of the pool, the position of the changing room, seating but the gym has been made to have double the area of the present gym and also extends into the left outdoor court that is going to be rebuilt. Other than the gym, the left outdoor court also features a sports hall and right across it is 2 dance studios, right next to each other and to end it, a changing room in the corner.

Thùy Linh 28/2

2026-02-28 12:32:53 UTC

The structure of a university's sports centre now is illustrated in the plans below, and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, the future of design is modern and convenient than that before.

In details, firstly with the university's sports centre in present. There are the centre building and 2 outdoor centre in the West and the East. In the centre of building centre is 25m pool, the left of pool has a changing room and the right is seating. The north of building is a gym.

Next with this in future plans

KHuyền28/02/2026

2026-02-28 12:33:18 UTC

•The design of a university’s sport centre now and appearance after the change as illustrated in the plans below.

•As can be seen , the future map is more modern and has more rooms than the current map.

• In the present plans, the university sprots centre have a 25m swimming pool, to the right is the seating, the left is the changing room and behind the pool is a gym. To the east and west of the center are two outdoor courts.

Vương 28/2

2026-02-28 12:33:19 UTC

Task 1

The design of a university's sports centre and it's appearance after improvement are illustrated in the diagram below.

Overview, as can be seen, the layout in the future is wider and more functional.

In details, in the present, there is a big building in the middle and two smaller outdoor courts. Inside the building there is a reception facing the entrance, a 25-metre swimming pool behind and surrounding by a gym in north, a changing room in the west and seating in the east

In the future plans, there are some changes. The two outdoor courts will be merged with the main building. On the original site of the western outdoor courts, a large leisure pool will replaced by

Gia Linh 28.2.26

2026-02-28 12:33:33 UTC

The structure of a university's sport centre currently and its appearance in the future plans are dedicated in the map above.

It is clear that each layouts of the centre are redesigned dramatically in the map and it future plans seems more up-to-date than it does in current.

At present, two outdoor courts are located in the nothern and eastern side, perspectively. Straight ahead is Reception. In the center of the map is a large swimming pool that surrounded by three rooms, upon the pool is the Gym as well as turn the right side is Seating and the other side is Changing room.

Regarding future plans, there have been significant changes in appearance. Going straight ahead leads to Reception and located in the west side are Sport shop and Changing room. Turning to the Eastern side is the new Cafè and next to it is the upgraded Changing room. While the 25 meters Pool remains the same and it seems that the Gym is expanded doubling in size,

Hà My 28/2

2026-02-28 12:33:41 UTC

The design of a university's sports centre now is expressed in the plans and how it will look after upgrade.

Overall, as can be seen, the future plans of university's sports centre is much more modern than that now.

In detail, at present, the sports centre has a gym at the top and a 25m swimming pool in the centre. There are changing room and seating room on both sides of the pool. The reception is located at the bottom. In addition, there are two outdoor courts on the left and right

Nguyễn Hà Phương 28/2/2026

2026-02-28 12:33:47 UTC

The structure of a university’s sports center now is illustrated in the plans bellow and how it will look after restore.

Overall, as can be seen the future plans of university’s sports center is more modern and convenience than it’s now .

In detail , firstly in the present center now, this center has a large building in middle and inside has two outdoor courts to the West and East . Facing to entrance is reception place and beside that is location of 25 m pool, the left of pool has a changing room, meanwhile the right of pool belongs to seating for people.

Next to the second map, the two outdoor courts will be located in the main building, mea

Khánh Linh 28/2/2026

2026-02-28 14:02:08 UTC

The structure of a university's sports centre now is illustrated in the plans below, and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, when we compare both map present and future plans, as can be seen that in the second map there is set to upgrade than before.

In the first map that is an extensive of the building with two outdoor courts located on the East and the West sides. Moreover, in the building central, there is a 25m swimming pool with a reception is facing main entrance in the South. Additionally, on both sides of the swimming pool are the changing room and seating areas on the West and East sides, respectively.

Next to it is the future plan to design a sports center for the university.

Phúc 1-3-2026

2026-03-01 01:18:54 UTC

The diagrams show the infrastructure of a university sports centre at present and the proposed changes in the future.

Overall, the sports centre will become much larger and more modern. Several new facilities will be added, including a leisure pool, sports hall, dance studios and a cafe, while the outdoor courts will be removed.

At present, the centre has a gym located at the top of the building which is expanded doubling insize, and a 25-metre swimming pool in the middle. There is seating to the east of the pool and a changing room to the west. The reception area is situated at the south side of the building. In addition, there are two outdoor courts on both the east and west sides of the centre.

According to the future plan, the outdoor courts will be upgraded by indoor facilities. On the western side, a leisure pool will be built, meanwhile, the changing room will remain nearby. On the eastern side, a sports hall will be constructed, with two dance studios located to the east of the hall. A cafe will also be added near the reception area. The gym will stay in the same position, but the building will expand to include more sports facilities.

In conclusion, the university sports centre is planned to be significantly expanded with a wider range of indoor activities. So the redesign improves the centre's functionality and more convenient.

Hoàng Tuấn Phong (1/3/2026)

2026-03-01 01:38:15 UTC

The plans illustrate the current layout of a university sports centre and the proposed redevelopment.

Overall : As can be seen the sports centre will have many new facilities in the future. It will be bigger and more modern than the current layout.

While the current layout is relatively simple, the new design will provide more facilities and improved services for users.

At present, the centre mainly consists of a gym located to the north, a 25-metre pool in the centre, seating to the east, and a changing room to the west. There are also outdoor courts on both sides of the building. The reception area is situated at the entrance in the south.

After redevelopment, the outdoor courts will be removed and replaced with new indoor facilities. The gym will be expanded, almost doubling in size. A leisure pool, sports hall, dance studios, sports shop and cafe will be added. These changes aim to enhance user experience and improve the overall functionality of the centre, while the cafe adds convenience for visitors.

Phương Anh 1/3

phanhphanh2742009 — 2026-03-01 01:45:19 UTC

The diagram illustrate the current layout of a university's sports centre and the planned redevelopment.

Overall,as can be seen, the sports centre will become significantly lager and more modern, with many new facilities added. While the gym , 25-metre pool and reception will remain, the outdoor courts will be removed to make space for indoor amenities.

At present, the building contains a gym at the North side, a 25m swimming pool in the centre, and seating to the East of the pool. A changing room is located to the West, and the reception area is positioned at the Southern entrance. There are also two outdoor courts on both sides of the building.

In the future plan, the outdoor courts will be replaced. On the Western side, a leisure pool will be built, and a sports shop will be added near the entrance. The Eastern outdoor court will be transformed into a sports hall, with two dance studios placed to the East of it. In addition, a cafe and extra changing rooms will be constructed on the Southern side.

To sum up, the redevelopment will provide more indoor facilities and improve convenience for users.

Nguyễn Hoàng Long 1/3

2026-03-01 01:54:16 UTC

The structure of a university’s sports centre now, and how it will look after improvement is described in the plans above

Overall,as can be seen, the design of a university’s sports centre after redevolopment is expanded doubling in size compared to its current counterpart and its in the future looks extensive

Currently, the sports centre has a central gym flanked by a changing room on the left and a seating area on the right. Outdoor courts are positioned on both sides of the gym, and a reception is located below the gym. All of infracture is upgraded so it is more modern than its in the present

After redevelopment with current lay out,the gym remains central but is expanded and reshaped. The changing room is split into two separate rooms, placed on either side of the gym. The seating area is replaced by a sports hall. A new sports shop is added next to the reception, and a cafe is introduced next to the reception, replacing one of the outdoor courts. The outdoor courts are removed to make space for the new facilities

In summary, the redevelopment transforms the sports centre by expanding the gym, adding a sports hall, cafe, and shop, while removing the outdoor courts to upgrade the convenience at here

In shorts, the infractstructure of a university’s centre sports in the future will be improved to make people feel more modern and convenient and everyone like it.

Hoàng Hân 1/3

2026-03-01 01:55:00 UTC

The structure of a university's sports centre now, and how it will look after improvement is described in the plans above.

Overall, as can be seen the sports centre after is renewed more and more comfortable and economical than itself in the past.

It is provided from the plans that the sports centre is set to undergo extensive modernization. In the North, the gym will expanded doubling in size to enhance user experience. Besides that, in the Earth, the designer will improve and add a sports hall, so students can more convenient study activities. Moreover, in the East, the plan to upgrade some facilities such as it will contribute 2 dance studios, it is more modern than itself in the past. On the other hand, in the Southeast and Southwest the local sports centre is set to be redevelopment with 2 changing rooms, so it brings visitors comfortable. In the West, the outdoor courts will replaced leisure pools. In the future, the cafe adds convenience for students. Finally, in the Southwest, the sports shop will be built to help people improve shopping necessaries.

In conclusion, the sports centre in the future will be more modern about functionality than itself in the past.

Nguyễn Bá Đức 1/3

2026-03-01 01:56:40 UTC

The structure of a university's sports centre now, and how it will look after improvement is illustrated in the plans above

Overall, as can be seen, the map in the future plan has been expanded doubling in size compared to before

In the future, in the west, the outdoor courts is replaced by a leisure pool in front of the changing room. Moreover, there is a sports shop next to it, and it has a way to go out to the main entrance. Overall, it can be seen that the sports shop is located on the left of the main entrance, while the reception are in the centre. The cafe is built on the left. These three places create an area that have full functionality. In the east, the outdoor courts is replaced by a sports hall and the gym have been expanded. Two dance studio has been built in the right, and a walkway separate them, which create convenience. In the end of the walkway, next to the cafe are the changing room.

In shorts, the infractstructure of a university’s centre sports in the future will be improved to make people feel more modern and convenient.

Lâm Hà 01/03

2026-03-01 01:57:09 UTC

The structure of a university's sports center now is expressed in the plans below and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, as can be seen, the future plans of university's sport center is more morden and economic than it's now.

The center an entensive of the builiding with two outdoor courts in the West and in the East. In the builiding central, there are a 25m swimming pool and recaption, changing room, seating room is keep intact. In the future, the gym is expanded doubling in size is more convenient and better for user.

According to the future plan, the outdoor courts in the West will be upgrade by big leisure pool, besides, the changing room will be added near the pool and the sports shop will be built the next changing room. In the East, the outdoor courts will be to make way by sports hall, moreover, two dance studio are added, it's more reasonable and economical. In addtion, a cafe and changing room will be contructed on the Southeast for visitor.

In conclusion, these changes aim to exhance user experience and convenient, and the resdesign improves the center's functionality.

Phương Vy 1/3

2026-03-01 01:57:48 UTC

The structure of a university's sports centre now, and how it will look after improvement is illustrated in the plans above. Overall, as can be seen, the university sports centre in the future is more reasonable and convenient than itself now. Look at the details, at present, in the North of sports centre has a gym and the swimming pool in the centre. There are changing room and seating on both sides of the pool. Besides that, the reception is located in the South of sports centre. In the West and the East has 2 outdoor courts. The current layout is not reasonable because outdoor courts take many space. After the sports centre redevelopment, the outdoor courts in the West will replace with leisure pool and the changing room nearby. Especially, the gym will be expanded doubling in size, in the East of sports centre will transform with sports hall and 2 dance studios. In the South of sports centre will have cafe and sports shop in both side that help people relax after playing sports and buy everything necessary. In general, the infrastructure in the future is more convenient and modern about functionality than itself at present.

Phương Linh

2026-03-01 01:57:49 UTC

The structure of a university's sport center now is described in the plans below and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, as can be seen, the centre will become bigger, especially in the east and the west. Some old areas will be removed and new facilities will be added to improve functionality.

At present, the reception is located in the south of the building, and this position will remain the same in the future. In the centre, there is a 25m pool now, and it will continue to be in the middle after redevelopment, while the gym will still be to the north. However, on the western side, outdoor courts are currently situated there, but they will be replaced by a leisure pool in the future. A changing room will be added to the south of this new pool. Similarly, on the eastern side, there are outdoor courts and seating at present, whereas in the future, the seating area will be removed and replaced by a sports hall, and two dance studios will be constructed further to the east. In addition, new facilities will be built in the south area. A sports shop will be added in the south-west, while a café will be built in the south-east. The café adds convenience for visitors. And the local sports centre is set to be improved with more than 5000 seats, making it more modern and functional than the current layout.

In conclusion, compared to the current layout, the sports centre will become larger and more modern after redevelopment. It will be expanded, doubling in size, and more facilities will be added in all four directions, including the east, west and south areas. Overall, the local sports centre is set to be improved significantly, creating a better environment for users and visitors.

Lê Huy Hoàng (1/3/2026):

2026-03-01 02:00:17 UTC

The strategies below illustrate the structure of a university’s sports centre now, and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, as can be seen in the design that a university’s sports centre after being upgraded is more diverse, more modern and more reasonable than itself now.

At present, there are 2 outdoor courts which is located in both the West and the East. Besides, the way in and out is set in the South and when we come inside, we can see the reception where we are welcomed expansively. Moreover, the swimming pool is situated in the middle of sports centre and its depth is 25 metres. In the left of pool, the changing room is built for everybody to change suitable outfits. In the right of pool, the seating is created to help people rest or see easily. In the North of sports centre, the gym is provided for people who like doing exercises and it helps them have a good health.

In future designs, there will be many particular changes in a university’s sports centre and the sports centre will set to undergo extensive modernization. In the West, the outdoor courts will be changed into leisure pool to satisfy people who want to swim outside. In the South, the reception will upgraded and these changes will aim to enhance user experience. In the left of reception, sports shop will be added to sell sport goods such as: fashion, ball, souvenirs,… and they will also provide changing room next to sports shop. Furthermore, in the right of reception, it will be essential to open café, so we will not worry about being thirsty. Next to café, changing room will be set up for fashion transformation. In the East, outdoor courts will be transformed into sports hall and 2 dance studios. In the North, the gym will be expanded doubling in size and the sports centre will set to be improved with more than 50.000 seats.

Hồng nhi 1/3

2026-03-01 09:32:16 UTC

The curent layout of university sports centre and its proposed redevelopment are illustrated in the diagrams.

Overall, the centre is set to undergo extensive modernization to enhance its functionality and convenience, with several new facilities added and the current layout significantly expanded.

At present the buiding mainly consists of a gym in the North, a 25 m pool in the centre, there is seating beside the pool and changing room on the western side. In addition, outdoor courts are located on both the East and West sides of the of building and the reception area is located right near the entrance.

In the future, the sports centre will be expanded, almost doubling in size. The outdoor courts will be replaced by indoor facilities. On the Western side, a large leisure pool will be construceted, while the eastern side will feature a sports hall together with two dance studios. New changing rooms will be provided on both sides to improve convenience. Furthermore, a café and a sports shop will be added near the reception area to enhance user experience.

In conclusion, these changes aim to upgrade the centre into a more modern, functional, and user-friendly complex.

thao anh 1/3

2026-03-01 10:39:59 UTC

The plans illustrate the current layout of a university sports centre and the proposed changes after redevelopment.

Overall, the centre is set to undergo extensive changes aimed at enhancing its functionality and improving user convenience. The building will be expanded, with several new facilities added and the outdoor courts removed.

At present, the sports centre consists of a central 25-metre pool with seating on its eastern side and a changing room on the western side. The gym is located along the northern side of the building, and the reception area is positioned at the southern entrance. In addition, there are two outdoor courts situated on both the eastern and western sides of the main building.

Under the future plans, the western outdoor court is set to be replaced by a leisure pool, and additional changing rooms will be constructed. The eastern side will be expanded, doubling in size to accommodate a sports hall, two dance studios and a café. A sports shop will also be added near the reception area to enhance convenience for users. Overall, the centre will be expanded, with the new design creating a more modern and efficient layout.

In conclusion, the sports centre in the future will be more modern about functionality than itself in the past.

ngọc 1/3

2026-03-01 10:39:59 UTC

The structure of a university's sports centre now is illustrated in the plans below, and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, as can be seen the sports centre in the future will become larger and more modern than itself before.

Currently layout, the sports centre has a gym located at the top of building in the North, two outdoor courts are set up on the West and the East sides. Moreover, it has a 25-metre pool in the middle of map. On the left of pool is changing room and on the right of pool is seating. Besides that, a reception is situated at the main entrance in the South.

After upgrade, gym will be remained but expanded doubling in size. Outdoor courts in the West will be replaced by leisure pool. In addition to, designer will add a sports hall next to seating. In the East of map, outdoor courts will be destroyed to make room for two dance studios. On the left of main entrance, the sports centre will have a changing room and a sports shop. A cafe and extra changing room will also be added near the reception area on the right of main entrance. After alters, a pool , seating and reception will be keep the same situations.

In conclusion, these changes aim to enhance user experience and the infrastructure of university's sports centre will be improved to make everybody enjoy it.

Hà Phương 1/3

2026-03-01 10:40:03 UTC

The structure of a university's sports centre now is expressed in the plans and how it will look after upgrade.

Overall, as can be seen, the future plans of university's sports center is more morden and economic than it's now.

At present, the building contains a gym at the North side, a 25m swimming pool in the centre, seating to the East of pool, a changing room to West, and the reception area is positioned at the Southern entrance. There are also two outdoor courts on both sides of the building.

According to the future plan, the outdoor courts will be upgrated by indoor facilities. On the Western side, a leisure pool will be built, meanwhile, the changing room will remain nearby. On the Eastern side, a sports hall will be constructed, with two dance studios located to the East of the hall. A cafe will also be added near the reception area. the gym will stay in the same position, but the buiding will expand to include more sports facilities.

In conclusion, the university sports centre is planned to be significantly expanded with a wider range of indoor activities. So the redesign improves the centre's functionality and more convenient.

Thái Minh Nguyên 1/3/2026

2026-03-01 10:40:04 UTC

The infrustructure of a university's sport centre now is review, and it will look after improverment.

Overall, as can be seen, modernization and extensive can see in university's sport centre in the future, which was redevelopment.

At present, the gym in the North will expanded doubling in size after upgrade . in the West, there are outdoor courts which will make way for leisure pool in the future. Beside, that also add 2 new facility, such as changing room and sports room. However, the outdoor courts in the East will set to change to an large area, which including a sports hall, 2 dance studio, a cafe and a changing room intended for dance studio. Moreover, the swim pool in the South, which like a centre's symbol, will keep the same with changing room , seating, reception and entry as itself now

In conclusion, this redevelopment aim to improve user experience and convenience. Beside, that also increase the centre's functionality

Trần Anh Thư

2026-03-01 10:40:04 UTC

The design of a university's sports centre at present, and how it will look after improvement is revealed by the plans below.

Overall, as can be seen, the layout of a university's sports centre in the future will be extensive and economical than it now. It will also have more modern functionality.

In details, in the future, the gym in the North will be expanded doubling in size more than it is. At the centre, the 25m pool will also stay the same, meanwhile, on the left and right of the 25m pool, the changing room and seating won't change, respectively. In the West sides of the university's sports centre, outdoor courts is pulled down and in the future, it will be replaced by a leisure pool and changing room. In the East of the university's sports centre, the outdoor courts will be upgraded by building a sports hall and people will take advantages of vacant to develop extra two dance studios.These changes aim to enhance users' experiences. Moreover, in the South of the university's sports centre, reception area will keep the same position as now. The next, they will build a sports shop on the left and a cafe shop on the right of the reception.

In general, university's sports centre redevelopment in the future will bring more benefits and convenience for users than itself now.

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 1/3/2026

2026-03-01 10:42:24 UTC

The plans below illustrate the structure of a university's sport centre now and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, as can be seen, the centre in the future will be more reasonable and comfortable compare to itself now.

At present, in the North, the gym is provided for people who want improve their health. There are 2 outdoor courts in the West and in the East. Besides that, the entrance is set in the South. When we go in, we can see the reception. Moreover, the swimming pool is set in the middle centre with 25 metre. In the left of pool, we can see changing room where is built for everyone to change suitable outfits. In the right of pool, the seating is built for everyone to rest or see easily.

In the future plans, there will be many place changes in a university's sport centre. One of the most significant changes is that 2 outdoor courts in the West and in the East was destroyed to make way for a leisure pool, new changing room and sport shop in the West, sport hall, 2 dance studio, new changing room and cafe in the East. The next, the gym will be expanded doubling in size. The swimming pool the same old position.

Finally, university's sport centre will redevelopment for improve user experience and more modern. Moreover, its also improve the functionality

Nguyễn phương mai 1/3

2026-03-01 10:42:36 UTC

The current layout of a university sports center and it is design after redevelopment are compared in the plans.

Overall, the sports centre is expected to become larger and more modern, with more indoor facilities replacing .

In the university sports cente now . It doesn't have too many highlights . In the North, we see the Gym lying behind the swimming pool area. On the left is an outdoor courts . This yard is completely separated from the main building. The 25m Pool is located in the center, sandwiched in the middle is the dressing room on the West side and the seating area on the East side. East Outermost right , a second outdoor courts is symmetrical to the left. The reception desk is located right at the main entrance in the middle axis in the south .The new change of the university's sports center in the future .The gym will be still located in the North but expands to the East . The sports center will be set undergo extensive modernization. The extensive outdoor counts will be removed and replaced by a large , modern leisure pool . the original changing room, and the seating area will remain in their current layout. To the east of these facilities, the second outdoor court will be demolished to make way for a new sports hall and two dance studios. In the southwestern corner, a new changing room and a sports shop will be constructed.The reception area in the south will be kept, but it will now provide access to a new café and an additional changing room located in the southeast of the building. The redesign improve the centers functionality. These changes aim to enhance experience. The cafe adds convenience for visitor . The local sports cente is set to be improved with more than 50,000 seat . About this improvement, see the area will be explaned doubling in size .

Finally the sports center will become larger and more modern, with more indoor facilities added.

Trần Đặng Anh Thư

2026-03-01 10:43:35 UTC

The layout of a university sport centre is illustrated in the plans below, along with how it will be changed after redevelopment

Overall, as can be seen, the university sports centre is set to undergo extensive modernization. while the main facilities will remain, several new amenities will be added and the centre will be expanded.

At present, a 25m pool situated in the centre. To the North of the pool is the gym, while the reception is located on the South of the pool. the seating is positioned on the Eastern side. There is a changing room to the West of the pool. In addition, outdoor courts occupy both the eastern and western sides of the university sports centre.

In the future plan, the outdoor courts will be replaced with indoor facilities, including a leisure pool in the West a sports hall in the east. The gym will be considerable expanded, nearly doubling in size. Besides, two dance studio will be structured to the far East. Additions amenities, such as two changing room, a cafe and a sports shop will be infrustructured of the building.

The upgrade aims to modernize the university sport centre and make it more useful and comfortable for users

Nguyen Thanh Tuan Anh 1/3

2026-03-01 10:44:03 UTC

The diagrams below illustrate the design of a university's sports centre now, and how it will look after upgrade.

Overall, as can be seen the sports centre in the future plans is more reasonable and modern than it now.

In details, in current layout, in the North of sports centre has a gym and it will be enhanced and expended doubling in size in the future. The next, The 25m swimming pool and reception are located in centre of sport will be remained unchanged. The seating and changing room are situated both sides of the swimming pool will be kept in the future plans. Besides that, the outdoor courts which is placed in the West of sports centre will be replaced by leisure pool for students can relax in their break time in the future. The another is placed in the East which will be destroyed, instead of, it will be become more vibrant with 2 dances studio and sports hall are located on the right of seating. Additionally, Empty spaces will be set to add 2 changing room at the both bottom left and right corners. At the entrance will be built sports shop and cafe on both left anf right sides for children's entertainment.

In general, in the future plans, sports centre become more convenient and reasonable than this before

Quang Huy 2/3

2026-03-02 12:26:55 UTC

The design of a university sports centre is illustrated in the plans below and how it will looks after improvement.

Overall, as can be seen, the sports centre in the future is more modern than it now.

At present, in the centre of the sports centre is a 25m pool, which is surrounded by a gym in the north, a seating in the east and a changing room to the west. There are two outdoor courts which are located both in the West and East sides of the building. The reception area lies in the front of the entrance.

In the future plans, the outdoor courts will be replaced by ~~with~~ indoor facilities, including a leisure pool in the East and a sports hall in the ~~east~~. The gym will be nearly expanded doubling in size. Additional, two dance studios will be set to add in the right of sports hall. There are several facilities which will be added, such as two changing rooms in both two sides of building, a cafe and a sports shop.

The upgrade will modernize the university sports centre and make it more convenient and attractive for users.

6.5

Lương Thị Thu Hà 6/3/26

2026-03-06 11:32:43 UTC

The plans above report the infrastructure of a university's sports centre now, and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, as it can be seen, the university sports centre in the present is few amenities and simple, meanwhile, the university sports centre in the future plans is more modern, more reasonable and more convenient for users.

At the present, the university sports centre has current layout 25m Pool . In the North there is a gym . In the south there is a the reception desk. Both sides of the sports centre are available outdoor courts extensive in the Western and Eastern. Inside the western sports hall there is changing room opposite to seating in the East.

At the future plans, the university sports centre has future layout 25m Pool , is bigger, more upgrade and more enhance than the sports centre in the present. In the North, the gym is expanded doubling in size and improve. The reception desk still in the South. However, the outdoor courts in the West at the present is replace by leisure pool, sports and two changing rooms . In the East is set to sports hall, cafe, changing room and double dance studio for users.

In sum , the university sports centre at future is more convenience, more economical and more widely than the university sports centre at present.

Trà My 6/3

2026-03-06 12:14:06 UTC

The plans above describe infrastructure of a university's sport centre at present , and how it will look after improvement

Overall, as can be seen, the university sports centre in the future is more morden and reasonable for users than it in nowadays

At present, the pool is 25m is puted in the centre. In the left side of pool is a changing room and in the right is a seating room. The gym is located in the north of university sports complex and in the south of it is reception. There are the rooms in the central location. Still in the west, is a outdoor courts and the east as well.

In the future, the outdoor courts in west is replaced by leisure pool and around it is a changing room. In the centre of university sports centre in future it is still a 25m swimming pool, beside the pool is a seating like the now. The east in the future is changed. The outdoor courts is substituted by a sports hall, two dance studio and a changing room. At the entrance area, it have a reception, a sports shop and a cafe.

In the future, the university sports centre is expanded doubling in size and more convienient than current layout.The upgrade aims to enhance user experience and make it more convienient for client.

Đình Khoa 6/3/26

2026-03-06 12:20:29 UTC

The plans above illustrate infrastructure of a university's sport centre now, and how it will look after improvement.

Overall, as can be seen, the sports centre in the future plans is more reasonable and modern than it now.

At present, the sports centre has a central building with a 25m swimming pool in the middle. There is gym at the top of the building and a reception area at the entrance. A changing room is located on the left side of the pool, while seating is on the right. In addition, there are two outdoor courts situated on both sides of the main building.

In the future plan, the centre will become larger. On the left side, the outdoor courts will be replaced by a leisure pool, and a changing room and a sports shop will be built near the entrance. On the right side, a sports hall and two dance studios will be constructed where the outdoor courts are currently located. Moreover, a cafe and another changing room will be added next to the reception area. The gym, seating area and the 25m pool will remain in the same positions.

thuỳ duyên 6/3

2026-03-06 12:20:59 UTC

The diagrams provide information about the present structure of a university fitness complex and the planned changes for its future development.

Overall ,the sports centre will undergo extensive redevelopment,with the complex becoming larger and more facilities being added to enhance functionality and convenience.

At present,the current layout is relatively simple.A 25 mentre swimming pool is located in the centre of the building. To the north of the pool is a gym, meanwhile, seating is situated on the eastern side and a changing room is positioned on the western side. At the southern entrance there is a reception area .In addition ,two outdoor courts are located on both sides of the main building.

In the future, the sports centre will be expanded,almost doubling in size the existing layout. The outdoor courts will be removed and replaced by several new facilities in order to improve the centre’s functionality. On the western side, a leisure pool, a new changing room, and a sports shop will be constructed. Meanwhile, a sports hall together with two dance studios will be added to the eastern side of the complex. Furthermore, a café will be built near the entrance to increase convenience for visitors .In short, these changes will make the sports centre larger and better equipped for users.

Duyy 06/03

2026-03-06 12:21:41 UTC

The infrastructure of a university's sports centre now, and how it will look after upgrading is illustrated in the plans above

Overall, as can be seen, the sports centre in the future will become more modern, more reasonable, larger and more convenient for users than it today.

Both university's sports centre now and it in the future have a 25 m pool located in centre and the reception faces south of them. Now, the gym situated in the North of university's sports centre and it really small, while the gym in the future is expanded doubling in size. In the future, the outdoor courts will be replaced by a sports hall and two dance studios in the East of it. And the outdoor courts in the West of it will be took the place of a leisure pool. They are set to build a changing room and a sports shop in the southwest and a changing room, a cafe in the southeast of the university's sports centre.

In conclusion, i think new university's sports centre will have more functionality for users and attract more visitors.

HHong Diep 16/3

2026-03-16 11:15:58 UTC

The table abow expresses the postgraduate course fees in US Dollars that oversea students paid in three countries in 2007.

Overall, spendings on the postgraduate courses and living costs in countries B is the highest, meanwhile, country A offers the most affordable fee on the rank. For Arts, the spending took the highest in country C, $19.000, following by $18.000 in country B, while country A offered the lowest fee, it stood at $ 8.000. For Commerce, countries C have spending took the highest, $19.000 ; following by 18.000 in country B and country A offered the lowest fee, $8.000 . Next for Computing,

Quang Huy 16/3

2026-03-16 11:20:55 UTC

The postgraduate course fees in US Dollars paid in three countries by oversea students in 2007 are illustrated in the table above.

Overall, the charges for the postgraduate courses and living in Country B is the highest. Meanwhile, Country A offers the most affordable fee on the rank.

For Arts, the spending took the highest in Country C, $19.000, following by $18.000 in Country B, while country A offered the lowest fee, it stood at $8.000. Next was Commerce. Its cost were completely same to Arts' one. Thirdly, for Computing, the charges in Country B was $27.000, which was higher than Country C and A, at $24.000 and $11.000 respectively. Science followed the same trend, with $29.000 in Country B, slightly rising

in Country C ( $25.000 ) and the cheapest price in Country A, at $11.000. Finally, for Meals and Accommodation, Country B still held the most expensive cost , with $17.000, next was Country C by $11.000 and the lowest fee was $8.000 in Country A.

In conclusion, Country A had the most affordable charges in three countries.

Nguyễn Thành Hưng, 16/3

2026-03-16 11:22:14 UTC

The table above reveals the postgraduate course fees in US Dollars that oversea studens paid in three countries in 2007.

Overall, as can be seen, the spending on graduate courses and living cost in country B is the highist, meanwhile, the lowest spending belongs to the country A .

The first, for Art, the spending took the highest in country C, $19.000, following by $18.000 in country B, while country A offered the lowest fee, it stood at $8.000. The next, with Commerce, the spending on graduate courses and living cost of the three country were similar with expenses for Art .The second, for computing, the country B and country C were the highest spending rate, it respectively were $27,000 and 24,000, whereas country A were the most affordable fee at $11,000 . Third, for Science, the country A had same spending to Computing, besides, the countries B, C were increasing gradually spending rates, respectively were $29.000 and $25.000. The finally, for Meals and Accommodation, the country A had the lowest spending to $8.000,continued cheap spending by $11.000 in country C, and country B had the most expensive spending take $17.000 .

In short, the postgraduate course fees and living costs in three countries were uneven, and country A the most affordable fee .

Nguyễn Thành Hưng 19/3

2026-03-19 12:45:19 UTC

The diagram above reveals the steps in the recycling process of aluminum drinks can .

Overall, as can be seen, the ~~aluminum molten~~ process involves many steps, collection center is the place for depositing used aluminum cans, Meanwhile, drinks machine is location for distributing ~~to the market.~~

At the first steps, used aluminum cans are collected by many people and then they are sent to the collection centre, next, it..... transport.. by truck ~~sent~~ to the recycling centre . At this point, ~~It is~~ classified by the workers and then ~~it is~~ ~~wash~~ to be clear . Then ~~it is~~ compress into big blocks, after that it ~~deliver~~ by truck ~~ship~~ to an aluminum recycling plant. The second steps, ~~it is~~ melt down into liquid form, and ~~it is~~ new aluminum

xem lại câu bị động của thì Hiện tại Đơn giản

The steps in the recycling process of aluminum drinks can described the diagram above reveals .

Overall, as can be seen, the process used aluminum cans involves many steps, the first step start at the collection centre, Meanwhile, the final step end they are distributed to where they are needed.

In details, the first step start at the collection centre, where they are deposited by workers, then they are transported by trucks to the recycling centre . At this point, they are underwent in sorting and cleaning process, after than they are compressed into big blocks, and delivered to the an aluminum recycling plant . The next step, they are melted down into a liquid form and cast into a new aluminum bars, following they are flattened into aluminum rolls. The next step, aluminum rolls are made in into new cans and finally they are distributed and sent wherever they are needed.

In short, this is a closed loop recycling cycle for used cans .

Nguyễn Mạnh Tiến 19/3

2026-03-20 06:09:30 UTC

The diagram below illustrates the stages in the recycling of aluminium drinks can.

Overall, as can be seen, there are seven main stages in the process of aluminum drinks can, beginning with collection center and ending with drinks machine.

At the first stage in the process is collection centre and these cans are then sorted into two types, these are aluminium and steel. After that, we are transported by truck to recycling centre.

In the second stage, these are cans to an aluminium recycling plant, and then these cans process undergo cleaned and sorted, after that, we are melted down old aluminium, and we are compressed into new aluminium next aluminium roll.

Finally , we are new cans and moved operate the drinks machine and the cycle repeats.

Nguyễn hoàng long

2026-03-28 14:32:50 UTC

Some people purpose it is state’s duty to take children to school, while others believe parents should move their children to school. In my opinion, this has quite a lot of benefits.

We will talk about letting the government send children to school. Firstly, When the government brings children to school, it will contribute to reducing traffic congestion and reducing environmental pollution to help improve the living environment. Secondly, when the government brings children to school, it will help mothers feel more secure or help with travel expenses for some people in disadvantaged backgrounds. According to the recent survey:’The fact that the government sent children to school was supported by 45 percent of the population in just the early days’

Although they can receive good things from the government, some people still choose to send their children to school by themselves. Part of them wants to reduce the burden on the government. In addition, parents taking their children to school also increases social connection, helping to strengthen the relationship between parents and their children. Based on the Youth, published on 14 March,2024,line 2,column 8,page 6, said that:’The images of parents taking their children to school are a beautiful image of social connection’

In short, Government jobs are necessary for everyone.

Phương Anh 28/03

phanhphanh2742009 — 2026-03-28 14:36:01 UTC

Some populations say it is state duty to take kids to school , while others suppose parents should move their children to school. On the one hand, many people believe that the state should provide school buses to ensure educational equality . For example, children from low-income families might struggle to attend classes regularly if their parents lack private vehicles. Additionally, using public buses helps to reduce traffic jams and protect the environment by decreasing the number of individual cars on the road. On the other hand, some argue that parents should take care of this task to ensure their children’s safety and flexibility. By driving their own children, parents can monitor them closely and adjust the travel time to fit extracurricular activities. . Based on The Yourth published on 23th March, 2009, line 2, column 27,page 3, said that “Access to school is the first step toward a successful education”. In my opinion, although parental involvement is important, the government should still provide a basic transport system. This hybrid approach ensures that all students, regardless of their background, have a reliable way to reach school safely.

Phucs 28/3

2026-03-28 14:37:26 UTC

Some people argue that it is the state's responsibility to take children to school, while others believe that parents should move on this duty. This essay I will discuss both views before presenting my own opinion.

On the one hand, it is believed that governments should provide transportation for students, especially those living in remote areas or coming from disadvantaged backgrounds. In many regions, children face long and difficult journeys to school, which can place an undue strain on both students and their families. By offering subsidized or free transport services, governments can promote equity in education and ensure that all children have equal access to learning opportunities. Moreover, a reliable public transport system can also enhance student safety and act as a social safety net for low-income families.

On the other hand, some people argue that parents should be responsible for their children’s commuting. They believe that this responsibility is inherent in parenting, as it is part of their role to nurture and care for their children. Transporting children to school can also strengthen family bonds and allow parents to better monitor their children’s daily routines. Additionally, relying solely on the government may not always be sustainable, especially in developing countries with limited resources.

In my opinion, while parents should play a role in their children’s daily lives, the government should take primary responsibility for providing school transport, particularly for those in need. A balanced approach, where governments support families whilst encouraging parental involvement, would best alleviate the challenges faced by students.

Đức 28/3

2026-03-28 14:40:00 UTC

Some people purpose it is state's duty to take children to school, While others believe parents should transport their kids to school. In my opinion it has a lot of benefits

Firstly, the government can provide a more reliable transport for students. School buses can help children from remote areas or disadvantaged backgrounds go to school more easily, which improves equity in education. Second, public transport can alleviate traffic problems caused by commuting

According to a recent survey " In the early day, 45% of the population were supported the government transporting children to school.

On the other hand, parent should take responsibility for their children. They can manage our time better . Moreover, taking children to school helps build stronger family relationships, while reducing dependence on government support.

Based on the Youth, published on 14 March,2024,line 2,column 8,page 6, said that'Seeing parents take their children to school is a beautiful of social connection'

In conclusion, although each side has its own benefits

Hoàng Tuấn Phong (28/3)

2026-03-28 14:41:27 UTC

It is often argued that take kids to school is the duty of the state, whilst others believe that parents should take care of this duty. This essay will discuss both views, and I believe parents should play the main role.

On the one hand, some people think the government should provide transport for student. One reason is equity, as children from disadvantaged background or remote areas may not have aces to reliable transport. State support, such as subsidized school buses, can act as a safety net and help these children attend school regularly. In addition, public transport system can alleviate traffic problems and make commuting safer and more organized. This can also be a more sustainable solution for big cities.

On the other hand, many people believe that parent should be responsible for take their children to school. This is because caring for children is an inherent duty of parent. By doing this, parents can nurture their kids better and ensure their safety every day. Moreover, relying too much on the state may create an undue strain on public budgets. Parent also understand their children needs more clearly, so they can provide more reliable support.

In conclusion, whilst government support is important, I believe parents should be mainly responsible for transporting their children.

Phương Vy 28/3

2026-03-28 14:41:54 UTC

Some people say it is state's duty to take kids to school, while others believe parents should move their children to school. The both of views are discuss in this essay below. First, government transport children to school can help social equity, children do not distingguish between rich and poor. Besides, children in many remote areas can go to school by bus of state instead of walking or cycling to school, so it can safe for kids and help many disadvantage backgrounds . Moreover, state take children to school can also alleviate traffic jam and more reliable and make safety net. According to the recent survey, 45% families have reduced undue strain when government move kids to school. Second, when parents transport their children to school can strengthen the bond between children and parent. Next, it can also increase social connection and share responsibility with government. Based on the Youth published on 14th March, 2000, line 2, column 4, page 3 said that: '' Others believe parents should transport kids to school can increase strengthen in family''. In general, I think government and parents are need responsibility with children in commuting.

Hoàng Hân 28/3

2026-03-28 14:42:11 UTC

Some people say it it sate duty to take children to school, while others believe parents should transport their children to school. Here is my opinion on the matter.

Firstly, some person think that the government is responsible for transport children to school. I think it has some benefits for society and family. If the children can government's move to school it helps increase the social connection and reduce social distance. Besides that, it can be safe for the children when they take part in traffic. Moreovers, it brings many benefits for society like decreasing traffic jams. According to a recent survey, the big city can reduce traffic jams by 45% if the state is responsible for taking children.

On the other hand, some people believe parents need to move their children to school. Because it helps strengthen the bond between parents and their child. After that, parents can share the responsibility with the government. It improves the social connection. Based on the TIme, publish on 21 March, 2020, line 2, column 5, page 9 said that:"Many people believe taking their children to school is a way for them to spend time with their children"

In conclusion,in my opinion, I think the governments and parents are responsible for taking children to school. So we need to combine society and families moreover.

Lâm Hà 28/03/26

2026-03-28 14:44:07 UTC

Some people think that the state should be responsible for taking children to school, while others believe that it is the parents’ duty. Here are some reasons.

Nowaday, many people believe that the government should provide transportation for children, it can make sure that all children go to school safely. Moreover, it can be less traffic jams, especially in the big cities. According to a recent survey, 45% of the goverment should be responsible for moving children to school.

Next, some people think that parents should take responsibility for transporting their children. It helps children and parents bond with each other and it also helps the government reduce undue strain. Based on The Time published on 3nd February, 2021, page 9, line 11, column 5, said that: "It is very important for parents to take their children to school ''.

In conclusion, I think both sides should work together to support children’s transportation to school.

Phương Linh 28/3

2026-03-28 14:48:22 UTC

Some people believe that it is the government’s responsibility to transport children to school, while others think parents should take their children to school. This essay will discuss both views before giving my opinion.

On the one hand, many people believe that it is the government’s responsibility to transport children to school. The first reason is social equity. Students from remote areas or disadvantaged backgrounds may not have transport, so government buses help them go to school more easily and have equal opportunities in education. Then, school buses can reduce traffic congestion. If many parents drive their children to school every morning, there will be more traffic jams around schools, while public transport can reduce the number of private vehicles. The next reason is safety. Government transport systems are usually more reliable and safer for children because they are managed and controlled carefully. According to a recent survey, many people agree that school buses are safer and more convenient for families, especially for working parents who do not have time to take their children to school every day.

On the other hand, many people believe that parents should transport their children to school. First of all it can increase family connection. When parents take their children to school, they have time to talk and share daily stories, which helps family members understand each other better. In addition, it helps strengthen the relationship between parents and children. This daily activity is a simple way to nurture emotional bonds and make children feel more supported by their parents. Moreover, parents can choose suitable time and routes, so children will not depend on bus schedules. Based on The Timepulished on 14th June, 2021, line 2, column 4, page 3 said that: "Many families said that driving children to school is a good way to communicate with their children and build stronger family relationships".

In conclusion, although parents can take their children to school, government transport is more beneficial for society and students.

Lê Huy Hoàng 28/03/2026

2026-03-28 14:48:25 UTC

Some residents say it is state’s duty to take children to school, while others believe parents should move their kids to school. Both thesises are discussed below.

There are many reasons why government’s responsibility is transporting children to school. First of all, it is safer for children to go to school by government’s transportation which is designed carefully to protect people inside. Secondly, it also allows all children in remote areas and students who have disadvantaged backgrounds to access to school conveniently. Especially, when all school girls and schools boy are transported to their school by state’s transportation, it not only helps improve social equity, but also set up the reliability between parents and government. According to a recent survey, 65% students in Japan move to school by government’s transportation. Therefore, it reduces a large number of private transportation and decreases some traffic congestions.

Besides, others believe parents should take their kids to school. To begin with, it helps enhance the relationship between parents and their children by communicating openly and sharing their daily lives together. Moreover, it is a good way to limit undue strain to government, so state can invest in more important fields. Furthermore, it helps government concentrate on managing and upgrading their nation to create more opportunities for children to go to school. Based on The Youth punished on 14th, March, 2021, line 2, column 4, page 3, said that: “ The number of students who are taken to school by their parents is approxiately 45% in Japan”.

In conclusion, both government’s responsibility and parent’s duty are essential to share difficulties in transporting children to school.

Huy 30/3

2026-03-30 12:11:23 UTC

Someone said that the main goal of advertising is to rise the sales of products that people don't really need. Although it is true that many advertisements encourage people to buy unnecessary goods, I disagree that this is the main goal of advertising.

Advertising does not aim at only selling products, but it has different other objectives. First of all, advertising plays a vital role in providing information to consumers. Today, new products and services are constantly being produced. However, without advertising, people will difficultly find out items that can improve our life. Next, advertising also is crucial for businesses to build the brand. By advertising their products, brands can create a strong identity and gain the trust of consumers. Ultimately, companies can attract more people and increase competition through advertisements. As a result, companies will improve the quality of the products. This helps to enhance the overall economy development.

In conclusion, i disagree that the main purpose of advertising is to increase the sales of products that people don't really need because it also play a important role in boosting the economy development.

4.5/6

hdiep 30/3/2026

2026-03-30 12:11:25 UTC

The main objective of advertising is to extend the sales of product that people don't really need . I disagree with above content because :

Advertising does not aim at only selling product, but it has different other objectives. This advertising provides information about specifications on product. It builds the brand, building the reputation for product. Advertising push the competition among companies, so they have to improve the quality of the product. .....

Trà My 1.9 ( 04/02/2026)

2026-04-02 14:00:30 UTC

Some people think it is states duty to take children to school while others suppose parents should move their children to school. Both issue will be debated in this essay below.

Any people reckon that getting children to school is the government's duty. Because, when goverment take children to school, children are ensure absolute safe. As a result, traffic accidents have been reduced and become less frequent. Besides, if children are placed in school by the government, it show fairness to children. Therefore, children in mountainous ares also have the opportunity to go to school like everyone. Moreover, it also demonstrates the sharing of responsibility between family and states.Acoording to a recent survey, 45% traffic jam was reduced in the Beijing after the government used the public transport to move children to school in 2021

Nevertheless, some opinions suggest that parents should transport their children to school. One way to strengthen family bonds and deepen the relationship between parents and children is for parents to take their children to school. Furthermore, it also builds good habits and life skills, teaching children how to be punctual.Next, this make it easier for parents to observe and care for their children , reducing their worries and fears when their children ride public buses. Based on, the Time, published on 26th, March,2019, line 4, colum 4, page 2, said that" Children are taken to school by their parents is one of the important aspect of connecting society"

Shared responsibility is the optimal solution. The government should provide services as a safety net for families who cannot afford it or live far from schools, while encouraging parents to take responsibility when possible.

hdiep 3/4

phamlamvy212 — 2026-04-03 11:45:44 UTC

Task 1: 0.75/4

The diagram below describe how ethanol fuel is produced from corn. Overall, there are nine stages in the process of corn ethanol fuel production.

First, stage in the Corn ethanol. Corn is storing and carefully preserved before it is milling.

Task 2: 1.0/6

Some people think that physical strength is essential for success in sport, while other people think that mental strength is more important. This esay vill discuss both view and give my opinion.

Some people think that physical strength is essential for success in sport. Having good physical strength then operational productivity increase. We should choose the sport that we love. Because when you are not interested with it, it won't want to do it.

Trần Đặng Anh Thư

2026-04-03 12:31:04 UTC

TASK 1: 3.25/4

The diagram illustrates the stages process of manufacturing ethanol fuel starting from raw corn.

Overall, it is a linear process involving nine main stages, beginning with the harvest and storage of corn and culminating in the transportation of the finished ethanol. The procedure also incorporates the addition of water and results in a solid by-product.

At the start of the process, corn is harvested and kept in a storing facility. Following this, the corn is put through a milling machine to be ground into a finer consistency. In the next stage, the ground corn is combined with water and subjected to a cooking process, which lasts for approximately four hours.

Once cooked, the mixture undergoes fermenting, a time-consuming phase that takes 48 hours to complete. After fermentation, the resulting substance is moved to the separating stage, where it is divided into two distinct parts: a solid by-product and a liquid. While the solids are discarded or used elsewhere, the liquid enters a purification phase. This stage takes five hours to ensure the ethanol is pure. Finally, the processed ethanol is stored once more before being transported to its destination for use as fuel.

TASK 2: 4,25/6

Some people believe that having a strong body is the most important thing, while others think that a strong mind is more necessary. In my opinion, both physical heath and mental heath are very essential

Firstly, physical strength is very crucial in many sports. Most sports require athletes to be fast, strong, and have a lot of energy. According to a recent servey, in football or swimming, players need to train their muscles every day to compete with others. If an athlete is not physically fit, they cannot perform well and might get injured easily. Therefore, having a good body is the first step to becoming a professional sportsman.

On the other hand, many people say that mental strength is even more important. This is because professional sports are very stressful. Athletes often feel a lot of pressure from the crowd or their coaches. If they are not mentally strong, they might lose focus and make mistakes.Based on The Time, column 2,page 5, line 6, said that, in a marathon, a runner needs a strong mind to keep going when their body feels tired. Mental toughness helps them to stay calm and confident during a match.

In my opinion, both physical and mental factors are necessary for success. A player needs a strong body to play the game, but they also need a strong mind to win. For example, a gold medalist needs to be fast, but they also need to be brave and never give up.

In conclusion, although physical power is the foundation of sport, I believe that mental strength is also a key factor. To be truly successful, an athlete should develop both their body and their mind.

Hồng nhi 3/4

2026-04-03 12:37:04 UTC

task 1: 3.5/4

The chart illustrates the multi-stage process of generating enthanol fuel from corn.

Overall, the process involves several stages from storing corn to transporting ethanol. Among these, the fermentation stage takes the longest time, while other steps such as cooking and purification are completed much more quickly.

At the first stage, harvested corn is stored before being milled into smaller pieces. After that, the ground corn is cooked for four hours, during which water is added to form a mixture. This mixture is then left to ferment for 48 hours, allowing chemical changes to occur.

Following the fermentation stage, the product is separated into two parts: a solid by-product and a liquid component. Only the liquid is used in the next stage, while the solid is removed. The liquid then undergoes a purification process that lasts for five hours to produce ethanol. Finally, the purified ethanol is stored once again before being transported to its destination.

task 2: 5.25/6

People have different views about whether physical power or mental strength is the most important factor for success in sports. While physical fitness is clearly necessary for any athlete, I believe that having a strong mind is what leads to victory in the end.

On the one hand, physical strength is the foundation of almost every sport. To compete at a high level, athletes must have speed, power, and endurance. For example, in sports like swimming or weightlifting, if an athlete is not strong enough, they cannot keep up with their opponents regardless of how much they want to win. Therefore, most professionals spend the majority of their time in the gym to build their bodies and improve their physical performance.

On the other hand, many people argue that mental strength is more significant. Professional sports are very stressful, and players often face a lot of pressure from the crowd. An athlete with a strong mind can stay calm and make good decisions even when they are losing. For instance, many champions are famous for their never give up attitude. Without discipline and the ability to stay focused, even the most talented person might fail when things get difficult.

In my opinion, although both factors are needed, mental strength is the defining factor. A strong body helps you start a sport, but the mind helps you overcome challenges. In conclusion, while physical health is a basic requirement, I believe that mental toughness is the key that determines long-term success in the world of sports.

Đình Khoa 3/4

2026-04-03 12:39:25 UTC

Task 1: 3.5/4

The diagram illustrates the process of producing ethanol fuel from corn.

Overall, as can be seen, ethanol production involves a linear sequence of stages, beginning with storing and milling corn and ending with transporting the final product. Notably, the process includes two time specific stages cooking, which takes 4 hours, and fermentation, which lasts significantly longer at 48 hours.

Initially, harvested corn is stored before being milled into smaller particles. The ground corn is then cooked for 4 hours, during which water is added to the mixture. After cooking, the material is transferred to the fermentation stage, where it is left for 48 hours to allow chemical changes to occur.

Following fermentation, the mixture is separated into two components: a solid by product and a liquid. The solid residue is removed, while the liquid undergoes further processing. This liquid is then purified for 5 hours to produce ethanol of suitable quality.

Finally, the purified ethanol is stored once again before being transported to its destination. Overall, as can be seen, the process is relatively straightforward, although fermentation is the most time consuming stage compared to the others.

Task 2: .75/6

Some people believe that physical strength is the most important factor for success in sport, while others think mental strength is more important. In my opinion, both are important, but mental strength plays a bigger role.

On the one hand, physical strength is necessary for many kinds of sports. Athletes need strong muscles, speed and endurance to perform well. For example, in sports like football or boxing, players must be physically fit to compete and avoid injuries. Without good physical condition, it is very difficult to win competitions. Therefore, physical strength is a basic requirement for success in sport.

On the other hand, mental strength is also very important. Athletes often face pressure, stress and competition from others. If they are not mentally strong, they may lose confidence and perform badly. For example, some players lose even when they are stronger because they feel nervous. Mental strength helps athletes stay focused and calm during important moments.

In conclusion, although physical strength is necessary, I believe mental strength is more important because it helps athletes deal with pressure and perform better in competitions.

Tduyên 3/4

2026-04-03 12:39:35 UTC

Tast1; 3/4

The diagram illustrates how ethancol fuel is produced from corn .It shows the main stages from storing the corn to transporting the final product.

Overall, ethanol fuel is produced from corn through a linear process with several stages,starting from storing and milling the corn and ending with transporting the final product.The most time-consuming stage is termentation.

Firts,the corn is stored and then it is milled. After that, water is added and the corn is cooked for 4 hours . Next, the mixture is fermented for 48 hours.This is a long step in the process.

After fermening, the product is separated into liquid and solid by -product.The solid part is not used for ethanol .The liqiud then goes to purifying stage.This step takes 5 hours to make ethanol fuel.

Finally,the ethanol is stored again and then transported to other places .

In conclusion, the process has several steps and takes a long time, especially in fermenting stages.

Task2; 2.75/6

Some pepple think physical strength is important for success in sport, while others believe that mental strenght is more important .This essay will discuss both views and give my opinion.

On the one hand, physical strength plays an imprtant role in manny sports.Athletes need strong bodies to run faster,jump higher or lift heavy weights.For example, im sports like football or boxing , players must have good starmina and power to complete with others. Without physical strength it is very difficult to perform well or win competitions.

On the other hand,mental strengh is also very important .Athletes need to stay calm and focused during matches . Sometimes,even if a person is strong ,they can lose if they feel nervous or give up easily.

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 3/4

2026-04-03 12:44:40 UTC

Task 1: 1.75

The diagram below shows how to produce ethanol fuel from corn.

Overall, as can be seen, this process consists of 8 steps, and the process involves the preparation of water, wait for a long time. Start with storing and transporting is the final step.

First of all, corn must be in a for milling. After that, water is added and cooking corn after milling for 4 hours. The next, it is fermented for 48 hours or 2 days, when separating solid by product and become liquid. Moreover, it also purifying ethanol for 5 hours. Finall, it is stored and transported to markets is the end step.

Task 2: 3.0

Some people think that physical strength is important for success in sport, but other people belive mental strength is more important.

In my opinion, both physical and mental strength are the same. There are many reason for my opinion.

First of all, physical strength helps us to do something like skills which is an important part of sport like football, volleyball or badminton. Moreover, physical strength also protect us in process training or in a match. Besides that, we can play for a long times while others people can not continue play because they do not have enough power. Based on The Time published 2nd, january, 2024 said that "all people success in sport must have physical".

The next, mental strength is also a part important of success in sport. Because its help us feel confidence in all situations like stress from viewer when they lose a important match. Besides, its also help them not stressed after a lose battle. According to a recent survey 70% people success in sport depend on your mental strength.

Overall, you must have physical and mental strength to success in sport.

Trà My 1.9( 03/04/2026)

2026-04-03 12:44:56 UTC

Task 1: 1.75

The graph describe production way ethanol by corn.

Overall, as can be seen. Ethanol was production through many procceses and it take a lot time.

First, corn will transfomed into storing, then it become milling. Secondly, milling will be cooked in 4 hours ( in this progress, more water are needed add). Thirdly, then cooking, it was fermenting in 48 hours. And then, we will be obtained separating, this is a solid by-product. Want to obtaine purifying ethanol , we must wait 5 hours. And then, it change to storing. Finally, we obtained transporting.

This is a progress to how ethanol fuel is produced form corn. Although it be done corn, people should not used it so much. Because, when use it so much will cause many consequence.

Task 2: 2.75

Some people believe that physical strength is nesessary for success in sport. Mean while, other suppose mental strength is more vital. Both issue will be debated in this essay.

Any people reckon physical strength is essential for success in sport.Because, sport is really need people have a good physical to a join in competitions may require skill. Want to succes in sport,first, we need healthy athethes. Besides, when take part in a competitions, we also need a strength physical and keep calm. According to a recent survey, 45% of people have a good healthy when play sport.

Nevertheless, other people say mental strength is more vital. It is a coreect, mental strength is very nessesary. Good mental help me keep calm in the unexpected situations. Next, it also control your words and actions, no awkward situations occured. Based on the Time publcied on March 26th ,2020,line 4,colunm 4, page 2 said that" Have a good mental is have all" .

In my opinion, both physical strength and mental strength are important for success. A player needs both physical strength and mental strength. For example, want to success in sport, player need calm and good mental.

In conclusion, everyone need both physical strength and mental strength.

Thái Minh Nguyên 3/4

2026-04-03 12:45:05 UTC

Part 1: 1.5/4

How ethanol fuel is created from corn is showed in the diagram below

Overral, as can be seen, there are 8 stages. Storing is the start step, the final stage is transporting

First of all, corn is store to milling. At the second step, we need cook it with water in 4 hours. After that, we must fermenting that mixed to ferment in 48 hours. Besides, we need separating with liquid to be solid by-product. The next step, it must purifying ethanol in 5 hours. The final stage, we storing it and transporting it to sefl place.

In conclusion, this digram were showed how ethanol fuel is produced from corn, that is easy to understand

Part 2: 2.75/6

Some people discuss that physical strangth or mental strength is more important. My opinion of that are showed in article below

In my opinion, with physical strength, which need to maintain a match in sport. Besides, if you happen injury, you will need physical to recover the body. According to a recent survey, 85% people happen injury if they don't have a strong physical strength, they will retire in after life.

However, mental strength also significant. It is essential to develop tactic in sport. The next, It also effect to handle the situation more speedly. Base on The People, published on 26/5/2025, line 5, colum 3, page 2, said that 75% winner depend on tactic when they meet people stronger they in physical strength.

In conclusion, physical and mental strength are both the same. To win a match, a player needs both physical strength and mental strength

Nguyễn Thu Huyền 3/4/2026

2026-04-03 12:46:25 UTC

Task 2: 1.75

Some people say that physical strength is important for success in sport,while other people suppose that mental strength is more important.Both views will be discussed on this essay.

The physical strength is really important,players,who has good physical strength,can have good things easier.They can improve their skills to play better.So,it's very essential for success in sport.

Beside,the mental strength also nescessary in sport.If players good mental strength,their mental will be better.It also improve their skills like physical strength.

In conclusion,both physical strength and mental strength are very nescessary for success in sport

Duy Test 3/4

2026-04-03 12:46:56 UTC

Task 1: 3.5/4

The information about how bio-ethanol is created from corn is reported in the diagram above.

Overall, as can be seen, the production of bio-ethanol is a complex and multi-stage process that gradually transforms raw corn into a usable fuel product. Each step plays an important role in ensuring the efficiency and quality of the final output.

First, corn is carefully stored to maintain its quality before being milled into smaller particles. This milling process helps increase the surface area, making the corn easier to process in later stages. Next, the ground corn is cooked for four hours, during which water is added to create a suitable mixture. After cooking, the mixture is transferred to a fermentation tank, where it is left to ferment for 48 hours. During this stage, microorganisms break down the sugars into alcohol.

Following fermentation, the mixture is separated into solid by-products and a liquid component. The liquid is then purified for five hours to obtain ethanol. Finally, the ethanol is stored and transported to different locations for use as a renewable energy source.

Task 2: 3.75/6

It is believed by some people that physical strength plays a key role in sporting success, whereas others argue that mental strength is more significant.

On one hand, physical strength is undeniably essential in many types of sports. Athletes are required to possess a high level of stamina, speed, and muscular power in order to perform effectively. For example, in sports such as football, athletics, and boxing, competitors must maintain peak physical condition to compete and avoid injury. Without sufficient physical fitness, it would be impossible for athletes to keep up with the intense demands of professional sports. Therefore, physical ability can be seen as the foundation for success in this field.

On other hand, mental strength may help people across themselves. Strong people, who have mental strength will be easier to face with their fail and stress. Without mental strength, it would be hard to help people face with bad thing in the future. For example, many people get low points in exams, they will very sad and don't want to eat or do anything, but if they have mental strength, they will become tougher, learn from their mistakes, and gradually improve as a result. The people who dare to choose their own path and remain walk in it are the ones with mental strength who will succeed.

In conclusion, i believe that both physical and mental strength both good. If a person has both them will be very successful in the future. But if must choose one of them, i think mental strength is better because it help people across themselves after their mistakes and it's the key to become a successful person

HAI AN 3/4

2026-04-03 12:48:20 UTC

Task 1 : 2.5

The diagram shows how ethanol fuel is produced from corn .

Overall , as can be seen , the process has several simple steps , starting with corn and ending with the transportation of ethanol . It is a simple clear process , and fermentation is the longest time in the process .

In the first , the corn is stored in a place . Then , it is milled into small pieces . After , it is cooked for 4 hours , and water is added . Next the mixture is left for 48 hours to ferment . in this step , ethanol starts to form . Then mixture is separated into two parts : soil and liquid . The solid part is removed and the liquid part is kept . After then , the liquid is cleaned for 5 hours to make ethanol . finally ,the ethanol is is stored and then transported for use .

In conclusion , this is a simple process with clear steps .

Task 2 : 2.75

Some individuals reckon that physical strength is essential for success in sport , while othes believe that mental strength is great significance . Both issue are debated in this essay .

One the one hand , the physical strength is necessary . For example , in sports like football or badminton , strong players can run faster and play better . Without strength , good fitness . Therefore , physical strength is clearly an important part of success in sports . Acoording to a recent survey , 70% of physical strength increase in London after practice sport enhance heath .

One the other hand , the mental strength is crucial . First , skills help player with good skills can play well even if he is not very strong . In addition , mental strength and teamwork are necessary . The Youth published on 22th May 2020 line 3 , column 4 , page 2 ,said " people are play practice mental help increase nervous system " . Players need to stay calm and work together to win matches .

In conclusion , although physical strength is important , I think that other factors such as skills , mindset , and teamwork are vital for success in sport .

Huy 3/4/2026

2026-04-03 12:49:04 UTC

Task 1: 1.5.4

The way that ethalnol fuel is produced from corn is illustrated in the diagram below.

Overall, as can be seen, there are total nine steps to produce ethanol fuel from corn.

Firstly, corn is selected carefully. After that, corn is stored for milling. Next, we add water into stored corn and cook it for 4 hours. After cooking, it is fermented in 48 hours then separated that is solid by-product. Ultimately, it is purified ethanol in next 5 hours then stored for transporting.

In conclusion, steps to produce ethanol fuel from corn are difficult to do it yourself.

Task 2: 2.75/6

Some people think that physical health is important for success in sport, while other people think that mental health is more important. In my opinion, mental strength is important for success in sport but the more important one is physical strength. Today, we can easily see people who have strong interest in sport. These people have good resilence to pursue their hobby but they fail to achieve success. The reason that prevent them is their strength. For people who have weak health, they have good resilence but they can't reach success for their strength. In contrast, stronger people have a better begin that helps them go far in their hobby. This helps them braver to pursuing the hobby.

On the other hand, a strong health also helps us avoid dangers and accidents. We can improve our safety with a better health. Physical strength also plays a important role that helps us attract better people 's attention. They can train us to become better at our hobby. For instance, many games as basketball, volleyball,... require a truly good strength. Many people who have strong strength often are trained by better people. Therefore, they will easily achieve success in sport.

In conclusion, I feel mental strength is a vital factor for success in sport but physical health plays a more important key.

Hà Phương 3/4

2026-04-03 14:49:36 UTC

Task 1: 2.5/4

How ethanol fuel is created from corn is reported in the diagram below.

Overall, as can be seen, there are nine stages in the process of corn ethanol fuel production. Beginning with the harvest and storage of corn and culminating in the transportation of the finished ethanol.

At the first step, corn is harvest and then put in a suitable place to ensure safe storage before it is ready for milling. During the milling stage, the corn is ground into a fine powder, which is then mixed with water. The resulting mixture is cooked for four hours.

After cooking, the mixture undergoes a 48 hours fermentation process. In the next stage, the mixture is separating into liquid ethanol and solid by product. It then takes five hours for the resulting ethanol to be purified to remove any impurities. Finally, this ethanol is stored for a set period of time before being transported to retailers, ready to be sold.

Task 2: 4.25/6

Some people think that physical strength is essential for success in sport, besides others people that mental strength is more great significant.

Firstly, physical strength is undeniably important in many sports. Athletes need strong muscles, high stamina, and physical endurance to perform well, especially in sports like weightlifting, running, and swimming. Therefore, having a good body is the first step to becoming a professional sportsman. For instance, Olympic champions usually go through intense physical training to build strength and push their bodies to the limit.

On the one hand, many people say that mental strength is more important. Sports require focus, self-confidence, and resilience to deal with pressure and setbacks. A clear and determined mind helps athletes stay motivated and overcome difficult moments during competitions. This is because professional sports are very stressful. For example, even the most physically prepared athlete may fail if they lack the mental ability to cope with stress or defeat. Based on The Time, column 2, page 4, line 8, said that, in a marathon, a runners needs a strong mind to keep going when they body feels tired.

In conclusion, I strongly believe that success in sports requires a perfect balance between physical and mental strength. One without the other may limit an athlete's full potential, but together, they create a powerful foundation for outstanding performance.

ngoc 3/4

2026-04-03 14:54:22 UTC

Task 1: 2.75/4

The diagram illustrates the process of producing the ethanol fuel from corn.

Overall, as can be seen, the process includes nine main stages, beginning with harvesting the corn and ending with transporting stage. At the first stage in the corn ethanol making process, the corn is stored and then milled into smaller pieces. The next stage, water is added to the ground corn and the mixture is cooked for about four hours. After cooking, the mixture undergoes a fermentation process, which takes forty-eight hours, and ethanol is produced after this stage. Following this stage, the liquid ethanol is separated from the fermented mixture, during which some solid by-products are taken out. It then takes five hours for the resulting ethanol to be purified to remove any impurities. Finally, this ethanol is stored for a set period of time before being transported to retailers, ready to be sold.

In conclusion, this diagram were showed how ethanol fuel is produced from corn, that is easy process to understand.

TASK 2: 4/6

Some people believe that physical strength is the most important factor for success in sport, while others think mental strength is more important. This essay will discuss both views and give my opinion.

On the one hand, physical strength is important for success in sport. Most sports activities require any athlete to perform well. Good health includes factors such as speed, endurance... will help players have energy while practising sports or in competition. Sports training is also considered a way to train physical strength and how to handle situations in sports and avoid injuries while playing sports. From there, players can show their talents more in sports. For example, with football, with a match time of 90 minutes, players must ensure endurance to maintain strength throughout the long period and have the strength to compete for the ball with their opponents. According to the survey, 70% people depend on physical health in sport.

On the other hand, mental strength is equally, particularly in competitive and high-pressure scenarios. Mental resilience allows athletes to stay focused, overcome setbacks, and push beyond pain and fatigue. For instance, tennis players or marathon runners often face moments where their physical capabilities are tested to the limit, and it is mental toughness that helps them persevere. Moreover, psychological attributes such as confidence, determination, and strategic thinking are critical in sports like chess, archery, or even football, where decision-making and emotional control can define the outcome. Based on The People published on March, 26th, 2009, line 7, column 4, page 6 said that " Have a good mental health is have all "

In conclusion, both physical and mental strengths are vital in sport, but mental resilience plays a more significant role in consistently achieving and sustaining success.

2026-04-03 14:55:54 UTC

Nguyen Phuong Mai 3/4

TASK 1: 3./4

The way that ethalnol fuel is produced from corn is ilustrared in the diagram below .

Overall , as can be seen , the process has several simple steps , beginning with the storage of raw corn and culminating in the transportation of the finished fuel .

Initially , corn is place i storing units before being miled into a fine powder . Following this , the milled corn is cooked for 4 hours with the addition of water . Once cooked , the mixture undergoes a fermenting process which lasts for 48 hours to chemically transform the starch into alcohol . After fermentation , the substance is moved to the separating stages . Here , it is divided into two parts : solid by - product and liqiud . The liqiud then enters the purifying phase , which takes 5 hours to complete . Once the enthanol is purified , it is moved to storing tanks .

Finally , the finished enthanol is transported to various destinations for use as fuel .

TASK 2 : 4.5/6

Some people think that physical health is important for success in sport , while other people think that mental strength is more important .

On the one hand , physical streght is an absolute prereqiusite in professional sports . Most disciplines require high levels of endurance , speed , and raw power , which are developed through years of intense training . For instance , in sports like weightlifing or sprinting , success is almost entirely measured by muscular and cardiovascular capabilities . Without a body conditioned to perform at it peak , an athlete simply cannot compete ar the highest levels

On the other hand , mental stregth is what allows athletes to excel when the physical gap between competitors is narrow . At the eilte level , most players proccess similar physical abilities , therefor , the winner is often the one who can handle immense presure . Mental ressilience enalbes an athlete to remain focused during a crisis , stay dis ciplined during grueling training , and recover from defeats . A prime example is a marathon runner who must use sheer willpower to overcome physical exhaustion in the final miles . Bases on the Time publcied on March 26th , 2021 , line 4, colunm4 ,page 2 said that ''Have a goodmental is have all '' .

In conclusion , while physical strength provides the necessary platform for performace , mental strength is the ultimute driver of success . In my opinion , mental grit is more important because it controls how an athlete their physical gifts , especially in high stakes situations where the mind often determines the outcome .

2026-04-03 14:58:48 UTC

Nguyễn Thành Tuấn Anh 03/04/2026

task 2. 2.5/6

Some citizens belive that physical strength is crucial for success in sport, while other citizens think that mental strength is more important. In my opinion, I think both physical strength and mental strength are crucial for success in sport.

In details, Physical strength is extremely vital in sport because it helps people can play stably in a match without hard condition, especially professional players. Moreover, the number of sports such as football, basketball, badminton require each playyer has strength to train effectlly. Therefor, they can perform better in a match. According to a recent survey 60% people success rely on your physical strength

Another a crucial thing in sport is mental strength which helps player to get over many difficult periods. Futhermore, mental strength also assits player do not give up and become stronger that is key to achive success. Based on The Time published on March, 2010, Page 36, column 10, line 3 said that "The success in sport must have mental strength ".

In general, both physical strength and mental strength are same crucial for success

Trần Anh Thư

2026-04-03 14:59:52 UTC

TASK 1; 2/4

The process of producing ethanol fuel from corn is revealed by the diagram below.

Overall, as can be seen, producing ethanol fuel from corn includes eight steps. The first step is harvesting and preparing corn, meanwhile transporting ethanol fuel stands at the final stage.

In details, with the first step, people harvest and prepare corn for the process. The second and third stages, they continue store and mill corn to make them become flour. Subsequently, corn flour is cooked about 4 hours and fermented about 2 days in order to become ripe, softer and smaller. After that, workers separate them into solid by-product and then add liquid. The next step is purifying ethanol, they have to purify it at least 5 hours so that ensure ethanol the best. The following step is storing ethanol and packing it in boxes to preserve. Finally, a range of ethanol boxes are loaded into the containers, which transport ethanol to users.

In conclusion, producing ethanol is a process, which is very complicated and closed.

Task2.: 3/6

Some people think that physical strength is important for sucess in sport, while other people think mental strength is more important. Personally, i think that all physical and mental strengths are important for sucess in sport.

In details, first of all, physical strength is crucial for sucess in sport. Physicsal strength is a factor health because if we have a good physical health, we can move and motor easily. Besides, athletes must possess a certain level of stength, speed, and ensurance to perform technical skills effectively. According to a recent servey, about 90% of the sport athletes have good physical healths.

On the other hand, mental strength is often the deciding factor in high-stakes environments beacuse it helps sport athletes feel more comfortable and optimistic in any situiation. If sport participants have a good spirit, they can respond to emergency situiations. A mentally strong athlete can maintain focus during the final minutes of a match or recover quickly from a mistake, so they gain the sucess isn't undeniable. Based on The Time, published on 16th Octorber, 2021, page 28, column 11, line 10, said that the sport participants, who have a good mental health, gain the success more easily and effectively than others.

In conclusion, although some opinions show that mental strength is more important than physical strength, i am of the opinion that mental health is as good as physical health.

Long: 2.5/4

2026-04-11 14:33:21 UTC

The percentage of water in UK rivers that was classied as having good chemical quality from 1990 to 2002 is described in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, the water quality in wales had cleanest water, meanwhile, the polluted water belongs to the river at Scotland.

Firstly, Wales remained stable and even rose slightly to nearly 98% in 1998. However, after that, it dropped sharply to about 80% in 2002. In contrast, Northen Ireland’s river quality gradually improved, with its purity rising to nearly 100% in 2000, and then slightly falling to 96% by 2002, having surpassed waled since 1999. England started at about 45% in 1990, then rose to around 67% in 1996. However, it decrease significantly to about 30% in 1998 before recovering to nearly 48% in 2002. Meanwhile, Northern Ireland followed an upward trend throughout most of the period. Its figure increased gradually to. Similarly, Scotland began at just above 20%, rose to about 60% in 2000, and then declined again to around 40% in the final year.

In short,Water quality in Wales and in Northern Ireland is consistently better than water quality in England and Scotland.

Lê Huy Hoàng (11/04/2026): 3.5/4

2026-04-11 14:42:39 UTC

The rate of water in UK rivers that was classified as having good chemical purity from 1990 to 2002 is described in the chart above.

Overall, Wales and Northern Ireland

consistently recorded the highest percentages of rivers with good chemical quality, although Wales experienced a noticeable decline towards the end of the period. In contrast, England and Scotland showed more fluctuation, with England undergoing a sharp drop in the late 1990s before recovering, while Scotland rose significantly before falling again by 2002.

First of all, in Scotland the ratio of good quality water reached the lowest rate which was 21% in 1990. After many years from 1992 to 1996, the percentage of water clearness maintained at 30% and then it not only increased to 40% in 1998 but also rose to about 60% in 2000. However, it tended to decrease to 40% in 2002. Secondly, in England the rate of water purity tended to increase over four years, including 1990 at around 43%, 1992 at 50%, 1994 at 52%, and peaking in 1996 at nearly 70%. It then dropped sharply to 30% in 1998 and continuously increased in 2000 and 2002 from 40% to approximately 50%. Thirdly, Northern Ireland remained stable at around 83–84% from 1990 to 1996, then increased to about 94% in 2000 before slightly falling to 90% in 2002. Finally, Wales stayed highest at roughly 94–95% between 1990 and 1998, but then dropped to about 85% in 2000 and further to around 75% by 2002.

In conclusion, while Northern Ireland showed a slight overall improvement and maintained high water quality, Wales experienced a significant decline despite its strong starting point.

Hoàng Hân 11/4: 1.5/4

2026-04-11 14:43:45 UTC

The ratio of water in UK rivers that was classified as having good chemical purity from 1990 to 2002 is described in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, the ~~water quality~~ water clearness of Wales ~~takes~~ has the highest ~~rate~~ percentage meanwhile, the lowest percentage belongs to Scotland

It is provided from the chart that the water clearness of Wales was good at 96% in 1990 and it was higher than the water purity of Northern Ireland was 83%. After that, Wales always kept the river all good quality from 1998 before it decreased faster in 2002 with the water clearness was 80%. Besides that, Northern Ireland the water quality increased gradually and it was 100% in 2000 but the clearness fell down slow was 96% and it was higher than Wales from 1999. On the other hand, in England, the percentage of water quality clearnes that was the highest was 70% in 1996 and it hit a low was 30% in ~~1996.~~ 1998.In chart, Scotland had the rate of purity was the lowest was 20% in 1990 and then in 2002 grew sharply ~~was~~ to 40%.

In conclusion, Wales and Northern Ireland always had the highest water quality and it was protected after many years.

Nguyễn Bá Đức: 2.0/4

2026-04-11 14:46:43 UTC

The percentage of water in UK rivers that was classified as having good chemical quality from 1990 to 2002 is illustrated in the chart above

Overall, as can be seen, Wales had cleanest water, meanwhile the polluted water belongs to the Scotland

In 1990, Wales had the highest about 95% and Northern Ireland at around 83%. Wales even increased slightly to nearly 98% in 1998 . After that, it dropped sharply to about 80% in 2002.

The water quality of Northern Ireland increased gradually from 83% in 1990 to 99

in 2000, after it decreased slightly to about 95% in 2002. In 1999, Wales became the country with the best water quality

England started at about 45% in 1990, then rose to around 67% in 1996.However, it decreased significantly to about 30% in 1998 before recovering to nearly 48% in 2002. Scotland showed a similar trend starting at about 20%, increasing to 60% in 2000, then dropping again to around 40% at the end.

In conclusion, Water quality in Wales and in Northern Ireland is consistently better than purity in England and Scotland

Phúc (11/4/2026): 2.5/4

2026-04-11 14:46:58 UTC

The line chart shows the proportion of river water in the UK that was classified as having good chemical quality between 1990 and 2002.

Overall, the water in Wales and Northern Ireland mainly sustained the highest water quality throughout the period, whereas there was a notable fluctuation in England and Scotland, with Scotland occuping the most dramatic rise and fall.

Looking at the line graph, Wales initially stood at 96% of good quality river, which was the dominant figure in the first period. After that, it nearly unchanged until 1998 before considerably declining to 80% in 2002. Additionally, the most second quality was Northern Ireland, which started at 82%, then slightly rising to nearly 90% before dramatically increasing to about 100% after experiencing a marginal decline by 2% over the period.

Looking at the line chart in more detail, the water quality in rivers of England occuped about 45% at first. There was a significant growth to nearly 70% afterwards until 1996 before significantly reducing by 40% in 1998, then recovering to around 50% in the final period. In addition, Scotland's rivers experienced a slight increase to 30% in 1992, then remaining in an original position until 1996.

Consequently, the rate of water quality considerably rose by 30% in 2000 before dipping to 40% in 2002.

Lâm Hà 11/04: 2.0/4

2026-04-11 14:47:28 UTC

The percentage of water in UK rivers that was classified as having good chemical quality from 1990 to 2002 is described in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, the rivers in Wales ~~takes~~ has the highest rate, meanwhile, the lowest ratio of the rivers belongs to those in Scotland.

In 1990, the river water quality in Wales was good, it ~~stood for~~ stood at 96%, higher than water in Northern Ireland, it took 83%. In the following years, the river water quality in Wales remained clean until 1998, before it decreased rapidly in 2000 and it reached 80%. In Northern Ireland, the river water quality increased gradually to 100% in 2000, it slightly decreased to 96% and it passed Wales in 1999 -> suy đoán ngoài biểu đồ.

In 1990, river water quality in Scotland was the lowest at 20%, it was less than half of that in England. In Scotland, the river water quality went up steadily at 70% in 1996, after it ~~fall down~~ fell down at 30% in 1998. Finally, there was a significant recovery in 2000, it took 50%. Similarly, the river water quality in Scotland rose gradually at 60% in 2000, ~~morever~~ moreover, it decreased to 40% in the following two years.

In conclusion, Wales and Northern Ireland have always had a higher clean water rate than England and Scotland.

Sử dụng nhiều câu ghép, chia sai động từ, dùng liên từ nối yếu, cấu trúc câu sai, Task 1 viết process phải dùng thì hiện tại đơn

Phương Vy 11/4: 2.0/4

2026-04-11 14:48:54 UTC

The rate of water in UK rivers that was classified as having good chemical purity from 1990 to 2002 ~~are illustrated~~ -> is illustrated in the chart above. Overall, as can be seen, the percentage of water in Wales takes the highest position, ~~meanwhiles~~ -> meanwhile, the lowest position belongs to Scotland. ~~Look at the chart, we can see~~ -> Look at the details, the water purity in Wales in 1990 was good at 95%, higher than the ~~water clearness~~ -> water quality in Northern Ireland was 83%. After that, the water quality in Wales still kept stable to 1998 and decreased sharply to 80% in 2002. Besides, in Northern Ireland, the water quality increased gradually to 100% in 2000 and ~~fall down~~ -> fell to 96% ~~and higher than Wales from 1999~~. On the one hand, the percentage of ~~water clearness~~ -> water purity in England stood highest at 70% in 1996 and dropped to 30% in 1998 and then increased to 50% in 2002. ~~In Scotland takes the lowest was 20%~~ -> In Scotland, the water quality takes the lowest in 1990, grown gradually to 60% in 2000 and dipped to 40% in 2002. In general, the rate of water purity in Wales and Northern Ireland always takes the highest and ~~keep the river all good quality after many years~~ -> the percentage of water quality in other rivers in UK need to improve.

Nguyễn Phương Linh 11/4/2026: 3.5/4

2026-04-11 14:49:14 UTC

The ~~ratio~~ proportion of water in ~~England~~ UK rivers that was classified as having good chemical quality from 1990 to 2002 is described by the chart above .

Overall, as can be seen, water quality in Wales ~~takes~~ has the highest rate, meanwhile, the lowest ratio of river purity belongs to Scotland

In 1990, Wales had the highest percentage at about 96%, and Northern Ireland was around 83%. Wales stayed almost the same until 1998, then went down to about 80% in 2002. Northern Ireland increased slowly and reached about 100% in 2000, before going down a little to around 96% in 2002.
England and Scotland had lower numbers. England started at about 45% and went up to around 70% in 1996. Then it dropped quickly to about 30% in 1998 and increased again to 50% in 2002. Scotland started at 20%, increased to about 30%, then went up to 60% in 2000 before falling to around 40% at the end.

In conclusion, water quality in Wales and Northern Ireland was higher than in England and Scotland, although all countries showed some changes over time.

Phương Anh 11/04: 4.0/4

phanhphanh2742009 — 2026-04-11 14:49:15 UTC

The line chart illustrates the proportion of river water with good chemical quality in four UK countries—Wales, Northern Ireland, England, and Scotland—between 1990 and 2002.

Overall, as can be seen, Wales and Northern Ireland consistently recorded the highest percentages, while England and Scotland showed more fluctuations and generally lower figures. Notably, Northern Ireland overtook Wales by the end of the period.

Wales started at about 95% in 1990 and rose slightly to a peak of around 98% in 1998. However, its figure then declined steadily to roughly 80% by 2002. In contrast, Northern Ireland began lower, at approximately 83%, but increased gradually throughout the period, reaching a high of nearly 100% in 2000 before ending just below this level in 2002.

England’s trend was more erratic. It rose from around 45% in 1990 to a peak of about 67% in 1996, before dropping sharply to around 30% in 1998. After that, it recovered moderately, finishing at just under 50% in 2002.

Scotland showed a gradual increase from about 22% in 1990 to around 30% in the mid-1990s. It then climbed more significantly to approximately 60% in 2000, before falling back to about 38% by 2002.

In summary, while Northern Ireland improved steadily to become the top performer, Wales declined after the late 1990s, and England and Scotland experienced notable fluctuations over the period.

Hoàng Tuấn Phong (11/4): 3.5/4

2026-04-11 14:50:18 UTC

The chart illustrates the proportion of water in rivers in the UK that was considered to have good chemical quality from 1990 to 2002.

Overall, Wales had the highest percentage of good-quality river water, while the lowest figure belonged to Scotland throughout the period.

In 1990, Wales had the highest figure at about 95%, followed by Northern Ireland at around 84%. Both areas increased slightly and remained high until 1998. After that, the figure for Wales fell significantly ~~about to~~ to about 82% in 2002. Meanwhile, Northern Ireland rose to nearly 100% in 2000 before decreasing slightly at the end.

By contrast, England started at around 45% in 1990 and increased to nearly 70% in 1996. However, it then dropped sharply to about 30% in 1998 before rising again to around 50% in 2002. Scotland had the lowest percentage, beginning at about 22%. It increased gradually and reached a peak of around 62% in 2000, before falling to about 40% in the final year.

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 12/4: 2.0/4

2026-04-12 10:34:14 UTC

The chart below illustrates ratio of water in UK river that was classified as having good chemical purity between 1990 and 2002.

Overall, as can be seen, the Wales on top with highest percentage of good quality river water, while the lowest ratio of good clear river water is Scotland.

First of all, Wales had the highest position of good quality river water at 95%, and higher than clear water in Northern Ireland was 86%. Moreover, Wales still kept the highest position from 1990 to 1998. However, it decreased fast in 2002 with the water purity was 80%. Besides that, the purity water river in Northern Ireland increased gradually and it account of 99% in 2000 but I dropped to 96% in 2002, and higher than Wales in 1999.

In addition, the quality of water river in England was the highest with 69% in 1996 and it fell down 30% in 1998 and then was 49% in 2002, while the lowest purity of water river in Scotland was 22% in 1990 and it raise up to highest was 60% in 2000, and reached 39% in 2002.

In conclusion, Wales and Northern Ireland ever had the highest clear water. In the long term, this number will remain at its highest level.

ngoc 12/4 : 3.0/4

2026-04-12 10:35:22 UTC

The chart illustrates the proportions of water in UK rivers that was classified as having good chemical purity, over a 12-year period from 1990 to 2002.

Overall, as can be seen, the river in Wales had the cleanest water, while the quality in Scotland rivers decreased.

As line graph shows, in 1990, roughly 96% of rivers in Wales, were classified as having good chemical levels, noticeably higher than Northern Ireland's 83%. In the following years, the water clear of Wales's rivers improved slightly, approximately 98% in 1998, then went down to 80% in 2002. Besides, the proportion of water in Northern Ireland’s rivers showed an increase from about 82% to nearly 100% between 1990 and 2002.

Conversely, the percentage of water in England rivers started at around 45% in 1990, then increased significantly to 70% in 1996. Although it dropped sharply to 30% in 1998, river water quality improved dramatically in the final year. As for Scotland, the figure began at 20%, after which the figure climbed steeply to 50% in 2000. However, by the final year, it witnessed a small decline to 40%.

In conclusion, the water cleanliness of rivers in Wales and Northern Ireland were higher than its in England and Scotland.

Hà Phương 12/4

2026-04-12 10:35:37 UTC

The rate of water in UK rivers that was classified as having good chemical quality from 1990 to 2002 is described in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, the water quality in Wales had cleanest water, meanwhile, the polluted water belongs to the river at Scotland.

In 1990, the river water quality in Wales was good, it stood for 96%, which was the dominant figure in the first period and it higher than the water purity of Northern Ireland was 83%. After that, the water quality in Wales still kept stable to 1998 and decreased sharply to 80% in 2002. Besides that, Northern Ireland increased slowly and reached about 100% in 2000 and fall down to 96% and higher than Wales from 2002.

By contrast, England started at 45% in 1990 and increased to nearly 70% in 1996, after it fall down at 30% in 1998. Finally, there was a significant recovery in 2000, it accounted for 50%. In addition, Scotland showed a similar trend starting at about 20%, increasing to 60% in 2000, then dropping again to around 40% in the final year.

In conclusion, Wales and Northern Ireland is consistently better than water quality in England and Scotland.

2026-04-12 10:36:27 UTC

Nguyen Thanh Tuan Anh 12/4: 2.5/4

The line chart below illustrates the clear of water in UK rivers that was classified as having good chemical quality between 1990 and 2002.

Overall, as can be seen that the percentage of good quality river in Wales recorded the highest and Scotland had the lowest percentage of good quality river during the period.

Look at the details, In 1990, the percentage of good quality rivers in Wales and Northern Ireland accounted for 95% and 80%, respectively, remaining relatively stable a 8-years period. Meanwhile, the proportion of purity rivers in Wales decreased gradually by 15% in 2002, in contrast , the rate of standard rivers in Northern Ireland rose steadily from 83% to 92% between 1998 and 2002.

As can be seen from line chart, rivers with good chemical quality in England varied significantly of period which made up roughly 45% in 1990 and experienced a sharp rise of 25% in 1996. However, it slumped dramatically and represented 30% in 1998 . Between 1998 and 2002, the proportion of clear rivers in England surged dramatically to reach 40%. In contrast, in 1990, the rate of purity rivers in Scotland witnessed a sharp increase from 20% to 60% during a 10-years period. However, it slightly decreased and stood at 40% in 2002.

Trần Anh Thư 12/04: 1.5/4

2026-04-12 10:43:19 UTC

The ratio of water in UK rivers that was classified as having good chemical quality between 1990 and 2002 is revealed in the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen, Wales had the highest percentage of good quality water, and the lowest position belonged to Scotland.

In details, in 1990, Wales's river had the highest rate about 95%. It still kept the highest position from 1990 to 1998 with the purity was about 99%, but it started to go down about 80% in the next 4 years. Besides, the England’s river stood at the second position with about 85% of good quality water and continued increasing to 1998 and aimed about 99% in 2000 - the best score. However, it tended to go down from 2000 to 2002 and it accounted for 95% in 2002. The following position attributed to Northern Ireland’s river, which dominated about 45% in 1990. It started to increase quickly to 1996 and got about 68%. However, from 1996 to 1998, it decreased rapidly and only had about 30%, but it also continued going up to 2002 with the percentage of good quality river was about 50%. In addition, in Scotland, the ratio of good quality river was a bit low in some first years – 1990, 1992, 1994 and 1996, it only constituted about 21%, 30%, 29% and 30%, respectively. On the contrary these years, from 1996 to 2000, the percentage of good quality started to raised quickly, and it occupied about 60% in 2000, but it dropped to 38% in 2002.

In conclusion, the percentage of good quality river in England and Wales was wonderful, this needed maintaining. In contrast, rivers were in Northern Iceland and Scotland represented quite low, so they needed improving.

nguyen phuong mai 12/4: 3.0/4

2026-04-12 10:43:29 UTC

The line graph illus trates the proportion of river water in the UK that met high chemical quality from 1990 to 2002 .

Overall , Wales and Northern Ireland maintained the highest water , while England and Scotland started with much lower levels but showed more significants fluctuations over the twelve year .

In 1990 , Wales had the highest purity at about 95% , while Northern Ireland followed closely at roughly 85% . Both coutries remained stable untill 1988 . However , after 1988 , the quality in Wales dropped to around 80% , while Northern Ireland's figure rose slighty to finish at nearly 95% in 2002 .

England started at roughly 45% in 1990 . It reached a peak of near by 70% in 1996 before falling sharply to 30% in 1998 and then recovering to about 50% by 2002 . Scotland began with the lowest percentage . Its purity increased steadily to 60% in 2000 , but then fell back down to 40% at the end of the period

To conclude , the percentage of good quality rivers in most coutries ended higher than it started , despite some big drops in England and Wales .

hai an 17/04: 2.5/4

2026-04-17 12:12:06 UTC

Task 1:

The chart above report the rate of water in UK rivers that was rank as having good chemical quality from 1990 to 2002.

Overall , as can be seen , rivers in Wales and Northern Ireland consistently had the highest quality of water , meanwhile , England and Scotland fluctuations throughout the period .

Firstly , in 1990 , the figure for Wales was the highest , at about 95% , and it remained stable until 1996 before dropping significantly to around 70% in 2002 . In contrast , Northern Ireland started at just over 80% and quality gradually improved , with its purity rising to nearly 100% in 2000 , and then slightly falling to 96% by 2002 , having surpassed wales since 1999 . Returning to England the rate increased from approximately 45% in 1990 to around 65% in 1996 . However , it then reduce sharply to about 255 in 1998 and the lowest purity of water . Subsequently , the figure recovered and climbed to roughly 40% in 2002 . Similarly , Scotland started at just above 20% and go up to about 55% in 2000 . Nevertheless , it declined again to around 30% by the end of the period .

In conclusion, the chart reveals that changes in water quality varied significantly across the UK regions .

Trà My 17/04: 1.0/4

2026-04-17 12:12:21 UTC

The ratio of water in UK rives was categorized as having good chemical quality from 1990 to 2002 is illustrated in the chart below

Overall, as can be seen, Wales has a highest percentage of water in UK. Mean while, the lowest rate belonged to Scotland.

First is about Wales- the country with lowest ratio of water in UK. It only accounts for the highest percentage is 60% in 2000. Also in 1990, 1992,1994,1996, they located at about 20%- 40%. Next is England, it have an unstable figure. In 1990 , it make up 45%, then gradually increase 50% in 1992, 55% in 1994 and 68% in 1996. However, in 1998, the rate has dropped again to 30%, but it continued to rise 40% in 2000 and 50% in 2002. Besides, we have Northern Ireland- a city constitute a highest percentage of good quality water, just after each Scotland. It started with 85% in 1990 and that rate is increasing, but at a slow pace in the next 4 years 1992,1994,1996,1998. But in 2000, the ratio suddenly increased to 100% and then decreased again 95% in 2002. Finally is Scotland- the nation has a highest percentage in diagram. Nevertheless, the ratio of this region tends to go down. In 1990, it achieved 95% and gradually increase 96% in 1992, 97% in 1994, 98% in 1996 and 99% in 1998. But in 2000, it drop 85% and 80% in 2002.

In conclusion, the ratio of good quality river in England and Scotland were great . But in Northern Ireland and Wales needed improve.

Nam Phong-17/4: 1.0/4

2026-04-17 12:16:05 UTC

The chart below illustrates the percentage of water in UK rivers that was ranked as having good chemical quality from 1990 to 2002

Overal ,as can be seen,Wales had the highest percentage of good quality water,and the lowest position belonged to scotland

In details in 1990 ,Wales's river had the highest rate about 95 percents . It still kept the highest position between 1990 and 1998 with the purity was about 99 percents but it started to rise about 80 percents in the next 4 years .Besides the englands's river stood at the second position with about 85 percents of good quality water and continued increasing to 1998 and amied about 99 percents in 2000-the best score.However , it tended to go down from 2000 to 2002 and it made up for 95 percents in 2002.The following position attributed to Norther Ireland's river , which dominated about 45% in 1990.It started to increase quickly to 1996 and got about 68%.However, from 1996 to 1998, it decreased rapidly and only had about 30% but it also continued going up to 2002 with the percentage of good quality river was a bit low in some first years - 1990,1992,1994 and 1996, it only constituted about 21%,30%,29% and 30%, respecttively .On the contrary these years, from 1996 to 2000,the percentage of good quality started to raised quickly, and it occupied about 60% in 2000 ,but it dropped to 38% in 2002

In conclusion the percentage of good quality river in England and Wales was wonderful,this needed maintaining.In contrast, rivers were in northern Iceland and Scotland made up quite low ,so they needed improving

Hong Diep 17/4: 1.5/4

2026-04-17 12:16:37 UTC

TASK 1: WATER LEVELS

The chart below discribe the percentage of water in UK river that was rank as having good chemical purity from 1990 to 2002.

Overall, as can be seen, Wales had the highest quality of water , meanwhile, Scotland had the lowest purity of water.

In details, Scotland had the lowest purity water in 1990, it stood at 20%, but it doubled occupied 40% in 1998; in 2002, the quality of water gained 50%. By contrast, England had a quality of water reached to 43% in 1990, it increase in 1996 and it dominated 68%, it dropped to 30% in 1998 and responded to 49% in 2002. Besides, Northern Ireland had quality of water,it stood at 83% in 1990 and accounted for 95% in 2002 . Finally, the highest quality of water at Wales;in 1990, it consituted 93% and it go down to 80% in 2002.

Khoa 17/4: 2.0/4

2026-04-17 12:17:04 UTC

The chart above describes the percentage of the water in UK rivers that was categorize as having good chemical purity from 1990 to 2002.

Overall, as can be seen, Wales has the highest quality of pure water on the chart, while Scotland has the lowest.

Firstly, in 1990, the purity level of water in Scotland was only 20%, considered the lowest among the four countries: Wales, Northern Ireland, and England. By 1992, the purity level began to increase to 30% and remained at that level for four years. In 1998, the purity level in Scotland increased significantly from 30% to 40%, and two years later, it soared to 60%. However, by 2002, the purity level had dropped back to 20%.

In 1990, England started at about 45% and continued to increase to 70% in 1996. It dropped to 30% in 1998 and rise slowly to roughly 50% four years later.

One of two countries had the highest quality of water was Northern Ireland. Rivers is purity of water remained fairly stable at around 80% in 8 years from 1990 to 1998. In addition, it increase to about 98% and dropped to 95% in 2000 and 2002.

Like Northern Ireland, Wales rivers had very high quality and really fairly. It remained a about 98% in 8 years form 1990 to 1998. However, it go down to 88% in 2000 and 80% in 2002.

In summary, Wales has the highest percentage of polluted water, followed by Northern Ireland, which has a similar level of pollution. England and Scotland, on the other hand, have relatively low levels of pollution, ranging from around 20% to 70%.

In conclusion, purity levels varied across the four regions. Wales stayed relatively high but declined slightly, while Northern Ireland rose steadily to the highest level. England fell sharply before a slight recovery, whereas Scotland fluctuated significantly.

Hoàng Duy 17/04: 1.0/4

2026-04-17 12:17:22 UTC

The information about the rate of water in UK rivers that was rank as having good chemical purity from 1990 to 2002 is illustrated in the chart below.

Overall, as can be seen among rivers in Wales have the highest quality of water, meanwhile the lowest purity of water belongs to Scotland rivers.

Firstly, in 1990, Scotland had the lowest quality of water at 20%, the purity of water in three points of time were 1992, 1994, 1996 about 30%, furthermore, it increased sharply from about 30% to 60% in 2000, triple compared to 1990. But in 2002 reduced from 60% to 40% within two years.

In 1990, England started at about 45% and continued to increase to 70% in 1996. It dropped to 30% in 1998 and rise slowly to roughly 50% four years later.

One of two countries had the highest quality of water was Northern Iceland. Rivers's purity of waters remained fairly stable at around 80% in 8 years from 1990 to 1998. In addition, it increase to about 98% and dropped to 95% in 2000 and 2002.

Like Northern Iceland, Wales rivers had very high quality and really fairly. It remained at about 98% in 8 years from 1990 to 1998. However, it go down to 88% in 2000 and 80% in 2002

In conclusion, we can see the rate of good chemical quality in most countries ended higher than it started, it's a good sign, and it needs to be maintained and developed, in spite of some go out such as Wales and Scotland.

Thuỳ Duyên 17/4: 3.0/4

tthm7584 — 2026-04-17 12:18:15 UTC

The chart compares the proportion of water in UK rivers that was rated as chemically clean over the period from 1990 to 2002 .

Overall , as can be seen , Wales had the highest figures , though it fell slightly at the end. In contrast, England fluctuated considerably, meanwhile , Scotland and Northern Ireland generally increased .

Firstly, Wales recorded the highest figures throughout the period, remaining stable at around 95% from 1990 to 1996 before dropping slightly to about 85% in 1998 and continuing to fall to roughly 80% by 2002. Besides , Northern Ireland stayed almost the same at about 83-85% from 1990 to 1996 .Then it went up to around 95% in 2000 and went down a little in 2002 . Moreover, England increased from about 45% in 1990 to 65% in 1996 . Then it dropped a lot to under 30% in 1998 . After that , it increased again to about 50% in 2002 . In addition , Scotland started at about 20% in 1990 and rose to around 30% in 1992 . Then it changed a little and rose to nearly 60% in 2000. After that , it fell to about 40% at the end .

In conclusion , Wales had the highest percentage, while England , Scotland and Northern Ireland changed over time .

lương thị thu hà 17/04: 1.5/4

2026-04-17 12:18:16 UTC

The chart below report the percentage of water in UK rivers that was ranked as having good chemical quality from 1990 to 2002.

Overall ,as can be seen, Wales is the highest quality of water, meanwhile, Scotland is the lowest purity of water. Firstly , Wales made up 95% to 99% water between 1990 and 1998, after Wales reduced slightly 85% in 2000 and continuing to fail to 80% in 2002 . Besides, Northern Ireland was the rank second 83%-89% from 1990 to 1998, but Northern Ireland was increased clearly 99% in 2000 and decreased nearly 95% by 2002. Moreover, England went up from about 45% in 1990 to 65% 65% in 1996, after it went down at 30% in 1998;however, it raised again to about 50% in 2002. Finally, Scotland started at about 20% in 1990 and rose to around 30% in 1996, was expanded doubling in proportion 60% in 2000, but it smaller than Wales from 2000, then dropping to around 40% in the last year.

In conclusion, Wales and Northern Ireland is reliably better than water quality in England and Scotland.

Nguyễn Thu Huyền 17/4/2026

2026-04-17 12:18:42 UTC

task 1: 2.0/4

The chart below describe the rate of water in UK rivers that was ranked as having good chemical quality from 1990 to 2002.

Overall,as can be seen,the highest quality of water belongs to Wales,meanwhile,Scotland has the lowest purity of water.

In the chart,the quality of water in Wales made up about 95% in 1990 and gained 99% in 1998,in 2002,it went down and gained 80%.In Northern Ireland,the purity of water in 1990 took over 80%,in 2002,it got to 95%.The quality of water in England account for 45%,it started increased and took 70% in 1996,but in 1998 it decreased and got 30%.In 2002,it took 40%.Scotland has the lowest quality of water,so it account for 20% in 1990 and gained 60% in 2000,in 2002 it went down and just got 40%.

In conclusion,the four regions followed constrasting trends over time.

Hà Thu 19/4: 4.5/6

2026-04-19 03:24:56 UTC

In the contemporary world, raising the sales of products is the primary objective of advertising for redundant items. Ultimately, I disagree as advertising is ~~a much broaden->~~ broader and more vital function instead of selling unnecessary products.

First and foremost, advertisement plays a crucial role in making informed purchasing decisions for buyers. It is undeniable that ~~there is amount of advertisement~~ -> there is a large number of advertisement on the subway, thiếu on television, or even on your own phone; therefore, consumers can be free to find out products' quality and prices without commuting to any phone stores. For instance, the appearance of Apple phones increasingly attract customers attention which ~~are not only known~~ ->are known not only thanked to advertising posters, but also its quality, conveying from people to others. Besides that, the development of advertising also fosters potential buyers classes and customer loyalty, especially wealth lady and gentle man who are willing to invest much money in purchasing products in large stores. It not only promotes reputation, ~~but also enabling~~ -> enables them to measure items' specifications to help consumers have the best experiences.

Furthermore, the presence of advertising on the marketplace also consolidate their position with a large number of users, a substantial portion of brand building. ~~It is a multifaceted tool to maintain people trust for buying novel products, while frequently brings benefits about quality, appearance, or even ubiquitous level~~ ->dùng "while" sai logic. Governments and non-profit organizations try to launch public health campaigns and sole social issues for users, as the main aim is to raise individuals awareness, convey meaningful messages. For example, Covid-19 pandemic is known as a successful campaign that help residents to obey rigorous rules about healthy and hygiene in the 21th century. As a result, advertising becomes a vital part of life on multifaceted aspects, rather than the sales of redundant goods.

In conclusion, advertisement is not simple as a tool to sell products, while it is still a much broaden and more crucial function to foster informed purchasing decisions, boost brand building in the marketplace.

Tổng kết:

Viết câu dài, sai.
Bài nhìn "nhiều chữ" nhưng thực tế bị kéo xuống bởi dùng từ sai + câu rối + diễn đạt thiếu rõ.

2026-04-19 04:06:20 UTC

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương (19/4/2026): 4.0/6

Advertising has become an integral part of modern life , appearing on television ,social media public spaces .Some people argue that its main purpose is to increase sales of products that consumers do not truly need .While I partly agree with this view ,I believe that advertising also serves other important functions.

on the one hand ,~~it undeniable~~ that many advertisements are designed to persuade people to buy unnecessary items. Companies often use emotional appeals, celebrity endorsements ,and attractive imagery to create artificial desires.

In conclusion, although advertising often encourages people to purchase unnecessary products ,it would be inaccurate to say that this is its sole or even main purpose. It not only ~~drivers~~ sales but also informs and educates ~~consumer~~ .Therefore, I partly agree with the statement, as advertising has both positive and negative impacts.

Đức Dũng 19/4: 5.0/6

2026-04-19 04:21:02 UTC

In my opinion, the notion that marketing primarily serves the objective of raising the revenue of products that most people do not need is a very simplified and false view on of marketing that ignores other purposes and aspects of advertising.

The main goal of advertising is not only to sell a product, but also to introduce the specifications and details of the product to the consumers as well as loyal users, this in ~~turns~~ turn leads to a more informed purchasing decision among customers. Besides, an advertisement also has the purpose of making the brand more well known for its products and services, a recently conducted survey found that a travelling agency quickly gained reputation and in return, got a substantial sales boost from buying advertisements on social media.

On the other side, advertisements can also be used as a multifaceted tool to raise public awareness on different social problems by the government, charity organizations, and companies ~~...~~. One well known study in the advertising world shows that the number of cases on ~~methal~~ methyl salicylate poisoning, which is commonly found in essential oils, and pain relief cream, . ~~...~~. decreased dramatically after the America's Poison Center launched a year-long campaign that educated the public on it.

In conclusion, the view that advertising is only for boosting sales of product that is not necessary is a very simplified and false claim.

dothihongnhi1234 — 2026-04-19 04:21:05 UTC

Nguyễn Phương An 19/4 : 5.0/6

In today’s modern society , advertising plays a vital role in every nation. Some people believe that its primary objective is to increase the sales of products that people do not really need. However, I disagree with this opinion.

On the one hand, it is undeniable that advertising can influence people to buy unnecessary things. Many companies use attractive images to build a strong reputation and make their products more appealing. As a result, people may make impulsive choices, which can have a significant effect on their spending habits.

However, I believe that this is not the main purpose of advertising . Through advertisements, consumers become aware of new innovations, which may genuinely improve their quality of life or address specific needs. For example, pharmaceutical ads inform patients about treatment options for various health conditions, enabling them to make informed decisions about their healthcare. Additionally, advertising fosters healthy competition among businesses, driving innovation and improving product quality to better meet consumers' needs and preferences.

In conclusion, although advertising can sometimes encourage unnecessary spending, it also plays an important role in informing consumers and promoting innovation. Therefore, it should not be seen merely as a tool to increase sales.

HUYỀN Trang 19/4: 5.5/6

2026-04-19 04:21:10 UTC

There is a burgeoning notion that the primary aim of advertising is to boost the sales of products that consumers do not actually need. After careful consideration, I am inclined to dissent from the aforementioned perspective, as advertising not only drives sales but also provides valuable information and supports fair competition in the market.

There is a host of compelling reasons why publicising is considered as a multitasking tool. One key rationale is that advertising plays a crucial role in informing consumers about products and services. In today’s fast-paced world, people rely on advertisements to learn about new items, their features, and their benefits. For example, when a new smartphone is launched, advertisements highlight its specifications, helping customers make informed purchasing decisions. Without such information, consumers would struggle with comparing options and choosing suitable products. Therefore, advertising is not merely about persuading people to buy unnecessary goods but also about increasing awareness.

Another justification is that advertising fosters competition among companies, which ultimately benefits consumers. Businesses must improve product quality, offer better prices, and innovate in order to stand out in a crowded market. This competitive environment encourages companies to meet genuine consumer needs rather than simply promoting useless products. For instance, in the food industry, brands often advertise healthier or more convenient options to attract health - consious consumers. This demonstrates that advertising can respond to real demands rather than artificially creating them.

Admittedly, some advertisements may exaggerate the usefulness of certain products or encourage impulsive buying. Nevertheless, this does not represent the main purpose of advertising as a whole. Consumers today are becoming more aware and critical, which limits the effectiveness of misleading advertisements.

In conclusion, although advertising can sometimes promote unnecessary consumption, its primary purpose is not only simply to sell products people do not need, but it also serves as a vital tool for providing information and enhancing market competition, both of which bring significant benefits to consumers.

Hà My 19/4/2026: 4.5/6

2026-04-19 04:21:26 UTC

The main goal of advertising is to increase sales of products that are not necessary for people. I disagree with this idea for several reasons.

There are some reasons for this opinion. First, advertisements help people learn about new products and compare product quality before shopping and prevent redundant shopping habits . Second, many of them show sales and discounts, which help people save money on things they need. Moreover, they also allow customers to compare prices between different brands. This helps them find the cheapest option for the same product quality. Many advertisements introduce new and better inventions. Without them, people would not know about products that can save time, like smart washing machines or robots. When companies advertise, they must improve their product quality to compete. This is good for customers because products become better and cheaper. According to a recent survey, 70% of people find useful products through advertisements.

In conclusion, its aim is not only brand building but also helping people make better choices when shopping.

Lỗi chính tả và lặp lại từ nhiều : advertising , advertisements, complete -> compete
Lỗi collocation : rise the sales -> increase sales, prevent to redundant shopping -> prevent redundant shopping
Từ vựng đơn giản , thiếu range

Vuong 19/4: 4.5/6

2026-04-19 04:22:24 UTC

Some people suppose that the core goal of marketing is boost the sale of production that consumers do not really need. However, I firmly disagree with this perspective, and I believe that advertisement can take on responsibility for wider objectives beyond just increasing the sales.

First of all, the primary aim of advertising is providing necessary information for the customers about the index of a new product in order to make informed purchasing decisions. For instance, a new mobile phone product when it is advertised need to ensure that there is enough information such as its functions, services, design, and even the price in marketing campaign. Moreover, advertising also promote competition among products, so winning in the sales means that the product has to win in its quality, if P/P is outstanding, the product will get well regard.

Furthermore, publishing all information of product to customers can make they place trust in producers, so that companies can reach loyal customer base. In addition, earning people’s trust can contribute to brand building period, companies can get into a potential marketplace. Besides, advertising is more than just increasing sales or serving business purposes, marketing can involve in social issues. Government and non-profit organizations can use advertising as an effective method to raise awareness of community about social issue. For example, in Covid 19 pandemic, government adapted advertises in order to convey to community about 5K rules which contributed to prevent the widespread of the pandemic.

To sum up, advertising plays a crucial role in boosting the sales of product, it is undeniable, but the advertise take on responsibility for wider aims.

Nguyễn Hoàng Long 19/4/2026: 3.5/6

2026-04-19 04:23:07 UTC

Advertising normally have the objective is to growth the sales of products that people redundant, to my opinion, im fully disagree because its have some advantged that will gave to the people normally than the aim that normally people thought.

The main thought normally come from the wrong thinking that base on how its usually work for, but the primary function that the marketing campains that bring is to informed purchasing decisions for the citizens to make a better strategies on choosing what they buy, moreover the promotional stategies also make for a long term marketings and brand buildings so they can gain the repertations that vital expecially small brands that new and not many people notice. Acording to a recent survey of the NEWS say about the advantage of the advertising brings to the citizes, is that they saw a promotions of sale figures bring up to 25%, also the decline of the unnecessery items that been throw into the landfill, result, the enviromental polutions have decrese up 30%.

In addtions, the advertising also bring the publicity efforts, for example, on the 2019 the covid breakout have make all comapnies have to shutdown and the citizes have to stay at home for such a long periods, as the gorvements, they make the decisons on making a promotional strategies, that they used the mutilfaced to convey people raise awereness of the pademic, aim citizens wearing mask to low the risked of getting affective making the great solutions for that time that cannots undentails. In the primary, the advertising also using as the comunicaions channels, fortersing to raise public awereness on public transport lowing the risk of unwanted accicents. Quoteition from Mike smith, PhD, say he saw a significant spelicatons of accidents have been decline.

Inconclusion, although advertising often encouarges people to buy unnecessary product, but everthings have pros and cons, but if its can usd properly, its can be a perfects tool on raise public awereness and helping people make a better decisions on choosing products, Both of which bring the benefits and disadventage to the publics.

K.Huyền 19/04: 4.5/6

2026-04-19 04:24:49 UTC

Advertising to raise the sales of products that people feel needless is the primary goal for most ~~bands~~ brands(viết sai chính tả). I don't agree with the view that because I think this opinion is not completely true.

Firstly, the objective of promoting products form major brands like Apple or ~~SamSung~~ Samsung(sai tên nhãn hiệu) is not to ~~growth sales~~ sales grothw ( sai chính tả) revenue, but to brand building awareness among consumers. They promote the advanced features, specifications of their products to their consumers, who then promote them to others, ~~therefor~~ thereby (sai chính tả) ~~fortering~~ advertising forters(rút gọn mệnh đề sai) their consumers. This helps the brand ~~rise stronger~~ become stronger(lỗi ngữ pháp và diễn đạt). Secondly, advertising creates jobs and supports the ~~enocomy~~ economy(sai chính tả). When companies spend money on advertising, they need workers for making ads, marketing. Moreover, higher sales mean the company can ~~gorw~~ grow(sai chính tả) bigger and hire more people. In my opinion, if there is no advertising, many businesses will sell less and have to close, which is bad for economy and lead to higher unemployment. ~~Futhermore~~ Furthermore(sai chính tả), advertising ~~is not only promote unessary products~~ is not only used to promote(lỗi ngữ pháp và diễn đạt). Sometimes it also aims to raise public awareness about important social issues like cyberbullying, crime, drug, natural disaster or overpopulation,.etc..

In conclusion, I don't agree with the opinion that the essential view of advertising is to develop the sales of products that people don't really use. Advertising has many useful ~~purpose~~ purposes(thiếu s), including introducing new products, creating jobs, supporting the economy and raising awreness of social issues. I think without advertising, both businesses and consumers would lose many benefits.

Tổng kết:

>Sai chính tả, ngữ pháp nhiều

>Lỗi danh từ số ít số nhiều

>Dùng liên từ sai

Gia Linh 19.04.26; 4.5/6

2026-04-19 04:26:05 UTC

Task 2:

Advertising to enhance the sales of products that are redundant for most people is one of the ~~primary notion~~ primary objectives for most brands. I personally agree with this point of view for some reasons above

First of all, ~~a pivotal function~~ the pivotal function of ~~demonstrating~~ demonstration ~~with the purpose of~~ is to provide consumers with the amount of comprehensive ~~informations~~ information about the products that a brand wants to sell them. Demonstration is a kind of services marketing by using advertisement with a lot of engaging visuals, ~~inspirable~~ inspiring messages and discount the prices for the first purchase. All of these may enable customers to make informed purchasing decisions for the product they get captivated. They also play a key role in fostering competition among other businesses. For instance, when a leading technology corporation confirms its novel electronic devices, which might not only seek target buyers numbers, but also that brand conducts advertising campaign about specifications and many ~~sophistiscating features~~ sophisticated features of the product,allowing direct competition with other businesses with the same realm

Additionally, ~~a wisely~~ wise/effective advertising permits a trademark ~~builds~~ to build a reputation and ~~earns~~ earn consumer's trust. Some businesses regularly concentrate on launch a marketing campaign that ~~is capable of connecting~~ connect emotionally with the audience, as inspires stories that relates to the values and hands-on experience with their target customer so that it helps foster a sense of reliability and loyalty. Nevertheless, advertising does not mean manipulating consumers lavish their money for needless products that leads to excessive expenditures/wasteful spending , ~~Demonstrating in the right way means build on the foundation of mutual benefit~~, instead, it should be built on a foundation of mutual benefit.

In conclusion, advertising not only helps a brand promotes sales but also enables it establish a strong reputation.

Tổng kết lỗi sai:
Lỗi cấu trúc câu: '' a pivotal function of demonstrating with the purpose of...'' -> the pivotal function of demonstrating is to provide.....
Lỗi dùng từ/ từ loại: ''a wisely advertising permits..'' -> wise advertising....
Lỗi danh từ số ít và số nhiều: ''informations'' -> information
Dùng từ cao siêu nhưng chưa thực sự phù hợp nên dẫn đến việc sai về Grammar, nên chú ý lại phần ''ed'' và ''ing''
Chưa tốt về câu phức

Huyền Trang 25/04

2026-04-25 12:19:14 UTC

There is a host of compelling reasons why I often make certain mistakes in my writing tests over and over. One key rationale is habit and a lack of careful checking. When I focus too much on ideas, I may ignore grammar or sentence structure. As a result, small errors can appear again and again. Another justification is that I often use familiar vocabulary instead of trying new words, which makes my writing less varied and I do not always spend enough time proofreading my work. To address this issue, I need to adopt a more disciplined revision process and pay closer attention to feedback. By doing so, I can enhance both the accuracy and sophistication of my writing over time.

Đức Dũng 25/4/26

2026-04-25 12:19:29 UTC

From what I can see, my writing is not perfect and has repeated quite a few different mistakes for ~~quite some time~~ a prolonged period of time.

Firstly, grammar mistakes can very easily be spotted, this is just caused by careless writing and not re-checking everything at the end, and the same can be said for writing mistake such as "methal salicylate". Going deeper, it is noted that there are many instances of unnatural uses of phrases as well as words, for example, "...". Besides, the sentences can sometimes be too long with some ideas not being explored to its full extent.

All of the above can be boiled down to being unnatural and uncareful with simple grammar and spelling mistakes.

Gia Linh 25.4.26

2026-04-25 12:19:31 UTC

Why do you repeat some certain mistakes in your writing
First of all, my English grammar is not good enough while I am writing an essay. Secondly, I still make mistakes when using advanced vocabulary and several word form such as ''sophisticated'' or ''inspirable'' but they are not suitable for my essay. Thirdly, my sentence structures in writing are still not closely coordinated, especially in organizing complex sentences and trying to add wrong articles. Finally, after fixing my own writing essay, I consider that I need to focus more on word form and grammar to avoid making unreasonable mistakes.

2026-04-25 12:37:37 UTC

Khúc Nguyễn Hà Phương 25/4/2026

I often make basic mistakes in my writing: repetitive vocabulary, lack of range, no impactful words, illogical word usage, numerous spelling errors, missing prepositions, weak arguments

Hà My 25/4/2026

2026-04-25 12:38:22 UTC

When practicing English writing, I realize that I often make similar mistakes because of some reasons. First, I still have a habit of translating directly from Vietnamese. This causes collocation and grammatical mistakes, such as adding unnecessary articles like "the" before general nouns. Moreover, my limited vocabulary makes me repeat certain words. For example, I tend to write the same noun multiple times instead of using pronouns like "they" or "them" to connect sentences smoothly. Finally,

Nguyễn Phương An (25/4)

2026-04-25 12:38:22 UTC

I often repeat certain mistakes, because I rely on sample essays I have studied. My vocabulary is not very wide, so I sometimes make word mistakes. I often use the same writing style, so therefore, similar mistakes can happen again. I try to ~~answer~~ write quickly, so this leads to a matter that I ~~may make small mistakes~~ other errors occurs. If no one points them out, I might not notice them. I also feel nervous when I write, so I cannot think clearly. Sometimes I forget grammar rules I learned before. I need more practice and careful checking to improve my writing and reduce mistakes.

Hà Thu 25/4

2026-04-25 14:11:42 UTC

Why do you repeat some certain mistakes in your writing.

Ultimately, I realised that my writing has frequently repeated ~~a few similar~~ mistakes ->lặp lại for some prolonged time.

The most common mistake is my grammar that results from careless writing and concentrating on my ideas without re-checking essays at the end of time. Moreover, I am indolent to revise simple grammar errors, such as articles, linking words, or even tenses, therefore, it leads to prolonged unchange weakness in my essay. Another justification is that my vocabulary is less varied, which is adopted into unsuitable situations. For example, in an essay with a title " advertising", I usually use "redundant items" instead of " unneccessary items", so my writing is often supposed that it is incorrect. To address this issue, I need to revise grammar, especially common structures in writing. It is ~~More important that expanding my vocabulary by reading English newspapers to learn how to use suitable words in academic~~.

expanding my vocabulary by reading English newspapers to learn how to use suitable words in academic writing is one of the best way to improve my skill.

this leads to a matter that.

Mạnh Tiến(25/4/2026)

2026-04-25 15:46:03 UTC

~~Many English learners~~ I frequently repeat certain mistakes in their writing. There are several reasons for this problem.

Firstly, the most common reasons are you often forgets "s,es", and, mixing past tenses and presents tenses.

Secondly, vocabulary in sentences, there are often errors in word usage or incorrect word application.

Finally, to reduce these mistakes, learners should practice more

Trần Anh Thư

2026-04-26 10:52:29 UTC

The vital aim of advertising is to promote the sales of products that people don't really need. Personally, I don't agree with this statement beacause this notion forces people to buy goods

First and foremost, a primary function of advertising is to provide customers lots of necessary information about products such as prices, specificant, numbers, quality and services to atrract customers' attention. This helps customers think and choose carefully before making decision. Besides, advertising also plays a vital role in introducing and conveying brand. Productors give the information about their products in order to introduce their brands. They want to advertise and build their own brands, which make their reputations become more well-known. Not only that but advertising is also a important factor, which foster competition among businesses. It creates a a race, where all famous brands can competive to gain the most perfect brand. For instance, Apple brand recently has produced a range of new phones and tablets. They provide lots of vital information about phones and tablets such as specifications, functions, services... in order to help users have the best experences. Besides, according to a recent servey, about 80% advertisements provide multifaceted information to build own brands and reputations. Moreover, based on 28th November, 2010, page 16, column 10, line 30 said that "Markets are place to advertise and competive".

In conclusion, the main purpose of advertising is to introduce products, help customers and build brands. It isn't a tool to force people to buy goods.

nguyen phuong mai 26/4

2026-04-26 10:55:33 UTC

Nowadays , advertising is appearing everywhere from television to social media . Many people believe that the primary objective of advertisements is to encourage people to buy redudant things . In my notion , i agree with this idea because advertising is a multifaceted tool that mainly focuses on increasing profit .

Fristly , companies use many ways to make their products look vital for consumers . They often focus on brand building and improving their reputation to attract customers attention . For example , many people buy a new smartphone every year because of it famous brand name . Even though their old phone still works well . In this case , the advertisement makes a normal product look like a significant need , leading to unecessary spending .

On the other hand , advertising should help people make informed purchasing decision . A good advertisment provides clear spcecifications and technical details about the product . For instance , when a person wants to buy a laptop , they need to see the information about the battery and screen in the ad . However , most ads today foster feelings rather than providing facts , which makes people buy things they do not really need . According to a recent survey there are about 65% of teenagers prefer buying expensive sneakers from famous brands like Nike or Adidas . They care more about brand building and they reputation of the company than the actual quality of the shoes . This proves that advertising makes people want things based on trends .

In conclusion , i believe that the primary goal of advertising today is to increase sales of redundant products . While it can provide some significant information , it main role is still to encourage people to spend more money . People should check thespecification carefully before buying anything .

Thái Minh Nguyên 26/4/2026

2026-04-26 10:56:50 UTC

Increasing the sales of products that people don't really need is primary aim of advertising. In a consumer view, I don't agree with this notion because I think increasing the sales is only a small purpose.

Overral, as can be seen, advertising don't only have a aim

Firstly, the main objective of advertising is promote crucial information for consumers, which help them make informed purchasing decisions. The next, that play a important role foster competition for brand, which is brand building with quality products and prices to build a great refutation.

Moreover, advertising also inform consumers loyalty and long-tern relationship. Most things have multifaceted like advertising. Promoting the sales is undeniable but advertising don't only have that. When companies advertise, them don't through money but also wanting build a good refutation. According to a recent survey, 70% of people find a products through advertisements right things them need.

In conclusion, I don't agree with that opinion because advertising don't through company benefit, that must through both company benefit and consumers benefit.

Nguyen Thanh Tuan Anh 26/04/2026

2026-04-26 10:58:42 UTC

The main objective of advertising is to improve the sales of products that people do not really need. I completely disagree about this notion.

Advertising has multifaceted purposes and sales of products is a tiny part. what primary aim of advertising is covey necessary information to consumers. Advertisements inform consumer about price changes, information and benefits of productions that create a strongly competive market, therefor, among 2 producers, one accomodates exactly specifications and affordable price of productions than the other which likely attract more purchaser. Moreover, the more useful infomation advertisements give, the more comsumer want to buy this item that make them feel really need it. According to a recent survey, most purchaser in Tokyo, Japan buy productions based on the information quality of advertiments to purchase them.

On the other hand, the second aim of advertisements is build brand of the producers. This is a undeniable role in increasing reputation that creates a lot of loyalty buy. therefor, concomers always come again to buy their productions. Based on the Time is published on 16th April, 2010, Page 4, column 3, line 5, said that " 85% family in Vietnam has television of Sony company because of the famous brand"

In conclusion, the main aim of advertising makes informed purchasing decison for consumers

ngọc 26/4

2026-04-26 10:58:55 UTC

Some people believe that the main objective of advertising is to increase the sales of productions that consumers do not actually need. However, I disagree with this perspective.

First of all, the primary function of advertising is to provide crucial information for customers about the specifications and quality of products in order to make informed purchasing decisions. Second, advertising fosters competition among products to compare their quality, which helps customers find products that suit their spending needs. For instance, on online shopping platforms such as Shopee and Lazada, advertisements display information about discounts, product quality, and customer reviews, enabling buyers to easily compare options and choose products that fit their spending limits.
Furthermore, advertisting has purpose of making the brand more well knowns for its products and services, a recently conducted survey found that a travelling agency quickly gained reputation and in return, got a substantial sales boost from buying advertisements on social media. According to a recent survey, 75% England's residents said that the most purpose of advertisting is introduce information about product to customers.

In conclusion, advertisting plays a significant role in promotion the sales of products, this is undeniable, but it also serves as a vital tool for providing information and brand building.

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 26/4/2026

2026-04-26 10:59:23 UTC

Increase the sales of products that people don't really need is primary objective of advertising. With consumer view, I don't agree with this notion. Because I think primary purpose of advertising is to provide useful information and connect customers with products.

Many advertisements are designed to foster emotion of consumers .Advertising help consumers learn about essential product and improves their quality of life. For example, advertising about types of medicines and their uses that help consumer make the right decision. Beside that, advertising can also have ideas such as celebrities and catchy slogans to improve emotions unnecessary purchases. According to a recent survey, 70% consumer in a city find products by advertising in social media.

In conclusion, although some advertisements focus on luxury goods, the primary purpose of the advertising industry remains to provide information and promote useful consumption of products.

Hà Thu 9/5

2026-05-09 12:56:21 UTC

Task 2: More and more universities are replacing face to face teaching with online courses. Do you think this is a positive or negative development?

Across the world, it is a large number of universities that are replacing directed teaching by online courses. Ultimately, I reckon that this change is highly negative due to its inconvenience in rural areas and costs.

On the one hand, the expansion of remote learning causes setbacks, especially the financial burden. To prepare a plan for online teaching, many students are equipped with digital devices, such as computers, laptops, and smartphones. As a result, many parents have to spend a lot of money on them, therefore, it creates potential economic drawbacks, particularly low-income families. Another justification is that rural residents express concerns about digital access in remote areas, where lack Wi-Fi and modern technologies significantly. As a consequence, it creates difficulties in academic performance for children. For instance, according to a recent survey, 40% of students living in rural regions cannot access digital devices.

Admittedly, it is undeniable that online courses create positive development due to its convenience. During the COVID-19 pandemic, the majority of students entirely utilized technologies for remote learning instead of face to face learning. In addition, some institutions do not have to raise concerns about building costs on infrastructure or facilities at school, therefore, it generates more opportunities to focus on teaching. However, the usage of digital devices is still difficult for some households and financial burdens.

In conclusion, governments and educators should combine face-to-face learning with remote learning instead of using only one because of its comprehensive development.

Nguyễn Bá Đức 9/5

nguyenbaduc040609 — 2026-05-09 13:24:18 UTC

Many universities are replacing face-to-face teaching with online courses. I think this is a positive development because online learning is more convenient for students.

First, online courses help students save a lot of time. They can study at home and do not need to travel to university every day. This is useful for students who live far from school or have part-time jobs. Online classes help students to study at their pace. They can watch recorded lesson again if they do not understand the lesson clearly.

Second, online learning can reduce some cost for universities and students. Universitie spend less money on building and electricity, while students can save money on transport . Students can join courses from famous universities in other countries. However, some students feel lonely because they do not meet their classmates and teachers .

According to the Department of Education, nearly 44% of people supported online learning after it was proposed to replace face-to-face classes.

In conclusion, although online learning has some disadvantages, I believe it is a positive development because it gives students more chances to learn in a flexible way.

Hoàng Long 9/5

2026-05-09 13:26:18 UTC

Nowadays, more and more universities are replacing traditional classroom teaching with online courses. In my opinion, this is a positive development because it is convenient and helps students learn more easily.

Firstly, online learning saves a lot of time and money. Students do not need to travel to school every day, so they can study at home comfortably. This is especially useful for people who live far away from universities. In addition, students can join classes at any time by using the Internet.

Secondly, online courses give students more opportunities to learn. They can watch recorded lessons again if they do not understand the lecture. Moreover, students can use online materials such as videos and e-books to improve their knowledge. As a result, learning becomes more flexible and effective. According to statistics from the Department of Education, after online learning was proposed as a replacement for face-to-face learning at schools, nearly 45% of the population agreed with the idea in just over one day.

In conclusion, I believe replacing face-to-face teaching with online courses is a positive development because it is convenient, flexible, and beneficial for many students.

Phúc 9/5/2026

2026-05-09 13:27:14 UTC

In recent years, many universities have replaced face-to-face classes with online courses. Although online learning is convenient, I believe this is a negative development because it reduces communication and affects learning quality.

Firstly, online learning reduces direct communication in class. Online courses often make students feel less connected and less motivated to study. This can negatively affect their academic performance. Secondly, not all students have enough electronic devices or stable internet connections for online learning. It depends on many conditions such as location and money so as a result, they may miss important knowledge and fall behind in their studies. According to the recent survey, the effectiveness of learning face-to-face is about 35% higher than online. However, if you can accept the requirements, online learning will become easier.

In conclusion, replacing face-to-face teaching with online courses is a negative development because it limits teacher-student interaction, causes technological difficulties, and reduces students’ concentration.

Huyền Trang 9/5

2026-05-09 13:28:49 UTC

In recent years, the trend of universities replacing traditional face-to-face teaching with online courses has become a matter of great concern. After careful consideration, I am inclined to concur with the view that this development is largely negative due to its adverse impacts on academic effectiveness and students’ interpersonal development.

There is a host of compelling arguments against this trend the widespread adoption of online learning often leads to less effective academic engagement. In conventional classrooms, students are able to interact directly with lecturers, raise questions instantly, and receive immediate clarification, all of which contribute to deeper understanding. By contrast, online lessons frequently rely on pre-recorded materials and delayed communication, making it easier for learners to become distracted or passive. A clear example of this was witnessed during the COVID-19 pandemic, when prestigious institutions such as Harvard University and University of Oxford shifted to virtual learning. Despite their advanced digital infrastructure, many students reported difficulties concentrating during online lectures. Furthermore, research conducted by UNESCO indicated that prolonged online education significantly reduced student participation and academic performance in many countries.

Another justification is that online education deprives students of valuable opportunities to develop essential social and professional skills. University education extends beyond academic knowledge; it is also a crucial environment where students cultivate teamwork, communication, and leadership abilities through classroom discussions, presentations, and extracurricular activities. For instance, according to surveys by the National Association of Colleges and Employers, communication and collaboration are consistently ranked among the most desirable attributes employers seek in graduates. Students who study mainly online may therefore struggle to adapt to workplace environments where face-to-face interaction and teamwork are requisite.

Admittedly, online courses do provide undeniable benefits, particularly in terms of accessibility and flexibility. Platforms such as Coursera and edX have enabled learners in remote areas to access educational resources from top universities without the financial burden . Nevertheless, these advantages are overshadowed by the long-term drawbacks associated with reduced academic interaction and limited opportunities for personal development.

In conclusion, the contention that replacing face-to-face teaching with online courses is beneficial has undeniably ignited a fervent public debate. Having analyzed both perspectives, I find it justifiable to conclude that this is a negative development overall. Universities should therefore adopt a blended learning approach that combines technological convenience with the irreplaceable benefits of traditional classroom education.

Mạnh Tiến 9/5/2026

2026-05-09 13:28:57 UTC

Nowadays, many universities replace face-to-face teaching with online courses. In my opinion, this is a positive development because online learning is convenient and saves money.

First, online courses are very flexible. Students can study at home or anywhere with the Internet. They do not need to travel to school every day, so they save a lot of time. Also, students can watch lessons again when they do not understand something. This helps them learn better.

Second, online learning costs less money. Students do not spend much money on transport, food, or accommodation. Universities also save money because they do not need many classrooms. Therefore, online education is cheaper for both students and schools. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, many universities around the world moved to online learning. According to a report by UNESCO

In conclusion, I believe online courses are a positive development because they are convenient and cheaper for students.

Phương Vy 9/5

2026-05-09 13:29:07 UTC

Many universities are replacing traditional classes instead of online learning. In my opinion, I think this is a positive development because online courses offer many benefits for students.

Firstly, online courses allow students to study anywhere and save travelling time. Students can watch recorded lessons again and it also helps them develop self-study skills. Secondly, online learning helps them reduce costs such as transport expenses and education expenses. Especially, it can help students become more independent. Moreover, online courses are not only suitable for busy students but also help them balance study and part-time jobs. However, I think that online learning reduce connection between teachers and students. According to a recent survey, 60% students can study at home without spending time to go to school.

In general, I think online learning is positive because it is convenient and save more money.

Hà My 9/5

2026-05-09 13:29:17 UTC

More and more higher education institutions are replacing traditional lectures with E-learning. I believe this is a negative development because of some reasons below.

Firstly, online learning makes students feel lonely. They study alone at home and do not meet friends or teachers. This makes it hard to improve communication and teamwork skills. Secondly, online courses are not good for practice. If they only study online, they will lack hand on experience for their future jobs. According to survey, 60% of students say thay they can not learn practical skills through a computer screen.

In conclusion, replacing traditional classes with online courses is negative. It is better to study at school to have more friends and better skills.

Đức Dũng 9/5/24

2026-05-09 13:29:18 UTC

There is a growing trend in different academic institutions that is using online courses as a substitute for offline teaching. In my opinion, I think this is a negative development for a variety of reasons.

Firstly, offline teaching offers a variety of different skills and experiences that can not be replicated online. In college, students can do different campus activities, make friends, have access to lab rooms while learning to be independent and disciplined with getting jobs, managing their own finances, meanwhile online classes and courses reduce college to scores and knowledge. One recently conducted study concluded that law graduates that study face-to-face have better social skills and earn 25% more on average compared to their colleagues that got their degree mainly through online courses.

Secondly, not all students are able to afford a good computer or a good stable internet connection to be able to study and learn through online courses. This can heavily cripple the learning process for students without a good financial upbringing or background. One national research shows that over 25% of households still only have limited access to technology.

Lâm Hà 09/05/26

2026-05-09 13:29:51 UTC

Nowadays, many universities are replacing face-to-face teaching with online courses. In my opinion, I believe that this is a positive development for the reasons.

Online learning is becoming popular at universities nowadays. First, online learning is convenient for many people. Online learning allows you to study anytime, anywhere and you can review the lessons. Next, online courses help people and students save money. The universities save money on equipment such as televions, computers,...

According to a recent survey, 65% of universities are replacing face-to-face teaching with online courses nowadays.

In conclusion, I believe that replacing face-to-face teaching with online courses is a positive development because it makes education more convenient for many students.

Nguyễn Phương Linh 9/5

2026-05-09 13:32:18 UTC

Many universities have started replacing traditional classroom teaching with online learning. In my opinion, this is a positive development because it is more convenient for students.

First of all, online learning makes it more convenient for students. They can study at any time and any place, which is very useful for person who live far from university or has part time job. In addition, students can watch the lessons again if they don't understand them the first time. Second, it helps some students and universities save money. They don't need to spend money on travel and universities can also reduce costs for facilities and classrooms. According to recent survey, 75% universities at Australia moving from face-to-face education to online education

In conclusion, although online education has some minor drawbacks, I believe it is a positive development because it offers flexibility and reduces costs for learners.

Vương 9/5

2026-05-09 13:34:21 UTC

More and more universities shifts from face-to-face teaching to distance learning. I firmly suppose that it not only yields few results, but also causes many disadvantages.

The shift from face-to-face learning to online form bring up many drawbacks. One major concern is loss interaction in each lesson. Face-to-face teaching encourages discussion immediately, it helps build stronger relationships between professors and students, as well as among students themselves, and helps students develop communication and social skills. Furthermore, not all subjects are suited to online learning—practical fields such as medicine, engineering, or laboratory science require hands-on experience that is difficult to fully replicate in a virtual environment. Moreover, online learning relies heavily on Internet signal, so in some remote areas, taking an online course is impossible. According to a recent survey, more than a half student in remote areas in Vietnam can not afford for an personal computer for online learning. Besides online education greatly improves accessibility and flexibility, and It also allows universities to reach a global audience and often reduces costs related to travel, housing, and physical infrastructure.

In short, due to the limitations of online learning, universities are not yet able to completely replace in-person learning with online learning. However, integrating online learning as a complement to face-to-face education -blended learning- is a positive and realistic direction for modern universities.

Khánh Huyền 9/5

2026-05-09 13:34:46 UTC

Many universities are now using online learning methods instead of face to face classes as before, and I think this is a positive development!

In my opinion, online learning, instead of traditional learning, offers many benefits for both teachers and students. First off all, this learning method is very convenient. Students can study anywhere, anytime, with just a connected device such as a phone or computer, laptop..etc.. Secondly, investment costs in facilities such as desks and classrooms, books can be reduced, thereby easing the economic burden on schools or learning center. According to The Times on November 4, 2025, many universities have officially switched to online learning to reach more students around the world. At the same time, these schools can decline their infrastructure costs. On the other hand, this learning method also has drawbacks, such as the need for a connected device to learn, which is really difficult for families who lack the means. Besides, This learning method will drop interaction between teachers and students, as well as among the students themeselves.

In short, this online learning method has both positive and negative development. But in my opinion, it brings more benefits than harms

Hoàng Tuấn Phong (5/9)

2026-05-09 13:35:24 UTC

Universities are increasingly adopting online learning instead of in-person classes. Some consider this a positive development, but I believe it's a negative one.

Firstly, online learning is prone to distractions, with many students engaging in personal activities during class. Communication with teachers become difficult and students can become bored.

Secondly, some students do not have enough money to buy a computer for studying., or do not have internet access.

In short, I think in-person learning is still better than online learning.

Hân 9/5

2026-05-09 13:38:04 UTC

More and more universities are replacing face-to-face teaching with online courses. I think it is a positive trend.

Onilne courses have many benifits for students and your school. Firtly, you can save money because you do not need move so much to study address. Secondly, it very convenient for learners beacause they only need a samrt phone or computer have connect with internet they can learn at everywhere. Thirtly, it help your school can save money invest for the electronic devices. Finally, it can help students more hardworking beacause learning online is very flexible.

According to a recent survey, over 70% students at international university prefer online courses because they are more flexible and convenient.

In generall, i think online learning can replace for traditonall classroom in the future

Gia Linh 5.9.2026

2026-05-09 13:40:43 UTC

Task 2:

Nowadays, the accelerating trend of many universities is switching facial interaction teaching to online classrooms. While this development poses a significant flexibility, I suppose that change can make a negative influence on the quality of higher education.

One of the primary benefits of online learning is accessibility. Most students no longer need to go for a walk to their colleges because they solely sit for a classroom at home, which saves both times and finances.For instances, for those who live in remote areas, the shift from traditional classrooms to virtual learning is extremely convenient and easy to conduct several technological operations. On the other hand, online learning often leads to many consequences later

First of all,the main drawback is the lack of direct interaction between instutor and students. Additionally face-to-face allows students to have a stirring debates in class and they can get an immediate feedbacks from their professor. In contrast, in virtual environment where communication is often limited for most students, so they hardly have their own voice to discuss for the lesson.

Furthermore, online classrooms always highly depend on self-motivation. In traditional class,both teacher and studnets which create a harmonious atmosphere. But at home, students deal with unnecessary distractions, such as from social media or relative interruptions. Simultaneously, many students find it quite difficult to stay focus on each lessons, leading to lower educational rates compared to conventional classrooms.

According to a recent survey, researchers estimate more than 60% institutions in Vancouver, Australia that apply techonogical education in their curriculum

In conclusion, although online platforms provide convenience and accesibility for many people who attend in schools but the negative impacts on self-development and personal regulation are too significant to neglect

Lê Huy Hoàng(9/5/2026):

2026-05-09 13:42:27 UTC

More and more universities are turning direct teaching into online courses. I believe that this is a positive development.

There are many advantages which are provided from learning directly. To begin with, online courses help us study far away, so we don't have to move regularly. As a result, a large amount of traffic accident may be reduced. Moreover, when we often use mobine devices such as: laptop, mobine phone, computer connected with the Internet… to join online classes, we can improve technobgy skills which are absolutely important for us in digital life. In addition, online studying helps us avoid arrange our schedules flexibly because most of students go to school from 6 am to 4p.m and they are free in the evening. Additionally, most students can access a wide range of learning materials online, which helps them improve upgrade their knowledge effectively. According to a recent survey more than 70% of universities nowadays adopt online learning methods to provide students with more flexible access to education.

In conclusion, I believe that the increasing popularity of online courses is a positive development.

Hà Thu 17/5

2026-05-17 13:41:12 UTC

Task 1: The maps illustrate the current layout of an office building compared to the proposed future plan.

Overall, the redevelopment plan will experience a host of noticeable changes, with the demolition of open green spaces, and the restructuring of the building.

On the top left corner, the kitchen is next to the canteen, which will be demolished to make way for a new office in the northwest. Plus, the present grass will be changed into an outdoor seating area with chairs in the future; meanwhile, another side of the grass will be transformed into a meeting area with chairs and a new coffee machine, and the WC will be added. At present, there are four offices in a row that will be divided into two distinct sides with a main entrance in the middle. In the northeast, the entrance will be relocated to the central building.

nguyenphuongmai 17/5

2026-05-17 15:22:08 UTC

TASK 1

The maps illustrate how an office building looks at the present and the proposed changes fot its future redevelopment .

Overall , the building will be renovated to include more office space and a new meeting area . Several communal rooms like the kitchen and canteen will be removed to make the building more professional .

At present , looking from the left , there is a grass area outside the building . Inside , the layout is divided by a central entrance . Along the top section , there is a kitchen , followed by a canteen and a storeroom on the right . A small WCs is located next to the storeroom . In the bottom section , there are four offices arranged in a row from left to right , with a small entrance at the end . Another grass area is located on the far right side .

In the future , many changes will occur . Specifically , the grass on the left will be replaced by an outdoor seating area . Inside , the kitchen and canteen at the top will be converted into two new offices . The storeroom remains , but the WCs move to the far right corner . At the bottom , two offices remain on the left , but a new entrance is moved to the center . The evidence of new facilities is the creation of a meeting area on the right side , which includes chairs and a coffee machine

In conclusion , the future offices building will focus more on working areas and meeting facilities while reducing green spaces and eating areas

TASK 2

In many coutries , people think children must go to school until they are 18 years old . I think this is a good idea because school is important for the future and helps people learn many things .

The first reason is about jobs . If a student finishes school at 18 , they can get a better job . Many jobs today need a high school certificate . For example , if you want to work in an offices or a bank , you need to study until 18 . People who leave school early often have difficult lives because they can only do hard work for little money .

The second reason is that school helps students grow up . At school , we meet friends and learn how to talk to people . This makes us more mature . If a teenager leaves school at 16 , they are still very young and they don not know much about the worlds . Staying in school until 18 gives them more time to learn life skills .

However , som students don not like school and want to work to help their family . But i believe it is better to study first . Working is very hard , and children should enjoy learning while they can .

In conclusion , i agree that young people should stay in school until 18 . It is helps them get a good job and become a better person in society .

Trà My 18/5

2026-05-18 09:12:13 UTC

The illustrations compare the current and proposed internal structures of an office building.

Overall, as can be seen, the redevelopment will transform the building into a more work-focused environment by increasing the number of offices and adding a meeting area.

At present, the office have 8 rooms and 2 grass area, include 4 offices, a kitchen, a canteen, WCs. But in the future, it only have 5 rooms and outdoor seating area with chairs and coffee machine, WCs,meeting area with chairs. Look at the maps, the kitchen at present is next to the canteen and it is on the left top corner. The canteen in the past is between the kitchen and store room, it is in the Northeast of the office building. But in the future, both kitchen and canteen will be demolished to make way for a new office. At present, WCs is opposite the entrance, but in the future, it was shifted to the East, in the corner of the building. In the West, the present grass will be changed into outdoor seating area with chairs in the future. The grass area in the Eastern side of the building also replaced by a meeting area which is equipped with many chairs , and a new coffee machine will be installed next to the store room, the WC will be added. Last, the entrance in the Southeast of the office building is shifted in the centre in the future.

Conclusion, changing the building's structure in the future offers many advantages and contributes to development in all aspects.

Huy 18/05/2026

2026-05-18 12:19:07 UTC

2/4

The recycling process of plastics is revealed in the diagram above.

Overall, as can be seen, there are several steps to recycle plastics, it begins with buying plastic items for use, and the new products are reued is the last stage

Firstly, plastic bottles are collected for recycling. In the Next stages, they are carried to sorting house where they are divided into different types. After that, trucks carry plastics to processing plant where workers turn these materials into new products. Finally, these products are delivered to shops where people buy these goods and use again. These steps form a recycling cycle.

On the other hand, plastic bags and rubbish follow a different way. They are thrown directly into the environemt. These plastic items remain in the environment for a very long time, so they are very harmful to the environment.

In conclusion, plastic items should be recycled and people ought not to throw plastics trash into the environment.

Hong diep 18/5/2026

2026-05-18 12:31:02 UTC

1.5/4

The diagram below illustrates the recycling

process of plastics.

Overall, this process includes 8 steps. It starts with ~~customer~~ using ~~and throw them away~~ plastic items And it ends with ~~it is recycled into new products and~~ selling on shops .

First, consumers use plastics bottles and throw them away. They are harmfull to the environment. Later, they are collected and transported to the sorting house and devided into diferent types. Next , it is moved to factory processing

Here, they are cleaned, moltened and compress into a blocks. Later, they are molded into plastic bottes. Finally, they are recycled into new products and sell on shops.

Phương Vy 17/5

2026-05-20 16:08:06 UTC

The current design of an office building and the proposed after redevelopment is illustrated in the maps above.

Overall, as can be seen, the future office building will be reasonable and minimalist than itself in the present.

Look at the details, in the North of the map, the kitchen and the canteen will be convert into 2 offices. The storeroom on the right top corner will be kept unchanged as the past and WC will be added below. In the West, the grass will be extended into outdoor seating area with chairs in the future. The grass area in the Easten side of the building will be transformed into a meeting area which is equipped with chairs and a new coffee machine will be installed next to the storeroom, the WC will be added. The main entrance now is in the Southeast of the building will be moved to the middle in the main South, and 4 offices will be divided on both sides of the entrance.

In general, the future office building will be more modern and functional with the grass replaced by an outdoor seating area and a meeting area.

Thuỳ duyên

2026-05-21 10:43:03 UTC

The entrance of the present office building is quite simple. However, in the future office building, the entrance will be redesigned with a larger pathway and more modern features, making it more convenient and attractive for visitors.

The diagrams illustrate the changes that will be made to the office building in the future. Overall, the office will become more modern and functional, with several new facilities being added to improve the working environment.

At present, there are two large grass areas located on both sides of the building. However, in the future plan, these green spaces will be replaced by more useful areas. The grass area on the left side will be turned into an outdoor seating area where employees can relax, while the one on the right will become a meeting area for discussions and teamwork.

Another noticeable change is the entrance of the building. In the future, it will be redesigned with a wider pathway and a more modern appearance, making it more convenient for visitors and workers. In general, these developments are expected to create a more attractive and practical office environment.

Hải An 21/5

2026-05-21 13:24:24 UTC

Task 1:

The diagrams illustrate the current layout of an office building and the proposed changes in the future.

Overall, as can be seen , the office building will undergo several major changes. The grass areas on both sides of the building will be replaced by new facilities, while some areas such as the storeroom and entrances will remain unchanged.

At present, the kitchen is located next to the grass area in the north-west corner. The canteen is between the kitchen and the storeroom, while the storeroom is in the north-east part of the building. There are also four offices along the southern side. In addition, large grass areas can be found on both sides of the office building.

Based on the future plan, the kitchen and canteen will be demolished to make way for two new offices in the north-west area.In the west, the present grass area will be changed into an outdoor seating area with chairs. Meanwhile , the eastern grass area will be converted into a meeting area together with a coffee machine. However, the storeroom and WCs will stay in the same position in the future layout.

In conclusion, the future office building will become more modern and functional, with more offices and improved facilities replacing the current grass and food service areas.

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 21/5

2026-05-21 15:54:42 UTC

The maps below illustrate the current layout of office building and the proposed changes for its future transformation.

Overall, as can be seen, the building will undergo a future redevelopment to become more convenient and work-focused, achieved by expanding functional spaces and office areas.

First, the kitchen is located in the top-left corner, beside the grass area, which will be changed into an outdoor seating area with chairs. It will be replaced by a new office in the future. The canteen will also be destroyed to make room for another office. The storeroom is in the northeast of the building, which will stay the same position after redevelopment, but the grass areas beside it will be transformed into WCs and a coffee machine at the top, as well as meeting area and chairs at the bottom.

Moreover, four offices at the bottom will be combined to two offices on both sides. The main entrance will be relocated to the center, between the two new offices in the future.

In conclusion, The planned changes focus on making the building more convenient for work by increasing office areas.

lương thị thu hà 17/5

2026-05-22 04:58:29 UTC

The maps below report the current layout of an office building and the proposed plan after redevelopment.

Overall, as can be seen, future office buildings are becoming more modern and user-friendly than current office building.

At present, the kitchen is next to the grass area, and it is on the left to concern while the canteen is between the kitchen and the storeroom. The storeroom is in the northeast of the building . There are four offices to the south. Based on the future plans, the present kitchen will be demolished to make way for a new office in the northwest. In the west, the grass will be changed into outdoor seating area with chairs in the future. The grass area in the eastern side of the building will be transformed into a meeting area which is equipped with chairs, and a new coffee machine will be installed next to the storeroom, the WC will be added. The main entrance now is in the southeast of the building, but it will be moved to the middle in the main south.

In conclusion, the future office building will become more modern and practical, as more working and relaxing areas will be added for workers.

Nguyễn Thành Tuấn anh

2026-05-22 08:34:03 UTC

The maps illustrate the current layout of an office building and the proposed design after redevelopment.

Overall, the future plan aims to create a more modern and functional workplace by replacing some existing facilities with new areas for meetings and relaxation. While the number of offices will remain unchanged, the green spaces on both sides will be redeveloped for practical purposes

At present, the office building contains four offices located along the bottom side of the central corridor. On the upper side, there is a kitchen, a canteen, and a storeroom. In addition, large grass areas are situated on both the left and right sides of the building. There are also two entrances, one on the left side and another at the bottom right corner.

In the future, The grass area on the left will be transformed into an outdoor seating area with tables and chairs, while the grass area on the right will become a meeting area furnished with chairs. The kitchen and canteen will be removed and replaced by two offices. However, the storeroom and WC in the top-right corner will remain, although a coffee machine will be added next to the WC.

In conclusion, the redesigned office building will provide more working and meeting spaces while improving employee facilities.

Hoàng Tuấn Phong

2026-05-22 10:50:31 UTC

The maps compare the current layout of an office building with the proposed design after redevelopment.

Overall, the office building will undergo several major changes after the renovation, with the addition of new amenities and the replacement of some old areas.

In the upper left corner, the kitchen and canteen area next to the warehouse will be replaced by two new offices to the northwest, while the warehouse remains. The lawn to the left will be converted into an outdoor seating area; at the sme time, the remaining lawn will be converted into a meeting area with new chairs and a coffee machine, and there will be ađitional restrooms. The four offices located next to each other, below will be converted into two separate offices with a central entrance.

Lê Huy Hoàng

2026-05-22 13:36:53 UTC

The two maps illustrate the current layout of an office building and the proposed design after redevelopment.

Overall, the office building is expected to become more modern and convenient. While several original facilities such as the storeroom, offices and entrances will remain, some areas will be replaced or rearranged in order to create a more comfortable working environment.

At present, the office building contains four offices located along the bottom side of the map. On the top side, there are a kitchen, a canteen and a storeroom. In addition, a small WC is situated next to the storeroom. There are also two large grass areas on both sides of the building, while the entrances are positioned in the middle left and at the bottom right corner.

After redevelopment, a number of significant changes will take place. Firstly, the grass area on the left will be converted into an outdoor seating area with several chairs, which may provide staff with a place to relax. Secondly, the kitchen and canteen will be removed and replaced by two offices, increasing the number of working spaces. Moreover, the grass area on the right will make way for a meeting area together with a coffee machine, creating a more practical and professional workspace. However, the storeroom, WC and the two entrances will largely remain unchanged.

In conclusion, the redevelopment of the office building will result in a more functional and employee-friendly workplace, with more office space as well as additional areas for relaxation and meetings.

Huyền Trang

2026-05-23 02:55:11 UTC

Task 1: The maps illustrate the current layout of an office building and plans for its future redevelopment.

Overall, the office spaces will be expanded and more spacious, while certain areas, such as the kitchen and green spaces, will be removed.

At present, there are two entrances: one in the middle of the western side of the building and another at the end of the southern side. The four offices are positioned between the two entrances, while the toilet is located opposite to both. On both the east and west sides of the building are green spaces with grass.

In the future, the southern entrance is expected to be moved to the centre of the side. The office spaces will be enlarged, and two of them will be relocated to the opposite side, replacing the kitchen and canteen. The green spaces are also expected to be removed. On the right of the building, it will be replaced with a meeting area at the bottom and a toilet at the top. There will be a new coffee machine next to the storeroom, which remains in its current locations.

Task 2:

Technological advancements are rapidly changing the way people live, work, and learn. Some people believe that by 2050, the traditional classroom model, where a teacher teaches a group of students, may become outdated. Although I agree that the roles of teachers and students may change, I believe that traditional classrooms will still exist to some extent.

On the one hand, technology has already transformed education in many ways. Online learning has become increasingly popular, allowing students to access educational resources from anywhere. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, millions of students worldwide studied through online platforms such as Zoom and Google Classroom, demonstrating that education can continue effectively without physical classrooms. In addition, artificial intelligence can personalize learning by allowing students to study at their own pace and receive customized feedback. As a result, education may become more flexible and student-centered.

On the other hand, I do not believe that traditional classrooms will completely disappear. Face-to-face interaction remains important because students can ask questions, receive immediate responses, and participate in discussions. Research has shown that direct communication helps improve students' engagement and social skills. Furthermore, classrooms provide a structured environment that supports concentration and encourages effective study habits, which many students find difficult to maintain when studying independently online.

In conclusion, although technology will continue to reshape education in the future, I believe that traditional teaching methods will still remain valuable. Therefore, technological development should be embraced while preserving the benefits of classroom learning.

Nguyễn Bá Đức

2026-05-23 04:31:37 UTC

The maps show the current office building and the future design after redevelopment.

Overall, the office will become more modern with more useful spaces for workers.

At present, there are two grass areas on both sides of the building. In the center, there are four offices at the bottom, while the kitchen, canteen and storeroom are located at the top. A WC is beside the storeroom. The office also has two entrances, one on the left side and one at the bottom.

In the future plan, several changes will happen. The grass area on the left will become an outdoor seating area with chairs, while the grass on the right will be changed into a meeting area. The kitchen and canteen will be removed and replaced by two offices. A coffee machine will also be added near the WC.

In conclusion, the future office building will have fewer green spaces but more areas for working and meetings.

Hoàng Hân

2026-05-23 05:10:57 UTC

The maps illustrate the current design of an office building and the future redevelopment plan.

Overall, the office building will become more modern after redevelopment. Some old areas like the kitchen and grass areas will be removed, while new offices and customer service area will be added.

In the current office building, there is a grass area on the left side of the building, but in the future map, it will be changed into a customer service area. Next to the grass area, there is a kitchen at present, while two offices will be built there in the future. In the middle of the building, the entrance will remain in the same place in both maps.

At the top of the current building, there are a canteen and a storeroom. However, in the future design, the canteen will disappear and the storeroom will become bigger. There is also a WC near the storeroom, and it will not change after redevelopment.

At the bottom of the present office building, there are four offices, whereas in the future building there will be only three offices in different positions. On the right side, the grass area will be replaced by a meeting area and a coffee machine area.

Gia Linh 21.6.26

2026-06-21 15:30:43 UTC

Writing task 2:

Nowadays, most of individuals acknowledge that putting full-time education is compulsory until 18 ages for those who attend school. In my point of view, I do not have any acceptance with that opinion so I am going to explain my perspective below.

One pivotal reason why I oppose this idea is that full-time studying may create academic pressure on students. Furthermore, those who suffer from mandatory education in the long period of time can underate their self-esteem and motivated insufficent sometimes. Moreover, who meet trouble in manage their study time ineffectively can be overwhelmed by constantly dense school schedule.

Another reason is that requiring full time education until 18 limits student's options on pursue their favorite careers in the future or underestimate their hidden talents on certain fields.

Besides, investing in compulsory study might turn into excessive cost if students do not own their self-motivated and self-disciplined. Some of families can deal with financial burden while forcing their child continue attend full-time schedule

According to the recent survey, over 40% those who attend school may suffer from severe mental issues caused by academic burdens

Phương Anh 4/7

2026-07-04 14:37:06 UTC

The percentage of Australia school leavers did immediately after leaving secondary school is described in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, the highest proportion of school leavers chose to pursue further education, meanwhiles, the lowest ratio belongs to the unemployed group.

The unemployed rate of Australia school graduate in 1980 made up 10%, but it increased slightly to 12% in 1990, yet, the figure dropped a little that reached to 8% ten years later.

One of the most interesting features is that the percentage of employed Australian school leavers stood at 40% in 1980, before it developed gradually to 50% in 1990, and this proportion rose slightly to 55% in 2000.

Pursuing further education of Australia school graduate in 1980 took a half of the total , but it reduced steadily to 38% ten years later, especially this rate grew up rapidly to 55% in 2000.

In short , further education often provides the skills and qualifications needed for better career prospects in the future.

hoàng tuấn phong4/7

2026-07-04 14:47:41 UTC

The pie charts compare the post-secondary school activities of Australian school leavers in 1980, 1990 and 2000.

Overall, further education school leavers accounted for the largest proportion , while those who chose to pursue unemployed remained consistently the lowest throughout the period.

The unemployed rate of australian school leavers in 1980 took 10% but it grew up slightly to 12% in 1990, however, this represented at 8% ten year late.

next the employed rate secondary school activities in 1980 took 40%, besides, it up slightly 50% in 1990, and in 2000 it increase slowly to 55%

Regarding students who pursued the further education, the proportion was 50% in 1980. It rose slightly to 38% in 1990 before falling to 37% in 2000.

In short, further education became the largest category, while a relatively small proportion of school leavers chose to pursue unemployment, and this figure remained consistently the lowest throughout the period.

Trần Hà Ninh 9/7/26

2026-07-09 07:31:53 UTC

Nowasday,some universities offer their coures on the internet so that people can study online.So the question people want to know is: is this is a positive or a negative development? I think it is positive because of many reasons.

Firstly,study online now help people in the rural area can learn more easily.They can learn eveywhere,at home or school,many people are busy also study and they will have more knowledge

Secondly,people study on the internet can search for a lot of various information like new words,books about the lesson,and many documentaries.I think it is so convenient for everyone.

Awesome,I think that study on the internet can help people have more opportunity and career in the future .By learning a lot of various lessons online,they can have more knowledge,use this knowledge to teach for all people.

The next reason,all people study on the internet by some universities offer can connect with a lot of foreign friends,it is the best reason why I think learning online is good.If you meet more foreign friends,you can have a lot of good relationships.

Finally,if many universities offer their coures on the internet,many students who loves studying will have more times.They can learn in their summer holidays or Tet vacations.I think it is so convenient for all people.

In conclusion,the answer for this question is solved and I think some universities offer their courses on the internet is very essential,and it is a positive problem which everyone need now or in the future.

Trần Nguyễn Ngọc Lan 9/7/26

2026-07-09 07:36:16 UTC

Some universities now offer their courses on the Internet so that people can study online. This is the positive development. Internet appear more and more in daily life because It very convenient and useful. In the education, Internet is very important. Internet can help students know more knowledge by many academic courses, practical courses. Moreover, Internet can rising interact between teachers and student, teachers can teach, talk, listen and connect with students live far classes by camera, micro anf many equipment. In addition. Internet also offer many useful equipment for courses such as Dooling Go, Quanda.. Furthermore, Internet allow students discuss together about subjects, information more conveniently that they care in class. Therefore, Internet not only help online courses become more variously and uniquely but also rising interact, understanding and connection between teachers and students, students and students. Internet plays an important role in the education in the world. In short, this is the positive development to offer courses on the Internet so that people can study online.

Nguyễn Hưng Thịnh 9/7/26

2026-07-09 07:36:18 UTC

Task 1: the graphs below compare the water levels of six Australia during October 2009 and October 2010 . Provide an overview of the information by identifying and describing the key details and include comparisons where appropriate .In October 2009, Sydney had the top reservoir level at roughly 78% , followed Canberra at 75%,Perth sat at around 40% ,Brisbane at 56% and Melbourne posted the lowest rate at just 20% .But in October 2010. Sydney level rose slightly to around 82% . Canberra had the top reservoir level at roughly 95%.

Task2: Some universities now offer their courses on the Internet so that people can study online. Is this a positive or negative development? (250 words)

Internet is very important now. This is a positive or negative development. It helps people study and search for information . besides it can help people call video with their teacher at a long distance. it help people relax because it help people surfing the net on facebook, tiktok, youtube,.... besides the cost of online learning is cheaper than offline learning . it help everyone to have the opportunity to learn. it can cause negative if you use it to much like skipping school , do not homework very easy than offline learning

Ng Hong Phuc (26/7)

anh78lqd — 2026-07-26 01:43:21 UTC

Television has become an important part of children's daily lives. While some people argue that watching TV has negative effects on children, others believe that it can contribute positively to their development. This essay will discuss both views before giving my own opinion.

On the one hand, many people believe that television is harmful to children. Firstly, watching TV for long hours can lead to unhealthy viewing habits and encourage a sedentary lifestyle. Instead of playing sports or taking part in outdoor activities, children may spend most of their free time sitting in front of the screen. Consequently, they are more likely to suffer from obesity and poor eyesight. Secondly, children may be exposed to inappropriate content, such as violent or offensive programmes. Since young children tend to imitate what they watch, they may copy violent behaviour, which can negatively affect their cognitive and social development. As the result, 30% children get poor eyesight early cause they spend too much time for watching television.

On the other hand, television can bring many educational benefits if children watch suitable programmes. Educational programmes can serve as an effective educational tool, helping children broaden their horizons and improve their academic knowledge. Moreover, English cartoons and documentaries allow children to acess new vocabulary, improve their pronunciation and develop better language skills. In addition, science and nature programmes stimulate curiosity and creativity while promoting critical thinking skills. These programmes can also motivate children to learn more about the world around them. Its impact depends on the type of programmes children watch and the amount of time they spend in front of the screen. On Youth Newspaper, page 4, line 5, collumn 8 said that : Nowadays, about 78% children are practised to learn properly through TV channels but their parents have to fill these contents to sure that the kids can't access negative programmes. Therefore, parents should supervise their children's viewing habits and encourage them to watch educational content on moderation.

In conclusion, although excessive television viewing may cause health and behavioural problems, it can also provide valuable educational opportunities. With proper parental guidance and reasonable viewing time, television can become a useful tool for children's learning and development.

Nguyễn Bá Đức 26/7

2026-07-26 01:43:37 UTC

Some people think that watching TV is harmful for children, while othersbelieve it has positive effects on their development. In this essay, I will discuss both views

On the one hand, watching TV can be bad for children. Because this is too much screen time may hinder cognitive development, so children spend less time reading book or doing homework. Instead of learning new skills, they often spend hours sitting in front of the TV. Moreover, watching TV for a long time can encourage a sedentary lifestyle, it is can lead to obesity and it makes them poor communicate. There for many people think that screen time should be limite

On the other hand, watching TV also has some benefits. For example, they can learn many things from educational programme, it can improve language acquisition and help children learn english, history,….. TV also help children know about the world and different cultures . However children should strike balance between entertainment and education

On The New Time published on page 7, column 5, line 11, said that 45% people in vietnam buy TV because its provide benefites

In conclusion , I believe the benefits of watching TV outweigh the drawbacks when children watch it

Lâm Hà 26/07

2026-07-26 01:46:03 UTC

Some people believe that watching TV is bad for children, while others claim it has positive effects for children as they grow up. The following are some reason:

The main reason why children watch TV too much is harmful, they be exposed to interation TV and some progammes on TV have factor violent and rude language. Children who are watch TV too much for long time, so they spend less time on talking to their parent and friends, they only focus on TV. Watching TV more make children obesity and poor eyesight, because in their free time, they spend all time to watch TV and do not do outdoor activity. According to a recent survey, 36% of children spend all their free time to watch TV.

Besides, others thinks it has positive effects for children. TV play an improtant role in education, because they are study many subjects such as: Science, History, English,... through educational programmes. Watching TV have many English programmes, it helps children collect many new vocabulary and develop pronunciation and Science programmes make children creativily, critial thinking and curiously. Children who are watching TV may be discover many new things and learn about country, cultures, and knowledge history. On The New Time published on 2nd July 2026, page 9, column 5, line 11, said that: " Watching TV brings new things essential for children if their parents help them learn manage time to watch and choose some programmes to suitable for them ".

I believe that the television can contribute to development provided that time is limited.

In conclusion, some people believe that watching TV too much is bad for children, while others think that it has positive effects for children, but in my opinion, children may be get more benefits from watching TV.

Nguyễn Phương Linh 26/7/2026

2026-07-26 01:47:57 UTC

Many people think that watching TV too much is bad for children, while others believe that it has positive effects for children. In my opinion, watching TV is both good and bad.

Firstly, watching TV has many negative effects for children. Watching too much TV can develop unhealthy viewing habits, encourage a sedentary lifestyle, and lead to obesity and poor eyesight. In addition, spending many hours watching TV can reduce face-to-face interaction, which may result in weaker communication skills and poorer social relationship. According to a recent survey, 70% pearent feel anngry with their children bacause they watch TV too much

Secondly, watching TV has many benefit for student. First of all, we can make beautiful relationship with friend when we watch TV. Not only we can study language on English program, but also we can study life skill, geography and history from some video on Youtube. Moreover, it helps people feel relax after they finish work or study. Based on the Time is published on 28th September, 2019, page 1, column 2, line 9 said that: "90% family in Vietnam buy televison because of its benefit"

For me, watching TV is bad with people don't save time for watch TV, but it is good with people study knowledge and lifestyle on useful video. I hope parent don't ban TV for children

In conclusion, although watching TV is useful but we should watch less TV. It is both benefit and negative

Hoàng Hân 26/7

2026-07-26 01:48:37 UTC

Some people believe that watching TV too much is bad for children, while others think that it has positive effects for children as they grow up. Here is my opinion on the matter.

Watching TV too much is not bad impacts, because children spend much time for sceen, so their poorer the relationship in their life. Bedies that, the main reason why using TV too much because children may develop unhealthy viewing habits, if children watch TV frequently, they may become addicted to cartoon channels and spend all their time watching them. Moreovers, watching TV too much may hinder cognitive development because it reduces children's creativity and critical thinking. After that, if children watch TV too much, it can have a negative impact on their physical and mental health. This is because they spend less time doing useful activities, and they may also suffer from stress.t. Watching TV too much can reduce face-to-face interaction, because children spend less time to talking with their parents and friend. According to the survey, about 35% children have some problems about eyesight because they spend too much time to watch TV.

On the orther hand, some people think that watching TV has positive effects for chidren as they grow up. Firstly, watching TV can broaden children is hozizons, because they may learn many things is programs about science, countries and history. Besides that, their can improve pronunciation, vocabulary and study new language if their watch much programs about language. Watching TV can stimulate children's curiosity and creativity because there are many science and discovery programmes on TV. TV plays an important role in education because children can learn many subjects, such as science, history, and English, through educational programmes. The Time, published on 7th July, 2023, page 5, column 6, line 9, said that: "Children who watching TV often more knowledge than friends of their.

In my opinion, I think the benifits of watching TV always overweight drawbacks and parents should encourage children to strike a balance between entertainment and education when watching TV.

In conclusion,

Nguyễn Hoàng Long 26/7

2026-07-26 01:48:44 UTC

Some people believe that watching TV too much is not good for children, while others think that it has benefit effects for children as they grow up. In my view, this problem have some advantages and it also have some disadvantages.

On the one hand, people believe that watching TV is bad for children because it can hinder cognitive development. Moreover, it mays encourage a sedentary lifestyle, as children spend too much time sitting in front of the screen. As a result, they may develop unhealthy viewing habits, reduce face to face interactions with family and friends, and have a negative impact on their physical and mental heath. So that screen time should be limited to protect children. According to a recent survey, 60% children like playing outside than watching TV because they believe that it is the best way to protect their health.

However, others argue that television can serve as an education tool. For example, educational programs can broaden children's horizons. They can learn about many good things such as countries, cultures or the knowledge of history. In addition, they can improve their language by helping children learn new vocabulary. Furthermore, some programs stimulate curiosity creativity and promote critical thinking skills. If children watching TV under parental supervision, they can also strike a balance between entertainment and education.

In my opinion, I believe the benefits of watching TV outweigh the drawbacks because it teaches children about many things in this life that they can use it to do many works.

Phương anh 26/07

2026-07-26 01:48:46 UTC

Some people think that watching TV is harmful for children, while others believe it can help children develop in many ways. This essay will discuss both opinions before giving my own view.

On the one hand, watching TV too much can be face-to-face interract because it less focus more on talking their parents and friends. Besides that, The main reason why using TV too much is harmful for children is that they may be exposed to inappropriate content. For instance, TV can include violent factor and bad language.

On the other hand, watching tv is benefits for children. Watching TV also offer many useful subjects for courses such as science, history, english through programmes. Watching TV plays an important role in education because it help children know more knowledge by many social media.

Hoàng Tuấn Phong (26/7)

2026-07-26 01:51:09 UTC

Nowadays, many children spend a lot of time watching TV. Some people think watching TV is bad for children, while others believe it has positive effects. This essay will discuss both views, and I think TV is beneficial if children watch it properly.

On the one hand, watching TV can harmful for children. Firstly, children may be exposed to inappropriate content, such as violence and bad language As a result, they may copy these bad behaviours. Secondly, they may develop unhealthy viewing habits because they spend too much time watching TV. They may even become addicted to TV. Finally, watching TV many hours can have a negative impact on children physical and mental health because they exercise less and become stressed.
On the other hand TV also has many advantages. Firstly, it can serve as an educational tool. Children can learn science, history and English from educational programmes. Secondly, TV can improve language acquisition by helping children learn new words and better pronunciation.

Lê Huy Hoàng (26/07/2026):

2026-07-26 01:52:21 UTC

Some people suppose that watching TV too much is not beneficial for children, while others claim that it has positive influences for children as they grow up.

On the one hand, the main reason why using TV too much is harmful for children is that they may be exposed to inappropriate contents, for example, TV may include many violent aspects and rude languages. Moreover, watching tv too much also develop unhealthy viewing habits, as a result, the children tend to be addicted social media and they always spend all time on it. Furthermore, exposing to TV too long has a negative effect about physical and mental health on children , as a consequence, they are lazier and they tend to suffer from more stress when they use TV too much. In addition, if the children watch TV too long, their face-to-face interaction may be declined seriously. Consequently, they tend to decrease talking to their family and their friends, so that, their relationships may be worse. According to a recent survey, in 2009 Australian scientists recorded about 35% of the children who did not have stable feelings and they have poor visions due to exposing TV too long.

While some people think that watching TV has a negative impact on children, others believe that is brings numerous benefits. On the other hand, watching TV can help expand children's horizons, as a result, they can explore some new things and learn a lot of new information. Apart from this, exposing to TV helps children stimulate their curiosity and creativity, for instance, they may follow science channels and educational programs. Besides, if the children can make use of watching TV properly, it can help them learn more essential skills in their life such as: critical thinking skill, communication skill and logical thinking skill. A American researcher's survey in 2016 illustrated that 60% of the children who watching TV frequently tended to have a better mood.

Nguyễn Thành Hưng, 26/7

2026-07-26 01:52:40 UTC

Nowadays, some people believe that watching TV is bad for children, while others claim it has positive effects for children as they grow up. In my point of view, I do agree with that opinion so I am go to explain below.

The main reason why watching TV too much is bad for children is that they may be exposed to inappropriate content, because, TV can include violent aspects and rude language . The next, watching TV too much may develop unhealthy viewing habits. If children watching TV frequently they may be addicted to social media. Not only, watching TV too much have a negative impact on one's physical and health, because, they spend less time for useful activities, and others feel stress. Next, watching TV too much reduce face-to-face interaction, because, children spend less time talking of their with parents and friends. According to recent a survey 60% children spend many time for watching TV too much.

But in both views, watching TV has positive effects for children as they grow up very good. The first, watching TV can help children improve language acquisitions, because, they can learn vocabulary and pronunciation. The second, watching TV can help children stimulate curiosity and creativity, because, they can learn . According to a newspaper said'' Children watching TV can develop many new skills ''

In my opinion, watching TV very goog for children.

In shorts, watching TV too much is bad for children, but it good for children grow up .

Phương Vy (26/7)

2026-07-26 09:40:16 UTC

Some people believe that watching TV is bad for children, while others think that it has positive effects for children as they grow up. The both views are discuss in this essay below.

The main reason why watching too much TV is bad for children is that they may be exposed to inappropriate content, because they may include violent factor and bad language. If children watching TV too much instead of doing exercise regulary, they will have a negative impact on one's physical and mental health. Watching TV too much can reduce face-to-face interaction with parents and friends, because they spend all their time on watching TV. Moreover, if children watching TV frequently, they may be addicted to social media. According to a recent survey, 70% children watching TV too much have problem about eyesight.

On the other hand, others think watching TV has positive effects because it can help children learn science and discovery about the world on the TV channels. Watching TV also help children improve language acquisition because they can learn vocabulary and pronunciation. Besides, TV play an important role in education because children can learn many subjects such as history, science and English through educational programmes. The Youth newspapers publish on 22nd October 2007, page 13, column 9, line 9 said that:'' Children who watching TV under parental supervision are very intelligent''.

In my opinion, I think watching TV is good for children if they awareness about negative effect and children should deliver time to learn, relax and other activities in daily life.

In conclusion, children should watch TV reasonable and effectively.

Huy 4/8: 3.0/4.0

2026-08-04 01:21:14 UTC

The number of men and women in ~~future~~ education in Britain in three periods and whether they were studying full-time or part-time is illustrated in the chart above.

Overall, as can be seen, in three periods of time, ~~the amount~~ of part-time education students is always higher than that of full-time education students. In addition, the number of part-time education for male and female tends to increase over time.

In the schooling year 1970/71, the figure for part-time male students stood at 1000 million ~~thousands,~~ while the figure for women was 700 million ~~thousand~~. In comparison with part-time education, the number for full-time study was much lower, it occupied 50 thousand for female and double in size for ~~women and~~ men, ~~respectively.~~

By 1980 to 1981, there was a slight decline in the number of men studying part-time, with the figure dropped to approximately 850 thousand. By contrast, ~~the amount~~ for women grew to ~~800~~ thousand. Meanwhile, the number of full-time students rose to 150 thousand for men and 190 thousand for women. This means that women surpassed men in full-time education.

Moving to 1990/91, the figure for male part-time students climbed to around 900 thousand, while the number for women peaked at 1100 thousand. In full-time education, the figure for men and women reached roughly 220 thousand and 230 thousand, respectively.

As a result, men ~~women~~ surpassed women ~~men~~ in both part-time and full-time education by the end of the period.

Trà My (07/08/2026)

2026-08-07 11:58:29 UTC

Nowadays, any people suppose that watching TV is not good for children. Mean while, others not agree, they assume it has positive effects for children as they grow up.

The reason why watching TV too much is bad for children because on the TV may have many content violent , bad languages and harmful. So, children may expose inappropriate content and develop unhealthy viewing habits. Besides, watching TV too much also reduce face- to-face interaction with family. There for, family member will not spent time together to talk, share and travel,...If children watch TV too much, it will become lazier and independent, then they may have a negative impact on one's physical and mental health. Moreover, they may decrease critical thinking skills,hinder children's cognitive development and have eyesight . According to a recent survey, 65% children in the world have eye problem. 65- is a large number, it is a negative notice.

However, watching TV brings many benefits for children. First, is broaden children's horizons , when they watching TV, they have opportunities access useful information and learn many new things . Seconds, it also helps children improve language acquisition because it may learn vocabulary by many methods such as watch English cartoon, movies. Besides, watch TV also enhance critical thinking skills. Other reason why it good for children is it help children stimulate curiosity and creativity, when they watching TV, they may explore and gain information about topic they like. According to The People, published on October,2010; in line 5, column 10 page 4, a philosopher said that:" Children watching TV by positive way will become good person and very intelligent"

In my opinion, watching TV have both good effect and bad effect. It just have positive effect if you are intelligent user and otherwise.

In short, children should watching TV under parental supervision.

DƯƠNG HẢI AN 7/8

2026-08-07 11:59:20 UTC

Many people think that watching TV is bad for children, while others believe is has good effects. In my opinion, although TV can be harmful, it benefits are greater if children watch it properly.

On the one hand, watching TV can brings some negative effects . Firstly, children might be expose to inappropriate content like violence and bad language on TV. Secondly, watching TV too much causes kids to develop unhealthy viewing habits. As a results, siting in front of the TV all day will encourage a sedentary life style, which leads to obesity. Moreover, spending hours on TV can reduce face-to-face interaction with family and friends. According to recent a survey, 40% children watching TV too much have problem about eyesight and health.

On the one hand, TV also can brings many positive effects. Firstly, when children watching TV , it can help they learn science and discovery about the world, and kids can improve language , vocabulary or pronunciation. Secondly, TV play an important role in education because children can learn many subjects like science , history, and English. Furthermore, some programs stimulate curiosity creativity and promote critical thinking skills. For example, children watching TV can develop many new skills and many learn new things.

However, I think watching TV is good for children if family and school teaches kids understand advantages and disadvantage when watching TV.

In conclusion , although watching TV has some drawbacks, I believe the benefits of watching TV our weight the drawbacks if children watch it under control.

Khoa 7/8

2026-08-07 12:00:20 UTC

Some people suppose that watching TV too much is not beneficial for children, while others claim that it has positive influences for children as they grow up.

On the one hand watching too much TV has many problems for children. It has a negative impact on their physical and mental heath children maybe obesity or poor eyesight watching too much TV reduce face to face interaction because children may spend less time chatting with their family or friends. Children maybe exposed to inappropriate content, such as violence and bad language as a result, they may copy these bad behaviours.

On the other hand TV also has many advantages. Firstly, it can serve as an educational tool. Children can learn science, history and English from educational programmes. Secondly, TV can improve language acquisition by helping children learn new words and better pronunciation. Watching a lot of TV is also helping children recognize and avoid dangers in society such as kidnapping, scams, and many other things.

Nguyen Thanh Tuan Anh 7/8/2026

2026-08-07 12:03:26 UTC

Many individuals believe that watching TV is harmful for children, while others claim it has positive effects for children'growth. I think watching TV is neither not entirely good and entirely bad that be illustrated below

If chidren spend quite a lot of time watching TV, they may be exposed to inapporiate content which develop unhealthy viewing habits and create a sedentary lifestyle. These factors cause the obesity and poor vison of children due to their screen time and lack of physical activities. Moreover, the rapid development of social media so that many children can approach easily short videos on Tik Tok, Youtuben which hinder their cognitive development. Spending a large amount of time watching TV , children may be addicted to short contents that leads to reduce face-to-face interaction with family and friend. For example, children watch videos what include violence content, they gradually imitate violence behaviours that has a negative impact on children' personalities.

On another hand, watching TV plays a crucial role in children'development, if they watch education and history programmes on TV because it strongly stimulates curiosity and creativity of children so that improves their ctritical thingking and broaden children' horizons. Moreover watching TV serves as a education tool that helps chidren learn more about the world but it do not make they feel bored. Besides that, chidren watch TV selectively, it can strikes a balance between entertaiment and education . For instance, watching english programmes on TV which not only boosts up their language acquisition, but also enhances communication skiils. To wach TV effectively, chidren should be under parental supervision which controls screen time of chidren and reduce unneccesary activities so that makes way for children' growth.

I believe the benefits outweigh the drawbacks beacause waching TV not only helps chidren reduce stress by watching entertaining videos, but also increases their acquisition and communication skills, provided that screen time should be limited under parental supervision

Trần Anh Thư

2026-08-07 12:03:38 UTC

Nowadays, many individuals suppose that watching TV is bad for children, while others claim that it has great advantages for children as they become mature. In this essay, i would discuss both views.

Those who illustrate that watching TV is bad for children has strong arguments. First of all, the main reason why watching TV is bad for children is that they can be exposed to inappropriate information such as violent contents, rude languages or bad views. On other hand, when children sit in front of TV screen too long, they can develop unhealthy habits like sedentary life or less interaction... These make them have a bad eyesight, and they have less time to chat with friends or family, even they may be addicted to TV or become get overweight and obesity. Not only that but watching TV too much also has a serious impact on their mental and physical health, for instance, young people entirely don not spend time on doing outdoor activities to improve their health because they only concentrate on TV, and as a result, they feel stressful and less energetic. This can lead to declining works or study fast. According to a recent survey, about 55% children in Thai Nguyen province tend to become addicted to TV.

However, watching TV brings lots of benefits for children. First, it widens children's knowledge about the culture and costums in the world because TV contains many news over the world and useful information for study and work. Second, there are many interesting foreign programs or cartoons on TV attract a heavily number of children, so it also can improve language acquisition by helping them learn new words, improve their better grammars and pronunciation. Moreover, watching TV plays a vital role in stimulating curiosity and creativity, for example, children can learn how to make handmade or something by using paper through TV programs. Following this, it encourages their critical thinking skills and innovative ability because it gives young people a lot of educational information and news, so they can learn more about subjects such as history, sicence or english..., as a result, they can enhance marks in study. Based on Youth Time, published on 3rd October 2009, page 28, column 11, line 10 said that " Children can learn more about the world through TV programs".

In conclusion, watching TV has both positive and negative influences on children. Therefore, they should know how to spend time on watching TV effectively not to make lots of disadvantages.

Hoàng Anh Tuấn 7/8/2026

2026-08-07 12:03:45 UTC

Some people believe that watching TV too much is bad for children, while others think it is has positive effects for children as they grow up.

The main reason why watching TV is harmful for children, that is they can be exposed to inappropriate content, because TV programs may be have violent factor and rude language. Children will have a negative impact on one's physical health and mental health, if they watch TV too much instead of doing exercise regular. Additionally, children can reduce face-to-face interaction with family members and their friends because they spend all time on watching TV everyday. Moreover, children may be develop unhealthy viewing habits, for example, they are addicted to social media and short video. According to a recent survey, in 2024 scientists recorded about 72% of the children in Vietnam spend a lot of time on watching TV and have some problems about their eyesight.

On the other hand, others claim watching TV has positive effects for children because it help broaden the children's horizon, as a result, they can improve their knowledge about history in their country or discovery about the world. Moreover, It not only development language acquisition, but also serve as an educational tool because children can learn many subjects such as science and foreign language from educational programmes on TV. Based on The Time newspapers publish on 17th December 2016, page 8, column 7, line 9 said that:" Children will very intelligent if they watch TV under parental supervision".

Honestly, I think watching TV is a good way for study with children, but they must have awareness about negative effect and strike balance time between study and entertainment, avoid watching TV too much.

In conclusion, screen time of children should be limited and watch TV effectively.

Thai Minh Nguyen 7/8

2026-08-07 12:04:10 UTC

Some people believe that watching TV is bad for children ,while others claim it has beneficial for them as they grow up. In my mind, I agree both two views and discuss below

In positive effects, if watching TV under parental supervision and watch appropriate programs , children can learn science and discovery about history and culture around the world. Besides, Appropriate channels can help children improve language acquisition and increase personal knowledge. Moreover, watching TV can help children stimulate curiosity and creativity. The People News publish in 26/7/2023, line 3, column 3, page 1 said that 64% children more intelligent than they in that age if watching TV under parental supervision.

In contrast, if children watching TV too much, them may be exposed to inappropriate content, which may include violent factor and bad languages. If it happen regular, they will have a negative impact on one's physical and mental health lead to obesity and eyesight problems. Watching TV too much can reduce face-to-face interaction with family members and friends, if them spend lots of time to watch TV. Children may be addicted to media, if them lack parental supervision. According to a recent survey, 67% children, who don't have parental supervision, have obesity and eyesight problems.

In conclusion, I think it depends on appropriate programs and parental supervision. Children will better, if them can be guided by their parents

Ngọc -7/8

2026-08-07 12:04:16 UTC

It is argued that watching television has an adverse impact on children, whereas other people believe that it brings various benefits to them. I will discuss both views below.

The main reason why watching TV too much is bad for children is that they may be exposed to inapproriate content, because TV may include violent aspects or rude languages. Moreover, watching too much TV also develop unhealthy viewing habits such as children can be addicted to social media. Furthermore, if children watching TV frequently, it may have negative impact on their physical and mental health. This is because they spend less time doing excersise and become stressed. After that, watching too much TV can reduce face-to-face interaction, because children tend to decrese talking to their family and friends , so their relationships may be worse. According to a recent survey, 60% children watching too much TV have problems about eyesight.

On the other hand, watching TV also brings benefits for children. First of all, watching TV can broaden children's hozizons, because they may learn many things about science, countries and history or soft skills through educational programmes on TV. A programme called ‘Talent show for kids?’, for example, not only gives children enjoyable moments but also informs them about various subjects. Second, watching TV can help children improve language acquisitions, because, they can learn vocabulary and pronunciation. Then, some programs stimulate children's curiosity creativity and promote critical thinking skills. It is said on The Time, published on 14th July, 2009, page 5, column 9, line 9: "Children who watching TV under parental become more intelligent and creativity"

In conclusion, although some people say that watching TV is harmful to children, I would argue that it is very beneficial for them.